agency-053•Wyoming Administrative Rules 053 — Workforce Services, Department of
Wyoming Administrative Rules 053 — Workforce Services, Department of
agency-053Wyo. Code R. 053Regulation
382 DWS-Endow Priority Sector Business Grants (PSBG) Program
Chapter 1 DWS-Endow Priority Sector Business Grants (PSBG) Program
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the Department of Workforce Services Act Wyoming Statutes (W.S.) §§ 9-2-2601 through 9-2-2611,
and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101, et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the Department of Workforce Services in the discharge of its functions. W.S. §§ 9-2-2609 through 9-2-2611 provides authorization for the Department of Workforce Services to establish the Wyoming workforce development-priority economic sector partnership program.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 2 Purpose
The Wyoming workforce development-priority economic sector partnership program shall be known as the DWS ENDOW Priority Sector Business Grants (PSBG) program. The PSBG program provides training funds to train and educate employees in existing businesses, which will result in business expansion, the production of high wage and high skilled jobs that will increase the earning potential and employment opportunities for Wyoming employees and enhance and diversify the state's economy.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 3 Definitions
(a) Exceptional circumstances - means in situations where an Applicant requests more than five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) per employee for training, DWS will use the seventy-fifth percentile (75%) of the specific industry and county listed in the Occupational Employment Statistics estimates produced using the Local Employment and Wage Information System quarterly report from Research and Planning. http://doe.state.wy.us/lmi/oes.htm.
(b) Eligible training provider includes:
(i) The entities specified at W.S. §§ 9-2-2610(a)(v)(A), (B), and (C), and;
(ii) Any entity that is listed on the Department's eligible training providers list (ETPL) that is maintained by the Department as required by the federal Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). The list can be viewed by going to www.wyomingatwork.com and searching for ETPL Approved Programs using the provided search box.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 4 Pre-Application Process
(a) Pre-screening.
(i) All businesses interested in applying for PSBG are required to complete a Letter of Intent to include the following:
(A) Identify and document the business as priority-sector based on the Governor's diversity strategy plan per W.S. § 9-2-2610(a)(xii);
(B) Identify training needs;
(C) List number of newly created jobs for full-time and/or part-
time employees per W.S. § 9-2-2610(a)(ix),(x),(xi);
(D) Identify matching funds and resources;
(E) Identify training provider that is listed on the Department's eligible training providers list (ETPL);
(I) Letter of Support from training provider; and,
(F) Specify amount of funding the business is requesting.
(ii) The Department, upon review of the information received in pre-screening
submission, shall notify the applicant of whether or not the applicant qualifies for the PSBG
program. If the Department finds the applicant does not quality, it shall state its reasons for such
a finding in the form of written notice to applicant.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 5 Application Requirements
(a) Applications for funding shall contain all information required by W.S. §
9-2-2611(h).
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 6 Business Compliance Requirements
(a) Businesses participating in the application process shall meet the State of Wyoming's registration requirements to be eligible to receive training grants as posted on the following:
(i) Secretary of State's website: http://soswy.state.wy.us/Business/StartABusiness.aspx.
(ii) Wyoming Business Council's website: http://www.wyomingbusiness.org/DocumentLibrary/B%20and%20I/17_mar_11_business_checklist_info_0311.pdf.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 7 Application Approval Process
(a) Each payment obligation of DWS is conditioned upon the availability of government funds which are appropriated or allocated for the payment of this obligation and which may be limited for any reason including, but not limited to, congressional, legislative, gubernatorial or administrative action.
(b) DWS, in consultation with the coordinator of economic diversification shall administer the PSBG program. Once applications are received, reviewed and are deemed complete, they will be forwarded to the following entities, and in the specified order:
(i) Wyoming Business Council to review and approve;
(ii) Attorney General's Office to review and approve; and,
(iii) Governor's Office representative for final approval.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Wyo. Code R. 053.0029.1.11192018 § 8 Reporting Requirements
(a) Annual Report.
(i) Pursuant to W.S. § 9-2-2611(j)(iii), at a minimum, the following data points will be required from each Applicant to submit on or before August 31 covering July 1 through June 30 of the previous year:
(A) Number of employees in training;
(B) Number of full time and part-time employees in newly created jobs;
(C) Number of employees who have completed training;
(D) Number and types of credentials received;
(E) Pre and Post wages and benefits - show progression;
(F) Expenditures and matching monies (include equipment);
(G) Employee attrition and reasons for leaving; and,
(H) Recruitment efforts.
(b) Closeout Report.
(i) Pursuant to W.S. § 9-2-2611(j)(iii) and based on executed contract terms, at a minimum, the following information will be required from each Applicant:
(A) Updated financial information;
(B) Business plan outcomes based on stated goals;
(C) Identify new barriers;
(D) Reflections on process, outcomes and future goals; and,
(E) Identify business processes for replication efforts.
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
296 General Agency, Board or Commission Rules
Chapter 1 Regulation Governing Access to Records
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 1 Statutory Authority
. These regulations are promulgated pursuant to the Wyoming Public Records Act W.S. 16-4-201 through W.S. 16-4-205.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 2 Purpose
. To set forth regulations governing provisions for adequate and
reasonable access to records maintained by the Department of Workforce Services.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 3 Applicability
. These regulations apply to the Department of Workforce Services, 5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, Wyoming 82002, concerning access to or examination of public records maintained by the Department of Workforce Services.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 4 Definitions
. For purposes of this regulation, definitions shall be as set forth
in W.S. 16-4-201 and the Department of Workforce Services also adopts the following definitions:
(a) "Access" means the ability for the public to obtain records.
(b) Department" means Department of Workforce Services.
(c) "Director" means Director of the Department.
(d) "Examination of Records" means inspection by the public of records in the
physical custody (except as a secondary custodian) of the Department.
(e) "Non-fee Requests" means those requests which do not include privileged and
confidential records and which require minimal preparation. These include requests, as determined by the Department, for general information of five (5) pages or less. Non-fee requests may include, but are not necessarily limited to: regulations; information brochures; previously published reports routinely provided at no cost and intended for mass distribution; electronic data; and information covered under a MOU, contract or reciprocal relationship. These requests are limited to no more than five (5) pamphlets, five (5) brochures or five (5) items, which qualifies as non-fee requests. If the request exceeds this amount, then a fee shall be charged for the additional information requests as set forth in Sections 6 and 7.
(f) Privileged and Confidential Records" mean those records set forth in W.S. 16-4-203 (a), (b) and (d) and may also include (g) and W.S. 9-2-2607.
(g) "Public Records" mean as defined in W.S. 16-4-201 (a) (v) and (vi).
(h) "Requester" means a party making a request for access to a public record.
(i) "Secondary Custodian" means division, agency officer or employee of the
Department that provides for only the processing or storage of a state agency public record for
which the Department is not the owner.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 5 Disclosure
. Information requests for records produced by the Department shall be available for examination. All requests for access to, or examination of, records for copying or other lawful purposes, which the Department is a secondary custodian, shall come from the official custodian of the public record as defined in W.S. 16-4-201(a)(i). Any person seeking information held by the Department as a secondary custodian shall be directed to make such requests to the official custodian of that specific public record.
(a) Those documents classified by law as privileged and confidential shall not be available to public inspection.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 6 Requests for Information and Access to Public Records
(a) Information requests are preferred to be submitted electronically at: https://wydws.nextrequest.com. Requests may also be submitted in writing to the Office of the Director, Department of Workforce Services, 5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, Wyoming, 82002.
(b) Postage or handling may be added to any request for copies mailed or delivered.
(c) All requests which require payment should be recorded using an invoice. All
payments shall be transmitted to the Fiscal Division for deposit with the State Treasurer. Once the work has been completed, a copy of the invoice and the payment shall be sent to the Office of the Director.
(d) Nothing herein shall be interpreted as requiring any fee be paid for mere
examination of records not determined to be privileged and confidential records.
(e) Applicability. This section applies to requests for access to public records pursuant to W. S. § 16-4-201, et seq.
(f) Custodian. For the purpose of any public records request, the Administrator of Public Affairs and Communication is the custodian of all public records maintained or kept in the custody or control of the Department.
(g) Right of Inspection. Public records of the Department shall be available for inspection by any person at reasonable times, subject to reasonable restrictions imposed by the Director. No person shall inspect public records of the Department without the prior approval of the Director and all requests for access to public records shall be in writing.
(h) Grounds for Denial. In addition to any grounds for denial listed in W. S. § 16-4-203, the Director shall deny the right to inspect any information whose disclosure is prohibited by W. S. § 27-14-805. The Director may also deny the right to inspect records of investigations conducted by the Department, investigatory or security procedures of the Department, or any investigatory files of the Department, when disclosure would be contrary to the public interest.
(i) Response to Request; Statement of Reasons; Time Limits. The Director or designee shall issue a response to all written requests for access to public records within thirty (30) days, after the request is received by the Department. Any written request for access shall be deemed denied if the Director has not issued a response within thirty (30) days after the request was received by the Department. A party whose request for access is denied may request a written statement of reasons. Any request for a statement of reasons shall be in writing. The Director shall issue a written response to any such request, stating the reasons for denying access, including citations to legal authority, within thirty (30) days after the request was received by the Department. Any denial of access shall be final, unless the party seeking access files an application in district court pursuant to W. S. § 16-4-203(f) within thirty (30) days after the Director's statement of reasons is issued. At the same time it is filed in the district court, any application pursuant to W. S. § 16-4-203(f) shall be served on the Director by certified mail.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 7 Procedures, Fees, Costs, and Charges for Inspecting, Copying, and Producing Public Records
(a) Authority. The Department is required under W. S. § 16-3-103(j)(ii) to adopt the Department of Administration and Information's uniform rules pertaining to procedures, fees, costs, and charges for inspecting, copying, and producing public records.
(i) Adoption of Uniform Rules. The Department hereby incorporates by reference the following uniform rules:
(A) Chapter 2 - Uniform Procedures, Fees, Costs, and Charges for Inspecting, Copying, and Producing Public Records adopted by the Department of Administration and Information and effective on September 6, 2016, found at: https://rules.wyo.gov. See Current Rules, Administration & Information, Dept., Director's Office, Chapter 2. This incorporated rule may also be requested from the Wyoming Secretary of State Office (Administrative Services Division) in writing at: Herschler Building East, 122 W. 25th Street, Suites 100 & 101, Cheyenne, WY 82002-0020; by email at: rules@wyo.gov; by telephone at: (307) 777-5348; or by fax at: (307) 777-5339.
(B) For these rules incorporated by reference:
(I) The Department has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(II) The incorporation by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (a) of this section; and
(III) The incorporated rules are maintained at the Department office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, Wyoming 82002) and are available for public inspection and copying at the same location.
(b) The provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Department shall, upon
request, provide one photocopy of the official workers' compensation file, free of charge, to both the employee and the employer.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 8 Notification
.
(a) The Department will notify the requester of the estimated fees for making the
public record available for inspection or for providing copies to the requester. If the estimated fees exceed thirty dollars ($30.00), the Department will provide written notice and will not act further in responding to the request until the requester notifies the Department, in writing, to proceed with making the records available.
(b) A retainer shall be required in advance of processing a record request whereby, in the estimation of the Department, the total cost of processing the record request will exceed thirty dollars ($30.00). The Department shall determine the estimated cost of processing the record request and require the requesting person or entity submit that amount as a retainer. After the request has been processed, if the actual cost of processing the request was greater than the amount received as a retainer, the Department shall contact the requester and require they submit the difference before releasing the information. If the actual cost of processing the request was less than the amount received as the retainer, the Department shall refund the difference. No copies of records shall be released without the receipt of payment in full.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 9 Requests from Governmental Entities
. Requests from the federal government, its agencies, other states and their agencies, other Wyoming state agencies, Wyoming counties, municipalities, the Wyoming legislature, legislative service office, and requests from individual legislators, in their legislative capacity, for records shall be furnished free of charge. These requests shall be subject to the provisions of W.S. 9-2-2607.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 10 Disclaimer
. The Department assumes no responsibility for the illegal or fraudulent use of any information provided by this regulation.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0002.1.10262020 § 11 Severability Clause
. If any provision of this regulation shall be held to be illegal or unconstitutional, such a ruling shall not affect other provisions of this regulation which can be given effect without the illegal or unconstitutional provision; and, to this end, the provisions of this regulation shall be severable.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
318 Labor Standards
Chapter 1 Unpaid Wage Claims
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 1 Authority
This Chapter is promulgated by the authority of Wyoming Statute § 27-2-104(a)(v).
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 2 Purpose
This Chapter prescribes procedures by which the Department shall carry out its mandate to enforce all laws enacted by the legislature of Wyoming relating to labor, wages, and hours of labor, as required by Wyoming Statute § 27-2-104(a)(i).
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 3 Definitions
(a) "Claim" means a signed written or electronic complaint filed with Labor Standards by the employee on a form provided by Labor Standards, claiming unpaid wages are due and owed to the employee pursuant to Wyoming Statute §§ 27-4-101, -104, or -507.
(b) "Claimant" means any employee submitting a claim as defined in subsection (a).
(c) "Compensation" means remuneration, pay, salary, bonus, or commission to be received by an employee for labor, services or as a result of his or her employment whether the compensation is determined on a time, task, weight, piece, hourly, chore or other basis.
(d) "Fringe Benefits" means any payments to the employee or to a fund for the benefit of the employee which are due the employee under an agreement with the employer or under a policy of the employer including but not limited to: vacation; holiday; welfare; pension; subsistence; or profit sharing.
(e) "Labor Standards" means a program within the Department of Workforce Services.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 4 Filing Procedures
(a) Upon receipt of a claim, Labor Standards shall serve, by regular mail to the employer's last known address or by personal delivery, a copy of the claim together with a letter of instructions for responding to the claim.
(b) The employer shall have ten (10) days from the letterhead date to submit a response to such claim.
(c) Where the employer concedes the validity of the claim, Labor Standards shall order payment of the claimed amount.
(d) Labor Standards shall serve a copy of the employer's answer by regular mail or personal delivery upon the claimant.
(e) The claimant shall submit a reply to the employer's answer within ten (10) days from the letterhead date.
(f) If either party fails to submit a timely response or reply, Labor Standards shall proceed with its investigation based on that information which has been filed.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 5 Investigation
For the purpose of determining the validity of any claim, Labor Standards may:
(a) Interview and obtain additional statements from either party;
(b) Examine, copy and inspect any relevant records or documents held by the parties or other persons;
(c) Interview and obtain written or oral statements of third persons relevant to the claim;
(d) Contact and receive relevant information from any other governmental agencies and/or officials;
(e) Make any and all relevant inquiries necessary in making a determination; and
(f) Refer the claim for an administrative hearing pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 27-4-504, should the employer fail to cooperate with the investigation.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 6 Wage Offset Rules
The following sums shall constitute proper offsets from wages due an employee:
(a) Any sums deducted from wages pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code or any other Federal tax provision.
(b) Any sums deducted from wages pursuant to the Social Security Administration Act or the Federal Insurance Contribution Act.
(c) Any sums deducted from wages as dues, contributions, or other fees to any labor organization or association; or as contributions for any employee's participation or eligibility in any health, welfare, insurance, retirement, or other benefit plan or program, provided:
(i) That such employee has granted written authorization for such deductions; and
(ii) That such deductions shall terminate upon the employee's written revocation of said authorization.
(d) Any sums deducted from wages as payments, repayments, contributions, or deposits, to any credit union, banking, savings, loan, trust or other financial institution, provided:
(i) That such employee has granted written authorization for such deductions; and
(ii) That such deductions shall terminate upon the employee's written revocation of said authorization.
(e) Any sums deducted from wages as payment for any purchase of goods or services by the employee from the employer, provided:
(i) That the goods or services sold by the employer are sold in the ordinary course of his or her business;
(ii) That the employee has actual or constructive possession of the goods or services purchased; and
(iii) That the employee's purchase is evidenced by the employee's written acknowledgement.
(f) Any sums deducted from wages for damages suffered by the employer due to the employee's negligence, theft, or fraud, provided:
(i) That the employee's negligence, theft, or fraud is determined by a judicial proceeding;
(ii) That the amount of the damage suffered by the employer is determined by a judicial proceeding;
(iii) That the negligence, theft, or fraud and damages arise in the course of the employment; and
(iv) That the employer has not received payments or any form of restitution from any insurer, assurer, surety or guaranty to cover any of the damages. Where the employer has received payments or any form of restitution from any insurer, assurer, surety or guaranty to cover any of the damages caused by the employee's negligence, the sum of the offset shall not exceed the amount of any applicable deductible or two hundred fifty dollars ($250.00), whichever is less.
(g) Any sums deducted from wages pursuant to "Attachment" (Wyoming Statute §§ 1-15-201 through -212), "Garnishment" (Wyoming Statute §§ 1-15-401 through -425), or Wyoming Statute §§ 27-4-106 through -108.
(h) Any sums deducted from wages as repayment to the employer by the employee of any cash advances, loans or payments of expenses for optional benefits such as tuition assistance, relocation and training, made to the employee by such employer, provided:
(i) That the cash advance, loan or payment of expenses to the employee occurred while said employee was in the employ of such employer; and
(ii) That the employee's receipt of such cash advance, loan or payment of expenses is evidenced by the employee's written acknowledgement.
(j) Any sums deducted from wages resulting from cash shortages, provided:
(i) That the employee gives written acknowledgement upon beginning employment that he or she shall be responsible for any such shortages;
(ii) That the employer and employee verify in writing the amount of cash that is in the register or cash box at the beginning of the employee's work period;
(iii) That the employer and employee verify in writing the amount of cash that is in the register or cash box immediately at the end of the employee's work period; and
(iv) That the employee be the sole and absolute user and have sole access to the register or cash box from the time checked in until the time checked out.
(k) Any sums deducted from wages as payment for any purchase of tools, equipment, uniforms, or other items required for the employment of the employee, provided:
(i) That the employee has actual or constructive possession of the items; and
(ii) That the employee's purchase and receipt of the item is evidenced by written acknowledgement.
(l) Any sums deducted from wages as payment for tools, equipment, uniforms, or other items assigned to the employee by the employer, provided:
(i) That such item was assigned to the employee to be used within the scope of the employee's employment;
(ii) That the employee gave written acknowledgement of the receipt of such items; and
(iii) That such items have not been returned to the employer upon termination.
(m) Any sums deducted from wages as payment for any purchase an employee makes on an employer's credit card, provided:
(i) The employee provided written acknowledgement that the employee would be responsible for personal purchases made on the card;
(ii) The purchased items were entirely for the benefit of the employee and in no way associated with the employer's business or the employee's job; and
(iii) The employer produces an itemized receipt of all purchases at issue and also demonstrates the employee made such purchases during the period of employment.
(n) Any sums deducted from wages as repayment for any pre-employment drug test, fingerprinting, credit check, or background check, provided:
(i) Such test or check is required by law or is otherwise a bona fide requirement for the performance of the position to which the employee applied;
(ii) That the employee is made aware in writing of the cost of such tests or checks prior to undergoing them;
(iii) That the employee has provided written acknowledgement agreeing to reimburse the employer for the cost of such tests or checks; and
(iv) That the employee's responsibility to provide such reimbursement ends after a specific period of time not to exceed one year of service.
(o) Payment of Undisputed Wages. In the case of a dispute over wage offsets, the employer shall give written notice to the employee, his counsel, or Labor Standards of the amount of wages which he or she concedes to be due and shall pay such amount without condition within the time required by statute.
(p) Acceptance by the employee of any partial payment of wages made hereunder shall not constitute a release or waiver as to the balance of any claim for the remaining unpaid wages.
(q) Improper Agreements. Any agreement and/or contract, written or otherwise, between any employer and any employee or his representative, in contravention of the lawful offsets enumerated in this Chapter shall be null and void.
(r) Check Stubs Required. All lawful offsets enumerated in this Chapter shall be itemized on a statement or a detachable check stub and provided to the employee as required by Wyoming Statute § 27-4-101(b).
(s) Enforcement. No employer shall be permitted to deduct from wages due an employee any sums not enumerated in this Chapter.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 7 Conference
Where Labor Standards deems appropriate or upon request of either party, and upon agreement by both parties, an informal conference may be held. The conference may be used to establish facts, narrow the issues, and attempt resolution of the claim.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 8 Final Determination
Upon conclusion of the investigation and all necessary inquiries, Labor Standards shall make a final determination as to the validity of the claim filed. The final determination may find the claim to be invalid, valid in the original amount claimed, or valid in an amount different from that claimed. Labor Standards shall notify the parties of the final determination by certified mail.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 9 Fair Hearings
(a) Any party aggrieved by Labor Standards' final determination may request a fair hearing pursuant to Wyoming Statute §§ 27-2-109(g) or 27-4-504(b). A request for a fair hearing shall be in writing and received by Labor Standards within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the final determination.
(b) Any hearing held pursuant to this Chapter shall be conducted in accordance with the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, Wyoming Statute §§ 16-3-107 through -115, and the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings' rules for Contested Case Proceedings, which are hereby incorporated by reference and can be found at:
https://rules.wyo.gov/Search.aspx?RefNum=270.0001.2.07202017
(i) The rules for Contested Case Proceedings were adopted by the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings and in effect on July 20, 2017.
(ii) No later amendments to the rules for Contested Case Proceedings are incorporated by reference.
(c) Within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing, the hearing officer shall issue its written decision and send a copy to each party and to Labor Standards.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.1.09232019 § 10 Order to Pay
(a) In the event an employer fails to pay wages due as determined by Labor Standards and fails to request a fair hearing within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the final determination, Labor Standards shall issue an order requiring payment of wages due. The order shall be sent by certified mail. The employer shall submit the ordered amount to Labor Standards within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the order.
(b) If the hearing officer's written decision determines wages are due, Labor Standards shall issue an order requiring payment of wages due, together with any interest or fees ordered by the hearing officer pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 27-4-104(b). The order shall be sent by certified mail. The employer shall submit the ordered amount to Labor Standards within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the order.
History
- Effective 2019-09-23
Chapter 3 Fair Employment Rules
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.3.11212016 Fair Employment Rules
Microsoft Word - Labor Standards Chap_3_rev clean
Chapter III
FAIR EMPLOYMENT RULES
Section 1. Authority.
These rules are promulgated as authorized by W.S. 27-9-104(a)(ii). Section 2. Definitions.
As used in these rules:
(a) "Act" means Wyoming Fair Employment Practices Act of 1965, as amended.
(b) "Department" means the Department of Workforce Services, State of Wyoming.
(c) "Labor Standards" means Labor Standards, a program within the Department of Workforce Services.
(d) "Complaint" means a verified, written statement on a Charge of Discrimination form provided by Labor Standards, which sets forth the name(s) and address(es) of the person(s), employer(s), employment agency(ies) or labor organization(s) alleged to have committed the discriminatory or unfair employment practice(s) and a detailed account of the discrimination or unfair employment practice complained of.
(e) "Verified" means a complaint in which the complainant signs and swears or affirms before a notary public that the facts and allegations stated in the complaint are true.
(f) "Complainant" means any person claiming to be aggrieved by a discriminatory or unfair employment practice and who has filed a complaint with Labor Standards.
(g) "Employee" means any person who, under the usual common law rules applicable in determining the employer-employee relationship, has the status of an employee.
(h) "Employer" means the State of Wyoming, or any political subdivision or board, commission, department, institution or school district thereof, and every other person employing two or more employees within the state; but employer shall not mean religious organizations or associations.
(i) "Respondent" means any employer, employment agency or labor organization against whom a complaint has been filed.
(j) "Court" means the District Court in and for the Judicial District of the State of Wyoming in which the asserted unfair employment practice occurred, or if said court be not in session at the time, then any judge of said court.
(k) "Conciliation Process" means the negotiation process used by Labor Standards in an attempt to arrive at a mutually agreed upon resolution of the complaint where a probable cause determination has been made.
(l) "Make Whole" means any form of relief determined by Labor Standards to place the complainant as nearly as possible in the position he or she would have enjoyed had the discriminatory or unfair employment practice not occurred.
Section 3. Complaints.
(a) Who may file: Any person claiming to be aggrieved by a discriminatory or unfair employment practice; may personally or through his/her attorney file a verified complaint.
(b) Time limit on filing: A complaint must be filed with Labor Standards within six (6) months of the alleged discriminatory or unfair employment practice. If the last day of the sixth (6th) month falls on a Saturday, Sunday or state recognized holiday, the deadline for filing the complaint shall be extended to the next business day.
(c) Form of Complaint: The complaint shall be made on a Charge of Discrimination form provided by Labor Standards.
(d) Place to file: All complaints must be filed at any Labor Standards office.
(e) Manner of Filing: Complaints may be filed with Labor Standards by personal delivery, U.S. Mail, or facsimile. Where a complaint is filed by facsimile, complainant shall forward the original complaint to Labor Standards as soon as possible. A complaint shall be deemed filed when one or more of the following have occurred:
(i) In Person. When a complaint is submitted in person with a representative of Labor Standards, that submittal is deemed to occur the day the person physically delivers the document into the hands of the Labor Standards representative authorized to receive it.
(ii) By Mail. When a complaint is filed with Labor Standards by mail, that submittal is deemed to have been filed as of the postmark date on the envelope by which the document is mailed.
(iii) By Facsimile. When a complaint is filed with Labor Standards by fax, that document is deemed to have been filed as of the date the document is received. The fax must contain sufficient information to identify the party providing the information and the purpose for which it is intended. The party sending the fax assumes the risk of transmission errors or illegibility.
(f) Amendments: A complaint may be amended within thirty (30) calendar days of the filing of the complaint to cure only technical defects or omissions. After the statutorily mandated 6-month filing period has expired, a complaint may not be amended to introduce additional claims of discrimination or unfair employment practices.
Section 4. Procedures After Filing of Complaint.
(a) Notification of Respondent(s): Labor Standards shall notify the named respondent(s) in writing that a complaint has been filed. A copy of the complaint shall accompany the notification. The respondent(s) shall be given the opportunity to respond to the allegations contained in the complaint.
(b) Complainant's Reply: The complainant shall be given the opportunity to reply in writing to the respondent(s) response.
(c) Withdrawal of Complaint: The complainant may withdraw the complaint at any time.
(d) Fact-finding/Settlement Conference: Prior to the commencement of its investigation, Labor Standards shall hold a fact-finding/settlement conference if both parties agree to attend. The purpose of the conference is to gather facts, clarify the issues and explore the possibility of settlement. If a settlement is reached by the parties, signed settlement agreements shall be delivered to the parties by personal delivery or certified mail to the last known addresses of the parties. If a settlement is not rendered during the conference, Labor Standards shall pursue the investigation of the allegations contained in the complaint.
(e) Investigation: Labor Standards shall conduct an investigation of the allegations contained in the complaint to determine if probable cause exists to conclude that discrimination occurred or there exists a discriminatory or unfair employment practice. In making a determination, Labor Standards may give substantial weight to the current guidelines of the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission.
(f) No Probable Cause Determination: If Labor Standards determines that probable cause does not exist to conclude that discrimination occurred or that a discriminatory or unfair employment practice exists, Labor Standards shall dismiss the complaint. The complainant and the respondent shall be notified in writing by either
personal delivery or certified mail of the dismissal. A copy of the determination shall accompany the Notice of Dismissal.
(g) Appeal of No Probable Cause Determination: The complainant may request a fair hearing on his or her complaint within twenty (20) days of the complainant's receipt of the Notice of Dismissal.
(h) Probable Cause Determination: If Labor Standards determines that probable cause does exist to conclude that discrimination occurred, Labor Standards shall endeavor to make whole the complainant through its conciliation process. If during the conciliation process a settlement is reached by the parties, a settlement agreement shall be drafted by Labor Standards and signed by the complainant, respondent and Labor Standards. A copy of the signed settlement agreement shall be delivered to the parties by personal delivery or certified mail to each party's last known address. If no settlement is reached within forty-five (45) days after both parties receive the probable cause determination, Labor Standards shall make a determination that the conciliation process has failed and, upon request of either party, refer the complaint to an independent hearing officer for a fair hearing.
(i) Disclosure: Labor Standards shall not disclose the filing of a complaint nor what transpires during the course of an investigation or the conciliation process, except as such disclosures are deemed essential to an investigation or are deemed necessary for evidence at a hearing.
(j) Access to Case Files:
(i) Investigative Records: Prior to a decision being issued by a hearing officer at a fair hearing, the contents of any files maintained by Labor Standards including, but not limited to, all documents, statements, notes, memoranda, correspondence, exhibits and reports or summaries prepared by Labor Standards employees shall be confidential and not subject to public disclosure. The parties to the complaint may inspect any such file or part thereof upon making proper arrangements with Labor Standards at any time after the issuance of the Notice of Hearing. After a decision has been issued by the hearing officer, the contents of the investigative records shall be available for public inspection subject to the Wyoming Public Records Act, W.S. 16-4-201 through 16-4-205, and upon written application to Labor Standards.
(ii) Settlement and Conciliation Conference Records: The contents of any files maintained by Labor Standards pertaining to settlement and/or conciliation efforts conducted including, but not limited to, any correspondence, notes, or reports furnished to or prepared by Labor Standards in connection with such settlement and/or conciliation efforts shall be confidential until the administrative process has been exhausted.
(iii) Fair Hearing Records: A fair hearing record includes but is not limited to the following: pleadings; briefs; memoranda, exhibits; orders; decisions; and the audiotapes of the hearing. Fair hearing records shall be made available for public inspection subject to the Wyoming Public Records Act (W.S. 16-4-201 through 16-4-
- and upon written request to Labor Standards. Labor Standards shall provide to a requesting party copies of any requested document(s) from the fair hearing record at cost.
Section 5. Fair Hearings.
(a) Who Shall Conduct Fair Hearings: Fair hearings shall be conducted by an independent hearing officer. Labor Standards shall contract with an independent hearing officer in accordance with W.S. 27-9-104(b).
(b) Fair Hearing Procedures: The independent hearing officer shall conduct the fair hearing in accordance with W.S. 27-9-101 through 27-9-106 and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. 16-3-107 through 16-3-115.
(c) Authority and Final Agency Action: The independent hearing officer shall exercise all authority of the Department under W.S. 27-9 101 through 27-9-106. The independent hearing officer's decision shall constitute the Department's final agency action.
(d) Any individual may appear for himself in any proceeding before any appeal tribunal. Any partnership may be represented by any of its members or a duly authorized representative. Any corporation or association may be represented by an officer or a duly authorized representative.
(e) Any party may appear by an attorney at law admitted to practice in the State of Wyoming or who is admitted pro hac vice.
Section 6. Judicial Review.
(a) Appeals to District Court: Pursuant to W.S. § 16-3-114, any complainant or respondent aggrieved or adversely affected by the hearing officer's decision may file a petition for judicial review. Petitions for judicial review of the hearing officer's decision shall be made pursuant to Rule 12 of the Wyoming Rules of Appellate Procedure.
History
- Effective 2016-11-21
Chapter 4 Certification of Resident Contractors and Suppliers
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 1 Authority
This Chapter is promulgated by the authority of Wyoming Statute § 16-6-120(a).
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 2 Purpose
This Chapter is adopted to aid and ensure compliance with the residency requirements for Wyoming Public Works and Contracts as specified in Wyoming Statute §§ 16-6-101 through -121.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 3 Definitions
(a) "Contractor" means an individual or business entity engaged in construction, major maintenance, renovation, or improvement of any public work.
(b) "Labor Standards" means a program within the Department of Workforce Services.
(c) "Residency Preference" means the five percent bid preference awarded pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 16-6-102(a) of the Wyoming Preference Act of 1971.
(d) "Supplier" means an individual or business entity engaged in supplying products, goods, materials, or services to the state, any department thereof, or any county, city, town, school district, community college district, or other public corporation of the state.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 4 Application and Eligibility
(a) A contractor or supplier may apply to Labor Standards to be certified as a resident at any time. A contractor or supplier shall not be certified as a resident until a certificate of residency has been issued by Labor Standards.
(b) All contractors and suppliers seeking to be certified as a resident shall complete and submit all documents and affidavit(s) required by Labor Standards. Upon request by Labor Standards, applicants and certified residents shall submit any additional information or documentation that Labor Standards may deem necessary to determine residency status.
(c) All applications for resident certification shall be accompanied by an application fee, payable to Labor Standards.
(i) The application fee for resident certification filed under Wyoming Statute § 16-6-101(a)(i)(J) shall be one-hundred dollars ($100.00).
(ii) The application fee for all other resident certifications shall be forty dollars ($40.00).
(d) Prior to issuing a certificate of residency, Labor Standards may conduct an on-site inspection of the Employer's principal office and principal place of business to verify eligibility.
(e) No residency preference shall be granted to any contractor or supplier who has not been certified as a resident by Labor Standards.
(f) No certificate of residency shall be issued to any contractor who has not participated in the prevailing wage survey as required by Wyoming Statute § 27-4-405(a). Prevailing wage survey participation is not required to qualify as a resident supplier.
(g) No certificate of residency shall be issued to any contractor or supplier required to register with the Wyoming Secretary of State's office who has not so registered or whose standing is delinquent.
(h) No certificate of residency shall be issued to any contractor or supplier who is delinquent with premium payments or employment wage contributions to Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division or Wyoming Unemployment Insurance Program as required by Wyoming Statute §§ 27-14-202 and 27-3-503, as applicable.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 5 Annual Renewal
(a) A certified resident's certificate of residency shall be valid for a period of one (1) year from the date issued.
(b) Prior to the expiration date noted on the certificate of residency, a certified resident may apply to Labor Standards for an annual renewal of its certified resident status. Labor Standards shall issue a new certificate of residency upon the certified resident's submission of the following to Labor Standards:
(i) The current certificate of residency;
(ii) Any documents required by Labor Standards to verify the certified resident's continued resident status; and
(iii) A renewal fee, payable to Labor Standards.
(A) The renewal fee for resident certification filed under Wyoming Statute § 16-6-101(a)(i)(J) shall be one-hundred dollars ($100.00).
(B) The renewal fee for all other resident certifications shall be forty dollars ($40.00).
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 6 Notification of Changes
A certified resident shall notify Labor Standards in writing and complete new affidavits, as required, within thirty (30) calendar days of any of the following changes:
(a) For a Sole Proprietorship: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of the owner of the sole proprietorship; any change of ownership of the sole proprietorship; and any change in the business address of the sole proprietorship.
(b) For a Partnership or Association: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of any partner of the partnership or member of the association; any change of partners of the partnership or members of the association; and any change in the business address of the partnership or the association.
(c) For a Limited Partnership: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of any of the general partners of the limited partnership; any change of the general partners of the limited partnership; and any change in the business address of the limited partnership.
(d) For a Registered Limited Liability Partnership: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of any of the members of the registered limited liability partnership; any change in the membership of the registered limited liability partnership; and any change in the business address of the registered limited liability partnership.
(e) For a Limited Liability Company: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of any of the managing members or appointed managers of the limited liability company; any change in the managing members or appointed managers of the limited liability company; and any change in the business address of the limited liability company.
(f) For a Corporation: any change in the name or mailing address or street address of the president of the corporation; any change of the president of the corporation; and any change of the business address of the corporation.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 7 Principal Office and Principal Place of Business
The principal office and principal place of business of any certified resident shall be permanently and physically located within the State of Wyoming.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 8 Investigation
(a) Labor Standards shall investigate an applicant or certified resident to determine compliance with Wyoming Statute §§ 16-6-101 through -121 if there is reason to suspect noncompliance or upon receipt of a complaint. Investigation may include, but is not limited to, conducting an on-site inspection of the Employer's principal office and principal place of business.
(b) In determining whether an Employer's key business functions are performed in Wyoming, Labor Standards may consider evidence concerning the Employer's operation, marketing, finance, and human resources functions, including but not limited to, manufacturing, provision of services, sales, advertising, product design, business administration, financial management, contracting, recruiting, and training.
(c) Upon completion of its investigation, Labor Standards shall make a determination as to whether the applicant or certified resident is in compliance with the provisions of Wyoming Statute §§ 16-6-101 through -121.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 9 Notice of Determination
(a) Labor Standards shall notify the subject applicant or certified resident in writing of its determination.
(b) Where the investigation was initiated by a complaint, Labor Standards shall notify the complainant of its determination if the complainant is known to Labor Standards.
(c) Where Labor Standards makes a determination that the applicant or certified resident is not in compliance with either Wyoming Statute §§ 16-6-101 or 16-6-108, Labor Standards shall include in its determination a notification of its intent to deny or revoke the certificate of residency. Labor Standards shall also inform the applicant or certified resident of the opportunity to request a hearing regarding the determination.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 10 Request for Hearing
(a) A request for a hearing shall be in writing and received by Labor Standards within thirty (30) days of the applicant's or certified resident's receipt of Labor Standards' determination.
(b) Where the applicant or certified resident does not request a hearing within thirty (30) days, Labor Standards shall either deny or revoke the certificate of residency.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 11 Independent Hearing Officer
Upon receipt of a timely submitted written request for hearing, Labor Standards shall contract with an independent hearing officer to conduct a hearing on the matter.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 12 Hearing Procedure
The hearing officer shall conduct the hearing in accordance with the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, Wyoming Statute §§ 16-3-107 through -115, and the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings' rules for Contested Case Proceedings, which are hereby incorporated by reference and can be found at: https://rules.wyo.gov/Search.aspx?RefNum=270.0001.2.07202017
(a) The rules for Contested Case Proceedings were adopted by the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings and in effect on July 20, 2017.
(b) No later amendments to the rules for Contested Case Proceedings are incorporated by reference.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 13 Recommended Decision
(a) Within thirty (30) days of the close of the hearing, the hearing officer shall issue a recommended decision and send a copy to each party and to Labor Standards.
(b) Any party to the hearing may file, either together or separately, an exception to the hearing officer's recommended decision and a brief in support thereof, with Labor Standards within thirty (30) days of the issue date of the recommended decision. Exceptions and supportive briefs not timely received shall not be reviewed or considered.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.4.04242019 § 14 Final Agency Decision
(a) Labor Standards shall issue its final agency decision within thirty (30) days from the end of the exception filing period.
(b) In its final agency decision, Labor Standards may accept, reject, or modify the hearing officer's recommended decision. The final agency decision shall constitute Labor Standards' final agency action.
(c) Labor Standards shall notify all parties by certified mail of its final agency decision.
History
- Effective 2019-04-24
Chapter 5 Disability Discrimination Rules
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.5.11302001 Disability Discrimination Rules
Chapter V
DISABILITY DISCRIMINATION RULES
Section 1. Purpose.
The purpose of these rules and regulations is to provide definitions and guidelines concerning disability discrimination under the Wyoming Fair Employment Practices Act, W.S. 27-9- 101 through 27-9-108.
Section 2. Definitions.
(a) "Disabled person" means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activity, has a record of such impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
(b) "Physical impairment" means any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine.
(c) "Mental impairment" means any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation; organic brain syndrome; emotional or mental illness; and specific learning disabilities.
(d) "Major life activities" means functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, or working.
(e) "Has a record of such an impairment" means: (1) has a history of a mental or physical impairment which substantially limits one or more life activities, or (2) has been misclassified as having a mental or physical impairment which substantially limits one or more life activities.
(f) "Is regarded as having an impairment" means: (1) has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but that is treated by an employer as constituting such a limitation; (2) has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; (3) has none of the impairments defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) but is treated by an employer as having a substantially limiting impairment; or (4) has none of the impairments defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) but is subject to an adverse employment action by an employer because of genetic information. Genetic information is defined as information about an individual's genetic tests, the genetic tests of his/her family members, or occurrences of disease or disorder among his/her family members.
(g) "Qualified disabled person" means a disabled person who is capable of performing particular job, or who would be capable of performing a particular job with reasonable accommodation to his disability.
(h) "Reasonable accommodation" means a modification or adjustment to a job, the work environment, or the way things usually are done that enables a qualified disabled person to enjoy the same employment opportunities as are available to other employees.
(i) "Undue hardship" means an action that is excessively costly, extensive, substantial or disruptive, or that would fundamentally alter the nature or operation of the business.
Section 3. Reasonable Accommodation.
(a) An employer shall make reasonable accommodation for known physical or mental impairments of qualified disabled persons unless the employer can demonstrate that the accommodation would impose an undue hardship on the operation of its business.
(b) Reasonable accommodations may include but are not limited to the following:
(i) Making facilities used by employees readily accessible to and useable by qualified disabled persons;
(ii) Job restructuring;
(iii) Modifying work schedules;
(iv) Acquiring or modifying equipment or devices; or
(v) Providing qualified readers or interpreters.
(c) In determining undue hardship, the following factors are to be considered:
(i) The nature and cost of the accommodation in relationship to the size of the business;
(ii) The business's financial resources; and
(iii) The impact of the accommodation on the nature and structure of the business operation.
History
- Effective 2001-11-30
Chapter 6 Prevailing Wages
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 1 Authority
This Chapter is promulgated by the authority of Wyoming Statute § 27-4-404 of the Wyoming Prevailing Wage Act of 1967, as amended.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 2 Purpose
This Chapter is adopted to establish procedures for computing and determining Wyoming's prevailing wage rates, to set forth contested case hearing procedures, and to establish investigation and enforcement procedures, in accordance with the Prevailing Wage Act.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 3 Definitions
(a) "Affected Person" means any individual or entity who may be affected by Labor Standards' determination.
(b) "Base Wage Rate" means the prevailing hourly rate of wages, less fringe benefits.
(c) "Building Construction" means the construction generally needed to perform construction, reconstruction, improvement, enlargement, alteration, or repair of any public building fairly estimated to cost one-hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) or more.
(d) "Fringe Benefits" means the usual and customary benefits paid to workers in addition to wages.
(e) "Heavy and Highway Construction" means the construction generally needed to perform construction, reconstruction, improvement, enlargement, alteration, or repair of any heavy or highway project fairly estimated to cost one-hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00) or more.
(f) "Journeyman Level Worker" means a worker with sufficient experience and training in his or her trade to be proficient in the skills necessary to perform all aspects of the trade.
(g) "Labor Standards" means Labor Standards, a program within the Wyoming Department of Workforce Services.
(h) "Moving Average Wage Adjustment" means an adjustment made to the prevailing hourly rate of wages to allow for economic fluctuations when sufficient data has not been provided for certain job classifications.
(i) "Prevailing Wage Act" means the Wyoming Prevailing Wage Act of 1967, as amended, Wyoming Statute §§ 27-4-101 through 413.
(j) "Survey" means an instrument to ascertain the prevailing hourly rate of wages for the construction trades through data collection of relevant hourly wages paid to workmen.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 4 Annual Surveys
(a) Labor Standards may engage the services of an independent contractor to distribute surveys and determine the annual prevailing rate of wages.
(b) Surveys shall be sent annually to the appropriate employers and employee organizations for purposes of determining the annual prevailing hourly rate of wages.
(c) For the purposes of determining the annual prevailing hourly rate of wages for the Building Construction trades and the Heavy and Highway Construction trades, surveys shall be conducted in September to collect total number of hours worked by classification of worker for the period of September 1 of the previous year through August 31 of the current year, plus the most recent rate of pay, to include fringe benefits, by classification of worker for the survey period.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 5 Survey Types
There shall be two separate surveys constructed to determine the prevailing hourly rate of wages; one survey for Building Construction and another for Heavy and Highway Construction, as follows:
(a) A survey to determine the prevailing hourly rate of wages for Building Construction shall be sent to employers and employee organizations engaged in construction, reconstruction, improvement, enlargement, alteration, or repair of public works projects or other large commercial projects.
(b) A survey to determine the prevailing hourly rate of wages for Heavy and Highway Construction shall be sent to employers and employee organizations engaged in construction, reconstruction, improvement, enlargement, alteration, or repair of major heavy and/or highway projects.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 6 Who is to be Surveyed
For the purpose of determining the prevailing hourly rate of wages, surveys shall collect data on wages paid to journeymen.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 7 Computation of Base Wage Rate
The base wage rate shall be computed according to the formula and considerations set forth below:
(a) The rate of wages paid in the locality in which the work is to be performed, to the majority of those employed in that classification in construction in the locality similar to the proposed undertaking. A distinction shall be recognized, based on area practice within the State, between Building Construction and Heavy and Highway Construction, and the job classifications typically associated with them.
(b) When fifty percent (50%) or more of those employed in a classification are paid at the same rate, that rate shall be the base wage rate for that job classification.
(c) In the event that not more than fifty percent (50%) of employees in a classification are paid at the same rate, then the rate paid to the greater number shall be used. The greater number must be at least thirty percent (30%) of those employed.
(d) In the event that the thirty percent (30%) threshold of Subsection(c) above is not met, then an average rate shall be used. The average rate for each classification in a locality shall be the rate obtained by:
(i) Adding the hourly rates paid to all workers in the classification and dividing by the total number of such workers.
Ex: AVERAGE RATE 1 = TOTAL HOURLY RATES PAID TOTAL NUMBER OF WORKERS
(ii) Dividing the total wages paid by the total number of hours worked in the classification.
Ex: AVERAGE RATE 2 = TOTAL DOLLAR WAGES PAID
TOTAL HOURS WORKED
(iii) Then the Base Wage Rate will be the average of AVERAGE RATE 1 and AVERAGE RATE 2:
Ex: BASE WAGE RATE = AVERAGE RATE 1 + AVERAGE RATE 2
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 8 Moving Average Wage Adjustment
In establishing a prevailing hourly rate of wages, Labor Standards shall provide for a moving average wage adjustment as follows:
WCLI (current year)
WCLI (previous year) x 100
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 9 Fringe Benefits
(a) The prevailing hourly rate of wages shall include bona fide fringe benefits set forth as follows:
(i) Medical and dental payments or hospital care;
(ii) Pensions on retirement or death;
(iii) Disability benefits and life insurance;
(iv) Vacation and holiday pay;
(v) Apprenticeship or other United States Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training approved training program or as approved by the Department of Transportation and Federal Highway Administration; and
(vi) Annuity or other 401K plans.
(b) An employer who pays more than the minimum required fringe benefits shall not be permitted to reduce or offset the excess amount from the required base wage rate.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 10 Objection to Prevailing Hourly Rate of Wages, Request for Hearing, and Effective Date
(a) Any affected party may submit to Labor Standards its written objection to the determination of the prevailing hourly rate of wages and request for a hearing. A hearing shall be initiated as set forth in Wyoming Statute § 27-4-407(a).
(b) An affected party's written notice of objection and request for hearing shall contain the following:
(i) The affected party's name, mailing address, and telephone number;
(ii) A list of the crafts or types of workmen and their hourly rate of wages being objected to;
(iii) The hourly rate of wages the affected party believes should prevail for each craft or type of workman listed in the objection;
(iv) The specific grounds for the objection; and
(v) A description of how the affected party would be affected by the wage
Determination.
(c) Unless an objection to the Rates is raised, the Prevailing Wage Rates shall become effective May 1 each year.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 11 Independent Hearing Officer
Upon receipt of a timely submitted written objection and request for hearing, Labor Standards shall contract with an independent hearing officer to conduct a hearing on the matter.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 12 Hearing Procedure
The hearing officer shall conduct the hearing in accordance with the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, Wyoming Statute §§ 16-3-107 through 115, and the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings' rules for Contested Case Proceedings, which are hereby incorporated by reference and can be found at: https://rules.wyo.gov/Search.aspx?RefNum=270.0001.2.07202017
(a) The rules for Contested Case Proceedings were adopted by the Wyoming Office of Administrative Hearings and in effect on July 20, 2017.
(b) No later amendments to the rules for Contested Case Proceedings are incorporated by reference.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 13 Default
In the event the objecting party fails to appear at the hearing, the prevailing wage determination shall be deemed valid and final, and shall not be subject to review by the hearing officer.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 14 Record of Proceeding
Labor Standards shall make an audio recording of the hearing proceedings. Any party requesting a transcript of the recorded hearing shall be provided one at his/her own expense.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 15 Final Determination
Within ten (10) days of the close of the hearing, the hearing officer shall issue a written ruling on the objection(s) to the prevailing wage determination(s). The hearing officer's decision shall constitute Labor Standards' final determination.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 16 Investigation
(a) Labor Standards shall investigate a contractor or subcontractor to determine compliance with the provisions of the Prevailing Wage Act if there is reason to suspect noncompliance or upon receipt of a complaint.
(b) Labor Standards' investigation shall include whether the contractor or subcontractor properly classifies its workmen and pays workmen the correct prevailing hourly rate of wages, including the base wage rate and fringe benefits, as applicable.
(c) In determining whether a workman is properly classified, Labor Standards may utilize the 2018 Standard Occupational Classification System, which is hereby incorporated by reference and can be found at: https://www.bls.gov/soc/2018/major_groups.htm
(i) The 2018 Standard Occupational Classification System was adopted by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics, and in effect on May 14, 2018.
(ii) No later amendments to the 2018 Standard Occupational Classification System are incorporated by reference.
(d) For the purpose of any investigation under this Chapter, Labor Standards may issue subpoenas requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of any books, papers, documents, or records which Labor Standards deems relevant or material to the inquiry.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.6.05152024 § 17 Enforcement
(a) Where Labor Standards' investigation reveals a contractor's or subcontractor's noncompliance with the provisions of the Prevailing Wage Act, Labor Standards may:
(i) Consult with the noncompliant party and allow for a reasonable opportunity to come into compliance; and
(ii) Direct the public entity letting the contract, or the general contractor, to withhold further payment to the noncompliant party until prevailing wages are paid, pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 16-6-117.
(b) Where Labor Standards' investigation reveals a contractor's or subcontractor's intentional and willful violation of the Prevailing Wage Act, or where a noncompliant party fails to come into compliance, Labor Standards shall petition the appropriate district court for enforcement the Prevailing Wage Act and assessment of penalties as set forth in Wyoming Statute § 27-4-412.
History
- Effective 2024-05-15
Chapter 12 Preference for Wyoming Resident Labor
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 1 Authority
This Chapter is promulgated by the authority Wyoming Statute § 16-6-205(a) of the Wyoming Preference Act of 1971, as amended.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 2 Purpose
This Chapter prescribes procedures and practices to ensure the proper administration of, and to establish and implement measures to ensure compliance with, the Wyoming Preference Act.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 3 Definitions
(a) "Business Consultant Unit" means a team within the Department primarily responsible for providing guidance and oversight of the Wyoming Preference Act.
(b) "Certification process" means the methods and procedures, established by the Workforce Center, implemented to validate a qualified Wyoming resident applicant laborer is provided with adequate opportunity to be employed on a public works project, and to ensure each Employer has exercised due diligence in hiring Wyoming resident labor prior to the issuance of a Certification Letter authorizing the Employer to hire nonresident labor.
(c) "Department" means the Wyoming Department of Workforce Services.
(d) "Emergency" means an unexpected situation that threatens the health, welfare or safety of the public.
(e) "Employer" means a person or entity who hires or employs skilled or unskilled laborers for public works projects.
(f) "Independent contractor" means an individual who performs compensated services for another individual or entity, and who:
(i) Is free from control or direction over the details of the performance of services by contract and by fact;
(ii) Represents his/her services to the public as a self-employed individual or an independent contractor; and
(iii) May substitute another individual to perform his/her services.
(g) "Noncompliance indicator" means any action or inaction which tends to suggest an Employer's noncompliance with the Wyoming Preference Act, and may include, but is not limited to, any of the following:
(i) Employer's unwillingness to disclose a project name, location, or start date when opening a job order or upon request;
(ii) Employer's requiring of a certification, license, excessive experience, or other qualification criteria that is not related to the craft or project;
(iii) Employer's failure to respond to an applicant;
(iv) Employer's failure to hire a qualified resident applicant without acceptable cause;
(v) Employer's failure to respond to an inquiry from the Department;
(vi) Discovery of noncompliance found during a compliance check; or
(vii) A complaint or allegation of noncompliance.
(h) "Owner" means the State of Wyoming or any political subdivision, municipal corporation, special district, or other governmental unit, including any authorized agent thereof.
(i) "Skilled laborer" means any skilled laborer who performs work in a craft, trade, or specialty occupation requiring related experience, training, or specialized education.
(j) "Unskilled laborer" means any unskilled laborer who performs work which does not require any level of specialized training, experience, or education.
(k) "Willful or intentional noncompliance" means:
(i) A deliberate action used by an employer to negate or circumvent the provisions of the Wyoming Preference Act; or
(ii) A recurrence of, or failure to correct, an instance of noncompliance after an employer receives a pre-construction Notice or Advisory on the applicability of the Wyoming Preference Act.
(l) "Workforce Center" means any of the Department's Workforce Centers, statewide offices providing workforce programs and services.
(m) "Wyoming Preference Act" means the Wyoming Preference Act of 1971, as amended, Wyoming Statute §§ 16-6-201 through -206.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 4 Business Consultant Unit
The Business Consultant Unit shall perform consultation and monitoring services on behalf of the Department for the purposes of enforcing the Wyoming Preference Act. In carrying out its functions, the Business Consultant Unit may:
(a) Examine identification to establish residency status and certification compliance at public works project sites;
(b) Notify the appropriate Workforce Center when performing an evaluation of, or inquiry into, a problematic job order;
(c) Issue a letter of inquiry, pre-construction Notice, Advisory, Citation, and Debarment, as necessary;
(d) Revoke a Certification Letter when evidence demonstrates an Employer willfully or intentionally failed to hire qualified Wyoming resident labor;
(e) Support and assist the Workforce Center in obtaining information on a public works project or a prospective Employer during the certification process;
(f) Initiate a customer outreach program that will provide training to Owners and Employers on applicable statutes and rules related to their legal obligations;
(g) Examine payroll records to ensure that an Employer pays overtime in accordance with Wyoming Statute § 16-6-110, as applicable;
(h) Investigate reports of suspected noncompliance reported by the Workforce Center or general public; and
(i) Assist in the confirmation of an emergency project by coordinating with the Workforce Center in contacting the project owner as necessary.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 5 Employer Responsibilities
(a) Every Employer shall cooperate with the Department, Workforce Center, and Business Consultant Unit in carrying out its obligations.
(b) No Employer shall open a job order or act as an advocate for another Employer.
(c) Every Employer shall ensure that any applicable contract or subcontract contains the required provisions and acknowledgments required by Wyoming Statute § 16-6-203(a) of the Wyoming Preference Act.
(d) An Employer shall provide a list of all subcontractors on a Public Work project to the Business Consultant Unit upon request from the Department.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 6 Resident Labor
(a) Every Employer shall ensure that each laborer claiming Wyoming resident status, including those laborers from temporary labor agencies, satisfies the requirements of Wyoming Statute § 16-6-202(a)(ii), and shall provide documentary evidence to establish Wyoming resident status upon request by the Department, Workforce Center, or Business Consultant Unit. Wyoming resident status may be established by:
(i) A Wyoming driver's license showing an original issue date no less than ninety (90) days prior; or
(ii) A utility bill, rent receipt, insurance policy, mortgage document, vehicle registration, pay stub, tax document, voter registration, doctor's bill, resident hunting or fishing license, school records or bank statement showing the resident's Wyoming address for a period of at least ninety (90) days; or
(iii) Military form DD214, which indicates Wyoming as the applicant's domicile and home of record for at least ninety (90) days; or
(iv) Any other documentary evidence establishing ninety (90) days of Wyoming residency acceptable to the Department, Workforce Center, or Business Consultant Unit.
(b) An Employer shall not require any Wyoming resident to apply through a labor organization or union, or at any location outside of the assigned Workforce Center's area of responsibility.
(c) An Employer shall not require any Wyoming resident to apply through an outside source without a means of verifying each application is received and acknowledged.
(d) An employer who anticipates employing an individual on a public work project who does not meet residency requirements as outlined in W.S. § 16-6-201(a)(ii), but whom the employer believes should be considered a resident for the purposes of the Wyoming Preference Act, may submit a request in writing to approve the person as a resident to the Business Consultant Unit prior to the individual starting employment on a public work project.
(i) The Business Consultant Unit shall issue a written document within ten (10) days of receiving the written request from the employer. The determination will either approve or deny residency status for the individual.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 7 Nonresident Labor
(a) Prior to employing any nonresident laborer on a covered public works project, an Employer shall apply for and obtain a Certification Letter from the assigned Workforce Center.
(b) An Employer shall comply with the Workforce Center's certification process to ensure qualified Wyoming resident laborers are provided opportunity to be employed on public works projects.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 8 Investigation and Notice of Determination
(a) The Business Consultant Unit shall investigate an Employer when one or more noncompliance indicators are reported or discovered to determine compliance with the Wyoming Preference Act.
(b) Upon completion of its investigation, the Business Consultant Unit shall make an assessment as to whether the subject Employer is or is not compliant with the Wyoming Preference Act, and shall notify the Employer of its determination as follows:
(i) A "No Violation" notification shall be issued when there is no evidence of noncompliance.
(ii) An "Advisory" notification shall be issued when the Employer is deemed to be noncompliant on the first offence, or when a recurrence of noncompliance occurs one year or more after the previous noncompliance occurrence.
(iii) A "Citation" notification shall be issued if the recurrence date occurs within one year from the date of the previous occurrence of noncompliance, or upon discovery of willful or intentional noncompliance.
(iv) A "Citation and Debarment" notification shall be issued upon a recurrence of noncompliance within one year from date of a Citation being issued.
(c) Where the investigation was initiated by a complaint, the Business Consultant Unit shall notify the complainant of its findings when the complainant's identification and contact information is known.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.12.08032021 § 9 Final Agency Decision
(a) If no hearing is requested pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 16-6-206(d), the Department shall issue its final agency decision within thirty (30) days from the end of the hearing request filing period.
(b) If a hearing is held, the Department shall issue its final agency decision within thirty (30) days after the hearing officer's recommended decision is issued.
(c) In its final agency decision, the Department may accept, reject, or modify the hearing officer's recommended decision.
History
- Effective 2021-08-03
Chapter 13 Federal Sector Military Department Equal Opportunity Complaints
Wyo. Code R. 053.0024.13.12082022 Federal Sector Military Department Equal Opportunity Complaints
Chapter 13
Federal Sector Military Department Equal Employment Opportunity Complaints
Section 1. Authority. These rules are promulgated as authorized by W.S. § 27-9-104(a)(viii).
Section 2. Definitions. As used in these rules:
(a) "Act" means Wyoming Fair Employment Practices Act of 1965, W.S. § 27-9-101 through -106.
(b) "Department" means the Department of Workforce Services.
(c) "Division" means Labor Standards Division, a program within the Department of Workforce Services.
(d) "EEO" means equal employment opportunity.
(e) "EEO Counselor" means a Compliance Officer working for the Division and under an agreement with the Military Department, acting to resolve disputes between aggrieved employees and the Military Department based on Informal EEO Complaints filed either with the Division or the Military Department.
(f) "EEO Investigator" means a Compliance Officer working for the Division and under an agreement with the Military Department who conducts investigations into allegations accepted by the Military Department, in Formal Complaints submitted by employees of the Military Department alleging discrimination based on race, color, sex, national origin, religion, age or disability or a Hostile Work Environment under EEOC guidance and law.
(g) "EEOC" means the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission.
(h) "Employee" means those Federal technician employees of the Military Department who are employees of the United Stated of America, but does not mean those employed by the Military Department as employees of the State of Wyoming or those who were in a military status at the time of the alleged complained of actions.
(i) "Formal Complaint" means a written complaint alleging discriminatory or unfair employment practice that is filed with the Division or the Military Department within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the Notice of Right to File after completion of the Informal EEO Complaint process. The written complaint must include a signed statement from the complainant or the complainant's attorney containing the complainant's (or representative's) telephone number and address and must be sufficiently precise to identify the complainant, the agency, and generally describe the action or practice which forms the basis of the complaint and who took the action.
(j) "Formal Complainant" means any person claiming to be aggrieved by a discriminatory or unfair employment practice and who has timely filed a Formal Complaint.
(k) "Informal EED Complaint" means a complaint filed with the EEO Manager for the Military Department, or the Division, claiming discrimination based on race, color, national origin, sex, age, religion, disability, protected genetic information, or reprisal or a Hostile Work Environment under EEOC guidance and law. An Informal EEO Complaint must be filed within forty-five (45) days of the alleged act of discrimination.
(l) "Military Department" means the Wyoming Military Department.
Section 3. EEO Counselor and EEO Investigator.
(a) The Division will provide a currently trained EEO Counselor upon request from the Military Department after the Military Department or the Division receive an Informal Complaint from a federal employee of the Military Department. The Division's EEO Counselor will complete all tasks required under EEOC guidance and specifically EEOC MD-110. The EEO Counselor is a neutral participant in this process and is not an advocate for either side. The EEO Counselor shall meet with the Complainant, inquire into the facts and circumstances, and attempt to find a satisfactory resolution for both parties. If the Informal EEO Complaint is not resolved, the EEO Counselor shall provide a Notice of Right to File to the Complainant with their appeal rights completing the Informal EEO Complaint process in accordance with EEOC guidance.
(b) The Division will provide a currently trained EEO Investigator upon request from the Military Department. The Military Department will request an EEO Investigator after it has accepted any allegations contained in a timely filed Formal Complaint from a federal employee of the Military Department. The EEO Investigator shall not be the same individual that acted as an EEO Counselor to any given Complainant. After the EEO Investigator completes the investigation in accordance with EEOC guidance and their submitted report is accepted as complete by the Military Department, the role of the involved Division employees will be complete unless called to provide any testimony later concerning their work on the complaint.
Section 4. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Division has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section;
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule or regulation is maintained at the Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at a cost at the same location;
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1614.101 - 1614.707 (2022) as it was effective April 1, 2022 and adopted by the Division, available at: https://dws.wyo.gov/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/29-CFR-1614.101-107.pdf
(ii) Equal Employment Opportunity Management Directive for 29 C.F.R. Part 1614 (EEO-MD-110), as adopted by the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and effective on August 5, 2015, found at: https://dws.wyo.gov/wp-content/uploads/2023/03/29-C.F.R.-PART-1614-EEO-MD-110_As-Revised_August-5_2015.pdf
History
- Effective 2022-12-08
299 Mining Council
Chapter 1 Examinations for Certificates
Wyo. Code R. 053.0005.1.09232004 Examinations for Certificates
RULES AND REGULATIONS
STATE MINING COUNCIL
CHAPTER 1
RULES FOR EXAMINATION FOR CERTIFICATES
Section 1. Authority: These rules of the State Mining Council are promulgated as written pursuant to W.S. § 30-2-301(b) and W.S. § 30-2-309(e)
Section 2. Definitions:
(a) Mining the mineral: Shall mean the extraction of the mineral, the removal of overburden or the removal of waste rock in an underground mine.
(b) Practical work of a hands-on nature: Shall mean work that directly contributes to the extraction of the mineral, the removal of overburden or the removal of waste rock in an underground mine.
(c) Directly related to the hazards involved in the type of mine: Shall mean actual work performed at or near the point of extraction of the mineral, the removal of overburden or the removal of waste rock in an underground mine.
(d) Type of mine: shall mean a surface or underground mine.
(e) Industry similar in nature to mining shall mean: an industry whose required skills are applicable and readily transferable to the mining industry with a minimal amount of retraining. Such industries include but, are not limited to, industrial electricians, industrial mechanics, heavy equipment operators and surveyors.
Section 3. Types Of Certifications:
(a) For the purpose of awarding mine examiner and mine foreman certificates by examination pursuant to W.S. §§ 30-2-306 through W.S. § 30-2-312, the State Mining Council shall classify applicants according to their experience in the following types of mines:
(i) Surface Mines
(A) Coal
(B) Metal or Non-Metal
(ii) Underground Mines
(A) Coal
(B) Metal or Non-Metal
(I) Gassy
(II) Non-Gassy
(III) Uranium
(b) Experience shall be determined from practical work of a hands-on nature that is directly related to the hazards involved in the type of mine for which certification is requested.
(c) No person shall direct the activities of persons working underground unless he or she holds a valid Mine Foreman Certification.
Section 4. Experience Credit:
(a) An applicant for the surface mine foreman certification may be granted three (3) years experience credit for not less than three (3) years experience in another type of surface mine other than the one the applicant is applying for, providing the experience at that mine consists of practical work of a hands-on nature directly related to the hazards involved in surface mining. An Applicant who is denied experience credit under Section 4(a) may apply for experience credit under Section 4(c).
(b) An applicant may be granted one (1) years experience credit, towards the underground coal mine foreman or underground coal mine examiner certification, for not less than five (5) years experience in an underground gassy metal nonmetal mine, providing that experience consists of practical work of a hands-on nature directly related to the hazards involved in an underground metal nonmetal mine.
(c) An applicant who has worked in one type of mine for not less than ten (10) years and is applying for the mine foreman or mine examiner certification for another type of mine (i.e., surface mine to surface mine, underground mine to underground mine, surface mine to underground mine and underground mine to surface mine) may be granted one (1) years experience credit towards taking the mine foreman or mine examiner certification examination providing the applicant's work experience consisted of work of a hands-on nature directly related to the hazards involved in the type of mine in which the applicant worked.
(d) An applicant who is applying for the mine foreman or mine examiner certification may be granted one (1) year experience credit, towards taking the mine foreman or mine examiner certification examination, for not less than ten (10) years experience in an industry similar in nature to mining providing that experience is of a hands-on nature directly related to hazards similar in nature to the type of mine for which the applicant is applying.
(e) An applicant for either the mine foreman or mine examiner certification shall be given one (1) years experience credit towards taking the mine foreman or mine examiner certification examination for a degree in mining engineering from an accredited college or university.
The applicant must provide the State Mining Council with an official copy of the applicant's transcripts or other document(s) that clearly show that the applicant was awarded the mining engineering degree. The transcript or other document(s) must be mailed directly to the State Mining Council from the accredited college or university.
(f) An applicant for either the mine foreman or mine examiner certification may be granted one (1) years experience credit towards taking the mine foreman or mine examiner certification examination for a degree from an accredited college or university in the following degrees, if they are related to mining:
i) Civil Engineering
ii) Mechanical Engineering
iii) Electrical Engineering
iv) Environmental Engineering
v) Safety Engineering
vi) Geological Engineering
The State Mining Council may consider other degrees that are related to mining.
The applicant must provide the State Mining Council with an official copy of the applicant's transcripts or other document(s) that clearly show that the applicant was awarded the degree for which the applicant is seeking experience credit. The transcript or other documents must be mailed directly to the State Mining Council from the accredited college or university.
(g) The State Mining Council shall review and either approve or disapprove all applications for the mine foreman or mine examiner certification examination that involve experience credit, including temporary permit applications, at their next regularly scheduled meeting.
Section 5. Examination Policies:
(a) Application fees are non-refundable after applications for examination are accepted by the State Mining Council.
(b) Examination fees shall be determined by the State Mining Council each year, by dividing the cost of the prior year's examinations by the number of exam applications accepted for the prior year's examination.
(c) Examination fee shall be set by June 1 of each calendar year for the next examination year.
(d) Applicants must meet all qualification requirements by April 1 of the examination year. The State Inspector of Mines will review applications to verify experience. Any that he has a concern with will be brought before the State Mining Council for review and final determination of eligibility. The State Mining Council shall vote to accept all applicants that meet the qualification criteria.
(e) The dates, places and times of each exam shall be published in the newspaper nearest to the location where the exams are to be held and by posting the published notice at all mines where applicants are employed.
(f) The hours of examination shall be from 8:00 a.m. until 4:00 p.m.
on each day stated in the published notices. Hours of testing will be posted at each testing site.
(g) The State Inspector of Mines shall prepare all examination packets for each qualified applicant from subject matter provided by the State Mining Council.
(h) Examination materials shall be safeguarded against disclosure to unauthorized personnel. Examinations shall remain in the custody of the State Inspector of Mines or members of the State Mining Council.
(i) The State Mining Council will periodically review examinations to assure current and applicable subject matter.
(j) The test packets will be marked with the applicants assigned identification number and the last four digits of the applicant's Social Security Number.
The State Inspector of Mines shall assign the identification numbers.
(k) A cover sheet, or sheets, for all examinations will be provided that will give a written description of how the test scoring is weighted, procedures governing conduct and examination rules. The examinee is required to sign, affix the designated test number and date this sheet. This sheet shall be turned in separately from the examination packet when the testing is completed. This sheet will also list the complete contents of the testing packet and the examinee will be required to acknowledge receipt of the contents.
Section 6. Grading Procedures:
(a) A total weighted average score will be used to determine the final grade.
(b) Examinations will be graded by a member of the State Mining Council using an answer key established for that purpose. Any updated testing materials will have a corresponding updated answer key.
(c) In the event that a failing grade occurs, the examination will be independently graded by a second State Mining Council member. Should the second grading result in a passing grade, a third State Mining Council member will grade the examination. The majority grade shall be assigned to the examination.
(d) If identification of the examinee has not been adequately protected by the safeguards described above in Section 5 no examination will be graded by a State Mining Council member from the same mine.
(e) Each examinee shall be notified of examination results when all grading is completed. Those failing the examination will be so advised by certified mail.
Section 7. Examination Results Review Procedures:
(a) An Applicant, after receipt of the grades notification letter, may review his/her examination papers, in person, at the office of the State Inspector of Mines in Rock Springs, Wyoming, during normal business hours.
(b) An Applicant who has received a failing grade may have his/her examination results reviewed by the State Mining Council Review Committee. The Review Committee shall consist of three members of the State Mining Council.
(c) To have examination results reviewed, Applicant must file a written request for review with the State Inspector of Mines' office.
(d) The review request must be either postmarked or delivered no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the grades notification letter.
(e) The written review request must specifically identify the examination questions that Applicant wishes to be reviewed. Only those exam questions specifically listed in the review request letter will be reviewed.
(f) The State Inspector of Mines shall notify the Applicant by certified mail of the date, place and time of their review meeting.
(g) Only the Applicant shall be permitted to attend the review meeting.
(h) The review meeting will be tape-recorded and the tape will become part of the review record.
(i) The State Inspector of Mines shall notify each person by certified mail of the date, place and time of their appeal review.
(j) The appeal review shall take place within 120 days of the date that the appeal request is received by the State Inspector of Mines.
(k) The Review Committee shall make its determination and advise the Applicant of its determination at the close of the Applicant's review meeting.
Applicant shall be formally advised of the Review Committee's determination by mail.
(l) An Applicant's examination results shall be deemed final and the review and appeal process closed if the Applicant fails to file a timely written review request.
Section 8. Appeals Procedure:
(a) An Applicant who receives an adverse decision from the Review Committee shall have the right to appeal that decision to the State Mining Council.
(b) To appeal the adverse decision of the Review Committee an Applicant must file a written notice of appeal with the State Inspector of Mines office.
(c) The notice of appeal must be either postmarked or hand-delivered no later than thirty (30) days from the date of the review determination letter.
(d) Applicant may submit, with the notice of appeal, a written statement supporting Applicant's position and answers.
(e) The Council will examine the review record; consider Applicant's statement and review the Review Committee's decision and make a determination at its next regularly scheduled quarterly meeting following the receipt of the notice of appeal by the State Inspector of Mines.
(f) The State Mining Council shall notify Applicant of its determination by mail.
(g) The decision of the State Mining Council shall be the final action of the agency.
(h) An Applicant's examination results shall be deemed final and the review and appeal process closed if the Applicant fails to file a timely written Notice of Appeal.
(i) Except as provided in the above procedures, there shall be no other administrative appeals available to the Applicants who have failed to obtain a passing grade.
Section 9. Study Guide:
(a) The State Mining Council will review and approve a study guide that provides guidance to those wishing to take the examinations.
(b) The office of the State Inspector of Mines will package the study guides and provide them when requested. Study guides will be provided to requesting applicants at cost.
(c) The study guide shall provide material that will include general mining practices in the type of mine and mineral involved, including but not limited to, ventilation, health and safety, rescue and recovery work involved following mine disasters, detection and control of gasses, fires and explosions, prevention and controls of same, blasting procedures, electricity, mine equipment, and State and Federal mining laws.
(d) As provided for in W.S. § 30-2-309 (e)(i) the State Mining Council shall accept after review a study guide prepared by industry.
(e) The State Mining Council will review the study guides for adequacy at regular intervals.
Section 10. Temporary Certification:
(a) A person may apply for a temporary permit as provided for in W.S. § 30-2-310.
(b) The applicant must fill out an application and pay the fee to take the next scheduled examination for mine foreman or mine examiner before he/she will be considered for temporary permit.
(c) After receiving the application for examination, the application for the temporary permit and the fee the State Mining Council shall review the applications.
If the applicant meets all of the requirements to take the certification examination(s) the Council may approve the application for a temporary permit.
(d) Once the application and fee are accepted by the State Mining Council the fee shall be non-refundable.
(e) Upon the Council's approval of the temporary permit application, the State Inspector of Mines shall issue the temporary permit.
(f) The temporary permit may be utilized only in the mineral and type of mine where the applicant requested the temporary permit.
Section 11. Revocation of Certification:
(a) Revocation of a certificate shall be done in accordance with W.S. § 30-2-311 and the Council's Rules of Practice and Procedure for Certificate Suspension and Revocation Hearings.
History
- Effective 2004-09-23
Chapter 2 Certification Suspension and Revocation Hearings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0005.2.08292003 Certification Suspension and Revocation Hearings
CHAPTER II
RULES OF PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE
FOR CERTIFICATION SUSPENSION AND REVOCATION HEARINGS
Section 1. Authority.
These rules are promulgated pursuant to authority granted by W.S. § 30-2-301(b) and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act (W.S. § 16-3-101 through W.S. § 16-3- 115)
Section 2. Purpose.
These rules have been adopted to provide a uniform and understandable process for receiving complaints and conducting fair hearings regarding possible revocation of certificates issued by the State Mining Council or temporary permits issued by the State Mine Inspector.
Section 3. Definitions.
The following definitions of terms used in this chapter shall apply.
(a) "Act" Shall mean W.S. § 30-2-101 through W.S. § 30-3-509.
(b) "Complainant" Shall mean any individual who files a complaint alleging a violation listed in W.S. § 30-2-311(a).
(c) "Rules and Regulations" Shall mean the State Mine Inspector's Shot-firer Certification Rules, the General Mine Safety Rules, the Qualified Person Certification Rules and the Rules of Practice and Procedure for Certification Suspension And Revocation Hearings.
Section 4. Complaint Procedures.
(a) Proceedings under these rules shall commence when a signed written complaint is filed, by the Complainant, with the State Mine Inspector.
(b) The Complainant must allege, based on actual firsthand knowledge, that a certificate holder:
(i) has violated a provision of the Act;
(ii) has violated rules and regulations promulgated under the Act;
(iii) was intoxicated while in duty status;
(iv) is suffering from mental disabilities or;
(v) has neglected his/her duties.
(c) A complaint must be filed with the State Mine Inspector within thirty (30) calendar days of the alleged violation.
(d) A complaint is deemed filed with the State Mine Inspector when the complaint is received at the State Mine Inspector's office and is date stamped. The State Mine Inspector's mailing address is P.O. Box 1094, Rock Springs, WY 82902.
(e) A complaint must contain, but is not limited to, the following:
(i) The name, current address and phone number (if any) of the Complainant.
(ii) The alleged violation of W.S. § 30-2-311(a).
(iii) The exact dates and approximate time of the violation.
(iv) The name of the mine and the exact location in the mine where the alleged violation took place.
(v) The name of the company that owns the mine where the alleged violation took place.
(vi) Details of the alleged violation.
(vii) Names of potential witnesses to the alleged violation.
(viii) The complaint must contain the following statement: "I verify that the information contained in this complaint is true and accurate."
(ix) Signature of the Complainant.
(f) The complainant must notify the State Mine Inspector, in writing, of any change in the Complainant's address or telephone number. The Complainant must notify the State Mine Inspector within fifteen (15) calendar days of the change.
(g) The complaint and its contents are not confidential. The State Mine Inspector may discuss the contents of the complaint with, and distribute copies of the complaint to, individuals being interviewed in the course of the investigation.
Section 5. Notices.
(a) Upon Receipt of a complaint, the State Mine Inspector shall date stamp the complaint with the date that the complaint was received.
(b) Within five (5) working days after receiving and date stamping the complaint, the State Mine Inspector shall deliver, by certified mail, copies of the complaint to each member of the Decertification Complaint Review Committee.
(c) Within five (5) working days after the receipt of the copy of the complaint the Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall meet either in person or by telephone conference call to:
(i) Review the complaint to determine:
A. Whether the complaint contains the required contents listed in Section 4.d.
B. Whether the complaint was filed within thirty (30) calendar days of the alleged violation;
(ii) Initiate the State Mine Inspector's investigation of the complaint if the Decertification Complaint Review Committee determines that the complaint has been timely filed and contains the required contents.
(iii) Upon receipt of the copy of the complaint the Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall notify the certificate holder, by certified mail, that a complaint has been filed against him/her. A copy of the complaint shall accompany the notification. The Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall also inform the certificate holder that the complaint is under review and that the certificate holder will be notified whether an investigation will be held.
(d) If the complaint does not contain all of the required criteria listed in Section 4.d., or the complaint was not filed within thirty (30) calendar days of the alleged violation, the Decertification Complaint Review Committee may dismiss the complaint without considering the merits of the complaint.
(e) Where the Decertification Complaint Review Committee has dismissed a complaint for failure to include the criteria listed in Section 4. d., the Complainant may refile a modified complaint. The modified complaint shall be subject to the procedures set forth in Sections 4 and 5 of these rules. The modified complaint must be filed within the original thirty (30) calendar days of the alleged violation.
Section 6. Investigation.
(a) Within ten (10) working days of notification from the Decertification Complaint Review Committee to investigate the complaint, the State Mine Inspector shall begin the investigation.
(b) The State Mine Inspector shall record verbatim, stenographically or by electronic means, all interviews of the Complainant, the certificate holder, all potential witnesses and any person who may possibly have any information relevant to the investigation.
(c) Upon completion of the investigation the State Mine Inspector shall submit a report of his investigation findings to the Decertification Complaint Review Committee. The report shall be in writing and include a transcript of all recorded interviews and copies of all evidence gathered during the investigation.
(d) In addition to his written report, the Decertification Complaint Review Committee may require the State Mine Inspector to give an oral summary of his investigation findings.
(e) All information and documents gathered by the State Mine Inspector during the course of the investigation shall remain confidential until the State Mining Council's final agency decision has been issued.
Section 7. Decertification Complaint Review Committee Members.
(a) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall consist of three (3) members of the State Mining Council, whom shall be appointed by the President of the State Mining Council.
(b) Each member of the Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall serve a term of one (1) calendar year.
(c) Where a member of the Decertification Complaint Review Committee resigns from either the State Mining Council or the Decertification Complaint Review Committee, the President of the State Mining Council shall appoint a different member of the State Mining Council to complete the remaining term of the departing member.
(d) Where a member of the Decertification Complaint Review Committee has conflict of interest or a possible conflict of interest with regards to a particular complaint, the President of the State Mining Council shall temporarily appoint a different member of the State Mining Council to the Decertification Complaint Review Committee, to review that particular complaint. The member who has been replaced on the Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall not participate in the State Mining Council's final agency decision for that particular complaint.
Section 8. Decertification Complaint Review Committee Review and Decision.
(a) Any meeting held by the Decertification Complaint Review Committee to review a decertification complaint under these rules shall be an executive session and not open to the public.
(b) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee members shall not discuss any decertification complaint matter with the remaining members of the State Mining Council.
(c) After a review of the investigation report and all accompanying evidence, the Decertification Complaint Review Committee, in consultation with legal council, may:
(i) Order additional investigation by the State Mine Inspector;
(ii) Dismiss the complaint: or
(iii) Send the complaint to a hearing.
Section 9. Additional Investigation.
(a) Upon a finding that additional information is needed the Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall instruct the State Mine Inspector, in writing, to investigate the complaint further.
(b) Upon completion of the additional investigation, the State Mine Inspector shall submit his additional findings, in writing, to the Decertification Complaint Review Committee.
(c) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall review any additional evidence and decide to either:
(i) Order additional investigation by the State Mine Inspector;
(ii) Dismiss the complaint: or
(iii) Send the complaint to a hearing.
Section 10. Dismissal of the Complaint.
(a) Where, after a review of the evidence, the Decertification Complaint Review Committee determines that the evidence was insufficient and/or the violation was not serious enough in nature to warrant revoking the certificate holder's certificate, the Decertification Complaint Review Committee may dismiss the complaint.
(b) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall notify the Complainant and the certificate holder, by certified mail, of the decision to dismiss the complaint. The Decertification Complaint Review Committee's decision letter shall contain a findings of facts and a conclusion of law separately stated and supported by concise and explicit statements.
(c) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee's decision to dismiss the complaint shall constitute the State Mining Council's final agency decision on the matter.
(d) Pursuant to W.S. § 16-3-114 the Decertification Complaint Review Committee's decision to dismiss the complaint may be appealed to the District Court.
Section 11. Fair Hearing.
(a) If the Decertification Complaint Review Committee, in consultation with legal council, decides that the complaint and evidence warrants a hearing, the complaint shall be submitted to the Office of Administrative Hearings for a fair hearing under the Administrative Procedure Act W.S. § 16-3-101 through W.S. § 16-3-115.
(b) The Decertification Complaint Review Committee shall notify all parties, by certified mail, that the complaint has been submitted to the Office of Administrative Hearings for a fair hearing and a recommended decision.
(c) The hearing officer's only responsibility shall be to determine whether or not the certificate shall be revoked.
(d) The hearing officer's recommended decision shall include the hearing officer's determination of whether the certificate should be revoked, a statement of supporting facts and a conclusion of law.
Section 12. State Mining Council's Final Agency Decision.
(a) Upon receipt of the hearing officer's recommended decision, the State Mining Council, excluding the Decertification Complaint Review Committee members, shall at the next regularly scheduled State Mining Council's meeting, review the recommended decision and make a decision. The State Mining Council decision may:
(i) Accept the hearing officer's recommended decision;
(ii) Modify the hearing officer's recommended decision; or
(iii) Reject the hearing officer's recommended decision in total.
(b) Any meeting held by the State Mining Council to review the hearing officer's recommended decision and make a final agency decision shall be an executive session and not be open to the public.
(c) Where the State Mining Council has made a final agency decision to revoke a certificate, the State Mining Council, after a review of the record, shall determine the length of time that the certificate shall be revoked.
(d) Where a certificate has been revoked for a period of less than ninety (90) days, the State Mining Council shall automatically reissue the certificate to the former certificate holder as soon as possible after the expiration of the revocation period. The certificate holder shall not be required to retake the certificate examination for that specific certificate.
(e) Where a certificate has been revoked for a period of ninety (90) days or more, the former certificate holder shall be required to reapply, retake and pass the certificate examination for the certificate that has been revoked.
(f) Upon expiration of the revocation period, the former certificate holder may apply to retake the certificate examination. The application shall be mailed to the State Mine Inspector at P.O. Box 1094, Rock Springs, Wyoming 82902.
(g) The State Mining Council shall administer the examination in accordance with W.S. § 30-2-307 and the State Mining Council's Regulations, Chapter 1, Rules For Examination for Certificates.
(h) The State Mining Council shall administer the examination to the former certificate holder as soon as possible and at a date and time agreeable to both the State Mining Council and the former certificate holder.
(i) The State Mining Council shall notify all parties of its decision by certified mail.
(j) The State Mining Council's decision shall constitute the final agency action in this matter.
(k) The State Mining Council members shall not discuss the hearing officer's recommended decision or the State Mining Council's final agency decision with the Decertification Complaint Review Committee members until such time as the final agency decision has been issued and served upon all parties.
(l) Pursuant to W.S. § 16-3-114 the State Mining Council's final agency decision may be appealed to the District Court.
(m) Where a member of the State Mining Council has a conflict of interest or a possible conflict of interest with regards to a particular complaint, that State Mining Council member shall not participate in the State Mining Council's final agency decision for that particular complaint.
(n) Where a member of the State Mining Council has a conflict of interest or a possible conflict of interest with regards to a particular complaint, that State Mining Council member shall not participate in the State Mining Council's final agency decision for that particular complaint.
History
- Effective 2003-08-29
Chapter 3 Variances to the Presence of Certified Mine Foreman Underground
Wyo. Code R. 053.0005.3.11092005 Variances to the Presence of Certified Mine Foreman Underground
RULES AND REGULATIONS
STATE MINING COUNCIL
CHAPTER III
VARIANCES TO THE PRESENCE OF CERTIFIED MINE FOREMAN UNDERGROUND
Section 1. Authority:
These rules of the State Mining Council are promulgated as written pursuant to W.S. § 30-2-301 (b).
Section 2. Requests for Variance:
(a) Any company operating an underground mine may request in writing a variance from the State Mining Council authorizing an exception to the statutory requirement of W.S. § 30-2-308 which requires a certified underground mine foreman to remain underground when a person is present underground.
(b) A company operating more than one underground mine is required to submit a separate variance request for each mine for which the company wants a variance.
(c) The company requesting a variance shall post a copy of its variance request on bulletin boards, referred to in W.S. § 30-2-209 (b) (iii), at the mine where the variance would apply. The copy of the variance request must be posted on the bulletin boards on or before the date that the variance request is submitted to the State Mining Council.
Section 3. Contents of Variance Request:
The following information must be included in each written variance request:
(a) Name of company requesting the variance;
(b) Name of the mine for which the variance is requested;
(c) Mailing addresses of the company and the mine;
(d) Name and phone number of the company's contact person;
(e) Name and phone number of the mine's contact person;
(f) Specific reasons why the variance is necessary and should be granted; and
(g) Length of time the company wants the variance to be effective.
Section 4. Procedures for Submitting Variance Requests:
Variance requests may be delivered in person to the State Mine Inspector or mailed to the State Mine Inspector's main office in Rock Springs, Wyoming.
Section 5. Notice of receipt of Variance Request:
Upon receipt of the variance request, the State Mining Council shall notify the company and mine's contact persons in writing by certified mail of the following:
(a) Receipt of the variance request;
(b) The variance request will be placed on the agenda of the next regularly scheduled State Mining Council meeting;
(c) Date of next regularly scheduled State Mining Council meeting;
(d) Time of next regularly scheduled State Mining Council meeting; and
(e) Location of next regularly scheduled State Mining Council meeting.
Section 6. State Mining Council Action on Variance Request:
The next regularly scheduled State Mining Council meeting after a variance request is submitted, the State Mining Council shall:
(a) Review and read aloud the variance request;
(b) Take comments from the company requesting the variance;
(c) Take comments from any other interested person or party;
(d) Read into the record all written comments received prior to the State Mining Council meeting;
(e) Discuss the merits of the variance request;
(f) Take a public vote, by a show of hands, on whether or not to grant the requested variance;
(g) Where the variance is granted, set a time period for which the variance is effective;
(h) Impose any conditions upon the variance that the State Mining Council deems necessary;
(i) Record the variance request proceedings of the State Mining Council meeting; and
(j) The decision of the State Mining Council regarding the variance request shall constitute a final agency action.
Section 7. Notice of State Mining Council's Decision
(a) The State Mining Council shall notify the following in writing by certified mail of the State Mining Council's decision on the variance request:
(i) The company requesting the variance;
(ii) The mine where the variance would apply;
(iii) Any person or party who commented in person at the State Mining Council meeting; and
(iv) Any person or party who commented in writing.
(b) The company requesting the variance shall post a copy of the State Mining Council's decision letter on bulletin boards which are referred to in W.S. § 30-2-209 (b) (iii) . Copies of the State Mining Council's decision letter shall be posted on the day that the company, or mine, receives the State Mining Council's decision letter. If the variance request has not been granted by the State Mining Council, the State Mining Council decision letter shall remain posted for thirty calendar days. If the variance was granted, the State Mining Council's decision letter shall remain posted until the expiration or termination of the variance.
History
- Effective 2005-11-09
298 Mining Inspector
Chapter 1 Shotfirer Certification
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.1.06262000 Shotfirer Certification
CHAPTER I
SHOT-FIRER CERTIFICATION RULES
Section 1. Authority:
The State Mine Inspector, pursuant to W.S.§30-2-205(a), is authorized to promulgate rules and regulations governing the certification and supervision of Wyoming mine shot-firers.
Section 2. Definitions
(a) Hands-on Experience: Shall mean practical work experience involving the loading of holes, the charging of holes, the tamping of holes, the tying in of shots, the proper handling of explosives, the proper transportation of explosives and the firing of shots.
(b) Mine Engineering Experience: shall mean a four (4) year degree in mine engineering from an accredited engineering school and has two (2) years of actual engineering experience in the areas of shot-design and shot-planning.
(c) Metal/Non Metal: shall mean any mine other than a coal mine.
(d) Direct Supervision: shall mean supervision by any Wyoming certified shot-firer who is physically present at the blasting or shot-firing site and who has been notified that he is the shot-firer in charge of that blasting or shot-firing operations at that blasting or shot-firing site.
Section 3. Certificate Required
(a) No individual shall perform any act specifically authorized for a shot-firer nor function as a shot-firer unless that individual either holds a current shot-firer certification issued by the Wyoming State Mine Inspector or is under the direct supervision of a Wyoming certified shot- firer.
(b) The State Mine Inspector shall certify any blaster or shot-firer who has successfully complete the Department of Environmental Quality, Land Quality Division's Blaster Training Program.
Section 4. Examination Requirement
(a) An applicant for shot-firer's certification must have successfully completed an examination, which covers but is not limited to the safe storage, transportation, and use of any and all types of explosives used in the type of mining operation for which the applicant seeks certification, before the applicant can be certified as a shot-firer in that particular type of mining operation.
Section 5. Application for Shot-Firer's Certification
(a) An applicant for a shot-firer's certificate must file an application with the State Mine Inspector. Applicant shall furnish all information called for by the application form and such other and supplemental information as shall be requested by the State Mine Inspector.
(b) An applicant may submit an application for a shot-firer's certification at anytime.
(c) An applicant must file a separate application for each type of mining certification that applicant wishes to be tested on.
(d) An applicant may withdraw his/her application for a shot-firer's certification by written request to the State Mine Inspector. An application withdrawn in this manner shall be considered withdrawn without prejudice.
Section 6. Experience Requirement
(a) To take the shot-firer's certification examination for a particular type of mining operation, an applicant is required to have, at a minimum, two (2) years of hands-on experience in that type of mining operation.
(b) The State Mine Inspector shall give an applicant one (1) year experience credit for two (2) years mine engineering experience related to shot-design and shot-planning. An applicant may receive a maximum of one (1) year experience credit for applicant's mine engineering experience.
(c) An applicant must submit, to the State Mine Inspector, verifiable documentation of either applicant's practical, hands-on experience or applicant's hands-on and mine engineering experience.
Section 7. Types of Certifications
(a) The following is a list of the types of mining operations in which a qualified applicant can obtain one or more certifications:
(i) Surface Mine: Metal/Non-Metal
(ii) Underground Mine: Coal
(iii) Underground Mine: Metal/Non-Metal Gassy
(iv) Underground Mine: Metal/Non-Metal Non-Gassy
(v) Surface Mine: Coal
(b) An applicant must take and successfully pass a separate examination for each type of mining operation that applicant wishes to be certified in.
(c) Applicants for the surface mine-coal certification must successfully complete the Department of Environmental Quality, Land Quality Division's Blaster Training, Examination and Certification Program.
Section 8. Examination
(a) An applicant must meet all of the requirements set forth in W.S. 30-2-501 before taking the shot-firer's certification examination.
(b) The shot-firer examination shall be administered to the qualified applicants by the State Mine Inspector or his deputies. The examination shall be administered at the convenience of the State Mine Inspector.
(c) The certification examination shall consist of two parts: The written part, consisting of written questions; and the oral part, consisting of oral questions and practical demonstrations.
Both the written and the oral parts shall cover but are not limited to the safe storage, transportation and use of any or all types of explosives used in the type of mining operation for which the applicant seeks certification.
(d) Both the written and the oral parts of the examination shall be graded using answer keys designed for that purpose.
(e) A minimum of 75% (seventy-five percent) correct answers on the written part and a minimum of 75% (seventy-five percent) correct answers on the oral part of the examination shall be considered a passing grade on the entire examination.
(f) The examinations and answer keys are the property of and shall remain in the possession of the State Mine Inspector.
Section 9. Notification of Results
(a) An applicant shall be notified, through the U.S. Mail, of the his/her examination results within thirty (30) days of applicant's examination date.
Section 10. Reexamination
(a) An applicant who has failed the certification examination for a particular type of mine operation must wait six (6) months, from the date of the examination, to retake the examination for that same type of mine operation.
(b) An applicant who has failed the shot-firer's certification examination for a particular type of mining operation shall be required to reapply before being permitted to retake the examination for that same type of mining operation.
(c) An applicant, who has failed the examination and applies to retake the examination, shall be required to retake both the written and oral parts of the examination.
Section 11. Appeals
(a) An applicant is not allowed to appeal, to the State Mine Inspector, the examination or any part of the examination which the applicant has failed.
(b) Notification to the applicant of an examination failure shall constitute a final agency decision.
History
- Effective 2000-06-26
Chapter 2 Surface Metal/Non Metal Mines
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.2.10151996 Surface Metal/Non Metal Mines
CHAPTER TWO:
GENERAL MINE SAFETY RULES FOR SURFACE METAL AND NONMETAL MINES
Subpart A—General
Sec.
56.1 Purpose and scope.
56.2 Definitions.
PROCEDURES
56.1000 Notification of commencement of operations and closing of mines.
Subpart B—Ground Control
56.3000 Definitions.
MINING METHODS
56.3130 Wall, bank, and slope stability.
56.3131 Pit or quarry wall perimeter.
Scaling and Support.
56.3200 Correction of hazardous conditions.
56.3201 Location for performing scaling.
56.3202 Scaling tools.
56.3203 Rock fixtures.
Precautions
56.3400 Secondary breakage.
56.3401 Examination of ground conditions.
56.3430 Activity between machinery or equipment and the
highwall or bank.
Subpart C—Fire Prevention and Control
56.4000 Definitions.
56.4011 Abandoned electric circuits.
PROHIBITIONS/PRECAUTIONS/HOUSEKEEPING
56.4100 Smoking and use of open flames.
56.4101 Warning signs.
56.4102 Spillage and leakage.
56.4103 Fueling internal combustion engines.
56.4104 Combustible waste.
56.4130 Electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT
56.4200 General requirements.
56.4201 Inspection.
56.4202 Fire hydrants.
56.4203 Extinguisher recharging or replacement.
56.4230 Self-propelled equipment.
Firefighting Procedures/Alarms/Drills 56.4330 Firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures.
56.4331 Firefighting drills.
FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND GASES
56.4400 Use restrictions.
56.4401 Storage tank foundations.
56.4402 Safety can use.
56.4430 Storage facilities.
INSTALLATION/CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE
56.4500 Heat sources.
56.4501 Fuel lines.
56.4502 Battery-charging stations.
56.4503 Conveyor belt slippage.
56.4530 Exits.
56.4531 Flammable or combustible liquid storage buildings or rooms.
WELDING/CUTTING/COMPRESSED GASES
56.4600 Extinguishing equipment.
56.4601 Oxygen cylinder storage.
56.4602 Gauges and regulators.
56.4603 Closure of valves.
56.4604 Preparation of pipelines or containers.
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART C—NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Subpart D—Air Quality and Physical Agents
AIR QUALITY
56.5001 Exposure limits for airborne contaminants.
56.5002 Exposure monitoring.
56.5005 Control of exposure to airborne contaminants.
56.5006 Restricted use of chemicals.
PHYSICAL AGENTS
56.5050 Exposure limits for noise.
Subpart E—Explosives
56.6000 Definitions.
STORAGE
56.6100 Separation of stored explosive material.
56.6101 Areas around explosive material storage facilities.
56.6102 Explosive material storage practices.
56.6130 Explosive material storage facilities.
56.6131 Location of explosive material storage facilities.
56.6132 Magazine requirements.
56.6133 Powder chests.
TRANSPORTATION
56.6200 Delivery to storage or blast site areas.
56.6201 Separation of transported explosive material.
56.6202 Vehicles.
56.6203 Locomotives.
56.6204 Hoists.
56.6205 Conveying explosives by hand.
USE
56.6300 Control of blasting operations.
56.6301 Blasthole obstruction check.
56.6302 Explosive material protection.
56.6303 Initiation preparation.
56.6304 Primer protection.
56.6305 Unused explosive material.
56.6306 Loading and blasting.
56.6307 Drill stem loading.
56.6308 Initiation systems.
56.6309 Fuel oil requirements for ANFO.
56.6310 Misfire waiting period.
56.6311 Handling of misfires.
56.6312 Secondary blasting.
56.6313 Blast site security.
ELECTRIC BLASTING
56.6400 Compatibility of electric detonators.
56.6401 Shunting.
56.6402 Deenergized circuits near detonators.
56.6403 Branch circuits.
56.6404 Separation of blasting circuits from power source.
56.6405 Firing devices.
56.6406 Duration of current flow.
56.6407 Circuit testing.
NONELECTRIC BLASTING
56.6500 Damaged initiating material.
56.6501 Nonelectric initiation systems.
56.6502 Safety fuse.
EXTRANEOUS ELECTRICITY
56.6600 Loading practices.
56.6601 Grounding.
56.6602 Static electricity dissipation during loading.
56.6603 Air gap.
56.6604 Precautions during storms.
56.6605 Isolation of blasting circuits.
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS
56.6700 Nonsparking tools.
56.6701 Tamping and loading pole requirements.
MAINTENANCE
56.6800 Storage facilities.
56.6801 Vehicle repair.
56.6802 Bulk delivery vehicles.
56.6803 Blasting lines.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
56.6900 Damaged or deteriorated explosive material.
56.6901 Black powder.
56.6902 Excessive temperatures.
56.6903 Burning explosive material.
56.6904 Smoking and open flames.
Subpart F—Drilling and Rotary Jet Piercing
DRILLING
56.7002 Equipment defects.
56.7003 Drill area inspection.
56.7004 Drill mast.
56.7005 Augers and drill stems.
56.7008 Moving the drill.
56.7009 Drill helpers.
56.7010 Power failures.
56.7011 Straightening crossed cables.
56.7012 Tending drills in operation.
56.7013 Covering or guarding drill holes.
56.7018 Hand clearance.
56.7050 Tool and drill steel racks.
56.7051 Loose objects on the mast or drill platform.
56.7052 Drilling positions.
56.7053 Moving hand-held drills.
56.7055 Intersecting holes.
56.7056 Collaring in bootlegs.
Rotary Jet Piercing
56.7801 Jet drills.
56.7802 Oxygen hose lines.
56.7803 Lighting the burner.
56.7804 Refueling.
56.7805 Smoking and open flames.
56.7806 Oxygen intake coupling.
56.7807 Flushing the combustion chamber.
Subpart G—[Reserved]
Subpart H—Loading, Hauling, and Dumping
56.9000 Definitions.
TRAFFIC SAFETY
56.9100 Traffic control.
56.9101 Operating speeds and control of equipment.
56.9102 Movement of independently operating rail equipment.
56.9103 Clearance on adjacent tracks.
56.9104 Railroad crossings.
TRANSPORTATION OF PERSONS AND MATERIALS
56.9200 Transporting persons.
56.9201 Loading, hauling, and unloading of equipment or supplies.
56.9202 Loading and hauling large rocks.
SAFETY DEVICES, PROVISIONS, AND PROCEDURES FOR ROADWAYS, RAILROADS, AND LOADING AND DUMPING SITES
56.9300 Berms or guardrails.
56.9301 Dump site restraints.
56.9302 Protection against moving or runaway railroad equipment.
56.9303 Construction of ramps and dumping facilities.
56.9304 Unstable ground.
56.9305 Truck spotters.
56.9306 Warning devices for restricted clearances.
56.9307 Design, installation, and maintenance of railroads.
56.9308 Switch throws.
56.9309 Chute design.
56.9310 Chute hazards.
56.9311 Anchoring stationary sizing devices.
56.9312 Working around drawholes.
56.9313 Roadway maintenance.
56.9314 Trimming stockpile and muckpile faces.
56.9315 Dust control.
56.9316 Notifying the equipment operator.
56.9317 Suspended loads.
56.9318 Getting on or off moving equipment.
56.9319 Going over, under, or between railcars.
56.9330 Clearance for surface equipment.
Subpart I—Aerial Tramways
56.10001 Filling buckets.
56.10002 Inspection and maintenance.
56.10003 Correction of defects.
56.10004 Brakes.
56.10005 Track cable connections.
56.10006 Tower guards.
56.10007 Falling object protection.
56.10008 Riding tramways.
56.10009 Riding loaded buckets.
56.10010 Starting precautions.
Subpart J—Travelways 56.11001 Safe access.
56.11002 Handrails and toeboards.
56.11003 Construction and maintenance of ladders.
56.11004 Portable rigid ladders.
56.11005 Fixed ladder anchorage and toe clearance.
56.11006 Fixed ladder landings.
56.11007 Wooden components of ladders.
56.11008 Restricted clearance.
56.11009 Walkways along conveyors.
56.11010 Stairstep clearance.
56.11011 Use of ladders.
56.11012 Protection for openings around travelways.
56.11013 Conveyor crossovers.
56.11014 Crossing moving conveyors.
56.11016 Snow and ice on walkways and travelways.
56.11017 Inclined fixed ladders.
56.11025 Railed landings, backguards, and other protection for fixed ladders.
56.11026 Protection for inclined fixed ladders.
56.11027 Scaffolds and working platforms.
Subpart K—Electricity
56.12001 Circuit overload protection.
56.12002 Controls and switches.
56.12003 Trailing cable overload protection.
56.12004 Electrical conductors.
56.12005 Protection of power conductors from mobile equipment.
56.12006 Distribution boxes.
56.12007 Junction box connection procedures.
56.12008 Insulation and fittings for power wires and cables.
56.12010 Isolation or insulation of communication conductors.
56.12011 High-potential electrical conductors.
56.12012 Bare signal wires.
56.12013 Splices and repairs of power cables.
56.12014 Handling energized power cables.
56.12016 Work on electrically-powered equipment.
56.12017 Work on power circuits.
56.12018 Identification of power switches.
56.12019 Access to stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
56.12020 Protection of persons at switchgear.
56.12021 Danger signs.
56.12022 Authorized persons at major electrical installations.
56.12023 Guarding electrical connections and resistor grids.
56.12025 Grounding circuit enclosures.
56.12026 Grounding transformer and switchgear enclosures.
56.12027 Grounding mobile equipment.
56.12028 Testing grounding systems.
56.12030 Correction of dangerous conditions.
56.12032 Inspection and cover plates.
56.12033 Hand-held electric tools.
56.12034 Guarding around lights.
56.12035 Weatherproof lamp sockets.
56.12036 Fuse removal or replacement.
56.12037 Fuses in high-potential circuits.
56.12038 Attachment of trailing cables.
56.12039 Protection of surplus trailing cables.
56.12040 Installation of operating controls.
56.12041 Design of switches and starting boxes.
56.12042 Track bonding.
56.12045 Overhead powerlines.
56.12047 Guy wires.
56.12048 Communication conductors on power poles.
56.12050 Installation of trolley wires.
56.12053 Circuits powered from trolley wires.
56.12065 Short circuit and lightning protection.
56.12066 Guarding trolley wires and bare powerlines.
56.12067 Installation of transformers.
56.12068 Locking transformer enclosures.
56.12069 Lightning protection for telephone wires and ungrounded conductors.
56.12071 Movement or operation of equipment nearhigh-voltage power lines.
Subpart L—Compressed Air and Boilers
56.13001 General requirements for boilers and pressure vessels.
56.13010 Reciprocating-type air compressors.
56.13011 Air receiver tanks.
56.13012 Compressor air intakes.
56.13015 Inspection of compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels.
56.13017 Compressor discharge pipes.
56.13019 Pressure system repairs.
56.13020 Use of compressed air.
56.13021 High-pressure hose connections.
56.13030 Boilers.
Subpart M—Machinery and Equipment
56.14000 Definitions.
Safety Devices and Maintenance Requirements
56.14100 Safety defects; examination, correction and records.
56.14101 Brakes.
56.14102 Brakes for rail equipment.
56.14103 Operators' stations.
56.14104 Tire repairs.
56.14105 Procedures during repairs or maintenance.
56.14106 Falling object protection.
56.14107 Moving machine parts.
56.14108 Overhead drive belts.
56.14109 Unguarded conveyors with adjacent travelways.
56.14110 Flying or falling materials.
56.14111 Slusher, backlash guards and securing.
56.14112 Construction and maintenance of guards.
56.14113 Inclined conveyors: backstops or brakes.
56.14114 Air valves for pneumatic equipment.
56.14115 Stationary grinding machines.
56.14116 Hand-held power tools.
56.14130 Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts.
56.14131 Seat belts for haulage trucks.
56.14132 Horns and back-up alarms.
Safety Practices and Operational Procedures
56.14200 Warnings prior to starting or moving equipment.
56.14201 Conveyor start-up warning.
56.14202 Manual cleaning of conveyor pulleys.
56.14203 Application of belt dressing.
56.14204 Machinery lubrication.
56.14205 Machinery, equipment, and tools.
56.14206 Securing movable parts.
56.14207 Parking procedures for unattended equipment.
56.14208 Warning devices.
56.14209 Safety procedures for towing.
56.14210 Movement of dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads.
56.14211 Blocking equipment in a raised position.
56.14212 Chains, ropes, and drive belts.
56.14213 Ventilation and shielding for welding.
56.14214 Train warnings.
56.14215 Coupling or uncoupling cars.
56.14216 Backpoling.
56.14217 Securing parked railcars.
56.14218 Movement of equipment on adjacent tracks.
56.14219 Brakeman signals.
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART M—NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Subpart N—Personal Protection 56.15001 First aid materials.
56.15002 Hard hats.
56.15003 Protective footwear.
56.15004 Eye protection.
56.15005 Safety belts and lines.
56.15006 Protective equipment and clothing for hazards and irritants.
56.15007 Protective equipment or clothing for welding, cutting, or working with molten metal.
56.15014 Eye protection when operating grinding wheels.
56.15020 Life jackets and belts.
Subpart O—Materials Storage and Handling
56.16001 Stacking and storage of materials.
56.16002 Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles.
56.16003 Storage of hazardous materials.
56.16004 Containers for hazardous materials.
56.16005 Securing gas cylinders.
56.16006 Protection of gas cylinder valves.
56.16007 Taglines, hitches, and slings.
56.16009 Suspended loads.
56.16010 Dropping materials from overhead.
56.16011 Riding hoisted loads or on the hoist hook.
56.16012 Storage of incompatible substances.
56.16013 Working with molten metal.
56.16014 Operator-carrying overhead cranes.
56.16015 Work or travel on overhead crane bridges.
56.16016 Lift trucks.
Subpart P—Illumination
56.17001 Illumination of surface working areas.
Subpart Q—Safety Programs
56.18002 Examination of working places.
56.18006 New employees.
56.18009 Designation of person in charge.
56.18010 First aid training.
56.18012 Emergency telephone numbers.
56.18013 Emergency communications system.
56.18014 Emergency medical assistance and transportation.
56.18020 Working alone.
Subpart R—Personnel Hoisting
56.19000 Application.
HOISTS
56.19001 Rated capacities.
56.19002 Anchoring.
56.19003 Driving mechanism connections.
56.19004 Brakes.
56.19005 Locking mechanism for clutch.
56.19006 Automatic hoist braking devices.
56.19007 Overtravel and overspeed devices.
56.19008 Friction hoist synchronizing mechanisms.
56.19009 Position indicator.
56.19010 Location of hoist controls.
56.19011 Drum flanges.
56.19012 Grooved drums.
56.19013 Diesel- and other fuel-injection-powered hoists.
56.19014 Friction hoist overtravel protection.
56.19017 Emergency braking for electric hoists.
56.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches.
WIRE ROPES
56.19021 Minimum rope strength.
56.19022 Initial measurement.
56.19023 Examinations.
56.19024 Retirement criteria.
56.19025 Load end attachments.
56.19026 Drum end attachment.
56.19027 End attachment retermination.
56.19028 End attachment replacement.
56.19030 Safety device attachments.
HEADFRAMES AND SHEAVES
56.19035 Headframe design.
56.19036 Headframe height.
56.19037 Fleet angles.
56.19038 Platforms around elevated head sheaves.
CONVEYANCES
56.19045 Metal bonnets.
56.19049 Hoisting persons in buckets.
56.19050 Bucket requirements.
56.19054 Rope guides.
HOISTING PROCEDURES 56.19055 Availability of hoist operator for manual hoists.
56.19056 Availability of hoist operator for automatic hoists.
56.19057 Hoist operator's physical fitness.
56.19058 Experienced hoist operators.
56.19061 Maximum hoisting speeds.
56.19062 Maximum acceleration and deceleration.
56.19063 Persons allowed in hoist room.
56.19065 Lowering conveyances by the brakes.
56.19066 Maximum riders in a conveyance.
56.19067 Trips during shift changes.
56.19068 Orderly conduct in conveyances.
56.19069 Entering and leaving conveyances.
56.19070 Closing cage doors or gates.
56.19071 Riding in skips or buckets.
56.19072 Skips and cages in same compartment.
56.19073 Hoisting during shift changes.
56.19074 Riding the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead.
56.19075 Use of open hooks.
56.19076 Maximum speeds for hoisting persons in buckets.
56.19077 Lowering buckets.
56.19078 Hoisting buckets from the shaft bottom.
56.19079 Blocking mine cars.
56.19080 Hoisting tools, timbers, and other materials.
56.19081 Conveyances not in use.
56.19083 Overtravel backout device.
SIGNALING
56.19090 Dual signaling systems.
56.19091 Signaling instructions to hoist operator.
56.19092 Signaling from conveyances.
56.19093 Standard signal code.
56.19094 Posting signal code.
56.19095 Location of signal devices.
56.19096 Familiarity with signal code.
SHAFTS
56.19100 Shaft landing gates.
56.19101 Stopblocks and derail switches.
56.19102 Shaft guides.
56.19103 Dumping facilities and loading pockets.
56.19104 Clearance at shaft stations.
56.19105 Landings with more than one shaft entrance.
56.19106 Shaft sets.
56.19107 Precautions for work in compartment affected by hoisting operation.
56.19108 Posting warning signs during shaft work.
56.19109 Shaft inspection and repair.
56.19110 Overhead protection for shaft deepening work.
56.191111 Shaft-sinking ladders.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
56.19120 Procedures for inspection, testing, and maintenance.
56.19121 Recordkeeping.
56.19122 Replacement parts.
56.19129 Examinations and tests at beginning of shift.
56.19130 Conveyance shaft test.
56.19131 Hoist conveyance connections.
56.19132 Safety catches.
56.19133 Shaft.
56.19134 Sheaves.
56.19135 Rollers in inclined shafts.
Subpart S—Miscellaneous
56.20001 Intoxicating beverages and narcotics.
56.20002 Potable water.
56.20003 Housekeeping.
56.20005 Carbon tetrachloride.
56.20008 Toilet facilities.
56.20009 Tests for explosive dusts.
56.20010 Retaining dams.
56.20011 Barricades and warning signs.
56.20012 Labeling of toxic material.
56.20013 Waste receptacles.
56.20014 Prohibited areas for food and beverages.
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811, 957, and 961.
Source: 50 FR 4054, Jan. 29, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A—General
S 56.1 Purpose and scope.
This part 56 sets forth mandatory safety and health standards for each surface metal or nonmetal mine, including open pit mines, subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. The purpose of these standards is the protection of life, the promotion of health and safety, and the prevention of accidents.
S 56.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this part, except in any subpart preceded by a separate set of definitions:
American Table of Distances means the current edition of "The American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosives" published by the Institute of Makers of Explosives.
Approved means tested and accepted for a specific purpose by a nationally recognized agency.
Authorized person means a person approved or assigned by mine management to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations in the mine.
Barricaded means obstructed to prevent the passage of persons, vehicles, or flying materials.
Blasting agent means any substance classified as a blasting agent by the Department of Transpor- tation in 49 CFR 173.114a (44 FR 31182, May 31, 1979) which is incorporated by reference. This document is available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402.
Blasting area means the area near blasting operations in which concussion or flying material can reasonably be expected to cause injury.
Blasting cap means a detonator which is initiated by a safety fuse.
Blasting circuit means the electrical circuit used to fire one or more electric blasting caps.
Blasting switch means a switch used to connect a power source to a blasting circuit.
Booster means any unit of explosive or blasting agent used for the purpose of perpetuating or intensifying an initial detonation.
Capped fuse means a length of safety fuse to which a blasting cap has been attached.
Capped primer means a package or cartridge of explosives which is specifically designed to transmit detonation to other explosives and which contains a detonator.
Circuit breaker means a device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent setting without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.
Combustible means capable of being ignited and consumed by fire.
Company official means a member of the company supervisory or technical staff.
Competent person means a person having abilities and experience that fully qualify him to perform the duty to which he is assigned.
Conductor means a material, usually in the form of a wire, cable, or bus bar, capable of carrying an electric current.
Delay connector means a non-electric short interval delay device for use in delaying blasts which are initiated by detonating cord.
Detonating cord means a flexible cord containing a solid core of high explosives.
Detonator means any device containing a detonating charge that is used to initiate an explosive and includes but is not limited to blasting caps, electric blasting caps and non-electric instantaneous or delay blasting caps.
Distribution box means a portable apparatus with an enclosure through which an electric circuit is carried to one or more cables from a single incoming feed line, each cable circuit being connected through individual overcurrent protective devices.
Electric blasting cap means a detonator designed for and capable of being initiated by means of an electric current.
Electrical grounding means to connect with the ground to make the earth part of the circuit.
Employee means a person who works for wages or salary in the service of an employer.
Employer means a person or organization which hires one or more persons to work for wages or salary.
Explosive means any substance classified as an explosive by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, 173.88 and 173.100 which are incorporated by reference. title 49 CFR is available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing- ton, DC 20402.
Face or bank means that part of any mine where excavating is progressing or was last done.
Flammable means capable of being easily ignited and of burning rapidly.
Flash point means the minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid or solid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture at atmospheric pressure.
Highway means any public street, public alley, or public road.
High potential means more than 650 volts.
Hoist means a power driven windlass or drum used for raising ore, rock, or other material from a mine, and for lowering or raising persons and material. Igniter cord means a fuse, cordlike in appear- ance, which burns progressively along its length with an external flame at the zone of burning, and is used for lighting a series of safety fuses in the desired sequence.
Insulated means separated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric substance permanently offering a high resistance to the passage of current and to disruptive discharge through the substance. When any substance is said to be insulated, it is understood to be insulated in a manner suitable for the conditions to which it is subjected. Otherwise, it is, within the purpose of this definition, uninsulated. Insulating covering is one means for making the conductor insulated.
Insulation means a dielectric substance offering a high resistance to the passage of current and to disruptive discharge through the substance.
Lay means the distance parallel to the axis of the rope in which a strand makes one complete turn about the axis of the rope.
Low potential means 650 volts or less.
Magazine means a facility for the storage of explosives, blasting agents, or detonators.
Major electrical installation means an assemblage of stationary electrical equipment for the generation, transmission, distribution, or conversion of electrical power.
Mantrip means a trip on which persons are transported to and from a work area.
Mill includes any ore mill, sampling works, concentrator, and any crushing, grinding, or screen- ing plant used at, and in connection with, an excavation or mine.
Misfire means the complete or partial failure of a blasting charge to explode as planned.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher means a listed or approved multipurpose dry- chemical fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 2-A:10-B:C, by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and containing a minimum of 4.5 pounds of dry-chemical agent.
Non-electric delay blasting cap means a detonator with an integral delay element and capable of being initiated by miniaturized detonating cord.
Overburden means material of any nature, consolidated or unconsolidated, that overlies a deposit of useful materials or ores that are to be mined.
Overload means that current which will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in the conductor or conductor insulation.
Permissible means a machine, material, apparatus, or device that has been investigated, tested, and approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration and maintained in permissible condition.
Potable water means water which shall meet the applicable minimum health requirements for drinking water established by the State or community in which the mine is located or by the Environ- mental Protection Agency in 40 CFR part 141, pages 169-182 revised as of July 1, 1977. Where no such requirements are applicable, the drinking water provided shall conform with the Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards, 42 CFR part 72, subpart J, pages 527-533, revised as of October 1, 1976. Publications to which references are made in this definition are hereby made a part hereof. These incor- porated publications are available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
Powder chest means a substantial, nonconductive portable container equipped with a lid and used at blasting sites for explosives other than blasting agents.
Primer means a unit, package, or cartridge of explosives used to initiate other explosives or blasting agents, and which contains a detonator.
Reverse-current protection means a method or device used on direct-current circuits or equip- ment to prevent the flow of current in the reverse direction.
Roll protection means a framework, safety canopy or similar protection for the operator when equipment overturns.
Safety can means an approved container, of not over five gallons capacity, having a spring- closing lid and spout cover.
Safety fuse means a flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire is con- veyed at a continuous and uniform rate for the purpose of firing blasting caps or a black powder charge.
Safety switch means a sectionalizing switch that also provides shunt protection in blasting circuits between the blasting switch and the shot area.
Scaling means removal of insecure material from a face or high-wall.
Secondary safety connection means a second connection between a conveyance and rope, in- tended to prevent the conveyance from running away or falling in the event the primary connection fails.
Shaft means a vertical or inclined shaft, a slope, incline or winze.
Short circuit means an abnormal connection of relatively low resistance, whether made acciden- tally or intentionally, between two points of different potential in a circuit.
Slurry (as applied to blasting). See "Water gel."
State Mine Inspector means the State Mine Inspector of the state of Wyoming or any Deputy Mine Inspectors employed by the Inspector.
Stray current means that portion of a total electric current that flows through paths other than the intended circuit.
Substantial construction means construction of such strength, material, and workmanship that the object will withstand all reasonable shock, wear, and usage, to which it will be subjected.
Suitable means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condition, function, or circumstance.
Travelway means a passage, walk or way regularly used and designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Water gel or Slurry (as applied to blasting) means an explosive or blasting agent containing substantial portions of water.
Wet drilling means the continuous application of water through the central hole of hollow drill steel to the bottom of the drill hole.
Working place means any place in or about a mine where work is being performed.
[50 FR 4054, Jan. 29, 1985; as amended at 53 FR 32520, Aug. 25, 1988]
Procedures
S 56.1000 Notification of commencement of operations and closing of mines.
The owner, operator, or person in charge of any metal and nonmetal mine shall notify the nearest Mine Safety and Health Administration and Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office and the State Mine Inspector before starting operations, of the approximate or actual date mine operation will commence. The notification shall include the mine name, location, the company name, mailing address, person in charge, and whether operations will be continuous or intermittent.
When any mine is closed, the person in charge shall notify the nearest subdistrict office as pro- vided above and indicate whether the closure is temporary or permanent.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0092)
Subpart B-Ground Control
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811
Source: 51 FR 36197, Oct. 8, 1986, unless otherwise noted.
S 56.3000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Rock fixture. Any tensioned or nontensioned device or material inserted into the ground to strengthen or support the ground.
Travelway. A passage, walk, or way regularly used or designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Mining Methods
S 56.3130 Wall, bank, and slope stability.
Mining methods shall be used that will maintain wall, bank, and slope stability in places where persons work or travel in performing their assigned tasks. When benching is necessary, the width and height shall be based on the type of equipment used for cleaning of benches or for scaling of walls, banks, and slopes.
S 56.3131 Pit or quarry wall perimeter.
In places where persons work or travel in performing their assigned tasks, loose or unconsoli- dated material shall be sloped to the angle of repose or stripped back for at least 10 feet from the top of the pit or quarry wall. Other conditions at or near the perimeter of the pit or quarry wall which create a fall-of-material hazard to persons shall be corrected.
Scaling and Support
S 56.3200 Correction of hazardous conditions.
Ground conditions that create a hazard to persons shall be taken down or supported before other work or travel is permitted in the affected area. Until corrective work is completed, the area shall be posted with a warning against entry and, when left unattended, a barrier shall be installed to impede unauthorized entry.
S 56.3201 Location for performing scaling.
Scaling shall be performed from a location which will not expose persons to injury from falling material, or other protection from falling material shall be provided.
S 56.3202 Scaling tools.
Where manual scaling is performed, a scaling bar shall be provided. This bar shall be of a length and design that will allow the removal of loose material without exposing the person performing this work to injury.
S 56.3203 Rock fixtures.
(a) When rock bolts and accessories addressed in ASTM F432-83, "Standard Specification for Roof and Rock Bolts and Accessories", are used for ground support the mine operator shall—
(1) Obtain a manufacturer's certification that the material was manufactured and tested in accor- dance with the specifications of ASTM F432-83; and,
(2) Make this certification available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(b) Fixtures and accessories not addressed in ASTM F432-83 may be used for ground support provided they—
(1) Have been successful in supporting the ground in an area with similar strata, opening dimen- sions and ground stresses in any mine; or
(2) Have been tested and shown to be effective in supporting ground in an area of the affected mine which has similar strata, opening dimensions, and ground stresses as the area where the fixtures are expected to be used. During the test process, access to the test area shall be limited to persons necessary to conduct the test.
(c) Bearing plates shall be used with fixtures when necessary for effective ground support.
(d) The diameter of finishing bits shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.030 inch of the manufacturer's recommended hole diameter for the anchor used. When separate finishing bits are used, they shall be distinguishable from other bits.
(e) Damaged or deteriorated cartridges of grouting material shall not be used.
(f) When rock bolts tensioned by torquing are used as a means of ground support,
(1) Selected tension level shall be—
(i) At least 50 percent of either the yield point of the bolt or anchorage capacity of the rock, whichever is less; and
(ii) No greater than the yield point of the bolt or anchorage capacity of the rock.
(2) The torque of the first bolt, every tenth bolt, and the last bolt installed in each work area during the shift shall be accurately determined immediately after installation. If the torque of any fixture tested does not fall within the installation torque range, corrective action shall be taken.
(g) When grouted fixtures can be tested by applying torque, the first fixture installed in each work place shall be tested to withstand 150 foot-pounds of torque. Should it rotate in the hole, a second fixture shall be tested in the same manner. If the second fixture also turns, corrective action shall be taken.
(h) When other tensioned and nontensioned fixtures are used, test methods shall be established to verify their effectiveness.
(i) The mine operator shall certify that tests were conducted and make the certification available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
[51 FR 36197, Oct. 8, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 36804, Oct. 16, 1986]
Precautions 56.3400 Secondary breakage.
Prior to secondary breakage operations, material to be broken, other than hanging material, shall be positioned or blocked to prevent movement which would endanger persons in the work area. Second- ary breakage shall be performed from a location which would not expose persons to danger.
S 56.3401 Examination of ground conditions.
Persons experienced in examining and testing for loose ground shall be designated by the mine operator. Appropriate supervisors or other designated persons shall examine and, where applicable, test ground conditions in areas where work is to be performed prior to work commencing, after blasting, and as ground conditions warrant during the work shift. Highwalls and banks adjoining travelways shall be examined weekly or more often if changing ground conditions warrant.
S 56.3430 Activity between machinery or equipment and the highwall or bank.
Persons shall not work or travel between machinery or equipment and the highwall or bank where the machinery or equipment may hinder escape from falls or slides of the highwall or bank. Travel is permitted when necessary for persons to dismount.
Subpart C—Fire Prevention and Control
Authority: Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173, as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811).
S 56.4000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Combustible liquids. Liquids having a flash point at or above 100 oF (37.8 oC). They are divided into the following classes:
Class II liquids—those having flash points at or above 100 oF (37.8 oC) and below 140 oF (60 oC).
Class IIIA liquids—those having flash points at or above 140 oF (60 oC) and below 200 oF (93.4 oC).
Class IIIB liquids—those having flash points at or above 200 oF (93.4 oC).
Combustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Wood, paper, rubber, and plastics are examples of combustible materials.
Fire resistance rating. The time, in minutes or hours, that an assembly of materials will retain its protective characteristics or structural integrity upon exposure to fire.
Flammable gas. A gas that will burn in the normal concentrations of oxygen in the air.
Flammable liquid. A liquid that has a flash point below 100 oF (37.8 oC), a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 pounds per square inch (absolute) at 100 oF (37.8 oC), and is known as a Class I liquid.
Flash point. The minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture near the surface of the liquid.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher. An extinguisher having a rating of at least 2-A:10- B:C and containing a nominal 4.5 pounds or more of dry-chemical agent.
Noncombustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the condi- tions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Concrete, masonry block, brick, and steel are examples of noncombustible materials.
Safety can. A container of not over five gallons capacity that is designed to safely relieve internal pressure when exposed to heat and has a spring-closing lid and spout cover.
Storage tank. A container exceeding 60 gallons in capacity used for the storage of flammable or combustible liquids.
S 56.4011 Abandoned electric circuits.
Abandoned electric circuits shall be deenergized and isolated so that they cannot become ener- gized inadvertently.
Prohibitions/Precautions/Housekeeping
S 56.4100 Smoking and use of open flames.
No person shall smoke or use an open flame where flammable or combustible liquids, including greases, or flammable gases are—
(a) Used or transported in a manner that could create a fire hazard; or
(b) Stored or handled.
S 56.4101 Warning signs.
Readily visible signs prohibiting smoking and open flames shall be posted where a fire or explo- sion hazard exists.
S 56.4102 Spillage and leakage.
Flammable or combustible liquid spillage or leakage shall be removed in a timely manner or controlled to prevent a fire hazard.
S 56.4103 Fueling internal combustion engines.
Internal combustion engines shall be switched off before refueling if the fuel tanks are integral parts of the equipment. This standard does not apply to diesel-powered equipment.
S 56.4104 Combustible waste.
(a) Waste materials, including liquids, shall not accumulate in quantities that could create a fire hazard.
(b) Until disposed of properly, waste or rags containing flammable or combustible liquids that could create a fire hazard shall be placed in covered metal containers or other equivalent containers with flame containment characteristics.
S 56.4130 Electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
(a) If a hazard to persons could be created, no combustible materials shall be stored or allowed to accumulate within 25 feet of the following:
(1) Electric substations.
(2) Unburied, flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks.
(3) Any group of containers used for storage of more than 60 gallons of flammable or combus- tible liquids.
(b) The area within the 25-foot perimeter shall be kept free of dry vegetation.
Firefighting Equipment
S 56.4200 General requirements.
(a) For fighting fires that could endanger persons, each mine shall have—
(1) Onsite firefighting equipment for fighting fires in their early stages; and
(2) Onsite firefighting equipment for fighting fires beyond their early stages, or the mine shall have made prior arrangements with a local fire department to fight such fires.
(b) This onsite firefighting equipment shall be—
(1) Of the type, size, and quantity that can extinguish fires of any class which could occur as a result of the hazards present; and
(2) Strategically located, readily accessible, plainly marked, and maintained in fire-ready condition.
[50 FR 4054, Jan. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985]
S 56.4201 Inspection.
(a) Firefighting equipment shall be inspected according to the following schedules:
(1) Fire extinguishers shall be inspected visually at least once a month to determine that they are fully charged and operable.
(2) At least once every twelve months, maintenance checks shall be made of mechanical parts, the amount and condition of extinguishing agent and expellant, and the condition of the hose, nozzle, and vessel to determine that the fire extinguishers will operate effectively.
(3) Fire extinguishers shall be hydrostatically tested according to Table C-1 or a schedule based on the manufacturer's specifications to determine the integrity of extinguishing agent vessels.
(4) Water pipes, valves, outlets, hydrants, and hoses that are part of the mine's firefighting system shall be visually inspected at least once every three months for damage or deteriora- tion and use-tested at least once every twelve months to determine that they remain functional.
(5) Fire suppression systems shall be inspected at least once every twelve months. An inspection schedule based on the manufacturer's specifications or the equivalent shall be established for individual components of a system and followed to determine that the system remains functional. Sur- face fire suppression systems are exempt from these inspection requirements if the systems are used solely for the protection of property and no persons would be affected by a fire.
(b) At the completion of each inspection or test required by this standard, the person making the inspection or test shall certify that the inspection or test has been made and the date on which it was made. Certifications of hydrostatic testing shall be retained until the fire extinguisher is retested or permanently removed from service. Other certifications shall be retained for one year.
Table C-1—Hydrostatic Test Intervals for Fire Extinguishers
Extinguisher type Test interval (years)
Soda Acid 5
Cartridge-Operated Water
and/or Antifreeze 5
Stored-Pressure Water
and/or Antifreeze 5
Wetting Agent 5
Foam 5
AFFF (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) 5
Loaded Stream 5
Dry-Chemical with Stainless
Steel Shells 5
Carbon Dioxide 5
Dry-Chemical, Stored Pressure,
with Mild Steel Shells,Brazed
Brass Shells, or Aluminum Shells 12
Dry-Chemical, Cartridge or Cylinder
Operated, with Mild Steel Shells 12
Bromotrifluoromethane-Halon 1301 12
Bromochlorodifluoromethane-Halon 1211 12
Dry-Powder, Cartridge or Cylinder
Operated, with Mild Steel Shells/1 12
1/Except for stainless steel and steel used for compressed gas cylinders, all other steel shells are defined as "mild steel" shells.
S 56.4202 Fire hydrants.
If fire hydrants are part of the mine's firefighting system, the hydrants shall be provided with—
(a) Uniform fittings or readily available adapters for onsite firefighting equipment;
(b) Readily available wrenches or keys to open the valves; and
(c) Readily available adapters capable of connecting hydrant fittings to the hose equipment of any firefighting organization relied upon by the mine.
S 56.4203 Extinguisher recharging or replacement.
Fire extinguishers shall be recharged or replaced with a fully charged extinguisher promptly after any discharge.
S 56.4230 Self-propelled equipment.
(a) (1) Whenever a fire or its effects could impede escape from self-propelled equipment, a fire extinguisher shall be on the equipment.
(2) Whenever a fire or its effects would not impede escape from the equipment but could affect the escape of other persons in the area, a fire extinguisher shall be on the equipment or within 100 feet of the equipment.
(b) A fire suppression system may be used as an alternative to fire extinguishers if the system can be manually activated.
(c) Fire extinguishers or fire suppression systems shall be of a type and size that can extinguish fires of any class in their early stages which could originate from the equipment's inherent fire hazards.
Fire extinguishers or manual actuators for the suppression system shall be located to permit their use by persons whose escape could be impeded by fire.
Firefighting Procedures/Alarms/Drills
S 56.4330 Firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures.
(a) Mine operators shall establish emergency firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures.
These procedures shall be coordinated in advance with available firefighting organizations.
(b) Fire alarm procedures or systems shall be established to promptly warn every person who could be endangered by a fire.
(c) Fire alarm systems shall be maintained in operable condition.
S 56.4331 Firefighting drills.
Emergency firefighting drills shall be held at least once every six months for persons assigned firefighting responsibilities by the mine operator.
Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases
S 56.4400 Use restrictions.
(a) Flammable liquids shall not be used for cleaning.
(b) Solvents shall not be used near an open flame or other ignition source, near any source of heat, or in an atmosphere that can elevate the temperature of the solvent above the flash point.
S 56.4401 Storage tank foundations.
Fixed, unburied, flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks shall be securely mounted on firm foundations. Piping shall be provided with flexible connections or other special fittings where necessary to prevent leaks caused by tanks settling.
S 56.4402 Safety can use.
Small quantities of flammable liquids drawn from storage shall be kept in safety cans labeled to indicate the contents.
S 56.4430 Storage facilities.
(a) Storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquids shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses and compatible with the type of liquid stored;
(2) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage;
(3) Isolated or separated from ignition sources to prevent fire or explosion; and
(4) Vented or otherwise constructed to prevent development of pressure or vacuum as a result of filling, emptying, or atmospheric temperature changes. Vents for storage of Class I, II, or IIIA liquids shall be isolated or separated from ignition sources. These pressure relief requirements do not apply to tanks used for storage of Class IIIB liquids that are larger than 12,000 gallons in capacity.
(b) All piping, valves, and fittings shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses;
(2) Compatible with the type of liquid stored; and
(3) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
(c) Fixed, unburied tanks located where escaping liquid could present a hazard to persons shall be provided with—
(1) Containment for the entire capacity of the largest tank; or
(2) Drainage of a remote impoundment area that does not endanger persons. However, storage of only Class IIIB liquids does not require containment or drainage to remote impoundment.
Installation/Construction/Maintenance
S 56.4500 Heat sources.
Heat sources capable of producing combustion shall be separated from combustible materials if a fire hazard could be created.
S 56.4501 Fuel lines.
Fuel lines shall be equipped with valves capable of stopping the flow of fuel at the source and shall be located and maintained to minimize fire hazards. This standard does not apply to fuel lines on self-propelled equipment.
S 56.4502 Battery-charging stations.
(a) Battery-charging stations shall be ventilated with a sufficient volume of air to prevent the accumulation of hydrogen gas.
(b) Smoking, use of open flames, or other activities that could create an ignition source shall be prohibited at the battery charging station during battery charging.
(c) Readily visible signs prohibiting smoking or open flames shall be posted at battery-charging stations during battery charging.
S 56.4503 Conveyor belt slippage.
Belt conveyors within confined areas where evacuation would be restricted in the event of a fire resulting from belt-slippage shall be equipped with a detection system capable of automatically stopping the drive pulley. A person shall attend the belt at the drive pulley when it is necessary to operate the conveyor while temporarily bypassing the automatic function.
S 56.4530 Exits.
Buildings or structures in which persons work shall have a sufficient number of exits to permit prompt escape in case of fire.
S 56.4531 Flammable or combustible liquid storage buildings or rooms.
(a) Storage buildings or storage rooms in which flammable or combustible liquids, including grease, are stored and that are within 100 feet of any person's work station shall be ventilated with a sufficient volume of air to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors.
(b) In addition, the buildings or rooms shall be—
(1) Constructed to meet a fire resistance rating of at least one hour; or
(2) Equipped with an automatic fire suppression system; or
(3) Equipped with an early warning fire detection device that will alert any person who could be endangered by a fire, provided that no person's work station is in the building.
(c) Flammable or combustible liquids in use for day-to-day maintenance and operational activi- ties are not considered in storage under this standard.
Welding/Cutting/Compressed Gases
S 56.4600 Extinguishing equipment.
(a) When welding, cutting, soldering, thawing, or bending—
(1) With an electric arc or with an open flame where an electrically conductive extin- guishing agent could create an electrical hazard, a multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher or other extinguisher with at least a 2-A:10-B:C rating shall be at the worksite.
(2) With an open flame in an area where no electrical hazard exists, a multipurpose dry- chemical fire extinguisher or equivalent fire extinguishing equipment for the class of fire hazard present shall be at the worksite.
(b) Use of halogenated fire extinguishing agents to meet the requirements of this standard shall be limited to Halon 1211 (CBrClF2) and Halon 1301 (CBrF3). When these agents are used in confined or unventilated areas, precautions based on the manufacturer's use instructions shall be taken so that the gases produced by thermal decomposition of the agents are not inhaled.
S 56.4601 Oxygen cylinder storage.
Oxygen cylinders shall not be stored in rooms or areas used or designated for storage of flam- mable or combustible liquids, including grease.
S 56.4602 Gauges and regulators.
Gauges and regulators used with oxygen or acetylene cylinders shall be kept clean and free of oil and grease.
S 56.4603 Closure of valves.
To prevent accidental release of gases from hoses and torches attached to oxygen and acetylene cylinders or to manifold systems, cylinder or manifold system valves shall be closed when—
(a) The cylinders are moved;
(b) The torch and hoses are left unattended; or
(c) The task or series of tasks is completed.
S 56.4604 Preparation of pipelines or containers.
Before welding, cutting, or applying heat with an open flame to pipelines or containers that have contained flammable or combustible liquids, flammable gases, or explosive solids, the pipelines or containers shall be—
(a) Drained, ventilated, and thoroughly cleaned of any residue;
(b) Vented to prevent pressure build-up during the application of heat; and
(c)(1) Filled with an inert gas or water, where compatible; or
(2)Determined to be free of flammable gases by a flammable gas detection device prior to and at frequent intervals during the application of heat.
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART C—NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Mine operators seeking further information in the area of fire prevention and control may con- sult the following national consensus standards.
MSHA standard National consensus standard
SS 56.4200, 56.4201 NFPA No. 10-Portable Fire Extinguisher.
NFPA No. 11-Low Expansion Foam and
Combined Agent Systems.
NFPA No. 11A-High Expansion Foam Systems.
NFPA No. 12-Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 12A-Halon 1301 Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 13-Water Sprinkler Systems.
NFPA No. 14-Standpipe and Hose Systems.
NFPA No. 15-Water Spray Fixed Systems.
NFPA No. 16-Foam Water Spray Systems.
NFPA No. 17-Dry-Chemical Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 121-Mobile Surface Mining Equipment.
NFPA No. 291-Testing and Marketing Hydrants.
NFPA No. 1962-Care, Use, and Maintenance of Fire Hose,
Connections, and Nozzles.
S 56.4202 NFPA No. 14-Standpipe and Hose Systems.
NFPA No. 291-Testing and Marketing
Hydrants.
S 56.4203 NFPA No. 10-Portable Fire Extinguishers.
S 56.4230 NFPA No. 10-Portable Fire Extinguishers.
NFPA No. 121-Mobile Surface Mining
Equipment.
Subpart D—Air Quality and Physical Agents
Air Quality
S 56.5001 Exposure limits for airborne contaminants.
Except as permitted by S 56.5005—
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, the exposure to airborne contaminants shall not exceed, on the basis of a time weighted average, the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained in the 1973 edition of the Conference's publication, entitled "TLV's Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Sub- stances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1973," pages 1 through 54, which are hereby incorpo- rated by reference and made a part hereof. This publication may be obtained from the American Confer- ence of Governmental industrial Hygienists by writing to the Secretary-Treasurer, P.O Box 1937, Cin- cinnati, Ohio 45201, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration. Excursions above the listed thresholds shall not be of a greater magnitude than is characterized as permissible by the Conference.
(b) The 8-hour time weighted average airborne concentration of asbestos dust to which employ- ees are exposed shall not exceed 2 fibers per milliliter greater than 5 microns in length, as determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450 magnification (4 millimeter objective) phase contrast illumina- tion. No employees shall be exposed at any time to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of 10 fibers longer than 5 micrometers, per milliliter of air, as determined by the membrane filter method over a minimum sampling time of 15 minutes. "Asbestos" is a generic term for a number of hydrated silicates that, when crushed or processed, separate into flexible fibers made up of fibrils. Although there are many asbestos minerals, the term "asbestos" as used herein is limited to the following minerals: chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, anthophylite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.
(c) Employees shall be withdrawn from areas where there is present an airborne contaminant given a "C" designation by the Conference and the concentration exceeds the threshold limit value listed for that contaminant.
S 56.5002 Exposure monitoring.
Dust, gas, mist, and fume surveys shall be conducted as frequently as necessary to determine the adequacy of control measures.
S 56.5005 Control of exposure to airborne contaminants.
Control of employee exposure to harmful airborne contaminants shall be, insofar as feasible, by prevention of contamination, removal by exhaust ventilation, or by dilution with uncontaminated air.
However, where accepted, engineering control measures have not been developed or when necessary by the nature of work involved (for example, while establishing controls or occasional entry into hazardous atmospheres to perform maintenance or investigation), employees may work for reasonable periods of time in concentrations of airborne contaminants exceeding permissible levels if they are protected by appropriate respiratory protective equipment. Whenever respiratory protective equipment is used a program for selection, maintenance, training, fitting, supervision, cleaning, and use shall meet the fol- lowing minimum requirements:
(a) Mine Safety and Health Administration approved respirators which are applicable and suit- able for the purpose intended shall be furnished, and employees shall use the protective equipment in accordance with training and instruction.
(b) A respirator program consistent with the requirements of ANSI Z88.2-1969, published by the American National Standards Institute and entitled "American National Standards Practices for Respira- tory Protection ANSI Z88.2-1969," approved August 11, 1969, which is hereby incorporated by refer- ence and made a part hereof. This publication may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Adminis- tration.
(c) When respiratory protection is used in atmospheres immediately harmful to life, the presence of at least one other person with backup equipment and rescue capability shall be required in the event of failure of the respiratory equipment.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0048)
S 56.5006 Restricted use of chemicals.
The following chemical substances shall not be used or stored except by competent persons under laboratory conditions approved by a nationally recognized agency acceptable to the Secretary.
(a) Carbon tetrachloride.
(b) Phenol,
(c) 4-Nitrobiphenyl,
(d) Alpha-naphthylamine,
(e) 4,4-Methylene Bis (2-chloroaniline),
(f) Methyl-chloromethyl ether,
(g) 3,3 Dichlorobenzidine,
(h) Bis (chloromethyl) ether,
(i) Beta-napthylamine,
(j) Benzidine,
(k) 4-Aminodiphenyl,
(l) Ethyleneimine,
(m) Beta-propiolactone,
(n) 2-Acetylaminofluorene,
(o) 4-Dimethylaminobenzene, and
(p) N-Nitrosodimethylamine.
Physical Agents
S 56.5050 Exposure limits for noise.
(a) No employee shall be permitted an exposure to noise in excess of that specified in the table below. Noise level measurements shall be made using a sound level meter meeting specifications for type 2 meters contained in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard S1.4-1971, "General Purpose Sound Level Meters," approved April 27, 1971, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, or by a dosimeter with similar accuracy. This publication may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc. 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURES
| Duration per day, hours of exposure | Sound level dBA, slow response | | --- | --- | | 8 | 90 | | 6 | 92 | | 4 | 95 | | 3 | 97 | | 2 | 100 | | 1 1/2 | 102 | | 1 | 105 | | 1/2 | 110 | | 1/4 or less | 115 |
No exposure shall exceed 115 dBA. Impact or impulsive noises shall not exceed 140 dB, peak sound pressure level.
Note: When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure at different levels, their combined effect shall be considered rather than the individual effect on each.
If the sum
(C1/T1)+(C2/T2)+ . . . (Cn/Tn)
exceeds unity, then the mixed exposure shall be considered to exceed the permissible exposure. Cn indicates the total time of exposure at a specified noise level, and Tn indicates the total time of exposure permitted at that level. Interpolation between tabulated values may be determined by the following formula:
Log T = 6.322-0.0602 SL
Where T is the time in hours and SL is the sound level in dBA.
(b) When employees' exposure exceeds that listed in the above table, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce exposure to within permissible levels, personal protection equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels to within the levels of the table.
Subpart E—Explosives
Source: 58 FR 69596 Dec. 30, 1993.
S 56.6000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Attended. Presence of an individual or continuous monitoring to prevent unauthorized entry or access.
Barrier. A material object, or objects that separates, keeps apart, or demarcates in a conspicuous manner such as cones, a warning sign, or tape.
Blast area. The area in which concussion (shock wave), flying material, or gases from an explo- sion may cause injury to persons. In determining the blast area, the following factors shall be considered:
(1) Geology or material to be blasted.
(2) Blast pattern.
(3) Burden, depth, diameter, and angle of the holes.
(4) Blasting experience of the mine.
(5) Delay system, powder factor, and pounds per delay.
(6) Type and amount of explosive material.
(7) Type and amount of stemming.
Blast site. The area where explosive material is handled during loading, including the perimeter formed by the loaded blastholes and 50 feet (15.2 meters) in all directions from loaded holes. A mini- mum distance of 30 feet (9.1 meters) may replace the 50-foot (15.2-meter) requirement if the perimeter of loaded holes is demarcated with a barrier. The 50-foot (15.2-meter) and alternative 30-foot (9.1- meter) requirements also apply in all directions along the full depth of the hole.
Blasting agent. Any substance classified as a blasting agent by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.114(a). This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Detonating cord. A flexible cord containing a center core of high explosives which may be used to initiate other explosives.
Detonator. Any device containing a detonating charge used to initiate an explosive. These de- vices include electric or nonelectric instantaneous or delay blasting caps, and delay connectors. The term "detonator" does not include detonating cord. Detonators may be either "Class A" detonators or "Class C" detonators, as classified by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, and 173.100. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Emulsion. An explosive material containing substantial amounts of oxidizers dissolved in water droplets, surrounded by an immiscible fuel.
Explosive. Any substance classified as an explosive by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, 173.88, and 173.100. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Explosive material. Explosives, blasting agents, and detonators.
Flash point. The minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture near the surface of the liquid.
Igniter cord. A fuse that burns progressively along its length with an external flame at the zone of burning, used for lighting a series of safety fuses in a desired sequence.
Laminated partition. A partition composed of the following material and minimum nominal dimensions: 1/2-inch thick plywood, 1/2-inch thick gypsum wallboard, 1/8-inch thick low carbon steel, and 1/4-inch thick plywood, bonded together in that order. Other combinations of material may be used, such as plywood, wood, or gypsum wallboard as insulators, and steel or wood as structural elements, provided that the partition is equivalent to a laminated partition for both insulation and structural pur- poses as determined by appropriate testing. The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) 22 container or compartment, described in IME Safety Library Publication 22 (Jan. 1985), meets the criteria of a lami- nated partition. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Loading. Placing explosive material either in a blasthole or against the material to be blasted.
Magazine. A bullet-resistant, theft-resistant, fire-resistant, weather-resistant, ventilated facility for the storage of explosives and detonators (BATF Type 1 or Type 2 facility).
Misfire. The complete or partial failure of explosive material to detonate as planned. The term also is used to describe the explosive material itself that has failed to detonate.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher. An extinguisher having a rating of at least 2-A:10- B:C and containing a nominal 4.5 pounds or more of dry-chemical agent.
Primer. A unit, package, or cartridge of explosives which contains a detonator and is used to initiate other explosives or blasting agents.
Safety switch. A switch that provides shunt protection in blasting circuits between the blast site and the switch used to connect a power source to the blasting circuit.
Slurry. An explosive material containing substantial portions of a liquid, oxidizers, and fuel, plus thickener.
Storage facility. The entire class of structures used to store explosive materials. A "storage facility" used to store blasting agents corresponds to a BATF Type 4 or 5 storage facility.
Water gel. An explosive material containing substantial portions of water, oxidizers, and fuel, plus a cross-linking agent.
STORAGE
S 56.6100 Separation of stored explosive material.
(a) Detonators shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosive material.
(b) When stored in the same magazine, blasting agents shall be separated from explosives, safety fuse, and detonating cord to prevent contamination.
S 56.6101 Areas around explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Areas surrounding storage facilities for explosive material shall be clear of rubbish, brush, dry grass, and trees for 25 feet in all directions, except that live trees 10 feet or taller need not be removed.
(b) Other combustibles shall not be stored or allowed to accumulate within 50 feet of explosive material. Combustible liquids shall be stored in a manner that ensures drainage will occur away from the explosive material storage facility in case of tank rupture.
S 56.6102 Explosive material storage practices.
(a) Explosive material shall be—
(1) Stored in a manner to facilitate use of oldest stocks first;
(2) Stored according to brand and grade in such a manner as to facilitate identification; and
(3) Stacked in a stable manner but not more than 8 feet high.
(b) Explosives and detonators shall be stored in closed nonconductive containers except that nonelectric detonating devices may be stored on nonconductive racks provided the case-insert instruc- tions and the date-plant-shift code are maintained with the product.
S 56.6130 Explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Detonators and explosives shall be stored in magazines.
(b) Packaged blasting agents shall be stored in a magazine or other facility which is ventilated to prevent dampness and excessive heating, weather-resistant, and locked or attended. Drop trailers do not have to be ventilated if they are currently licensed by the Federal, State, or local authorities for over-the- road use. Facilities other than magazines used to store blasting agents shall contain only blasting agents.
(c) Bulk blasting agents shall be stored in weather-resistant bins or tanks which are locked, attended, or otherwise inaccessible to unauthorized entry.
(d) Facilities, bins or tanks shall be posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach.
S 56.6131 Location of explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Storage facilities for any explosive material shall be—
(1) Located so that the forces generated by a storage facility explosion will not create a hazard to occupants in mine buildings and will not damage dams or electric substations; and
(2) Detached structures located outside the blast area and a sufficient distance from powerlines so that the powerlines, if damaged, would not contact the magazines.
(b) Operators should also be aware of regulations affecting storage facilities in 27 CFR part 55, in particular, SS 55.218 and 55.220. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office..
S 56.6132 Magazine requirements.
(a) Magazines shall be—
(1) Structurally sound;
(2) Noncombustible or the exterior covered with fire-resistant material;
(3) Bullet resistant;
(4) Made of nonsparking material on the inside;
(5) Ventilated to control dampness and excessive heating within the magazine;
(6) Posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach, so located that a bullet passing through any of the signs will not strike the magazine;
(7) Kept clean and dry inside;
(8) Unlighted or lighted by devices that are specifically designed for use in magazines and which do not create a fire or explosion hazard;
(9) Unheated or heated only with devices that do not create a fire or explosion hazard;
(10) Locked when unattended; and
(11) Used exclusively for the storage of explosive material except for essential nonsparking equipment used for the operation of the magazine.
(b) Metal magazines shall be equipped with electrical bonding connections between all conduc- tive portions so the entire structure is at the same electrical potential. Suitable electrical bonding meth- ods include welding, riveting, or the use of securely tightened bolts where individual metal portions are joined. Conductive portions of nonmetal magazines shall be grounded.
(c) Electrical switches and outlets shall be located on the outside of the magazine.
S 56.6133 Powder chests.
(a) Powder chests (day boxes) shall be—
(1) Structurally sound, weather-resistant, equipped with a lid or cover, and with only nonsparking material on the inside;
(2) Posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach;
(3) Located out of the blast area once loading has been completed;
(4) Locked or attended when containing explosive material; and
(5) Emptied at the end of each shift with the contents returned to a magazine or other storage facility, or attended.
(b) Detonators shall be kept in separate chests from explosives or blasting agents, except if separated by 4 inches of hardwood, laminated partition, or equivalent.
TRANSPORTATION
S 56.6200 Delivery to storage or blast site areas.
Explosive material shall be transported without undue delay to the storage area or blast site.
S 56.6201 Separation of transported explosive material.
Detonators shall not be transported on the same vehicle or conveyance with other explosives except as follows:
(a) Detonators in quantities of more than 1000 may be transported in a vehicle or conveyance with explosives or blasting agents provided the detonators
are—
(1) Maintained in the original packaging as shipped from the manufacturer; and
(2) Separated from the explosives or blasting agents by 4 inches of hardwood, laminated parti- tion, or equivalent. The hardwood, laminated partition, or the equivalent shall be fastened to the vehicle or conveyance.
(b) Detonators in quantities of 1000 or fewer may be transported with explosives or blasting agents provided the detonators are—
(1) Kept in closed containers; and
(2) Separated from the explosives or blasting agents by 4 inches of hardwood, laminated parti- tion, or equivalent. The hardwood, laminated partition, or equivalent shall be fastened to the vehicle or conveyance.
S 56.6202 Vehicles.
(a) Vehicles containing explosive material shall be—
(1) Maintained in good condition and shall comply with the requirements of subpart M of this part;
(2) Equipped with sides and enclosures higher than the explosive material being transported or have the explosive material secured to a nonconductive pallet;
(3) Equipped with a cargo space that shall contain the explosive material (passenger areas shall not be considered cargo space);
(4) Equipped with at least two multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguishers or one such extin- guisher and an automatic fire suppression system;
(5) Posted with warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach;
(6) Occupied only by persons necessary for handling the explosive material;
(7) Attended or the cargo compartment locked, except when parked at the blast site and loading is in progress; and
(8) Secured while parked by having—
(i) The brakes set;
(ii) The wheels chocked if movement could occur; and
(iii) The engine shut off unless powering a device being used in the loading operation.
(b) Vehicles containing explosives shall have—
(1) No sparking material exposed in the cargo space; and
(2) Only properly secured nonsparking equipment in the cargo space with the explosives.
(c) Vehicles used for dispensing bulk explosive material shall—
(1) Have no zinc or copper exposed in the cargo space; and
(2) Provide any enclosed screw-type conveyors with protection against internal pressure and frictional heat.
S 56.6203 Locomotives.
Explosive material shall not be transported on a locomotive. When explosive material is hauled by trolley locomotive, covered, electrically insulated cars shall be used.
S 56.6204 Hoists.
(a) Before explosive material is transported in hoist conveyances, the hoist operator shall be notified.
(b) Explosive material transported in hoist conveyances shall be placed within a container which prevents shifting of the cargo that could cause detonation of the container by impact or by sparks. The manufacturer's container may be used if secured to a nonconductive pallet. When explosives are trans- ported, they shall be secured so as not to contact any sparking material.
(c) No explosive material shall be transported during a mantrip.
S 56.6205 Conveying explosives by hand.
Closed, nonconductive containers shall be used to carry explosives and detonators to and from blast sites. Separate containers shall be used for explosives and detonators.
USE
S 56.6300 Control of blasting operations.
(a) Only persons trained and experienced in the handling and used of explosive material shall direct blasting operations and related activities.
(b) Trainees and inexperienced persons shall work only in the immediate presence of persons trained and experienced in the handling and use of explosive material.
S 56.6301 Blasthole obstruction check.
Before loading, blastholes shall be checked and, wherever possible, cleared of obstructions.
S 56.6302 Explosive material protection.
(a) Explosives and blasting agents shall be kept separated from detonators until loading begins.
(b) Explosive material shall be protected from impact and temperatures in excess of 150 oF when taken to the blast site.
S 56.6303 Initiation preparation.
(a) Primers shall be made up only at the time of use and as close to the blast site as conditions allow.
(b) Primers shall be prepared with the detonator contained securely and completely within the explosive or contained securely and appropriately for its design in the tunnel or cap well.
(c) When using detonating cord to initiate another explosive, a connection shall be prepared with the detonating cord threaded through, attached securely to, or otherwise in contact with the explosive.
S 56.6304 Primer protection.
(a) Tamping shall not be done directly on a primer.
(b) Rigid cartridges of explosives or blasting agents that are 4 inches (100 millimeters) in diam- eter or larger shall not be dropped on the primer except where the blasthole contains sufficient depth of water to protect the primer from impact. Slit packages of prill, water gel, or emulsions are not considered rigid cartridges and may be drop loaded.
S 56.6305 Unused explosive material.
Unused explosive material shall be moved to a protected location as soon as practical after loading operations are completed.
S 56.6306 Loading and blasting.
(a) Vehicles and equipment shall not be driven over explosive material or initiating systems in a manner which could contact the material or system, or create other hazards.
(b) Once loading begins, the only activities permitted within the blast site shall be those activities directly related to the blasting operation and the activities of surveying, stemming, sampling of geology, and reopening of holes provided that reasonable care is exercised. Haulage activity is permitted near the base of the highwall being loaded provided no other haulage access exists.
(c) Loading shall be continuous except where adverse circumstances such as unfavorable atmo- spheric conditions, large equipment failure, or circumstances beyond the operator's control necessitate an interruption in loading.
(d) In electric blasting prior to connecting to the power source and in nonelectric blasting prior to attaching an initiating device, all persons shall leave the blast area except persons in a blasting shelter or other location that protects them from concussion (shock wave), flying material, and gases.
(e) When loading is completed and circuits are connected, the blasts shall be fired without undue delay unless adverse circumstances such as unfavorable atmospheric conditions, large equipment failure, or circumstances beyond the operator's control necessitate delay. If the time between the connection of circuits and the firing of the blast will exceed 72 hours, the operator shall notify the appropriate MSHA District Office and the State Mine Inspector before the 72 hours have elapsed.
(f) Before firing a blast—
(1) Ample warning shall be given to allow all persons to be evacuated;
(2) Clear exit routes shall be provided for persons firing the round; and
(3) All access routes to the blast area shall be guarded or barricaded to prevent the passage of persons or vehicles.
(g) No work shall resume in the blast area until a post-blast examination addressing potential blast-related hazards has been conducted by a person with the ability and experience to perform the examination.
S 56.6307 Drill stem loading.
Explosive material shall not be loaded into blastholes with drill stem equipment or other devices that could be extracted while containing explosive material. The use of loading hose, collar sleeves, or collar pipes is permitted.
S 56.6308 Initiation systems.
Initiation systems shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
S 56.6309 Fuel oil requirements for ANFO.
(a) Liquid hydrocarbon fuels with flash points lower than that of No. 2 diesel oil (125 oF) shall not be used to prepare ammonium nitrate-fuel oil, except that diesel fuels with flash points no lower than 100 oF may be used at ambient air temperatures below 45 oF.
(b) Waste oil, including crankcase oil, shall not be used to prepare ammonium nitrate-fuel oil.
S 56.6310 Misfire waiting period.
When a misfire is suspected, persons shall not enter the blast area—
(a) For 30 minutes if safety fuse and blasting caps are used; or
(b) For 15 minutes if any other type detonators are used.
S 56.6311 Handling of misfires.
(a) Faces and muck piles shall be examined for misfires after each blasting operation.
(b) Only work necessary to remove a misfire and protect the safety of miners engaged in the removal shall be permitted in the affected area until the misfire is disposed of in a safe manner.
(c) When a misfire cannot be disposed of safely, each approach to the area affected by the misfire shall be posted with a warning sign at a conspicuous location to prohibit entry, and the condition shall be reported immediately to mine management.
(d) Misfires occurring during the shift shall be reported to mine management not later than the end of the shift.
S 56.6312 Secondary blasting.
Secondary blasts fired at the same time in the same work area shall be initiated from one source.
S 56.6313 Blast site security
Areas in which loading is suspended or loaded holes are awaiting firing shall be attended, barri- caded and posted, or flagged against unauthorized entry.
ELECTRIC BLASTING
S 56.6400 Compatibility of electric detonators.
All electric detonators to be fired in a round shall be from the same manufacturer and shall have similar electrical firing characteristics.
S 56.6401 Shunting.
Except during testing—
(a) Electric detonators shall be kept shunted until connected to the blasting line or wired into a blasting round;
(b) Wired rounds shall be kept shunted until connected to the blasting line; and
(c) Blasting lines shall be kept shunted until immediately before blasting.
S 56.6402 Deenergized circuits near detonators.
Electrical distribution circuits within 50 feet of electric detonators at the blast site shall be deenergized. Such circuits need not be deenergized between 25 to 50 feet of the electric detonators if stray current tests, conducted as frequently as necessary, indicate a maximum stray current of less than 0.05 amperes through a 1-ohm resistor as measured at the blast site.
S 56.6403 Branch circuits.
(a) If electric blasting includes the use of branch circuits, each branch shall be equipped with a safety switch or equivalent method to isolate the circuits to be used.
(b) At least one safety switch or equivalent method of protection shall be located outside the blast area and shall be in the open position until persons are withdrawn.
S 56.6404 Separation of blasting circuits from power source.
(a) Switches used to connect the power source to a blasting circuit shall be locked in the open position except when closed to fire the blast.
(b) Lead wires shall not be connected to the blasting switch until the shot is ready to be fired.
S 56.6405 Firing devices.
(a) Power sources shall be capable of delivering sufficient current to energize all electric detona- tors to be fired with the type of circuits used. Storage or dry cell batteries are not permitted as power sources.
(b) Blasting machines shall be tested, repaired, and maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
(c) Only the blaster shall have the key or other control to an electrical firing device.
S 56.6406 Duration of current flow.
If any part of a blast is connected in parallel and is to be initiated from powerlines or lighting circuits, the time of current flow shall be limited to a maximum of 25 milliseconds. This can be accom- plished by incorporating an arcing control device in the blasting circuit or by interrupting the circuit with an explosive device attached to one or both lead lines and initiated by a 25-millisecond delay electric detonator.
S 56.6407 Circuit testing.
A blasting galvanometer or other instrument designed for testing blasting circuits shall be used to test each of the following:
(a) Continuity of each electric detonator in the blasthole prior to stemming and connection to the blasting line.
(b) Resistance of individual series or the resistance of multiple balanced series to be connected in parallel prior to their connection to the blasting line.
(c) Continuity of blasting lines prior to the connection of electric detonator series.
(d) Total blasting circuit resistance prior to connection to the power source.
NONELECTRIC BLASTING
S 56.6500 Damaged initiating material.
A visual check of the completed circuit shall be made to ensure that the components are properly aligned and connected. Safety fuse, igniter cord, detonating cord, shock or gas tubing, and similar mate- rial which is kinked, bent sharply, or damaged shall not be used.
S 56.6501 Nonelectric initiation systems.
(a) When the nonelectric initiation system uses shock tube—
(1) Connections with other initiation devices shall be secured in a manner which provides for uninterrupted propagation;
(2) Factory-made units shall be used as assembled and shall not be cut except that a single splice is permitted on the lead-in trunkline during dry conditions; and
(3) Connections between blastholes shall not be made until immediately prior to clearing the blast site when surface delay detonators are used.
(b) When the nonelectric initiation system uses detonating cord—
(1) The line of detonating cord extending out of a blasthole shall be cut from the supply spool immediately after the attached explosive is correctly positioned in the hole;
(2) In multiple row blasts, the trunkline layout shall be designed so that the detonation can reach each blasthole from at least two directions;
(3) Connections shall be tight and kept at right angles to the trunkline;
(4) Detonators shall be attached securely to the side of the detonating cord and pointed in the direction in which detonation is to proceed;
(5) Connections between blastholes shall not be made until immediately prior to clearing the blast site when surface delay detonators are used; and
(6) Lead-in lines shall be manually unreeled if connected to the trunklines at the blast site.
(c) When the nonelectric initiation system uses gas tube, continuity of the circuit shall be tested prior to blasting.
S 56.6502 Safety fuse.
(a) The burning rate of each spool of safety fuse to be used shall be measured, posted in locations which will be conspicuous to safety fuse users, and brought to the attention of all persons involved with the blasting operation.
(b) When firing with safety fuse ignited individually using handheld lighters, the safety fuse shall be of lengths which provide at least the minimum burning time for a particular size round, as specified in the following table.
TABLE E-1—SAFETY FUSE—MINIMUM BURNING TIME
Number of holes Minimum burning
in a round time
1......................................2 minutes/1
2-5....................................2 minutes 40 seconds
6-10...................................3 minutes 20 seconds
11 to 15 ..............................5 minutes.
1/For example, at least a 36-inch length of 40-second-per-foot safety fuse or at least a 48-inch length of 30-second-per-foot safety fuse would have to be used to allow sufficient time to evacuate the area.
(c) Where flyrock might damage exposed safety fuse, the blast shall be timed so that all safety fuses are burning within the blastholes before any blasthole detonates.
(d) Fuse shall be cut and capped in dry locations.
(e) Blasting caps shall be crimped to fuse only with implements designed for that purpose.
(f) Safety fuse shall be ignited only after the primer and the explosive material are securely in place.
(g) Safety fuse shall be ignited only with devices designed for that purpose. Carbide lights, liquefied petroleum gas torches, and cigarette lighters shall not be used to light safety fuse.
(h) At least two persons shall be present when lighting safety fuse, and no one shall light more than 15 individual fuses. If more than 15 holes per person are to be fired, electric initiation systems, igniter cord and connectors, or other nonelectric initiation systems shall be used.
EXTRANEOUS ELECTRICITY
S 56.6600 Loading practices.
If extraneous electricity is suspected in an area where electric detonators are used, loading shall be suspended until tests determine that stray current does not exceed 0.05 amperes through a 1-ohm resister when measured at the location of the electric detonators. If greater levels of extraneous electric- ity are found, the source shall be determined and no loading shall take place until the condition is cor- rected.
S 56.6601 Grounding.
Electric blasting circuits, including powerline sources when used, shall not be grounded.
S 56.6602 Static electricity dissipation during loading.
When explosive material is loaded pneumatically or dropped into a blasthole in a manner that could generate static electricity—
(a) An evaluation of the potential static electricity hazard shall be made and any hazard shall be eliminated before loading begins;
(b) The loading hose shall be of a semiconductive type, have a total of not more than 2 megohms of resistance over its entire length and not less than 1000 ohms of resistance per foot;
(c) Wire-countered hoses shall not be used;
(d) Conductive parts of the loading equipment shall be bonded and grounded and grounds shall not be made to other potential sources of extraneous electricity; and
(e) Plastic tubes shall not be used as hole liners if the hole contains an electric detonator.
S 56.6603 Air gap.
At least a 15-foot air gap shall be provided between the blasting circuit and the electric power source.
S 56.6604 Precautions during storms.
During the approach and progress of an electrical storm, blasting operations shall be suspended and persons withdrawn from the blast area or to a safe location.
S 56.6605 Isolation of blasting circuits.
Lead wires and blasting lines shall be isolated and insulated from power conductors, pipelines, and railroad tracks, and shall be protected from sources of stray or static electricity. Blasting circuits shall be protected from any contact between firing lines and overhead powerlines which could result from the force of a blast.
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS
S 56.6700 Nonsparking tools.
Only nonsparking tools shall be used to open containers of explosive material or to punch holes in explosive cartridges.
S 56.6701 Tamping and loading pole requirements.
Tamping and loading poles shall be of wood or other nonconductive, nonsparking material. Couplings for poles shall be nonsparking.
MAINTENANCE
S 56.6800 Storage facilities.
When repair work which could produce a spark or flame is to be performed on a storage facil- ity—
(a) The explosive material shall be moved to another facility, or moved at least 50 feet from the repair activity and monitored; and
(b) The facility shall be cleaned to prevent accidental detonation.
S 56.6801 Vehicle repair.
Vehicles containing explosive material and oxidizers shall not be taken into a repair garage or shop.
S 56.6802 Bulk delivery vehicles.
No welding or cutting shall be performed on a bulk delivery vehicle until the vehicle has been washed down and all explosive material has been removed. Before welding or cutting on a hollow shaft, the shaft shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out and vented with a minimum 1/2 inch diameter opening to allow for sufficient ventilation.
S 56.6803 Blasting lines.
Permanent blasting lines shall be properly supported. All blasting lines shall be insulated and kept in good repair.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
S 56.6900 Damaged or deteriorated explosive material.
Damaged or deteriorated explosive material shall be disposed of in a safe manner in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
S 56.6901 Black powder.
(a) Black powder shall be used for blasting only when a desired result cannot be obtained with another type of explosive, such as in quarrying certain types of dimension stone.
(b) Containers of black powder shall be—
(1) Nonsparking;
(2) Kept in a totally enclosed cargo space while being transported by a vehicle;
(3) Securely closed at all times when—
(i) Within 50 feet of any magazine or open flame,
(ii) Within any building in which a fuel-fired or exposed-element electric heater is operating, or
(iii) In an area where electrical or incandescent-particle sparks could result in powder ignition; and
(4) Opened only when the powder is being transferred to a blasthole or another container and only in locations not listed in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(c) Black powder shall be transferred from containers only by pouring.
(d) Spills shall be cleaned up promptly with nonsparking equipment. Contaminated powder shall be put into a container of water and shall be disposed of promptly after the granules have disintegrated, or the spill area shall be flushed promptly with water until the granules have disintegrated completely.
(e) Misfires shall be disposed of by washing the stemming and powder charge from the blasthole, and removing and disposing of the initiator in accordance with the requirement for damaged explosives.
(f) Holes shall not be reloaded for at least 12 hours when the blastholes have failed to break as planned.
S 56.6902 Excessive temperatures.
(a) Where heat could cause premature detonation, explosive material shall not be loaded into hot areas, such as kilns or sprung holes.
(b) When blasting sulfide ores where hot holes occur that may react with explosive material in blastholes, operators shall—
(1) Measure an appropriate number of blasthole temperatures in order to assess the specific mine conditions prior to the introduction of explosive material;
(2) Limit the time between the completion of loading and the initiation of the blast to no more than 12 hours; and
(3) Take other special precautions to address the specific conditions at the mine to prevent premature detonation.
S 56.6903 Burning explosive material.
If explosive material is suspected of burning at the blast site, persons shall be evacuated from the endangered area and shall not return for at least one hour after the burning or suspected burning has stopped.
S 56.6904 Smoking and open flames.
Smoking and use of open flames shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosive material except when separated by permanent noncombustible barriers. This standard does not apply to devices designed to ignite safety fuse or to heating devices which do not create a fire or explosion hazard.
Subpart F—Drilling and Rotary Jet Piercing
Drilling
S 56.7002 Equipment defects.
Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 56.7003 Drill area inspection.
The drilling area shall be inspected for hazards before starting the drilling operations.
S 56.7004 Drill mast.
Persons shall not be on a mast while the drill-bit is in operation unless they are provided with a safe platform from which to work and they are required to use safety belts to avoid falling.
S 56.7005 Augers and drill stems.
Drill crews and others shall stay clear of augers or drill stems that are in motion. Persons shall not pass under or step over a moving stem or auger.
S 56.7008 Moving the drill.
When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equip- ment shall be secured and the mast placed in a safe position.
S 56.7009 Drill helpers.
If a drill helper assists the drill operator during movement of a drill to a new location, the helper shall be in sight of, or in communication with, the operator at all times.
S 56.7010 Power failures.
In the event of power failure, drill controls shall be placed in the neutral position until power is restored.
S 56.7011 Straightening crossed cables.
The drill stem shall be resting on the bottom of the hole or on the platform with the stem secured to the mast before attempts are made to straighten a crossed cable on a reel.
S 56.7012 Tending drills in operation.
While in operation, drills shall be attended at all times.
S 56.7013 Covering or guarding drill holes.
Drill holes large enough to constitute a hazard shall be covered or guarded.
S 56.7018 Hand clearance.
Persons shall not hold the drill steel while collaring holes, or rest their hands on the chuck or centralizer while drilling.
S 56.7050 Tool and drill steel racks.
Receptacles or racks shall be provided for drill steel and tools stored or carried on drills.
S 56.7051 Loose objects on the mast or drill platform.
To prevent injury to personnel, tools and other objects shall not be left loose on the mast or drill platform.
S 56.7052 Drilling positions.
Persons shall not drill from—
(a) Positions which hinder their access to the control levers;
(b) Insecure footing or insecure staging; or
(c) Atop equipment not suitable for drilling.
S 56.7053 Moving hand-held drills.
Before hand-held drills are moved from one working area to another, air shall be turned off and bled from the hose.
S 56.7055 Intersecting holes.
Holes shall not be drilled where there is a danger of intersecting a misfired hole or a hole con- taining explosives, blasting agents, or detonators.
[56 FR 46508, Sept. 12, 1991]
S 56.7056 Collaring in bootlegs.
Holes shall not be collared in bootlegs.
[56 FR 46508, Sept. 12, 1991]
Rotary Jet Piercing
S 56.7801 Jet drills.
Jet piercing drills shall be provided with—
(a) A system to pressurize the equipment operator's cab, when a cab is provided; and
(b) A protective cover over the oxygen flow indicator.
S 56.7802 Oxygen hose lines.
Safety chains or other suitable locking devices shall be provided across connections to and between high pressure oxygen hose lines of 1-inch inside diameter or larger.
S 56.7803 Lighting the burner.
A suitable means of protection shall be provided for the employee when lighting the burner.
S 56.7804 Refueling.
When rotary jet piercing equipment requires refueling at locations other than fueling stations, a system for fueling without spillage shall be provided.
S 56.7805 Smoking and open flames.
Persons shall not smoke and open flames shall not be used in the vicinity of the oxygen storage and supply lines. Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted in these areas.
S 56.7806 Oxygen intake coupling.
The oxygen intake coupling on jet-piercing drills shall be constructed so that only the oxygen hose can be coupled to it.
S 56.7807 Flushing the combustion chamber.
The combustion chamber of a jet drill stem which has been sitting unoperated in a drill hole shall be flushed with a suitable solvent after the stem is pulled up.
Subpart G—[Reserved]
Subpart H—Loading, Hauling, and Dumping
Source: 53 FR 32520, Aug. 25, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
S 56.9000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart:
Berm. A pile or mound of material along an elevated roadway capable of moderating or limiting the force of a vehicle in order to impede the vehicle's passage over the bank of the roadway.
Mobile equipment. Wheeled, skid-mounted, track-mounted, or rail-mounted equipment capable of moving or being moved.
Traffic Safety
S 56.9100 Traffic control.
To provide for the safe movement of self-propelled mobile equipment—
(a) Rules governing speed, right-of-way, direction of movement, and the use of headlights to assure appropriate visibility, shall be established and followed at each mine; and
(b) Signs or signals that warn of hazardous conditions shall be placed at appropriate locations at each mine.
S 56.9101 Operating speeds and control of equipment.
Operators of self-propelled mobile equipment shall maintain control of the equipment while it is in motion. Operating speeds shall be consistent with conditions of roadways, tracks, grades, clearance, visibility, and traffic, and the type of equipment used.
S 56.9102 Movement of independently operating rail equipment.
Movement of two or more pieces of rail equipment operating independently on the same track shall be controlled for safe operation.
S 56.9103 Clearance on adjacent tracks.
Railcars shall not be left on side tracks unless clearance is provided for traffic on adjacent tracks.
S 56.9104 Railroad crossings.
Designated railroad crossings shall be posted with warning signs or signals, or shall be guarded when trains are passing. These crossings shall also be planked or filled between the rails.
Transportation of Persons and Materials
S 56.9200 Transporting persons.
Persons shall not be transported—
(a) In or on dippers, forks, clamshells, or buckets except shaft buckets during shaft-sinking operations or during inspection, maintenance and repair of shafts.
(b) In beds of mobile equipment or railcars, unless—
(1) Provisions are made for secure travel, and
(2) Means are taken to prevent accidental unloading if the equipment is provided with unloading devices;
(c) On top of loads in mobile equipment;
(d) Outside cabs, equipment operators' stations, and beds of mobile equipment, except when necessary for maintenance, testing, or training purposes, and provisions are made for secure travel. This provision does not apply to rail equipment.
(e) Between cars of trains, on the leading end of trains, on the leading end of a single railcar, or in other locations on trains that expose persons to hazards from train movement.
(1) This paragraph does not apply to car droppers if they are secured with safety belts and lines which prevent them from falling off the work platform.
(2) Brakemen and trainmen are prohibited from riding between cars of moving trains, but may ride on the leading end of trains or other locations when necessary to perform their duties;
(f) To and from work areas in overcrowded mobile equipment;
(g) In mobile equipment with materials or equipment unless the items are secured or are small and can be carried safely by hand without creating a hazard to persons; or
(h) On conveyors unless the conveyors are designed to provide for their safe transportation.
S 56.9201 Loading, hauling, and unloading of equipment or supplies.
Equipment and supplies shall be loaded, transported, and unloaded in a manner which does not create a hazard to persons from falling or shifting equipment or supplies.
S 56.9202 Loading and hauling large rocks.
Large rocks shall be broken before loading if they could endanger persons or affect the stability of mobile equipment. Mobile equipment used for haulage of mined material shall be loaded to minimize spillage where a hazard to persons could be created.
Safety Devices, Provisions, and Procedures for Roadways, Railroads, and Loading and Dumping Sites
S 56.9300 Berms or guardrails.
(a) Berms or guardrails shall be provided and maintained on the banks of roadways where a drop- off exists of sufficient grade or depth to cause a vehicle to overturn or endanger persons in equipment.
(b) Berms or guardrails shall be at least mid-axle height of the largest self-propelled mobile equipment which usually travels the roadway.
(c) Berms may have openings to the extent necessary for roadway drainage.
(d) Where elevated roadways are infrequently traveled and used only by service or maintenance vehicles, berms or guardrails are not required when all of the following are met:
(1) Locked gates are installed at the entrance points to the roadway.
(2) Signs are posted warning that the roadway is not bermed.
(3) Delineators are installed along the perimeter of the elevated roadway so that, for both direc- tions of travel, the reflective surfaces of at least three delineators along each elevated shoulder are always visible to the driver and spaced at intervals sufficient to indicate the edges and attitude of the roadway.
(4) A maximum speed limit is posted and observed for the elevated unbermed portions of the roadway. Factors to consider when establishing the maximum speed limit shall include the width, slope and alignment of the road, the type of equipment using the road, the road material, and any hazardous conditions which may exist.
(5) Road surface traction is not impaired by weather conditions, such as sleet and snow, unless corrective measures are taken to improve traction.
(e) This standard is not applicable to rail beds.
[53 FR 32520, Aug. 25, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 37218, Sept. 7, 1990]
S 56.9301 Dump site restraints.
Berms, bumper blocks, safety hooks, or similar impeding devices shall be provided at dumping locations where there is a hazard of overtravel or overturning.
S 56.9302 Protection against moving or runaway railroad equipment.
Stopblocks, derail devices, or other devices that protect against moving or runaway rail equip- ment shall be installed wherever necessary to protect persons.
S 56.9303 Construction of ramps and dumping facilities.
Ramps and dumping facilities shall be designed and constructed of materials capable of support- ing the loads to which they will be subjected. The ramps and dumping facilities shall provide width, clearance, and headroom to safely accommodate the mobile equipment using the facilities.
S 56.9304 Unstable ground.
(a) Dumping locations shall be visually inspected prior to work commencing and as ground conditions warrant.
(b) Where there is evidence that the ground at a dumping location may fail to support the mobile equipment, loads shall be dumped a safe distance back from the edge of the unstable area of the bank.
S 56.9305 Truck spotters.
(a) If truck spotters are used, they shall be in the clear while trucks are backing into dumping position or dumping.
(b) Spotters shall use signal lights to direct trucks where visibility is limited.
(c) When a truck operator cannot clearly recognize the spotter's signals, the truck shall be stopped.
S 56.9306 Warning devices for restricted clearances.
Where restricted clearance creates a hazard to persons on mobile equipment, warning devices shall be installed in advance of the restricted area and the restricted area shall be conspicuously marked.
S 56.9307 Design, installation, and maintenance of railroads.
Roadbeds and all elements of the railroad tracks shall be designed, installed, and maintained to provide safe operation consistent with the speed and type of haulage used.
S 56.9308 Switch throws.
Switch throws shall be installed to provide clearance to protect switchmen from contact with moving trains.
S 56.9309 Chute design.
Chute-loading installations shall be designed to provide a safe location for persons pulling chutes.
S 56.9310 Chute hazards.
(a) Prior to chute-pulling, persons who could be affected by the draw or otherwise exposed to danger shall be warned and given time to clear the hazardous area.
(b) Persons attempting to free chute hangups shall be experienced and familiar with the task, know the hazards involved, and use the proper tools to free material.
(c) When broken rock or material is dumped into an empty chute, the chute shall be equipped with a guard or all persons shall be isolated from the hazard of flying rock or material.
S 56.9311 Anchoring stationary sizing devices.
Grizzlies and other stationary sizing devices shall be securely anchored.
S 56.9312 Working around drawholes.
Unless platforms or safety lines are used, persons shall not position themselves over drawholes if there is danger that broken rock or material may be withdrawn or bridged.
S 56.9313 Roadway maintenance.
Water, debris, or spilled material on roadways which creates hazards to the operation of mobile equipment shall be removed.
S 56.9314 Trimming stockpile and muckpile faces.
Stockpile and muckpile faces shall be trimmed to prevent hazards to persons.
S 56.9315 Dust control.
Dust shall be controlled at muck piles, material transfer points, crushers, and on haulage roads where hazards to persons would be created as a result of impaired visibility.
S 56.9316 Notifying the equipment operator.
When an operator of self-propelled mobile equipment is present, persons shall notify the equip- ment operator before getting on or off that equipment.
S 56.9317 Suspended loads.
Persons shall not work or pass under the buckets or booms of loaders in operation.
S 56.9318 Getting on or off moving equipment.
Persons shall not get on or off moving mobile equipment. This provision does not apply to trainmen, brakemen, and car droppers who are required to get on or off slowly moving trains in the performance of their work duties.
S 56.9319 Going over, under, or between railcars.
Persons shall not go over, under, or between railcars unless:
(a) The train is stopped; and
(b) The train operator, when present, is notified and the notice acknowledged.
S 56.9330 Clearance for surface equipment.
Continuous clearance of at least 30 inches from the farthest projection of moving railroad equip- ment shall be provided on at least one side of the tracks at all locations where possible or the area shall be marked conspicuously.
Subpart I—Aerial Tramways
S 56.10001 Filling buckets.
Buckets shall not be overloaded, and feed shall be regulated to prevent spillage.
S 56.10002 Inspection and maintenance.
Inspection and maintenance of carriers (including loading and unloading mechanisms), ropes and supports, and brakes shall be performed by competent persons according to the recommendations of the manufacturer.
S 56.10003 Correction of defects.
Any hazardous defects shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 56.10004 Brakes.
Positive-action-type brakes and devices which apply the brakes automatically in the event of a power failure shall be provided on aerial tramways.
S 56.10005 Track cable connections.
Track cable connections shall not obstruct the passage of carriage wheels.
S 56.10006 Tower guards.
Towers shall be suitably protected from swaying buckets.
S 56.10007 Falling object protection.
Guard nets or other suitable protection shall be provided where tramways pass over roadways, walkways, or buildings.
S 56.10008 Riding tramways.
Persons other than maintenance persons shall not ride aerial tramways unless the following features are provided:
(a) Two independent brakes, each capable of holding the maximum load;
(b) Direct communication between terminals;
(c) Power drives with emergency power available in case of primary power failure; and
(d) Buckets equipped with positive locks to prevent accidental tripping or dumping.
S 56.10009 Riding loaded buckets.
Persons shall not ride loaded buckets.
S 56.10010 Starting precautions.
Where possible, aerial tramways shall not be started until the operator has ascertained that every- one is in the clear.
Subpart J—Travelways
S 56.11001 Safe access.
Safe means of access shall be provided and maintained to all working places.
S 56.11002 Handrails and toeboards.
Crossovers, elevated walkways, elevated ramps, and stairways shall be of substantial construc- tion provided with handrails, and maintained in good condition. Where necessary, toeboards shall be provided.
S 56.11003 Construction and maintenance of ladders.
Ladders shall be of substantial construction and maintained in good condition.
S 56.11004 Portable rigid ladders.
Portable rigid ladders shall be provided with suitable bases and placed securely when used.
S 56.11005 Fixed ladder anchorage and toe clearance.
Fixed ladders shall be anchored securely and installed to provide at least 3 inches of toe clear- ance.
S 56.11006 Fixed ladder landings.
Fixed ladders shall project at least 3 feet above landings, or substantial handholds shall be pro- vided above the landings.
S 56.11007 Wooden components of ladders.
Wooden components of ladders shall not be painted except with a transparent finish.
S 56.11008 Restricted clearance.
Where restricted clearance creates a hazard to persons, the restricted clearance shall be conspicu- ously marked.
[53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988]
S 56.11009 Walkways along conveyors.
Walkways with outboard railings shall be provided wherever persons are required to walk along- side elevated conveyor belts. Inclined railed walkways shall be nonskid or provided with cleats.
S 56.11010 Stairstep clearance.
Vertical clearance above stair steps shall be a minimum of seven feet, or suitable warning signs or similar devices shall be provided to indicate an impaired clearance.
S 56.11011 Use of ladders.
Persons using ladders shall face the ladders and have both hands free for climbing and descend- ing.
S 56.11012 Protection for openings around travelways.
Openings above, below, or near travelways through which persons or materials may fall shall be protected by railings, barriers, or covers. Where it is impractical to install such protective devices, adequate warning signals shall be installed.
S 56.11013 Conveyor crossovers.
Crossovers shall be provided where it is necessary to cross conveyors.
S 56.11014 Crossing moving conveyors.
Moving conveyors shall be crossed only at designated crossover points.
S 56.11016 Snow and ice on walkways and travelways.
Regularly used walkways and travelways shall be sanded, salted, or cleared of snow and ice as soon as practicable.
S 56.11017 Inclined fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders shall not incline backwards.
S 56.11025 Railed landings, backguards, and other protection for fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders, except on mobile equipment, shall be offset and have substantial railed landings at least every 30 feet unless backguards or equivalent protection, such as safety belts and safety lines, are provided.
S 56.11026 Protection for inclined fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders 70 degrees to 90 degrees from the horizontal and 30 feet or more in length shall have backguards, cages or equivalent protection, starting at a point not more than seven feet from the bottom of the ladders.
S 56.11027 Scaffolds and working platforms.
Scaffolds and working platforms shall be of substantial construction and provided with handrails and maintained in good condition. Floor boards shall be laid properly and the scaffolds and working platforms shall not be overloaded. Working platforms shall be provided with toeboards when necessary.
Subpart K—Electricity
S 56.12001 Circuit overload protection.
Circuits shall be protected against excessive overload by fuses or circuit breakers of the correct type and capacity.
S 56.12002 Controls and switches.
Electric equipment and circuits shall be provided with switches or other controls. Such switches or controls shall be of approved design and construction and shall be properly installed.
S 56.12003 Trailing cable overload protection.
Individual overload protection or short circuit protection shall be provided for the trailing cables of mobile equipment.
S 56.12004 Electrical conductors.
Electrical conductors shall be of a sufficient size and current-carrying capacity to ensure that a rise in temperature resulting from normal operations will not damage the insulating materials. Electrical conductors exposed to mechanical damage shall be protected.
S 56.12005 Protection of power conductors from mobile equipment.
Mobile equipment shall not run over power conductors, nor shall loads be dragged over power conductors, unless the conductors are properly bridged or protected.
S 56.12006 Distribution boxes.
Distribution boxes shall be provided with a disconnecting device for each branch circuit. Such disconnecting devices shall be equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation when such a device is open and that the circuit is deenergized, the distribution box shall be labeled to show which circuit each device controls.
S 56.12007 Junction box connection procedures.
Trailing cable and power-cable connections to junction boxes shall not be made or broken under load.
S 56.12008 Insulation and fittings for power wires and cables.
Power wires and cables shall be insulated adequately where they pass into or out of electrical compartments. Cables shall enter metal frames of motors, splice boxes, and electrical compartments only through proper fittings. When insulated wires, other than cables, pass through metal frames, the holes shall be substantially bushed with insulated bushings.
S 56.12010 Isolation or insulation of communication conductors.
Telephone and low-potential signal wire shall be protected, by isolation or suitable insulation, or both, from contacting energized power conductors or any other power source.
S 56.12011 High-potential electrical conductors.
High-potential electrical conductors shall be covered, insulated, or placed to prevent contact with low potential conductors.
S 56.12012 Bare signal wires.
The potential on bare signal wires accessible to contact by persons shall not exceed 48 volts.
S 56.12013 Splices and repairs of power cables.
Permanent splices and repairs made in power cables, including the ground conductor where provided, shall be:
(a) Mechanically strong with electrical conductivity as near as possible to that of the original;
(b) Insulated to a degree at least equal to that of the original, and sealed to exclude moisture; and
(c) Provided with damage protection as near as possible to that of the original, including good bonding to the outer jacket.
S 56.12014 Handling energized power cables.
Power cables energized to potentials in excess of 150 volts, phase-to-ground, shall not be moved with equipment unless sleds or slings, insulated from such equipment, are used. When such energized cables are moved manually, insulated hooks, tongs, ropes, or slings shall be used unless suitable protec- tion for persons is provided by other means. This does not prohibit pulling or dragging of cable by the equipment it powers when the cable is physically attached to the equipment by suitable mechanical devices, and the cable is insulated from the equipment in conformance with other standards in this part.
S 56.12016 Work on electrically-powered equipment.
Electrically powered equipment shall be deenergized before mechanical work is done on such equipment. Power switches shall be locked out or other measures taken which shall prevent the equip- ment from being energized without the knowledge of the individuals working on it. Suitable warning notices shall be posted at the power switch and signed by the individuals who are to do the work. Such locks or preventive devices shall be removed only by the persons who installed them or by authorized personnel.
S 56.12017 Work on power circuits.
Power circuits shall be deenergized before work is done on such circuits unless hot-line tools are used. Suitable warning signs shall be posted by the individuals who are to do the work. Switches shall be locked out or other measures taken which shall prevent the power circuits from being energized without the knowledge of the individuals working on them. Such locks, signs, or preventative devices shall be removed only by the person who installed them or by authorized personnel.
S 56.12018 Identification of power switches.
Principal power switches shall be labeled to show which units they control, unless identification can be made readily by location.
S 56.12019 Access to stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
Where access is necessary, suitable clearance shall be provided at stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
S 56.12020 Protection of persons at switchgear.
Dry wooden platforms, insulating mats, or other electrically nonconductive material shall be kept in place at all switchboards and power-control switches where shock hazards exist. However, metal plates on which a person normally would stand and which are kept at the same potential as the grounded, metal, non-current-carrying parts of the power switches to be operated may be used.
S 56.12021 Danger signs.
Suitable danger signs shall be posted at all major electrical installations.
S 56.12022 Authorized persons at major electrical installations.
Areas containing major electrical installations shall be entered only by authorized persons.
S 56.12023 Guarding electrical connections and resistor grids.
Electrical connections and resistor grids that are difficult or impractical to insulate shall be guarded, unless protection is provided by location.
S 56.12025 Grounding circuit enclosures.
All metal enclosing or encasing electrical circuits shall be grounded or provided with equivalent protection. This requirement does not apply to battery-operated equipment.
S 56.12026 Grounding transformer and switchgear enclosures.
Metal fencing and metal buildings enclosing transformers and switchgear shall be grounded.
S 56.12027 Grounding mobile equipment.
Frame grounding or equivalent protection shall be provided for mobile equipment powered through trailing cables.
S 56.12028 Testing grounding systems.
Continuity and resistance of grounding systems shall be tested immediately after installation, repair, and modification; and annually thereafter. A record of the resistance measured during the most recent tests shall be made available on a request by the Secretary or his duly authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
S 56.12030 Correction of dangerous conditions.
When a potentially dangerous condition is found it shall be corrected before equipment or wiring is energized.
S 56.12032 Inspection and cover plates.
Inspection and cover plates on electrical equipment and junction boxes shall be kept in place at all times except during testing or repairs.
S 56.12033 Hand-held electric tools.
Hand-held electric tools shall not be operated at high potential voltages.
S 56.12034 Guarding around lights.
Portable extension lights, and other lights that by their location present a shock or burn hazard, shall be guarded.
S 56.12035 Weatherproof lamp sockets.
Lamp sockets shall be of a weatherproof type where they are exposed to weather or wet condi- tions that may interfere with illumination or create a shock hazard.
S 56.12036 Fuse removal or replacement.
Fuses shall not be removed or replaced by hand in an energized circuit, and they shall not other- wise be removed or replaced in an energized circuit unless equipment and techniques especially de- signed to prevent electrical shock are provided and used for such purpose.
S 56.12037 Fuses in high-potential circuits.
Fuse tongs or hot line tools shall be used when fuses are removed or replaced in high-potential circuits.
S 56.12038 Attachment of trailing cables.
Trailing cables shall be attached to machines in a suitable manner to protect the cable from damage and to prevent strain on the electrical connections.
S 56.12039 Protection of surplus trailing cables.
Surplus trailing cables to shovels, cranes and similar equipment shall be—
(a) Stored in cable boats;
(b) Stored on reels mounted on the equipment; or
(c) Otherwise protected from mechanical damage.
S 56.12040 Installation of operating controls.
Operating controls shall be installed so that they can be operated without danger of contact with energized conductors.
S 56.12041 Design of switches and starting boxes.
Switches and starting boxes shall be of safe design and capacity.
S 56.12042 Track bonding.
Both rails shall be bonded or welded at every joint and rails shall be crossbonded at least every 200 feet if the track serves as the return trolley circuit. When rails are moved, replaced, or broken bonds are discovered, they shall be rebonded within three working shifts.
S 56.12045 Overhead powerlines.
Overhead high-potential powerlines shall be installed as specified by the National Electrical Code.
S 56.12047 Guy wires.
Guy wires of poles supporting high-voltage transmission lines shall meet the requirements for grounding or insulator protection of the National Electrical Safety Code, part 2, entitled "Safety Rules for the Installation and Maintenance of Electric Supply and Communication Lines" (also referred to as National Bureau of Standards Handbook 81, November 1, 1961) and Supplement 2 thereof issued March 1968, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. These publications and docu- ments may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
S 56.12048 Communication conductors on power poles.
Telegraph, telephone, or signal wires shall not be installed on the same crossarm with power conductors. When carried on poles supporting powerlines, they shall be installed as specified by the National Electrical Code.
S 56.12050 Installation of trolley wires.
Trolley wires shall be installed at least seven feet above rails where height permits, and aligned and supported to suitably control sway and sag.
S 56.12053 Circuits powered from trolley wires.
Ground wires for lighting circuits powered from trolley wires shall be connected securely to the ground-return circuit.
S 56.12065 Short circuit and lightning protection.
Powerlines, including trolley wires, and telephone circuits shall be protected against short cir- cuits and lightning.
S 56.12066 Guarding trolley wires and bare powerlines.
Where metallic tools or equipment can come in contact with trolley wires or bare powerlines, the lines shall be guarded or deenergized.
S 56.12067 Installation of transformers.
Transformers shall be totally enclosed, or shall be placed at least 8 feet above the ground, or installed in a transformer house, or surrounded by a substantial fence at least 6 feet high and at least 3 feet from any energized parts, casings, or wiring.
S 56.12068 Locking transformer enclosures.
Transformer enclosures shall be kept locked against unauthorized entry.
S 56.12069 Lightning protection for telephone wires and ungrounded conductors.
Each ungrounded power conductor or telephone wire that leads underground and is directly exposed to lightning shall be equipped with suitable lightning arrestors of approved type within 100 feet of the point where the circuit enters the mine. Lightning arrestors shall be connected to a low resistance grounding medium on the surface and shall be separated from neutral grounds by a distance of not less than 25 feet.
S 56.12071 Movement or operation of equipment near high-voltage power lines.
When equipment must be moved or operated near energized high-voltage powerlines (other than trolley lines) and the clearance is less than 10 feet, the lines shall be deenergized or other precautionary measures shall be taken.
Subpart L—Compressed Air and Boilers
S 56.13001 General requirements for boilers and pressure vessels.
All boilers and pressure vessels shall be constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with the standards and specifications of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
S 56.13010 Reciprocating-type air compressors.
(a) Reciprocating-type air compressors rated over 10 horsepower shall be equipped with auto- matic temperature-actuated shutoff mechanisms which shall be set or adjusted to the compressor when the normal operating temperature is exceeded by more than 25 percent.
(b) However, this standard does not apply to reciprocating-type air compressors rated over 10 horsepower if equipped with fusible plugs that were installed in the compressor discharge lines before November 15, 1979, and designed to melt at temperatures at least 50 degrees below the flash point of the compressors' lubricating oil.
S 56.13011 Air receiver tanks.
Air receiver tanks shall be equipped with one or more automatic pressure-relief valves. The total relieving capacity of the relief valves shall prevent pressure from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure in a receiver tank by not more than 10 percent. Air receiver tanks also shall be equipped with indicating pressure gauges which accurately measure the pressure within the air receiver tanks.
S 56.13012 Compressor air intakes.
Compressor air intakes shall be installed to ensure that only clean, uncontaminated air enters the compressors.
S 56.13015 Inspection of compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels.
(a) Compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels shall be inspected by inspectors holding a valid National Board Commission and in accordance with the applicable chapters of the National Board Inspection Code, a Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1979. This code is incorporated by reference and made a part of this standard. It may be examined at any Metal and Non- metal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the publisher, the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspector, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229.
(b) Records of inspections shall be kept in accordance with requirements of the National Board Inspection Code, and the records shall be made available to the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
S 56.13017 Compressor discharge pipes.
Compressor discharge pipes where carbon build-up may occur shall be cleaned periodically as recommended by the manufacturer, but no less frequently than once every two years.
S 56.13019 Pressure system repairs.
Repairs involving the pressure system of compressors, receivers, or compressed-air-powered equipment shall not be attempted until the pressure has been bled off.
S 56.13020 Use of compressed air.
At no time shall compressed air be directed toward a person. When compressed air is used, all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect persons from injury.
S 56.13021 High-pressure hose connections.
Except where automatic shutoff valves are used, safety chains or other suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high-pressure hose lines of 3/4-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high-pressure hose lines of 3/4-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard.
S 56.13030 Boilers.
(a) Fired pressure vessels (boilers) shall be equipped with water level gauges, pressure gauges, automatic pressure-relief valves, blowdown piping, and other safety devices approved by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers to protect against hazards from overpressure, flameouts, fuel interrup- tions and low water level, all as required by the appropriate sections, chapters and appendices listed in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
(b) These gauges, devices and piping shall be designed, installed, operated, maintained, repaired, altered, inspected, and tested by inspectors holding a valid National Board Commission and in accor- dance with the following listed sections, chapters and appendices:
(1) The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977, Published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Section and Title
I Power Boilers.
II Material Specifications—Part A—Ferrous.
II Material Specifications—Part B—Non-ferrous.
II Material Specifications—Part C—Welding Rods, Electrodes, and Filler Metals.
IV Heating Boilers
V Nondestructive Examination
VI Recommended Rules for Care and Operation of Heating Boilers
VII Recommended Rules for Care of Power Boilers
(2) The National Board Inspection Code, a Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1979, published by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
Chapter and Title
I Glossary of Terms
II Inspection of Boilers and Pressure Vessels
III Repairs and Alterations to Boiler and Pressure Vessels by Welding
IV Shop Inspection of Boilers and Pressure Vessels
V Inservice Inspection of Pressure Vessels by Authorized Owner-User Inspection Agencies
Appendix and Title
A Safety and Safety Relief Valves
B Non-ASME Code Boilers and Pressure Vessels
C Storage of Mild Steel Covered Arc Welding Electrodes
D-R National Board "R" (Repair) Symbol Stamp
D-VR National Board "VR" (Repair of Safety and Safety Relief Valve) Symbol Stamp
D-VR1 Certificate of Authorization for Repair Symbol Stamp for Safety and Safety Relief Valves
D-VR2 Outline of Basic Elements of Written Quality Control System for Repairers of ASME Safety and Safety Relief Valves
D-VR3 Nameplate Stamping for "VR" E Owner-user Inspection Agencies F Inspection Forms
(c) Records of inspections and repairs shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the National Board Inspection Code. The records shall be made available to the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(d) Sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977, listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and chapters and appendices of the National Board Inspection Code, 1979, listed in para- graph (b)(2) of this section, are incorporated by reference and made a part of this standard. These publi- cations may be obtained from the publishers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East Forty-seventh Street, New York, N.Y. 10017, and the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229. The publications may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administra- tion or the State Mine Inspectors office.
Subpart M—Machinery and Equipment
Source: 53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
S 56.14000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Mobile equipment. Wheeled, skid-mounted, track-mounted, or rail-mounted equipment capable of moving or being moved.
Travelway. A passage, walk, or way regularly used or designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Safety Devices and Maintenance Requirements
S 56.14100 Safety defects; examination, correction and records.
(a) Self-propelled mobile equipment to be used during a shift shall be inspected by the equipment operator before being placed in operation on that shift.
(b) Defects on any equipment, machinery, and tools that affect safety shall be corrected in a timely manner to prevent the creation of a hazard to persons.
(c) When defects make continued operation hazardous to persons, the defective items including self-propelled mobile equipment shall be taken out of service and placed in a designated area posted for that purpose, or a tag or other effective method of marking the defective items shall be used to prohibit further use until the defects are corrected.
(d) Defects on self-propelled mobile equipment affecting safety, which are not corrected immedi- ately, shall be reported to and recorded by the mine operator. The records shall be kept at the mine or nearest mine office from the date the defects are recorded, until the defects are corrected. Such records shall be made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
S 56.14101 Brakes.
(a) Minimum requirements. (1) Self-propelled mobile equipment shall be equipped with a service brake system capable of stopping and holding the equipment with its typical load on the maximum grade it travels. This standard does not apply to equipment which is not originally equipped with brakes unless the manner in which the equipment is being operated requires the use of brakes for safe operation. This standard does not apply to rail equipment.
(2) If equipped on self-propelled mobile equipment, parking brakes shall be capable of holding the equipment with its typical load on the maximum grade it travels.
(3) All braking systems installed on the equipment shall be maintained in functional condition.
(b) Testing. (1) Service brake tests shall be conducted when an MSHA inspector or State Mine Inspector has reasonable cause to believe that the service brake system does not function as required, unless the mine operator removes the equipment from service for the appropriate repair;
(2) The performance of the service brakes shall be evaluated according to Table M-1.
Table M-1
Gross
vehicle
weight Equipment speed, MPH
lbs. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Service Brake Maximum Stopping Distance-Feet
0-
36000 34 38 43 48 53 59 64 70 76 83 89
36000-
70000 41 46 52 58 62 70 76 83 90 97 104
70000-
140000 48 54 61 67 74 81 88 95 103 111 119
140000-
250000 56 62 69 77 84 92 100 108 116 125 133
250000 -
400000 59 66 74 81 89 97 105 114 123 132 141
Over
400000 63 71 78 86 94 103 111 120 129 139 148
Stopping distances are computed using a constant deceleration of 9.66 FPS2[S-squared] and system response times of .5.1, 1.5, 2, 2.25 and 2.5 seconds for each increasing weight category respectively. Stopping distance values include a one-second operator response time.
Table M-2.—The Speed of a Vehicle Can be Determined by Clocking it Through a 100-Foot Measured Course at Constant Velocity Using Table M-2. When the Service Brakes are Applied at the End of the Course, Stopping Distance Can be Measured and Compared to Table M-1.
Miles per
hour 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Seconds
Required
to
Travel
100 Feet 6.8 6.2 5.7 5.2 4.9 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.4
(3) Service brake tests shall be conducted under the direction of the mine operator in cooperation with an according to the instructions provided by the MSHA inspector or State Mine Inspector as fol- lows:
(i) Equipment capable of traveling at least 10 miles per hour shall be tested with a typical load for that particular piece of equipment. Front-end loaders shall be tested with the loader bucket empty. Equipment shall not be tested when carrying hazardous loads, such as explosives.
(ii) The approach shall be sufficient length to allow the equipment operator to reach and maintain constant speed between 10 and 20 miles per hour prior to entering the 100 foot measured area. The constant speed shall be maintained up to the point when the equipment operator receives the signal to apply the brakes. The roadway shall be wide enough to accommodate the size of the equipment being tested. The ground shall be generally level, packed, and dry in the braking portion of the test course. Ground moisture may be present to the extent that it does not adversely affect the braking surface.
(iii) Braking is to be performed using only those braking systems, including auxiliary retarders, which are designed to bring the equipment to a stop under normal operating conditions. Parking or emergency (secondary) brakes are not to be actuated during the test.
(iv) The tests shall be conducted with the transmission in the gear appropriate for the speed the equipment is traveling except for equipment which is designed for the power train to be disengaged during braking.
(v) Testing speeds shall be a minimum of 10 miles per hour and a maximum of 20 miles per hour.
(vi) Stopping distances shall be measured from the point at which the equipment operator re- ceives the signal to apply the service brakes to the final stopped position.
(4) Test results shall be evaluated as follows:
(i) If the initial test run is valid and the stopping distance does not exceed the corresponding stopping distance listed in Table 1, the performance of the service brakes shall be considered acceptable.
For tests to be considered valid, the equipment shall not slide sideways or exhibit other lateral motion during the braking portion of the test.
(ii) If the equipment exceeds the maximum stopping distance in the initial test run, the mine operator may request from the inspector up to four additional test runs with two runs to be conducted in each direction. The performance of the service brakes shall be considered acceptable if the equipment does not exceed the maximum stopping distance on at least three of the additional tests.
(5) Where there is not an appropriate test site at the mine or the equipment is not capable or traveling at least 10 miles per hour, service brake tests will not be conducted. In such cases, the inspector will rely upon other available evidence to determine whether the service brake system meets the perfor- mance requirement of this standard.
[53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 56.14102 Brakes for rail equipment.
Braking systems on railroad cars and locomotives shall be maintained in functional condition.
S 56.14103 Operators stations.
(a) If windows are provided on operators' stations of self-propelled mobile equipment, the windows shall be made of safety glass or material with equivalent safety characteristics. The windows shall be maintained to provide visibility for safe operation.
(b) If damaged windows obscure visibility necessary for safe operation, or create a hazard to the equipment operator, the windows shall be replaced or removed. Damaged windows shall be replaced if absence of a window would expose the equipment operator to hazardous environmental conditions which would affect the ability of the equipment operator to safely operate the equipment.
(c) The operator's stations of self-propelled mobile equipment shall—
(1) Be free of materials that could create a hazard to persons by impairing the safe operation of the equipment; and
(2) Not be modified, in a manner that obscures visibility necessary for safe operation.
S 56.14104 Tire repairs.
(a) Before a tire is removed from a vehicle for tire repair, the valve core shall be partially re- moved to allow for gradual deflation and then removed. During deflation, to the extent possible, persons shall stand outside of the potential trajectory of the lock ring of a multi-piece wheel rim.
(b) To prevent injury from wheel rims during tire inflation, one of the following shall be used:
(1) A wheel cage or other restraining device that will constrain all wheel rim components during an explosive separation of a multi-piece wheel rim, or during the sudden release of contained air in a single piece rim wheel; or
(2) A stand-off inflation device which permits persons to stand outside of the potential trajectory of wheel components.
S 56.14105 Procedures during repairs or maintenance.
Repairs or maintenance of machinery or equipment shall be performed only after the power is off, and the machinery or equipment blocked against hazardous motion. Machinery or equipment motion or activation is permitted to the extent that adjustments or testing cannot be performed without motion or activation, provided that persons are effectively protected from hazardous motion.
S 56.14106 Falling object protection.
(a) Fork-lift trucks, front-end loaders, and bulldozers shall be provided with falling object protec- tive structures if used in an area where falling objects could create a hazard to the equipment operator.
(b) The protective structure shall be capable of withstanding the falling object loads to which it would be subjected.
S 56.14107 Moving machine parts.
(a) Moving machine parts shall be guarded to protect persons from contacting gears, sprockets, chains, drive, head, tail, and takeup pulleys, flywheels, couplings, shafts, fan blades, and similar moving parts that can cause injury.
(b) Guards shall not be required where the exposed moving parts are at least seven feet away from walking or working surfaces.
S 56.14108 Overhead drive belts.
Overhead drive belts shall be guarded to contain the whipping action of a broken belt if that action could be hazardous to persons.
S 56.14109 Unguarded conveyors with adjacent travelways.
Unguarded conveyors next to the travelways shall be equipped with—
(a) Emergency stop devices which are located so that a person falling on or against the conveyor can readily deactivate the conveyor drive motor; or
(b) Railings which—
(1) Are positioned to prevent persons from falling on or against the conveyor;
(2) Will be able to withstand the vibration, shock, and wear to which they will be subjected during normal operation; and
(3) Are constructed and maintained so that they will not create a hazard.
S 56.14110 Flying or falling materials.
In areas where flying or falling materials generated from the operation of screens, crushers, or conveyors present a hazard, guards, shields, or other devices that provide protection against such flying or falling materials shall be provided to protect persons.
S 56.14111 Slusher, backlash guards and securing.
(a) When persons are exposed to slushing operations, the slushers shall be equipped with rollers and drum covers and anchored securely before slushing operations are started.
(b) Slushers rated over 10 horsepower shall be equipped with backlash guards, unless the equip- ment operator is otherwise protected.
(c) This standard does not apply to air tuggers of 10 horsepower or less that have only one cable and one drum.
S 56.14112 Construction and maintenance of guards.
(a) Guards shall be constructed and maintained to—
(1) Withstand the vibration, shock, and wear to which they will be subjected during normal operation; and
(2) Not create a hazard by their use.
(b) Guards shall be securely in place while machinery is being operated, except when testing or making adjustments which cannot be performed without removal of the guard.
S 56.14113 Inclined conveyors: backstops or brakes.
Backstops or brakes shall be installed on drive units of inclined conveyors to prevent the convey- ors from running in reverse, creating a hazard to persons.
S 56.14114 Air valves for pneumatic equipment.
A manual master quick-close type air valve shall be installed on all pneumatic-powered equip- ment if there is a hazard of uncontrolled movement when the air supply is activated. The valve shall be closed except when the equipment is being operated.
S 56.14115 Stationary grinding machines.
Stationary grinding machines, other than special bit grinders, shall be equipped with—
(a) Peripheral hoods capable of withstanding the force of a bursting wheel and enclosing not less than 270o of the periphery of the wheel;
(b) Adjustable tool rests set so that the distance between the grinding surface of the wheel and the tool rest in not greater than 1/8 inch; and
(c) A safety washer on each side of the wheel.
[53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 56.14116 Hand-held power tools.
(a) Power drills, disc sanders, grinders and circular and chain saws, when used in the hand-held mode shall be operated with controls which require constant hand or finger pressure.
(b) Circular saws and chain saws shall not be equipped with devices which lock-on the operating controls.
S 56.14130 Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts.
(a) Equipment included. Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts shall be installed on—
(1) Crawler tractors and crawler loaders;
(2) Graders;
(3) Wheel loaders and wheel tractors;
(4) The tractor portion of semi-mounted scrapers, dumpers, water wagons, bottom-dump wagons, rear-dump wagons, and towed fifth wheel attachments;
(5) Skid-steer loaders; and
(6) Agricultural tractors.
(b) ROPS construction. ROPS shall meet the requirements of the following Society of Automo- tive Engineers (SAE) publications, as applicable, which are incorporated by reference:
(1) SAE J1040, "Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Construc- tion, Earthmoving, Forestry, and Mining Machines", 1986; or
(2) SAE J1194, "Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Wheeled Agricultural Tractors", 1983.
(c) ROPS labelling. ROPS shall have a label permanently affixed to the structure identifying—
(1) The manufacturer's name and address;
(2) The ROPS model number; and
(3) The make and model number of the equipment for which the ROPS is designed.
(d) ROPS installation. ROPS shall be installed on the equipment in accordance with the recom- mendations of the ROPS manufacturer.
(e) ROPS maintenance. (1) ROPS shall be maintained in a condition that meets the performance requirements applicable to the equipment. It the ROPS is subjected to roll-over a abnormal structural loading, the equipment manufacturer or a registered professional engineer with knowledge and experi- ence in ROPS design shall recertify that the ROPS meets the applicable performance requirements before it is returned to service.
(2) Alterations or repairs on ROPS shall be performed only with approval from the ROPS manu- facturer or under the instructions of a registered professional engineer with knowledge and experience in ROPS design. The manufacturer or engineer shall certify that the ROPS meets the applicable perfor- mance requirements.
(f) Exemptions. (1) This standard does not apply to-
(i) Self-propelled mobile equipment manufactured prior to July 1, 1969;
(ii) Over-the-road type tractors that pull trailers or vans on highways;
(iii) Equipment that is only operated by remote control; and
(2) Self-propelled mobile equipment manufactured prior to October 24, 1988, that is equipped with ROPS and seat belts that meet the installation and performance requirements of 30 CFR 56.9088 (1986 edition) shall be considered in compliance with paragraphs (b) and (h) of this section.
(g) Wearing seat belts. Seat belts shall be worn by the equipment operator except that when operating graders from a standing position, the grader operator shall wear safety lines and a harness in place of a seat belt.
(h) Seat belts construction. Seat belts shall meet the requirements of SAE J386, "Operator Re- straint Systems for Off-Road Work Machines", 1985; or SAE J1194, "Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) For Wheeled Agricultural Tractors", 1983, as applicable, which are incorporated by reference.
(i) Seat belt maintenance. Seat belts shall be maintained in functional condition, and replaced when necessary to assure proper performance.
(j) Publications. Publications incorporated by reference in this section have been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). Copies are available from the Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, MSHA, 4015 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, Virginia 22203, and may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal District Office. Copies may also be obtained from the Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0089)
[53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 56.14131 Seat belts for haulage trucks.
(a) Seat belts shall be provided and worn in haulage trucks.
(b) Seat belts shall be maintained in functional condition, and replaced when necessary to assure proper performance.
(c) Seat belts required under this section shall meet the requirements of SAE J386, "Operator Restraint Systems for Off-Road Work Machines", 1985, which is incorporated by reference in accor- dance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a).
(d) Publications incorporated by reference in this section have been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). Copies are available from the Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, (MSHA), 4015 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22203, and may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal District Office. Copies may also be obtained from the Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
S 56.14132 Horns and backup alarms.
(a) Manually-operated horns or other audible warning devices provided on self-propelled mobile equipment as a safety feature shall be maintained in functional condition.
(b)(1) When the operator has an obstructed view to the rear, self-propelled mobile equipment shall have-
(i) An automatic reverse-activated signal alarm;
(ii) A wheel-mounted bell alarm which sounds at least once for each three feet of reverse move- ment;
(iii) A discriminating backup alarm that covers the area of obstructed view; or
(iv) An observer to signal when it is safe to back up.
(2) Alarms shall be audible above the surrounding noise level.
(3) An automatic reverse-activated strobe light may be used at night in lieu of an audible reverse alarm.
(c) This standard does not apply to rail equipment.
Safety Practices and Operational Procedures
S 56.14200 Warnings prior to starting or moving equipment.
Before starting crushers or moving self-propelled mobile equipment, equipment operators shall sound a warning that is audible above the surrounding noise level or use other effective means to warn all persons who could be exposed to a hazard from the equipment.
S 56.14201 Conveyor start-up warnings.
(a) When the entire length of a conveyor is visible from the starting switch, the conveyor opera- tor shall visually check to make certain that all persons are in the clear before starting the conveyor.
(b) When the entire length of the conveyor is not visible from the starting switch, a system which provides visible or audible warning shall be installed and operated to warn persons that the conveyor will be started. Within 30 seconds after the warning is given, the conveyor shall be started or a second warning shall be given.
S 56.14202 Manual cleaning of conveyor pulleys.
Pulleys of conveyors shall not be cleaned manually while the conveyor is in motion.
S 56.14203 Application of belt dressing.
Belt dressings shall not be applied manually while belts are in motion unless a pressurized-type applicator is used that allows the dressing to be applied from outside the guards.
S 56.14204 Machinery lubrication.
Machinery or equipment shall not be lubricated manually while it is in motion where application of the lubricant may expose persons to injury.
S 56.14205 Machinery, equipment, and tools.
Machinery, equipment, and tools shall not be used beyond the design capacity intended by the manufacturer where such use may create a hazard to persons.
S 56.14206 Securing movable parts.
(a) When moving mobile equipment between workplaces, booms, forks, buckets, beds, and similar movable parts of the equipment shall be positioned in the travel mode and, if required for safe travel, mechanically secured.
(b) When mobile equipment is unattended or not in use, dippers, buckets and scraper blades shall be lowered to the ground. Other movable parts, such as booms, shall be mechanically secured or posi- tioned to prevent movement which would create a hazard to persons.
[53 FR 32521, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 56.14207 Parking procedures for unattended equipment.
Mobile equipment shall not be left unattended unless the controls are placed in the park position and the parking brake, if provided, is set. When parked on a grade, the wheels or tracks of mobile equip- ment shall be either chocked or turned into a bank.
S 56.14208 Warning devices.
(a) Visible warning devices shall be used when parked mobile equipment creates a hazard to persons in other mobile equipment.
(b) Mobile equipment, other than forklifts, carrying loads that project beyond the sides or more than four feet beyond the rear of the equipment shall have a warning flag at the end of the projection.
Under conditions of limited visibility these loads shall have a warning light at the end of the projection.
Such flag or lights shall be attached to the end of the projection or be carried by persons walking beside or behind the projection.
S 56.14209 Safety procedures for towing.
(a) A properly sized tow bar or other effective means of control shall be used to tow mobile equipment.
(b) Unless steering and braking are under the control of the equipment operator on the towed equipment, a safety chain or wire rope capable of withstanding the loads to which it could be subjected shall be used in conjunction with any primary rigging.
(c) This provision does not apply to rail equipment.
S 56.14210 Movement of dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads.
(a) Dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads shall not be swung over the operators' stations of self-propelled mobile equipment until the equipment operator is out of the operator's station and in a safe location.
(b) This section does not apply when the equipment is specifically designed to protect the equip- ment operator from falling objects.
S 56.14211 Blocking equipment in a raised position.
(a) Persons shall not work on top of, under, or work from mobile equipment in a raised position until the equipment has been blocked or mechanically secured to prevent it from rolling or falling acci- dentally.
(b) Persons shall not work on top of, under, or work from a raised component of mobile equip- ment until the component has been blocked or mechanically secured to prevent accidental lowering. The equipment must also be blocked or secured to prevent rolling.
(c) A raised component must be secured to prevent accidental lowering when persons are work- ing on or around mobile equipment and are exposed to the hazard of accidental lowering of the compo- nent.
(d) Under this section, a raised component of mobile equipment is considered to be blocked or mechanically secured if provided with a functional load-locking device or a device which prevents free and uncontrolled descent.
(e) Blocking or mechanical securing of the raised component is required during repair or mainte- nance of elevated mobile work platforms.
S 56.14212 Chains, ropes, and drive belts.
Chains, ropes, and drive belts shall be guided mechanically onto moving pulleys, sprockets, or drums except where equipment is designed specifically for hand feeding.
S 56.14213 Ventilation and shielding for welding.
(a) Welding operations shall be shielded when performed at locations where arc flash could be hazardous to persons.
(b) All welding operations shall be well-ventilated.
S 56.14214 Train warnings.
A warning that is audible above the surrounding noise level shall be sounded—
(a) Immediately prior to moving trains;
(b) When trains approach persons, crossings, other trains on adjacent tracks; and
(c) Any place where the train operator's vision is obscured.
S 56.14215 Coupling or uncoupling cars.
Prior to coupling or uncoupling cars manually, trains shall be brought to a complete stop, and then moved at minimum tram speed until the coupling or uncoupling activity is completed. Coupling or uncoupling shall not be attempted from the inside of curves unless the railroad and cars are designed to eliminate hazards to persons.
S 56.14216 Backpoling.
Backpoling of trolleys is prohibited except where there is inadequate clearance to reverse the trolley pole. Where backpoling is required, it shall be done only at the minimum tram speed of the trolley.
S 56.14217 Securing parked railcars.
Parked railcars shall be blocked securely unless held effectively by brakes.
S 56.14218 Movement of equipment on adjacent tracks.
When a locomotive on one track is used to move rail equipment on adjacent tracks, a chain, cable, or drawbar shall be used which is capable of meeting the loads to which it could be subjected.
S 56.14219 Brakeman signals.
When a train is under the direction of a brakeman and the train operator cannot clearly recognize the brakeman's signals, the train operator shall bring the train to a stop.
Appendix I for Subpart M—National Consensus Standards
Mine operators seeking further information regarding the construction and installation of falling object protective structures (FOPS) may consult the following national consensus standards, as appli- cable.
MSHA Standard 56.14106, Falling Object Protection.
Equipment National consensus standard
Front-end loaders
and bulldozers Society of Automotive Engineers
(SAE) minimum performance criteria
for falling object protective structures (FOPS) SAE J231-January,
Fork-lift trucks American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) safety standard for low lift and high lift trucks,
B 56.1, section 7.27-1983; or,
American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) standard, rough
terrain fork lift trucks, B56.6-1987.
Subpart N—Personal Protection
S 56.15001 First-aid materials.
Adequate first-aid materials, including stretchers and blankets, shall be provided at places conve- nient to all working areas. Water or neutralizing agents shall be available where corrosive chemicals or other harmful substances are stored, handled, or used.
S 56.15002 Hard hats.
All persons shall wear suitable hard hats when in or around a mine or plant where falling objects may create a hazard.
S 56.15003 Protective footwear.
All persons shall wear suitable protective footwear when in or around an area of a mine or plant where a hazard exists which could cause an injury to the feet.
S 56.15004 Eye protection.
All persons shall wear safety glasses, goggles, or face shields or other suitable protective devices when in or around an area of a mine or plant where a hazard exists which could cause injury to unpro- tected eyes.
S 56.15005 Safety belts and lines.
Safety belts and lines shall be worn when persons work where there is danger of falling; a second person shall tend the lifeline when bins, tanks, or other dangerous areas are entered.
S 56.15006 Protective equipment and clothing for hazards and irritants.
Special protective equipment and special protective clothing shall be provided, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition and used whenever hazards of process or environment, chemical hazards, radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants are encountered in a manner capable of causing injury or impairment.
S 56.15007 Protective equipment or clothing for welding, cutting, or working with molten metal.
Protective clothing or equipment and face shields, or goggles shall be worn when welding, cutting, or working with molten metal.
S 56.15014 Eye protection when operating grinding wheels.
Face shields or goggles in good condition shall be worn when operating a grinding wheel.
[53 FR 32526, Aug. 25, 1988]
S 56.15020 Life jackets and belts.
Life jackets or belts shall be worn where there is danger from falling into water.
Subpart O—Materials Storage and Handling
S 56.16001 Stacking and storage of materials.
Supplies shall not be stacked or stored in a manner which creates tripping or fall-of-material hazards.
S 56.16002 Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles.
(a) Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles, where loose unconsolidated materials are stored, handled or transferred shall be—
(1) Equipped with mechanical devices or other effective means of handling materials so that during normal operations persons are not required to enter or work where they are exposed to entrapment by the caving or sliding of materials; and
(2) Equipped with supply and discharge operating controls. The controls shall be located so that spills or overruns will not endanger persons.
(b) Where persons are required to move around or over any facility listed in this standard, suit- able walkways or passageways shall be provided.
(c) Where persons are required to enter any facility listed in this standard for maintenance or inspection purposes, ladders, platforms, or staging shall be provided. No person shall enter the facility until the supply and discharge of materials have ceased and the supply and discharge equipment is locked out. Persons entering the facility shall wear a safety belt or harness equipped with a lifeline suitably fastened. A second person, similarly equipped, shall be stationed near where the lifeline is fastened and shall constantly adjust it or keep it tight as needed, with minimum slack.
S 56.16003 Storage of hazardous materials.
Materials that can create hazards if accidentally liberated from their containers shall be stored in manner that minimizes the dangers.
S 56.16004 Containers for hazardous materials.
Hazardous materials shall be stored in containers of a type approved for such use by recognized agencies; such containers shall be labeled appropriately.
S 56.16005 Securing gas cylinders.
Compressed and liquid gas cylinders shall be secured in a safe manner.
S 56.16006 Protection of gas cylinder valves.
Valves on compressed gas cylinders shall be protected by covers when being transported or stored, and by a safe location when the cylinders are in use.
S 56.16007 Taglines, hitches, and slings.
(a) Taglines shall be attached to loads that may require steadying or guidance while suspended.
(b) Hitches and slings used to hoist materials shall be suitable for the particular material handled.
S 56.16009 Suspended loads.
Persons shall stay clear of suspended loads.
S 56.16010 Dropping materials from overhead.
To protect personnel, material shall not be dropped from an overhead elevation until the drop area is first cleared of personnel and the area is then either guarded or a suitable warning is given.
S 56.16011 Riding hoisted loads or on the hoist hook.
Persons shall not ride on loads being moved by cranes or derricks, nor shall they ride the hoisting hooks unless such method eliminates a greater hazard.
S 56.16012 Storage of incompatible substances.
Chemical substances, including concentrated acids and alkalies, shall be stored to prevent inad- vertent contact with each other or with other substances, where such contact could cause a violent reaction or the liberation of harmful fumes or gases.
S 56.16013 Working with molten metal.
Suitable warning shall be given before molten metal is poured and before a container of molten metal is moved.
S 56.16014 Operator-carrying overhead cranes.
Operator-carrying overhead cranes shall be provided with-
(a) Bumpers at each end of each rail;
(b) Automatic switches to halt uptravel of the blocks before they strike the hoist;
(c) Effective audible warning signals within easy reach of the operator; and
(d) A means to lock out the disconnect switch.
S 56.16015 Work or travel on overhead crane bridges.
No person shall work from or travel on the bridge of an overhead crane unless the bridge is provided with substantial footwalks with toeboards and railings the length of the bridge.
S 56.16016 Lift trucks.
Fork and other similar types of lift trucks shall be operated with the—
(a) Upright tilted back to steady and secure the load;
(b) Load in the upgrade position when ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent;
(c) Load not raised or lowered enroute except for minor adjustments; and
(d) Load-engaging device downgrade when traveling unloaded on all grades.
Subpart P—Illumination
S 56.17001 Illumination of surface working areas.
Illumination sufficient to provide safe working conditions shall be provided in and on all surface structures, paths, walkways, stairways, switch panels, loading and dumping sites, and work areas.
Subpart Q—Safety Programs
S 56.18002 Examination of working places.
(a) A competent person designated by the operator shall examine each working place at least once each shift for conditions which may adversely affect safety or health. The operator shall promptly initiate appropriate action to correct such conditions.
(b) A record that such examinations were conducted shall be kept by the operator for a period of one year, and shall be made available for review by the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(c) In addition, conditions that may present an imminent danger which are noted by the person conducting the examination shall be brought to the immediate attention of the operator who shall with- draw all persons from the area affected (except persons referred to in section 104(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977) until the danger is abated.
S 56.18006 New employees.
New employees shall be indoctrinated in safety rules and safe work procedures.
S 56.18009 Designation of person in charge.
When persons are working at the mine, a competent person designated by the mine operator shall be in attendance to take charge in case of an emergency.
S 56.18010 First aid training.
Selected supervisors shall be trained in first aid. First aid training shall be made available to all interested employees.
S 56.18012 Emergency telephone numbers.
Emergency telephone numbers shall be posted at appropriate telephones.
S 56.18013 Emergency communications system.
A suitable communication system shall be provided at the mine to obtain assistance in the event of an emergency.
S 56.18014 Emergency medical assistance and transportation.
Arrangements shall be made in advance for obtaining emergency medical assistance and trans- portation for injured persons.
S 56.18020 Working alone.
No employee shall be assigned, or allowed, or be required to perform work alone in any area where hazardous conditions exist that would endanger his safety unless he can communicate with others, can be heard, or can be seen.
Subpart R—Personnel Hoisting
S 56.19000 Application.
(a) The hoisting standards in this subpart apply to those hoists and appurtenances used for hoising persons. However, where persons may be endangered by hoists and appurtenances used solely for handling ore, rock, and materials, the appropriate standards should be applied.
(b) Standards 56.19021 through 56.19028 apply to wire ropes in service used to hoist persons with an incline hoist on the surface.
(c) Emergency hoisting facilities should conform to the extent possible to safety requirements for other hoists, and should be adequate to remove the persons from the mine with a minimum of delay. Hoists 56.19001 Rated capacities.
Hoists shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads handled and the recommended safety factors of the ropes used.
S 56.19002 Anchoring.
Hoists shall be anchored securely.
S 56.19003 Driving mechanism connections.
Belt, rope, or chains shall not be used to connect driving mechanisms to man hoists.
S 56.19004 Brakes.
Any hoist used to hoist persons shall be equipped with a brake or brakes which shall be capable of holding its fully loaded cage, skip, or bucket at any point in the shaft.
S 56.19005 Locking mechanism for clutch.
The operating mechanism of the clutch of every man-hoist drum shall be provided with a locking mechanism, or interlocked electrically or mechanically with the brake to prevent accidental withdrawal of the clutch.
S 56.19006 Automatic hoist braking devices.
Automatic hoists shall be provided with devices that automatically apply the brakes in the event of power failure.
S 56.19007 Overtravel and overspeed devices.
All man hoists shall be provided with devices to prevent overtravel. When utilized in shafts exceeding 100 feet in depth, such hoists shall also be provided with overspeed devices.
S 56.19008 Friction hoist synchronizing mechanisms.
Where creep or slip may alter the effective position of safety devices, friction hoists shall be equipped with synchronizing mechanisms that recalibrate the overtravel devices and position indicators.
S 56.19009 Position indicator.
An accurate and reliable indicator of the position of the cage, skip, bucket, or cars in the shaft shall be provided.
S 56.19010 Location of hoist controls.
Hoist controls shall be placed or housed so that the noise from machinery or other sources will not prevent hoistmen from hearing signals.
S 56.19011 Drum flanges.
Flanges on drums shall extend radially a minimum of 4 inches or three rope diameters beyond the last wrap, whichever is the lesser.
S 56.19012 Grooved drums.
Where grooved drums are used, the grooves shall be of suitable size and pitch for the ropes used.
S 56.19013 Diesel- and other fuel-injection-powered hoists.
Where any diesel or similar fuel-injection engine is used to power a hoist, the engine shall be equipped with a damper or other cutoff in its air intake system. The control handle shall be clearly labeled to indicate that its intended function is for emergency stopping only.
S 56.19014 Friction hoist overtravel protection.
In a friction hoist installation, tapered guides or other approved devices shall be installed above and below the limits of regular travel of the conveyance and arranged to prevent overtravel in the event of failure of other devices.
S 56.19017 Emergency braking for electric hoists.
Each electric hoist shall be equipped with a manually-operable switch that will initiate emer- gency braking action to bring the conveyance and the counterbalance safely to rest. This switch shall be located within reach of the hoistman in case the manual controls of the hoist fail.
S 56.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches.
When an overtravel by-pass switch is installed, the switch shall function so as to allow the conveyance to be moved through the overtravel position when the switch is held in the closed position by the hoistman. The overtravel by-pass switch shall return automatically to the open position when released by the hoistman.
[50 FR 4054, Jan. 29, 1985; 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985]
Wire Ropes
Authority: Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811).
S 56.19021 Minimum rope strength.
At installation, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of wire ropes used for hoisting shall meet the minimum rope strength values obtained by the following formulas in which "L" equals the maximum suspended rope length in feet:
(a) Winding drum ropes (all constructions, including rotation resistant). For rope lengths less than 3,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.001L)
For rope lengths 3,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 4.0
(b) Friction drum ropes. For rope lengths less than 4,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.0005L)
For rope lengths 4,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 5.0
(c) Tail ropes (balance ropes).
Minimum Value = Weight of Rope X 7.0
S 56.19022 Initial measurement.
After initial rope stretch but before visible wear occurs, the rope diameter of newly installed wire ropes shall be measured at least once in every third interval of active length and the measurements averaged to establish a baseline for subsequent measurements. A record of the measurements and the date shall be made by the person taking the measurements. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
S 56.19023 Examinations.
(a) At least once every fourteen calendar days, each wire rope in service shall be visually exam- ined along its entire active length for visible structural damage, corrosion, and improper lubrication or dressing. In addition, visual examination for wear and broken wires shall be made at stress points, including the area near attachments, where the rope rests on sheaves, where the rope leaves the drum, at drum crossovers, and at change-of-layer regions. When any visible condition that results in a reduction of rope strength is present, the affected portion of the rope shall be examined on a daily basis.
(b) Before any person is hoisted with a newly installed wire rope or any wire rope that has not been examined in the previous fourteen calendar days, the wire rope shall be examined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) At least once every six months, nondestructive tests shall be conducted of the active length of the rope, or rope diameter measurements shall be made—
(1) Wherever wear is evident;
(2) Where the hoist rope rests on sheaves at regular stopping points;
(3) Where the hoist rope leaves the drum at regular stopping points; and
(4) At drum crossover and change-of-layer regions.
(d) At the completion of each examination required by paragraph (a) of this section, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any condition listed in paragraph (a) of this section is present, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records of examinations shall be retained for one year.
(e) The person making the measurements or nondestructive tests as required by paragraph (c) of this section shall record the measurements or test results and the date. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
S 56.19024 Retirement criteria.
Unless damage or deterioration is removed by cutoff, wire ropes shall be removed from service when any of the following conditions occurs:
(a) The number of broken wires within a rope lay length, excluding filler wires, exceeds either—
(1) Five percent of the total number of wires; or
(2) Fifteen percent of the total number of wires within any strand.
(b) On a regular lay rope, more than one broken wire in the valley between strands in one rope lay length.
(c) A loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outer wires.
(d) Rope deterioration from corrosion.
(e) Distortion of the rope structure.
(f) Heat damage from any source.
(g) Diameter reduction due to wear that exceeds six percent of the baseline diameter measure- ment.
(h) Loss of more than ten percent of rope strength as determined by nondestructive testing.
S 56.19025 Load end attachments.
(a) Wire rope shall be attached to the load by a method that develops at least 80 percent of the nominal strength of the rope.
(b) Except for terminations where use of other materials is a design feature, zinc (spelter) shall be used for socketing wire ropes. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(c) Load end attachment methods using splices are prohibited.
S 56.19026 Drum end attachment.
(a) For drum end attachment, wire rope shall be attached—
(1) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the drum spoke;
(2) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the shaft, if the drum is fixed to the shaft; or
(3) By properly assembled anchor bolts, clamps, or wedges, provided that the attachment is a design feature of the hoist drum. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(b) A minimum of three full turns of wire rope shall be on the drum when the rope is extended to its maximum working length.
S 56.19027 End attachment retermination.
Damaged or deteriorated wire rope shall be removed by cutoff and the rope reterminated where there is—
(a) More than one broken wire at an attachment;
(b) Improper installation of an attachment;
(c) Slippage at an attachment; or
(d) Evidence of deterioration from corrosion at an attachment.
S 56.19028 End attachment replacement.
Wire rope attachments shall be replaced when cracked, deformed, or excessively worn.
S 56.19030 Safety device attachments.
Safety device attachments to hoist ropes shall be selected, installed, and maintained according to manufacturers' specifications to minimize internal corrosion and weakening of the hoist rope.
Headframes and Sheaves
S 56.19035 Headframe design.
All headframes shall be constructed with suitable design considerations to allow for all dead loads, live loads, and wind loads.
S 56.19036 Headframe height.
Headframes shall be high enough to provide clearance for overtravel and safe stopping of the conveyance. S 56.19037 Fleet angles.
Fleet angles on hoists installed after November 15, 1979, shall not be greater than one and one- half degrees for smooth drums or two degrees for grooved drums.
S 56.19038 Platforms around elevated head sheaves.
Platforms with toeboards and handrails shall be provided around elevated head sheaves.
Conveyances
S 56.19045 Metal bonnets.
Man cages and skips used for hoisting or lowering employees or other persons in any vertical shaft or any incline-shaft with an angle of inclination of forty-five degrees from the horizontal, shall be covered with a metal bonnet.
S 56.19049 Hoisting persons in buckets.
Buckets shall not be used to hoist persons except during shaft sinking operations, inspection, maintenance, and repairs.
S 56.19050 Bucket requirements.
Buckets used to hoist persons during vertical shaft sinking operations shall—
(a) Be securely attached to a crosshead when traveling in either direction between the lower and upper crosshead parking locations;
(b) Have overhead protection when the shaft depth exceeds 50 feet;
(c) Have sufficient depth or a suitably designed platform to transport persons safely in a standing position; and
(d) Have devices to prevent accidental dumping where the bucket is supported by a bail attached to its lower half.
S 56.19054 Rope guides.
Where rope guides are used in shafts other than in shaft sinking operations, the rope guides shall be a type of lock coil construction.
Hoisting Procedures
S 56.19055 Availability of hoist operator for manual hoists.
When a manually operated hoist is used, a qualified hoistman shall remain within hearing of the telephone or signal device at all times while any person is underground.
S 56.19056 Availability of hoist operator for automatic hoists.
When automatic hoisting is used, a competent operator of the hoist shall be readily available at or near the hoisting device while any person is underground.
S 56.19057 Hoist operator's physical fitness.
No person shall operate a hoist unless within the preceding 12 months he has had a medical examination by a qualified, licensed physician who shall certify his fitness to perform this duty. Such certification shall be available at the mine.
S 56.19058 Experienced hoist operators.
Only experienced hoistmen shall operate the hoist except in cases of emergency and in the training of new hoistmen.
S 56.19061 Maximum hoisting speeds.
The safe speed for hoisting persons shall be determined for each shaft, and this speed shall not be exceeded. Persons should not be hoisted at a speed faster than 2,500 feet per minute, except in an emer- gency.
S 56.19062 Maximum acceleration and deceleration.
Maximum normal operating acceleration and deceleration shall not exceed 6 feet per second per second. During emergency braking, the deceleration shall not exceed 16 feet per second per second.
S 56.19063 Persons allowed in hoist room.
Only authorized persons shall be in hoist rooms.
S 56.19065 Lowering conveyances by the brakes.
Conveyances shall not be lowered by the brakes alone except during emergencies.
S 56.19066 Maximum riders in a conveyance.
In shafts inclined over 45 degrees, the operator shall determine and post in the conveyance or at each shaft station the maximum number of persons permitted to ride in a hoisting conveyance at any one time. Each person shall be provided a minimum of 1.5 square feet of floor space.
S 56.19067 Trips during shift changes.
During shift changes, an authorized person shall be in charge of each trip in which persons are hoisted.
S 56.19068 Orderly conduct in conveyances.
Persons shall enter, ride, and leave conveyances in an orderly manner.
S 56.19069 Entering and leaving conveyances.
Persons shall not enter or leave conveyances which are in motion or after a signal to move the conveyance has been given to the hoistman.
S 56.19070 Closing cage doors or gates.
Cage doors or gates shall be closed while persons are being hoisted; they shall not be opened until the cage has come to a stop.
S 56.19071 Riding in skips or buckets.
Persons shall not ride in skips or buckets with muck, supplies, materials, or tools other than small hand tools.
S 56.19072 Skips and cages in same compartment.
When combinations of cages and skips are used in the same compartment, the cages shall be enclosed to protect personnel from flying material and the hoist speed reduced to man-speed as defined in standard 56.19061, but not to exceed 1,000 feet per minute. Muck shall not be hoisted with personnel during shift changes.
S 56.19073 Hoisting during shift changes.
Rock or supplies shall not be hoisted in the same shaft as persons during shift changes, unless the compartments and dumping bins are partitioned to prevent spillage into the cage compartment.
S 56.19074 Riding the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead.
Persons shall not ride the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead of any shaft conveyance except when necessary for inspection and maintenance, and then only when suitable protection for persons is pro- vided.
S 56.19075 Use of open hooks.
Open hooks shall not be used to hoist buckets or other conveyances.
S 56.19076 Maximum speeds for hoisting persons in buckets.
When persons are hoisted in buckets, speeds shall not exceed 500 feet per minute and shall not exceed 200 feet per minute when within 100 feet of the intended station.
S 56.19077 Lowering buckets.
Buckets shall be stopped about 15 feet from the shaft bottom to await a signal from one of the crew on the bottom for further lowering.
S 56.19078 Hoisting buckets from the shaft bottom.
All buckets shall be stopped after being raised about 3 feet above the shaft bottom. A bucket shall be stabilized before a hoisting signal is given to continue hoisting the bucket to the crosshead.
After a hoisting signal is given, hoisting to the crosshead shall be at a minimum speed. The signaling device shall be attended constantly until a bucket reaches the guides. When persons are hoisted, the signaling devices shall be attended until the crosshead has been engaged.
S 56.19079 Blocking mine cars.
Where mine cars are hoisted by cage or skip, means for blocking cars shall be provided at all landings and also on the cage.
S 56.19080 Hoisting tools, timbers, and other materials.
When tools, timbers, or other materials are being lowered or raised in a shaft by means of a bucket, skip, or cage, they shall be secured or so placed that they will not strike the sides of the shaft.
S 56.19081 Conveyances not in use.
When conveyances controlled by a hoist operator are not in use, they shall be released and the conveyances shall be raised or lowered a suitable distance to prevent persons from boarding or loading the conveyances.
S 56.19083 Overtravel backout device.
A manually operated device shall be installed on each electric hoist that will allow the convey- ance or counterbalance to be removed from an over-travel position. Such device shall not release the brake, or brakes, holding the overtravelled conveyance or counterbalance until sufficient drive motor torque has been developed to assure movement of the conveyance or counterbalance in the correct direction only.
Signaling
S 56.19090 Dual signaling systems.
There shall be at least two effective approved methods of signaling between each of the shaft stations and the hoist room, one of which shall be a telephone or speaking tube.
S 56.19091 Signaling instructions to hoist operator.
Hoist operators shall accept hoisting instructions only by the regular signaling system unless it is out of order. In such an event, and during other emergencies, the hoist operator shall accept instructions to direct movement of the conveyances only from authorized persons.
S 56.19092 Signaling from conveyances.
A method shall be provided to signal the hoist operator from cages or other conveyances at any point in the shaft.
S 56.19093 Standard signal code.
A standard code of hoisting signals shall be adopted and used at each mine. The movement of a shaft conveyance on a "one bell" signal is prohibited.
S 56.19094 Posting signal code.
A legible signal code shall be posted prominently in the hoist house within easy view of the hoistman, and at each place where signals are given or received.
S 56.19095 Location of signal devices.
Hoisting signal devices shall be positioned within easy reach of persons on the shaft bottom or constantly attended by a person stationed on the lower deck of the sinking platform.
S 56.19096 Familiarity with signal code.
Any person responsible for receiving or giving signals for cages, skips, and mantrips when persons or materials are being transported shall be familiar with the posted signaling code.
Shafts
S 56.19100 Shaft landing gates.
Shaft landings shall be equipped with substantial safety gates so constructed that materials will not go through or under them; gates shall be closed except when loading or unloading shaft convey- ances.
S 56.19101 Stopblocks and derail switches.
Positive stopblocks or a derail switch shall be installed on all tracks leading to a shaft collar or landing.
S 56.19102 Shaft guides.
A means shall be provided to guide the movement of a shaft conveyance.
S 56.19103 Dumping facilities and loading pockets.
Dumping facilities and loading pockets shall be constructed so as to minimize spillage into the shaft.
S 56.19104 Clearance at shaft stations.
Suitable clearance at shaft stations shall be provided to allow safe movement of persons, equip- ment, and materials.
S 56.19105 Landings with more than one shaft entrance.
A safe means of passage around open shaft compartments shall be provided on landings with more than one entrance to the shaft.
S 56.19106 Shaft sets.
Shaft sets shall be kept in good repair and clean of hazardous material.
S 56.19107 Precautions for work in compartment affected by hoisting operation.
Hoistmen shall be informed when persons are working in a compartment affected by that hoist- ing operation and a "Men Working in Shaft" sign shall be posted at the hoist.
S 56.19108 Posting warning signs during shaft work.
When persons are working in a shaft "Men Working in Shaft" signs shall be posted at all devices controlling hoisting operations that may endanger such persons.
S 56.19109 Shaft inspection and repair.
Shaft inspection and repair work in vertical shafts shall be performed from substantial platforms equipped with bonnets or equivalent overhead protection.
S 56.19110 Overhead protection for shaft deepening work.
A substantial bulkhead or equivalent protection shall be provided above persons at work deepen- ing a shaft.
S 56.19111 Shaft-sinking ladders.
Substantial fixed ladders shall be provided from the collar to as near the shaft bottom as practical during shaft-sinking operations, or an escape hoist powered by an emergency power source shall be provided. When persons are on the shaft bottom, a chain ladder, wire rope ladder, or other extension ladders shall be used from the fixed ladder or lower limit of the escape hoist to the shaft bottom.
Inspection and Maintenance
S 56.19120 Procedures for inspection, testing, and maintenance.
A systematic procedure of inspection, testing, and maintenance of shafts and hoisting equipment shall be developed and followed. If it is found or suspected that any part is not functioning properly, the hoist shall not be used until the malfunction has been located and repaired or adjustments have been made.
S 56.19121 Recordkeeping.
At the time of completion, the person performing inspections, tests, and maintenance of hoisting equipment required in standard 56.19120 shall certify, by signature and date, that they have been done.
A record of any part that is not functioning properly shall be made and dated. Certifications and records shall be retained for one year.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
(Sec. 101, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
S 56.19122 Replacement parts.
Parts used to repair hoists shall have properties that will ensure the proper and safe function of the hoist.
S 56.19129 Examinations and tests at beginning of shift.
Hoistmen shall examine their hoists and shall test overtravel, deadman controls, position indica- tors, and braking mechanisms at the beginning of each shift.
S 56.19130 Conveyance shaft test.
Before hoisting persons and to assure that the hoisting compartments are clear of obstructions, empty hoist conveyances shall be operated at least one round trip after:
(a) Any hoist or shaft repairs or related equipment repairs that might restrict or obstruct convey- ance clearance;
(b) Any oversize or overweight material or equipment trips that might restrict or obstruct convey- ance clearance;
(c) Blasting in or near the shaft that might restrict or obstruct conveyance clearance; or
(d) Remaining idle for one shift or longer.
S 56.19131 Hoist conveyance connections.
Hoist conveyance connections shall be inspected at least once during any 24-hour period that the conveyance is used for hoisting persons.
S 56.19132 Safety catches.
(a) A performance drop test of hoist conveyance safety catches shall be made at the time of installation, or prior to installation, in a mockup of the actual installation. The test shall be certified to in writing by the manufacturer or by a registered professional engineer performing the test.
(b) After installation and before use, and at the beginning of any seven day period during which the conveyance is to be used, the conveyance shall be suitably rested and the hoist rope slackened to test for the unrestricted functioning of the safety catches and their activating mechanisms.
(c) The safety catches shall be inspected by a competent person at the beginning of any 24-hour period that the conveyance is to be used.
S 56.19133 Shaft.
Shafts that have not been inspected within the past 7 days shall not be used until an inspection has been conducted by a competent person.
S 56.19134 Sheaves.
Sheaves in operating shafts shall be inspected weekly and kept properly lubricated.
S 56.19135 Rollers in inclined shafts.
Rollers used in operating inclined shafts shall be lubricated, properly aligned, and kept in good repair.
Subpart S—Miscellaneous
S 56.20001 Intoxicating beverages and narcotics.
Intoxicating beverages and narcotics shall not be permitted or used in or around mines. Persons under the influence of alcohol or narcotics shall not be permitted on the job.
S 56.20002 Potable water.
(a) An adequate supply of potable drinking water shall be provided at all active working areas.
(b) The common drinking cup and containers from which drinking water must be dipped or poured are prohibited.
(c) Where single service cups are supplied, a sanitary container for unused cups and a receptacle for used cups shall be provided.
(d) When water is cooled by ice, the ice shall either be of potable water or shall not come in contact with the water.
(e) Potable water outlets shall be posted.
(f) Potable water systems shall be constructed to prevent backflow or backsiphonage of non- potable water.
S 56.20003 Housekeeping.
At all mining operations—
(a) Workplaces, passageways, storerooms, and service rooms shall be kept clean and orderly;
(b) The floor of every workplace shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained, and false floors, platforms, mats, or other dry standing places shall be provided where practicable; and
(c) Every floor, working place, and passageway shall be kept free from protruding nails, splin- ters, holes, or loose boards, as practicable.
S 56.20005 Carbon tetrachloride.
Carbon tetrachloride shall not be used.
S 56.20008 Toilet facilities.
(a) Toilet facilities shall be provided at locations that are compatible with the mine operations and that are readily accessible to mine personnel. (b) The facilities shall be kept clean and sanitary.
Separate toilet facilities shall be provided for each sex except where toilet rooms will be occupied by no more than one person at a time and can be locked from the inside.
S 56.20009 Tests for explosive dusts.
Dusts suspected of being explosive shall be tested for explosibility. If tests prove positive, appro- priate control measures shall be taken.
S 56.20010 Retaining dams.
If failure of a water or silt retaining dam will create a hazard, it shall be of substantial construc- tion and inspected at regular intervals.
S 56.20011 Barricades and warning signs.
Areas where health or safety hazards exist that are not immediately obvious to employees shall be barricaded, or warning signs shall be posted at all approaches. Warning signs shall be readily visible, legible, and display the nature of the hazard and any protective action required.
S 56.20012 Labeling of toxic materials.
Toxic materials used in conjunction with or discarded from mining or milling of a product shall be plainly marked or labeled so as to positively identify the nature of the hazard and the protective action required.
S 56.20013 Waste receptacles.
Receptacles with covers shall be provided at suitable locations and used for the disposal of waste food and associated materials. They shall be emptied frequently and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.
S 56.20014 Prohibited areas for food and beverages.
No person shall be allowed to consume or store food or beverages in a toilet room or in any area exposed to a toxic material.
History
- Effective 1996-10-15
Chapter 3 Underground Metal/Nonmetal Mines
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.3.10151996 Underground Metal/Nonmetal Mines
CHAPTER THREE
GENERAL MINE SAFETY RULES FOR UNDERGROUND METAL AND NONMETAL MINES
Subpart A—General
Sec.
57.1 Purpose and scope.
57.2 Definitions.
PROCEDURES
57.1000 Notification of commencement of operations and closing of mines.
Subpart B—Ground Control
57.3000 Definitions.
SCALING AND SUPPORT—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.3200 Correction of hazardous conditions.
57.3201 Location for performing scaling.
57.3202 Scaling tools.
57.3203 Rock fixtures.
SCALING AND SUPPORT—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.3360 Ground support use.
PRECAUTIONS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.3400 Secondary breakage.
57.3401 Examination of ground conditions.
PRECAUTIONS—SURFACE ONLY
57.3430 Activity between machinery or equipment and the highwall or bank.
PRECAUTIONS—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.3460 Maintenance between machinery or equipment and ribs.
57.3461 Rock bursts.
Subpart C—Fire Prevention and Control 57.4000 Definitions.
57.4011 Abandoned electric circuits.
57.4057 Underground trailing cables.
PROHIBITIONS/PRECAUTIONS/HOUSEKEEPING
57.4100 Smoking and use of open flames.
57.4101 Warning signs.
57.4102 Spillage and leakage.
57.4103 Fueling internal combustion engines.
57.4104 Combustible waste.
57.4130 Surface electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
57.4131 Surface fan installations and mine openings.
57.4160 Underground electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
57.4161 Use of fire underground.
FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT
57.4200 General requirements.
57.4201 Inspection.
57.4202 Fire hydrants.
57.4203 Extinguisher recharging or replacement.
57.4230 Surface self-propelled equipment.
57.4260 Underground self-propelled equipment.
57.4261 Shaft-station waterlines.
57.4262 Underground transformer stations, combustible liquid
storage and dispensing areas, pump rooms, compressor
rooms, and hoist rooms.
57.4263 Underground belt conveyors.
FIREFIGHTING PROCEDURES/ALARMS/DRILLS
57.4330 Surface firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures.
57.4331 Surface firefighting drills.
57.4360 Underground alarm systems.
57.4361 Underground evacuation drills.
57.4362 Underground rescue and firefighting operations.
57.4363 Underground evacuation instruction.
FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS AND GASES
57.4400 Use restrictions.
57.4401 Storage tank foundations.
57.4402 Safety can use.
57.4430 Surface storage facilities.
57.4431 Surface storage restrictions.
57.4460 Storage of flammable liquids underground.
57.4461 Gasoline use restrictions underground.
57.4462 Storage of combustible liquids underground.
57.4463 Liquefied petroleum gas use underground.
INSTALLATION/CONSTRUCTION/MAINTENANCE
57.4500 Heat sources.
57.4501 Fuel lines.
57.4502 Battery-charging stations.
57.4503 Conveyor belt slippage.
57.4504 Fan installations.
57.4505 Fuel lines to underground areas.
57.4530 Exits for surface buildings and structures.
57.4531 Surface flammable or combustible liquid storage buildings or rooms.
57.4532 Blacksmith shops.
57.4533 Mine opening vicinity.
57.4560 Mine entrances.
57.4561 Stationary diesel equipment underground.
WELDING/CUTTING/COMPRESSED GASES
57.4600 Extinguishing equipment.
57.4601 Oxygen cylinder storage.
57.4602 Gauges and regulators.
57.4603 Closure of valves.
57.4604 Preparation of pipelines or containers.
57.4660 Work in shafts, raises, or winzes and other activities involving hazard areas.
VENTILATION CONTROL MEASURES
57.4760 Shaft mines.
57.4761 Underground shops.
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART C-NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Subpart D—Air Quality, Radiation, and Physical Agents
AIR QUALITY—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.5001 Exposure limits for airborne contaminants.
57.5002 Exposure monitoring.
57.5005 Control of exposure to airborne contaminants.
57.5006 Restricted use of chemicals.
AIR QUALITY—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.5015 Oxygen deficiency.
RADIATION—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.5037 Radon daughter exposure monitoring.
57.5038 Annual exposure limits.
57.5039 Maximum permissible concentration.
57.5040 Exposure records.
57.5041 Smoking prohibition.
57.5042 Revised exposure levels.
57.5044 Respirators.
57.5045 Posting of inactive workings.
57.5046 Protection against radon gas.
57.5047 Gamma radiation surveys.
PHYSICAL AGENTS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.5050 Exposure limits for noise.
Subpart E—Explosives
57.6000 Definitions.
STORAGE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6100 Separation of stored explosive material.
57.6101 Areas around explosive material storage facilities.
57.6102 Explosive material storage practices.
STORAGE—SURFACE ONLY
57.6130 Explosive material storage facilities.
57.6131 Location of explosive material storage facilities.
57.6132 Magazine requirements.
57.6133 Powder chests.
STORAGE—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.6160 Main facilities.
57.6161 Auxiliary facilities.
TRANSPORTATION—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND 57.6200 Delivery to storage or blast site areas.
57.6201 Separation of transported explosive material.
57.6202 Vehicles.
57.6203 Locomotives.
57.6204 Hoists.
57.6205 Conveying explosives by hand.
USE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6300 Control of blasting operations.
57.6301 Blasthole obstruction check.
57.6302 Explosive material protection.
57.6303 Initiation preparation.
57.6304 Primer protection.
57.6305 Unused explosive material.
57.6306 Loading and blasting.
57.6307 Drill stem loading.
57.6308 Initiation systems.
57.6309 Fuel oil requirements for ANFO.
57.6310 Misfire waiting period.
57.6311 Handling of misfires.
57.6312 Secondary blasting.
57.6313 Blast site security.
ELECTRIC BLASTING—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6400 Compatibility of electric detonators.
57.6401 Shunting.
57.6402 Deenergized circuits near detonators.
57.6403 Branch circuits.
57.6404 Separation of blasting circuits from power source.
57.6405 Firing devices.
57.6406 Duration of current flow.
57.6407 Circuit testing.
NONELECTRIC BLASTING—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6500 Damaged initiating material.
57.6501 Nonelectric initiation systems.
57.6502 Safety fuse.
EXTRANEOUS ELECTRICITY—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6600 Loading practices.
57.6601 Grounding.
57.6602 Static electricity dissipation during loading.
57.6603 Air gap.
57.6604 Precautions during storms.
57.6605 Isolation of blasting circuits.
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6700 Nonsparking tools.
57.6701 Tamping and loading pole requirements.
MAINTENANCE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6800 Storage facilities.
57.6801 Vehicle repair.
57.6802 Bulk delivery vehicles.
57.6803 Blasting lines.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.6900 Damaged or deteriorated explosive material.
57.6901 Black powder.
57.6902 Excessive temperatures.
57.6903 Burning explosive material.
57.6904 Smoking and open flames.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.6960 Mixing of explosive material.
Subpart F—Drilling and Rotary Jet Piercing
DRILLING—SURFACE ONLY
57.7002 Equipment defects.
57.7003 Drill area inspection.
57.7004 Drill mast.
57.7005 Augers and drill stems.
57.7008 Moving the drill.
57.7009 Drill helpers.
57.7010 Power failures.
57.7011 Straightening crossed cables.
57.7012 Tending drills in operation.
57.7013 Covering or guarding drill holes.
57.7018 Hand clearance.
DRILLING—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.7028 Hand clearance.
57.7032 Anchoring.
DRILLING—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.7050 Tool and drill steel racks.
57.7051 Loose objects on the mast or drill platform.
57.7052 Drilling positions.
57.7053 Moving hand-held drills.
57.7054 Starting or moving drill equipment.
57.7055 Intersecting holes.
57.7056 Collaring in bootlegs.
ROTARY JET PIERCING—SURFACE ONLY
57.7801 Jet drills.
57.7802 Oxygen hose lines.
57.7803 Lighting the burner.
57.7804 Refueling.
57.7805 Smoking and open flames.
57.7806 Oxygen intake coupling.
57.7807 Flushing the combustion chamber.
Subpart G—Ventilation
SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.8518 Main and booster fans.
57.8519 Underground main fan controls.
UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.8520 Ventilation plan.
57.8525 Main fan maintenance.
57.8527 Oxygen-deficiency testing.
57.8528 Unventilated areas.
57.8529 Auxiliary fan systems.
57.8531 Construction and maintenance of ventilation doors.
57.8532 Opening and closing ventilation doors.
57.8534 Shutdown or failure of auxiliary fans.
57.8535 Seals.
Subpart H—Loading, Hauling, and Dumping
57.9000 Definitions.
TRAFFIC SAFETY
57.9100 Traffic control.
57.9101 Operating speeds and control of equipment.
57.9102 Movement of independently operating rail equipment.
57.9103 Clearance on adjacent tracks.
57.9104 Railroad crossings.
TRANSPORTATION OF PERSONS AND MATERIALS
57.9200 Transporting persons.
57.9201 Loading, hauling, and unloading of equipment or supplies.
57.9202 Loading and hauling large rocks.
57.9260 Supplies, materials, and tools on mantrips.
57.9261 Transporting tools and materials on locomotives.
SAFETY DEVICES, PROVISIONS, AND PROCEDURES FOR ROADWAYS,
RAILROADS, AND LOADING AND DUMPING SITES
57.9300 Berms or guardrails.
57.9301 Dump site restraints.
57.9302 Protection against moving or runaway railroad equipment.
57.9303 Construction of ramps and dumping facilities.
57.9304 Unstable ground.
57.9305 Truck spotters.
57.9306 Warning devices for restricted clearances.
57.9307 Design, installation, and maintenance of railroads.
57.9308 Switch throws.
57.9309 Chute design.
57.9310 Chute hazards.
57.9311 Anchoring stationary sizing devices.
57.9312 Working around drawholes.
57.9313 Roadway maintenance.
57.9314 Trimming stockpile and muckpile faces.
57.9315 Dust control.
57.9316 Notifying the equipment operator.
57.9317 Suspended loads.
57.9318 Getting on or off moving equipment.
57.9319 Going over, under, or between railcars.
57.9330 Clearance for surface equipment.
57.9360 Shelter holes.
57.9361 Drawholes.
57.9362 Protection of signalmen.
Subpart I—Aerial Tramways
57.10001 Filling buckets.
57.10002 Inspection and maintenance.
57.10003 Correction of defects.
57.10004 Brakes.
57.10005 Track cable connections.
57.10006 Tower guards.
57.10007 Falling object protection.
57.10008 Riding tramways.
57.10009 Riding loaded buckets.
57.10010 Starting precautions.
Subpart J—Travelways and Escapeways
TRAVELWAYS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.11001 Safe access.
57.11002 Handrails and toeboards.
57.11003 Construction and maintenance of ladders.
57.11004 Portable rigid ladders.
57.11005 Fixed ladder anchorage and toe clearance.
57.11006 Fixed ladder landings.
57.11007 Wooden components of ladders.
57.11008 Restricted clearance.
57.11009 Walkways along conveyors.
57.11010 Stairstep clearance.
57.11011 Use of ladders.
57.11012 Protection for openings around travelways.
57.11013 Conveyor crossovers.
57.11014 Crossing moving conveyors.
57.11016 Snow and ice on walkways and travelways.
57.11017 Inclined fixed ladders.
TRAVELWAYS—SURFACE ONLY
57.11025 Railed landings, backguards, and other protection for fixed ladders.
57.11026 Protection for inclined fixed ladders.
57.11027 Scaffolds and working platforms.
TRAVELWAYS—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.11036 Ladderway trap doors and guards.
57.11037 Ladderway openings.
57.11038 Entering a manway.
57.11040 Inclined travelways.
57.11041 Landings for inclined ladderways.
ESCAPEWAYS—UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.11050 Escapeways and refuges.
57.11051 Escape routes.
57.11052 Refuge areas.
57.11053 Escape and evacuation plans.
57.11054 Communication with refuge chambers.
57.11055 Inclined escapeways.
57.11056 Emergency hoists.
57.11058 Check-in, check-out system.
57.11059 Respirable atmosphere for hoist operators underground.
Subpart K—Electricity
SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.12001 Circuit overload protection.
57.12002 Controls and switches.
57.12003 Trailing cable overload protection.
57.12004 Electrical conductors.
57.12005 Protection of power conductors from mobile equipment.
57.12006 Distribution boxes.
57.12007 Junction box connection procedures.
57.12008 Insulation and fittings for power wires and cables.
57.12010 Isolation or insulation of communication conductors.
57.12011 High-potential electrical conductors.
57.12012 Bare signal wires.
57.12013 Splices and repairs of power cables.
57.12014 Handling energized power cables.
57.12016 Work on electrically-powered equipment.
57.12017 Work on power circuits.
57.12018 Identification of power switches.
57.12019 Access to stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
57.12020 Protection of persons at switchgear.
57.12021 Danger signs.
57.12022 Authorized persons at major electrical installations.
57.12023 Guarding electrical connections and resistor grids.
57.12025 Grounding circuit enclosures.
57.12026 Grounding transformer and switchgear enclosures.
57.12027 Grounding mobile equipment.
57.12028 Testing grounding systems.
57.12030 Correction of dangerous conditions.
57.12032 Inspection and cover plates.
57.12033 Hand-held electric tools.
57.12034 Guarding around lights.
57.12035 Weatherproof lamp sockets.
57.12036 Fuse removal or replacement.
57.12037 Fuses in high-potential circuits.
57.12038 Attachment of trailing cables.
57.12039 Protection of surplus trailing cables.
57.12040 Installation of operating controls.
57.12041 Design of switches and starting boxes.
57.12042 Track bonding.
57.12045 Overhead powerlines.
57.12047 Guy wires.
57.12048 Communication conductors on power poles.
57.12050 Installation of trolley wires.
57.12053 Circuits powered from trolley wires.
SURFACE ONLY
57.12065 Short circuit and lightning protection.
57.12066 Guarding trolley wires and bare powerlines.
57.12067 Installation of transformers.
57.12068 Locking transformer enclosures.
57.12069 Lightning protection for telephone wires and ungrounded conductors.
57.12071 Movement or operation of equipment near high-voltage powerlines.
UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.12080 Bare conductor guards.
57.12081 Bonding metal pipelines to ground return circuits.
57.12082 Isolation of powerlines.
57.12083 Support of power cables in shafts and boreholes.
57.12084 Branch circuit disconnecting devices.
57.12085 Transformer stations.
57.12086 Location of trolley wire.
57.12088 Splicing trailing cables.
Subpart L—Compressed Air and Boilers
57.13001 General requirements for boilers and pressure vessels.
57.13010 Reciprocating-type air compressors.
57.13011 Air receiver tanks.
57.13012 Compressor air intakes.
57.13015 Inspection of compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels.
57.13017 Compressor discharge pipes.
57.13019 Pressure system repairs.
57.13020 Use of compressed air.
57.13021 High-pressure hose connections.
57.13030 Boilers.
Subpart M—Machinery and Equipment
57.14000 Definitions.
SAFETY DEVICES AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
57.14100 Safety defects; examination, correction and records.
57.14101 Brakes.
57.14102 Brakes for rail equipment.
57.14103 Operators' stations.
57.14104 Tire repairs.
57.14105 Procedures during repairs or maintenance.
57.14106 Falling object protection.
57.14107 Moving machine parts.
57.14108 Overhead drive belts.
57.14109 Unguarded conveyors with adjacent travelways.
57.14110 Flying or falling materials.
57.14111 Slusher, backlash guards and securing.
57.14112 Construction and maintenance of guards.
57.14113 Inclined conveyors: backstops or brakes.
57.14114 Air valves for pneumatic equipment.
57.14115 Stationary grinding machines.
57.14116 Hand-held power tools.
57.14130 Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts for surface equipment.
57.14131 Seat belts for surface haulage trucks.
57.14132 Horns and back-up alarms for surface equipment.
57.14160 Mantrip trolley wire hazards underground.
57.14161 Makeshift couplings.
57.14162 Trip lights.
SAFETY PRACTICES AND OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES
57.14200 Warnings prior to starting or moving equipment.
57.14201 Conveyor start-up warning.
57.14202 Manual cleaning of conveyor pulleys.
57.14203 Application of belt dressing.
57.14204 Machinery lubrication.
57.14205 Machinery, equipment, and tools.
57.14206 Securing movable parts.
57.14207 Parking procedures for unattended equipment.
57.14208 Warning devices.
57.14209 Safety procedures for towing.
57.14210 Movement of dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads.
57.14211 Blocking equipment in a raised position.
57.14212 Chains, ropes, and drive belts.
57.14213 Ventilation and shielding for welding.
57.14214 Train warnings.
57.14215 Coupling or uncoupling cars.
57.14216 Backpoling.
57.14217 Securing parked railcars.
57.14218 Movement of equipment on adjacent tracks.
57.14219 Brakeman signals.
APPENDIX I FOR SUBPART M—NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Subpart N—Personal Protection
SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND.
57.15001 First aid materials.
57.15002 Hard hats.
57.15003 Protective footwear.
57.15004 Eye protection.
57.15005 Safety belts and lines.
57.15006 Protective equipment and clothing for hazards and irritants.
57.15007 Protective equipment or clothing for welding, cutting, or working with molten metal.
57.15014 Eye protection when operating grinding wheels.
SURFACE ONLY
57.15020 Life jackets and belts.
UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.15030 Provision and maintenance of self-rescue devices.
57.15031 Location of self-rescue devices.
Subpart O—Materials Storage and Handling.
57.16001 Stacking and storage of materials.
57.16002 Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles.
57.16003 Storage of hazardous materials.
57.16004 Containers for hazardous materials.
57.16005 Securing gas cylinders.
57.16006 Protection of gas cylinder valves.
57.16007 Taglines, hitches, and slings.
57.16009 Suspended loads.
57.16010 Dropping materials from overhead.
57.16011 Riding hoisted loads or on the hoist hook.
57.16012 Storage of incompatible substances.
57.16013 Working with molten metal.
57.16014 Operator-carrying overhead cranes.
57.16015 Work or travel on overhead crane bridges.
57.16016 Lift trucks.
57.16017 Hoisting heavy equipment or material.
Subpart P—Illumination
57.17001 Illumination of surface working areas.
57.17010 Electric lamps.
Subpart Q—Safety Programs
SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
57.18002 Examination of working places.
57.18006 New employees.
57.18009 Designation of person in charge.
57.18010 First aid training.
57.18012 Emergency telephone numbers.
57.18013 Emergency communications system.
57.18014 Emergency medical assistance and transportation.
SURFACE ONLY
57.18020 Working alone.
UNDERGROUND ONLY
57.18025 Working alone.
57.18028 Mine emergency and self-rescuer training
Subpart R—Personnel Hoisting.
57.19000 Application.
HOISTS
57.19001 Rated capacities.
57.19002 Anchoring.
57.19003 Driving mechanism connections.
57.19004 Brakes.
57.19005 Locking mechanism for clutch.
57.19006 Automatic hoist braking devices.
57.19007 Overtravel and overspeed devices.
57.19008 Friction hoist synchronizing mechanisms.
57.19009 Position indicator.
57.19010 Location of hoist controls.
57.19011 Drum flanges.
57.19012 Grooved drums.
57.19013 Diesel-and other fuel-injection-powered hoists.
57.19014 Friction hoist overtravel protection.
57.19017 Emergency braking for electric hoist.
57.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches.
WIRE ROPES
57.19019 Guide ropes.
57.19021 Minimum rope strength.
57.19022 Initial measurement.
57.19023 Examinations.
57.19024 Retirement criteria.
57.19025 Load end attachments.
57.19026 Drum end attachment.
57.19027 End attachment retermination.
57.19028 End attachment replacement.
57.19030 Safety device attachments.
HEADFRAMES AND SHEAVES
57.19035 Headframe design.
57.19036 Headframe height.
57.19037 Fleet angles.
57.19038 Platforms around elevated head sheaves.
CONVEYANCES
57.19045 Metal bonnets.
57.19049 Hoisting persons in buckets.
57.19050 Bucket requirements.
57.19054 Rope guides.
HOISTING PROCEDURES
57.19055 Availability of hoist operator for manual hoists.
57.19056 Availability of hoist operator for automatic hoists.
57.19057 Hoist operator's physical fitness.
57.19058 Experienced hoist operators.
57.19061 Maximum hoisting speeds.
57.19062 Maximum acceleration and deceleration.
57.19063 Persons allowed in hoist room.
57.19065 Lowering conveyances by the brakes.
57.19066 Maximum riders in a conveyance.
57.19067 Trips during shift changes.
57.19068 Orderly conduct in conveyances.
57.19069 Entering and leaving conveyances.
57.19070 Closing cage doors or gates.
57.19071 Riding in skips or buckets.
57.19072 Skips and cages in same compartment.
57.19073 Hoisting during shift changes.
57.19074 Riding the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead.
57.19075 Use of open hooks.
57.19076 Maximum speeds for hoisting persons in buckets.
57.19077 Lowering buckets.
57.19078 Hoisting buckets from the shaft bottom.
57.19079 Blocking mine cars.
57.19080 Hoisting tools, timbers, and other materials.
57.19081 Conveyances not in use.
57.19083 Overtravel backout device.
SIGNALING
57.19090 Dual signaling systems.
57.19091 Signaling instructions to hoist operator.
57.19092 Signaling from conveyances.
57.19093 Standard signal code.
57.19094 Posting signal code.
57.19095 Location of signal devices.
57.19096 Familiarity with signal code.
SHAFTS
57.19100 Shaft landing gates.
57.19101 Stopblocks and derail switches.
57.19102 Shaft guides.
57.19103 Dumping facilities and loading pockets.
57.19104 Clearance at shaft stations.
57.19105 Landings with more than one shaft entrance.
57.19106 Shaft sets.
57.19107 Precautions for work in compartment affected by hoisting operation.
57.19108 Posting warning signs during shaft work.
57.19109 Shaft inspection and repair.
57.19110 Overhead protection for shaft deepening work.
57.19111 Shaft-sinking ladders.
INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
57.19120 Procedures for inspection, testing, and maintenance.
57.19121 Recordkeeping.
57.19122 Replacement parts.
57.19129 Examinations and tests at beginning of shift.
57.19130 Conveyance shaft test.
57.19131 Hoist conveyance connections.
57.19132 Safety catches.
57.19133 Shaft.
57.19134 Sheaves.
57.19135 Rollers in inclined shafts.
Subpart S—Miscellaneous
57.20001 Intoxicating beverages and narcotics.
57.20002 Potable water.
57.20003 Housekeeping.
57.20005 Carbon tetrachloride.
57.20008 Toilet facilities.
57.20009 Tests for explosive dusts.
57.20010 Retaining dams.
57.20011 Barricades and warning signs.
57.20012 Labeling of toxic materials.
57.20013 Waste receptacles.
57.20014 Prohibited areas for food and beverages.
57.20020 Unattended mine openings.
57.20021 Abandoned mine openings.
57.20031 Blasting underground in hazardous areas.
57.20032 Two-way communication equipment for underground operations.
Subpart T—Safety Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines
GENERAL
57.22001 Scope.
57.22002 Definitions.
MINE CATEGORIZATION
57.22003 Mine category or subcategory.
57.22004 Category placement or change in placement.
57.22005 Notice and appeal of placement or change in placement.
FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL
57.22101 Smoking (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22102 Smoking (I-C mines).
57.22103 Open flames (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22104 Open flames (I-C mines).
57.22105 Smoking and open flames (IV mines).
57.22106 Dust containing volatile matter (I-C mines).
VENTILATION
57.22201 Mechanical ventilation (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III,
IV, V-A, and V-B mines).
57.22202 Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
57.22203 Main fan operation (I-C mines).
57.22204 Main fan operation and inspection (I-A, II-A, III,
and V-A mines).
57.22205 Doors on main fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22206 Main ventilation failure (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22207 Booster fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22208 Auxiliary fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22209 Auxiliary fans (I-C mines).
57.22210 In-line filters (I-C mines).
57.22211 Air flow (I-A mines).
57.22212 Air flow (I-C, II-A, and V-A mines).
57.22213 Air flow (III mines).
57.22214 Changes in ventilation (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22215 Separation of intake and return air (I-A, II-A, III,
and V-A mines).
57.22216 Separation of intake and return air (I-C mines).
57.22217 Seals and stoppings (I-A, I-B and I-C mines).
57.22218 Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines).
57.22219 Seals and stoppings (II-A mines).
57.22220 Air passing unsealed areas (I-A, II-A, III, and
V-A mines).
57.22221 Overcast and undercast construction (I-A, II-A, III,
and V-A mines).
57.22222 Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A,
and V-B mines).
57.22223 Crosscuts before abandonment (III mines).
57.22224 Auxiliary equipment stations (I-A and III mines).
57.22225 Auxiliary equipment stations (I-C mines).
57.22226 Testing for methane (IV mines).
57.22227 Approved testing devices (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III, IV,
V-A, and V-B mines).
57.22228 Preshift examination (I-A, I-C, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22229 Weekly testing (I-A, III, and V-A mines).
57.22230 Weekly testing (II-A mines.
57.22231 Actions at 0.25 percent methane (I-B, II-B, V-B
and VI mines).
57.22232 Actions at 0.5 percent methane (I-B, II-A, II-B, IV,
V-B, and VI mines).
57.22233 Actions at 0.5 percent methane (I-C mines).
57.22234 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (I-A, I-B, III,
V-A, and V-B mines).
57.22235 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (I-C, II-A, II-B, and IV mines).
57.22236 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (VI mines).
57.22237 Actions at 2.0 to 2.5 percent methane in bleeder systems
(I-A and III mines) .
57.22238 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (I-B, II-B, V-B, and VI mines).
57.22239 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (IV mines).
57.22240 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (V-A mines).
57.22241 Advance face boreholes (I-C mines).
EQUIPMENT
57.22301 Atmospheric monitoring systems (I-A, II-A, and V-A
mines).
57.22302 Approved equipment (I-A and V-A mines).
57.22303 Approved equipment (I-C mines).
57.22304 Approved equipment (II-A mines).
57.22305 Approved equipment (III mines).
57.22306 Methane monitors (I-A mines).
57.22307 Methane monitors (II-A mines).
57.22308 Methane monitors (III mines).
57.22309 Methane monitors (V-A mines).
57.22310 Electrical cables (I-C mines).
57.22311 Electrical cables (II-A mines).
57.22312 Distribution boxes (II-A and V-A mines).
57.22313 Explosion-protection systems (I-C mines).
57.22314 Flow-control devices (V-A and V-B mines).
57.22315 Self-contained breathing apparatus (V-A mines).
UNDERGROUND RETORTS
57.22401 Underground retorts (I-A and I-B mines).
ILLUMINATION
57.22501 Personal electric lamps (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III, IV, V-A, and V-B mines).
EXPLOSIVES
57.22601 Blasting from the surface (I-A mines).
57.22602 Blasting from the surface (I-C mines).
57.22603 Blasting from the surface (II-A mines).
57.22604 Blasting from the surface (II-B mines).
57.22605 Blasting from the surface (V-A mines).
57.22606 Explosive materials and blasting units (III mines).
57.22607 Blasting on shift (III mines).
57.22608 Secondary blasting (I-A, II-A, and V-A mines).
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART T—STANDARD APPLICABILITY BY CATEGORY OR SUBCATEGORY
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811, 957, and 961.
Source: 50 FR 4082, Jan. 29, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A-General
S 57.1 Purpose and scope.
This part 57 sets forth mandatory safety and health standards for each underground metal or nonmetal mine, including related surface operations, subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. The purpose of these standards is the protection of life, the promotion of health and safety, and the prevention of accidents.
S 57.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this part, except in any subpart preceded by a separate set of definitions:
Abandoned mine means all work has stopped on the mine premises and an office with a respon- sible person in charge is no longer maintained at the mine.
Abandoned workings means deserted mine areas in which further work is not intended.
Active workings means areas at, in, or around a mine or plant where men work or travel.
American Table of Distances means the current edition of "The American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosives" published by the Institute of Makers of Explosives.
Approved means tested and accepted for a specific purpose by a nationally recognized agency.
Authorized person means a person approved or assigned by mine management to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations in the mine.
Auxiliary fan means a fan used to deliver air to working place off the main airstream; generally used with ventilation tubing.
Barricaded means obstructed to prevent the passage of persons, vehicles, or flying materials.
Blasting agent means any substance classified as a blasting agent by the Department of Transpor- tation in 49 CFR 173.114(a) (44 FR 31182, May 31, 1979) which is incorporated by reference. This document is available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Blasting area means the area near blasting operations in which concussion or flying material can reasonably be expected to cause injury.
Blasting cap means a detonator which is initiated by a safety fuse.
Blasting circuit means the electrical circuit used to fire one or more electric blasting caps.
Blasting switch means a switch used to connect a power source to a blasting circuit.
Booster fan means a fan installed in the main airstream or a split of the main airstream to in- crease airflow through a section or sections of a mine.
‘ Booster means any unit of explosive or blasting agent used for the purpose of perpetuating or intensifying an initial detonation.
Capped fuse means a length of safety fuse to which a blasting cap has been attached.
Capped primer means a package or cartridge of explosives which is specifically designed to transmit detonation to other explosives and which contains a detonator.
Circuit breaker means a device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overcurrent setting without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating.
Combustible means capable of being ignited and consumed by fire.
Company official means a member of the company supervisory or technical staff.
Competent person means a person having abilities and experience that fully qualify him to perform the duty to which he is assigned.
Conductor means a material, usually in the form of a wire, cable, or bus bar, capable of carrying an electric current.
Delay connector means a nonelectric short interval delay device for use in delaying blasts which are initiated by detonating cord.
Detonating cord means a flexible cord containing a solid core of high explosives.
Detonator means any device containing a detonating charge that is used to initiate an explosive and includes but is not limited to blasting caps, electric blasting caps and nonelectric instantaneous or delay blasting caps.
Distribution box means a portable apparatus with an enclosure through which an electric circuit is carried to one or more cables from a single incoming feed line; each cable circuit being connected through individual overcurrent protective devices.
Electric blasting cap means a detonator designed for and capable of being initiated by means of an electric current.
Electrical grounding means to connect with the ground to make the earth part of the circuit.
Employee means a person who works for wages or salary in the service of an employer.
Employer means a person or organization which hires one or more persons to work for wages or salary.
Escapeway means a passageway by which persons may leave a mine.
Explosive means any substance classified as an explosive by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, 173.88 and 173.100 which are incorporated by reference. Title 49 CFR is available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing- ton, DC 20402.
Face or bank means that part of any mine where excavating is progressing or was last done.
Flammable means capable of being easily ignited and of burning rapidly.
Flash point means the minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid or solid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture at atmospheric pressure.
Highway means any public street, public alley or public road.
High potential means more than 650 volts.
Hoist means a power driven windlass or drum used for raising ore, rock, or other material from a mine, and for lowering or raising persons and material.
Igniter cord means a fuse, cordlike in appearance, which burns progressively along its length with an external flame at the zone of burning, and is used for lighting a series of safety fuses in the desired sequence.
Insulated means separated from other conducting surfaces by a dielectric substance permanently offering a high resistance to the passage of current and to disruptive discharge through the substance.
When any substance is said to be insulated, it is understood to be insulated in a manner suitable for the conditions to which it is subjected. Otherwise, it is, within the purpose of this definition, uninsulated.
Insulating covering is one means for making the conductor insulated.
Insulation means a dielectric substance offering a high resistance to the passage of current and to disruptive discharge through the substance.
Lay means the distance parallel to the axis of the rope in which a strand makes one complete turn about the axis of the rope
Low potential means 650 volts or less.
Magazine means a facility for the storage of explosives, blasting agents, or detonators.
Main fan means a fan that controls the entire airflow of the mine, or the airflow of one of the major air circuits.
Major electrical installation means an assemblage of stationary electrical equipment for the generation, transmission, distribution, or conversion of electrical power.
Mantrip means a trip on which persons are transported to and from a work area.
Mill includes any ore mill, sampling works, concentrator, and any crushing, grinding, or screen- ing plant used at, and in connection with, an excavation or mine.
Mine opening means any opening or entrance from the surface into a mine.
Misfire means the complete or partial failure of a blasting charge to explode as planned.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher means a listed or approved multipurpose dry- chemical fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 2-A:10-B:C, by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., and containing a minimum of 4.5 pounds of dry-chemical agent.
Non-electric delay blasting cap means a detonator with an integral delay element and capable of being initiated by miniaturized detonating cord.
Overburden means material of any nature, consolidated or unconsolidated, that overlies a deposit of useful materials or ores that are to be mined.
Overload means that current which will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in the conductor or conductor insulation.
Permissible means a machine, material, apparatus, or device which has been investigated, tested, and approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and is maintained in permissible condition.
Potable water means water which shall meet the applicable minimum health requirements for drinking water established by the State or community in which the mine is located or by the Environ- mental Protection Agency in 40 CFR part 141, pages 169-182 revised as of July 1, 1977. Where no such requirements are applicable, the drinking water provided shall conform with the Public Health Service Drinking Water Standards, 42 CFR part 72, subpart J, pages 527-533, revised as of October 1, 1976.
Publications to which references are made in this definition are hereby made a part hereof. These incor- porated publications are available for inspection at each Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
Powder chest means a substantial, nonconductive portable container equipped with a lid and used at blasting sites for explosives other than blasting agents.
Primer means a unit, package, or cartridge of explosives used to initiate other explosives or blasting agents, and which contains a detonator.
Reverse-current protection means a method or device used on direct-current circuits or equip- ment to prevent the flow of current in a reverse direction.
Roll protection means a framework, safety canopy or similar protection for the operator when equipment overturns.
Safety can means an approved container, of not over 5 gallons capacity, having a spring-closing lid and spout cover.
Safety fuse means a flexible cord containing an internal burning medium by which fire is con- veyed at a continuous and uniform rate for the purpose of firing blasting caps or a black powder charge.
Safety switch means a sectionalizing switch that also provides shunt protection in blasting circuits between the blasting switch and the shot area.
Scaling means removal of insecure material from a face or highwall.
Secondary safety connection means a second connection between a conveyance and rope, in- tended to prevent the conveyance from running away or falling in the event the primary connection fails.
Shaft means a vertical or inclined shaft, a slope, incline, or winze.
Short circuit means an abnormal connection of relatively low resistance, whether made acciden- tally or intentionally, between two points of difference potential in a circuit.
Slurry (as applied to blasting). See "Water gel."
Stray current means that portion of a total electric current that flows through paths other than the intended circuit.
State Mine Inspector means the State Mine Inspector of the State of Wyoming or any Deputy State Mine Inspectors employed by the Inspector.
Substantial construction means construction of such strength, material, and workmanship that the object will withstand all reasonable shock, wear, and usage to which it will be subjected.
Suitable means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condition, function, or circumstance.
Travelway means a passage, walk or way regularly used and designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Water gel or Slurry (as applied to blasting) means an explosive or blasting agent containing substantial portions of water.
Wet drilling means the continuous application of water through the central hole of hollow drill steel to the bottom of the drill hole.
Working level (WL) means any combination of the short-lived radon daughters in one liter of air that will result in ultimate emission of 1.3X105 MeV (million electron volts) of potential alpha energy, and exposure to these radon daughters over a period of time is expressed in terms of "working level months" (WLM). Inhalation of air containing a radon daughter concentration of 1 WL for 173 hours results in an exposure of 1 WLM."
Working place means any place in or about a mine where work is being performed.
[50 FR 4082, Jan. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985; 53 FR 32526, Aug. 25, 1988]
Procedures
S 57.1000 Notification of commencement of operations and closing of mines.
The owner, operator, or person in charge of any metal and nonmetal mine shall notify the nearest Mine Safety and Health Administration Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office and the State Mine Inspector before starting operations, of the approximate or actual date mine operation will commence. The notification shall include the mine name, location, the company name, mailing address, person in charge, and whether operations will be continuous or intermittent. When any mine is closed, the person in charge shall notify the nearest subdistrict office as provided above and indicate whether the closure is temporary or permanent.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0092)
Subpart B-Ground Control
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811.
Source: 51 FR 36198, Oct. 8, 1986, unless otherwise noted.
S 57.3000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Rock burst. A sudden and violent failure of overstressed rock resulting in the instantaneous release of large amounts of accumulated energy. Rock burst does not include a burst resulting from pressurized mine gases.
Rock fixture. Any tensioned or nontensioned device or material inserted into the ground to strengthen or support the ground.
Travelway. A passage, walk, or haulageway regularly used or designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Scaling and Support-Surface and Underground
S 57.3200 Correction of Hazardous conditions.
Ground conditions that create a hazard to persons shall be taken down or supported before other work or travel is permitted in the affected area. Until corrective work is completed, the area shall be posted with a warning against entry and, when left unattended, a barrier shall be installed to impede unauthorized entry.
S 57.3201 Location for performing scaling.
Scaling shall be performed from a location which will not expose persons to injury from falling material, or other protection from falling material shall be provided.
S 57.3202 Scaling tools.
Where manual scaling is performed, a scaling bar shall be provided. This bar shall be of a length and design that will allow the removal of loose material without exposing the person performing the work to injury.
S 57.3203 Rock fixtures.
(a) When rock bolts and accessories addressed in ASTM F432-83, "Standard Specification for Roof and Rock Bolts and Accessories", are used for ground support, the mine operator shall—
(1) Obtain a manufacturer's certification that the material was manufactured and tested in accor- dance with the specifications of ASTM F432-83; and,
(2) Make this certification available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(b) Fixtures and accessories not addressed in ASTM F432-83 may be used for ground support provided they—
(1) Have been successful in supporting the ground in an area with similar strata, opening dimen- sions and ground stresses in any mine; or
(2) Have been tested and shown to be effective in supporting ground in an area of the affected mine which has similar strata, opening dimensions, and ground stresses as the area where the fixtures are expected to be used. During the test process, access to the test area shall be limited to persons necessary to conduct the test.
(c) Bearing plates shall be used with fixtures when necessary for effective ground support.
(d) The diameter of finishing bits shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.030 inch of the manufacturer's recommended hole diameter for the anchor used. When separate finishing bits are used, they shall be distinguishable from other bits.
(e) Damaged or deteriorated cartridges of grouting material shall not be used.
(f) When rock bolts tensioned by torquing are used as a means of ground support,
(1) Selected tension level shall be-
(i) At least 50 percent of either the yield point of the bolt or anchorage capacity of the rock, whichever is less; and
(ii) No greater than the yield point of the bolt or anchorage capacity of the rock.
(2) The torque of the first bolt, every tenth bolt, and the last bolt installed in each work area during the shift shall be accurately determined immediately after installation. If the torque of any fixture tested does not fall within the installation torque range, corrective action shall be taken.
(g) When grouted fixtures can be tested by applying torque, the first fixture installed in each work place shall be tested to withstand 150 foot-pounds of torque. Should it rotate in the hole, a second fixture shall be tested in the same manner. If the second fixture also turns, corrective action shall be taken.
(h) When other tensioned and nontensioned fixtures are used, test methods shall be established and used to verify their effectiveness.
(i) The mine operator shall certify that tests were conducted and make the certification available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
[51 FR 36198, Oct. 8, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 36804, Oct. 16, 1986]
Scaling and Support-Underground Only
S 57.3360 Ground support use.
Ground support shall be used where ground conditions, or mining experience in similar ground conditions in the mine, indicate that it is necessary. When ground support is necessary, the support system shall be designed, installed, and maintained to control the ground in places where persons work or travel in performing their assigned tasks. Damaged, loosened, or dislodged timber use for ground support which creates a hazard to persons shall be repaired or replaced prior to any work or travel in the affected area.
Precautions-Surface and Underground
S 57.3400 Secondary breakage.
Prior to secondary breakage operations, the material to be broken, other than hanging material, shall be positioned or blocked to prevent movement which would endanger persons in the work area.
Secondary breakage shall be performed from a location which would not expose persons to danger.
S 57.3401 Examination of ground conditions.
Persons experienced in examining and testing for loose ground shall be designated by the mine operator. Appropriate supervisors or other designated persons shall examine and, where applicable, test ground conditions in areas where work is to be performed, prior to work commencing, after blasting, and as ground conditions warrant during the work shift. Underground haulageways and travelways and surface area highwalls and banks adjoining travelways shall be examined weekly or more often if chang- ing ground conditions warrant.
Precautions-Surface Only
S 57.3430 Activity between machinery or equipment and the highwall or bank.
Persons shall not work or travel between machinery or equipment and the highwall or bank where the machinery or equipment may hinder escape from falls or slides of the highwall or bank. Travel is permitted when necessary for persons to dismount.
Precautions-Underground Only
S 57.3460 Maintenance between machinery or equipment and ribs.
Persons shall not perform maintenance work between machinery or equipment and ribs unless the area has been tested and, when necessary, secured.
S 57.3461 Rock bursts.
(a) Operators of mines which have experienced a rock burst shall—
(1) Within twenty four hours report to the nearest MSHA office and the State Mine Inspector each rock burst which:
(i) Causes persons to be withdrawn;
(ii) Impairs ventilation;
(iii) Impedes passage; or
(iv) Disrupts mining activity for more than one hour.
(2) Develop and implement a rock burst control plan within 90 days after a rock burst has been experienced.
(b) The plan shall include—
(1) Mining and operating procedures designed to reduce the occurrence of rock bursts;
(2) Monitoring procedures where detection methods are used; and
(3) Other measures to minimize exposure of persons to areas which are prone to rock bursts.
(c) The plan shall be updated as conditions warrant.
(d) The plan shall be available to an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and to miners or their representatives.
Subpart C-Fire Prevention and Control
Authority: Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811).
S 57.4000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Booster fan. A fan installed in the main airstream or a split of the main airstream to increase airflow through a section or sections of a mine.
Combustible liquids. Liquids having a flash point at or above 100 oF (37.8 oC). They are divided into the following classes:
Class II liquids-those having flash points at or above 100 oF (37.8 oC) and below 140 oF (60 oC).
Class IIIA liquids-those having flash points at or above 140 oF (60 oC) and below 200 oF (93.4 oC).
Class IIIB liquids-those having flash points at or above 200 oF (93.4 oC).
Combustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Wood, paper, rubber, and plastics are examples of combustible materials.
Escapeway. A designated passageway by which persons can leave an underground mine.
Fire resistance rating. The time, in minutes or hours, that an assembly of materials will retain its protective characteristics or structural integrity upon exposure to fire.
Flame spread rating. The numerical designation that indicates the extent flame will spread over the surface of a material during a specified period of time.
Flammable gas. A gas that will burn in the normal concentrations of oxygen in the air.
Flammable liquid. A liquid that has a flash point below 100 oF (37.8 oC), a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 pounds per square inch (absolute) at 100 oF (37.8 oC), and is known as a Class I liquid.
Flash point. The minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture near the surface of the liquid.
Main fan. A fan that controls the entire airflow of an underground mine or the airflow of one of the major air circuits of the mine.
Mine opening. Any opening or entrance from the surface into an underground mine.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher. An extinguisher having a rating of at least 2-A:10- B:C and containing a nominal 4.5 pounds or more of dry-chemical agent.
Noncombustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the condi- tions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Concrete, masonry block, brick, and steel are examples of noncombustible materials.
Safety can. A container of not over five gallons capacity that is designed to safely relieve internal pressure when exposed to heat and has a spring-closing lid and spout cover.
Storage tank. A container exceeding 60 gallons in capacity used for the storage of flammable or combustible liquids.
S 57.4011 Abandoned electric circuits.
Abandoned electric circuits shall be deenergized and isolated so that they cannot become ener- gized inadvertently.
S 57.4057 Underground trailing cables.
Underground trailing cables shall be accepted or approved by MSHA as flame-resistant.
[57 FR 61223, Dec. 23, 1992]
Prohibitions/Precautions/Housekeeping 57.4100 Smoking and use of open flames.
No person shall smoke or use an open flame where flammable or combustible liquids, including greases, or flammable gases are—
(a) Used or transported in a manner that could create a fire hazard; or
(b) Stored or handled.
S 57.4101 Warning signs.
Readily visible signs prohibiting smoking and open flames shall be posted where a fire or explo- sion hazard exists.
S 57.4102 Spillage and leakage.
Flammable or combustible liquid spillage or leakage shall be removed in a timely manner or controlled to prevent a fire hazard.
S 57.4103 Fueling internal combustion engines.
Internal combustion engines shall be switched off before refueling if the fuel tanks are integral parts of the equipment. This standard does not apply to diesel-powered equipment.
S 57.4104 Combustible waste.
(a) Waste materials, including liquids, shall not accumulate in quantities that could create a fire hazard.
(b) Waste or rags containing flammable or combustible liquids that could create a fire hazard shall be placed in the following containers until disposed of properly:
(1) Underground-covered metal containers.
(2) On the surface-covered metal containers or equivalent containers with flame containment characteristics.
S 57.4130 Surface electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
The requirements of this standard apply to surface areas only.
(a) If a hazard to persons could be created, no combustible materials shall be stored or allowed to accumulate within 25 feet of the following:
(1) Electric substations.
(2) Unburied, flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks.
(3) Any group of containers used for storage of more than 60 gallons of flammable or combus- tible liquids.
(b) The area within the 25-foot perimeter shall be kept free of dry vegetation.
S 57.4131 Surface fan installations and mine openings.
(a) On the surface, no more than one day's supply of combustible materials shall be stored within 100 feet of mine openings or within 100 feet of fan installations used for underground ventilation.
(b) the one-day supply shall be kept at least 25 feet away from any mine opening except during transit into the mine.
(c) Dry vegetation shall not be permitted within 25 feet of mine openings.
S 57.4160 Underground electric substations and liquid storage facilities.
The requirements of this standard apply to underground areas only.
(a) Areas within 25 feet of the following shall be free of combustible materials:
(1) Electric substations.
(2) Unburied, combustible liquid storage tanks.
(3) Any group of containers used for storage of more than 60 gallons of combustible liquids.
(b) This standard does not apply to installed wiring or timber that is coated with at least one inch of shotcrete, one-half inch of gunite, or other noncombustible materials with equivalent fire protection characteristics.
S 57.4161 Use of fire underground.
Fires shall not be lit underground, except for open-flame torches. Torches shall be attended at all times while lit.
Firefighting Equipment
S 57.4200 General requirements.
(a) For fighting fires that could endanger persons, each mine shall have—
(1) Onsite firefighting equipment for fighting fires in their early stages; and
(2) Onsite firefighting equipment for fighting fires beyond their early stages, or the mine shall have made prior arrangements with a local fire department to fight such fires.
(b) This onsite firefighting equipment shall be—
(1) Of the type, size, and quantity that can extinguish fires of any class which would occur as a result of the hazards present; and
(2) Strategically located, readily accessible, plainly marked, and maintained in fire-ready condi- tion.
[50 FR 4082, Jan. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985]
S 57.4201 Inspection.
(a) Firefighting equipment shall be inspected according to the following schedules:
(1) Fire extinguishers shall be inspected visually at least once a month to determine that they are fully charged and operable.
(2) At least once every twelve months, maintenance checks shall be made of mechanical parts, the amount and condition of extinguishing agent and expellant, and the condition of the hose, nozzle, and vessel to determine that the fire extinguishers will operate effectively.
(3) Fire extinguishers shall be hydrostatically tested according to Table C-1 or a schedule based on the manufacturer's specifications to determine the integrity of extinguishing agent vessels.
(4) Water pipes, valves, outlets, hydrants, and hoses that are part of the mine's firefighting system shall be visually inspected at least once every three months for damage or deterioration and use- tested at least once every twelve months to determine that they remain functional.
(5) Fire suppression systems shall be inspected at least once every twelve months. An inspection schedule based on the manufacturer's specifications or the equivalent shall be established for individual components of a system and followed to determine that the system remains functional. Surface fire suppression systems are exempt from these inspection requirements if the systems are used solely for the protection of property and no persons would be affected by a fire.
(b) At the completion of each inspection or test required by this standard, the person making the inspection or test shall certify that the inspection or test has been made and the date on which it was made. Certifications of hydrostatic testing shall be retained until the fire extinguisher is retested or permanently removed from service. Other certifications shall be retained for one year.
Table C-1—Hydrostatic Test Intervals for Fire Extinguishers
Extinguisher type Test interval (years)
Soda Acid 5
Cartridge-Operated Water
and/or Antifreeze 5
Stored-Pressure Water and/
or Antifreeze 5
Wetting Agent 5
Foam 5
AFFF (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) 5
Loaded Stream 5
Dry-Chemical with Stainless
Steel Shells 5
Carbon Dioxide 5
Dry-Chemical, Stored Pressure,
with Mild Steel Shells, Brazed
Brass Shells, or Aluminum Shells 12
Dry-Chemical, Cartridge or Cylinder
Operated, with Mild Steel Shells 12
Bromotrifluoromethane-Halon 1301 12
Bromochlorodifluoromethane-Halon 1211 12
Dry-Powder, Cartridge or Cylinder-
Operated, with Mild Steel Shells/1 12
1/Except for stainless steel and steel used for compressed gas cylinders, all other steel shells are defined as "mild steel" shells.
S 57.4202 Fire hydrants.
If fire hydrants are part of the mine's firefighting system, the hydrants shall be provided with—
(a) Uniform fittings or readily available adapters for onsite firefighting equipment;
(b) Readily available wrenches or keys to open the valves; and
(c) Readily available adapters capable of connecting hydrant fittings to the hose equipment of any firefighting organization relied upon by the mine.
S 57.4203 Extinguisher recharging or replacement.
Fire extinguishers shall be recharged or replaced with a fully charged extinguisher promptly after any discharge.
S 57.4230 Surface self-propelled equipment.
(a)(1) Whenever a fire or its effects could impede escape from self-propelled equipment, a fire extinguisher shall be on the equipment.
(2) Whenever a fire or its effects would not impede escape from the equipment but could affect the escape of other persons in the area, a fire extinguisher shall be on the equipment or within 100 feet of the equipment.
(b) A fire suppression system may be used as an alternative to fire extinguishers if the system can be manually activated.
(c) Fire extinguishers or fire suppression systems shall be of a type and size that can extinguish fires of any class in their early stages which could originate from the equipment's inherent fire hazards.
Fire extinguishers or manual actuators for the suppression system shall be located to permit their use by persons whose escape could be impeded by fire.
S 57.4260 Underground self-propelled equipment.
(a) Whenever self-propelled equipment is used underground, a fire extinguisher shall be on the equipment. This standard does not apply to compressed-air powered equipment without inherent fire hazards.
(b) A fire suppression system may be used as an alternative to fire extinguishers if the system can be manually actuated.
(c) Fire extinguishers or fire suppression systems shall be of a type and size that can extinguish fires of any class in their early stages which could originate from the equipment's inherent fire hazards.
The fire extinguishers or the manual actuator for the suppression system shall be readily accessible to the equipment operator.
S 57.4261 Shaft-station waterlines.
Waterline outlets that are located at underground shaft stations and are part of the mine's fire protection system shall have at least one fitting located for, and capable of, immediate connection to firefighting equipment.
S 57.4262 Underground transformer stations, combustible liquid storage and dispensing areas, pump rooms, compressor rooms, and hoist rooms.
Transformer stations, storage and dispensing areas for combustible liquids, pump rooms, com- pressor rooms, and hoist rooms shall be provided with fire protection of a type, size, and quantity that can extinguish fires of any class in their early stages which could occur as a result of the hazards present.
S 57.4263 Underground belt conveyors.
Fire protection shall be provided at the head, tail, drive, and take-up pulleys of underground belt conveyors. Provisions shall be made for extinguishing fires along the beltline. Fire protection shall be of type, size, and quantity that can extinguish fires of any class in their early stages which could occur as result of the fire hazards present.
Firefighting Procedures/Alarms/Drills
S 57.4330 Surface firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures.
(a) Mine operators shall establish emergency firefighting, evacuation, and rescue procedures for the surface portions of their operations. These procedures shall be coordinated in advance with available firefighting organizations.
(b) Fire alarm procedures or systems shall be established to promptly warn every person who could be endangered by a fire.
(c) Fire alarm systems shall be maintained in operable condition.
S 57.4331 Surface firefighting drills.
Emergency firefighting drills shall be held at least once every six months for persons assigned surface firefighting responsibilities by the mine operator.
S 57.4360 Underground alarm systems.
(a) Fire alarm systems capable of promptly warning every person underground, except as pro- vided in paragraph (b), shall be provided and maintained in operating condition.
(b) If persons are assigned to work areas beyond the warning capabilities of the system, provi- sions shall be made to alert them in a manner to provide for their safe evacuation in the event of a fire.
S 57.4361 Underground evacuation drills.
(a) At least once every six months, mine evacuation drills shall be held to assess the ability of all persons underground to reach the surface or other designated points of safety within the time limits of the self-rescue devices that would be used during an actual emergency.
(b) The evacuation drills shall—
(1) Be held for each shift at some time other than a shift change and involve all persons under- ground;
(2) Involve activation of the fire alarm system; and
(3) Include evacuation of all persons from their work areas to the surface or to designated central evacuation points.
(c) At the completion of each drill, the mine operator shall certify the date and the time the evacuation began and ended. Certifications shall be retained for at least one year after each drill.
S 57.4362 Underground rescue and firefighting operations.
Following evacuation of a mine in a fire emergency, only persons wearing and trained in the use of mine rescue apparatus shall participate in rescue and firefighting operations in advance of the fresh air base.
S 57.4363 Underground evacuation instruction.
(a) At least once every twelve months, all persons who work underground shall be instructed in the escape and evacuation plans and procedures and fire warning signals in effect at the mine.
(b) Whenever a change is made in escape and evacuation plans and procedures for any area of the mine, all persons affected shall be instructed in the new plans or procedures.
(c) Whenever persons are assigned to work in areas other than their regularly assigned areas, they shall be instructed about the escapeway for that area at the time of such assignment. However, persons who normally work in more than one area of the mine shall be instructed at least once every twelve months about the location of escapeways for all areas of the mine in which they normally work or travel.
(d) At the completion of any instruction given under this standard, the mine operator shall certify the date that the instruction was given. Certifications shall be retained for at least one year.
Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases
S 57.4400 Use restrictions.
(a) Flammable liquids shall not be used for cleaning.
(b) Solvents shall not be used near an open flame or other ignition source, near any source of heat, or in an atmosphere that can elevate the temperature of the solvent above the flash point.
S 57.4401 Storage tank foundations.
Fixed, unburied, flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks shall be securely mounted on firm foundations. Piping shall be provided with flexible connections or other special fittings where necessary to prevent leaks caused by tanks settling.
S 57.4402 Safety can use.
Small quantities of flammable liquids drawn from storage shall be kept in safety cans labeled to indicate the contents.
S 57.4430 Surface storage facilities.
The requirements of this standard apply to surface areas only.
(a) Storage tanks for flammable or combustible liquids shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses and compatible with the type of liquid stored;
(2) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage;
(3) Isolated or separated from ignition sources to prevent fire or explosion; and
(4) Vented or otherwise constructed to prevent development of pressure or vacuum as a result of filling, emptying, or atmospheric temperature changes. Vents for storage of Class I, II, or IIIA liquids shall be isolated or separated from ignition sources. These pressure relief requirements do not apply to tanks used for storage of Class IIIB liquids that are larger than 12,000 gallons in capacity.
(b) All piping, valves, and fittings shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses;
(2) Compatible with the type of liquid stored; and
(3) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
(c) Fixed, unburied tanks located where escaping liquid could present a hazard to persons shall be provided with—
(1) Containment for the entire capacity of the largest tank; or
(2) Drainage to a remote impoundment area that does not endanger persons. However, storage of only Class IIIB liquids does not require containment or drainage to remote impoundment.
S 57.4431 Surface storage restrictions.
(a) On the surface, no unburied flammable or combustible liquids or flammable gases shall be stored within 100 feet of the following:
(1) Mine openings or structures attached to mine openings.
(2) Fan installations for underground ventilation.
(3) Hoist houses.
(b) Under this standard, the following may be present in the hoist house in quantities necessary for the day-to-day maintenance of the hoist machinery:
(1) Flammable liquids in safety cans or in other containers placed in tightly closed cabinets. The safety cans and cabinets shall be kept away from any heat source, and each cabinet shall be labeled "flammables."
(2) Combustible liquids in closed containers. The containers shall be kept away from any heat source and the hoist operator's work station.
S 57.4460 Storage of flammable liquids underground.
(a) Flammable liquids shall not be stored underground, except—
(1) Small quantities stored in tightly closed cabinets away from any heat source. The small quantities shall be stored in safety cans or in non-glass containers of a capacity equal to or less than a safety can. Each cabinet shall be labeled "flammables."
(2) Acetylene and liquefied petroleum gases stored in containers designed for that specific purpose.
(b) Gasoline shall not be stored underground in any quantity.
S 57.4461 Gasoline use restrictions underground.
If gasoline is used underground to power internal combustion engines—
(a) The mine shall be nongassy and shall have multiple horizontal or inclined roadways from the surface large enough to accommodate vehicular traffic;
(b) All roadways and other openings shall connect with another opening every 100 feet by a passage large enough to accommodate any vehicle in the mine or alternate routes shall provide equiva- lent escape capabilities; and
(c) No roadway or other opening shall be supported or lined with wood or other combustible materials.
S 57.4462 Storage of combustible liquids underground.
The requirements of this standard apply to underground areas only.
(a) Combustible liquids, including oil or grease, shall be stored in non-glass containers or storage tanks. The containers or storage tanks shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses and compatible with the type of liquid stored;
(2) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage;
(3) Located in areas free of combustible materials or in areas where any exposed combustible materials are coated with one inch of shotcrete, one-half inch of gunite, or other noncombustible mate- rial with equivalent fire protection characteristics; and
(4) Separated from explosives or blasting agents, shaft stations, and ignition sources including electric equipment that could create sufficient heat or sparks to pose a fire hazard. Separation shall be sufficient to prevent the occurrence or minimize the spread of fire.
(b) Storage tanks shall be vented or otherwise constructed to prevent development of pressure or vacuum as a result of filling, emptying, or atmospheric temperature changes. Vents for storage of Class II or IIIA liquids shall be isolated or separated from ignition sources.
(c) At permanent storage areas for combustible liquids, means shall be provided for confinement or removal of the contents of the largest storage tank in the event of tank rupture.
(d) All piping, valves, and fittings shall be:
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses;
(2) Compatible with the type of liquid stored; and
(3) Maintained in a manner which prevents leakage.
S 57.4463 Liquefied petroleum gas use underground.
Use of liquefied petroleum gases underground shall be limited to maintenance work.
Installation/Construction/Maintenance
S 57.4500 Heat sources.
Heat sources capable of producing combustion shall be separated from combustible materials if a fire hazard could be created.
S 57.4501 Fuel lines.
Fuel lines shall be equipped with valves capable of stopping the flow of fuel at the source and shall be located and maintained to minimize fire hazards. This standard does not apply to fuel lines on self-propelled equipment.
S 57.4502 Battery-charging stations.
(a) Battery-charging stations shall be ventilated with a sufficient volume of air to prevent the accumulation of hydrogen gas.
(b) Smoking, use of open flames, or other activities that could create an ignition source shall be prohibited at the battery charging station during battery charging.
(c) Readily visible signs prohibiting smoking or open flames shall be posted at battery-charging stations during battery charging.
S 57.4503 Conveyor belt slippage.
(a) Surface belt conveyors within confined areas where evacuation would be restricted in the event of a fire resulting from belt-slippage shall be equipped with a detection system capable of auto- matically stopping the drive pulley.
(b) Underground belt conveyors shall be equipped with a detection system capable of automati- cally stopping the drive pulley if slippage could cause ignition of the belt.
(c) A person shall attend the belt at the drive pulley when it is necessary to operate the conveyor while temporarily bypassing the automatic function.
S 57.4504 Fan installations.
(a) Fan houses, fan bulkheads for main and booster fans, and air ducts connecting main fans to underground openings shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.
(b) Areas within 25 feet of main fans or booster fans shall be free of combustible materials, except installed wiring, ground and track support, headframes, and direct-fired heaters. Other timber shall be coated with one inch of shotcrete, one-half inch of gunite, or other noncombustible materials.
S 57.4505 Fuel lines to underground areas.
Fuel lines into underground storage or dispensing areas shall be drained at the completion of each transfer of fuel unless the following requirements are met:
(a) The valve at the supply source shall be kept closed when fuel is not being transferred.
(b) The fuel line shall be—
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses;
(2) Located to prevent damage; and
(3) Located in areas free of combustible materials or in areas where any exposed combustible materials are coated with one inch of shotcrete, one-half inch of gunite, or other noncombustible mate- rial with equivalent fire protection characteristics.
(c) Provisions shall be made for control or containment of the entire volume of the fuel line so that leakage will not create a fire hazard.
S 57.4530 Exits for surface buildings and structures.
Surface buildings or structures in which persons work shall have a sufficient number of exits to permit prompt escape in case of fire.
S 57.4531 Surface flammable or combustible liquid storage buildings or rooms.
(a) Surface storage buildings or storage rooms in which flammable or combustible liquids, including grease, are stored and that are within 100 feet of any person's work station shall be ventilated with a sufficient volume of air to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapors.
(b) In addition, the buildings or rooms shall be—
(1) Constructed to meet a fire resistance rating of at least one hour; or
(2) Equipped with an automatic fire suppression system; or
(3) Equipped with an early warning fire detection device that will alert any person who could be endangered by a fire, provided that no person's work station is in the building.
(c) Flammable or combustible liquids in use for day-to-day maintenance and operational activi- ties are not considered in storage under this standard.
S 57.4532 Blacksmith shops.
Blacksmith shops located on the surface shall be—
(a) At least 100 feet from fan installations used for intake air and mine openings;
(b) Equipped with exhaust vents over the forge and ventilated to prevent the accumulation of the products of combustion; and
(c) Inspected for smoldering fires at the end of each shift.
S 57.4533 Mine opening vicinity.
Surface buildings or other similar structures within 100 feet of mine openings used for intake air or within 100 feet of mine openings that are designated escapeways in exhaust air shall be—
(a) Constructed of noncombustible materials; or
(b) Constructed to meet a fire resistance rating of no less than one hour; or
(c) Provided with an automatic fire suppression system; or
(d) Covered on all combustible interior and exterior structural surfaces with noncombustible material or limited combustible material, such as five-eighth inch, type "X" gypsum wallboard.
S 57.4560 Mine entrances.
For at least 200 feet inside the mine portal or collar timber used for ground support in intake openings and in exhaust openings that are designated as escapeways shall be—
(a) Provided with a fire suppression system, other than fire extinguishers and water hoses, ca- pable of controlling a fire in its early stages; or
(b) Covered with shotcrete, gunite, or other material with equivalent fire protection characteris- tics; or
(c) Coated with fire-retardant paint or other material to reduce its flame spread rating to 25 or less and maintained in that condition.
[50 FR 4082, Jan. 29, 1985, as amended at 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985]
S 57.4561 Stationary diesel equipment underground.
Stationary diesel equipment underground shall be—
(a) Supported on a noncombustible base; and
(b) Provided with a thermal sensor that automatically stops the engine if overheating occurs.
Welding/Cutting/Compressed Gases
S 57.4600 Extinguishing equipment.
(a) When welding, cutting, soldering, thawing, or bending—
(1) With an electric arc or with an open flame where an electrically conductive extinguishing agent could create an electrical hazard, a multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher or other extin- guisher with at least a 2-A:10-B:C rating shall be at the worksite.
(2) With an open flame in an area where no electrical hazard exists, a multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher or equivalent fire extinguishing equipment for the class of fire hazard present shall be at the worksite.
(b) Use of halogenated fire extinguishing agents to meet the requirements of this standard shall be limited to Halon 1211 (CBrClF2) and Halon 1301 (CBrF3). When these agents are used in confined or unventilated areas, precautions based on the manufacturer's use instructions shall be taken so that the gases produced by thermal decomposition of the agents are not inhaled.
S 57.4601 Oxygen cylinder storage.
Oxygen cylinders shall not be stored in rooms or areas used or designated for storage of flam- mable or combustible liquids, including grease.
S 57.4602 Gauges and regulators.
Gauges and regulators used with oxygen or acetylene cylinders shall be kept clean and free of oil and grease.
S 57.4603 Closure of valves.
To prevent accidental release of gases from hoses and torches attached to oxygen and acetylene cylinders or to manifold systems, cylinder or manifold system valves shall be closed when—
(a) The cylinders are moved;
(b) The torch and hoses are left unattended; or
(c) The task or series of tasks is completed.
S 57.4604 Preparation of pipelines or containers.
Before welding, cutting, or applying heat with an open flame to pipelines or containers that have contained flammable or combustible liquids, flammable gases, or explosive solids, the pipelines or containers shall be—
(a) Drained, ventilated, and thoroughly cleaned of any residue;
(b) Vented to prevent pressure build-up during the application of heat; and
(c)(1) Filled with an inert gas or water, where compatible; or
(2) Determined to be free of flammable gases by a flammable gas detection device prior to and at frequent intervals during the application of heat.
S 57.4660 Work in shafts, raises, or winzes and other activities involving hazard areas.
During performance of an activity underground described in Table C-2 or when falling sparks or hot metal from work performed in a shaft, raise, or winze could pose a fire hazard—
(a) A multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher shall be at the worksite to supplement the fire extinguishing equipment required by S 57.4600; and
(b) At least one of the following actions shall be taken:
(1) Wet down the area before and after the operation, taking precaution against any hazard of electrical shock.
(2) Isolate any combustible material with noncombustible material.
(3) Shield the activity so that hot metal and sparks cannot cause a fire.
(4) Provide a second person to watch for and extinguish any fire.
Table C-2
Activity Distance Fire hazard
———————————————————————————————
Welding or | |More than 1 gallon of
cutting with | | combustible liquid,
an electric arc | | unless in a closed,
or open flame | Within 35 feet of———————| metal container.
Using an open | |
flame to bend or| |More than 50 pounds of
heat materials | | non-fire-retardant
electrically, | |
except with | |More than 10 pounds
of heat tape | | combustible plastics.
—————————|————————————————————————|
Soldering or | |Materials in a shaft,
thawing with an | Within 10 feet of— | raise, or winze that
open flame | | hot metal or sparks.
———————————————————————————————————-
(5) Cover or bulkhead the opening immediately below and adjacent to the activity with noncom- bustible material to prevent sparks or hot metal from falling down the shaft, raise, or winze. This alterna- tive applies only to activities involving a shaft, raise, or winze.
(c) The affected area shall be inspected during the first hour after the operation is completed.
Additional inspections shall be made or other fire prevention measures shall be taken if a fire hazard continues to exist.
Ventilation Control Measures
S 57.4760 Shaft mines.
(a) Shaft mines shall be provided with at least one of the following means to control the spread of fire, smoke, and toxic gases underground in the event of a fire: control doors, reversal of mechanical ventilation, or effective evacuation procedures. Under this standard, "shaft mine" means a mine in which any designated escapeway includes a mechanical hoisting device or a ladder ascent.
(1) Control doors. If used as an alternative, control doors shall be—
(i) Installed at or near shaft stations of intake shafts and any shaft designated as an escapeway under S 57.11053 or at other locations that provide equivalent protection;
(ii) Constructed and maintained according to Table C-3;
(iii) Provided with a means of remote closure at landings of timbered intake shafts unless a person specifically designated to close each door in the event of a fire can reach the door within three minutes;
(iv) Closed or opened only according to predetermined conditions and procedures;
(v) Constructed so that once closed they will not reopen as a result of a differential in air pres- sure;
(vi) Constructed so that they can be opened from either side by one person, or be provided with a personnel door that can be opened from either side; and
(vii) Clear of obstructions.
(2) Mechanical ventilation reversal. If used as an alternative, reversal of mechanical ventilation shall—
(i) Provide at all times at least the same degree of protection to persons underground as would be afforded by the installation of control doors;
(ii) Be accomplished by a main fan. If the main fan is located underground—
(A) The cable or conductors supplying power to the fan shall be routed through areas free of fire hazards; or
(B) The main fan shall be equipped with a second, independent power cable or set of conductors from the surface. The power cable or conductors shall be located so that an underground fire disrupting power in one cable or set of conductors will not affect the other; or
A second fan capable of accomplishing ventilation reversal shall be available for use in the event of failure of the main fan;
(iii) Provide rapid air reversal that allows persons underground time to exit in fresh air by the second escapeway or find a place of refuge; and
(iv) Be done according to predetermined conditions and procedures.
(3) Evacuation. If used as an alternative, effective evacuation shall be demonstrated by actual evacuation of all persons underground to the surface in ten minutes or less through routes that will not expose persons to heat, smoke, or toxic fumes in the event of a fire.
(b) If the destruction of any bulkhead on an inactive level would allow fire contaminants to reach an escapeway, that bulkhead shall be constructed and maintained to provide at least the same protection as required for control doors under Table C-3.
1/In this table, "combustible material" does not refer to installed wiring or track support.
[50 FR 4082, Jan. 29, 1985; 50 FR 20100, May 14, 1985]
S 57.4761 Underground shops.
To confine or prevent the spread of toxic gases from a fire originating in an underground shop where maintenance work is routinely done on mobile equipment, one of the following measures shall be taken: use of control doors or bulkheads, routing of the mine shop air directly to an exhaust system, reversal of mechanical ventilation, or use of an automatic fire suppression system in conjunction with an alternate escape route. The alternative used shall at all times provide at least the same degree of safety as control doors or bulkheads.
(a) Control doors or bulkheads. If used as an alternative, control doors or bulkheads shall meet the following requirements:
(1) Each control door or bulkhead shall be constructed to serve as a barrier to fire, the effects of fire, and air leakage at each opening to the shop.
(2) Each control door shall be—
(i) Constructed so that, once closed, it will not reopen as a result of a differential in air pressure;
(ii) Constructed so that it can be opened from either side by one person or be provided with a personnel door that can be opened from either side;
(iii) Clear of obstructions; and
(iv) Provided with a means of remote or automatic closure unless a person specifically desig- nated to close the door in the event of a fire can reach the door within three minutes.
(3) If located 20 feet or more from exposed timber or other combustible material, the control doors or bulkheads shall provide protection at least equivalent to a door constructed of no less than one- quarter inch of plate steel with channel or angle-iron reinforcement to minimize warpage. The frame- work assembly of the door and the surrounding bulkhead, if any, shall be at least equivalent to the door in fire and air-leakage resistance, and in physical strength.
(4) If located less than 20 feet from exposed timber or other combustibles, the control door or bulkhead shall provide protection at least equivalent to a door constructed of two layers of wood, each a minimum of three-quarters of an inch in thickness. The wood-grain of one layer shall be perpendicular to the wood-grain of the other layer. The wood construction shall be covered on all sides and edges with no less than 24-gauge sheet steel. The framework assembly of the door and the surrounding bulkhead, if any, shall be at least equivalent to the door in fire and air-leakage resistance, and in physical strength.
Roll-down steel doors with a fire-resistance rating of 1 1/2 hours or greater, but without an insulation core, are acceptable provided that an automatic sprinkler or deluge system is installed that provides even coverage of the door on both sides.
(b) Routing air to exhaust system. If used as an alternative, routing the mine shop exhaust air directly to an exhaust system shall be done so that no person would be exposed to toxic gases in the event of a shop fire.
(c) Mechanical ventilation reversal. If used as an alternative, reversal of mechanical ventilation shall—
(1) Be accomplished by a main fan. If the main fan is located underground:
(i) The cable or conductors supplying power to the fan shall be routed through areas free of fire hazards; or
(ii) The main fan shall be equipped with a second, independent power cable or set of conductors from the surface. The power cable or conductors shall be located so that an underground fire disrupting power in one cable or set of conductors will not affect the other; or
(iii) A second fan capable of accomplishing ventilation reversal shall be available for use in the event of failure of the main fan;
(2) Provide rapid air reversal that allows persons underground time to exit in fresh air by the second escapeway or find a place of refuge; and
(3) Be done according to predetermined conditions and procedures.
(d) Automatic fire suppression system and escape route. If used as an alternative, the automatic fire suppression system and alternate escape route shall meet the following requirements:
(1) The suppression system shall be—
(i) Located in the shop area;
(ii) The appropriate size and type for the particular fire hazards involved; and
(iii) Inspected at weekly intervals and properly maintained.
(2) The escape route shall bypass the shop area so that the route will not be affected by a fire in the shop area.
APPENDIX I TO SUBPART C—NATIONAL CONSENSUS STANDARDS
Mine operators seeking further information in the area of fire prevention and control may con- sult the following national consensus standards.
MSHA standard National consensus standard
SS 57.4200, 57.4201, NFPA No. 10—Portable Fire Extinguisher.
57.4261, and NFPA No. 11—Low Expansion Foam and
57.4262 Combined Agent Systems.
NFPA No. 11A—High Expansion Foam
Systems.
NFPA No. 12—Carbon Dioxide
Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 12A—Halon 1301 Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 13—Water Sprinkler Systems.
NFPA No. 14—Standpipe and Hose Systems.
NFPA No. 15—Water Spray Fixed Systems.
NFPA No. 16—Foam Water Spray Systems.
NFPA No. 17—Dry-Chemical Extinguishing Systems.
NFPA No. 121—Mobile Surface Mining Equipment.
NFPA No. 291-Testing and Marketing
Hydrants.
NFPA No. 1962—Care, Use, and Maintenance of Fire Hose,
Connections, and Nozzles.
S 57.4202 NFPA No. 14—Standpipe and Hose Systems.
NFPA No. 291—Testing and Marketing
Hydrants.
S 57.4203 NFPA No. 10-Portable Fire Extinguishers.
S 57.4230 NFPA No. 10—Portable Fire Extinguishers.
NFPA No. 121—Mobile Surface Mining Equipment.
S 57.4260 NFPA No. 10—Portable Fire Extinguishers.
S 57.4261 NFPA No. 14—Standpipe and Hose Systems.
S 57.4533 NFPA Fire Protection Handbook.
S 57.4560 ASTM E-162—Surface Flammability of
Materials Using a Radiant Heat
Energy Source.
Subpart D—Air Quality, Radiation, and Physical Agents
Air Quality-Surface and Underground
S 57.5001 Exposure limits for airborne contaminants.
Except as permitted by S 57.5005—
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b), the exposure to airborne contaminants shall not exceed, on the basis of a time weighted average, the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained in the 1973 edition of the Conference's publication, entitled "TLV's Threshold Limit Values for Chemical Substances in Workroom Air Adopted by ACGIH for 1973," pages 1 through 54, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. This publication may be obtained from the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists by writing to the Secretary-Treasurer, P.O. Box 1937, Cincinnati, Ohio 45201, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration. Excursions above the listed thresholds shall not be of a greater magnitude than is characterized as permissible by the Conference.
(b) The 8-hour time-weighted average airborne concentration of asbestos dust to which employ- ees are exposed shall not exceed 2 fibers per milliliter greater than 5 microns in length, as determined by the membrane filter method at 400-450 magnification (4 millimeter objective) phase contrast illumina- tion. No employees shall be exposed at any time to airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers in excess of 10 fibers longer than 5 micrometers, per milliliter of air, as determined by the membrane filter meth- ods over a minimum sampling time of 15 minutes. "Asbestos" is a generic term for a number of hydrated silicates that, when crushed or processed, separate into flexible fibers made up of fibrils. Although there are many asbestos minerals, the term "asbestos" as used herein is limited to the following minerals: chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, anthophylite asbestos, tremolite asbestos, and actinolite asbestos.
(c) Employees shall be withdrawn from areas where there is present an airborne contaminant given a "C" designation by the Conference and the concentration exceeds the threshold limit value listed for that contaminant.
S 57.5002 Exposure monitoring.
Dust, gas, mist, and fume surveys shall be conducted as frequently as necessary to determine the adequacy of control measures.
S 57.5005 Control of exposure to airborne contaminants.
Control of employee exposure to harmful airborne contaminants shall be, insofar as feasible, by prevention of contamination, removal by exhaust ventilation, or by dilution with uncontaminated air.
However, where accepted engineering control measures have not been developed or when necessary by the nature of work involved (for example, while establishing controls or occasional entry into hazardous atmospheres to perform maintenance or investigation), employees may work for reasonable periods of time in concentrations of airborne contaminants exceeding permissible levels if they are protected by appropriate respiratory protective equipment. Whenever respiratory protective equipment is used a program for selection, maintenance, training, fitting, supervision, cleaning, and use shall meet the fol- lowing minimum requirements:
(a) Mine Safety and Health Administration approved respirators which are applicable and suit- able for the purpose intended shall be furnished, and employees shall use the protective equipment in accordance with training and instruction.
(b) A respirator program consistent with the requirements of ANSI Z88.2-1969, published by the American National Standards Institute and entitled "American National Standards Practices for Respira- tory Protection ANSI Z88.2-1969," approved August 11, 1969, which is hereby incorporated by refer- ence and made a part hereof. This publication may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Adminis- tration.
(c) When respiratory protection is used in atmospheres immediately harmful to life, the presence of at least one other person with backup equipment and rescue capability shall be required in the event of failure of the respiratory equipment.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0048)
S 57.5006 Restricted use of chemicals.
The following chemical substances shall not be used or stored except by competent persons under laboratory conditions approved by a nationally recognized agency acceptable to the Secretary.
(a) Carbon tetrachloride,
(b) Phenol,
(c) 4-Nitrobiphenyl,
(d) Alpha-naphthylamine,
(e) 4,4-Methylene Bis (2-chloroaniline),
(f) Methyl-chloromethyl ether,
(g) 3,3 Dichlorobenzidine,
(h) Bis (chloromethyl) ether,
(i) Beta-napthylamine,
(j) Benzidine,
(k) 4-Aminodiphenyl,
(l) Ethyleneimine,
(m) Beta-propiolactone,
(n) 2-Acetylaminofluorene,
(o) 4-Dimethylaminobenzene, and
(p) N-Nitrosodimethylamine.
Air Quality—Underground Only
S 57.5015 Oxygen deficiency.
Air in all active workings shall contain at least 19.5 volume percent oxygen.
Radiation—Underground Only
S 57.5037 Radon daughter exposure monitoring.
(a) In all mines at least one sample shall be taken in exhaust mine air by a competent person to determine if concentrations of radon daughters are present. Sampling shall be done using suggested equipment and procedures described in section 14.3 of ANSI N13.8-1973, entitled "American National Standard Radiation Protection in Uranium Mines," approved July 18, 1973, pages 13-15, by the Ameri- can National Standards Institute, Inc., which is incorporated by reference and made a part of the standard or equivalent procedures and equipment acceptable to the Administrator, Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, Mine Safety and Health Administration. This publication may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Adminis- tration, or may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018. The mine operator may request that the required exhaust mine air sampling be done by the Mine Safety and Health Administration. If concentrations of radon daughters in excess of 0.1 WL are found in an exhaust air sample, thereafter—
(1) Where uranium is mined-radon daughter concentrations representative of worker's breathing zone shall be determined at least every two weeks at random times in all active working areas such as stopes, drift headings, travelways, haulageways, shops, stations, lunch rooms, magazines, and any other place or location where persons work, travel, or congregate. However, if concentrations of radon daugh- ters are found in excess of 0.3 WL in an active working area, radon daughter concentrations thereafter shall be determined weekly in that working area until such time as the weekly determinations in that area have been 0.3 WL or less for 5 consecutive weeks.
(2) Where uranium is not mined-when radon daughter concentrations between 0.1 and 0.3 WL are found in an active working area, radon daughter concentration measurements representative of worker's breathing zone shall be determined at least every 3 months at random times until such time as the radon daughter concentrations in that area are below 0.1 WL, and annually thereafter. If concentra- tions of radon daughters are found in excess of 0.3 WL in an active working area radon daughter concen- trations thereafter shall be determined at least weekly in that working area until such time as the weekly determinations in that area have been 0.3 WL or less for 5 consecutive weeks.
(b) If concentrations of radon daughters less than 0.1 WL are found in an exhaust mine air sample, thereafter:
(1) Where uranium is mined-at least one sample shall be taken in the exhaust mine air monthly.
(2) Where uranium is not mined-no further exhaust mine air sampling is required.
(c) The sample date, locations, and results obtained under (a) and (b) above shall be recorded and retained at the mine site or nearest mine office for at least two years and shall be made available for inspection by the Secretary or his authorized representative.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0003)
S 57.5038 Annual exposure limits.
No person shall be permitted to receive an exposure in excess of 4 WLM in any calendar year.
S 57.5039 Maximum permissible concentration.
Except as provided by standard S 57.5005, persons shall not be exposed to air containing concen- trations of radon daughters exceeding 1.0 WL in active workings.
S 57.5040 Exposure records.
(a) The operator shall calculate and record complete individual exposures to concentrations of radon daughters as follows:
(1) Where uranium is mined-the complete individual exposures of all mine personnel working underground shall be calculated and recorded. These records shall include the individual's time in each active working area such as stopes, drift headings, travelways, haulageways, shops, stations, lunch rooms, magazines and any other place or location where persons work, travel or congregate, and the concentration of airborne radon daughters for each active working area.
(2) Where uranium is not mined-the complete individual exposure of all mine personnel working in active working areas with radon daughter concentrations in excess of 0.3 WL shall be calculated and recorded. These records shall include the individual's time in each active working area and the concen- trations of airborne radon daughters for each active working area. The operator may discontinue calculat- ing and recording the individual exposures of any personnel assigned to work in active working areas where radon daughter concentrations have been reduced to 0.3 WL or less for 5 consecutive weeks provided that such exposure calculation and recordation shall not be discontinued with respect to any person who has accumulated more exposure than 1/12 (one-twelfth) of a WLM times the number of months for which exposures have been calculated and recorded in the calendar year in which the expo- sure calculation and recordation is proposed to be discontinued.
(b) The operator shall maintain the form entitled "Record of Individual Exposure to Radon Daughters" (Form 4000-9), or equivalent forms that are acceptable to the Administrator, Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, Mine Safety and Health Administration, on which there shall be recorded the specific information required by the form with respect to each person's time-weighted current and cumulative exposure to concentrations of radon daughters.
(1) The form entitled "Record of Individual Exposure to Radon Daughters" (Form 4000-9), shall consist of an original of each form for the operator's records which shall be available for examination by the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(2) On or before February 15 of each calendar year, or within 45 days after the shutdown of mining operations for the calendar year, each mine operator shall submit to the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the State Mine Inspector a copy of the "Record of Individual Exposure to Radon Daughters" (Form 4000-9), or acceptable equivalent form, showing the data required by the form for all personnel for whom calculation and recording of exposure was required during the previous calendar year.
(3) Errors detected by the operator shall be corrected on any forms kept by the operator and a corrected copy of any forms submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the State Mine Inspector shall be submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the State Mine Inspector within 60 days of detection and shall identify the errors and indicate the date the corrections are made.
(4) The operator's records of individual exposure to concentrations of radon daughters and copies of "Record of Individual Exposure to Radon Daughters" (Form 4000-9) or acceptable equivalent form or true legible facsimiles thereof (microfilm or other), shall be retained at the mine or nearest mine office for a period as specified in paragraph 9.8, ANSI N13.8-1973, or shall be submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the State Mine Inspector. These records, if retained by the opera- tor, shall be open for inspection by the Secretary of Labor, his authorized representative, and authorized representatives of the official mine inspection agency of the State in which the mine is located. Para- graph 9.8, ANSI N13.8-1973, is incorporated by reference and made a part of this standard. ANSI N13.8-1973 may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., at 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018.
(5) Upon written request from a person who is a subject of these records, a statement of the year- to-date and cumulative exposure applicable to that person shall be provided to the person or to whom- ever such person designates.
(6) The blank form entitled "Record of Individual Exposure to Radon Daughters" (Form 4000-9) may be obtained on request from any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
Note: To calculate an individual's exposure to WLM for a given period of time, multiply the total exposure time (hours to the nearest half-hour) in an active working area by the average concentra- tion of airborne radon daughters for the applicable active working area (average working level calculated to the nearest hundredth working level) and divide the product by the constant 173 hours per month.
An average airborne radon daughter concentration for a designated active working area shall be determined by averaging all sampling results for that working area during the time that persons are present. Any sample taken by Federal or State mine inspectors, which represents exposure to miners and reported to the operator within three days of being taken, shall be included in the average concentration; except that if the mine operator samples simultaneously with the inspector, he may use his own sample results.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0003)
S 57.5041 Smoking prohibition.
Smoking shall be prohibited in all areas of a mine where exposure records are required to be kept in compliance with standard 57.5040.
S 57.5042 Revised exposure levels.
If levels of permissible exposures to concentrations of radon daughters different from those prescribed in 57.5038 are recommended by the Environmental Protection Agency and approved by the President, no employee shall be permitted to receive exposures in excess of those levels after the effec- tive dates established by the Agency.
S 57.5044 Respirators.
The wearing of respirators approved for protection against radon daughters shall be required in environments exceeding 1.0 WL and respirator use shall be in compliance with standard 57.5005.
S 57.5045 Posting of inactive workings.
Inactive workings in which radon daughter concentrations are above 1.0 WL, shall be posted against unauthorized entry and designated by signs indicating them as areas in which approved respira- tors shall be worn.
S 57.5046 Protection against radon gas.
Where radon daughter concentrations exceed 10 WL, respirator protection against radon gas shall be provided in addition to protection against radon daughters. Protection against radon gas shall be provided by supplied air devices or by face masks containing absorbent material capable of removing both the radon and its daughters.
S 57.5047 Gamma radiation surveys.
(a) Gamma radiation surveys shall be conducted annually in all underground mines where radio- active ores are mined.
(b) Surveys shall be in accordance with American National Standards (ANSI) Standard N13.8- 1973, entitled "Radiation Protection in Uranium Mines", section 14.1 page 12, which is hereby incorpo- rated by reference and made a part hereof. This publication may be examined in any Metal and Non- metal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office, Mine Safety and Health Administration, or may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018.
(c) Where average gamma radiation measurements are in excess of 2.0 milliroentgens per hour in the working place, gamma radiation dosimeters shall be provided for all persons affected, and records of cumulative individual gamma radiation exposure shall be kept.
(d) Annual individual gamma radiation exposure shall not exceed 5 rems.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0039)
Physical Agents-Surface and Underground
S 57.5050 Exposure limits for noise.
(a) No employee shall be permitted an exposure to noise in excess of that specified in the table below. Noise level measurements shall be made using a sound level meter meeting specifications for type 2 meters contained in American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Standard S1.4-1971, "General Purpose Sound Level Meters," approved April 27, 1971, which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof, or by a dosimeter with similar accuracy. This publication may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Health and Safety District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
PERMISSIBLE NOISE EXPOSURES
Duration per day, Sound level dBA,
hours of exposure slow response
8 90
6 92
4 95
3 97
2 100
1 1/2 102
1 105
1/2 110
1/4 or less 115
No exposure shall exceed 115 dBA. Impact or impulsive noises shall not exceed 140 dB, peak sound pressure level.
Note: When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure at different levels, their combined effect shall be considered rather than the individual effect on each.
If the sum
(C1/T1)+(C2/T2)+ . . . (Cn/Tn)
exceeds unity, then the mixed exposure shall be considered to exceed the permissible exposure. Cn indicates the total time of exposure at a specified noise level, and Tn indicates the total time of exposure permitted at that level. Interpolation between tabulated values may be determined by the following formula:
Log T = 6.322-0.0602 SL
Where T is the time in hours and SL is the sound level in dBA.
Subpart E—Explosives
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811, 956, and 961.
Source: 58 FR 69596, Dec. 30, 1993.
S 57.6000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Attended. Presence of an individual or continuous monitoring to prevent unauthorized entry or access. In addition, areas containing explosive material at underground areas of a mine can be consid- ered attended when all access to the underground areas of the mine is secured from unauthorized entry.
Vertical shafts shall be considered secure. Inclined shafts or adits shall be considered secure when locked at the surface.
Barrier. A material object, or objects that separates, keeps apart, or demarcates in a conspicuous manner such as cones, a warning sign, or tape.
Blast area. The area in which concussion (shock wave), flying material, or gases from an explo- sion may cause injury to persons. In determining the blast area, the following factors shall be considered:
(1) Geology or material to be blasted.
(2) Blast pattern.
(3) Burden, depth, diameter, and angle of the holes.
(4) Blasting experience of the mine.
(5) Delay system, powder factor, and pounds per delay.
(6) Type and amount of explosive material.
(7) Type and amount of stemming.
Blast site. The area where explosive material is handled during loading, including the perimeter formed by the loaded blastholes and 50 feet (15.2 meters) in all directions from loaded holes. A mini- mum distance of 30 feet (9.1 meters) may replace the 50-foot (15.2-meter) requirement if the perimeter of loaded holes is demarcated with a barrier. The 50-foot (15.2-meter) and alternative 30-foot (9.1- meter) requirements also apply in all directions along the full depth of the hole. In underground mines, at least 15 feet (4.6 meters) of solid rib, pillar, or broken rock can be substituted for the 50-foot (15.2- meter) distance. In underground mines utilizing a block-caving system or similar system, at least 6 feet (1.8 meters) of solid rib or pillar, including concrete reinforcement of at least 10 inches (254 millime- ters), with overall dimensions of not less than 6 feet (1.8 meters), may be substituted for the 50-foot (15.2-meter) distance requirement.
Blasting agent. Any substance classified as a blasting agent by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.114a(a). This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Detonating cord. A flexible cord containing a center core of high explosives which may be used to initiate other explosives.
Detonator. Any device containing a detonating charge used to initiate an explosive. These de- vices include electric or nonelectric instantaneous or delay blasting caps, and delay connectors. The term "detonator" does not include detonating cord. Detonators may be either "Class A" detonators or "Class C" detonators, as classified by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, and 173.100. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Emulsion. An explosive material containing substantial amounts of oxidizers dissolved in water droplets, surrounded by an immiscible fuel.
Explosive. Any substance classified as an explosive by the Department of Transportation in 49 CFR 173.53, 173.88, and 173.100. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Explosive material. Explosives, blasting agents, and detonators.
Flash point. The minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture near the surface of the liquid.
Igniter cord. A fuse that burns progressively along its length with an external flame at the zone of burning, used for lighting a series of safety fuses in a desired sequence.
Laminated partition. A partition composed of the following material and minimum nominal dimensions: 1/2-inch-thick plywood, 1/2-inch-thick gypsum wallboard, 1/8-inch-thick low carbon steel, and 1/4-inch-thick plywood, bonded together in that order. Other combinations of materials may be used, such as plywood, wood or gypsum wallboard as insulators, and steel or wood as structural ele- ments, provided that the partition is equivalent to a laminated partition for both insulation and structural purposes as determined by appropriate testing. The Institute of Makers of Explosives (IME) 22 container or compartment, described in IME Safety Library Publication 22 (Jan. 1985), meets the criteria of a laminated partition. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
Loading. Placing explosive material either in a blasthole or against the material to be blasted.
Magazine. A bullet-resistant, theft-resistant, fire-resistant, weather-resistant, ventilated facility for the storage of explosives and detonators (BATF Type 1 or Type 2 facility).
Misfire. The complete or partial failure of explosive material to detonate as planned. The term also is used to describe the explosive material itself that has failed to detonate.
Multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguisher. An extinguisher having a rating of at least 2-A:10- B:C and containing a nominal 4.5 pounds or more of dry-chemical agent.
Primer. A unit, package, or cartridge of explosives which contains a detonator and is used to initiate other explosives or blasting agents.
Safety switch. A switch that provides shunt protection in blasting circuits between the blast site and the switch used to connect a power source to the blasting circuit.
Slurry. An explosive material containing substantial portions of a liquid, oxidizers, and fuel, plus thickener.
Storage facility. The entire class of structures used to store explosive materials. A "storage facility" used to store blasting agents corresponds to a BATF Type 4 or 5 storage facility.
Water gel. An explosive material containing substantial portions of water, oxidizers, and fuel, plus a cross-linking agent.
STORAGE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND 57.6100 Separation of stored explosive material.
(a) Detonators shall not be stored in the same magazine with other explosive material.
(b) When stored in the same magazine, blasting agents shall be separated from explosives, safety fuse, and detonating cord to prevent contamination.
S 57.6101 Areas around explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Areas surrounding storage facilities for explosive material shall be clear of rubbish, brush, dry grass, and trees for 25 feet in all directions, except that live trees 10 feet or taller need not be removed.
(b) Other combustibles shall not be stored or allowed to accumulate within 50 feet of explosive material. Combustible liquids shall be stored in a manner that ensures drainage will occur away from the explosive material storage facility in case of tank rupture.
S 57.6102 Explosive material storage practices.
(a) Explosive material shall be—
(1) Stored in a manner to facilitate use of oldest stocks first;
(2) Stored according to brand and grade in such a manner as to facilitate identification; and
(3) Stacked in a stable manner but not more than 8 feet high.
(b) Explosives and detonators shall be stored in closed nonconductive containers except that nonelectric detonating devices may be stored on nonconductive racks provided the case-insert instruc- tions and the date-plant-shift code are maintained with the product.
STORAGE—SURFACE ONLY
S 57.6130 Explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Detonators and explosives shall be stored in magazines.
(b) Packaged blasting agents shall be stored in a magazine or other facility which is ventilated to prevent dampness and excessive heating, weather-resistant, and locked or attended. Drop trailers that are currently licensed by the Federal, State, or local authorities for over-the-road use do not have to be ventilated. Facilities other than magazines used to store blasting agents shall contain only blasting agents.
(c) Bulk blasting agents shall be stored in weather-resistant bins or tanks which are locked, attended, or otherwise inaccessible to unauthorized entry.
(d) Facilities, bins or tanks shall be posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach.
S 57.6131 Location of explosive material storage facilities.
(a) Storage facilities for any explosive material shall be—
(1) Located so that the forces generated by a storage facility explosion will not create a hazard to occupants in mine buildings and will not damage dams or electric substations; and
(2) Detached structures located outside the blast area and a sufficient distance from powerlines so that the powerlines, if damaged, would not contact the magazines.
(b) Operators should also be aware of regulations affecting storage facilities in 27 CFR part 55, in particular, SS 55.218 and 55.220. This document is available at any MSHA Metal and Nonmetal Safety and Health district office.
S 57.6132 Magazine requirements.
(a) Magazines shall be—
(1) Structurally sound;
(2) Noncombustible or the exterior covered with fire-resistant material;
(3) Bullet resistant;
(4) Made of nonsparking material on the inside;
(5) Ventilated to control dampness and excessive heating within the magazine;
(6) Posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach, so located that a bullet passing through any of the signs will not strike the magazine;
(7) Kept clean and dry inside;
(8) Unlighted or lighted by devices that are specifically designed for use in magazines and which do not create a fire or explosion hazard;
(9) Unheated or heated only with devices that do not create a fire or explosion hazard;
(10) Locked when unattended; and
(11) Used exclusively for the storage of explosive material except for essential nonsparking equipment used for the operation of the magazine.
(b) Metal magazines shall be equipped with electrical bonding connections between all conduc- tive portions so the entire structure is at the same electrical potential. Suitable electrical bonding meth- ods include welding, riveting, or the use of securely tightened bolts where individual metal portions are joined. Conductive portions of nonmetal magazines shall be grounded.
(c) Electrical switches and outlets shall be located on the outside of the magazine.
S 57.6133 Powder chests.
(a) Powder chests (day boxes) shall be—
(1) Structurally sound, weather-resistant, equipped with a lid or cover, and with only nonsparking material on the inside;
(2) Posted with the appropriate United States Department of Transportation placards or other appropriate warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach;
(3) Located out of the blast area once loading has been completed;
(4) Locked or attended when containing explosive material; and
(5) Emptied at the end of each shift with the contents returned to a magazine or other storage facility, or attended.
(b) Detonators shall be kept in separate chests from explosives or blasting agents, except if separated by 4-inches of hardwood, laminated partition, or equivalent.
STORAGE—UNDERGROUND ONLY
S 57.6160 Main facilities.
(a) Main facilities used to store explosive material underground shall be located—
(1) In stable or supported ground;
(2) So that a fire or explosion in the storage facilities will not prevent escape from the mine, or cause detonation of the contents of another storage facility;
(3) Out of the line of blasts, and protected from vehicular traffic, except that accessing the facil- ity;
(4) At least 200 feet from work places or shafts;
(5) At least 50 feet from electric substations;
(6) A safe distance from trolley wires; and
(7) At least 25 feet from detonator storage facilities.
(b) Main facilities used to store explosive material underground shall be—
(1) Posted with warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from any approach;
(2) Used exclusively for the storage of explosive material and necessary equipment associated with explosive material storage and delivery:
(i) Portions of the facility used for the storage of explosives shall only contain nonsparking material or equipment.
(ii) The blasting agent portion of the facility may be used for the storage of other necessary equipment.
(3) Kept clean, suitably dry, and orderly;
(4) Provided with unobstructed ventilation openings;
(5) Kept securely locked unless all access to the mine is either locked or attended; and
(6) Unlighted or lighted only with devices that do not create a fire or explosion hazard and which are specifically designed for use in magazines.
(c) Electrical switches and outlets shall be located outside the facility.
S 57.6161 Auxiliary facilities.
(a) Auxiliary facilities used to store explosive material near work places shall be wooden, box- type containers equipped with covers or doors, or facilities constructed or mined-out to provide equiva- lent impact resistance and confinement.
(b) The auxiliary facilities shall be—
(1) Constructed of nonsparking material on the inside when used for the storage of explosives;
(2) Kept clean, suitably dry, and orderly;
(3) Kept in repair;
(4) Located out of the line of blasts so they will not be subjected to damaging shock or flyrock;
(5) Identified with warning signs or coded to indicate the contents with markings visible from any approach;
(6) Located at least 15 feet from all haulageways and electrical equipment, or placed entirely within a mined-out recess in the rib used exclusively for explosive material;
(7) Filled with no more than a one-week supply of explosive material;
(8) Separated by at least 25 feet from other facilities used to store detonators; and
(9) Kept securely locked unless all access to the mine is either locked or attended.
TRANSPORTATION—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6200 Delivery to storage or blast site areas.
Explosive material shall be transported without undue delay to the storage area or blast site.
S 57.6201 Separation of transported explosive material.
Detonators shall not be transported on the same vehicle or conveyance with other explosives except as follows:
(a) Detonators in quantities of more than 1000 may be transported in a vehicle or conveyance with explosives or blasting agents provided the detonators are—
(1) Maintained in the original packaging as shipped from the manufacturer; and
(2) Separated from the explosives or blasting agents by 4-inches of hardwood, laminated parti- tion, or equivalent. The hardwood, laminated partition, or equivalent shall be fastened to the vehicle or conveyance.
(b) Detonators in quantities of 1000 or fewer may be transported with explosives or blasting agents provided the detonators are—
(1) Kept in closed containers; and
(2) Separated from the explosives or blasting agents by 4-inches of hardwood, laminated parti- tion, or equivalent. The hardwood, laminated partition, or the equivalent shall be fastened to the vehicle or conveyance.
S 57.6202 Vehicles.
(a) Vehicles containing explosive material shall be—
(1) Maintained in good condition and shall comply with the requirements of subpart M of this part;
(2) Equipped with sides and enclosures higher than the explosive material being transported or have the explosive material secured to a nonconductive pallet;
(3) Equipped with a cargo space that shall contain the explosive material (passenger areas shall not be considered cargo space);
(4) Equipped with at least two multipurpose dry-chemical fire extinguishers or one such extin- guisher and an automatic fire suppression system;
(5) Posted with warning signs that indicate the contents and are visible from each approach;
(6) Occupied only by persons necessary for handling the explosive material;
(7) Attended or the cargo compartment locked at surface areas of underground mines, except when parked at the blast site and loading is in progress; and
(8) Secured while parked by having—
(i) The brakes set;
(ii) The wheels chocked if movement could occur; and
(iii) The engine shut off unless powering a device being used in the loading operation.
(b) Vehicles containing explosives shall have—
(1) No sparking material exposed in the cargo space; and
(2) Only properly secured nonsparking equipment in the cargo space with the explosives.
(c) Vehicles used for dispensing bulk explosive material shall—
(1) Have no zinc or copper exposed in the cargo space; and
(2) Provide any enclosed screw-type conveyors with protection against internal pressure and frictional heat.
S 57.6203 Locomotives.
Explosive material shall not be transported on a locomotive. When explosive material is hauled by trolley locomotive, covered, electrically insulated cars shall be used.
S 57.6204 Hoists.
(a) Before explosive material is transported in hoist conveyances—
(1) The hoist operator shall be notified; and
(2) Hoisting in adjacent shaft compartments, except for empty conveyances or counterweights, shall be stopped until transportation of the explosive material is completed.
(b) Explosive material transported in hoist conveyances shall be placed within a container which prevents shifting of the cargo that could cause detonation of the container by impact or by sparks. The manufacturer's container may be used if secured to a nonconductive pallet. When explosives are trans- ported, they shall be secured so as not to contact any sparking material.
(c) No explosive material shall be transported during a mantrip.
S 57.6205 Conveying explosives by hand.
Closed, nonconductive containers shall be used to carry explosives and detonators to and from blast sites. Separate containers shall be used for explosives and detonators.
USE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6300 Control of blasting operations.
(a) Only persons trained and experienced in the handling and use of explosive material shall direct blasting operations and related activities.
(b) Trainees and inexperienced persons shall work only in the immediate presence of persons trained and experienced in the handling and use of explosive material.
S 57.6301 Blasthole obstruction check.
Before loading, blastholes shall be checked and, wherever possible, cleared of obstructions.
S 57.6302 Explosive material protection.
(a) Explosives and blasting agents shall be kept separated from detonators until loading begins.
(b) Explosive material shall be protected from impact and temperatures in excess of 150 oF when taken to the blast site.
S 57.6303 Initiation preparation.
(a) Primers shall be made up only at the time of use and as close to the blast site as conditions allow.
(b) Primers shall be prepared with the detonator contained securely and completely within the explosive or contained securely and appropriately for its design in the tunnel or cap well.
(c) When using detonating cord to initiate another explosive, a connection shall be prepared with the detonating cord threaded through, attached securely to, or otherwise in contact with the explosive.
S 57.6304 Primer protection.
(a) Tamping shall not be done directly on a primer.
(b) Rigid cartridges of explosives or blasting agents that are 4 inches (100 millimeters) in diam- eter or larger shall not be dropped on the primer except where the blasthole contains sufficient depth of water to protect the primer from impact. Slit packages of prill, water gel, or emulsions are not considered rigid cartridges and may be drop loaded.
S 57.6305 Unused explosive material.
Unused explosive material shall be moved to a protected location as soon as practical after loading operations are completed.
S 57.6306 Loading and blasting.
(a) Vehicles and equipment shall not be driven over explosive material or initiating systems in a manner which could contact the material or system, or create other hazards.
(b) Once loading begins, the only activities permitted within the blast site shall be those activities directly related to the blasting operation and the activities of surveying, stemming, sampling of geology, and reopening of holes provided that reasonable care is exercised. Haulage activity is permitted near the base of the highwall being loaded provided no other haulage access exists.
(c) Loading shall be continuous except where adverse circumstances such as unfavorable atmo- spheric conditions, large equipment failure, or circumstances beyond the operator's control necessitate an interruption in loading.
(d) In electric blasting prior to connecting to the power source and in nonelectric blasting prior to attaching an initiating device, all persons shall leave the blast area except persons in a blasting shelter or other location that protects them from concussion (shock wave), flying material, and gases.
(e) When loading is completed and circuits are connected, the blasts shall be fired without undue delay unless adverse circumstances such as unfavorable atmospheric conditions, large equipment failure, or circumstances beyond the operator's control necessitate delay. If the time between the connection of circuits and the firing of the blast will exceed 72 hours, the operator shall notify the appropriate MSHA District Office and the State Mine Inspector before the 72 hours has elapsed.
(f) Before firing a blast—
(1) Ample warning shall be given to allow all persons to be evacuated;
(2) Clear exit routes shall be provided for persons firing the round; and
(3) All access routes to the blast area shall be guarded or barricaded to prevent the passage of persons or vehicles.
(g) No work shall resume in the blast area until a post-blast examination addressing potential blast-related hazards has been conducted by a person with the ability and experience to perform the examination.
S 57.6307 Drill stem loading.
Explosive material shall not be loaded into blastholes with drill stem equipment or other devices that could be extracted while containing explosive material. The use of loading hose, collar sleeves, or collar pipes is permitted.
S 57.6308 Initiation systems.
Initiation systems shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
S 57.6309 Fuel oil requirements for ANFO.
(a) Liquid hydrocarbon fuels with flash points lower than that of No. 2 diesel oil (125 oF) shall not be used to prepare ammonium nitrate-fuel oil, except that diesel fuels with flash points no lower than 100 oF may be used at ambient air temperatures below 45 oF.
(b) Waste oil, including crankcase oil, shall not be used to prepare ammonium nitrate-fuel oil.
S 57.6310 Misfire waiting period.
When a misfire is suspected, persons shall not enter the blast area—
(a) For 30 minutes if safety fuse and blasting caps are used; or
(b) For 15 minutes if any other type detonators are used.
S 57.6311 Handling of misfires.
(a) Faces and muck piles shall be examined for misfires after each blasting operation.
(b) Only work necessary to remove a misfire and protect the safety of miners engaged in the removal shall be permitted in the affected area until the misfire is disposed of in a safe manner.
(c) When a misfire cannot be disposed of safely, each approach to the area affected by the misfire shall be posted with a warning sign at a conspicuous location to prohibit entry, and the condition shall be reported immediately to mine management.
(d) Misfires occurring during the shift shall be reported to mine management not later than the end of the shift.
S 57.6312 Secondary blasting.
Secondary blasts fired at the same time in the same work area shall be initiated from one source.
S 57.6313 Blast site security.
Areas in which loading is suspended or loaded holes are awaiting firing shall be attended, barri- caded and posted, or flagged against unauthorized entry.
ELECTRIC BLASTING—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6400 Compatibility of electric detonators.
All electric detonators to be fired in a round shall be from the same manufacturer and shall have similar electrical firing characteristics.
S 57.6401 Shunting.
Except during testing—
(a) Electric detonators shall be kept shunted until connected to the blasting line or wired into a blasting round;
(b) Wired rounds shall be kept shunted until connected to the blasting line; and
(c) Blasting lines shall be kept shunted until immediately before blasting.
S 57.6402 Deenergized circuits near detonators.
Electrical distribution circuits within 50 feet of electric detonators at the blast site shall be deenergized. Such circuits need not be deenergized between 25 to 50 feet of the electric detonators if stray current tests, conducted as frequently as necessary, indicate a maximum stray current of less than 0.05 amperes through a 1-ohm resistor as measured at the blast site.
S 57.6403 Branch circuits.
(a) If electric blasting includes the use of branch circuits, each branch shall be equipped with a safety switch or equivalent method to isolate the circuits to be used.
(b) At least one safety switch or equivalent method of protection shall be located outside the blast area and shall be in the open position until persons are withdrawn.
S 57.6404 Separation of blasting circuits from power source.
(a) Switches used to connect the power source to a blasting circuit shall be locked in the open position except when closed to fire the blast.
(b) Lead wires shall not be connected to the blasting switch until the shot is ready to be fired.
S 57.6405 Firing devices.
(a) Power sources shall be capable of delivering sufficient current to energize all electric detona- tors to be fired with the type of circuits used. Storage or dry cell batteries are not permitted as power sources.
(b) Blasting machines shall be tested, repaired, and maintained in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
(c) Only the blaster shall have the key or other control to an electrical firing device.
S 57.6406 Duration of current flow.
If any part of a blast is connected in parallel and is to be initiated from powerlines or lighting circuits, the time of current flow shall be limited to a maximum of 25 milliseconds. This can be accom- plished by incorporating an arcing control device in the blasting circuit or by interrupting the circuit with an explosive device attached to one or both lead lines and initiated by a 25-millisecond delay electric detonator.
S 57.6407 Circuit testing.
A blasting galvanometer or other instrument designed for testing blasting circuits shall be used to test the following:
(a) In surface operations—
(1) Continuity of each electric detonator in the blasthole prior to stemming and connection to the blasting line;
(2) Resistance of individual series or the resistance of multiple balanced series to be connected in parallel prior to their connection to the blasting line;
(3) Continuity of blasting lines prior to the connection of electric detonator series; and
(4) Total blasting circuit resistance prior to connection to the power source.
(b) In underground operations—
(1) Continuity of each electric detonator series; and
(2) Continuity of blasting lines prior to the connection of electric detonators.
NONELECTRIC BLASTING—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6500 Damaged initiating material.
A visual check of the completed circuit shall be made to ensure that the components are properly aligned and connected. Safety fuse, igniter cord, detonating cord, shock or gas tubing, and similar mate- rial which is kinked, bent sharply, or damaged shall not be used.
S 57.6501 Nonelectric initiation systems.
(a) When the nonelectric initiation system uses shock tube—
(1) Connections with other initiation devices shall be secured in a manner which provides for uninterrupted propagation;
(2) Factory-made units shall be used as assembled and shall not be cut except that a single splice is permitted on the lead-in trunkline during dry conditions; and
(3) Connections between blastholes shall not be made until immediately prior to clearing the blast site when surface delay detonators are used.
(b) When the nonelectric initiation system uses detonating cord—
(1) The line of detonating cord extending out of a blasthole shall be cut from the supply spool immediately after the attached explosive is correctly positioned in the hole;
(2) In multiple row blasts, the trunkline layout shall be designed so that the detonation can reach each blasthole from at least two directions;
(3) Connections shall be tight and kept at right angles to the trunkline;
(4) Detonators shall be attached securely to the side of the detonating cord and pointed in the direction in which detonation is to proceed;
(5) Connections between blastholes shall not be made until immediately prior to clearing the blast site when surface delay detonators are used; and
(6) Lead-in lines shall be manually unreeled if connected to the trunklines at the blast site.
(c) When nonelectric initiation systems use gas tube, continuity of the circuit shall be tested prior to blasting.
S 57.6502 Safety fuse.
(a) The burning rate of each spool of safety fuse to be used shall be measured, posted in locations which will be conspicuous to safety fuse users, and brought to the attention of all persons involved with the blasting operation.
(b) When firing with safety fuse ignited individually using handheld lighters, the safety fuse shall be of lengths which provide at least the minimum burning time for a particular size round, as specified in the following table.
TABLE E-1—SAFETY FUSE—MINIMUM BURNING TIME
Number of holes Minimum burning
in a round time
1......................................2 minutes/1
2-5....................................2 minutes 40 seconds
6-10...................................3 minutes 20 seconds
11 to 15 ..............................5 minutes.
1/For example, at least a 36-inch length of 40-second-per-foot safety fuse or at least a 48-inch length of 30-second-per-foot safety fuse would have to be used to allow sufficient time to evacuate the area.
(c) Where flyrock might damage exposed safety fuse, the blast shall be timed so that all safety fuses are burning within the blastholes before any blasthole detonates.
(d) Fuse shall be cut and capped in dry locations.
(e) Blasting caps shall be crimped to fuse only with implements designed for that purpose.
(f) Safety fuse shall be ignited only after the primer and the explosive material are securely in place.
(g) Safety fuse shall be ignited only with devices designed for that purpose. Carbide lights, liquefied petroleum gas torches, and cigarette lighters shall not be used to light safety fuse.
(h) At least two persons shall be present when lighting safety fuse, and no one shall light more than 15 individual fuses. If more than 15 holes per person are to be fired, electric initiation systems, igniter cord and connectors, or other nonelectric initiation systems shall be used.
EXTRANEOUS ELECTRICITY—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6600 Loading practices.
If extraneous electricity is suspected in an area where electric detonators are used, loading shall be suspended until tests determine that stray current does not exceed 0.05 amperes through a 1-ohm resister when measured at the location of the electric detonators. If greater levels of extraneous electric- ity are found, the source shall be determined and no loading shall take place until the condition is cor- rected.
S 57.6601 Grounding.
Electric blasting circuits, including powerline sources when used, shall not be grounded.
S 57.6602 Static electricity dissipation during loading.
When explosive material is loaded pneumatically or dropped into a blasthole in a manner that could generate static electricity—
(a) An evaluation of the potential static electricity hazard shall be made and any hazard shall be eliminated before loading begins;
(b) The loading hose shall be of a semiconductive type, have a total of not more than 2 megohms of resistance over its entire length and not less than 1000 ohms of resistance per foot;
(c) Wire-countered hoses shall not be used;
(d) Conductive parts of the loading equipment shall be bonded and grounded and grounds shall not be made to other potential sources of extraneous electricity; and
(e) Plastic tubes shall not be used as hole liners if the hole contains an electric detonator.
S 57.6603 Air gap.
At least a 15-foot air gap shall be provided between the blasting circuit and the electric power source.
S 57.6604 Precautions during storms.
During the approach and progress of an electrical storm—
(a) Surface blasting operations shall be suspended and persons withdrawn from the blast area or to a safe location.
(b) Underground electrical blasting operations that are capable of being initiated by lightning shall be suspended and all persons withdrawn from the blast area or to a safe location.
S 57.6605 Isolation of blasting circuits.
Lead wires and blasting lines shall be isolated and insulated from power conductors, pipelines, and railroad tracks, and shall be protected from sources of stray or static electricity. Blasting circuits shall be protected from any contact between firing lines and overhead powerlines which could result from the force of a blast.
EQUIPMENT/TOOLS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6700 Nonsparking tools.
Only nonsparking tools shall be used to open containers of explosive material or to punch holes in explosive cartridges.
S 57.6701 Tamping and loading pole requirements.
Tamping and loading poles shall be of wood or other nonconductive, nonsparking material.
Couplings for poles shall be nonsparking.
MAINTENANCE—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND 57.6800 Storage facilities.
When repair work which could produce a spark or flame is to be performed on a storage facil- ity—
(a) The explosive material shall be moved to another facility, or moved at least 50 feet from the repair activity and monitored; and
(b) The facility shall be cleaned to prevent accidental detonation.
S 57.6801 Vehicle repair.
Vehicles containing explosive material and oxidizers shall not be taken into a repair garage or shop.
S 57.6802 Bulk delivery vehicles.
No welding or cutting shall be performed on a bulk delivery vehicle until the vehicle has been washed down and all explosive material has been removed. Before welding or cutting on a hollow shaft, the shaft shall be thoroughly cleaned inside and out and vented with a minimum 1/2-inch diameter opening to allow for sufficient ventilation.
S 57.6803 Blasting lines.
Permanent blasting lines shall be properly supported. All blasting lines shall be insulated and kept in good repair.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—SURFACE AND UNDERGROUND
S 57.6900 Damaged or deteriorated explosive material.
Damaged or deteriorated explosive material shall be disposed of in a safe manner in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
S 57.6901 Black powder.
(a) Black powder shall be used for blasting only when a desired result cannot be obtained with another type of explosive, such as in quarrying certain types of dimension stone.
(b) Containers of black powder shall be—
(1) Nonsparking;
(2) Kept in a totally enclosed cargo space while being transported by a vehicle;
(3) Securely closed at all times when—
(i) Within 50 feet of any magazine or open flame,
(ii) Within any building in which a fuel-fired or exposed-element electric heater is operating, or
(iii) In an area where electrical or incandescent-particle sparks could result in powder ignition; and
(4) Opened only when the powder is being transferred to a blasthole or another container and only in locations not listed in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(c) Black powder shall be transferred from containers only by pouring.
(d) Spills shall be cleaned up promptly with nonsparking equipment. Contaminated powder shall be put into a container of water and shall be disposed of promptly after the granules have disintegrated, or the spill area shall be flushed promptly with water until the granules have disintegrated completely.
(e) Misfires shall be disposed of by washing the stemming and powder charge from the blasthole, and removing and disposing of the initiator in accordance with the requirement for damaged explosives.
(f) Holes shall not be reloaded for at least 12 hours when the blastholes have failed to break as planned.
S 57.6902 Excessive temperatures.
(a) Where heat could cause premature detonation, explosive material shall not be loaded into hot areas, such as kilns or sprung holes.
(b) When blasting sulfide ores where hot holes occur that may react with explosive material in blastholes, operators shall—
(1) Measure an appropriate number of blasthole temperatures in order to assess the specific mine conditions prior to the introduction of explosive material;
(2) Limit the time between the completion of loading and the initiation of the blast to no more than 12 hours; and
(3) Take other special precautions to address the specific conditions at the mine to prevent premature detonation.
S 57.6903 Burning explosive material.
If explosive material is suspected of burning at the blast site, persons shall be evacuated from the endangered area and shall not return for at least one hour after the burning or suspected burning has stopped.
S 57.6904 Smoking and open flames.
Smoking and use of open flames shall not be permitted within 50 feet of explosive material except when separated by permanent noncombustible barriers. This standard does not apply to devices designed to ignite safety fuse or to heating devices which do not create a fire or explosion hazard.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS—UNDERGROUND ONLY
S 57.6960 Mixing of explosive material.
(a) The mixing of ingredients to produce explosive material shall not be conducted underground unless prior approval of the MSHA district manager is obtained. In granting or withholding approval, the district manager shall consider the potential hazards created by—
(1) The location of the stored material and the storage practices used;
(2) The transportation and use of the explosive material;
(3) The nature of the explosive material, including its sensitivity;
(4) Any other factor deemed relevant to the safety of miners potentially exposed to the hazards associated with the mixing of the bulk explosive material underground.
(b) Storage facilities for the ingredients to be mixed shall provide drainage away from the facili- ties for leaks and spills.
Subpart F—Drilling and Rotary Jet Piercing
Drilling—Surface Only
S 57.7002 Equipment defects.
Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 57.7003 Drill area inspection.
The drilling area shall be inspected for hazards before starting the drilling operations.
S 57.7004 Drill mast.
Persons shall not be on a mast while the drill-bit is in operation unless they are provided with a safe platform from which to work and they are required to use safety belts to avoid falling.
S 57.7005 Augers and drill stems.
Drill crews and others shall stay clear of augers or drill stems that are in motion. Persons shall not pass under or step over a moving stem or auger.
S 57.7008 Moving the drill.
When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equip- ment shall be secured and the mast placed in a safe position.
S 57.7009 Drill helpers.
If a drill helper assists the drill operator during movement of a drill to a new location, the helper shall be in sight of, or in communication with, the operator at all times.
S 57.7010 Power failures.
In the event of power failure, drill controls shall be placed in the neutral position until power is restored.
S 57.7011 Straightening crossed cables.
The drill stem shall be resting on the bottom of the hole or on the platform with the stem secured to the mast before attempts are made to straighten a crossed cable on a reel.
S 57.7012 Tending drills in operation.
While in operation, drills shall be attended at all times.
S 57.7013 Covering or guarding drill holes.
Drill holes large enough to constitute a hazard shall be covered or guarded.
S 57.7018 Hand clearance.
Persons shall not hold the drill steel while collaring holes, or rest their hands on the chuck or centralizer while drilling.
Drilling—Underground Only
S 57.7028 Hand clearance.
Persons shall not rest their hands on the chuck or centralizer while drilling.
S 57.7032 Anchoring.
Columns and the drills mounted on them shall be anchored firmly before and during drilling.
Drilling—Surface and Underground
S 57.7050 Tool and drill steel racks.
Receptacles or racks shall be provided for drill steel and tools stored or carried on drills.
S 57.7051 Loose objects on the mast or drill platform.
To prevent injury to personnel, tools and other objects shall not be left loose on the mast or drill platform.
S 57.7052 Drilling positions.
Persons shall not drill from—
(a) Positions which hinder their access to the control levers;
(b) Insecure footing or insecure staging; or
(c) Atop equipment not suitable for drilling.
S 57.7053 Moving hand-held drills.
Before hand-held drills are moved from one working area to another, air shall be turned off and bled from the hose.
S 57.7054 Starting or moving drill equipment.
Drill operators shall not start or move drilling equipment unless all miners are in the clear.
S 57.7055 Intersecting holes.
Holes shall not be drilled where there is a danger of intersecting a misfired hole or a hole con- taining explosives, blasting agents, or detonators.
[56 FR 46517, Sept 12, 1991; 56 FR FR 52193, Oct 18, 1991]
S 57.7056 Collaring in bootlegs.
Holes shall not be collared in bootlegs.
[56 FR 46517, Sept 12, 1991]
Rotary Jet Piercing—Surface Only
S 57.7801 Jet drills.
Jet piercing drills shall be provided with:
(a) A system to pressurize the equipment operator's cab, when a cab is provided; and
(b) A protective cover over the oxygen flow indicator.
S 57.7802 Oxygen hose lines.
Safety chains or other suitable locking devices shall be provided across connections to and between high pressure oxygen hose lines of 1-inch inside diameter or larger.
S 57.7803 Lighting the burner.
A suitable means of protection shall be provided for the employee when lighting the burner.
S 57.7804 Refueling.
When rotary jet piercing equipment requires refueling at locations other than fueling stations, a system for fueling without spillage shall be provided.
S 57.7805 Smoking and open flames.
Persons shall not smoke and open flames shall not be used in the vicinity of the oxygen storage and supply lines. Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted in these areas.
S 57.7806 Oxygen intake coupling.
The oxygen intake coupling on jet piercing drills shall be constructed so that only the oxygen hose can be coupled to it.
S 57.7807 Flushing the combustion chamber.
The combustion chamber of a jet drill stem which has been sitting unoperated in a drill hole shall be flushed with a suitable solvent after the stem is pulled up.
Subpart G—Ventilation Surface and Underground
S 57.8518 Main and booster fans.
(a) All mine main and booster fans installed and used to ventilate the active workings of the mine shall be operated continuously while persons are underground in the active workings. However, this provision is not applicable during scheduled production-cycle shutdowns or planned or scheduled fan maintenance or fan adjustments where air quality is maintained in compliance with the applicable standards of subpart D of this part and all persons underground in the affected areas are advised in advance of such scheduled or planned fan shutdowns, maintenance, or adjustments.
(b) In the event of main or booster fan failure due to a malfunction, accident, power failure, or other such unplanned or unscheduled event:
(1) The air quality in the affected active workings shall be tested at least within 2-hours of the discovery of the fan failure, and at least every 4-hours thereafter by a competent person for compliance with the requirements of the applicable standards of subpart D of this part until normal ventilation is restored, or
(2) All persons, except those working on the fan, shall be withdrawn, the ventilation shall be restored to normal and the air quality in the affected active workings shall be tested by a competent person to assure that the air quality meets the requirements of the standards in subpart D of this part, before any other persons are permitted to enter the affected active workings.
S 57.8519 Underground main fan controls.
All underground main fans shall have controls placed at a suitable protected location remote from the fan and preferably on the surface.
Underground Only
S 57.8520 Ventilation plan.
A plan of the mine ventilation system shall be set out by the operator in written form. Revisions of the system shall be noted and updated at least annually. The ventilation plan or revisions thereto shall be submitted to the District Manager and the State Mine Inspector for review and comments upon his written request. The plan shall, where applicable, contain the following:
(a) The mine name.
(b) The current mine map or schematic or series of mine maps or schematics of an appropriate scale, not greater than five hundred feet to the inch, showing:
(1) Direction and quantity of principal air flows;
(2) Locations of seals used to isolate abandoned workings;
(3) Locations of areas withdrawn from the ventilation system;
(4) Locations of all main, booster and auxiliary fans not shown in paragraph (d) of this standard.
(5) Locations of air regulators and stoppings and ventilation doors not shown in paragraph (d) of this standard;
(6) Locations of overcasts, undercasts and other airway crossover devices not shown in paragraph
(d) of this standard;
(7) Locations of known oil or gas wells;
(8) Locations of known underground mine openings adjacent to the mine;
(9) Locations of permanent underground shops, diesel fuel storage depots, oil fuel storage depots, hoist rooms, compressors, battery charging stations and explosive storage facilities. Permanent facilities are those intended to exist for one year or more; and
(10) Significant changes in the ventilation system projected for one year.
(c) Mine fan data for all active main and booster fans including manufacturer's name, type, size, fan speed, blade setting, approximate pressure at present operating point, and motor brake horsepower rating.
(d) Diagrams, descriptions or sketches showing how ventilation is accomplished in each typical type of working place including the approximate quantity of air provided, and typical size and type of auxiliary fans used.
(e) The number and type of internal combustion engine units used underground, including make and model of unit, type of engine, make and model of engine, brake horsepower rating of engine, and approval number.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0016)
S 57.8525 Main fan maintenance.
Main fans shall be maintained according to either the manufacturer's recommendations or a written periodic schedule adopted by the operator which shall be available at the operation on request of the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0012)
S 57.8527 Oxygen-deficiency testing.
Flame safety lamps or other suitable devices shall be used to test for acute oxygen deficiency.
S 57.8528 Unventilated areas.
Unventilated areas shall be sealed, or barricaded and posted against entry.
S 57.8529 Auxiliary fan systems
When auxiliary fan systems are used, such systems shall minimize recirculation and be main- tained to provide ventilation air that effectively sweeps the working places.
S 57.8531 Construction and maintenance of ventilation doors.
Ventilation doors shall be-
(a) Substantially constructed;
(b) Covered with fire-retardant material, if constructed of wood;
(c) Maintained in good condition;
(d) Self-closing, if manually operated; and
(e) Equipped with audible or visual warning devices, if mechanically operated.
S 57.8532 Opening and closing ventilation doors.
When ventilation control doors are opened as a part of the normal mining cycle, they shall be closed as soon as possible to re-establish normal ventilation to working places.
S 57.8534 Shutdown or failure of auxiliary fans.
(a) Auxiliary fans installed and used to ventilate the active workings of the mine shall be oper- ated continuously while persons are underground in the active workings, except for scheduled produc- tion-cycle shutdowns or planned or scheduled fan maintenance or fan adjustments where air quality is maintained in compliance with the applicable standards of subpart D of this part, and all persons under- ground in the affected areas are advised in advance of such scheduled or planned fan shutdowns, mainte- nance, or adjustments.
(b) In the event of auxiliary fan failure due to malfunction, accident, power failure, or other such unplanned or unscheduled event:
(1) The air quality in the affected active workings shall be tested at least within 2 hours of the discovery of the fan failure, and at least every 4 hours thereafter by a competent person for compliance with the requirements of the applicable standards of subpart D of this part until normal ventilation is restored, or
(2) All persons, except those working on the fan, shall be withdrawn, the ventilation shall be restored to normal and the air quality in the affected active workings shall be tested by a competent person to assure that the air quality meets the requirements of the standards in subpart D of this part, before any other persons are permitted to enter the affected active workings.
S 57.8535 Seals.
Seals shall be provided with a means for checking the quality of air behind the seal and a means to prevent a water head from developing unless the seal is designed to impound water.
Subpart H—Loading, Hauling, and Dumping
Source: 53 FR 32526, Aug. 25, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
S 57.9000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart:
Berm. A pile or mound of material along an elevated roadway capable of moderating or limiting the force of a vehicle in order to impede the vehicle's passage over the bank of the roadway.
Mobile equipment. Wheeled, skid-mounted, track-mounted, or rail-mounted equipment capable of moving or being moved.
Traffic Safety
S 57.9100 Traffic control.
To provide for the safe movement of self-propelled mobile equipment—
(a) Rules governing speed, right-of-way, direction of movement, and the use of headlights to assure appropriate visibility, shall be established and followed at each mine; and
(b) Signs or signals that warn of hazardous conditions shall be placed at appropriate locations at each mine.
S 57.9101 Operating speeds and control of equipment.
Operators of self-propelled mobile equipment shall maintain control of the equipment while it is in motion. Operating speeds shall be consistent with conditions of roadways, tracks, grades, clearance, visibility, and traffic, and the type of equipment used.
S 57.9102 Movement of independently operating rail equipment.
Movement of two or more pieces of rail equipment operating independently on the same track shall be controlled for safe operation.
S 57.9103 Clearance on adjacent tracks.
Railcars shall not be left on side tracks unless clearance is provided for traffic on adjacent tracks.
S 57.9104 Railroad crossings.
Designated railroad crossings shall be posted with warning signs or signals, or shall be guarded when trains are passing. These crossings shall also be planked or filled between the rails.
S 57.9160 Train movement during shift changes.
During shift changes, the movement of underground trains carrying rock or material shall be limited to areas where the trains do not present a hazard to persons changing shifts.
Transportation of Persons and Materials
S 57.9200 Transporting persons.
Persons shall not be transported--
(a) In or on dippers, forks, clamshells, or buckets except shaft buckets during shaft-sinking operations or during inspection, maintenance and repair of shafts.
(b) In beds of mobile equipment or railcars, unless-
(1) Provisions are made for secure travel, and
(2) Means are taken to prevent accidental unloading if the equipment is provided with unloading devices;
(c) On top of loads in mobile equipment;
(d) Outside cabs, equipment operators' stations, and beds of mobile equipment, except when necessary for maintenance, testing, or training purposes, and provisions are made for secure travel. This provision does not apply to rail equipment.
(e) Between cars of trains, on the leading end of trains, on the leading end of a single railcar, or in other locations on trains that expose persons to hazards from train movement.
(1) This paragraph does not apply to car droppers if they are secured with safety belts and lines which prevent them from falling off the work platform.
(2) Brakemen and trainmen are prohibited from riding between cars of moving trains but may ride on the leading end of trains or other locations when necessary to perform their duties;
(f) To and from work areas in overcrowded mobile equipment;
(g) In mobile equipment with materials or equipment unless the items are secured or are small and can be carried safely by hand without creating a hazard to persons; or
(h) On conveyors unless the conveyors are designed to provide for their safe transportation.
S 57.9201 Loading, hauling, and unloading of equipment or supplies.
Equipment and supplies shall be loaded, transported, and unloaded in a manner which does not create a hazard to persons from falling or shifting equipment or supplies.
S 57.9202 Loading and hauling large rocks.
Large rocks shall be broken before loading if they could endanger persons or affect the stability of mobile equipment. Mobile equipment used for haulage of mined material shall be loaded to minimize spillage where a hazard to persons could be created.
S 57.9260 Supplies, materials, and tools on mantrips.
Supplies, materials, and tools, other than small items that can be carried by hand, shall not be transported underground with persons in mantrips. Mantrips shall be operated independently of ore or supply trips.
S 57.9261 Transporting tools and materials on locomotives.
Tools or materials shall not be carried on top of locomotives underground except for secured rerailing devices located in a manner which does not create a hazard to persons. Safety Devices, Provi- sions, and Procedures for Roadways, Railroads, and Loading and Dumping Sites
S 57.9300 Berms or guardrails.
(a) Berms or guardrails shall be provided and maintained on the banks of roadways where a drop- off exists of sufficient grade or depth to cause a vehicle to overturn or endanger persons in equipment.
(b) Berms or guardrails shall be at least mid-axle height of the largest self-propelled mobile equipment which usually travels the roadway.
(c) Berms may have openings to the extent necessary for roadway drainage.
(d) Where elevated roadways are infrequently traveled and used only by service or maintenance vehicles, berms or guardrails are not required when all of the following are met:
(1) Locked gates are installed at the entrance points to the roadway.
(2) Signs are posted warning that the roadway is not bermed.
(3) Delineators are installed along the perimeter of the elevated roadway so that, for both direc- tions of travel, the reflective surfaces of at least three delineators along each elevated shoulder are always visible to the driver and spaced at intervals sufficient to indicate the edges and attitude of the roadway.
(4) A maximum speed limit is posted and observed for the elevated unbermed portions of the roadway. Factors to consider when establishing the maximum speed limit shall include the width, slope and alignment of the road, the type of equipment using the road, the road material, and any hazardous conditions which may exist.
(5) Road surface traction is not impaired by weather conditions, such as sleet and snow, unless corrective measures, such as the use of tire chains, plowing, or sanding, are taken to improve traction.
(e) This standard is not applicable to rail beds.
[53 FR 32526, Aug. 25, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 37218, Sept. 7, 1990]
S 57.9301 Dump site restraints.
Berms, bumper blocks, safety hooks, or similar impeding devices shall be provided at dumping locations where there is a hazard of overtravel or overturning.
S 57.9302 Protection against moving or runaway railroad equipment.
Stopblocks, derail devices, or other devices that protect against moving or runaway rail equip- ment shall be installed wherever necessary to protect persons.
S 57.9303 Construction of ramps and dumping facilities.
Ramps and dumping facilities shall be designed and constructed of materials capable of support- ing the loads to which they will be subjected. The ramps and dumping facilities shall provide width, clearance, and headroom to safely accommodate the mobile equipment using the facilities.
S 57.9304 Unstable ground.
(a) Dumping locations shall be visually inspected prior to work commencing and as ground conditions warrant.
(b) Where there is evidence that the ground at a dumping location may fail to support the mobile equipment, loads shall be dumped a safe distance back from the edge of the unstable area of the bank.
S 57.9305 Truck spotters.
(a) If truck spotters are used, they shall be in the clear while trucks are backing into dumping position or dumping.
(b) Spotters shall use signal lights to direct trucks where visibility is limited.
(c) When a truck operator cannot clearly recognize the spotter's signals, the truck shall be stopped.
S 57.9306 Warning devices for restricted clearances.
Where restricted clearance creates a hazard to persons on mobile equipment, warning devices shall be installed in advance of the restricted area and the restricted area shall be conspicuously marked.
S 57.9307 Design, installation, and maintenance of railroads.
Roadbeds and all elements of the railroad tracks shall be designed, installed, and maintained to provide safe operation consistent with the speed and type of haulage used.
S 57.9308 Switch throws.
Switch throws shall be installed to provide clearance to protect switchmen from contact with moving trains.
S 57.9309 Chute design.
Chute-loading installations shall be designed to provide a safe location for persons pulling chutes.
S 57.9310 Chute hazards.
(a) Prior to chute-pulling, persons who could be affected by the draw or otherwise exposed to danger shall be warned and given time to clear the hazardous area.
(b) Persons attempting to free chute hangups shall be experienced and familiar with the task, know the hazards involved, and use the proper tools to free material.
(c) When broken rock or material is dumped into an empty chute, the chute shall be equipped with a guard or all persons shall be isolated from the hazard of flying rock or material.
S 57.9311 Anchoring stationary sizing devices.
Grizzlies and other stationary sizing devices shall be securely anchored.
S 57.9312 Working around drawholes.
Unless platforms or safety lines are used, persons shall not position themselves over drawholes if there is danger that broken rock or material may be withdrawn or bridged.
S 57.9313 Roadway maintenance.
Water, debris, or spilled material on roadways which creates hazards to the operation of mobile equipment shall be removed.
S 57.9314 Trimming stockpile and muckpile faces.
Stockpile and muckpile faces shall be trimmed to prevent hazards to persons.
S 57.9315 Dust control.
Dust shall be controlled at muck piles, material transfer points, crushers, and on haulage roads where hazards to persons would be created as a result of impaired visibility.
S 57.9316 Notifying the equipment operator.
When an operator of self-propelled mobile equipment is present, persons shall notify the equip- ment operator before getting on or off that equipment.
S 57.9317 Suspended loads.
Persons shall not work or pass under the buckets or booms of loaders in operation.
S 57.9318 Getting on or off moving equipment.
Persons shall not get on or off moving mobile equipment. This provision does not apply to trainmen, brakemen, and car droppers who are required to get on or off slowly moving trains in the performance of their work duties.
S 57.9319 Going over, under, or between railcars.
Persons shall not go over, under, or between railcars unless-
(a) The train is stopped; and
(b) The train operator, when present, is notified and the notice acknowledged.
S 57.9330 Clearance for surface equipment.
Continuous clearance of at least 30 inches from the farthest projection of moving railroad equip- ment shall be provided on at least one side of the tracks at all locations where possible or the area shall be marked conspicuously.
S 57.9360 Shelter holes.
(a) Shelter holes shall be-
(1) Provided at intervals adequate to assure the safety of persons along underground haulageways where continuous clearance of at least 30 inches cannot be maintained from the farthest projection of moving equipment on at least one side of the haulageway; and
(2) At least four feet wide, marked conspicuously, and provide a minimum 40-inch clearance from the farthest projection of moving equipment.
(b) Shelter holes shall not be used for storage unless a 40-inch clearance is maintained.
S 57.9361 Drawholes.
To prevent hazards to persons underground, collars of open drawholes shall be free of muck or materials except during transfer of the muck or material through the drawhole.
S 57.9362 Protection of signalmen.
Signalmen used during slushing operations underground shall be located away from possible contact with cables, sheaves, and slusher buckets.
Subpart I—Aerial Tramways
S 57.10001 Filling buckets.
Buckets shall not be overloaded, and feed shall be regulated to prevent spillage.
S 57.10002 Inspection and maintenance.
Inspection and maintenance of carriers (including loading and unloading mechanisms), ropes and supports, and brakes shall be performed by competent persons according to the recommendations of the manufacturer.
S 57.10003 Correction of defects.
Any hazardous defects shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 57.10004 Brakes.
Positive-action-type brakes and devices which apply the brakes automatically in the event of a power failure shall be provided on aerial tramways.
S 57.10005 Track cable connections.
Track cable connections shall not obstruct the passage of carriage wheels.
S 57.10006 Tower guards.
Towers shall be suitably protected from swaying buckets.
S 57.10007 Falling object protection.
Guard nets or other suitable protection shall be provided where tramways pass over roadways, walkways, or buildings.
S 57.10008 Riding tramways.
Persons other than maintenance persons shall not ride aerial tramways unless the following features are provided.
(a) Two independent brakes, each capable of holding the maximum load;
(b) Direct communication between terminals;
(c) Power drives with emergency power available in case of primary power failure; and
(d) Buckets equipped with positive locks to prevent accidental tripping or dumping.
S 57.10009 Riding loaded buckets.
Persons shall not ride loaded buckets.
S 57.10010 Starting precautions.
Where possible, aerial tramways shall not be started until the operator has ascertained that every- one is in the clear.
Subpart J—Travelways and Escapeways
Travelways-Surface and Underground
S 57.11001 Safe access.
Safe means of access shall be provided and maintained to all working places.
S 57.11002 Handrails and toeboards.
Crossovers, elevated walkways, elevated ramps, and stairways shall be of substantial construc- tion, provided with handrails, and maintained in good condition. Where necessary, toeboards shall be provided.
S 57.11003 Construction and maintenance of ladders.
Ladders shall be of substantial construction and maintained in good condition.
S 57.11004 Portable rigid ladders.
Portable rigid ladders shall be provided with suitable bases and placed securely when used.
S 57.11005 Fixed ladder anchorage and toe clearance.
Fixed ladders shall be anchored securely and installed to provide at least 3 inches of toe clear- ance.
S 57.11006 Fixed ladder landings.
Fixed ladders shall project at least 3 feet above landings, or substantial handholds shall be pro- vided above the landings.
S 57.11007 Wooden components of ladders.
Wooden components of ladders shall not be painted except with a transparent finish.
S 57.11008 Restricted clearance.
Where restricted clearance creates a hazard to persons, the restricted clearance shall be conspicu- ously marked.
[53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988]
S 57.11009 Walkways along conveyors.
Walkways with outboard railings shall be provided wherever persons are required to walk along- side elevated conveyor belts. Inclined railed walkways shall be nonskid or provided with cleats.
S 57.11010 Stairstep clearance.
Vertical clearance above stair steps shall be a minimum of seven feet, or suitable warning signs or similar devices shall be provided to indicate an impaired clearance.
S 57.11011 Use of ladders.
Persons using ladders shall face the ladders and have both hands free for climbing and descend- ing.
S 57.11012 Protection for openings around travelways.
Openings above, below, or near travelways through which persons or materials may fall shall be protected by railings, barriers, or covers. Where it is impractical to install such protective devices, adequate warning signals shall be installed.
S 57.11013 Conveyor crossovers.
Crossovers shall be provided where it is necessary to cross conveyors.
S 57.11014 Crossing moving conveyors.
Moving conveyors shall be crossed only at designated crossover points.
S 57.11016 Snow and ice on walkways and travelways.
Regularly used walkways and travelways shall be sanded, salted, or cleared of snow and ice as soon as practicable.
S 57.11017 Inclined fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders shall not incline backwards.
Travelways-Surface Only 57.11025 Railed landings, backguards, and other protection for fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders, except on mobile equipment, shall be offset and have substantial railed landings at least every 30 feet unless backguards or equivalent protection such as safety belts and safety lines, are provided.
S 57.11026 Protection for inclined fixed ladders.
Fixed ladders 70 degrees to 90 degrees from the horizonal and 30 feet or more in length shall have backguards, cages or equivalent protection, starting at a point not more than seven feet from the bottom of the ladders.
S 57.11027 Scaffolds and working platforms.
Scaffolds and working platforms shall be of substantial construction and provided with handrails and maintained in good condition. Floorboards shall be laid properly and the scaffolds and working platform shall not be overloaded. Working platforms shall be provided with toeboards when necessary.
Travelways-Underground Only
S 57.11036 Ladderway trap doors and guards.
Trap doors or adequate guarding shall be provided in ladderways at each level. Doors shall be kept operable.
S 57.11037 Ladderway openings.
Ladderways constructed after November 15, 1979, shall have a minimum unobstructed cross- sectional opening of 24 inches by 24 inches measured from the face of the ladder.
S 57.11038 Entering a manway.
Before entering a manway where persons may be working or traveling, a warning shall be given by the person entering the manway and acknowledged by any person present in the manway.
S 57.11040 Inclined travelways.
Travelways steeper than 35 degrees from the horizontal shall be provided with ladders or stair- ways.
S 57.11041 Landings for inclined ladderways.
Fixed ladders with an inclination of more than 70 degrees from the horizontal shall be offset with substantial landings at least every 30 feet or have landing gates at least every 30 feet.
Escapeways-Underground Only 57.11050 Escapeways and refuges.
(a) Every mine shall have two or more separate, properly maintained escapeways to the surface from the lowest levels which are so positioned that damage to one shall not lessen the effectiveness of the others. A method of refuge shall be provided while a second opening to the surface is being devel- oped. A second escapeway is recommended, but not required, during the exploration or development of an ore body.
(b) In addition to separate escapeways, a method of refuge shall be provided for every employee who cannot reach the surface from his working place through at least two separate escapeways within a time limit of one hour when using the normal exit method. These refuges must be positioned so that the employee can reach one of them within 30 minutes from the time he leaves his workplace.
S 57.11051 Escape routes.
Escape routes shall be—
(a) Inspected at regular intervals and maintained in safe, travelable condition; and
(b) Marked with conspicuous and easily read direction signs that clearly indicate the ways of escape.
S 57.11052 Refuge areas.
Refuge areas shall be—
(a) Of fire-resistant construction, preferably in untimbered areas of the mine;
(b) Large enough to accommodate readily the normal number of persons in the particular area of the mine;
(c) Constructed so they can be made gastight; and
(d) Provided with compressed air lines, waterlines, suitable handtools, and stopping materials.
S 57.11053 Escape and evacuation plans.
A specific escape and evacuation plan and revisions thereof suitable to the conditions and mining system of the mine and showing assigned responsibilities of all key personnel in the event of an emer- gency shall be developed by the operator and set out in written form. Within 45 calendar days after promulgation of this standard a copy of the plan and revisions thereof shall be available to the Secretary or his authorized representative. Also, copies of the plan and revisions thereof shall be posted at loca- tions convenient to all persons on the surface and underground. Such a plan shall be updated as neces- sary and shall be reviewed jointly by the operator and the Secretary or his authorized representative at least once every six months from the date of the last review. The plan shall include:
(a) Mine maps or diagrams showing directions of principal air flow, location of escape routes and locations of existing telephones, primary fans, primary fan controls, fire doors, ventilation doors, and refuge chambers. Appropriate portions of such maps or diagrams shall be posted at all shaft stations and in underground shops, lunchrooms, and elsewhere in working areas where persons congregate;
(b) Procedures to show how the miners will be notified of emergency;
(c) An escape plan for each working area in the mine to include instructions showing how each working area should be evacuated. Each such plan shall be posted at appropriate shaft stations and elsewhere in working areas where persons congregate;
(d) A fire fighting plan;
(e) Surface procedure to follow in an emergency, including the notification of proper authorities, preparing rescue equipment, and other equipment which may be used in rescue and recovery operations; and
(f) A statement of the availability of emergency communication and transportation facilities, emergency power and ventilation and location of rescue personnel and equipment.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0046)
S 57.11054 Communication with refuge chambers.
Telephone or other voice communication shall be provided between the surface and refuge chambers and such systems shall be independent of the mine power supply.
S 57.11055 Inclined escapeways.
Any portion of a designated escapeway which is inclined more than 30 degrees from the horizon- tal and that is more than 300 feet in vertical extent shall be provided with an emergency hoisting facility.
S 57.11056 Emergency hoists.
The procedure for inspection, testing and maintenance required by standard 57.19120 shall be utilized at least every 30 days for hoists designated as emergency hoists in any evacuation plan.
S 57.11058 Check-in, check-out system.
Each operator of an underground mine shall establish a check-in and check-out system which shall provide an accurate record of persons in the mine. These records shall be kept on the surface in a place chosen to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazards. Every person underground shall carry a positive means of being identified.
S 57.11059 Respirable atmosphere for hoist operators underground.
For the protection of operators of hoists located underground which are part of the mine escape and evacuation plan required under standard 57.11053, the hoist operator shall be provided with a respirable atmosphere completely independent of the mine atmosphere. This independent ventilation system shall convert, without contamination, to an approved and properly maintained 2-hour self- contained breathing apparatus to provide a safe means of escape for the hoist operator after the hoisting duties have been completed as prescribed in the mine escape and evacuation plan for that hoist. The hoist operator's independent ventilation system shall be provided by one of the following methods:
(a) A suitable enclosure equipped with a positive pressure ventilation system which may be operated continuously or be capable of immediate activation from within the enclosure during an emer- gency evacuation. Air for the enclosure's ventilation system shall be provided in one of the following ways:
(1) Air coursed from the surface through a borehole into the hoist enclosure directly or through a metal pipeline from such borehole; or
(2) Air coursed from the surface through metal duct work into the hoist enclosure, although this duct work shall not be located in timber-supported active workings; or
(3) Air supplied by air compressors located on the surface and coursed through metal pipe into the hoist enclosure.
A back-up system shall be provided for a hoist enclosure ventilation system provided by either of the methods set forth in paragraphs (a) (2) and (3) of this section. This back-up system shall consist of compressed air stored in containers connected to the enclosure. This back-up system shall provide and maintain a respirable atmosphere in the enclosure for a period of time equal to at least twice the time necessary to complete the evacuation of all persons designated to use that hoist as prescribed in the mine escape and evacuation plan required under standard 57.11053; or
(b) An approved and properly maintained self-contained breathing apparatus system which shall consist of a mask connected to compressed air stored in containers adjacent to the hoist controls. The self-contained breathing system shall provide a minimum of 24 hours of respirable atmosphere to the hoist operator. In addition, the self-contained breathing system shall be capable of a quick connect with the approved 2-hour self-contained breathing apparatus above.
Subpart K—Electricity
Surface and Underground
S 57.12001 Circuit overload protection.
Circuits shall be protected against excessive overloads by fuses or circuit breakers of the correct type and capacity.
S 57.12002 Controls and switches.
Electric equipment and circuits shall be provided with switches or other controls. Such switches or controls shall be of approved design and construction and shall be properly installed.
S 57.12003 Trailing cable overload protection.
Individual overload protection or short circuit protection shall be provided for the trailing cables of mobile equipment.
S 57.12004 Electrical conductors.
Electrical conductors shall be of a sufficient size and current-carrying capacity to ensure that a rise in temperature resulting from normal operations will not damage the insulating materials. Electrical conductors exposed to mechanical damage shall be protected.
S 57.12005 Protection of power conductors from mobile equipment.
Mobile equipment shall not run over power conductors, nor shall loads be dragged over power conductors, unless the conductors are properly bridged or protected.
S 57.12006 Distribution boxes.
Distribution boxes shall be provided with a disconnecting device for each branch circuit. Such disconnecting devices shall be equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation when such a device is open and that the circuit is deenergized, and the distribution box shall be labeled to show which circuit each device controls.
S 57.12007 Junction box connection procedures.
Trailing cable and power-cable connections to junction boxes shall not be made or broken under load.
S 57.12008 Insulation and fittings for power wires and cables.
Power wires and cables shall be insulated adequately where they pass into or out of electrical compartments. Cables shall enter metal frames of motors, splice boxes, and electrical compartments only through proper fittings. When insulated wires, other than cables, pass through metal frames, the holes shall be substantially bushed with insulated bushings.
S 57.12010 Isolation or insulation of communication conductors.
Telephone and low-potential signal wire shall be protected, by isolation or suitable insulation, or both, from contacting energized power conductors or any other power source.
S 57.12011 High-potential electrical conductors.
High-potential electrical conductors shall be covered, insulated, or placed to prevent contact with low potential conductors.
S 57.12012 Bare signal wires.
The potential on bare signal wires accessible to contact by persons shall not exceed 48 volts.
S 57.12013 Splices and repairs of power cables.
Permanent splices and repairs made in power cables, including the ground conductor where provided, shall be—
(a) Mechanically strong with electrical conductivity as near as possible to that of the original;
(b) Insulated to a degree at least equal to that of the original, and sealed to exclude moisture; and,
(c) Provided with damage protection as near as possible to that of the original, including good bonding to the outer jacket.
S 57.12014 Handling energized power cables.
Power cables energized to potentials in excess of 150 volts, phase-to-ground, shall not be moved with equipment unless sleds or slings, insulated from such equipment, are used. When such energized cables are moved manually, insulated hooks, tongs, ropes, or slings shall be used unless suitable protec- tion for persons is provided by other means. This does not prohibit pulling or dragging of cable by the equipment it powers when the cable is physically attached to the equipment by suitable mechanical devices, and the cable is insulated from the equipment in conformance with other standards in this part.
S 57.12016 Work on electrically-powered equipment.
Electrically powered equipment shall be deenergized before mechanical work is done on such equipment. Power switches shall be locked out or other measures taken which shall prevent the equip- ment from being energized without the knowledge of the individuals working on it. Suitable warning notices shall be posted at the power switch and signed by the individuals who are to do the work. Such locks or preventive devices shall be removed only by the persons who installed them or by authorized personnel.
S 57.12017 Work on power circuits.
Power circuits shall be deenergized before work is done on such circuits unless hot-line tools are used. Suitable warning signs shall be posted by the individuals who are to do the work. Switches shall be locked out or other measures taken which shall prevent the power circuits from being energized without the knowledge of the individuals working on them. Such locks, signs, or preventive devices shall be removed only by the person who installed them or by authorized personnel.
S 57.12018 Identification of power switches.
Principal power switches shall be labeled to show which units they control, unless identification can be made readily by location.
S 57.12019 Access to stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
Where access is necessary, suitable clearance shall be provided at stationary electrical equipment or switchgear.
S 57.12020 Protection of persons at switchgear.
Dry wooden platforms, insulating mats, or other electrically-nonconductive material shall be kept in place at all switchboards and power-control switches where shock hazards exist. However, metal plates on which a person normally would stand and which are kept at the same potential as the grounded, metal, non-current-carrying parts of the power switches to be operated may be used.
S 57.12021 Danger signs.
Suitable danger signs shall be posted at all major electrical installations.
S 57.12022 Authorized persons at major electrical installations.
Areas containing major electrical installations shall be entered only by authorized persons.
S 57.12023 Guarding electrical connections and resistor grids.
Electrical connections and resistor grids that are difficult or impractical to insulate shall be guarded, unless protection is provided by location.
S 57.12025 Grounding circuit enclosures.
All metal enclosing or encasing electrical circuits shall be grounded or provided with equivalent protection. This requirement does not apply to battery-operated equipment.
S 57.12026 Grounding transformer and switchgear enclosures.
Metal fencing and metal buildings enclosing transformers and switchgear shall be grounded.
S 57.12027 Grounding mobile equipment.
Frame grounding or equivalent protection shall be provided for mobile equipment powered through trailing cables.
S 57.12028 Testing grounding systems.
Continuity and resistance of grounding systems shall be tested immediately after installation, repair, and modification; and annually thereafter. A record of the resistance measured during the most recent test shall be made available on a request by the Secretary or his duly authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
S 57.12030 Correction of dangerous conditions.
When a potentially dangerous condition is found it shall be corrected before equipment or wiring is energized.
S 57.12032 Inspection and cover plates.
Inspection and cover plates on electrical equipment and junction boxes shall be kept in place at all times except during testing or repairs.
S 57.12033 Hand-held electric tools.
Hand-held electric tools shall not be operated at high potential voltages.
S 57.12034 Guarding around lights.
Portable extension lights, and other lights that by their location present a shock or burn hazard, shall be guarded.
S 57.12035 Weatherproof lamp sockets.
Lamp sockets shall be of a weatherproof type where they are exposed to weather or wet condi- tions that may interfere with illumination or create a shock hazard.
S 57.12036 Fuse removal or replacement.
Fuses shall not be removed or replaced by hand in an energized circuit, and they shall not other- wise be removed or replaced in an energized circuit unless equipment and techniques especially de- signed to prevent electrical shock are provided and used for such purpose.
S 57.12037 Fuses in high-potential circuits.
Fuse tongs or hotline tools, shall be used when fuses are removed or replaced in high-potential circuits.
S 57.12038 Attachment of trailing cables.
Trailing cables shall be attached to machines in a suitable manner to protect the cable from damage and to prevent strain on the electrical connections.
S 57.12039 Protection of surplus trailing cables.
Surplus trailing cables to shovels, cranes and similar equipment shall be—
(a) Stored in cable boats;
(b) Stored on reels mounted on the equipment; or
(c) Otherwise protected from mechanical damage.
S 57.12040 Installation of operating controls.
Operating controls shall be installed so that they can be operated without danger of contact with energized conductors.
S 57.12041 Design of switches and starting boxes.
Switches and starting boxes shall be of safe design and capacity.
S 57.12042 Track bonding.
Both rails shall be bonded or welded at every joint and rails shall be crossbonded at least every 200 feet if the track serves as the return trolley circuit. When rails are moved, replaced, or broken bonds are discovered, they shall be rebonded within three working shifts.
S 57.12045 Overhead powerlines.
Overhead high-potential powerlines shall be installed as specified by the National Electrical Code.
S 57.12047 Guy wires.
Guy wires of poles supporting high-voltage transmission lines shall meet the requirements for grounding or insulator protection of the National Electrical Safety Code, part 2, entitled "Safety Rules for the Installation and Maintenance of Electric Supply and Communication Lines" (also referred to as National Bureau of Standards Handbook 81, Nov. 1, 1961), and Supplement 2 thereof issued March 1968, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. These publications and docu- ments may be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402, or may be examined in any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
S 57.12048 Communication conductors on power poles.
Telegraph, telephone, or signal wires shall not be installed on the same crossarm with power conductors. When carried on poles supporting powerlines, they shall be installed as specified by the National Electrical Code.
S 57.12050 Installation of trolley wires.
Trolley wires shall be installed at least seven feet above rails where height permits, and aligned and supported to suitably control sway and sag.
S 57.12053 Circuits powered from trolley wires.
Ground wires for lighting circuits powered from trolley wires shall be connected securely to the ground return circuit.
Surface Only
S 57.12065 Short circuit and lightning protection.
Powerlines, including trolley wires, and telephone circuits shall be protected against short cir- cuits and lightning.
S 57.12066 Guarding trolley wires and bare powerlines.
Where metallic tools or equipment can come in contact with trolley wires or bare powerlines, the lines shall be guarded or deenergized.
S 57.12067 Installation of transformers.
Transformers shall be totally enclosed, or shall be placed at least 8 feet above the ground, or installed in a transformer house, or surrounded by a substantial fence at least 6 feet high and at least 3 feet from any energized parts, casings, or wiring.
S 57.12068 Locking transformer enclosures.
Transformer enclosures shall be kept locked against unauthorized entry.
S 57.12069 Lightning protection for telephone wires and ungrounded conductors.
Each ungrounded conductor or telephone wire that leads underground and is directly exposed to lightning shall be equipped with suitable lightning arrestors of approved type within 100 feet of the point where the circuit enters the mine. Lightning arrestors shall be connected to a low resistance grounding medium on the surface and shall be separated from neutral grounds by a distance of not less than 25 feet.
S 57.12071 Movement or operation of equipment near high-voltage powerlines.
When equipment must be moved or operated near energized high-voltage powerlines (other than trolley lines) and the clearance is less than 10 feet, the lines shall be deenergized or other precautionary measures shall be taken.
Underground Only
S 57.12080 Bare conductor guards.
Trolley wires and bare power conductors shall be guarded at mantrip loading and unloading points, and at shaft stations. Where such trolley wires and bare power conductors are less than 7 feet above the rail, they shall be guarded at all points where persons work or pass regularly beneath.
S 57.12081 Bonding metal pipelines to ground return circuits.
All metal pipelines, 1,000 feet or more in length running parallel to trolley tracks, that are used as ground return circuit shall be bonded to the return circuit rail at the ends of the pipeline and at intervals not to exceed 500 feet.
S 57.12082 Isolation of powerlines.
Powerlines shall be well separated or insulated from waterlines, telephone lines and air lines.
S 57.12083 Support of power cables in shafts and boreholes.
Power cables in shafts and boreholes shall be fastened securely in such a manner as to prevent undue strain on the sheath, insulation, or conductors.
S 57.12084 Branch circuit disconnecting devices.
Disconnecting switches that can be opened safely under load shall be provided underground at all branch circuits extending from primary power circuits near shafts, adits, levels and boreholes.
S 57.12085 Transformer stations.
Transformer stations shall be enclosed to prevent persons from unintentionally or inadvertently contacting energized parts.
S 57.12086 Location of trolley wire.
Trolley and trolley feeder wire shall be installed opposite the clearance side of haulageways.
However, this standard does not apply where physical limitations would prevent the safe installation or use of such trolley and trolley feeder wire.
S 57.12088 Splicing trailing cables.
No splice, except a vulcanized splice or its equivalent, shall be made in a trailing cable within 25 feet of the machine unless the machine is equipped with a cable reel or other power feed cable payout- retrieval system. However, a temporary splice may be made to move the equipment for repair.
Subpart L—Compressed Air and Boilers
S 57.13001 General requirements for boilers and pressure vessels.
All boilers and pressure vessels shall be constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with the standards and specifications of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
S 57.13010 Reciprocating-type air compressors.
(a) Reciprocating-type air compressors rated over 10 horsepower shall be equipped with auto- matic temperature-actuated shutoff mechanisms which shall be set or adjusted to the compressor when the normal operating temperature is exceeded by more than 25 percent.
(b) However, this standard does not apply to reciprocating-type air compressors rated over 10 horsepower if equipped with fusible plugs that were installed in the compressor discharge lines before November 15, 1979, and designed to melt at temperatures at least 50 degrees below the flash point of the compressors' lubricating oil.
S 57.13011 Air receiver tanks.
Air receiver tanks shall be equipped with one or more automatic pressure-relief valves. The total relieving capacity of the relief valves shall prevent pressure from exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure in a receiver tank by not more than 10 percent. Air receiver tanks also shall be equipped with indicating pressure gages which accurately measure the pressure within the air receiver tanks.
S 57.13012 Compressor air intakes.
Compressor air intakes shall be installed to ensure that only clean, uncontaminated air enters the compressors.
S 57.13015 Inspection of compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels.
(a) Compressed-air receivers and other unfired pressure vessels shall be inspected by inspectors holding a valid National Board Commission and in accordance with the applicable chapters of the National Board Inspection Code, a Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1979. This code is incorporated by reference and made a part of this standard. It may be examined at any Metal and Non- metal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the publisher, the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229.
(b) Records of inspections shall be kept in accordance with requirements of the National Board Inspection Code, and the records shall be made available to the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
S 57.13017 Compressor discharge pipes.
Compressor discharge pipes where carbon build-up may occur shall be cleaned periodically as recommended by the manufacturer, but no less frequently than once every two years.
S 57.13019 Pressure system repairs.
Repairs involving the pressure system of compressors, receivers, or compressed-air-powered equipment shall not be attempted until the pressure has been bled off.
S 57.13020 Use of compressed air.
At no time shall compressed air be directed toward a person. When compressed air is used, all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect persons from injury.
S 57.13021 High-pressure hose connections.
Except where automatic shutoff valves are used, safety chains or other suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high-pressure hose lines of 3/4-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high-pressure hose lines of 3/4-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard.
S 57.13030 Boilers.
(a) Fired pressure vessels (boilers) shall be equipped with water level gauges, pressure gauges, automatic pressure-relief valves, blowdown piping, and other safety devices approved by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers to protect against hazards from overpressure, flameouts, fuel interrup- tions and low water level, all as required by the appropriate sections, chapters and appendices listed in paragraphs (b) (1) and (2) of this section.
(b) These gauges, devices and piping shall be designed, installed, operated, maintained, repaired, altered, inspected, and tested by inspectors holding a valid National Board Commission and in accor- dance with the following listed sections, chapters and appendices:
(1) The ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977, published by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
Section and Title
I Power Boilers.
II Material Specifications—Part A—Ferrous.
II Material Specifications—Part B—Non-ferrous.
II Material Specifications—Part C—Welding Rods, Electrodes,
and Filler Metals.
IV Heating Boilers
V Nondestructive Examination
VI Recommended Rules for Care and Operation of Heating Boilers
VII Recommended Rules for Care of Power Boilers
(2) The National Board Inspection Code, a Manual for Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1979, published by the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors.
Chapter and Title
I Glossary of Terms II Inspection of Boilers and Pressure Vessels
III Repairs and Alterations to Boiler and Pressure Vessels by Welding
IV Shop Inspection of Boilers and Pressure Vessels
V Inservice Inspection of Pressure Vessels by Authorized Owner-User Inspection Agencies
Appendix and Title
A Safety and Safety Relief Valves
B Non-ASME Code Boilers and Pressure Vessels
C Storage of Mild Steel Covered Arc Welding Electrodes
D-R National Board "R" (Repair) Symbol Stamp
D-VR National Board "VR" (Repair of Safety and Safety Relief Valve) Symbol Stamp
D-VR1 Certificate of Authorization for Repair Symbol Stamp for Safety and Safety Relief Valves
D-VR2 Outline of Basic Elements of Written Quality Control System for Repairers of ASME Safety and Safety Relief Valves
D-VR3 Nameplate Stamping for "VR" E Owner-user Inspection Agencies F Inspection Forms
(c) Records of inspections and repairs shall be kept in accordance with the requirements of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code and the National Board Inspection Code. The records shall be made available to the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(d) Sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, 1977, listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and chapters and appendices of the National Board Inspection Code, 1979, listed in para- graph (b)(2) of this section, are incorporated by reference and made a part of this standard. These publi- cations may be obtained from the publishers, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East Forty-seventh Street, New York, N.Y. 10017, and the National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, 1055 Crupper Avenue, Columbus, Ohio 43229. The publication may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administra- tion or the State Mine Inspectors office.
Subpart M—Machinery and Equipment
Source: 53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
S 57.14000 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Mobile equipment. Wheeled, skid-mounted, track-mounted, or rail-mounted equipment capable of moving or being moved.
Travelway. A passage, walk, or way regularly used or designated for persons to go from one place to another.
Safety Devices and Maintenance Requirements
S 57.14100 Safety defects; examination, correction and records.
(a) Self-propelled mobile equipment to be used during a shift shall be inspected by the equipment operator before being placed in operation on that shift.
(b) Defects on any equipment, machinery, and tools that affect safety shall be corrected in a timely manner to prevent the creation of a hazard to persons.
(c) When defects make continued operation hazardous to persons, the defective items including self-propelled mobile equipment shall be taken out of service and placed in a designated area posted for that purpose, or a tag or other effective method of marking the defective items shall be used to prohibit further use until the defects are corrected.
(d) Defects on self-propelled mobile equipment affecting safety, which are not corrected immedi- ately, shall be reported to, and recorded by, the mine operator. The records shall be kept at the mine or nearest mine office from the date the defects are recorded, until the defects are corrected. Such records shall be made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
S 57.14101 Brakes.
(a) Minimum requirements. (1) Self-propelled mobile equipment shall be equipped with a service brake system capable of stopping and holding the equipment with its typical load on the maximum grade it travels. This standard does not apply to equipment which is not originally equipped with brakes unless the manner in which the equipment is being operated requires the use of brakes for safe operation. This standard does not apply to rail equipment.
(2) If equipped on self-propelled mobile equipment, parking brakes shall be capable of holding the equipment with its typical load on the maximum grade it travels.
(3) All braking systems installed on the equipment shall be maintained in functional condition.
(b) Testing. (1) Service brake tests shall be conducted on surface-operated equipment at under- ground mines when an MSHA inspector or the State Mine Inspector has reasonable cause to believe that the service brake system does not function as required, unless the mine operator removes the equipment from service for the appropriate repair;
(2) The performance of the service brakes shall be evaluated according to Table M-1.
Table M-1
Gross
vehicle
weight Equipment speed, MPH
lbs. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 1 9 20
Service Brake Maximum Stopping Distance-Feet
0-
36000 34 38 43 48 53 59 64 70 76 83 89
36000-
70000 41 46 52 58 62 70 76 83 90 97 104
70000-
140000 48 54 61 67 74 81 88 95 103 111 119
140000-
250000 56 62 69 77 84 92 100 108 116 125 133
250000 -
400000 59 66 74 81 89 97 105 114 123 132 141
Over
400000 63 71 78 86 94 103 111 120 129 139 148
Stopping distances are computed using a constant deceleration of 9.66 FPS2[S-squared] and system response times of .5.1, 1.5, 2, 2.25 and 2.5 seconds for each increasing weight category respectively.
Stopping distance values include a one-second operator response time.
Table M-2.—The Speed of a Vehicle Can be Determined by Clocking it Through a 100-Foot Measured Course at Constant Velocity Using Table M-2. When the Service Brakes are Applied at the End of the Course, Stopping Distance Can be Measured and Compared to Table M-1.
Miles per
hour 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Seconds
Required
to Travel
100 Feet 6.8 6.2 5.7 5.2 4.9 4.5 4.3 4.0 3.8 3.6 3.4
(3) Service brake tests shall be conducted under the direction of the mine operator in cooperation with and according to the instructions provided by the MSHA inspector or the State Mine Inspector as follows:
(i) Equipment capable of traveling at least 10 miles per hour shall be tested with a typical load for that particular piece of equipment. Front-end loaders shall be tested with the loader bucket empty.
Equipment shall not be tested when carrying hazardous loads, such as explosives.
(ii) The approach shall be of sufficient length to allow the equipment operator to reach and maintain a constant speed between 10 and 20 miles per hour prior to entering the 100 foot measured area. The constant speed shall be maintained up to the point when the equipment operator receives the signal to apply the brakes. The roadway shall be wide enough to accommodate the size of the equipment being tested. The ground shall be generally level, packed, and dry in the braking portion of the test course. Ground moisture may be present to the extent that it does not adversely affect the braking sur- face.
(iii) Braking is to be performed using only those braking systems, including auxiliary retarders, which are designed to bring the equipment to a stop under normal operating conditions. Parking or emergency (secondary) brakes are not to be actuated during the test.
(iv) The tests shall be conducted with the transmission in the gear appropriate for the speed the equipment is traveling except for equipment which is designed for the power train to be disengaged during braking.
(v) Testing speeds shall be a minimum of 10 miles per hour and a maximum of 20 miles per hour.
(vi) Stopping distances shall be measured from the point at which the equipment operator re- ceives the signal to apply the service brakes to the final stopped position.
(4) Test results shall be evaluated as follows:
(i) If the initial test run is valid and the stopping distance does not exceed the corresponding stopping distance listed in Table 1, the performance of the service brakes shall be considered acceptable.
For tests to be considered valid, the equipment shall not slide sideways or exhibit other lateral motion during the braking portion of the test.
(ii) If the equipment exceeds the maximum stopping distance in the initial test run, the mine operator may request from the inspector up to four additional test runs with two runs to be conducted in each direction. The performance of the service brakes shall be considered acceptable if the equipment does not exceed the maximum stopping distance on at least three of the additional tests.
(5) Where there is not an appropriate test site at the mine or the equipment is not capable of traveling at least 10 miles per hour, service brake tests will not be conducted. In such cases, the inspector will rely upon other available evidence to determine whether the service brake system meets the perfor- mance requirements of this standard.
[53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 57.14102 Brakes for rail equipment.
Braking systems on railroad cars and locomotives shall be maintained in functional condition.
S 57.14103 Operators' stations.
(a) If windows are provided on operators' stations of self-propelled mobile equipment, the windows shall be made of safety glass or material with equivalent safety characteristics. The windows shall be maintained to provide visibility for safe operation.
(b) If damaged windows obscure visibility necessary for safe operation, or create a hazard to the equipment operator, the windows shall be replaced or removed. Damaged windows shall be replaced if absence of a window would expose the equipment operator to hazardous environmental conditions which would affect the ability of the equipment operator to safely operate the equipment.
(c) The operators' stations of self-propelled mobile equipment shall-
(1) Be free of materials that may create a hazard to persons by impairing the safe operation of the equipment; and
(2) Not be modified, in a manner that obscures visibility necessary for safe operation.
S 57.14104 Tire repairs.
(a) Before a tire is removed from a vehicle for tire repair, the valve core shall be partially re- moved to allow for gradual deflation and then removed. During deflation, to the extent possible, persons shall stand outside of the potential trajectory of the lock ring of a multi-piece wheel rim.
(b) To prevent injury from wheel rims during tire inflation, one of the following shall be used:
(1) A wheel cage or other restraining device that will constrain all wheel rim components during an explosive separation of a multi-piece wheel rim, or during the sudden release of contained air in a single piece rim wheel; or
(2) A stand-off inflation device which permits persons to stand outside of the potential trajectory of wheel components.
S 57.14105 Procedures during repairs or maintenance.
Repairs or maintenance on machinery or equipment shall be performed only after the power is off, and the machinery or equipment blocked against hazardous motion. Machinery or equipment motion or activation is permitted to the extent that adjustments or testing cannot be performed without motion or activation, provided that persons are effectively protected from hazardous motion.
S 57.14106 Falling object protection.
(a) Fork-lift trucks, front-end loaders, and bulldozers shall be provided with falling object protec- tive structures if used in an area where falling objects could create a hazard to the operator.
(b) The protective structure shall be capable of withstanding the falling object loads to which it could be subjected.
S 57.14107 Moving machine parts.
(a) Moving machine parts shall be guarded to protect persons from contacting gears, sprockets, chains, drive, head, tail, and takeup pulleys, flywheels, coupling, shafts, fan blades; and similar moving parts that can cause injury.
(b) Guards shall not be required where the exposed moving parts are at least seven feet away from walking or working surfaces.
S 57.14108 Overhead drive belts.
Overhead drive belts shall be guarded to contain the whipping action of a broken belt if that action could be hazardous to persons.
S 57.14109 Unguarded conveyors with adjacent travelways.
Unguarded conveyors next to travelways shall be equipped with—
(a) Emergency stop devices which are located so that a person falling on or against the conveyor can readily deactivate the conveyor drive motor; or
(b) Railings which-
(1) Are positioned to prevent persons from falling on or against the conveyor;
(2) Will be able to withstand the vibration, shock, and wear to which they will be subjected during normal operation; and
(3) Are constructed and maintained so that they will not create a hazard.
S 57.14110 Flying or falling materials.
In areas where flying or falling materials generated from the operation of screens, crushers, or conveyors present a hazard, guards, shields, or other devices that provide protection against such flying or falling materials shall be provided to protect persons.
S 57.14111 Slusher, backlash guards and securing.
(a) When persons are exposed to slushing operations, the slushers shall be equipped with rollers and drum covers and anchored securely before slushing operations are started to protect against hazard- ous movement before slushing operations are started.
(b) Slushers rated over 10 horsepower shall be equipped with backlash guards, unless the equip- ment operator is otherwise protected.
(c) This standard does not apply to air tuggers of 10 horsepower or less that have only one cable and one drum.
S 57.14112 Construction and maintenance of guards.
(a) Guards shall be constructed and maintained to-
(1) Withstand the vibration, shock, and wear to which they will be subjected during normal operation; and
(2) Not create a hazard by their use.
(b) Guards shall be securely in place while machinery is being operated, except when testing or making adjustments which cannot be performed without removal of the guard.
S 57.14113 Inclined conveyors: backstops or brakes.
Backstops or brakes shall be installed on drive units of inclined conveyors to prevent the convey- ors from running in reverse, creating a hazard to persons.
S 57.14114 Air valves for pneumatic equipment.
A manual master quick-close type air valve shall be installed on all pneumatic-powered equip- ment if there is a hazard of uncontrolled movement when the air supply is activated. The valve shall be closed except when the equipment is being operated.
[53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 57.14115 Stationary grinding machines.
Stationary grinding machines, other than special bit grinders, shall be equipped with—
(a) Peripheral hoods capable of withstanding the force of a bursting wheel and enclosing not less than 270o of the periphery of the wheel;
(b) Adjustable tool rests set so that the distance between the grinding surface of the wheel and the tool rest is not greater than 1/8 inch; and
(c) A safety washer on each side of the wheel.
[53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988] 57.14116 Hand-held power tools.
(a) Power drills, disc sanders, grinders and circular and chain saws, when used in the hand-held mode shall be operated with controls which require constant hand or finger pressure.
(b) Circular saws and chain saws shall not be equipped with devices which lock-on the operating controls.
S 57.14130 Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts for surface equipment.
(a) Equipment included. Roll-over protective structures (ROPS) and seat belts shall be installed on-
(1) Crawler tractors and crawler loaders;
(2) Graders;
(3) Wheel loaders and wheel tractors;
(4) The tractor portion of semi-mounted scrapers, dumpers, water wagons, bottom-dump wagons, rear-dump wagons, and towed fifth wheel attachments;
(5) Skid-steer loaders; and
(6) Agricultural tractors.
(b) ROPS construction. ROPS shall meet the requirements of the following Society of Automo- tive Engineers (SAE) publications, as applicable, which are incorporated by reference:
(1) SAE J1040, "Performance Criteria for Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Construc- tion, Earthmoving, Forestry, and Mining Machines,", 1986; or
(2) SAE J1194, "Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Wheeled Agricultural Tractors", 1983.
(c) ROPS labeling. ROPS shall have a label permanently affixed to the structure identifying-
(1) The manufacturer's name and address;
(2) The ROPS model number; and
(3) The make and model number of the equipment for which the ROPS is designed.
(d) ROPS installation. ROPS shall be installed on the equipment in accordance with the recom- mendations of the ROPS manufacturer.
(e) ROPS maintenance. (1) ROPS shall be maintained in a condition that meets the performance requirements applicable to the equipment. If the ROPS is subjected to a roll-over or abnormal structural loading, the equipment manufacturer or a registered professional engineer with knowledge and experi- ence in ROPS design shall recertify that the ROPS meets the applicable performance requirements before it is returned to service.
(2) Alterations or repairs on ROPS shall be performed only with approval from the ROPS manu- facturer or under the instructions of a registered professional engineer with knowledge and experience in ROPS design. T he manufacturer or engineer shall certify that the ROPS meets the applicable perfor- mance requirements.
(f) Exemptions. (1) This standard does not apply to-
(i) Self-propelled mobile equipment manufactured prior to July 1, 1969;
(ii) Over-the-road type tractors that pull trailers or vans on highways;
(iii) Equipment that is only operated by remote control; and
(2) Self-propelled mobile equipment manufactured prior to October 24, 1988, that is equipped with ROPS and seat belts that meet the installation and performance requirements of 30 CFR 57.9088
(1986 edition) shall be considered in compliance with paragraphs (b) and (h) of this section.
(g) Wearing seat belts. Seat belts shall be worn by the equipment operator except that when operating graders from a standing position, the grader operator shall wear safety lines and a harness in place of a seat belt.
(h) Seat belts construction. Seat belts shall meet the requirements of SAE J386, "Operator Re- straint Systems for Off-Road Work Machines", 1985; or SAE J1194, "Roll-Over Protective Structures (ROPS) For Wheeled Agricultural Tractors", 1983, as applicable, which are incorporated by reference.
(i) Seat belt maintenance. Seat belts shall be maintained in functional condition, and replaced when necessary to assure proper performance.
(j) Publications. Publications incorporated by reference in this section have been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). Copies are available from the Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, MSHA, 4015 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, Virginia 22203, and may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal District Office. Copies may also be obtained from the Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0089)
[53 FR 32528, Aug. 25, 1988; 53 FR 44588, Nov. 4, 1988]
S 57.14131 Seat belts for surface haulage trucks.
(a) Seat belts shall be provided and worn in haulage trucks.
(b) Seat belts shall be maintained in functional condition, and replaced when necessary to assure proper performance.
(c) Seat belts required under this section shall meet the requirements of SAE J386, "Operator Restraint Systems for Off-Road Work Machines", 1985, which is incorporated by reference in accor- dance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a).
(d) Publications incorporated by reference in this section have been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). Copies are available from the Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, MSHA, 4015 Wilson Blvd., Arlington, VA 22203, and may be examined at any Metal and Nonmetal District Office. Copies may also be obtained from the Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.
S 57.14132 Horns and backup alarms for surface equipment.
(a) Manually-operated horns or other audible warning devices provided on self-propelled mobile equipment as a safety device shall be maintained in a functional condition.
(b)(1) When the operator has an obstructed view to the rear, self-propelled mobile equipment shall have—
(i) An automatic reverse-activated signal alarm;
(ii) A wheel-mounted bell alarm which sounds at least once for each three feet of reverse move- ment;
(iii) A discriminating backup alarm that covers the area of obstructed view; or
(iv) An observer to signal when it is safe to back up.
(2) Alarms shall be audible above the surrounding noise level.
(3) An automatic reverse-activated strobe light may be used at night in lieu of an audible reverse alarm.
(c) This standard does not apply to rail equipment.
S 57.14160 Mantrip trolley wire hazards underground.
Mantrips shall be covered if there is danger of persons contacting the trolley wire.
S 57.14161 Makeshift couplings.
Couplings used on underground rail equipment shall be designed for that equipment, except that makeshift couplings may be used to move disabled rail equipment for repairs if no hazard to persons is created.
S 57.14162 Trip lights.
On underground rail haulage, trip lights shall be used on the rear of pulled trips and on the front of pushed trips.
Safety Practices and Operational Procedures
S 57.14200 Warnings prior to starting or moving equipment.
Before starting crushers or moving self-propelled mobile equipment, equipment operators shall sound a warning that is audible above the surrounding noise level or use other effective means to warn all persons who could be exposed to a hazard from the equipment.
S 57.14201 Conveyor start-up warnings.
(a) When the entire length of a conveyor is visible from the starting switch, the conveyor opera- tor shall visually check to make certain that all persons are in the clear before starting the conveyor.
(b) When the entire length of the conveyor is not visible from the starting switch, a system which provides visible or audible warning shall be installed and operated to warn persons that the conveyor will be started. Within 30 seconds after the warning is given, the conveyor shall be started or a second warning shall be given.
S 57.14202 Manual cleaning of conveyor pulleys.
Pulleys of conveyors shall not be cleaned manually while the conveyor is in motion.
S 57.14203 Application of belt dressing.
Belt dressings shall not be applied manually while belts are in motion unless a pressurized-type applicator is used that allows the dressing to be applied from outside the guards.
S 57.14204 Machinery lubrication.
Machinery or equipment shall not be lubricated manually while it is in motion where application of the lubricant may expose persons to injury.
S 57.14205 Machinery, equipment, and tools.
Machinery, equipment, and tools shall not be used beyond the design capacity intended by the manufacturer, where such use may create a hazard to persons.
S 57.14206 Securing movable parts.
(a) When moving mobile equipment between workplaces, booms, forks, buckets, beds, and similar movable parts of the equipment shall be positioned in the travel mode and, if required for safe travel, mechanically secured.
(b) When mobile equipment is unattended or not in use, dippers, buckets and scraper blades shall be lowered to the ground. Other movable parts, such as booms, shall be mechanically secured or posi- tioned to prevent movement which would create a hazard to persons.
S 57.14207 Parking procedures for unattended equipment.
Mobile equipment shall not be left unattended unless the controls are placed in the park position and the parking brake, if provided, is set. When parked on a grade, the wheels or tracks of mobile equip- ment shall be either chocked or turned into a bank or rib.
S 57.14208 Warning devices.
(a) Visible warning devices shall be used when parked mobile equipment creates a hazard to persons in other mobile equipment.
(b) Mobile equipment, other than forklifts, carrying loads that project beyond the sides or more than four feet beyond the rear of the equipment shall have a warning flag at the end of the projection.
Under conditions of limited visibility these loads shall have a warning light at the end of the projection.
Such flags or lights shall be attached to the end of the projection or be carried by persons walking beside or behind the projection.
S 57.14209 Safety procedures for towing.
(a) A properly sized tow bar or other effective means of control shall be used to tow mobile equipment.
(b) Unless steering and braking are under the control of the equipment operator on the towed equipment, a safety chain or wire rope capable of withstanding the loads to which it could be subjected shall be used in conjunction with any primary rigging.
(c) This provision does not apply to rail equipment.
S 57.14210 Movement of dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads.
(a) Dippers, buckets, loading booms, or suspended loads shall not be swung over the operators' stations of self-propelled mobile equipment until the equipment operator is out of the operator's station and in a safe location.
(b) This section does not apply when the equipment is specifically designed to protect the equip- ment operator from falling objects.
S 57.14211 Blocking equipment in a raised position.
(a) Persons shall not work on top of, under, or work from mobile equipment in a raised position until the equipment has been blocked or mechanically secured to prevent it from rolling or falling acci- dentally.
(b) Persons shall not work on top of, under, or work from a raised component of mobile equip- ment until the component has been blocked or mechanically secured to prevent accidental lowering. The equipment must also be blocked or secured to prevent rolling.
(c) A raised component must be secured to prevent accidental lowering when persons are work- ing on or around mobile equipment and are exposed to the hazard of accidental lowering of the compo- nent.
(d) Under this section, a raised component of mobile equipment is considered to be blocked or mechanically secured if provided with a functional load-locking device or devices which prevent free and uncontrolled descent.
(e) Blocking or mechanical securing of the raised component is required during repair or mainte- nance of elevated mobile work platforms.
S 57.14212 Chains, ropes, and drive belts.
Chains, ropes, and drive belts shall be guided mechanically onto moving pulleys, sprockets, or drums except where equipment is designed specifically for hand feeding.
S 57.14213 Ventilation and shielding for welding.
(a) Welding operations shall be shielded when performed at locations where arc flash could be hazardous to persons.
(b) All welding operations shall be well-ventilated.
S 57.14214 Train warnings.
A warning that is audible above the surrounding noise level shall be sounded—
(a) Immediately prior to moving trains;
(b) When trains approach persons, crossing, other trains on adjacent tracks; and
(c) Any place where the train operator's vision is obscured.
S 57.14215 Coupling or uncoupling cars.
Prior to coupling or uncoupling cars manually, trains shall be brought to a complete stop, and then moved at minimum tram speed until the coupling or uncoupling activity is completed. Coupling or uncoupling shall not be attempted from the inside of curves unless the railroad and cars are designed to eliminate hazards to persons.
S 57.14216 Backpoling.
Backpoling of trolleys is prohibited except where there is inadequate clearance to reverse the trolley pole. Where backpoling is required, it shall be done only at the minimum tram speed of the trolley.
S 57.14217 Securing parked railcars.
Parked railcars shall be blocked securely unless held effectively by brakes.
S 57.14218 Movement of equipment on adjacent tracks.
When a locomotive on one track is used to move rail equipment on adjacent tracks, a chain, cable, or drawbar shall be used which is capable of withstanding the loads to which it could be sub- jected.
S 57.14219 Brakeman signals.
When a train is under the direction of a brakeman and the train operator cannot clearly recognize the brakeman's signals, the train operator shall bring the train to a stop.
MSHA Standard 57.14106, Falling Object Protection.
Equipment National consensus standard
Front-end loaders
and bulldozers Society of Automotive Engineers
(SAE) minimum performance criteria
for falling object protective structures
(FOPS) SAE J231-January,
Fork-lift trucks American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) safety standard
for low lift and high lift trucks,
B 56.1, section 7.27-1983; or,
American National Standards
Institute (ANSI) standard, rough
terrain fork lift trucks,
B56.6-1987.
Subpart N—Personal Protection
Surface and Underground
S 57.15001 First aid materials.
Adequate first-aid materials, including stretchers and blankets shall be provided at places conve- nient to all working areas. Water or neutralizing agents shall be available where corrosive chemicals or other harmful substances are stored, handled, or used.
S 57.15002 Hard hats.
All persons shall wear suitable hard hats when in or around a mine or plant where falling objects may create a hazard.
S 57.15003 Protective footwear.
All persons shall wear suitable protective footwear when in or around an area of a mine or plant where a hazard exists which could cause an injury to the feet.
S 57.15004 Eye protection.
All persons shall wear safety glasses, goggles, or face shields or other suitable protective devices when in or around an area of a mine or plant where a hazard exists which could cause injury to unpro- tected eyes.
S 57.15005 Safety belts and lines.
Safety belts and lines shall be worn when persons work where there is danger of falling; a second person shall tend the lifeline when bins, tanks, or other dangerous areas are entered.
S 57.15006 Protective equipment and clothing for hazards and irritants.
Special protective equipment and special protective clothing shall be provided, maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition and used whenever hazards of process or environment, chemical hazards, radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants are encountered in a manner capable of causing injury or impairment.
S 57.15007 Protective equipment or clothing for welding, cutting, or working with molten metal.
Protective clothing or equipment and face shields or goggles shall be worn when welding, cut- ting, or working with molten metal.
S 57.15014 Eye protection when operating grinding wheels.
Face shields or goggles in good condition shall be worn when operating a grinding wheel.
[53 FR 32533, Aug. 25, 1988]
Surface Only
S 57.15020 Life jackets and belts.
Life jackets or belts shall be worn where there is danger from falling into water.
Underground Only
S 57.15030 Provisions and maintenance of self-rescue devices.
A 1-hour self-rescue device approved by the Mine Safety and Health Administration shall be made available by the operator to all personnel underground. Each operator shall maintain self-rescue devices in good condition.
S 57.15031 Location of self-rescue devices.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) and (c) of this section, self-rescue devices meeting the requirements of standard 57.15030 shall be worn or carried by all persons underground.
(b) Where the wearing or carrying of self-rescue devices meeting the requirements of standard 57.15030 is hazardous to a person, such self-rescue devices shall be located at a distance no greater than 25 feet from such person.
(c) Where a person works on or around mobile equipment, self-rescue devices may be placed in a readily accessible location on such equipment.
Subpart O—Materials Storage and Handling
S 57.16001 Stacking and storage of materials.
Supplies shall not be stacked or stored in a manner which creates tripping or fall-of-material hazards.
S 57.16002 Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles.
(a) Bins, hoppers, silos, tanks, and surge piles, where loose unconsolidated materials are stored, handled or transferred shall be—
(1) Equipped with mechanical devices or other effective means of handling materials so that during normal operations persons are not required to enter or work where they are exposed to entrapment by the caving or sliding of materials; and
(2) Equipped with supply and discharge operating controls. The controls shall be located so that spills or overruns will not endanger persons.
(b) Where persons are required to move around or over any facility listed in this standard, suit- able walkways or passageways shall be provided.
(c) Where persons are required to enter any facility listed in this standard for maintenance or inspection purposes, ladders, platforms, or staging shall be provided. No person shall enter the facility until the supply and discharge of materials have ceased and the supply and discharge equipment is locked out. Persons entering the facility shall wear a safety belt or harness equipped with a lifeline suitably fastened. A second person, similarly equipped, shall be stationed near where the lifeline is fastened and shall constantly adjust it or keep it tight as needed, with minimum slack.
S 57.16003 Storage of hazardous materials.
Materials that can create hazards if accidentally liberated from their containers shall be stored in manner that minimizes the dangers.
S 57.16004 Containers for hazardous materials.
Hazardous materials shall be stored in containers of a type approved for such use by recognized agencies; such containers shall be labeled appropriately.
S 57.16005 Securing gas cylinders.
Compressed and liquid gas cylinders shall be secured in a safe manner.
S 57.16006 Protection of gas cylinder valves.
Valves on compressed gas cylinders shall be protected by covers when being transported or stored, and by a safe location when the cylinders are in use.
S 57.16007 Taglines, hitches, and slings.
(a) Taglines shall be attached to loads that may require steadying or guidance while suspended.
(b) Hitches and slings used to hoist materials shall be suitable for the particular material handled.
S 57.16009 Suspended loads.
Persons shall stay clear of suspended loads.
S 57.16010 Dropping materials from overhead.
To protect personnel, material shall not be dropped from an overhead elevation until the drop area is first cleared of personnel and the area is then either guarded or a suitable warning is given.
S 57.16011 Riding hoisted loads or on the hoist hook.
Persons shall not ride on loads being moved by cranes or derricks, nor shall they ride the hoisting hooks unless such method eliminates a greater hazard.
S 57.16012 Storage of incompatible substances.
Chemical substances, including concentrated acids and alkalies, shall be stored to prevent inad- vertent contact with each other or with other substances, where such contact could cause a violent reaction or the liberation of harmful fumes or gases.
S 57.16013 Working with molten metal.
Suitable warning shall be given before molten metal is poured and before a container of molten metal is moved.
S 57.16014 Operator-carrying overhead cranes.
Operator-carrying overhead cranes shall be provided with—
(a) Bumpers at each end of each rail;
(b) Automatic switches to halt uptravel of the blocks before they strike the hoist;
(c) Effective audible warning signals within easy reach of the operator; and
(d) A means to lock out the disconnect switch.
S 57.16015 Work or travel on overhead crane bridges.
No person shall work from or travel on the bridge of an overhead crane unless the bridge is provided with substantial footwalks with toeboards and railings the length of the bridge.
S 57.16016 Lift trucks.
Fork and other similar types of lift trucks shall be operated with the:
(a) Upright tilted back to steady and secure the load;
(b) Load in the upgrade position when ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent;
(c) Load not raised or lowered enroute except for minor adjustments; and
(d) Load-engaging device downgrade when traveling unloaded on all grades.
S 57.16017 Hoisting heavy equipment or material.
Where the stretching or contraction of a hoist rope could create a hazard, chairs or other suitable blocking shall be used to support conveyances at shaft landings before heavy equipment or material is loaded or unloaded.
Subpart P—Illumination
S 57.17001 Illumination of surface working areas.
Illumination sufficient to provide safe working conditions shall be provided in and on all surface structures, paths, walkways, stairways, switch panels, loading and dumping sites, and working areas.
S 57.17010 Electric lamps.
Individual electric lamps shall be carried for illumination by all persons underground.
Subpart Q—Safety Programs
Surface and Underground
S 57.18002 Examination of working places.
(a) A competent person designated by the operator shall examine each working place at least once each shift for conditions which may adversely affect safety or health. The operator shall promptly initiate appropriate action to correct such conditions.
(b) A record that such examinations were conducted shall be kept by the operator for a period of one year, and shall be made available for review by the Secretary or his authorized representative.
(c) In addition, conditions that may present an imminent danger which are noted by the person conducting the examination shall be brought to the immediate attention of the operator who shall with- draw all persons from the area affected (except persons referred to in section 104(c) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977) until the danger is abated.
S 57.18006 New employees.
New employees shall be indoctrinated in safety rules and safe work procedures.
S 57.18009 Designation of person in charge.
When persons are working at the mine, a competent person designated by the mine operator shall be in attendance to take charge in case of an emergency.
S 57.18010 First aid training.
Selected supervisors shall be trained in first aid. First aid training shall be made available to all interested employees.
S 57.18012 Emergency telephone numbers.
Emergency telephone numbers shall be posted at appropriate telephones.
S 57.18013 Emergency communications system.
A suitable communication system shall be provided at the mine to obtain assistance in the event of an emergency.
S 57.18014 Emergency medical assistance and transportation.
Arrangements shall be made in advance for obtaining emergency medical assistance and trans- portation for injured persons.
Surface Only
S 57.18020 Working alone.
No employee shall be assigned, or allowed, or be required to perform work alone in any area where hazardous conditions exist that would endanger his safety unless he can communicate with others, can be heard, or can be seen.
Underground Only
S 57.18025 Working alone.
No employee shall be assigned, or allowed, or be required to perform work alone in any area where hazardous conditions exist that would endanger his safety unless his cries for help can be heard or he can be seen.
S 57.18028 Mine emergency and self-rescuer training.
(a) On an annual basis, all persons who are required to go underground shall be instructed in the Mine Safety and Health Administration approved course contained in Bureau of Mines Instruction Guide 19, "Mine Emergency Training" (September 1972). The instruction shall be given by MSHA personnel or by persons who are certified by the District Manager of the area in which the mine is located.
(b) On an annual basis, all persons who go underground shall be instructed in the Mine Safety and Health Administration course contained in Bureau of Mines Instruction Guide 2, "MSA W-65 Self- Rescuer" (March 1972) or Bureau of Mines Instruction Guide 3, "Permissible Drager 810 Respirator for Self-Rescue" (March 1972). The instruction shall be given by MSHA personnel or by persons who are certified by the District Manager of the area in which the mine is located: Provided, however, That if a Mine Safety and Health Administration instructor or a certified instructor is not immediately available such instruction of new employees in self-rescuers may be conducted by qualified company personnel who are not certified, but who have obtained provisional approval from the District Manager. Any person who has not had self-rescuer instruction within 12 months immediately preceding going under- ground shall be instructed in the use of self-rescuers before going underground.
(c) All instructional material, handouts, visual aids, and other such teaching accessories used by the operator in the courses prescribed in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be available for inspection by the Secretary or his authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
(d) Records of all instruction shall be kept at the mine site or nearest mine office at least 2 years from the date of instruction. Upon completion of such instruction, copies of the record shall be submit- ted to the District Manager and made available to the State Mine Inspector upon request.
(e) The Bureau of Mines instruction guides to which reference is made in items (a) and (b) of this standard are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. The incorporated instruction guides are available and shall be provided upon request made to any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health Subdistrict Office.
Subpart R—Personnel Hoisting
S 57.19000 Application.
(a) The hoisting standards in this subpart apply to those hoists and appurtenances used for hoist- ing persons. However, where persons may be endangered by hoists and appurtenances used solely for handling ore, rock, and materials, the appropriate standards should be applied.
(b) Standards 57.19021 through 57.19028 shall apply to wire ropes in service used to hoist—
(1) Persons in shafts and slopes underground;
(2) Persons with an incline hoist on the surface; or
(3) Loads in shaft or slope development when persons work below suspended loads.
(4) These standards do not apply to wire ropes used for elevators.
(c) Emergency hoisting facilities should conform to the extent possible to safety requirements for other hoists, and should be adequate to remove the persons from the mine with a minimum of delay.
Hoists
S 57.19001 Rated capacities.
Hoists shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads handled and the recommended safety factors of the ropes used.
S 57.19002 Anchoring.
Hoists shall be anchored securely.
S 57.19003 Driving mechanism connections.
Belt, rope, or chains shall not be used to connect driving mechanisms to man hoists.
S 57.19004 Brakes.
Any hoist used to hoist persons shall be equipped with a brake or brakes which shall be capable of holding its fully loaded cage, skip, or bucket at any point in the shaft.
S 57.19005 Locking mechanism for clutch.
The operating mechanism of the clutch of every man-hoist drum shall be provided with a locking mechanism, or interlocked electrically or mechanically with the brake to prevent accidental withdrawal of the clutch.
S 57.19006 Automatic hoist braking devices.
Automatic hoists shall be provided with devices that automatically apply the brakes in the event of power failure.
S 57.19007 Overtravel and overspeed devices.
All man hoists shall be provided with devices to prevent overtravel. When utilized in shafts exceeding 100 feet in depth, such hoists shall also be provided with overspeed devices.
S 57.19008 Friction hoist synchronizing mechanisms.
Where creep or slip may alter the effective position of safety devices, friction hoists shall be equipped with synchronizing mechanisms that recalibrate the overtravel devices and position indicators.
S 57.19009 Position indicator.
An accurate and reliable indicator of the position of the cage, skip, bucket, or cars in the shaft shall be provided.
S 57.19010 Location of hoist controls.
Hoist controls shall be placed or housed so that the noise from machinery or other sources will not prevent hoistmen from hearing signals.
S 57.19011 Drum flanges.
Flanges on drums shall extend radially a minimum of 4 inches or three rope diameters beyond the last wrap, whichever is the lesser.
S 57.19012 Grooved drums.
Where grooved drums are used, the grooves shall be of suitable size and pitch for the ropes used.
S 57.19013 Diesel- and other fuel-injection-powered hoists.
Where any diesel or similar fuel-injection engine is used to power a hoist, the engine shall be equipped with a damper or other cutoff in its air intake system. The control handle shall be clearly labeled to indicate that its intended function is for emergency stopping only.
S 57.19014 Friction hoist overtravel protection.
In a friction hoist installation, tapered guides or other approved devices shall be installed above and below the limits of regular travel of the conveyance and arranged to prevent overtravel in the event of failure of other devices.
S 57.19017 Emergency braking for electric hoists.
Each electric hoist shall be equipped with a manually-operable switch that will initiate emer- gency braking action to bring the conveyance and the counterbalance safely to rest. This switch shall be located within reach of the hoistman in case the manual controls of the hoist fail.
S 57.19018 Overtravel by-pass switches.
When an overtravel by-pass switch is installed, the switch shall function so as to allow the conveyance to be moved through the overtravel position when the switch is held in the closed position by the hoistman. The overtravel by-pass switch shall return automatically to the open position when released by the hoistman.
Wire Ropes
Authority: Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811).
S 57.19019 Guide ropes.
If guide ropes are used in shafts for personnel hoisting applications other than shaft development, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of the guide rope at installation shall meet the minimum value calculated as follows:
Minimum value = Static Load X 5.0.
S 57.19021 Minimum rope strength.
At installation, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of wire ropes used for hoisting shall meet the minimum rope strength values obtained by the following formulas in which "L" equals the maximum suspended rope length in feet:
(a) Winding drum ropes (all constructions, including rotation resistant).
For rope lengths less than 3,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.001L)
For rope lengths 3,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 4.0.
(b) Friction drum ropes.
For rope lengths less than 4,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.0005L)
For rope lengths 4,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 5.0.
(c) Tail ropes (balance ropes).
Minimum Value=Weight of Rope X 7.0
S 57.19022 Initial measurement.
After initial rope stretch but before visible wear occurs, the rope diameter of newly installed wire ropes shall be measured at least once in every third interval of active length and the measurements averaged to establish a baseline for subsequent measurements. A record of the measurements and the date shall be made by the person taking the measurements. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
S 57.19023 Examinations.
(a) At least once every fourteen calendar days, each wire rope in service shall be visually exam- ined along its entire active length for visible structural damage, corrosion, and improper lubrication or dressing. In addition, visual examination for wear and broken wires shall be made at stress points, including the area near attachments, where the rope rests on sheaves, where the rope leaves the drum, at drum crossovers, and at change-of-layer regions. When any visible condition that results in a reduction of rope strength is present, the affected portion of the rope shall be examined on a daily basis.
(b) Before any person is hoisted with a newly installed wire rope or any wire rope that has not been examined in the previous fourteen calendar days, the wire rope shall be examined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) At least once every six months, nondestructive tests shall be conducted of the active length of the rope, or rope diameter measurements shall be made—
(1) Wherever wear is evident;
(2) Where the hoist rope rests on sheaves at regular stopping points;
(3) Where the hoist rope leaves the drum at regular stopping points; and
(4) At drum crossover and change-of-layer regions.
(d) At the completion of each examination required by paragraph (a) of this section, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any condition listed in paragraph (a) of this section is present, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records of examinations shall be retained for one year.
(e) The person making the measurements or nondestructive tests as required by paragraph (c) of this section shall record the measurements or test results and the date. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
S 57.19024 Retirement criteria.
Unless damage or deterioration is removed by cutoff, wire ropes shall be removed from service when any of the following conditions occurs:
(a) The number of broken wires within a rope lay length, excluding filler wires, exceeds either—
(1) Five percent of the total number of wires; or
(2) Fifteen percent of the total number of wires within any strand.
(b) On a regular lay rope, more than one broken wire in the valley between strands in one rope lay length.
(c) A loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outer wires.
(d) Rope deterioration from corrosion.
(e) Distortion of the rope structure.
(f) Heat damage from any source.
(g) Diameter reduction due to wear that exceeds six percent of the baseline diameter measure- ment.
(h) Loss of more than ten percent of rope strength as determined by nondestructive testing.
S 57.19025 Load end attachments.
(a) Wire rope shall be attached to the load by a method that develops at least 80 percent of the nominal strength of the rope.
(b) Except for terminations where use of other materials is a design feature, zinc (spelter) shall be used for socketing wire ropes. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer
(c) Load end attachment methods using splices are prohibited.
S 57.19026 Drum end attachment.
(a) For drum end attachment, wire rope shall be attached—
(1) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the drum spoke;
(2) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the shaft, if the drum is fixed to the shaft; or
(3) By properly assembled anchor bolts, clamps, or wedges, provided that the attachment is a design feature of the hoist drum. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(b) A minimum of three full turns of wire rope shall be on the drum when the rope is extended to its maximum working length.
S 57.19027 End attachment retermination.
Damaged or deteriorated wire rope shall be removed by cutoff and the rope reterminated where there is—
(a) More than one broken wire at an attachment;
(b) Improper installation of an attachment;
(c) Slippage at an attachment; or
(d) Evidence of deterioration from corrosion at an attachment.
S 57.19028 End attachment replacement.
Wire rope attachments shall be replaced when cracked, deformed, or excessively worn.
S 57.19030 Safety device attachments.
Safety device attachments to hoist ropes shall be selected, installed, and maintained according to manufacturers' specifications to minimize internal corrosion and weakening of the hoist rope.
Headframes and Sheaves
S 57.19035 Headframe design.
All headframes shall be constructed with suitable design considerations to allow for all dead loads, live loads, and wind loads.
S 57.19036 Headframe height.
Headframes shall be high enough to provide clearance for overtravel and safe stopping of the conveyance.
S 57.19037 Fleet angles.
Fleet angles on hoists installed after November 15, 1979, shall not be greater than one and one- half degrees for smooth drums or two degrees for grooved drums.
S 57.19038 Platforms around elevated head sheaves.
Platforms with toeboards and handrails shall be provided around elevated head sheaves.
Conveyances
S 57.19045 Metal bonnets.
Man cages and skips used for hoisting or lowering employees or other persons in any vertical shaft or any incline shaft with an angle of inclination of forty-five degrees from the horizontal, shall be covered with a metal bonnet.
S 57.19049 Hoisting persons in buckets.
Buckets shall not be used to hoist persons except during shaft sinking operations, inspection, maintenance, and repairs.
S 57.19050 Bucket requirements.
Buckets used to hoist persons during vertical shaft sinking operations shall—
(a) Be securely attached to a crosshead when traveling in either direction between the lower and upper crosshead parking locations;
(b) Have overhead protection when the shaft depth exceeds 50 feet;
(c) Have sufficient depth or a suitably designed platform to transport persons safely in a standing position; and
(d) Have devices to prevent accidental dumping where the bucket is supported by a bail attached to its lower half.
S 57.19054 Rope guides.
Where rope guides are used in shafts other than in shaft sinking operations, the rope guides shall be a type of lock coil construction.
Hoisting Procedures
S 57.19055 Availability of hoist operator for manual hoists.
When a manually operated hoist is used, a qualified hoistman shall remain within hearing of the telephone or signal device at all times while any person is underground.
S 57.19056 Availability of hoist operator for automatic hoists.
When automatic hoisting is used, a competent operator of the hoist shall be readily available at or near the hoisting device while any person is underground.
S 57.19057 Hoist operator's physical fitness.
No person shall operate a hoist unless within the preceding 12 months he has had a medical examination by a qualified, licensed physician who shall certify his fitness to perform this duty. Such certification shall be available at the mine.
S 57.19058 Experienced hoist operators.
Only experienced hoistmen shall operate the hoist except in cases of emergency and in the training of new hoistmen.
S 57.19061 Maximum hoisting speeds.
The safe speed for hoisting persons shall be determined for each shaft, and this speed shall not be exceeded. Persons shall not be hoisted at a speed faster than 2,500 feet per minute, except in an emer- gency.
S 57.19062 Maximum acceleration and deceleration.
Maximum normal operating acceleration and deceleration shall not exceed 6 feet per second per second. During emergency braking, the deceleration shall not exceed 16 feet per second per second.
S 57.19063 Persons allowed in hoist room.
Only authorized persons shall be in hoist rooms.
S 57.19065 Lowering conveyances by the brakes.
Conveyances shall not be lowered by the brakes alone except during emergencies.
S 57.19066 Maximum riders in a conveyance.
In shafts inclined over 45 degrees, the operator shall determine and post in the conveyance or at each shaft station the maximum number of persons permitted to ride in a hoisting conveyance at any one time. Each person shall be provided a minimum of 1.5 square feet of floor space.
S 57.19067 Trips during shift changes.
During shift changes, an authorized person shall be in charge of each trip in which persons are hoisted.
S 57.19068 Orderly conduct in conveyances.
Persons shall enter, ride, and leave conveyances in an orderly manner.
S 57.19069 Entering and leaving conveyances.
Persons shall not enter or leave conveyances which are in motion or after a signal to move the conveyance has been given to the hoistman.
S 57.19070 Closing cage doors or gates.
Cage doors or gates shall be closed while persons are being hoisted; they shall not be opened until the cage has come to a stop.
S 57.19071 Riding in skips or buckets.
Persons shall not ride in skips or buckets with muck, supplies, materials, or tools other than small hand tools.
S 57.19072 Skips and cages in same compartment.
When combinations of cages and skips are used in the same compartment, the cages shall be enclosed to protect personnel from flying material and the hoist speed reduced to man-speed as defined in standard 57.19061, but not to exceed 1,000 feet per minute. Muck shall not be hoisted with personnel during shift changes.
S 57.19073 Hoisting during shift changes.
Rock or supplies shall not be hoisted in the same shaft as persons during shift changes, unless the compartments and dumping bins are partitioned to prevent spillage into the cage compartment.
S 57.19074 Riding the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead.
Persons shall not ride the bail, rim, bonnet, or crosshead of any shaft conveyance except when necessary for inspection and maintenance, and then only when suitable protection for persons is pro- vided.
S 57.19075 Use of open hooks.
Open hooks shall not be used to hoist buckets or other conveyances.
S 57.19076 Maximum speeds for hoisting persons in buckets.
When persons are hoisted in buckets, speeds shall not exceed 500 feet per minute and shall not exceed 200 feet per minute when within 100 feet of the intended station.
S 57.19077 Lowering buckets.
Buckets shall be stopped about 15 feet from the shaft bottom to await a signal from one of the crew on the bottom for further lowering.
S 57.19078 Hoisting buckets from the shaft bottom.
All buckets shall be stopped after being raised about three feet above the shaft bottom. A bucket shall be stabilized before a hoisting signal is given to continue hoisting the bucket to the crosshead. After a hoisting signal is given, hoisting to the crosshead shall be at a minimum speed. The signaling device shall be attended constantly until a bucket reaches the guides. When persons are hoisted, the signaling devices shall be attended until the crosshead has been engaged.
S 57.19079 Blocking mine cars.
Where mine cars are hoisted by cage or skip, means for blocking cars shall be provided at all landings and also on the cage.
S 57.19080 Hoisting tools, timbers, and other materials.
When tools, timbers, or other materials are being lowered or raised in a shaft by means of a bucket, skip, or cage, they shall be secured or so placed that they will not strike the sides of the shaft.
S 57.19081 Conveyances not in use.
When conveyances controlled by a hoist operator are not in use, they shall be released and the conveyances shall be raised or lowered a suitable distance to prevent persons from boarding or loading the conveyances.
S 57.19083 Overtravel backout device.
A manually operated device shall be installed on each electric hoist that will allow the convey- ance or counterbalance to be removed from an overtravel position. Such device shall not release the brake, or brakes, holding the overtravelled conveyance or counterbalance until sufficient drive motor torque has been developed to assure movement of the conveyance or counterbalance in the correct direction only.
Signaling
S 57.19090 Dual signaling systems.
There shall be at least two effective approved methods of signaling between each of the shaft stations and the hoist room, one of which shall be a telephone or speaking tube.
S 57.19091 Signaling instructions to hoist operator.
Hoist operators shall accept hoisting instructions only by the regular signaling system unless it is out of order. In such an event, and during other emergencies, the hoist operator shall accept instructions to direct movement of the conveyances only from authorized persons.
S 57.19092 Signaling from conveyances.
A method shall be provided to signal the hoist operator from cages or other conveyances at any point in the shaft.
S 57.19093 Standard signal code.
A standard code of hoisting signals shall be adopted and used at each mine. The movement of a shaft conveyance on a "one bell" signal is prohibited.
S 57.19094 Posting signal code.
A legible signal code shall be posted prominently in the hoist house within easy view of the hoistmen, and at each place where signals are given or received.
S 57.19095 Location of signal devices.
Hoisting signal devices shall be positioned within easy reach of persons on the shaft bottom or constantly attended by a person stationed on the lower deck of the sinking platform.
S 57.19096 Familiarity with signal code.
Any person responsible for receiving or giving signals for cages, skips, and mantrips when persons or materials are being transported shall be familiar with the posted signaling code.
Shafts
S 57.19100 Shaft landing gates.
Shaft landings shall be equipped with substantial safety gates so constructed that materials will not go through or under them; gates shall be closed except when loading or unloading shaft convey- ances.
S 57.19101 Stopblocks and derail switches.
Positive stopblocks or a derail switch shall be installed on all tracks leading to a shaft collar or landing.
S 57.19102 Shaft guides.
A means shall be provided to guide the movement of a shaft conveyance.
S 57.19103 Dumping facilities and loading pockets.
Dumping facilities and loading pockets shall be constructed so as to minimize spillage into the shaft.
S 57.19104 Clearance at shaft stations.
Suitable clearance at shaft stations shall be provided to allow safe movement of persons, equip- ment and materials.
S 57.19105 Landings with more than one shaft entrance.
A safe means of passage around open shaft compartments shall be provided on landings with more than one entrance to the shaft.
S 57.19106 Shaft sets.
Shaft sets shall be kept in good repair and clean of hazardous material.
S 57.19107 Precautions for work in compartment affected by hoisting operation.
Hoistmen shall be informed when persons are working in a compartment affected by that hoist- ing operation and a "Men Working in Shaft" sign shall be posted at the hoist.
S 57.19108 Posting warning signs during shaft work.
When persons are working in a shaft "Men Working in Shaft" signs shall be posted at all devices controlling hoisting operations that may endanger such persons.
S 57.19109 Shaft inspection and repair.
Shaft inspection and repair work in vertical shafts shall be performed from substantial platforms equipped with bonnets or equivalent overhead protection.
S 57.19110 Overhead protection for shaft deepening work.
A substantial bulkhead or equivalent protection shall be provided above persons at work deepen- ing a shaft.
S 57.19111 Shaft-sinking ladders.
Substantial fixed ladders shall be provided from the collar to as near the shaft bottom as practical during shaft-sinking operations, or an escape hoist powered by an emergency power source shall be provided. When persons are on the shaft bottom, a chain ladder, wire rope ladder, or other extension ladders shall be used from the fixed ladder or lower limit of the escape hoist to the shaft bottom.
Inspection and Maintenance
S 57.19120 Procedures for inspection, testing, and maintenance.
A systematic procedure of inspection, testing and maintenance of shaft and hoisting equipment shall be developed and followed. If it is found or suspected that any part is not functioning properly, the hoist shall not be used until the malfunction has been located and repaired or adjustments have been made.
S 57.19121 Recordkeeping.
At the time of completion, the person performing inspections, tests, and maintenance of shafts and hoisting equipment required in standard 57.19120 shall certify, by signature and date, that they have been done. A record of any part that is not functioning properly shall be made and dated. Certifications and records shall be retained for one year.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
(Sec. 101, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
S 57.19122 Replacement parts.
Parts used to repair hoists shall have properties that will ensure the proper and safe function of the hoist.
S 57.19129 Examinations and tests at beginning of shift.
Hoistmen shall examine their hoists and shall test overtravel, deadman controls, position indica- tors, and braking mechanisms at the beginning of each shift.
S 57.19130 Conveyance shaft test.
Before hoisting persons and to assure that the hoisting compartments are clear of obstructions, empty hoist conveyances shall be operated at least one round trip after—
(a) Any hoist or shaft repairs or related equipment repairs that might restrict or obstruct convey- ance clearance;
(b) Any oversize or overweight material or equipment trips that might restrict or obstruct convey- ance clearance;
(c) Blasting in or near the shaft that might restrict or obstruct conveyance clearance; or
(d) Remaining idle for one shift or longer.
S 57.19131 Hoist conveyance connections.
Hoist conveyance connections shall be inspected at least once during any 24-hour period that the conveyance is used for hoisting persons.
S 57.19132 Safety catches.
(a) A performance drop test of hoist conveyance safety catches shall be made at the time of installation, or prior to installation in a mockup of the actual installation. The test shall be certified to in writing by the manufacturer or by a registered professional engineer performing the test.
(b) After installation and before use, and at the beginning of any seven day period during which the conveyance is to be used, the conveyance shall be suitably rested and the hoist rope slackened to test for the unrestricted functioning of the safety catches and their activating mechanisms.
(c) The safety catches shall be inspected by a competent person at the beginning of any 24-hour period that the conveyance is to be used.
S 57.19133 Shaft.
Shafts that have not been inspected within the past 7 days shall not be used until an inspection has been conducted by a competent person.
S 57.19134 Sheaves.
Sheaves in operating shafts shall be inspected weekly and kept properly lubricated.
S 57.19135 Rollers in inclined shafts.
Rollers used in operating inclined shafts shall be lubricated, properly aligned, and kept in good repair.
Subpart S-Miscellaneous
S 57.20001 Intoxicating beverages and narcotics.
Intoxicating beverages and narcotics shall not be permitted or used in or around mines. Persons under the influence of alcohol or narcotics shall not be permitted on the job.
S 57.20002 Potable water.
(a) An adequate supply of potable drinking water shall be provided at all active working areas.
(b) The common drinking cup and containers from which drinking water must be dipped or poured are prohibited.
(c) Where single service cups are supplied, a sanitary container for unused cups and a receptacle for used cups shall be provided.
(d) When water is cooled by ice, the ice shall either be of potable water or shall not come in contact with the water.
(e) Potable water outlets shall be posted.
(f) Potable water systems shall be constructed to prevent backflow or backsiphonage of non- potable water.
S 57.20003 Housekeeping.
At all mining operations—
(a) Workplaces, passageways, storerooms, and service rooms shall be kept clean and orderly;
(b) The floor of every workplace shall be maintained in a clean and, so far as possible, dry condition. Where wet processes are used, drainage shall be maintained, and false floors, platforms, mats, or other dry standing places shall be provided where practicable; and
(c) Every floor, working place, and passageway shall be kept free from protruding nails, splin- ters, holes, or loose boards, as practicable.
S 57.20005 Carbon tetrachloride.
Carbon tetrachloride shall not be used.
S 57.20008 Toilet facilities.
(a) Toilet facilities shall be provided at locations that are compatible with the mine operations and that are readily accessible to mine personnel.
(b) The facilities shall be kept clean and sanitary. Separate toilet facilities shall be provided for each sex except where toilet rooms will be occupied by no more than one person at a time and can be locked from the inside.
S 57.20009 Tests for explosive dusts.
Dusts suspected of being explosive shall be tested for explosibility. If tests prove positive, appro- priate control measures shall be taken.
S 57.20010 Retaining dams.
If failure of a water or silt retaining dam will create a hazard, it shall be of substantial construc- tion and inspected at regular intervals.
S 57.20011 Barricades and warning signs.
Areas where health or safety hazards exist that are not immediately obvious to employees shall be barricaded, or warning signs shall be posted at all approaches. Warning signs shall be readily visible, legible, and display the nature of the hazard and any protective action required.
S 57.20012 Labeling of toxic materials.
Toxic materials used in conjunction with or discarded from mining or milling of a product shall be plainly marked or labeled so as to positively identify the nature of the hazard and the protective action required.
S 57.20013 Waste receptacles.
Receptacles with covers shall be provided at suitable locations and used for the disposal of waste food and associated materials. They shall be emptied frequently and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.
S 57.20014 Prohibited areas for food and beverages.
No person shall be allowed to consume or store food or beverages in a toilet room or in any area exposed to a toxic material.
S 57.20020 Unattended mine openings.
Access to unattended mine openings shall be restricted by gates or doors, or the openings shall be fenced and posted.
S 57.20021 Abandoned mine openings.
Upon abandonment of a mine, the owner or operator shall effectively close or fence off all surface openings down which persons could fall or through which persons could enter. Upon or near all such safeguards, trespass warnings and appropriate danger notices shall be posted.
S 57.20031 Blasting underground in hazardous areas.
In underground areas where dangerous accumulations of water, gas, mud, or fire atmosphere could be encountered, persons shall be removed to safe places before blasting.
S 57.20032 Two-way communication equipment for underground operations.
Telephones or other two-way communication equipment with instructions for their use shall be provided for communication from underground operations to the surface.
Subpart T—Safety Standards for Methane in Metal and Nonmetal Mines Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811.
Source: 52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987, unless otherwise noted.
General
S 57.22001 Scope.
This subpart T sets forth procedures and safety standards for each metal and nonmetal under- ground mine subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. All metal and nonmetal mines will be placed into one of the categories or subcategories defined in this subpart. Mines shall operate in accordance with the applicable standards in this subpart to protect persons against the hazards of meth- ane gas and dust containing volatile matter. The standards in this subpart apply to underground mines as well as surface mills at Subcategory I-C mines. These mines are also required to be operated in accor- dance with the other applicable health and safety standards published in 30 CFR part 57.
S 57.22002 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart:
Abandoned areas. Areas in which work has been completed, no further work is planned, and travel is not permitted.
Auxiliary fan. A fan used to deliver air to a working place off the main airstream; generally used with ventilation tubing.
Blowout. A sudden, violent, release of gas or liquid due to reservoir pressure in a petroleum mine.
Booster fan. A fan installed in the main airstream or a split of the main airstream to increase airflow through a section of a mine.
Combustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the conditions anticipated, will ignite, burn, support combustion or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Wood, paper, rubber, and plastics are examples of combustibles.
Competent person. A person designated by the mine operator who has sufficient experience and training to perform the assigned task.
Explosive material. Explosives, blasting agents, and detonators. Explosives are substances classified as explosives by the Department of Transportation in SS 173.53, 173.88, and 173.100 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (1986 Edition). Blasting agents are substances classified as blasting agents by the Department of Transportation in S 173.114(a) of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (1986 Edition). Detonators are devices containing a detonating charge used to initiate explosives. Examples of detonators are blasting caps, electric or non-electric instantaneous or delay blasting caps and delay connectors. [A copy of Title 49 is available at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration].
Geological area. An area characterized by the presence of the same ore bodies, the same strati- graphic sequence of beds, or the same ore-bearing geological formation.
Mine atmosphere. Any point at least 12 inches away from the back, face, rib, and floor in any mine; and additionally, in a Category IV mine, at least 3 feet laterally away from the collar of a borehole which releases gas into the mine.
Noncombustible material. A material that, in the form in which it is used and under the condi- tions anticipated, will not ignite, burn, support combustion, or release flammable vapors when subjected to fire or heat. Concrete, masonry block, brick, and steel are examples of noncombustible materials.
Outburst. The sudden, violent release of solids and high-pressure occluded gases, including methane, in a domal salt mine.
Substantial construction. Construction of such strength, material, and workmanship that the object will withstand air blasts, blasting shock, ground movement, pressure differentials, wear, and usage which may be expected to occur in the mining environment.
Mine Categorization
S 57.22003 Mine Category or subcategory.
(a) All underground mines, and the surface mills of Subcategory I-C mines (gilsonite), shall be placed into one of the following categories or subcategories to protect persons against the hazards of methane and dusts containing volatile matter. Categories and subcategories are defined as follows:
(1) Category I applies to mines that operate within a combustible ore body and either liberate methane or have the potential to liberate methane based on the history of the mine or the geological area in which the mine is located. Category I is divided into Subcategories I-A, I-B, and I-C as follows:
(i) Subcategory I-A applies to mines that operate within a combustible ore body and liberate methane and in which—
(A) A concentration of 0.25 percent or more methane has been detected in the mine atmosphere and confirmed by laboratory analysis; or
(B) An ignition of methane has occurred.
(ii) Subcategory I-B applies to mines that operate within a combustible ore body and have the potential to liberate methane based on the history of the mine or geological area in which the mine is located and in which—
(A) A concentration of 0.25 percent or more methane has not been detected in the mine atmo- sphere; and
(B) An ignition of methane has not occurred.
(iii) Subcategory I-C applies to mines in which the product extracted is combustible and the dust has a volatile matter content of 60 percent or more measured on a moisture free basis./1
—————-
/1. Measured by the American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM D 3175-82, Standard Test Method for Volatile Matter in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke. (This document is available at any Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health District Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administra- tion).
—————-
(2) Category II applies to domal salt mines where the history of the mine or geological area indicates the occurrence of or the potential for an outburst. Category II is divided into Subcategories II-A and II-B as follows:
(i) Subcategory II-A applies to domal salt mines where an outburst reportable under S 57.22004(c)(1) has occurred.
(ii) Subcategory II-B applies to domal salt mines where an outburst reportable under S 57.22004(c)(1) has not occurred, but which have the potential for an outburst based on the history of the mine or geological area in which the mine is located.
(3) Category III applies to mines in which noncombustible ore is extracted and which liberate a concentration of methane that is explosive, or is capable of forming explosive mixtures with air, or have the potential to do so based on the history of the mine or the geological area in which the mine is lo- cated. The concentration of methane in such mines is explosive or is capable of forming explosive mixtures if mixed with air as illustrated by Table 1 below, entitled "Relation Between Quantitative Composition and Explosibility of Mixtures of Methane and Air".
[SEE P57T1.PCX for Graphic Image]
(4) Category IV applies to mines in which noncombustible ore is extracted and which liberate a concentration of methane that is not explosive nor capable of forming explosive mixtures with air based on the history of the mine or the geological area in which the mine is located. The concentration of methane in such mines is not explosive nor capable of forming explosive mixtures if mixed with air as illustrated by Table 1 above, entitled "Relation Between Quantitative Composition and Explosibility of Mixtures of Methane and Air".
(5) Category V applies to petroleum mines. Category V is divided into Subcategories V-A and V- as follows:
(i) Subcategory V-A applies to petroleum mines that operate entirely or partially within an oil reservoir; and all other petroleum mines in which—
(A) A concentration of 0.25 percent or more methane has been detected in the mine atmosphere and confirmed by laboratory analysis; or
(B) An ignition of methane has occurred.
(ii) Subcategory V-B applies to petroleum mines that operate outside of and drill into an oil reservoir and in which—
(A) A concentration of 0.25 percent or more methane has not been detected in the mine atmo- sphere; and
(B) An ignition of methane has not occurred.
(6) Category VI applies to mines in which the presence of methane has not been established and are not included in another category or subcategory.
(b) Category or subcategory placement or change in placement shall include consideration of the following:
(1) The history and geology of the mine or of the geological area in which the mine is located;
(2) The ore body and host rock;
(3) The character, amount, duration, origin, and nature of methane emission and the presence of explosive dust and inert gases; and
(4) Whether or not conditions encountered during primary or access development are transient or permanent.
(c)(1) Gas samples for the purpose of category or subcategory placement or change in placement, and for determining action levels, shall be taken in the mine atmosphere. Gas samples taken to deter- mine the nature and extent of an occurrence under S 57.22004 (c) and (d) may be taken at any location, including the source, point of entry and the mine atmosphere.
(2) Tests for methane shall be made with hand-held methanometers, methane monitors, atmo- spheric monitoring systems, devices used to provide laboratory analysis of samples, or with other equally effective sampling devices. However, only methane samples that have been confirmed by labora- tory analysis shall be used for category or subcategory placement or change in placement.
(d) Each mine and mill shall be required to operate in accordance with the safety standards applicable to its particular category or subcategory.
S 57.22004 Category placement or change in placement.
The Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health (Administrator) shall be responsible for category and subcategory placement, change in placement, and notification of placement of mines.
(a) The Administrator's proposed notice of placement or change in placement shall be sent to the mine operator and the appropriate representative of miners and shall include—
(1) The category or subcategory;
(2) The reasons for placement or change in placement;
(3) The data considered;
(4) The applicable standards and a time schedule for the mine operator to achieve compliance;
(5) Whether or not conditions encountered during primary or access development are transient or permanent; and
(6) Notification of the right to appeal the Administrator's determination under S 57.22005.
(b) The operator or the representative of the miners shall have the right to request of the Admin- istrator reassignment of the mine to a more appropriate category or subcategory if, based on operating experience, the conditions set forth in S 57.22003(b) indicate that the hazards of methane exist under circumstances more appropriately governed by a different category or subcategory. In response to such a request, the procedures set forth in paragraph (d) of this section shall apply. While the request for cat- egory or subcategory reassignment is pending, the mine shall continue to operate under the standards for the category or subcategory to which originally assigned.
(c) MSHA and the State Mine Inspector shall be notified as soon as possible if any of the following events occur:
(1) An outburst that results in 0.25 percent or more methane in the mine atmosphere;
(2) A blowout that results in 0.25 percent or more methane in the mine atmosphere;
(3) An ignition of methane; or
(4) Air sample results that indicate 0.25 percent or more methane in the mine atmosphere of a Subcategory I-B, I-C, II-B, V-B or Category VI mine.
(d) The Administrator shall promptly appoint an MSHA committee to investigate occurrences reported in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section or requests filed in accordance with paragraph
(b) of this section. Upon completion of an investigation, the committee shall make a written report of the findings. These investigations may include an evaluation of the following:
(1) Source, nature, and extent of occurrences;
(2) Conditions under which the incident occurred;
(3) Samples and tests;
(4) Physical conditions at the time of the occurrence;
(5) Charts, logs, and records related to the occurrence;
(6) Whether the occurrence is isolated, continuous, or could recur;
(7) Conditions indicating that the hazards of methane no longer exist or exist under circum- stances more appropriately governed by a different category or subcategory;
(8) The geology of the mine and the geological area in which the mine is located; and
(9) Statements by witnesses, company officials, employees, and other persons having knowledge of the mine or the occurrence. Representatives of the mine operator, the miners and the appropriate State agency may participate in the investigation.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0103)
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22005 Notice and appeal of placement or change in placement.
(a) The Administrator's determination of category or subcategory placement or change in place- ment shall become final upon the 30th day after it is served on the mine operator and representative of miners, unless a request for a hearing has been filed. Service of the Administrator's determination is complete upon mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested.
(b) The mine operator or representative of miners may obtain review of the Administrator's determination by filing a request for a hearing with the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Mine Safety and Health, Mine Safety and Health Administration, 4015 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203 within 30 days of the Administrator's determination. Service of a request for hearing is completed upon mailing by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested. Requests for a hearing shall be in writing and contain the following information:
(1) Name, address, and mine identification number;
(2) A concise statement of the reason why the Administrator's determination is inappropriate; and
(3) A copy of the Administrator's determination.
(c) The mine operator shall post a copy of the Administrator's determination and the request for a hearing on the mine bulletin board, and shall maintain the posting until the placement becomes final.
(d) Promptly after receipt of the request for a hearing, the Assistant Secretary shall refer to the Chief Administrative Law Judge, United States Department of Labor, the following:
(1) The request for a hearing;
(2) The Administrator's determination; and
(3) All information upon which the Administrator's determination was based.
(e) The hearing shall be regulated and conducted by an Administrative Law Judge in accordance with 29 CFR part 18, entitled, "Rules of Practice and Procedure for Administrative Hearings Before the Office of Administrative Law Judges." Once the Administrative Law Judge has made an initial decision and served each party, the decision shall be final on the 30th day after service, unless discretionary review is undertaken by the Assistant Secretary or an appeal is filed by the mine operator or representa- tive of the miners under paragraph (f) of this section.
(f) Within 30 days after service of an initial decision of an Administrative Law Judge, the Assis- tant Secretary for Mine Safety and Health may undertake a discretionary review of the initial decision, or the mine operator, or representative of the miners may appeal the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge to the Assistant Secretary.
(1) The Assistant Secretary shall give notice of discretionary review to the mine operator and representative of the miners. The mine operator or representative of the miners shall give notice of an appeal to the other party. The notice shall specify the suggested changes and refer to the specific findings of fact, conclusions of law, and terms of the initial decision to be reviewed or appealed. The Assistant Secretary shall fix a time for filing any objections to the suggested changes and supporting reasons.
(2) The Assistant Secretary shall promptly notify the Administrative Law Judge of a discretion- ary review or an appeal. The entire record of the proceedings shall be transmitted to the Assistant Secre- tary for review.
(3) The Assistant Secretary shall make the final decision based upon consideration of the record of the proceedings. The final decision may affirm, modify, or set aside in whole or in part, the findings and conclusions contained in the initial decision. A statement of reasons for the action taken shall be included in the final decision. The final decision shall be served upon the mine operator and representa- tive of the miners.
(g) Unless a decision by the Administrator for Metal and Nonmetal Mine Safety and Health, or the initial decision of the Administrative Law Judge, is appealed within 30 days, it becomes final, and is not subject to judicial review for the purposes of 5 U.S.C. 704. Only a decision by the Assistant Secre- tary shall be considered final Agency action for purposes of judicial review. Any such appeal must be filed in the appropriate circuit of the United States Court of Appeal.
(h) While a final decision of category placement is pending the following procedures shall apply:
(1) Where a mine has been classified as gassy prior to the effective date of these standards, existing gassy mines standards 30 CFR 57.21001 through 57.21101 (1986 Edition) shall continue to be applicable until placement is final.
(2) Where a mine has not been classified as gassy prior to the effective date of these standards and it is placed in Categories I through V, the mine shall comply with Category VI standards (SS 57.22231, 57.22232, 57.22236, and 57.22238) until placement is final.
(3) Where a mine has been classified in Categories I through V after the effective date of these standards and category reassignment is being considered, the mine shall comply with the standards applicable to the category to which presently assigned until category placement is final.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987; 52 FR 27903, July 24, 1987]
Fire Prevention and Control
[Note: The Category or Subcategory applicability of each standard appears in the parentheses of each standard's title line].
S 57.22101 Smoking (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Persons shall not smoke or carry smoking materials, matches, or lighters underground. The operator shall institute a reasonable program to assure that persons entering the mine do not carry such items.
S 57.22102 Smoking (I-C mines).
(a) Persons shall not smoke or carry smoking materials, matches, or lighters underground or within 50 feet of a mine opening. The operator shall institute a reasonable program to assure that persons entering the mine do not carry such items.
(b) Smoking is prohibited in surface milling facilities except in designated, dust-free smoking areas.
S 57.22103 Open flames (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Open flames shall not be permitted underground except for welding, cutting, and other mainte- nance operations, and for igniting underground retorts in a Subcategory I-A mine. When using open flames in other than fresh air, or in places where methane may enter the air current, tests for methane shall be conducted by a competent person before work is started and every 10 minutes until the job is completed. Continuous methane monitors with audible alarms may be used after the initial test has been conducted as an alternative to the ten-minute interval testing requirement. Open flames shall not be used in atmospheres containing 0.5 percent or more methane.
S 57.22104 Open flames (I-C mines).
(a) Open flames, including cutting and welding, shall not be used underground.
(b) Welding and cutting shall not be done within 50 feet of a mine opening unless all persons are out of the mine and the mine opening is covered. The cover shall be a substantial material, such as metal or wood, topped with a layer of wetted material to prevent sparks and flames from entering the mine opening.
S 57.22105 Smoking and open flames (IV mines).
Smoking or open flames shall not be permitted in a face or raise, or during release of gas from a borehole until tests have been conducted in accordance with S 57.22226 and the methane level has been determined to be below 0.5 percent.
S 57.22106 Dust containing volatile matter (I-C mines).
Dust containing volatile matter shall not be allowed to accumulate on the surfaces of enclosures, facilities, or equipment used in surface milling in amounts that, if suspended in air, would become an explosive mixture. An explosive mixture of dust containing volatile matter is 0.02 ounce or more per cubic foot of air.
Ventilation
S 57.22201 Mechanical ventilation (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III, IV, V-A, and V-B mines).
All mines shall be ventilated mechanically.
S 57.22202 Main fans (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
(a) Main fans shall be—
(1) Installed on the surface in noncombustible housings provided with noncombustible air ducts;
(2) Except in Subcategory I-A mines, provided with an automatic signal device to give an alarm when the fan stops. The signal device shall be located so that it can be seen or heard by a person desig- nated by the mine operator.
(b) Fan installations shall be—
(1) Offset so that the fan and its associated components are not in direct line with possible explo- sive forces;
(2) Equipped with explosion-doors, a weak-wall, or other equivalent devices located to relieve the pressure that would be created by an explosion underground. The area of the doors or weak-wall shall be at least equivalent to the average cross-sectional area of the airway.
(c) (1) All main fan-related electrical equipment and cables located within or exposed to the forward or reverse airstream shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 18;
(2) Drive belts and nonmetallic fan blades shall be constructed of static-conducting material; and
(3) Aluminum alloy fan blades shall not contain more than 0.5 percent magnesium. [Paragraph
(c)(3) of this section does not apply to Subcategory I-C mines].
(d) When an internal combustion engine is used to power a main fan or as standby power, the engine shall be—
(1) Installed in a noncombustible housing;
(2) Protected from a possible fuel supply fire or explosion; and
(3) Located out of direct line with the forward and reverse airstream provided by the fan. Engine exhaust gases shall be vented to the atmosphere so that exhaust cannot contaminate mine intake air.
(e) For Subcategory I-A mines only: Main exhaust fans shall be equipped with methane monitors to give an alarm when methane in the return air reaches 0.5 percent. The alarm shall be located so that it can be seen or heard by a person designated by the mine operator.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22203 Main fan operation (I-C mines).
Main fans shall be operated continuously while ore production is in progress.
S 57.22204 Main fan operation and inspection (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Main fans shall be—
(a) Provided with a pressure-recording system; and
(b) Inspected daily while operating if persons are underground. Certification of inspections shall be made by signature and date. Certifications and pressure recordings shall be retained for at least one year and made available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0030)
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22205 Doors on main fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
In mines ventilated by multiple main fans, each main fan installation shall be equipped with noncombustible doors. Such doors shall automatically close to prevent air reversal through the fan. The doors shall be located so that they are not in direct line with explosive forces which could come out of the mine.
S 57.22206 Main ventilation failure (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) When there has been a main ventilation failure, such as stoppage of main fans or failure of other components of the main ventilation system, tests for methane shall be conducted in affected active workings until normal air flow has resumed.
(b) If a total failure of ventilation occurs while all persons are out of the mine and the failure lasts for more than 30 minutes, only competent persons shall be allowed underground to examine the mine or to make necessary ventilation changes. Other persons may reenter the mine after the main fans have been operational for at least 30 minutes, or after the mine atmosphere has been tested and contains less than 1.0 percent methane. Persons other than examiners shall not reenter a Subcategory II-A mine until the methane level is less than 0.5 percent.
S 57.22207 Booster fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) Booster fans shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 18, and be—
(1) Provided with an automatic signal device located so that it can be seen or heard by a person designated by the mine operator to give an alarm when the fan stops or when methane reaches the following levels:
(i) 1.0 percent at the fan in Subcategory I-A, Category III, and Subcategory V-A mines; and
(ii) 0.5 percent at the fan in Subcategory II-A mines.
(2) Equipped with a device that automatically deenergizes power in affected workings should the fan stop; and
(3) Equipped with starting and stopping controls located at the fan and at another accessible remote location.
(b) Booster fan installations, except for booster fans installed in ducts, shall be—
(1) Provided with doors which open automatically when all fans in the installation stop; and
(2) Provided with an air lock when passage through the fan bulkhead is necessary.
S 57.22208 Auxiliary fans (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) Auxiliary fans, except fans used in shops and other areas which have been so designed that methane cannot enter the airway, shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 18, and be operated so that recirculation is minimized. Auxiliary fans shall not be used to ventilate work places during the interruption of normal mine ventilation.
(b) Tests for methane shall be made at auxiliary fans before they are started.
S 57.22209 Auxiliary fans (I-C mines).
Electric auxiliary fans shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 18. Tests for methane shall be made at electric auxiliary fans before they are started. Such fans shall not be operated when air passing over or through them contains 0.5 percent or more methane.
S 57.22210 In-line filters (I-C mines).
Filters or separators shall be installed on air-lift fan systems to prevent explosive concentrations of dust from passing through the fan.
S 57.22211 Air flow (I-A mines).
The average air velocity in the last open crosscut in pairs or sets of developing entries, or through other ventilation openings nearest the face, shall be at least 40 feet per minute. The velocity of air venti- lating each face at a work place shall be at least 20 feet per minute.
S 57.22212 Air flow (I-C, II-A, and V-A mines).
Air flow across each working face shall be sufficient to carry away any accumulation of methane, smoke, fumes, and dust.
S 57.22213 Air flow (III mines).
The quantity of air coursed through the last open crosscut in pairs or sets of entries, or through other ventilation openings nearest the face, shall be at least 6,000 cubic feet per minute, or 9,000 cubic feet per minute in longwall and continuous miner sections. The quantity of air across each face at a work place shall be at least 2,000 cubic feet per minute.
S 57.22214 Changes in ventilation (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) Changes in ventilation which affect the main air current or any split thereof and which ad- versely affect the safety of persons in the mine shall be made only when the mine is idle.
(b) Only persons engaged in making such ventilation changes shall be permitted in the mine during changes.
(c) Power shall be deenergized in affected areas prior to making ventilation changes, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18.
Power shall not be restored until the results of the change have been determined and a competent person has examined affected working places for methane.
S 57.22215 Separation of intake and return air (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Main intake and return air currents shall be coursed through separate mine openings and shall be separated throughout the mine, except—
(a) Where multiple shafts are used for ventilation and a single shaft contains a curtain wall or partition for separation of air currents. Such wall or partition shall be constructed of reinforced concrete or other noncombustible equivalent, and provided with pressure-relief devices.
(b) During development of openings to the surface—
(1) Ventilation tubing approved by MSHA in accordance with 30 CFR part 7 or previously issued a BC or VT acceptance number by the MSHA Approval and Certification Center may be used for separation of main air currents in the same opening. Flexible ventilation tubing shall not exceed 250 feet in length.
(2) Only development related to making a primary ventilation connection may be performed beyond 250 feet of the shaft.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 30508, July 20, 1989]
S 57.22216 Separation of intake and return air (I-C mines).
The main intake and return air currents in single shafts shall be separated by ventilation tubing, curtain walls, or partitions. Ventilation tubing shall be constructed of noncombustible material. Curtain walls or partitions shall be constructed of reinforced concrete or other noncombustible equivalent, and provided with pressure-relief devices.
S 57.22217 Seals and stoppings (I-A, I-B, and I-C mines).
All seals, and those stoppings that separate main intake from main return airways, shall be of substantial construction and constructed of noncombustible materials, except that stoppings constructed of brattice materials may be used in face areas.
S 57.22218 Seals and stoppings (III, V-A, and V-B mines).
(a) All seals, and those stoppings that separate main intake from main return airways, shall be of substantial construction, except that stoppings constructed of brattice materials may be used in face areas.
(b) Exposed surfaces on the intake side of stoppings constructed of combustible materials or foam-type blocks shall be coated with at least one inch of construction plaster containing perlite and gypsum; at least one inch of expanded vermiculite, Portland cement and limestone; or other coatings with equivalent fire resistance. Stoppings constructed to phenolic foam blocks at least 12 inches thick need not be coated for fire resistance. All foam-type blocks used for stopping construction shall be solid.
(c) Exposed surfaces on the fresh air side of seals constructed of combustible materials shall be coated with at least one inch of construction plaster containing perlite and gypsum; at least one inch of expanded vermiculite, Portland cement and limestone; or other coatings with equivalent fire resistance.
Foam-type blocks shall not be used for seals.
S 57.22219 Seals and stoppings (II-A mines).
(a) Exposed surfaces on the intake side of stoppings constructed of combustible materials, except brattice, shall be coated with at least one inch of construction plaster containing perlite and gypsum; at least one inch of expanded vermiculite, Portland cement and limestone; or other coatings with equivalent fire resistance.
(b) Seals shall be of substantial construction. Exposed surfaces on the fresh air side of seals constructed of combustible materials shall be coated with at least one inch of construction plaster con- taining perlite and gypsum; at least one inch of expanded vermiculite, Portland cement and limestone; or other coatings with equivalent fire resistance. Foam-type blocks shall not be used for seals.
S 57.22220 Air passing unsealed areas (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Air that has passed by or through unsealed abandoned or unsealed inactive areas and contains 0.25 percent or more methane shall—
(a) Be coursed directly to a return airway;
(b) Be tested daily for methane by a competent person; and
(c) Not be used to ventilate work places.
S 57.22221 Overcast and undercast construction (I-A, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
Overcasts and undercasts shall be—
(a) Of substantial construction;
(b) (1) Constructed of noncombustible materials; or
(2) Where constructed of combustible materials, the outside surfaces shall be coated with at least one inch of construction plaster containing perlite and gypsum; at least one inch of expanded vermicu- lite, Portland cement and limestone; or other coatings with equivalent fire resistance;
(c) Kept clear of obstructions.
S 57.22222 Ventilation materials (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
Brattice cloth and ventilation tubing shall be approved by MSHA in accordance with 30 CFR part 7, or shall bear a BC or VT acceptance number issued by the MSHA Approval and Certification Center.
[54 FR 30508, July 20, 1989]
S 57.22223 Crosscuts before abandonment (III mines).
A means of ventilating faces shall be provided before workings are abandoned in unsealed areas, unless crosscuts are provided within 30 feet of the face.
S 57.22224 Auxiliary equipment stations (I-A and III mines).
Battery charging stations, compressor stations, pump stations, and transformer stations shall be installed in intake air at locations which are sufficiently ventilated to prevent the accumulation of meth- ane.
S 57.22225 Auxiliary equipment stations (I-C mines).
Battery charging stations, compressor stations, and electrical substations shall not be installed underground or within 50 feet of a mine opening.
S 57.22226 Testing for methane (IV mines).
Tests for methane shall be conducted in the mine atmosphere by a competent person—
(a) At least once each shift prior to starting work in each face and raise; and
(b) Upon initial release of gas into the mine atmosphere from boreholes.
S 57.22227 Approved testing devices (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III, IV, V-A, and V-B mines).
(a) Methane monitoring devices and portable, battery-powered, self-contained devices used for measuring methane, other gases, and contaminants in mine air shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18, 21, 22, 23, 27, and 29. Such devices shall be maintained in accordance with manufacturers' instructions, or an equivalent maintenance and calibration procedure.
(b) (1) Flame safety lamps shall not be used to test for methane except as supplementary devices.
(2) Flame safety lamps shall not be used in Subcategory I-C mines.
(c) (1) If electrically powered, remote sensing devices are used, that portion of the instrument located in return air or other places where combustible gases may be present shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18, 22, 23, 27, and 29.
(2) If air samples are delivered to remote analytical devices through sampling tubes, such tubes shall be provided with in-line flame arrestors. Pumping equipment and analytical instruments shall be located in intake air.
S 57.22228 Preshift examination (I-A, I-C, II-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) Preshift examinations shall be conducted within three hours prior to the start of the shift for which the examination is being made.
(b) Prior to the beginning of a shift following an idle shift, a competent person shall test the mine atmosphere for methane at all work places before persons other than examiners enter the mine.
(c) When one shift immediately follows another, a competent person shall test the mine atmo- sphere at each active working face for methane before work is started on that shift.
(d) A competent person shall test the mine atmosphere at each face blasted before work is started.
(e) Except in Subcategory I-C or Category III mines, vehicles used for transportation when examining the mine shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 9615, Mar. 24, 1988]
S 57.22229 Weekly testing (I-A, III, and V-A mines).
(a) The mine atmosphere shall be tested for methane and carbon monoxide at least once every seven days by a competent person or an atmospheric monitoring system, or a combination of the two.
Such testing shall be done at the following locations:
(1) The return of each split where it enters the main return;
(2) Adjacent to retreat areas, if accessible;
(3) At least one seal of each sealed area, if accessible;
(4) Main returns;
(5) At least one entry of each intake and return;
(6) Idle workings; and
(7) Return air from unsealed abandoned workings.
(b) The volume of air (velocity in Subcategory I-A mines) shall be measured at least once every seven days by a competent person. Such measurement shall be done at the following locations:
(1) Entering main intakes;
(2) Leaving main returns;
(3) Entering each main split;
(4) Returning from each main split; and
(5) In the last open crosscuts or other ventilation openings nearest the active faces where the air enters the return.
(c) Where such examinations disclose hazardous conditions, affected persons shall be informed and corrective action shall be taken.
(d) Certification of examinations shall be made by signature and date. Certifications shall be retained for at least one year and made available to authorized representatives of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22230 Weekly testing (II-A mines).
(a) The mine atmosphere shall be tested for methane at least once every seven days by a compe- tent person or an atmospheric monitoring system, or a combination of the two. Such testing shall be done at the following locations:
(1) Active mining faces and benches;
(2) Main returns;
(3) Returns from idle workings;
(4) Returns from abandoned workings; and
(5) Seals.
(b) Where such examinations disclose hazardous conditions, affected persons shall be informed and corrective action shall be taken.
(c) Certification of examinations shall be made by signature and date. Certifications shall be kept for at least one year and made available to authorized representatives of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0103)
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22231 Actions at 0.25 percent methane (I-B, II-B, V-B, and VI mines).
If methane reaches 0.25 percent in the mine atmosphere, changes shall be made to improve ventilation, and MSHA and the State Mine Inspector shall be notified immediately.
S 57.22232 Actions at 0.5 percent methane (I-B, II-A, II-B, IV, V-B, and VI mines).
If methane reaches 0.5 percent in the mine atmosphere, ventilation changes shall be made to reduce the level of methane. Until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent, electrical power shall be deenergized in affected areas, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrin- sically safe under 30 CFR part 18. Diesel equipment shall be shut off or immediately removed from the area and no other work shall be permitted in affected areas.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987; 52 FR 27903, July 24, 1987]
S 57.22233 Actions at 0.5 percent methane (I-C mines).
If methane reaches 0.5 percent in the mine atmosphere, ventilation changes shall be made to reduce the level of methane. Until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent, no other work shall be permitted in affected areas.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987; 52 FR 27903, July 24, 1987]
S 57.22234 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (I-A, I-B, III, V-A, and V-B mines).
(a) If methane reaches 1.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, ventilation changes shall be made to reduce the methane. Until such changes are achieved—
(1) All persons other than competent persons necessary to make the ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from affected areas;
(2) Electrical power shall be deenergized in affected areas, except power to monitoring equip- ment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18; and
(3) Diesel equipment shall be shut off or immediately removed from the area.
(b) If methane reaches 1.0 percent at a main exhaust fan, electrical power underground shall be deenergized, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, and all persons shall be withdrawn from the mine.
(c) If methane reaches 1.0 percent at a work place and there has been a failure of the main venti- lation system, all persons shall be withdrawn from the mine.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 9615, Mar. 24, 1988]
S 57.22235 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (I-C, II-A, II-B, and IV mines).
(a) If methane reaches 1.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, all persons other than competent persons necessary to make ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from affected areas until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent.
(b) If methane reaches 1.0 percent at a work place and there has been a failure of the main venti- lation system, all persons shall be withdrawn from the mine.
S 57.22236 Actions at 1.0 percent methane (VI mines).
If methane reaches 1.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, all persons other than competent persons necessary to make ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from affected areas until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent.
S 57.22237 Actions at 2.0 to 2.5 percent methane in bleeder systems (I-A and III mines).
If methane reaches 2.0 percent in bleeder systems at the point where a bleeder split enters a main return split, mining shall not be permitted on ventilation splits affected by the bleeder system. If methane has not been reduced to less than 2.0 percent within 30 minutes, or if methane levels reach 2.5 percent, all persons other than competent persons necessary to take corrective action shall be withdrawn from affected areas.
S 57.22238 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (I-B, II-B, V-B, and VI mines).
If methane reaches 2.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, all persons other than competent persons necessary to make ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from the mine until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent.
S 57.22239 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (IV mines).
If methane reaches 2.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, all persons other than competent persons necessary to make ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from the mine until methane is reduced to less than 0.5 percent. MSHA and the State Mine Inspector shall be notified immediately.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0103)
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
S 57.22240 Actions at 2.0 percent methane (V-A mines).
If methane reaches 2.0 percent in the mine atmosphere, all persons other than competent persons necessary to make ventilation changes shall be withdrawn from affected areas until methane is reduced to less than 1.0 percent.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987; 52 FR 27903, July 24, 1987]
S 57.22241 Advance face boreholes (I-C mines).
(a) Boreholes shall be drilled at least 25 feet in advance of a face whenever the work place is within—
(1) 50 feet of a surveyed abandoned mine or abandoned workings which cannot be inspected; or
(2) 200 feet of an unsurveyed abandoned mine or abandoned workings which cannot be in- spected.
(b) Boreholes shall be drilled in such a manner to insure that the advancing face will not acci- dently break into an abandoned mine or abandoned working.
Equipment
S 57.22301 Atmospheric monitoring systems (I-A, II-A, and V-A mines).
(a) An atmospheric monitoring system shall be installed to provide surface readings of methane concentrations in the mine atmosphere from underground locations. Components of the system shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18, 22, 23, and 27; or be deter- mined by MSHA under 30 CFR part 18 to be intrinsically safe or explosion-proof.
(b) Atmospheric monitoring systems shall—
(1) Give warnings on the surface and underground when methane at any sensor reaches 0.5 percent or more, and when power to a sensor is interrupted. Warning devices shall be located so that they can be seen and heard by a person designated by the mine operator; and
(2) Automatically deenergize power in affected areas, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, when methane at any sensor reaches—
(i) 1.0 percent in a Subcategory I-A or V-A mine; or
(ii) 0.5 percent while persons are underground and 1.0 percent during blasting in a Subcategory II-A mine. Timing devices are permitted to avoid nuisance tripping for periods not to exceed 30 seconds, except during blasting or the ventilation time following a blast in a Subcategory II-A mine.
(c) Atmospheric monitoring systems shall be checked with a known mixture of methane, and calibrated if necessary at least once every 30 days. Certification of calibration tests shall be made by signature and date. Certifications of tests shall be retained for at least one year and made available to authorized representatives of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
S 57.22302 Approved equipment (I-A and V-A mines).
Equipment used in or beyond the last open crosscut shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36. Equipment shall not be operated in atmospheres containing 1.0 percent or more methane.
S 57.22303 Approved equipment (I-C mines).
Only electrical equipment that is approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 29, shall be used underground, except for submersible sump pumps.
S 57.22304 Approved equipment (II-A mines).
(a) Cutting and drilling equipment used at a face or bench shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36.
(b) While cutting or drilling is in progress, equipment not approved by MSHA under the appli- cable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36 shall remain at least 100 feet from the face or bench being mined.
(c) Tests for methane shall be conducted immediately before nonapproved equipment is taken to face or bench after blasting.
(d) Mine power transformers and stationary equipment not approved by MSHA under the appli- cable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36 shall be installed in fresh air or downwind from an atmospheric methane monitor sensor.
S 57.22305 Approved equipment (III mines).
Equipment used in or beyond the last open crosscut and equipment used in areas where methane may enter the air current, such as pillar recovery workings, longwall faces and shortwall faces, shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36. Equipment shall not be operated in atmospheres containing 1.0 percent or more methane.
S 57.22306 Methane monitors (I-A mines).
(a) Methane monitors shall be installed on continuous mining machines, longwall mining sys- tems, and on loading and haulage equipment used in or beyond the last open crosscut.
(b) The monitors shall—
(1) Give warning at 1.0 percent methane;
(2) Automatically deenergize electrical equipment, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, and prevent starting such equipment when methane levels reach 1.5 percent. Diesel equipment shall be shut off or immediately removed from the affected area; and
(3) Automatically deenergize electrical equipment when power to a sensor is interrupted. Diesel equipment shall not be operated if the monitor is inoperative.
(c) Sensing units of monitors shall be positioned at a location which provides for the most effec- tive measurement of methane.
S 57.22307 Methane monitors (II-A mines).
(a) Methane monitors shall be installed on continuous mining machines, longwall mining sys- tems, bench and face drills, and undercutting machines used in or beyond the last open crosscut.
(b) The monitors shall—
(1) Give warning at 0.5 percent methane;
(2) Automatically deenergize electrical equipment, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, and prevent starting such equipment when methane levels reach 1.0 percent; and
(3) Automatically deenergize the equipment when power to a sensor is interrupted.
(c) Sensing units of monitors shall be positioned at a location which provides for the most effec- tive measurement of methane.
S 57.22308 Methane monitors (III mines).
(a) Methane monitors shall be installed on continuous mining machines and longwall mining systems.
(b) The monitors shall—
(1) Give warning at 1.0 percent methane;
(2) Automatically deenergize electrical equipment, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, and prevent starting such equipment when methane levels reach 1.5 percent; and
(3) Automatically deenergize the equipment when power to a sensor is interrupted.
(c) Sensing units of monitors shall be positioned at a location which provides for the most effec- tive measurement of methane.
S 57.22309 Methane monitors (V-A mines).
(a) Methane monitors shall be installed on continuous mining machines used in or beyond the last open crosscut.
(b) The monitors shall—
(1) Give warning at 1.0 percent methane.
(2) Automatically deenergize electrical equipment, except power to monitoring equipment determined by MSHA to be intrinsically safe under 30 CFR part 18, and prevent starting of such equip- ment when methane levels reach 1.5 percent; and
(3) Automatically deenergize the equipment when power to a sensor is interrupted.
(c) Sensing units of monitors shall be positioned at a location which provides for the most effec- tive measurement of methane.
S 57.22310 Electrical cables (I-C mines).
Electrical cables used to power submersible sump pumps shall be accepted or approved by MSHA as flame-resistant, or be installed in continuous metal conduit or metal pipe. The ends of such conduitor pipe shall be sealed to prevent entry of explosive gas or dust.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 57 FR 61223, Dec. 23, 1992]
S 57.22311 Electrical cables (II-A mines).
Only jacketed electrical cables, which are accepted or approved by MSHA as flame-resistant, shall be used to supply power to distribution boxes and electrical equipment operating in face and bench areas.
[52 FR 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 57 FR 61223, Dec. 23, 1992]
S 57.22312 Distribution boxes (II-A and V-A mines).
Distribution boxes containing short circuit protection for trailing cables of approved equipment shall be approved by MSHA under 30 CFR part 18.
S 57.22313 Explosion-protection systems (I-C mines).
Pressure-relief systems including vents, or explosion suppression systems, shall be provided on explosive dust handling and processing equipment and on facilities housing such equipment. Vents shall be installed so that forces are directed away from persons should an explosion occur. The ratio of vent size to internal size of the equipment or facility shall not be less than one square foot of vent for each 80 cubic feet of volume or space.
S 57.22314 Flow-control devices (V-A and V-B mines).
Oil recovery drill holes that penetrate oil bearing formations shall have devices to control the release of liquid hydrocarbons and hazardous gases during the drilling process. Such devices may be recovered for reuse after the formation has been depressurized or the well or borehole has been capped or connected to a collection system.
S 57.22315 Self-contained breathing apparatus (V-A mines).
Self-contained breathing apparatus of a duration to allow for escape from the mine and sufficient in number to equip all persons underground shall be strategically located throughout the mine. Such apparatus shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR part 11, and shall be maintained in accordance with manufacturers' specifications. This standard does not apply to double entry mining systems where crosscut intervals do not exceed 250 feet.
Underground Retorts
S 57.22401 Underground retorts (I-A and I-B mines).
(a) Retorts shall be provided with—
(1) Two independent power sources for main mine ventilation fans and those fans directly venti- lating retort bulkheads, and for retort blowers, and provisions for switching promptly from one power source to the other; and
(2) An alarm system for blower malfunctions and an evacuation plan to assure safety of person- nel in the event of a failure.
(b) Prior to the ignition of underground retorts, a written ignition and operation plan shall be submitted to the MSHA District Manager for the area in which the mine is located. The mine operator shall comply with all provisions of the retort plan. The retort plan shall include—
(1) Acceptable levels of combustible gases and oxygen in retort off-gases during start-up and during burning; levels at which corrective action will be initiated; levels at which personnel will be removed from the retort areas, from the mine, and from endangered surface areas; and the conditions for reentering the mine;
(2) Specification and locations of off-gas monitoring procedures and equipment;
(3) Specifications for construction of retort bulkheads and seals, and their locations;
(4) Procedures for ignition of a retort and for reignition following a shutdown; and
(5) Details of area monitoring and alarm systems for hazardous gases and actions to be taken to assure safety of personnel.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0096)
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987]
Illumination
S 57.22501 Personal electric lamps (I-A, I-B, I-C, II-A, II-B, III, IV, V-A, and V-B mines).
Electric lamps used for personal illumination shall be approved by MSHA under the require- ments of 30 CFR parts 19 or 20, as applicable.
Explosives
S 57.22601 Blasting from the surface (I-A mines).
(a) All development, production, and bench rounds shall be initiated from the surface after all persons are out of the mine. Persons shall not enter the mine until ventilating air has passed over the blast area and through at least one atmospheric monitoring sensor.
(b) After blasting, if the monitoring system indicates that methane in the mine is less than 1.0 percent, persons may enter the mine. All places blasted shall be tested for methane by a competent person before work is started.
(c) If the monitoring system indicates the presence of 1.0 percent or more methane, persons other than examiners shall not enter the mine until the mine has been examined by a competent person and the methane content has been reduced to less than 1.0 percent.
(d) Vehicles used for transportation when examining the mine shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 53 FR 9615, Mar. 24, 1988]
Effective Date Note: At 53 FR 9615, Mar. 24, 1988, S 57.22601 was stayed until further notice.
S 57.22602 Blasting from the surface (I-C mines).
(a) All blasting shall be initiated from the surface after all persons are out of the mine and any connecting mines.
(b) Persons shall not enter the mine until a competent person has examined the blast sites and methane concentrations are less than 0.5 percent.
S 57.22603 Blasting from the surface (II-A mines).
(a) All development, production, and bench rounds shall be initiated from the surface after all persons are out of the mine. Persons shall not enter the mine until the mine has been ventilated for at least 15 minutes and the ventilating air has passed over the blast area and through at least one atmo- spheric monitoring sensor.
(b) If the monitoring system indicates that methane in the mine is less than 0.5 percent, compe- tent persons may enter the mine to test for methane in all blast areas.
(c) If the monitoring system indicates that methane in the mine is 0.5 percent or more, the mine shall be ventilated and persons shall not enter the mine until the monitoring system indicates that meth- ane in the mine is less than 0.5 percent.
(d) If the monitoring system is inoperable or malfunctions, the mine shall be ventilated for at least 45 minutes and the mine power shall be deenergized before persons enter the mine. Only competent persons necessary to test for methane may enter the mine until the methane in the mine is less than 0.5 percent.
(e) Vehicles used for transportation when examining the mine shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36. Vehicles shall not be used to examine the mine if the monitoring system is inoperable or has malfunctioned.
S 57.22604 Blasting from the surface (II-B mines).
All development, production, and bench rounds shall be initiated from the surface after all persons are out of the mine. Persons other than those designated by the mine operator to make methane tests shall not enter the mine until all blast areas have been tested for methane.
S 57.22605 Blasting from the surface (V-A mines).
(a) All development and production blasting shall be initiated from the surface after all persons are out of the mine. Persons shall not enter the mine until ventilating air has passed over the blast area and through at least one atmospheric monitoring sensor.
(b) If the monitoring system indicates that methane in the mine is less than 1.0 percent, persons may enter the mine, and all places blasted shall be tested for methane by a competent person before work is started.
(c) If the monitoring system indicates the presence of 1.0 percent or more methane, persons other than examiners shall not enter the mine until the mine has been examined by a competent person and the methane level is less than 1.0 percent.
(d) Vehicles used for transportation when examining the mine shall be approved by MSHA under the applicable requirements of 30 CFR parts 18 through 36.
(e) This standard applies only to mines blasting within an oil reservoir.
S 57.22606 Explosive materials and blasting units (III mines).
(a) Mine operators shall notify the appropriate MSHA District Manager of all nonapproved explosive materials and blasting units to be used prior to their use. Explosive materials used for blasting shall be approved by MSHA under 30 CFR part 15, or nonapproved explosive materials shall be evalu- ated and determined by the District Manager to be safe for blasting in a potentially gassy environment.
The notice shall also include the millisecond-delay interval between successive shots and between the first and last shot in a round.
(b) Faces shall be examined for proper placement of holes, possible breakthrough, and water.
Ammonium nitrate blasting agents shall not be loaded into wet holes.
(c) Multiple-shot blasts shall be initiated with detonators encased in copper-based alloy shells.
Aluminum and aluminum alloy-cased detonators, nonelectric detonators, detonating cord, and safety fuses shall not be used. All detonators in a round shall be made by the same manufacturer.
(d) Nonapproved explosives shall be used only as primers with ammonium nitrate-fuel oil blast- ing agents. Such primers shall be placed at the back or bottom of the hole.
(e) Blast holes shall be stemmed with a noncombustible material in an amount to confine the explosive charge. Breakthrough holes shall be stemmed at both ends.
(f) Mudcaps or other nonapproved unconfined shots shall not be blasted.
(g) (1) Blasting units shall be approved by MSHA under 30 CFR part 25; or
(2) Blasting units used to fire more than 20 detonators shall provide at least 2 amperes through each detonator but not more than an average of 100 amperes through one ohm for 10 milliseconds, and provide the necessary current for at least the first 5 milliseconds with a cutoff not to exceed 10 millisec- onds.
[52 FR, 24941, July 1, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 41397, Oct. 27, 1987] 57.22607 Blasting on shift (III mines).
When blasting on shift, tests for methane shall be made in the mine atmosphere by a competent person before blasting. Blasting shall not be done when 1.0 percent or more methane is present.
S 57.22608 Secondary blasting (I-A, II-A, and V-A mines).
Prior to secondary blasting, tests for methane shall be made in the mine atmosphere at blast sites by a competent person. Secondary blasting shall not be done when 0.5 percent or more methane is present.
Appendix I to Subpart T—Standard Applicability by Category or Subcategory
| Subcategory I-A | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22101 | 57.22103 | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22204 | 57.22205 | | 57.22206 | 57.22207 | 57.22208 | 57.22211 | 57.22214 | 57.22215 | | 57.22217 | 57.22220 | 57.22221 | 57.22222 | 57.22224 | 57.22227 | | 57.22228 | 57.22229 | 57.22234 | 57.22237 | 57.22301 | 57.22302 | | 57.22306 | 57.22401 | 57.22501 | 57.22601 | 57.22608 | |
| Subcategory I-B | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22217 | 57.22222 | 57.22227 | 57.22231 | | 57.22232 | 57.22234 | 57.22238 | 57.22401 | 57.22501 | |
| Subcategory I-C | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22102 | 57.22104 | 57.22106 | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22203 | | 57.22209 | 57.22210 | 57.22212 | 57.22216 | 57.22217 | 57.22222 | | 57.22225 | 57.22227 | 57.22228 | 57.22233 | 57.22235 | 57.22241 | | 57.22303 | 57.22310 | 57.22313 | 57.22501 | 57.22602 | |
| Subcategory II-A | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22101 | 57.22103 | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22204 | 57.22205 | | 57.22206 | 57.22207 | 57.22208 | 57.22212 | 57.22214 | 57.22215 | | 57.22219 | 57.22220 | 57.22221 | 57.22222 | 57.22227 | 57.22228 | | 57.22230 | 57.22232 | 57.22235 | 57.22301 | 57.22304 | 57.22307 | | 57.22311 | 57.22312 | 57.22501 | 57.22603 | 57.22608 | |
| Subcategory II-B | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22201 | 57.22227 | 57.22231 | 57.22232 | 57.22235 | 57.22238 | | 57.22501 | 57.22604 | | | | |
| Category III | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22101 | 57.22103 | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22204 | 57.22205 | | 57.22206 | 57.22207 | 57.22208 | 57.22213 | 57.22214 | 57.22215 | | 57.22218 | 57.22220 | 57.22221 | 57.22222 | 57.22223 | 57.22224 | | 57.22227 | 57.22228 | 57.22229 | 57.22234 | 57.22237 | 57.22305 | | 57.22308 | 57.22501 | 57.22606 | 57.22607 | | |
| Category IV | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22105 | 57.22201 | 57.22226 | 57.22227 | 57.22232 | 57.22235 | | 57.22239 | 57.22501 | | | | |
| Subcategory V-A | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22101 | 57.22103 | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22204 | 57.22205 | | 57.22206 | 57.22207 | 57.22208 | 57.22212 | 57.22214 | 57.22215 | | 57.22218 | 57.22220 | 57.22221 | 57.22222 | 57.22227 | 57.22228 | | 57.22229 | 57.22234 | 57.22240 | 57.22301 | 57.22302 | 57.22309 | | 57.22312 | 57.22314 | 57.22315 | 57.22501 | 57.22605 | 57.22608 |
| Subcategory V-B | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22201 | 57.22202 | 57.22218 | 57.22222 | 57.22227 | 57.22231 | | 57.222232 | 57.22234 | 57.22238 | 57.22314 | 57.22501 | |
| Category VI | | | | | | | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | | 57.22231 | 57.22232 | 57.22236 | 57.22238 | | |
History
- Effective 1996-10-15
Chapter 4 Underground Coal Mines
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.4.11191997 Underground Coal Mines
CHAPTER FOUR
GENERAL MINE SAFETY RULES FOR UNDERGROUND COAL MINES
Subpart A--General
S 75.1 Scope.
This Part 75 sets forth safety standards compliance with which is mandatory in each underground coal mine subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. Some standards also are applicable to surface operations. Regulations and criteria supplementary to these standards also are set forth in this part.
S 75.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this part.
Act. The Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977.
Active workings. Any place in a coal mine where miners are normally required to work or travel.
Anthracite. Coals with a volatile ratio equal to 0.12 or less. The volatile ratio is the volatile matter content divided by the volatile matter plus the fixed carbon.
Certified or registered. As applied to any person, a person certified or registered by the State in which the coal mine is located to perform duties prescribed by this part 75, except that in a State where no program of certification or registration is provided or where the program does not meet at least minimum Federal standards established by the Secretary, such certification or registration shall be by the Secretary.
Coal mine. Includes areas of adjoining mines connected underground.
Low voltage. Up to and including 660 volts, medium voltage means voltages from 661 to 1,000 volts; and high voltage means more than 1,000 volts.
Permissible. (1) As applied to electric face equipment, all electrically operated equipment taken into or used inby the last open crosscut of an entry or a room of any coal mine the electrical parts of which, including, but not limited to, associated electrical equipment, components, and accessories, are designed, constructed, and installed, in accordance with the specifications of the Secretary, to assure that such equipment will not cause a mine explosion or mine fire, and the other features of which are de- signed and constructed, in accordance with the specifications of the Secretary, to prevent, to the greatest extent possible, other accidents in the use of such equipment. The regulations of the Secretary or the Director of the Bureau of Mines in effect on March 30, 1970, relating to the requirements for investiga- tion, testing, approval, certification, and acceptance of such equipment as permissible shall continue in effect until modified or superseded by the Secretary, except that the Secretary shall provide procedures, including, where feasible, testing, approval, certification, and acceptance in the field by an authorized representative of the Secretary, to facilitate compliance by an operator with the requirements of S 75.500 within the periods prescribed in S 75.500.
(2) As applied to equipment other than permissible electric face equipment: (i) Equipment used in the operation of a coal mine to which an approval plate, label, or other device is attached as autho- rized by the Secretary and which meets specifications which are prescribed by the Secretary for the construction and maintenance of such equipment and are designed to assure that such equipment will not cause a mine explosion or a mine fire. (ii) The manner of use of equipment means the manner of use prescribed by the Secretary.
Qualified person. As the context requires:
(1) An individual deemed qualified by the Secretary and designated by the operator to make tests and examinations required by this part 75; and
(2) An individual deemed, in accordance with minimum requirements to be established by the Secretary, qualified by training, education, and experience, to perform electrical work, to maintain electrical equipment, and to conduct examinations and tests of all electrical equipment.
Respirable dust. Dust collected with a sampling device approved by the Secretary and the Secre- tary of Health and Human Services in accordance with part 74--Coal Mine Dust Personal Sampler Units of this title. Sampling device approvals issued by the Secretary of the Interior and Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare are continued in effect.
Rock dust. Pulverized limestone, dolomite, gypsum, anhydrite, shale, adobe, or other inert material, preferably light colored, 100 percent of which will pass through a sieve having 20 meshes per linear inch and 70 percent or more of which will pass through a sieve having 200 meshes per linear inch; the particles of which when wetted and dried will not cohere to form a cake which will not be dispersed into separate particles by a light blast of air; and which does not contain more than 5 percent combus- tible matter or more than a total of 4 percent free and combined silica (SiO2), or, where the Secretary finds that such silica concentrations are not available, which does not contain more than 5 percent of free and combined silica.
Secretary. The Secretary of Labor or the Secretary's delegate.
State Mine Inspector means the State Mine Inspector of the State of Wyoming and any Deputy State Mine Inspectors employed by the Inspector.
Working face. Any place in a coal mine in which work of extracting coal from its natural deposit in the earth is performed during the mining cycle.
Working place. The area of a coal mine inby the last open crosscut.
Working section. All areas of the coal mine from the loading point of the section to and including the working faces.
Subpart B-Qualified and Certified Persons 75.100 Certified person.
(a) The provisions of Subpart D-Ventilation of this Part 75 require that certain examinations and tests be made by a certified person. A certified person within the meaning of those provisions is a person who has been certified as a mine foreman (mine manager), an assistant mine foreman (section foreman), or a preshift examiner (mine examiner). A person who has been so certified is also a qualified person within the meaning of those provisions of Subpart D of this part which require that certain tests be made by a qualified person and within the meaning of S 75.1106.
(b) A person who is certified as a mine foreman, an assistant mine foreman, or a preshift exam- iner by the State in which the coal mine is located is, to the extent of the State's certification, a certified person within the meaning of the provisions of Subpart D of this part and S 75.1106 referred to in para- graph (a) of this section.
(c)(1) The Secretary may certify persons in the categories of mine foreman, assistant mine fore- man, and preshift examiner whenever the State in which persons are presently employed in these catego- ries does not provide for such certification. A person's initial certification by MSHA is valid for as long as the person continues to satisfy the requirements necessary to obtain the certification and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor. The mine operator or independent contrac- tor shall make an application which satisfactorily shows that each such person has had at least 2 years underground experience in a coal mine, and has held the position of mine foreman, assistant mine foreman, or preshift examiner for a period of 6 months immediately preceding the filing of the applica- tion, and is qualified to test for methane and for oxygen deficiency. Applications for Secretarial certifica- tion should be submitted in writing to the Health and Safety Activity, Mine Safety and Health Adminis- tration, Certification and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo- rado 80225.
(2) A person certified by the Secretary under this paragraph will be a certified person, within the meaning of the provisions for Subpart D of this part and S 75.1106 referred to in paragraph (a) of this section, as long as that person continues to satisfy the requirements for qualification or certification and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor.
S 75.150 Tests for methane and for oxygen deficiency; qualified person.
(a) The provisions of Subpart D-Ventilation of this part and S 75.1106 require that tests for methane and for oxygen deficiency be made by a qualified person. A person is a qualified person for this purpose if he is a certified person under S 75.100.
(b) Pending issuance of Federal standards, a person will be considered a qualified person for testing for methane and for oxygen deficiency:
(1) If he has been qualified for this purpose by the State in which the coal mine is located; or
(2) The Secretary may qualify persons for this purpose in a coal mine in which persons are not qualified for this purpose by the State upon an application and a satisfactory showing by the operator of the coal mine that each such person has been trained and designated by the operator to test for methane and oxygen deficiency and has made such tests for a period of 6 months immediately preceding the application. Applications for Secretarial qualification should be submitted to the Health and Safety Activity, Mine Safety and Health Administration, Certification and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo. 80225.
S 75.151 Tests for methane; qualified person; additional requirement.
Notwithstanding the provisions of S 75.150, on and after January 1, 1971, no person shall be a qualified person for testing for methane unless he demonstrates to the satisfaction of an authorized representative of the Secretary that he is qualified to test for methane with a portable methane detector approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration under Part 22 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 8C).
S 75.152 Tests of air flow; qualified person.
A person is a qualified person within the meaning of the provisions of Subpart D-Ventilation of this part requiring that tests of air flow be made by a qualified person only if he is a certified person under S 75.100 or a person trained and designated by a certified person to perform such tests.
S 75.153 Electrical work; qualified person.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, an individual is a qualified person within the meaning of SS 75.511 and 75.512 to perform electrical work (other than work on energized surface high-voltage lines) if--
(1) He has been qualified as a coal mine electrician by a State that has a coal mine electrical qualification program approved by the Secretary; or,
(2) He has at least 1 year of experience in performing electrical work underground in a coal mine, in the surface work areas of an underground coal mine, in a surface coal mine, in a noncoal mine, in the mine equipment manufacturing industry, or in any other industry using or manufacturing similar equipment, and has satisfactorily completed a coal mine electrical training program approved by the Secretary; or,
(3) He has at least 1 year of experience, prior to the date of the application required by paragraph
(c) of this section, in performing electrical work underground in a coal mine, in the surface work areas of an underground coal mine, in a surface coal mine, in a noncoal mine, in the mine equipment manufactur- ing industry, or in any other industry using or manufacturing similar equipment, and he attains a satisfac- tory grade on each of the series of five written tests approved by the Secretary and prescribed in para- graph (b) of this section.
(b) The series of five written tests approved by the Secretary shall include the following catego- ries:
(1) Direct current theory and application;
(2) Alternating current theory and application;
(3) Electric equipment and circuits;
(4) Permissibility of electric equipment; and,
(5) Requirements of subparts F through K of this part 75.
(c) In order to take the series of five written tests approved by the Secretary, an individual shall apply to the District Manager and shall certify that he meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The tests will be administered in the Coal Mine Safety and Health Districts at regular intervals, or as demand requires.
(d) A score of at least 80 percent of each of the five written tests will be deemed to be a satisfac- tory grade. Recognition shall be given to practical experience in that 1 percentage point shall be added to an individual's score in each test for each additional year of experience beyond the 1 year minimum requirement specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section; however, in no case shall an individual be given more than 5 percentage points for such practical experience.
(e) An individual may, within 30 days from the date on which he received notification from the Administration of his test scores, repeat those on which he received an unsatisfactory score. If further retesting is necessary after this initial repetition, a minimum of 30 days from the date of receipt of notification of the initial retest scores shall elapse prior to such further retesting.
(f) An individual who has, prior to November 1, 1972, been qualified to perform electrical work specified in SS 75.511 and 75.512 (other than work on energized surface high-voltage lines) shall con- tinue to be qualified until June 30, 1973. To remain qualified after June 30, 1973, such individual shall meet the requirements of either paragraph (a)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
(g) An individual qualified in accordance with this section shall, in order to retain qualification, certify annually to the District Manager, that he has satisfactorily completed a coal mine electrical retraining program approved by the Secretary.
S 75.154 Repair of energized surface high voltage lines; qualified person.
An individual is a qualified person within the meaning of S 75.705 for the purpose of repairing energized surface high voltage lines only if he has had at least 2 years experience in electrical mainte- nance, and at least 2 years experience in the repair of energized high voltage surface lines located on poles or structures.
S 75.155 Qualified hoisting engineer; qualifications.
(a)(1) A person is a qualified hoisting engineer within the provisions of subpart O of this part, for the purpose of operating a steam-driven hoist in a coal mine, if he has at least 1 year experience as an engineer in a steam-driven hoisting plant and is qualified by the State in which the mine is located as a steam-hoisting engineer; or
(2) If a State has no program for qualifying persons as steam-hoisting engineers, the Secretary may qualify persons for this purpose if the operator of the coal mine in which such persons are em- ployed, or the independent contractor, makes an application and a satisfactory showing that each such person has had 1 year experience in operating steam-driven hoists and has held the position of hoisting engineer for a period of 6 months immediately preceding the application. A person's qualification is valid for as long as this person continues to satisfy the requirements necessary for qualification and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor.
(b)(1) A person is a qualified hoisting engineer within the provisions of subpart O of this part, for the purpose of operating an electrically driven hoist in a coal mine, if he has at least 1 year experience operating a hoist plant in a mine or maintaining electric-hoist equipment in a mine and is qualified by the State in which the mine is located as an electric-hoisting engineer; or
(2) If a State has no program for qualifying persons as electric-hoisting engineers, the Secretary may qualify persons for this purpose if the operator of the coal mine in which such persons are em- ployed, or the independent contractor, makes an application and a satisfactory showing that each such person has had 1 year experience in operating electric-driven hoists and has held the position of hoisting engineer for a period of 6 months immediately preceding the application. A person's qualification is valid for as long as this person continues to satisfy the requirements for qualification and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor.
(c) Applications for Secretarial qualification should be submitted to the Health and Safety Activ- ity, Mine Safety and Health Administration, Certification and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo. 80225.
S 75.159 Records of certified and qualified persons.
The operator of each coal mine shall maintain a list of all certified and qualified persons desig- nated to perform duties under this part 75.
S 75.160 Training programs.
[Statutory Provision]
Every operator of a coal mine shall provide a program, approved by the Secretary, of training and retraining of both qualified and certified persons needed to carry out functions prescribed in the Act.
S 75.161 Plans for training programs.
Each mine operator shall submit to the District Manager a program or plan setting forth what, when, how, and where the operator will train and retrain persons whose work assignments require that they be qualified or certified. The program shall provide--
(a) For certified persons, annual training courses in methane measurement and oxygen deficiency testing, roof and rib control, ventilation, first aid, principles of mine rescue, and the provisions of this part 75;
(b) For qualified persons, annual courses in performance of the tasks which they perform as qualified persons; and
(c) For certified persons, annual training in the use of self-contained self-rescue devices used at the mine. This training shall include complete donning procedures in which each person assumes proper position, opens the device, activates the device, inserts the mouthpiece or simulates this task while explaining proper insertion of the mouthpiece, and puts on the nose clip.
Subpart C--Roof Support
S 75.200 Scope.
This subpart C sets forth requirements for controlling roof, face and ribs, including coal or rock bursts, in underground coal mines. Roof control systems installed prior to the effective date of this subpart are not affected so long as the support system continues to effectively control the roof, face and ribs.
S 75.201 Definitions.
Automated temporary roof support (ATRS) system. A device to provide temporary roof support from a location where the equipment operator is protected from roof falls.
Pillar recovery. Any reduction in pillar size during retreat mining.
S 75.202 Protection from falls of roof, face and ribs.
(a) The roof, face and ribs of areas where persons work or travel shall be supported or otherwise controlled to protect persons from hazards related to falls of the roof, face or ribs and coal or rock bursts.
(b) No person shall work or travel under unsupported roof unless in accordance with this subpart.
S 75.203 Mining methods.
(a) The method of mining shall not expose any person to hazards caused by excessive widths of rooms, crosscuts and entries, or faulty pillar recovery methods. Pillar dimensions shall be compatible with effective control of the roof, face and ribs and coal or rock bursts.
(b) A sightline or other method of directional control shall be used to maintain the projected direction of mining in entries, rooms, crosscuts and pillar splits.
(c) A sidecut shall be started only from an area that is supported in accordance with the roof control plan.
(d) A working face shall not be mined through into an unsupported area of active workings, except when the unsupported area is inaccessible.
(e) Additional roof support shall be installed where-
(1) The width of the opening specified in the roof control plan is exceeded by more than 12 inches; and
(2) The distance over which the excessive width exists is more than 5 feet.
S 75.204 Roof bolting.
(a) For roof bolts and accessories addressed in ASTM F432-88, "Standard Specification for Roof and Rock Bolts and Accessories", the mine operator shall-
(1) Obtain a manufacturer's certification that the material was manufactured and tested in accor- dance with the specifications of ASTM F432-88; and
(2) Make this certification available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(b) Roof bolts and accessories not addressed in ASTM F432-88 may be used, provided that the use of such materials is approved by the District Manager based on--
(1) Demonstrations which show that the materials have successfully supported the roof in an area of a coal mine with similar strata, opening dimensions and roof stresses; or
(2) Tests which show the materials to be effective for supporting the roof in an area of the af- fected mine which has similar strata, opening dimensions and roof stresses as the area where the roof bolts are to be used. During the test process, access to the test area shall be limited to persons necessary to conduct the test.
(c)(1) A bearing plate shall be firmly installed with each roof bolt.
(2) Bearing plates used directly against the mine roof shall be at least 6 inches square or the equivalent, except that where the mine roof is firm and not susceptible to sloughing, bearing plates 5 inches square or the equivalent may be used.
(3) Bearing plates used with wood or metal materials shall be at least 4 inches square or the equivalent.
(4) Wooden materials that are used between a bearing plate and the mine roof in areas which will exist for three years or more shall be treated to minimize deterioration.
(d) When washers are used with roof bolts, the washers shall conform to the shape of the roof bolt head and bearing plate.
(e)(1) The diameter of finishing bits shall be within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.030 inch of the manufacturer's recommended hole diameter for the anchor used.
(2) When separate finishing bits are used, they shall be distinguishable from other bits.
(f) Tensioned roof bolts. (1) Roof bolts that provide support by creating a beam of laminated strata shall be at least 30 inches long. Roof bolts that provide support by suspending the roof from overlying stronger strata shall be long enough to anchor at least 12 inches into the stronger strata.
(2) Test holes, spaced at intervals specified in the roof control plan, shall be drilled to a depth of at least 12 inches above the anchorage horizon of mechanically anchored tensioned bolts being used. When a test hole indicates that bolts would not anchor in competent strata, corrective action shall be taken.
( The installed torque or tension ranges for roof bolts as specified in the roof control plan shall maintain the integrity of the support system and shall not exceed the yield point of the roof bolt nor anchorage capacity of the strata.
(4) In each roof bolting cycle, the actual torque or tension of the first tensioned roof bolt installed with each drill head shall be measured immediately after it is installed. Thereafter, for each drill head used, at least one roof bolt out of every four installed shall be measured for actual torque or tension. If the torque or tension of any of the roof bolts measured is not within the range specified in the roof control plan, corrective action shall be taken.
(5) In working places from which coal is produced during any portion of a 24-hour period, the actual torque or tension on at least one out of every ten previously installed mechanically anchored tensioned roof bolts shall be measured from the outby corner of the last open crosscut to the face in each advancing section. Corrective action shall be taken if the majority of the bolts measured-
(i) Do not maintain at least 70 percent of the minimum torque or tension specified in the roof control plan, 50 percent if the roof bolt plates bear against wood; or
(ii) Have exceeded the maximum specified torque or tension by 50 percent.
(6) The mine operator or a person designated by the operator shall certify by signature and date that measurements required by paragraph (f)(5) of this section have been made. This certification shall be maintained for at least one year and shall be made available to an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and representatives of the miners.
(7) Tensioned roof bolts installed in the roof support pattern shall not be used to anchor trailing cables or used for any other purpose that could affect the tension of the bolt. Hanging trailing cables, line brattice, telephone lines, or other similar devices which do not place sudden loads on the bolts are permitted.
(8) Angle compensating devices shall be used to compensate for the angle when tensioned roof bolts are installed at angles greater than 5 degrees from the perpendicular to the bearing plate.
(g) Non-tensioned grouted roof bolts. The first non-tensioned grouted roof bolt installed during each roof bolting cycle shall be tested during or immediately after the first row of bolts has been in- stalled. If the bolt tested does not withstand at least 150 foot-pounds of torque without rotating in the hole, corrective action shall be taken.
S 75.205 Installation of roof support using mining machines with integral roof bolters.
When roof bolts are installed by a continuous mining machine with integral roof bolting equip- ment--
(a) The distance between roof bolts shall not exceed 10 feet crosswise.
(b) Roof bolts to be installed 9 feet or more apart shall be installed with a wooden crossbar at least 3 inches thick and 8 inches wide, or material which provides equivalent support.
(c) Roof bolts to be installed more than 8 feet but less than 9 feet apart shall be installed with a wooden plank at least 2 inches thick and 8 inches wide, or material which provides equivalent support.
S 75.206 Conventional roof support.
(a) Except in anthracite mines using non-mechanized mining systems, when conventional roof support materials are used as the only means of support--
(1) The width of any opening shall not exceed 20 feet;
(2) The spacing of roadway roof support shall not exceed 5 feet;
(3)(i) Supports shall be installed to within 5 feet of the uncut face;
(ii) When supports nearest the face must be removed to facilitate the operation of face equip- ment, equivalent temporary support shall be installed prior to removing the supports;
(4) Straight roadways shall not exceed 16 feet wide where full overhead support is used and 14 feet wide where only posts are used;
(5) Curved roadways shall not exceed 16 feet wide; and
(6) The roof at the entrance of all openings along travelways which are no longer needed for storing supplies or for travel of equipment shall be supported by extending the line of support across the opening.
(b) Conventional roof support materials shall meet the following specifications:
(1) The minimum diameter of cross-sectional area of wooden posts shall be as follows:
| Post length (in inches) | Diameter of round posts (in inches | Cross-sectional area of split posts (in square inches) | | --- | --- | --- | | 60 or less | 4 | 13 | | Over 60 to 84 | 5 | 20 | | Over 84 to 108 | 6 | 28 | | Over 108 to 132 | 7 | 39 | | Over 132 to 156 | 8 | 50 | | Over 156 to 180 | 9 | 64 | | Over 180 to 204 | 10 | 79 | | Over 204 to 228 | 11 | 95 | | Over 228 | 12 | 113 |
(2) Wooden materials used for support shall have the following dimensions:
(i) Cap blocks and footings shall have flat sides and be at least 2 inches thick, 4 inches wide and 12 inches long.
(ii) Crossbars shall have a minimum cross-sectional area of 24 square inches and be at least 3 inches thick.
(iii) Planks shall be at least 6 inches wide and 1 inch thick.
(3) Cribbing materials shall have at least two parallel flat sides.
(c) A cluster of two or more posts that provide equivalent strength may be used to meet the requirements of paragraph (b)(1) of this section, except that no post shall have a diameter less than 4 inches or have a cross-sectional area less than 13 square inches.
(d) Materials other than wood used for support shall have support strength at least equivalent to wooden material meeting the applicable provisions of this section.
(e) Posts and jacks shall be tightly installed on solid footing.
(f) When posts are installed under roof susceptible to sloughing a cap block, plank, crossbar or materials that are equally effective shall be placed between the post and the roof.
(g) Blocks used for lagging between the roof and crossbars shall be spaced to distribute the load.
(h) Jacks used for roof support shall be used with at least 36 square inches of roof bearing sur- face.
S 75.207 Pillar recovery.
Pillar recovery shall be conducted in the following manner, unless otherwise specified in the roof control plan:
(a) Full and partial pillar recovery shall not be conducted on the same pillar line, except where physical conditions such as unstable floor or roof, falls of roof, oil and gas well barriers or surface subsidence require that pillars be left in place.
(b) Before mining is started in a pillar split or lift-
(1) At least two rows of breaker posts or equivalent support shall be installed--
(i) As close to the initial intended breakline as practicable; and
(ii) Across each opening leading into an area where full or partial pillar extraction has been completed.
(2) A row of roadside-radius (turn) posts or equivalent support shall be installed leading into the split or lift.
(c) Before mining is started on a final stump--
(1) At least 2 rows of posts or equivalent support shall be installed on not more than 4-foot centers on each side of the roadway; and
(2) Only one open roadway, which shall not exceed 16 feet wide, shall lead from solid pillars to the final stump of a pillar. Where posts are used as the sole means of roof support, the width of the roadway shall not exceed 14 feet.
(d) During open-end pillar extraction, at least 2 rows of breaker posts or equivalent support shall be installed on not more than 4-foot centers. These supports shall be installed between the lift to be started and the area where pillars have been extracted. These supports shall be maintained to within 7 feet of the face and the width of the roadway shall not exceed 16 feet. Where posts are used as the sole means of roof support, the width of the roadway shall not exceed 14 feet.
S 75.208 Warning devices.
Except during the installation of roof supports, the end of permanent roof support shall be posted with a readily visible warning, or a physical barrier shall be installed to impede travel beyond permanent support.
S 75.209 Automated Temporary Roof Support (ATRS) systems.
(a) Except in anthracite mines and as specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, an ATRS system shall be used with roof bolting machines and continuous-mining machines with integral roof bolters operated in a working section. The requirements of this paragraph shall be met according to the following schedule:
(1) All new machines ordered after March 28, 1988.
(2) All existing machines operated in mining heights of 36 inches or more after March 28, 1989; and
(3) All existing machines operated in mining heights of 30 inches or more but less than 36 inches after March 28, 1990. (b) After March 28, 1990 the use of ATRS systems with existing roof bolting machines and continuous-mining machines with integral roof bolters operated in a working section where the mining height is less than 30 inches shall be addressed in the roof control plan.
(c) Alternative means of temporary support shall be used, as specified in the roof control plan, when--
(1) Mining conditions or circumstances prevent the use of an ATRS system; or
(2) Temporary supports are installed in conjunction with an ATRS system.
(d) Persons shall work or travel between the support device of the ATRS system and another support, and the distance between the support device of the ATRS system and support to the left, right or beyond the ATRS system, shall not exceed 5 feet.
(e) Each ATRS system shall meet each of the following:
(1) The ATRS system shall elastically support a deadweight load measured in pounds of at least 450 times each square foot of roof intended to be supported, but in no case less than 11,250 pounds.
(2) The controls that position and set the ATRS system shall be--
(i) Operable from under permanently supported roof; or
(ii) Located in a compartment, which includes a deck, that provides the equipment operator with overhead and lateral protection, and has the structural capacity to elastically support a deadweight load of at least 18,000 pounds.
(3) All jacks affecting the capacity of the ATRS system and compartment shall have check valves or equivalent devices that will prevent rapid collapse in the event of a system failure.
(4) Except for the main tram controls, tram controls for positioning the equipment to set the ATRS system shall limit the speed of the equipment to a maximum of 80 feet-per-minute.
(f) The support capacity of each ATRS system and the structural capacity of each compartment shall be certified by a registered engineer as meeting the applicable requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section. The certifications shall be made available to an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and representative of the miners.
S 75.210 Manual installation of temporary support.
(a) When manually installing temporary support, only persons engaged in installing the support shall proceed beyond permanent support.
(b) When manually installing temporary supports, the first temporary support shall be set no more than 5 feet from a permanent roof support and the rib. All temporary supports shall be set so that the person installing the supports remains between the temporary support being set and two other sup- ports which shall be no more than 5 feet from the support being installed. Each temporary support shall be completely installed prior to installing the next temporary support.
(c) All temporary supports shall be placed on no more than 5-foot centers.
(d) Once temporary supports have been installed, work or travel beyond permanent roof support shall be done between temporary supports and the nearest permanent support or between other tempo- rary supports.
S 75.211 Roof testing and scaling.
(a) A visual examination of the roof, face and ribs shall be made immediately before any work is started in an area and thereafter as conditions warrant.
(b) Where the mining height permits and the visual examination does not disclose a hazardous condition, sound and vibration roof tests, or other equivalent tests, shall be made where supports are to be installed. When sound and vibration tests are made, they shall be conducted--
(1) After the ATRS system is set against the roof and before other support is installed; or
(2) Prior to manually installing a roof support. This test shall begin under supported roof and progress no further than the location where the next support is to be installed.
(c) When a hazardous roof, face, or rib condition is detected, the condition shall be corrected before there is any other work or travel in the affected area. If the affected area is left unattended, each entrance to the area shall be posted with a readily visible warning, or a physical barrier shall be installed to impede travel into the area.
(d) A bar for taking down loose material shall be available in the working place or on all face equipment except haulage equipment. Bars provided for taking down loose material shall be of a length and design that will allow the removal of loose material from a position that will not expose the person performing this work to injury from falling material.
S 75.212 Rehabilitation of areas with unsupported roof.
(a) Before rehabilitating each area where a roof fall has occurred or the roof has been removed by mining machines or by blasting--
(1) The mine operator shall establish the clean up and support procedures that will be followed;
(2) All persons assigned to perform rehabilitation work shall be instructed in the clean-up and support procedures; and
(3) Ineffective, damaged or missing roof support at the edge of the area to be rehabilitated shall be replaced or other equivalent support installed.
(b) All persons who perform rehabilitation work shall be experienced in this work or they shall be supervised by a person experienced in rehabilitation work who is designated by the mine operator.
(c) Where work is not being performed to rehabilitate an area in active workings where a roof fall has occurred or the roof has been removed by mining machines or by blasting, each entrance to the area shall be supported by at least one row of posts on not more than 5-foot centers, or equally effective support.
S 75.213 Roof support removal.
(a)(1) All persons who perform the work of removing permanent roof supports shall be super- vised by a management person experienced in removing roof supports.
(2) Only persons with at least one year of underground mining experience shall perform perma- nent roof support removal work.
(b) Prior to the removal of permanent roof supports, the person supervising roof support removal in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall examine the roof conditions in the area where the supports are to be removed and designate each support to be removed.
(c)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, prior to the removal of permanent supports, a row of temporary supports on no more than 5-foot centers or equivalent support shall be installed across the opening within 4 feet of the supports being removed. Additional supports shall be installed where necessary to assure safe removal.
(2) Prior to the removal of roof bolts, temporary support shall be installed as close as practicable to each roof bolt being removed.
(d) Temporary supports installed in accordance with this section shall not be removed unless-
(1) Removal is done by persons who are in a remote location under supported roof; and
(2) At least two rows of temporary supports, set across the opening on no more than 5-foot centers, are maintained between the miners and the unsupported area.
(e) Each entrance to an area where supports have been removed shall be posted with a readily visible warning or a physical barrier shall be installed to impede travel into the area.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, permanent support shall not be removed where--
(1) Roof bolt torque or tension measurements or the condition of conventional support indicate excessive loading;
(2) Roof fractures are present;
(3) There is any other indication that the roof is structurally weak; or
(4) Pillar recovery has been conducted.
(g) Permanent supports may be removed provided that:
(1) Removal is done by persons who are in a remote location under supported roof; and
(2) At least two rows of temporary supports, set across the opening on no more than 5-foot centers, are maintained between the miners and the unsupported area.
(h) The provisions of this section do not apply to removal of conventional supports for starting crosscuts and pillar splits or lifts except that prior to the removal of these supports an examination of the roof conditions shall be made.
S 75.214 Supplemental support materials, equipment and tools.
(a) A supply of supplementary roof support materials and the tools and equipment necessary to install the materials shall be available at a readily accessible location on each working section or within four crosscuts of each working section.
(b) The quantity of support materials and tools and equipment maintained available in accor- dance with this section shall be sufficient to support the roof if adverse roof conditions are encountered, or in the event of an accident involving a fall.
S 75.215 Longwall mining systems.
For each longwall mining section, the roof control plan shall specify--
(a) The methods that will be used to maintain a safe travelway out of the section through the tailgate side of the longwall; and
(b) The procedures that will be followed if a ground failure prevents travel out of the section through the tailgate side of the longwall.
S 75.220 Roof control plan.
(a)(1) Each mine operator shall develop and follow a roof control plan, approved by the District Manager, that is suitable to the prevailing geological conditions, and the mining system to be used at the mine. Additional measures shall be taken to protect persons if unusual hazards are encountered.
(2) The proposed roof control plan and any revisions to the plan shall be submitted, in writing, to the District Manager. When revisions to a roof control plan are proposed, only the revised pages need to be submitted unless otherwise specified by the District Manager. Upon approval a copy of the approved plan, and any changes, shall be file with the State Mine Inspector.
(b)(1) The mine operator will be notified in writing of the approval or denial of approval of a proposed roof control plan or proposed revision.
(2) When approval of a proposed plan or revision is denied, the deficiencies of the plan or revi- sion and recommended changes will be specified and the mine operator will be afforded an opportunity to discuss the deficiencies and changes with the District Manager.
(3) Before new support materials, devices or systems other than roof bolts and accessories, are used as the only means of roof support, the District Manager may require that their effectiveness be demonstrated by experimental installations.
(c) No proposed roof control plan or revision to a roof control plan shall be implemented before it is approved.
(d) Before implementing an approved revision to a roof control plan, all persons who are affected by the revision shall be instructed in its provisions.
(e) The approved roof control plan and any revisions shall be available to the miners and repre- sentative of miners at the mine.
(f) Existing roof control plans that conflict with this subpart C shall be revised to meet the re- quirements of this subpart C by September 28, 1988. This paragraph (f) shall expire March 28, 1989.
S 75.221 Roof control plan information.
(a) The following information shall be included in each roof control plan:
(1) The name and address of the company.
(2) The name, address, mine identification number and location of the mine.
(3) The name and title of the company official responsible for the plan.
(4) A typical columnar section of the mine strata which shall--
(i) Show the name and the thickness of the coalbed to be mined and any persistent partings;
(ii) Identify the type and show the thickness of each stratum up to and including the main roof above the coalbed and for distance of at least 10 feet below the coalbed; and
(iii) Indicate the maximum cover over the area to be mined.
(5) A description and drawings of the sequence of installation and spacing of supports for each method of mining used.
(6) When an ATRS system is used, the maximum distance that an ATRS system is to be set beyond the last row of permanent support.
(7) When tunnel liners or arches are to be used for roof support, specifications and installation procedures for the liners or arches.
(8) Drawings indicating the planned width of openings, size of pillars, method of pillar recovery, and the sequence of mining pillars.
(9) A list of all support materials required to be used in the roof, face and rib control system, including, if roof bolts are to be installed--
(i) The length, diameter, grade and type of anchorage unit to be used;
(ii) The drill hole size to be used; and
(iii) The installed torque or tension range for tensioned roof bolts.
(10) When mechanically anchored tensioned roof bolts are used, the intervals at which test holes will be drilled.
(11) A description of the method of protecting persons-
(i) From falling material at drift openings; and
(ii) When mining approaches within 150 feet of an outcrop.
(b) Each drawing submitted with a roof control plan shall contain a legend explaining all sym- bols used and shall specify the scale of the drawing which shall not be less than 5 feet to the inch or more than 20 feet to the inch.
(c) All roof control plan information, including drawings, shall be submitted on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper, or paper folded to this size.
S 75.222 Roof control plan-approval criteria.
(a) This section sets forth the criteria that shall be considered on a mine-by-mine basis in the formulation and approval of roof control plans and revisions. Additional measures may be required in plans by the District Manager. Roof control plans that do not conform to the applicable criteria in this section may be approved by the District Manager, provided that effective control of the roof, face and ribs can be maintained.
(b) Roof Bolting. (1) Roof bolts should be installed on centers not exceeding 5 feet lengthwise and crosswise, except as specified in S 75.205.
(2) When tensioned roof bolts are used as a means of roof support, the torque or tension range should be capable of supporting roof bolt loads of at least 50 percent of either the yield point of the bolt or anchorage capacity of the strata, whichever is less.
(3) Any opening that is more than 20 feet wide should be supported by a combination of roof bolts and conventional supports.
(4) In any opening more than 20 feet wide--
(i) Posts should be installed to limit each roadway to 16 feet wide where straight and 18 feet wide where curved; and
(ii) A row of posts should be set for each 5 feet of space between the roadway posts and the ribs.
(5) Openings should not be more than 30 feet wide.
(c) Installation of roof support using mining machines with integral roof bolters. (1) Before an intersection or pillar split is started, roof bolts should be installed on at least 5-foot centers where the work is performed.
(2) Where the roof is supported by only two roof bolts crosswise, openings should not be more than 16 feet wide.
(d) Pillar recovery. (1) During development, any dimension of a pillar should be at least 20 feet.
(2) Pillar splits and lifts should not be more than 20 feet wide.
(3) Breaker posts should be installed on not more than 4-foot centers.
(4) Roadside-radius (turn) posts, or equivalent support, should be installed on not more than 4-foot centers leading into each pillar split or lift.
(5) Before full pillar recovery is started in areas where roof bolts are used as the only means of roof support and openings are more than 16 feet wide, at least one row of posts should be installed to limit the roadway width to 16 feet. These posts should be-
(i) Extended from the entrance to the split through the intersection outby the pillar in which the split or lift is being made; and
(ii) Spaced on not more than 5-foot centers.
(e) Unsupported openings at intersections. Openings that create an intersection should be perma- nently supported or at least one row of temporary supports should be installed on not more than 5-foot centers across the opening before any other work or travel in the intersection.
(f) ATRS systems in working sections where the mining height is below 30 inches. In working sections where the mining height is below 30 inches, an ATRS system should be used to the extent practicable during the installation of roof bolts with roof bolting machines and continuous-mining machines with integral roof bolters.
(g) Longwall mining systems. (1) Systematic supplemental support should be installed through- out--
(i) The tailgate entry of the first longwall panel prior to any mining; and
(ii) In the proposed tailgate entry of each subsequent panel in advance of the frontal abutment stresses of the panel being mined.
(2) When a ground failure prevents travel out of the section through the tailgate side of the longwall section, the roof control plan should address--
(i) Notification of miners that the travelway is blocked;
(ii) Re-instruction of miners regarding escapeways and escape procedures in the event of an emergency;
(iii) Re-instruction of miners on the availability and use of self-contained self-rescue devices;
(iv) Monitoring and evaluation of the air entering the longwall section;
(v) Location and effectiveness of the two-way communication systems; and
(vi) A means of transportation from the section to the main line.
(3) The plan provisions addressed by paragraph (g)(2) of this section should remain in effect until travelway is reestablished on the tailgate side of a longwall section.
S 75.223 Evaluation and revision of roof control plan.
(a) Revisions of the roof control plan shall be proposed by the operator-
(1) When conditions indicate that the plan is not suitable for controlling the roof, face, ribs, or coal or rock bursts; or
(2) When accident and injury experience at the mine indicates the plan is inadequate. The acci- dent and injury experience at each mine shall be reviewed at least every six months.
(b) Each unplanned roof fall and rib fall and coal or rock burst that occurs in the active workings shall be plotted on a mine map if it--
(1) Is above the anchorage zone where roof bolts are used;
(2) Impairs ventilation;
(3) Impedes passage of persons;
(4) Causes miners to be withdrawn from the area affected; or
(5) Disrupts regular mining activities for more than one hour.
(c) The mine map on which roof falls are plotted shall be available at the mine site for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and representatives of miners at the mine.
(d) The roof control plan for each mine shall be reviewed every six months by an authorized representative of the Secretary. This review shall take into consideration any falls of the roof, face and ribs and the adequacy of the support systems used at the time.
Subpart D--Ventilation
75.300 Scope.
This subpart sets requirements for underground coal mine ventilation.
75.301 Definitions.
In addition to the applicable definitions in 75.2, the following definitions apply in this subpart.
Air course. An entry or a set of entries separated from other entries by stoppings, overcasts, other ventilation control devices, or by solid blocks of coal or rock so that any mixing of air currents between each is limited to leakage.
Incombustible. Incapable of being burned.
Intake air. Air that has not yet ventilated the last working place on any split of any working section, or any worked-out area, whether pillared or nonpillared.
Intrinsically safe. Incapable of releasing enough electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a flammable mixture of methane or natural gas and air of the most easily ignitable composition.
Noncombustible Structure or Area. Describes a structure or area that will continue to provide protection against flame spread for at least 1 hour when subjected to a fire test incorporating an ASTM E119-88 time/temperature heat input, or equivalent. The publication ASTM E119-88, -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials-is incorporated by reference. . . [For inspection and approval information for this publication, see Appendix at end of Subpart D.] Noncombustible Material. Describes a material which when used to construct a ventilation control results in a control that will continue to serve its intended function for 1 hour when subjected to a fire test incorporating an ASTM E119-88 time/temperature heat input, or equivalent. The publication ASTM E119-88, -Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials- is incorporated by reference. . . [For inspection and approval information for this publication, see Appen- dix at the end of Subpart D.] Return air. Air that has ventilated the last working place on any split of any working section or any worked-out area whether pillared or nonpillared. If air mixes with air that has ventilated the last working place on any split of any working section or any worked-out area, whether pillared or nonpillared, it is considered return air. For the purposes of 75.507-1, air that has been used to ventilate any working place in a coal producing section or pillared area, or air that has been used to ventilate any working face if such air is directed away from the immediate return is return air. Notwithstanding the definition of intake air, for the purpose of ventilation of structures, areas or installations that are required by this subpart D to be ventilated to return air courses, and for ventilation of seals, other air courses may be designated as return air courses by the operator only when the air in these air courses will not be used to ventilate working places or other locations, structures, installations or areas required to be ventilated with intake air.
Worked-out area. An area where mining has been completed, whether pillared or nonpillared, excluding developing entries, return air courses, and intake air courses.
75.302 Main mine fans.
Each coal mine shall be ventilated by one or more main mine fans. Booster fans shall not be installed underground to assist main mine fans except in anthracite mines. In anthracite mines, booster fans installed in the main air current or a split of the main air current may be used provided their use is approved in the ventilation plan.
75.310 Installation of main mine fans.
(a) Each main mine fan shall be-
(1) Installed on the surface in an incombustible housing;
(2) Connected to the mine opening with incombustible air ducts;
(3) Equipped with an automatic device that gives a signal at the mine when the fan either slows or stops. A responsible person designated by the operator shall always be at a surface location at the mine where the signal can be seen or heard while anyone is underground. This person shall be provided with two-way communication with the working sections and work stations where persons are routinely assigned to work for the majority of a shift;
(4) Equipped with a pressure recording device system. Mines permitted to shut down main mine fans under 75.311 and which do not have a pressure recording device installed on main mine fans shall have until June 10, 1997 to install a pressure recording device or system on all main mine fans. If a device or system other than a circular pressure recorder is used to monitor main mine fan pressure, the monitoring device or system shall provide a continuous graph or continuous chart of the pressure as a function of time. At not more than 7-day intervals, a hard copy of the continuous graph or chart shall be generated or the record of the fan pressure shall be stored electronically. When records of fan pressure are stored electronically, the system used to store these records shall be secure and not susceptible to alteration and shall be capable of storing the required data. Records of the fan pressure shall be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and be made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary and the representative of miners;
(5) Protected by one or more weak walls or explosion doors, or a combination of weak walls and explosion doors, located in direct line with possible explosive forces;
(6) Except as provided under paragraph (e) of this section, offset by at least 15 feet from the nearest side of the mine opening unless an alternative method of protecting the fan and its associated components is approved in the ventilation plan.
(b) (1) If an electric motor is used to drive a main mine fan, the motor shall operate from a power circuit independent of all mine power circuits.
(2) If an internal combustion engine is used to drive a main mine fan-
(i) The fuel supply shall be protected against fires and explosions;
(ii) The engine shall be installed in an incombustible housing and be equipped with a remote shut-down device;
(iii) The engine and the engine exhaust system shall be located out of direct line of the air current exhausting from the mine; and
(iv) The engine exhaust shall be vented to the atmosphere so that the exhaust gases do not con- taminate the mine intake air current or any enclosure.
(c) If a main mine fan monitoring system is used under 75.312, the system shall
(1) Record, as described in paragraph (a)(4) the mine ventilating pressure;
(2) Monitor bearing temperature, revolutions per minute, vibration, electric voltage, and amper- age;
(3) Provide a printout of the monitored parameters, including the mine ventilating pressure within a reasonable period, not to exceed the end of the next scheduled shift during which miners are underground; and
(4) Be equipped with an automatic device that signals when-
(i) An electrical or mechanical deficiency exists in the monitoring system; or
(ii) A sudden increase or loss in mine ventilating pressure occurs.
(5) Provide monitoring, records, printouts, and signals required by paragraphs (c)(1) through
(c) (4) at a surface location at the mine where a responsible person designated by the operator is always on duty and where signals from the monitoring system can be seen or heard while anyone is under- ground. This person shall be provided with two-way communication with the working sections and work stations where persons are routinely assigned to work for the majority of a shift.
(d) Weak walls and explosion doors shall have cross-sectional areas at least equal to that of the entry through which the pressure from an explosion underground would be relieved. A weak wall and explosion door combination shall have a total cross-sectional area at least equal to that of the entry through which the pressure from an explosion underground would be relieved.
(e) If a mine fan is installed in line with an entry, a slope, or a shaft-
(1) The cross-sectional area of the pressure relief entry shall be at least equal to that of the fan entry;
(2) The fan entry shall be developed out of direct line with possible explosive forces;
(3) The coal or other solid material between the pressure relief entry and the fan entry shall be at least 2,500 square feet; and
(4) The surface opening of the pressure relief entry shall be not less than 15 feet nor more than 100 feet from the surface opening of the fan entry and from the underground intersection of the fan entry and pressure relief entry.
(f) In mines ventilated by multiple main mine fans, incombustible doors shall be installed so that if any main mine fan stops and air reversals through the fan are possible, the doors on the affected fan automatically close.
75.311 Main mine fan operation.
(a) Main mine fans shall be continuously operated, except as otherwise approved in the ventila- tion plan, or when intentionally stopped for testing of automatic closing doors and automatic fan signal devices, maintenance or adjustment of the fan, or to perform maintenance or repair work underground that cannot otherwise be made while the fan is operating.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, when a main mine fan is intentionally stopped and the ventilating quantity provided by the fan is not maintained by a back-up fan system-
(1) Only persons necessary to evaluate the effect of the fan stoppage or restart, or to perform maintenance or repair work that cannot otherwise be made while the fan is operating, shall be permitted underground;
(2) Mechanized equipment shall be shut off before stopping the fan; and
(3) Electric power circuits entering underground areas of the mine shall be deenergized.
(c) When a back-up fan system is used that does not provide the ventilating quantity provided by the main mine fan, persons may be permitted in the mine and electric power circuits may be energized as specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(d) If an unusual variance in the mine ventilation pressure is observed, or if an electrical or mechanical deficiency of a main mine fan is detected, the mine foreman or equivalent mine official, or in the absence of the mine foreman or equivalent mine official, a designated certified person acting for the mine foreman or equivalent mine official shall be notified immediately, and appropriate action or repairs shall be instituted promptly.
(e) While persons are underground, a responsible person designated by the operator shall always be at a surface location where each main mine fan signal can be seen or heard.
(f) The area within 100 feet of main mine fans and intake air openings shall be kept free of combustible material, unless alternative precautions necessary to provide protection from fire or other products of combustion are approved in the ventilation plan.
(g) If multiple mine fans are used, the mine ventilation system shall be designed and maintained to eliminate areas without air movement.
(h) Any atmospheric monitoring system operated during fan stoppages shall be intrinsically safe.
75.312 Main mine fan examinations and records.
(a) To assure electrical and mechanical reliability of main mine fans, each main mine fan and its associated components, including devices for measuring or recording mine ventilation pressure, shall be examined for proper operation by a trained person designated by the operator. Examinations of main mine fans shall be made at least once each day that the fan operates, unless a fan monitoring system is used. No examination is required on any day when no one, including certified persons, goes under- ground, except that an examination shall be completed prior to anyone entering the mine.
(b)(1) If a main mine fan monitoring system is used, a trained person designated by the operator shall-
(i) At least once each day review the data provided by the fan monitoring system to assure that the fan and the fan monitoring system are operating properly. No review is required on any day when no one, including certified persons, goes underground, except that a review of the data shall be performed prior to anyone entering the underground portion of the mine. Data reviewed should include the fan pressure, bearing temperature, revolutions per minute, vibration, electric voltage, and amperage; and
(ii) At least every 7 days-
(A) Test the monitoring system for proper operation; and
(B) Examine each main mine fan and its associated components to assure electrical and mechani- cal reliability of main mine fans
(2) If the monitoring system malfunctions, the malfunction shall be corrected, or paragraph (a) of this section shall apply.
(c) At least every 31 days, the automatic fan signal device for each main mine fan shall be tested by stopping the fan. Only persons necessary to evaluate the effect of the fan stoppage or restart, or to perform maintenance or repair work that cannot otherwise be made while the fan is operating, shall be permitted underground. Notwithstanding the requirement of 75.311(b)(3), underground power may remain energized during this test provided no one, including persons identified in 75.311(b)(1), is under- ground. If the fan is not restarted within 15 minutes, underground power shall be deenergized and no one shall enter any underground area of the mine until the fan is restarted and an examination of the mine is conducted as described in 75.360 (b) through (e) and the mine has been determined to be safe.
(d) At least every 31 days, the automatic closing doors in multiple main mine fan systems shall be tested by stopping the fan. Only persons necessary to evaluate the effect of the fan stoppage or restart, or to perform maintenance or repair work that cannot otherwise be made while the fan is operating, shall be permitted underground. Notwithstanding the provisions of 75.311, underground power may remain energized during this test provided no one, including persons identified in 75.311(b)(1), is underground.
If the fan is not restarted within 15 minutes, underground power shall be deenergized and no one shall enter any underground area of the mine, until the fan is restarted and an examination of the mine is conducted as described in 75.360 (b) through (e) and the mine has been determined to be safe.
(e) Circular main mine fan pressure recording charts shall be changed before the beginning of a second revolution.
(f)(1) Certification. Persons making main mine fan examinations shall certify by initials and date at the fan or another location specified by the operator that the examinations were made. Each certifica- tion shall identify the main mine fan examined.
(2) Persons reviewing data produced by a main mine fan monitoring system shall certify by initials and date on a printed copy of the data from the system that the review was completed. In lieu of certification on a copy of the data, the person reviewing the data may certify electronically that the review was completed. Electronic certification shall be by handwritten initials and date in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(g)(1) Recordkeeping. By the end of the shift on which the examination is made, persons making main mine fan examinations shall record all uncorrected defects that may affect the operation of the fan that are not corrected by the end of that shift. Records shall be maintained in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(2) When a fan monitoring system is used in lieu of the daily fan examination-
(i) The certified copies of data produced by fan monitoring systems shall be maintained separate from other computer-generated reports or data; and
(ii) A record shall be made of any fan monitoring system malfunctions, electrical or mechanical deficiencies in the monitoring system and any sudden increase or loss in mine ventilating pressure. The record shall be made by the end of the shift on which the review of the data is completed and shall be maintained in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(3) By the end of the shift on which the monthly test of the automatic fan signal device or the automatic closing doors is completed, persons making these tests shall record the results of the tests.
Records shall be maintained in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(h) Retention period. Records, including records of mine fan pressure and the certified copies of data produced by fan monitoring systems, shall be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and shall be made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and the representative of miners.
75.313 Main mine fan stoppage with persons underground.
(a) If a main mine fan stops while anyone is underground and the ventilating quantity provided by the fan is not maintained by a back-up fan system-
(1) Electrically powered equipment in each working section shall be deenergized;
(2) Other mechanized equipment in each working section shall be shut off; and
(3) Everyone shall be withdrawn from the working sections and areas where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed.
(b) If ventilation is restored within 15 minutes after a main mine fan stops, certified persons shall examine for methane in the working places and in other areas where methane is likely to accumulate before work is resumed and before equipment is energized or restarted in these areas.
(c) If ventilation is not restored within 15 minutes after a main mine fan stops-
(1) Everyone shall be withdrawn from the mine;
(2) Underground electric power circuits shall be deenergized. However, circuits necessary to withdraw persons from the mine need not be deenergized if located in areas or haulageways where methane is not likely to migrate to or accumulate. These circuits shall be deenergized as persons are withdrawn; and
(3) Mechanized equipment not located on working sections shall be shut off.
However, mechanized equipment necessary to withdraw persons from the mine need not be shut off if located in areas where methane is not likely to migrate to or accumulate.
(d)(1) When ventilation is restored-
(i) No one other than designated certified examiners shall enter any underground area of the mine until an examination is conducted as described in 75.360(b) through (e) and the area has been deter- mined to be safe. Designated certified examiners shall enter the underground area of the mine from which miners have been withdrawn only after the fan has operated for at least 15 minutes unless a longer period of time is specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(ii) Underground power circuits shall not be energized and nonpermissible mechanized equip- ment shall not be started or operated in an area until an examination is conducted as described in 75.360(b) through (e) and the area has been determined to be safe, except that designated certified examiners may use nonpermissible transportation equipment in intake airways to facilitate the making of the required examination.
(2) If ventilation is restored to the mine before miners reach the surface, the miners may return to underground working areas only after an examination of the areas is made by a certified person and the areas are determined to be safe. (e) Any atmospheric monitoring system operated during fan stop- pages shall be intrinsically safe.
75.320 Air quality detectors and measurement devices.
(a) Tests for methane shall be made by a qualified person with MSHA approved detectors that are maintained in permissible and proper operating condition and calibrated with a known methane-air mixture at least once every 31 days.
(b) Tests for oxygen deficiency shall be made by a qualified person with MSHA approved oxy- gen detectors that are maintained in permissible and proper operating condition and that can detect 19.5 percent oxygen with an accuracy of 0.5 percent. The oxygen detectors shall be calibrated at the start of each shift that the detectors will be used.
(c) Handheld devices that contain electrical components and that are used for measuring air velocity, carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen, and other gases shall be approved and maintained in permissible and proper operating condition.
(d) An oxygen detector approved by MSHA shall be used to make tests for oxygen deficiency required by the regulations in this part. Permissible flame safety lamps may only be used as a supple- mentary testing device.
(e) Maintenance of instruments required by paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section shall be done by persons trained in such maintenance.
75.321 Air quality.
(a)(1) The air in areas where persons work or travel, except as specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, shallt contain at least 19.5 percent oxygen and not more than 0.5 percent carbon dioxide, and the volume and velocity of the air current in these areas shall be sufficient to dilute, render harmless, and carry away flammable, explosive, noxious, and harmful gases, dusts, smoke, and fumes.
(2) The air in areas of bleeder entries and worked-out areas where persons work or travel shall contain at least 19.5 percent oxygen, and carbon dioxide levels shall not exceed 0.5 percent time weighted average and 3.0 percent short term exposure limit.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of 75.322, for the purpose of preventing explosions from gases other than methane, the following gases shall not be permitted to accumulate in excess of the concentrations listed below:
(1) Carbon monoxide (CO)-2.5 percent
(2) Hydrogen (H2)-.80 percent
(3) Hydrogen sulfide (H2S)-.80 percent
(4) Acetylene (C2H2)-.40 percent
(5) Propane (C3H8)-.40 percent
(6) MAPP (methyl-acetylene-propylene-propodiene)-.30 percent
75.322 Harmful quantities of noxious gases.
Concentrations of noxious or poisonous gases, other than carbon dioxide, shall not exceed the threshold limit values (TLV) as specified and applied by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists in -Threshold Limit Values for Substance in Workroom Air- (1972). Detectors or laboratory analysis of mine air samples shall be used to determine the concentrations of harmful, nox- ious, or poisonous gases. This incorporation by reference has been approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. Copies are available from the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor, 4015 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, VA 22203 and at every Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office. The material is avail- able for examination at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 N. Capitol Street, NW., 7th Floor, Suite 700, Washington, D.C. 20408
75.323 Actions for excessive methane.
(a) Location of tests. Tests for methane concentrations under this section shall be made at least 12 inches from the roof, face, ribs, and floor.
(b) Working places and intake air courses.
(1) When 1.0 percent or more methane is present in a working place or an intake air course, including an air course in which a belt conveyor is located, or in an area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed-
(i) Except intrinsically safe atmospheric monitoring systems (AMS), electrically powered equip- ment in the affected area shall be deenergized, and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off;
(ii) Changes or adjustments shall be made at once to the ventilation system to reduce the concen- tration of methane to less than 1.0 percent; and
(iii) No other work shall be permitted in the affected area until the methane concentration is less than 1.0 percent.
(2) When 1.5 percent or more methane is present in a working place or an intake air course, including an air course in which a belt conveyor is located, or in an area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed-
(i) Everyone except those persons referred to in 104(c) of the Act shall be withdrawn from the affected area; and
(ii) Except for intrinsically safe AMS, electrically powered equipment in the affected area shall be disconnected at the power source.
(c) Return air split. (1) When 1.0 percent or more methane is present in a return air split between the last working place on a working section and where that split of air meets another split of air, or the location at which the split is used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas changes or adjustments shall be made at once to the ventilation system to reduce the concentration of methane in the return air to less than 1.0 percent.
(2) When 1.5 percent or more methane is present in a return air split between the last working place on a working section and where that split of air meets another split of air, or the location where the split is used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas-
(i) Everyone except those persons referred to in 104(c) of the Act shall be withdrawn from the affected area;
(ii) Other than intrinsically safe AMS, equipment in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric power shall be disconnected at the power source, and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off; and
(iii) No other work shall be permitted in the affected area until the methane concentration in the return air is less than 1.0 percent.
(d) Return air split alternative. (1) The provisions of this paragraph apply if-
(i) The quantity of air in the split ventilating the active workings is at least 27,000 cubic feet per minute in the last open crosscut or the quantity specified in the approved ventilation plan, whichever is greater;
(ii) The methane content of the air in the split is continuously monitored during mining opera- tions by an AMS that gives a visual and audible signal on the working section when the methane in the return air reaches 1.5 percent, and the methane content is monitored as specified in 75.351; and
(iii) Rock dust is continuously applied with a mechanical duster to the return air course during coal production at a location in the air course immediately outby the most inby monitoring point.
(2) When 1.5 percent or more methane is present in a return air split between a point in the return opposite the section loading point and where that split of air meets another split of air or where the split of air is used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas-
(i) Changes or adjustments shall be made at once to the ventilation system to reduce the concen- tration of methane in the return air below 1.5 percent;
(ii) Everyone except those persons referred to in 104(c) of the Act shall be withdrawn from the affected area;
(iii) Except for intrinsically safe AMS, equipment in the affected area shall be deenergized, electric power shall be disconnected at the power source, and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off; and
(iv) No other work shall be permitted in the affected area until the methane concentration in the return air is less than 1.5 percent.
(e) Bleeders and other return air courses. The concentration of methane in a bleeder split of air immediately before the air in the split joins another split of air, or in a return air course other than as described in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, shall not exceed 2.0 percent.
75.324 Intentional changes in the ventilation system.
(a) A person designated by the operator shall supervise any intentional change in ventilation that-
(1) Alters the main air current or any split of the main air current in a manner that could materi- ally affect the safety or health of persons in the mine; or
(2) Affects section ventilation by 9,000 cubic feet per minute of air or more in bituminous or lignite mines, or 5,000 cubic feet per minute of air or more in anthracite mines.
(b) Intentional changes shall be made only under the following conditions:
(1) Electric power shall be removed from areas affected by the ventilation change and mecha- nized equipment in those areas shall be shut off before the ventilation change begins.
(2) Only persons making the change in ventilation shall be in the mine.
(3) Electric power shall not be restored to the areas affected by the ventilation change and mecha- nized equipment shall not be restarted until a certified person has examined these areas for methane accumulation and for oxygen deficiency and has determined that the areas are safe.
75.325 Air quantity.
(a)(1) In bituminous and lignite mines the quantity of air shall be at least 3,000 cubic feet per minute reaching each working face where coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting, or loaded. When greater quantity is necessary to dilute, render harmless, and carry away flammable, explosive, noxious, and harmful gases, dusts, smoke, and fumes, this quantity shall be specified in the approved ventilation plan. A minimum air quantity may be required to be specified in the approved ventilation plan for other working places or working faces.
(2) The quantity of air reaching the working face shall be determined at or near the face end of the line curtain, ventilation tubing, or other ventilation control device. If the curtain, tubing, or device extends beyond the last row of permanent roof supports, the quantity of air reaching the working face shall be determined behind the line curtain or in the ventilation tubing at or near the last row of perma- nent supports.
(3) If machine mounted dust collectors or diffuser fans are used, the approved ventilation plan shall specify the operating volume of the dust collector or diffuser fan.
(b) In bituminous and lignite mines, the quantity of air reaching the last open crosscut of each set of entries or rooms on each working section and the quantity of air reaching the intake end of a pillar line shall be at least 9,000 cubic feet per minute unless a greater quantity is required to be specified in the approved ventilation plan. This minimum also applies to sections which are not operating but are ca- pable of producing coal by simply energizing the equipment on the section.
(c) In longwall and shortwall mining systems-
(1) The quantity of air shall be at least 30,000 cubic feet per minute reaching the working face of each longwall, unless the operator demonstrates that a lesser air quantity will maintain continual compli- ance with applicable methane and respirable dust standards. This lesser quantity shall be specified in the approved ventilation plan. A quantity greater than 30,000 cubic feet per minute may be required to be specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(2) The velocity of air that will be provided to control methane and respirable dust in accordance with applicable standards on each longwall or shortwall and the locations where these velocities will be provided shall be specified in the approved ventilation plan. The locations specified shall be at least 50 feet but no more than 100 feet from the headgate and tailgate, respectively.
(d) Ventilation shall be maintained during installation and removal of mechanized mining equip- ment. The approved ventilation plan shall specify the minimum quantity of air, the locations where this quantity will be provided and the ventilation controls required.
(e) In anthracite mines, the quantity of air shall be as follows:
(1) At least 1,500 cubic feet per minute reaching each working face where coal is being mined, unless a greater quantity is required to be specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(2) At least 5,000 cubic feet per minute passing through the last open crosscut in each set of entries or rooms and at the intake end of any pillar line, unless a greater quantity is required to be speci- fied in the approved ventilation plan.
(3) When robbing areas where air currents cannot be controlled and air measurements cannot be obtained, the air shall have perceptible movement.
(f) The minimum ventilating air quality for an individual unit of diesel-powered equipment being operated shall be at least that specified on the approval plate for that equipment. Such air quality shall be maintained—
(1) In any working place where equipment is being operated;
(2) At the section loading point during any shift the equipment is being operated on the working section;
(3) In any entry where the equipment is being operated outby the section loading point in areas of the mine developed on or after April 25, 1997;
(4) In air course with single or multiple entries where the equipment is being operated outby the section loading point in areas of the mine developed prior to April 25, 1997; and
(5) At any other location required by the district manager or the State mine Inspector and specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(g) The minimum ventilating air quality where multiple units of diesel-powered equipment are operated on working sections and in areas where machinized mining equipment is being installed or removed must be at least the sum of that specified on the approval plates of all the diesel-powered equipment on the working section or in the area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed. The minimum ventilating air quality shall be specified in the approved ventilation plan. For working sections such air must be maintained—
(1) In the last open crosscut of each set of entries or rooms in each working section;
(2) In the intake, reaching the working face of each longwall; and
(3) At the intake end of any pillar line.
(h) The following equipment may be excluded from the calculations of ventilating air quality under paragraph (g) if such equipment exclusion is approved by the district manager and the State Mine In- spector and is specified in the ventilation plan;
(1) Self-propelled equipment meeting the requirements of Sec. 75.1908(b);
(2) Equipment that discharges it's exhaust into intake air that is coursed directly to a return air course;
(3) Equipment that discharges it's exhaust directly into a return air course; and
(4) Equipment having duty cycles such that emissions would not significantly affect the exposure of miners.
(i) A ventilating air quality that is less than what is required by paragraph (g) of this section may be approved by the district manager and the State Mine Inspector in the ventilation plan based on the results of sampling that demonstrate that the lesser air quality will maintain continuous compliance with appli- cable TLV's
(j) If during sampling required by Sec. 70.1900(c) of this subchapter the ventilating air is found to contain concentrations of CO or NO2 in excess of the action level specified by Sec. 70.1900(c), higher levels may be approved by the district manager and the State Mine Inspector based on the results of sampling that demonstrates that a higher action level will maintain continuous compliance with appli- cable TVL's. Action levels other than those specified in Sec. 70.1900(c) shall be specified in the ap- proved ventilation plan.
(k) As of November 25, 1977 the ventilating air quality required where diesel-powered equipment is operated shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (f) through (j) of this section. Mine operators utiliz- ing diesel-powered equipment in underground coal mines shall submit to the appropriate MSHA district manager and the State Mine Inspector a revised ventilation plan or appropriate amendments to the existing plan, in accordance with Sec. 75.371, which implement the requirements of paragraphs (f) through(j0 of this section.
75.326 Mean entry air velocity.
In exhausting face ventilation systems, the mean entry air velocity shall be at least 60 feet per minute reaching each working face where coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting, or loaded, and to any other working places as required in the approved ventilation plan. A lower mean entry air velocity may be approved in the ventilation plan if the lower velocity will maintain methane and respirable dust concentrations in accordance with the applicable levels. Mean entry air velocity shall be determined at or near the inby end of the line curtain, ventilation tubing, or other face ventilation control devices.
75.327 Air courses and trolley haulage systems.
(a) In any mine opened on or after March 30, 1970, or in any new working section of a mine opened before that date, where trolley haulage systems are maintained and where trolley wires or trolley feeder wires are installed, an authorized representative of the Secretary shall require enough entries or rooms as intake air courses to limit the velocity of air currents in the haulageways to minimize the hazards of fires and dust explosions in the haulageways.
(b) Unless the district manager approves a higher velocity, the velocity of the air current in the trolley haulage entries shall be limited to not more than 250 feet per minute. A higher air velocity may be required to limit the methane content in these haulage entries or elsewhere in the mine to less than 1.0 percent and provide an adequate supply of oxygen.
75.330 Face ventilation control devices.
(a) Brattice cloth, ventilation tubing and other face ventilation control devices shall be made of flame-resistant material approved by MSHA.
(b)(1) Ventilation control devices shall be used to provide ventilation to dilute, render harmless, and to carry away flammable, explosive, noxious, and harmful gases, dusts, smoke, and fumes-
(i) To each working face from which coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting, or loaded; and
(ii) To any other working places as required by the approved ventilation plan.
(2) These devices shall be installed at a distance no greater than 10 feet from the area of deepest penetration to which any portion of the face has been advanced unless an alternative distance is specified and approved in the ventilation plan. Alternative distances specified shall be capable of maintaining concentrations of respirable dust, methane, and other harmful gases, in accordance with the levels specified in the applicable sections of this chapter.
(c) When the line brattice or any other face ventilation control device is damaged to an extent that ventilation of the working face is inadequate, production activities in the working place shall cease until necessary repairs are made and adequate ventilation is restored.
75.331 Auxiliary fans and tubing.
(a) When auxiliary fans and tubing are used for face ventilation, each auxiliary fan shall be-
(1) Permissible, if the fan is electrically operated;
(2) Maintained in proper operating condition;
(3) Deenergized or shut off when no one is present on the working section; and
(4) Located and operated to avoid recirculation of air.
(b) If a deficiency exists in any auxiliary fan system, the deficiency shall be corrected or the auxiliary fan shall be deenergized immediately.
(c) If the air passing through an auxiliary fan or tubing contains 1.0 percent or more methane, power to electrical equipment in the working place and to the auxiliary fan shall be deenergized, and other mechanized equipment in the working place shall be shut off until the methane concentration is reduced to less than 1.0 percent.
(d) When an auxiliary fan is stopped-
(1) Line brattice or other face ventilation control devices shall be used to maintain ventilation to affected faces; and
(2) Electrical equipment in the affected working places shall be disconnected at the power source, and other mechanized equipment shall be shut off until ventilation to the working place is re- stored.
75.332 Working sections and working places.
(a)(1) Each working section and each area where mechanized mining equipment is being in- stalled or removed, shall be ventilated by a separate split of intake air directed by overcasts, undercasts or other permanent ventilation controls.
(2) When two or more sets of mining equipment are simultaneously engaged in cutting, mining, or loading coal or rock from working places within the same working section, each set of mining equip- ment shall be on a separate split of intake air.
(3) For purposes of this section, a set of mining equipment includes a single loading machine, a single continuous mining machine, or a single longwall or shortwall mining machine.
(b) (1) Air that has passed through any area that is not examined under Secs. 75.360, 75.361 or 75.364 of this subpart, or through an area where second mining has been done shall not be used to ventilate any working place. Second mining is intentional retreat mining where pillars have been wholly or partially removed, regardless of the amount of recovery obtained.
(2) Air that has passed by any opening of any unsealed area that is not examined under Secs.75.360, 75.361 or 75.364 of this subpart, shall not be used to ventilate any working place.
75.333 Ventilation controls.
(a) For purposes of this section, -doors- include any door frames.
(b) Permanent stoppings or other permanent ventilation control devices constructed after Novem- ber 15, 1992, shall be built and maintained-
(1) Between intake and return air courses, except temporary controls may be used in rooms that are 600 feet or less from the centerline of the entry from which the room was developed including where continuous face haulage systems are used in such rooms. Unless otherwise approved in the ventilation plan, these stoppings or controls shall be maintained to and including the third connecting crosscut outby the working face;
(2) To separate belt conveyor haulageways from return air courses, except where belt entries in areas of mines developed before March 30, 1970, are used as return air courses;
(3) To separate belt conveyor haulageways from intake air courses when the air in the intake air courses is used to provide air to active working places. Temporary ventilation controls may be used in rooms that are 600 feet or less from the centerline of the entry from which the rooms were developed including where continuous face haulage systems are used in such rooms. When continuous face haulage systems are used, permanent stoppings or other permanent ventilation control devices shall be built and maintained to the outby most point of travel of the dolly or 600 feet from the point of deepest penetration in the conveyor belt entry, whichever distance is closer to the point of deepest penetration, to separate the continuous haulage entry from the intake entries;
(4) To separate the primary escapeway from belt and trolley haulage entries, as required by 75.380(g). For the purposes of 75.380(g), the loading point for a continuous haulage system shall be the outby most point of travel of the dolly or 600 feet from the point of deepest penetration, whichever distance is less; and
(5) In return air courses to direct air into adjacent worked-out areas.
(c) Personnel doors shall be constructed of noncombustible material and shall be of sufficient strength to serve their intended purpose of maintaining separation and permitting travel between air courses, and shall be installed as follows in permanent stoppings constructed after November 15, 1992:
(1) The distance between personnel doors shall be no more than 300 feet in seam heights below 48 inches and 600 feet in seam heights 48 inches or higher.
(2) The location of all personnel doors in stoppings along escapeways shall be clearly marked so that the doors may be easily identified by anyone traveling in the escapeway and in the entries on either side of the doors.
(3) When not in use, personnel doors shall be closed.
(d) Doors, other than personnel doors, constructed after November 15, 1992, that are used in lieu of permanent stoppings or to control ventilation within an air course shall be:
(1) Made of noncombustible material or coated on all accessible surfaces with flame-retardant material having a flame-spread index of 25 or less, as tested under ASTM E162-87, -Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using A Radiant Heat Energy Source.
(2) Of sufficient strength to serve their intended purpose of maintaining separation and permit- ting travel between or within air courses or entries.
(3) Installed in pairs to form an airlock. When an airlock is used, one side of the airlock shall remain closed. When not in use, both sides shall be closed.
(e)(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraphs (e)(2), (e)(3) and (e)(4) of this section all overcasts, undercasts, shaft partitions, permanent stoppings, and regulators, installed after June 10, 1996, shall be constructed in a traditionally accepted method and of materials that have been demonstrated to perform adequately or in a method and of materials that have been tested and shown to have a minimum strength equal to or greater than the traditionally accepted in-mine controls. Tests may be performed under ASTM E72-80, -Standard Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction (Section 12-Transverse Load-Specimen Vertical, load, only) , or the operator may conduct comparative in-mine tests. In-mine tests shall be designed to demonstrate the comparative strength of the proposed construction and a traditionally accepted in-mine control. The publication ASTM E72-80, -Standard Methods of Conducting Strength Tests of Panels for Building Construction-is incorporated by reference.
(ii) All overcasts, undercasts, shaft partitions, permanent stoppings, and regulators, installed after November 15, 1992, shall be constructed of noncombustible material. Materials that are suitable for the construction of overcasts, undercasts, shaft partitions, permanent stoppings, and regulators include concrete, concrete block, brick, cinder block, tile, or steel. No ventilation controls installed after Novem- ber 15, 1992, shall be constructed of aluminum.
(2) In anthracite mines, permanent stoppings may be constructed of overlapping layers of hard- wood mine boards, if the stoppings are a minimum 2 inches thick.
(3) When timbers are used to create permanent stoppings in heaving or caving areas, the stoppings shall be coated on all accessible surfaces with a flame-retardant material having a flame- spread index of 25 or less, as tested under ASTM E162-87, —Standard Test Method for Surface Flam- mability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.-This publication is incorporated by refer- ence. . . [For inspection and approval information for this publication, see Appendix at the end of Sub- part D.]
(4) In anthracite mines, doors and regulators may be constructed of overlapping layers of hard- wood boards, if the doors, door frames, and regulators are a minimum 2 inches thick.
(f) When sealants are applied to ventilation controls, the sealant shall have a flame-spread index of 25 or less under ASTM E162-87, -Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using Radiant Heat Energy Source.-This publication is incorporated by reference. . . [For inspection and approval information for this publication, see Appendix at the end of Subpart D.]
(g) Before mining is discontinued in an entry or room that is advanced more than 20 feet from the inby rib, a crosscut shall be made or line brattice shall be installed and maintained to provide adequate ventilation. When conditions such as methane liberation warrant a distance less than 20 feet, the ap- proved ventilation plan shall specify the location of such rooms or entries and the maximum distance they will be developed before a crosscut is made or line brattice is installed.
(h) All ventilation controls, including seals, shall be maintained to serve the purpose for which they were built.
75.334 Worked-out areas and areas where pillars are being recovered.
(a) Worked-out areas where no pillars have been recovered shall be-
(1) Ventilated so that methane-air mixtures and other gases, dusts, and fumes from throughout the worked-out areas are continuously diluted and routed into a return air course or to the surface of the mine; or
(2) Sealed.
(b)(1) During pillar recovery a bleeder system shall be used to control the air passing through the area and to continuously dilute and move methane-air mixtures and other gases, dusts, and fumes from the worked-out area away from active workings and into a return air course or to the surface of the mine.
(2) After pillar recovery a bleeder system shall be maintained to provide ventilation to the worked-out area, or the area shall be sealed.
(c) The approved ventilation plan shall specify the following:
(1) The design and use of bleeder systems;
(2) The means to determine the effectiveness of bleeder systems;
(3) The means for adequately maintaining bleeder entries free of obstructions such as roof falls and standing water and
(4) The location of ventilating devices such as regulators, stoppings and bleeder connectors used to control air movement through the worked-out area .
(d) If the bleeder system used does not continuously dilute and move methane-air mixtures and other gases, dusts, and fumes away from worked-out areas into a return air course or to the surface of the mine, or it cannot be determined by examinations or evaluations under 75.364 that the bleeder system is working effectively, the worked-out area shall be sealed.
(e) Each mining system shall be designed so that each worked-out area can be sealed. The ap- proved ventilation plan shall specify the location and the sequence of construction of proposed seals.
(f) In place of the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, for mines with a demon- strated history of spontaneous combustion, or that are located in a coal seam determined to be suscep- tible to spontaneous combustion, the approved ventilation plan shall specify the following :
(1) Measures to detect methane, carbon monoxide, and oxygen concentrations during and after pillar recovery, and in worked-out areas where no pillars have been recovered, to determine if the areas must be ventilated or sealed.
(2) Actions that will be taken to protect miners from the hazards of spontaneous combustion.
(3) If a bleeder system will not be used, the methods that will be used to control spontaneous combustion, accumulations of methane-air mixtures, and other gases, dusts, and fumes in the worked-out area.
75.335 Construction of seals.
(a)(1) Each seal constructed after November 15, 1992, shall be -
(i) Constructed of solid concrete blocks at least 6 by 8 by 16 inches, laid in a transverse pattern with mortar between all joints;
(ii) Hitched into solid ribs to a depth of at least 4 inches and hitched at least 4 inches into the floor;
(iii) At least 16 inches thick. When the thickness of the seal is less than 24 inches and the width is greater than 16 feet or the height is greater than 10 feet, a pilaster shall be interlocked near the center of the seal. The pilaster shall be at least 16 inches by 32 inches; and
(iv) Coated on all accessible surfaces with flame-retardant material that will minimize leakage and that has a flame-spread index of 25 or less, as tested under ASTM E162-87, -Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
(2) Alternative methods or materials may be used to create a seal if they can withstand a static horizontal pressure of 20 pounds per square inch provided the method of installation and the material used are approved in the ventilation plan. If the alternative methods or materials include the use of timbers, the timbers also shall be coated on all accessible surfaces with flame-retardant material having a flame-spread index 25 or less, as tested under ASTM E162-87, -Standard Test Method for Surface Flammability of Materials Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.-This publication is incorporated by reference. . . [For inspection and approval information for this publication, see Appendix at the end of Subpart D.]
(b) A sampling pipe or pipes shall be installed in each set of seals for a worked-out area. Each pipe shall- (1) Extend into the sealed area a sufficient distance (at least 15 feet) to obtain a represen- tative sample from behind the seal;
(2) Be equipped with a cap or shut-off valve; and
(3) Be installed with the sampling end of the pipe about 12 inches from the roof.
(c) (1) A corrosion-resistant water pipe or pipes shall be installed in seals at the low points of the area being sealed and at all other locations necessary when water accumulation within the sealed area is possible; and
(2) Each water pipe shall have a water trap installed on the outby side of the seal.
75.340 Underground electrical installations.
(a) Underground transformer stations, battery charging stations, substations, rectifiers, and water pumps shall be housed in noncombustible structures or areas or be equipped with a fire suppression system meeting the requirements of 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16.
(1) When a noncombustible structure or area is used, these installations shall be-
(i) Ventilated with intake air that is coursed into a return air course or to the surface and that is not used to ventilate working places; or
(ii) Ventilated with intake air that is monitored for carbon monoxide or smoke by an AMS installed and operated according to 75.351. Monitoring of intake air ventilating battery charging stations shall be done with sensors not affected by hydrogen; or
(iii) Ventilated with intake air and equipped with sensors to monitor for heat and for carbon monoxide or smoke. Monitoring of intake air ventilating battery charging stations shall be done with sensors not affected by hydrogen. The sensors shall deenergize power to the installation, activate a visual and audible alarm located outside of and on the intake side of the enclosure, and activate doors that will automatically close when either of the following occurs:
(A) The temperature in the noncombustible structure reaches 165 deg.F; or
(B) The carbon monoxide concentration reaches 10 parts per million above the ambient level for the area, or the optical density of smoke reaches 0.022 per meter. At least every 31 days, sensors in- stalled to monitor for carbon monoxide shall be calibrated with a known concentration of carbon monox- ide and air sufficient to activate the closing door, or each smoke sensor shall be tested to determine that it functions correctly.
(2) When a fire suppression system is used, these installations shall be-
(i) Ventilated with intake air that is coursed into a return air course or to the surface and that is not used to ventilate working places; or
(ii) Ventilated with intake air that is monitored for carbon monoxide or smoke by an AMS in- stalled and operated according to 75.351. Monitoring of intake air ventilating battery charging stations shall be done with sensors not affected by hydrogen.
(b) This section does not apply to-
(1) Rectifiers and power centers with transformers that are either dry-type or contain nonflam- mable liquid, if they are located at or near the section and are moved as the working section advances or retreats;
(2) Submersible pumps;
(3) Permissible pumps and associated permissible switchgear;
(4) Pumps located on or near the section and that are moved as the working section advances or retreats;
(5) Pumps installed in anthracite mines; and
(6) Small portable pumps.
75.341 Direct-fired intake air heaters.
(a) If any system used to heat intake air malfunctions, the heaters affected shall switch off auto- matically.
(b) Thermal overload devices shall protect the blower motor from overheating.
(c) The fuel supply shall turn off automatically if a flame-out occurs.
(d) Each heater shall be located or guarded to prevent contact by persons and shall be equipped with a screen at the inlet to prevent combustible materials from passing over the burner units.
(e) If intake air heaters use liquefied fuel systems- (1) Hydrostatic relief valves installed on vaporizers and on storage tanks shall be vented; and
(2) Fuel storage tanks shall be located or protected to prevent fuel from leaking into the mine.
(f) Following any period of 8 hours or more during which a heater does not operate, the heater and its associated components shall be examined within its first hour of operation. Additionally, each heater and its components shall be examined at least once each shift that the heater operates. The exami- nation shall include measurement of the carbon monoxide concentration at the bottom of each shaft, slope, or in the drift opening where air is being heated. The measurements shall be taken by a person designated by the operator or by a carbon monoxide sensor that is calibrated with a known concentration of carbon monoxide and air at least once every 31 days. When the carbon monoxide concentration at this location reaches 50 parts per million, the heater causing the elevated carbon monoxide level shall be shut down.
75.342 Methane monitors.
(a)(1) MSHA approved methane monitors shall be installed on all face cutting machines, con- tinuous miners, longwall face equipment, loading machines, and other mechanized equipment used to extract or load coal within the working place.
(2) The sensing device for methane monitors on longwall shearing machines shall be installed at the return air end of the longwall face. An additional sensing device also shall be installed on the longwall shearing machine, downwind and as close to the cutting head as practicable. An alternative location or locations for the sensing device required on the longwall shearing machine may be approved in the ventilation plan.
(3) The sensing devices of methane monitors shall be installed as close to the working face as practicable.
(4) Methane monitors shall be maintained in permissible and proper operating condition and shall be calibrated with a known air-methane mixture at least once every 31 days. To assure that methane monitors are properly maintained and calibrated, the operator shall:
(i) Use persons properly trained in the maintenance, calibration, and permissibility of methane monitors to calibrate and maintain the devices.
(ii) Maintain a record of all calibration tests of methane monitors. Records shall be maintained in secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(iii) Retain the record of calibration tests for 1 year from the date of the test. Records shall be retained at a surface location at the mine and made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and the representative of miners.
(b)(1) When the methane concentration at any methane monitor reaches 1.0 percent the monitor shall give a warning signal.
(2) The warning signal device of the methane monitor shall be visible to a person who can deenergize the electrical equipment or shut down the diesel-powered equipment on which the monitor is mounted.
(c) The methane monitor shall automatically deenergize the electric equipment or shut down the diesel-powered equipment on which it is mounted when-
(1) The methane concentration at any methane monitor reaches 2.0 percent; or
(2) The monitor is not operating properly.
75.343 Underground shops.
(a) Underground shops shall be equipped with an automatic fire suppression system meeting the requirements of 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16, or be enclosed in a noncombustible structure or area.
(b) Underground shops shall be ventilated with intake air that is coursed directly into a return air course.
75.344 Compressors.
(a) Except compressors that are components of equipment such as locomotives and rock dusting machines and compressors of less than 5 horsepower, electrical compressors including those that may start automatically shall be: Continuously attended by a person designated by the operator who can see the compressor at all times during its operation. Any designated person attending the compressor shall be capable of activating the fire suppression system and deenergizing or shutting-off the compressor in the event of a fire; or,
(2) Enclosed in a noncombustible structure or area which is ventilated by intake air coursed directly into a return air course or to the surface and equipped with sensors to monitor for heat and for carbon monoxide or smoke. The sensors shall deenergize power to the compressor, activate a visual and audible alarm located outside of and on the intake side of the enclosure, and activate doors to automati- cally enclose the noncombustible structure or area when either of the following occurs:
(i) The temperature in the noncombustible structure or area reaches 165 deg.F.
(ii) The carbon monoxide concentration reaches 10 parts per million above the ambient level for the area, or the optical density of smoke reaches 0.05 per meter. At least once every 31 days, sensors installed to monitor for carbon monoxide shall be calibrated with a known concentration of carbon monoxide and air sufficient to activate the closing door, and each smoke sensor shall be tested to deter- mine that it functions correctly.
(b) Compressors, except those exempted in paragraph (a), shall be equipped with a heat activated fire suppression system meeting the requirements of 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16.
(c) Two portable fire extinguishers or one extinguisher having at least twice the minimum capac- ity specified for a portable fire extinguisher in 75.1100-1(e) shall be provided for each compressor.
(d) Notwithstanding the requirements of 75.1107-4, upon activation of any fire suppression system used under paragraph (b) of this section, the compressor shall be automatically deenergized or automatically shut off.
75.345 Housing of underground compressor stations.
Underground compressor stations shall be housed in fireproof structures or areas.
75.350 Air courses and belt haulage entries.
In any coal mine opened after March 30, 1970, the entries used as intake and return air courses shall be separated from belt haulage entries, and each operator of such mine shall limit the velocity of the air coursed through belt haulage entries to the amount necessary to provide an adequate supply of oxygen in such entries, and to insure that the air therein shall contain less than 1.0 volume per centum of methane, and such air shall not be used to ventilate active working places. Whenever an authorized representative of the Secretary finds, in the case of any coal mine opened on or prior to March 30, 1970, that has been developed with more than two entries, that the conditions in the entries, other than belt haulage entries, are such as to permit adequately the coursing of intake or return air through such entries:
(a) The belt haulage entries shall not be used to ventilate, unless such entries are necessary to ventilate, active working places, and
(b) When the belt haulage entries are not necessary to ventilate the active working places, the operator of such mine shall limit the velocity of the air coursed through the belt haulage entries to the amount necessary to provide an adequate supply of oxygen in such entries, and to assure that air therein shall contain less than 1.0 volume per centum of methane.
75.351 Atmospheric monitoring system (AMS).
(a) Minimum requirements. An AMS shall consist of sensors to monitor the mine atmosphere and instruments at a surface location designated by the operator to receive information from the monitor- ing sensors. Each AMS installed in accordance with Secs. 75.323(d)(1)(ii), 75.340(a)(2) and 75.362(f) shall do the following:
(1) Monitor for circuit continuity and sensor function, and identify at the designated surface location any activated or malfunctioning sensor.
(2) Signal a designated surface location at the mine when any interruption of circuit continuity occurs or any sensor malfunctions.
(3) Signal affected working sections and the designated surface location when-
(i) The carbon monoxide concentration at any carbon monoxide sensor reaches 5 parts per million above the established ambient level for that area; or
(ii) The methane concentration at any methane monitoring station exceeds the maximum allow- able concentration as specified for that location in 75.323.
(4) Activate alarms at a designated surface location and affected working sections when the carbon monoxide concentration at any carbon monoxide sensor reaches 10 parts per million above the established ambient level for the area or when the optical density of smoke at any smoke sensor reaches 0.05 per meter.
(b) Return splits. (1) If used to monitor return air splits under 75.362(f), AMS sensors shall monitor the mine atmosphere for percentage of methane in each return split of air from each working section between the last working place, or longwall or shortwall face, ventilated by that air split and the junction of that return air split with another air split, seal, or worked-out area. If auxiliary fans and tubing are used, the sensor also shall be located outby the auxiliary fan discharge.
(2) If used to monitor air splits under 75.323(d)(1)(ii), AMS sensors shall monitor the mine atmosphere at the following locations:
(i) In the return air course opposite the section loading point or, if auxiliary fans and tubing are used, in the return air course outby the auxiliary fans and a point opposite the section loading point.
(ii) Immediately inby the location where the split of air meets another split of air, or inby the location where the split of air is used to ventilate seals or worked-out areas.
(c) Electrical installations. If used to monitor the intake air ventilating underground transformer stations, battery charging stations, substations, rectifiers, or water pumps under 75.340(a)(2), at least one sensor shall be installed to monitor the mine atmosphere for carbon monoxide or smoke at least 50 feet and no more than 100 feet downstream in the direction of air flow.
(d) Signals and alarms. (1) A person designated by the operator shall be at a surface location where the signals and alarms from the AMS can always be seen or heard while anyone is underground.
This person shall have access to two-way communication with working sections and with other identifi- able duty stations underground. A mine map showing the underground monitoring system shall be posted at the surface location.
(2) If a signal from any AMS sensor is activated, the monitor producing the signal shall be identified, an examination shall be made to determine the cause of the activation, and appropriate action shall be taken.
(e) Sensors. (1) Each carbon monoxide sensor shall be capable of detecting carbon monoxide in air at a level of 1 part per million throughout the operating range.
(2) Each methane sensor shall be capable of detecting 1.0 percent methane in air with an accu- racy of 0.2 percent methane.
(3) Each smoke sensor shall be capable of detecting the optical density of smoke with an accu- racy of 0.005 per meter.
(f) Testing and calibration. At least once every 31 days-
(1) Each carbon monoxide sensor shall be calibrated with a known concentration of carbon monoxide and air sufficient to activate an alarm;
(2) Each smoke sensor shall be functionally tested;
(3) Each methane sensor shall be calibrated with a known methane- air mixture; and
(4) Each oxygen sensor shall be calibrated with air having a known oxygen concentration.
(g) Intrinsic Safety. Components of AMS installed in areas where permissible equipment is required shall be intrinsically safe.
(h) Recordkeeping. If a signal device or alarm is activated, a record shall be made of the date, time, type of sensor, and the reason for its activation. Also the maximum concentration detected at the sensor producing the signal shall be recorded.
(i) Retention period. Records shall be retained for at least 1 year at a surface location at the mine and made available for inspection by, authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspec- tor and representatives of miners.
75.352 Return air courses.
Entries used as return air courses shall be separated from belt haulage entries by permanent ventilation controls.
75.360 Preshift examination.
(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a certified person designated by the operator shall make a preshift examination within 3 hours preceding the beginning of any 8-hour interval during which any person is scheduled to work or travel underground. The operator shall establish the 8- hour intervals of time subject to the required preshift examinations. No person other than certified examiners may enter or remain in any underground area unless a preshift examination has been com- pleted for the established 8-hour period.
(2) Preshift examinations of areas where pumpers are scheduled to work or travel shall not be required prior to the pumper entering the areas if the pumper is a certified person and the pumper con- ducts an examination for hazardous conditions, tests for methane and oxygen deficiency and determines if the air is moving in its proper direction in the area where the pumper works or travels. The examina- tion of the area must be completed before the pumper performs any other work. A record of all hazard- ous conditions found by the pumper shall be made and retained in accordance with 75.363.
(b) The person conducting the preshift examination shall examine for hazardous conditions, test for methane and oxygen deficiency, and determine if the air is moving in its proper direction at the following locations:
(1) Roadways, travelways and track haulageways where persons are scheduled, prior to the beginning of the preshift examination, to work or travel during the oncoming shift.
(2) Belt conveyors that will be used to transport persons during the oncoming shift and the entries in which these belt conveyors are located.
(3) Working sections and areas where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or re- moved, if anyone is scheduled to work on the section or in the area during the oncoming shift. The scope of the examination shall include the working places, approaches to worked-out areas and ventilation controls on these sections and in these areas, and the examination shall include tests of the roof, face and rib conditions on these
sections and in these areas.
(4) Approaches to worked-out areas along intake air courses and at the entries used to carry air into worked-out areas if the intake air passing the approaches is used to ventilate working sections where anyone is scheduled to work during the oncoming shift. The exami- nation of the approaches to the worked-out areas shall be made in the intake air course immediately inby and outby each entry used to carry air into the worked-out area. An examination of the entries used to carry air into the worked-out areas shall be conducted at a point immediately inby the intersection of each entry with the intake air course.
(5) Seals along intake air courses where intake air passes by a seal to ventilate working sections where anyone is scheduled to work during the oncoming shift.
(6) (i) Entries and rooms developed after November 15, 1992, and developed more than 2 crosscuts off an intake air course without permanent ventilation controls where intake air passes through or by these entries or rooms to reach a working section where anyone is scheduled to work during the oncom- ing shift; and,
(ii) Entries and rooms developed after November 15, 1992, and driven more than 20 feet off an intake air course without a crosscut and without permanent ventilation controls where intake air passes through or by these entries or rooms to reach a working section where anyone is scheduled to work during the oncoming shift.
(7) Areas where trolley wires or trolley feeder wires are to be or will remain energized during the oncoming shift.
(8) High spots along intake air courses where methane is likely to accumulate, if equipment will be operated in the area during the shift.
(9) Underground electrical installations referred to in 75.340(a), except those pumps listed in 75.340 (b)(2) through (b)(6), and areas where compressors subject to 75.344 are installed if the electrical installation or compressor is or will be energized during the shift.
(10) Other areas where work or travel during the oncoming shift is scheduled prior to the begin- ning of the preshift examination.
(c) The person conducting the preshift examination shall determine the volume of air entering each of the following areas if anyone is scheduled to work in the areas during the oncoming shift:
(1) In the last open crosscut of each set of entries or rooms on each working section and areas where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed. The last open crosscut is the cross- cut in the line of pillars containing the permanent stoppings that separate the intake air courses and the return air courses.
(2) On each longwall or shortwall in the intake entry or entries at the intake end of the longwall or shortwall face immediately outby the face and the velocity of air at each end of the face at the loca- tions specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(3) At the intake end of any pillar line-
(i) If a single split of air is used, in the intake entry furthest from the return air course, immedi- ately outby the first open crosscut outby the line of pillars being mined; or
(ii) If a split system is used, in the intake entries of each split immediately inby the split point.
(d) The district manager or the State Mine Inspector may require the certified person to examine other areas of the mine or examine for other hazards during the preshift examination.
(e) Certification. At each working place examined, the person doing the preshift examination shall certify by initials, date, and the time, that the examination was made. In areas required to be exam- ined outby a working section, the certified person shall certify by initials, date, and the time at enough locations to show that the entire area has been examined.
(f) Recordkeeping. A record of the results of each preshift examination, including a record of hazard- ous conditions and their locations found by the examiner during each examination and of the results and locations of air and methane measurements, shall be made on the surface before any persons, other than certified persons conducting examinations required by this subpart, enter any underground area of the mine. The results of methane tests shall be recorded as the percentage of methane measured by the examiner. The record shall be made by the certified person who made the examination or by a person designated by the operator. If the record is made by someone other than the examiner, the examiner shall verify the record by initials and date by or at the end of the shift for which the examination was made. A record shall also be made by a certified person of the action taken to correct hazardous conditions found during the preshift examination. All preshift and corrective action records shall be countersigned by the mine foreman or equivalent mine official by the end of the mine foreman's or equivalent mine official's next regularly scheduled working shift. The records required by this section shall be made in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(g) Retention period. Records shall be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and shall be made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and the representative of miners.
75.361 Supplemental examination.
(a) Except for certified persons conducting examinations required by this subpart, within 3 hours before anyone enters an area in which a preshift examination has not been made for that shift, a certified person shall examine the area for hazardous conditions, determine whether the air is traveling in its proper direction and at its normal volume, and test for methane and oxygen deficiency.
(b) Certification. At each working place examined, the person making the supplemental examina- tion shall certify by initials, date, and the time, that the examination was made. In areas required to be examined outby a working section, the certified person shall certify by initials, date, and the time at enough locations to show that the entire area has been examined.
75.362 On-shift examination.
(a)(1) At least once during each shift, or more often if necessary for safety, a certified person designated by the operator shall conduct an on-shift examination of each section where anyone is as- signed to work during the shift and any area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed during the shift. The certified person shall check for hazardous conditions, test for methane and oxygen deficiency, and determine if the air is moving in its proper direction.
(2) A person designated by the operator shall conduct an examination to assure compliance with the respirable dust control parameters specified in the mine ventilation plan. In those instances when a shift change is accomplished without an interruption in production on a section, the examination shall be made anytime within 1 hour of the shift change. In those instances when there is an interruption in production during the shift change, the examination shall be made before production begins on a section. Deficiencies in dust controls shall be corrected before production begins or resumes. The examination shall include air quantities and velocities, water pressures and flow rates, excessive leakage in the water delivery system, water spray numbers and orientations, section ventilation and control device placement, and any other dust suppression measures required by the ventilation plan. Measurements of the air velocity and quantity, water pressure and flow rates are not required if continuous monitoring of these controls is used and indicates that the dust controls are functioning properly.
(b) During each shift that coal is produced, a certified person shall examine for hazardous condi- tions along each belt conveyor haulageway where a belt conveyor is operated. This examination may be conducted at the same time as the preshift examination of belt conveyors and belt conveyor haulage- ways, if the examination is conducted within 3 hours before the oncoming shift.
(c) Persons conducting the on-shift examination shall determine at the following locations:
(1) The volume of air in the last open crosscut of each set of entries or rooms on each section and areas where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed. The last open crosscut is the crosscut in the line of pillars containing the permanent stoppings that separate the intake air courses and the return air courses.
(2) The volume of air on a longwall or shortwall, including areas where longwall or shortwall equipment is being installed or removed, in the intake entry or entries at the intake end of the longwall or shortwall.
(3) The velocity of air at each end of the longwall or shortwall face at the locations specified in the approved ventilation plan.
(4) The volume of air at the intake end of any pillar line-
(i) Where a single split of air is used in the intake entry furthest from the return air course imme- diately outby the first open crosscut outby the line of pillars being mined; or
(ii) Where a split system is used in the intake entries of each split immediately inby the split point.
(d)(1) A qualified person shall make tests for methane-
(i) At the start of each shift at each working place before electrically operated equipment is energized; and
(ii) Immediately before equipment is energized, taken into, or operated in a working place; and
(iii) At 20-minute intervals, or more often if required in the approved ventilation plan at specific locations, during the operation of equipment in the working place.
(2) These methane tests shall be made at the face from under permanent roof support, using extendable probes or other acceptable means. When longwall or shortwall mining systems are used, these methane tests shall be made at the shearer, the plow, or the cutting head. When mining has been stopped for more than 20 minutes, methane tests shall be conducted prior to the start up of equipment.
(e) If auxiliary fans and tubing are used, they shall be inspected frequently.
(f) During each shift that coal is produced and at intervals not exceeding 4 hours, tests for meth- ane shall be made by a certified person or by an atmospheric monitoring system (AMS) in each return split of air from each working section between the last working place, or longwall or shortwall face, ventilated by that split of air and the junction of the return air split with another air split, seal, or worked- out area. If auxiliary fans and tubing are used, the tests shall be made at a location outby the auxiliary fan discharge.
(g) Certification. (1) The person conducting the on-shift examination in belt haulage entries shall certify by initials, date, and time that the examination was made. The certified person shall certify by initials, date, and the time at enough locations to show that the entire area has been examined.
(2) The certified person directing the on-shift examination to assure compliance with the respi- rable dust control parameters specified in the mine ventilation plan shall certify by initials, date, and time that the examination was made.
75.363 Hazardous conditions; posting, correcting and recording.
(a) Any hazardous condition found by the mine foreman or equivalent mine official, assistant mine foreman or equivalent mine official, or other certified persons designated by the operator for the purposes of conducting examinations under this subpart D, shall be posted with a conspicuous danger sign where anyone entering the areas would pass. A hazardous condition shall be corrected immediately or the area shall remain posted until the hazardous condition is corrected. If the condition creates an imminent danger, everyone except those persons referred to in section 104(c) of the Act shall be with- drawn from the area affected to a safe area until the hazardous condition is corrected. Only persons designated by the operator to correct or evaluate the condition may enter the posted area.
(b) A record shall be made of any hazardous condition found. This record shall be kept in a book maintained for this purpose on the surface at the mine. The record shall be made by the completion of the shift on which the hazardous condition is found and shall include the nature and location of the hazardous condition and the corrective action taken. This record shall not be required for shifts when no hazardous conditions are found or for hazardous conditions found during the preshift or weekly exami- nations inasmuch as these examinations have separate recordkeeping requirements.
(c) The record shall be made by the certified person who conducted the examination or a person designated by the operator. If made by a person other than the certified person, the certified person shall verify the record by initials and date by or at the end of the shift for which the examination was made. Records shall be countersigned by the mine foreman or equivalent mine official by the end of the mine foreman's or equivalent mine official's next regularly scheduled working shift. The record shall be made in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(d) Retention period. Records shall be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and shall be made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and the representative of miners.
75.364 Weekly examination.
(a) Worked-out areas. (1) At least every 7 days, a certified person shall examine unsealed worked-out areas where no pillars have been recovered by traveling to the area of deepest penetration; measuring methane and oxygen concentrations and air quantities and making tests to determine if the air is moving in the proper direction in the area. The locations of measurement points where tests and measurements will be performed shall be included in the mine ventilation plan and shall be adequate in number and location to assure ventilation and air quality in the area. Air quantity measurements shall also be made where the air enters and leaves the worked-out area. An alternative method of evaluating the ventilation of the area may be approved in the ventilation plan.
(2) At least every 7 days, a certified person shall evaluate the effectiveness of bleeder systems required by 75.334 as follows:
(i) Measurements of methane and oxygen concentrations and air quantity and a test to determine if the air is moving in its proper direction shall be made where air enters the worked-out area.
(ii) Measurements of methane and oxygen concentrations and air quantity and a test to determine if the air is moving in the proper direction shall be made immediately before the air enters a return split of air.
(iii) At least one entry of each set of bleeder entries used as part of a bleeder system under 75.334 shall be traveled in its entirety. Measurements of methane and oxygen concentrations and air quantities and a test to determine if the air is moving in the proper direction shall be made at the measurement point locations specified in the mine ventilation plan to determine the effectiveness of the bleeder sys- tem.
(iv) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (iii) of this section, an alternative method of evaluation may be specified in the ventilation plan provided the alternative method results in proper evaluation of the effectiveness of the bleeder system.
(b) Hazardous conditions. At least every 7 days, an examination for hazardous conditions at the following locations shall be made by a certified person designated by the operator:
(1) In at least one entry of each intake air course, in its entirety, so that the entire air course is traveled.
(2) In at least one entry of each return air course, in its entirety, so that the entire air course is traveled.
(3) In each longwall or shortwall travelway in its entirety, so that the entire travelway is traveled.
(4) At each seal along return and bleeder air courses and at each seal along intake air courses not examined under 75.360(b)(5).
(5) In each escapeway so that the entire escapeway is traveled.
(6) On each working section not examined under 75.360(b)(3) during the previous 7 days.
(7) At each water pump not examined during a preshift examination conducted during the previ- ous 7 days.
(c) Measurements and tests. At least every 7 days, a certified person shall-
(1) Determine the volume of air entering the main intakes and in each intake split;
(2) Determine the volume of air and test for methane in the last open crosscut in any pair or set of developing entries or rooms, in the return of each split of air immediately before it enters the main returns, and where the air leaves the main returns; and
(3) Test for methane in the return entry nearest each set of seals immediately after the air passes the seals.
(d) Hazardous conditions shall be corrected immediately. If the condition creates an imminent danger, everyone except those persons referred to in 104(c) of the Act shall be withdrawn from the area affected to a safe area until the hazardous condition is corrected.
(e) The weekly examination may be conducted at the same time as the preshift or on-shift exami- nations.
(f)(1) The weekly examination is not required during any 7 day period in which no one enters any underground area of the mine.
(2) Except for certified persons required to make examinations, no one shall enter any under- ground area of the mine if a weekly examination has not been completed within the previous 7 days.
(g) Certification. The person making the weekly examinations shall certify by initials, date, and the time that the examination was made. Certifications and times shall appear at enough locations to show that the entire area has been examined.
(h) Recordkeeping. At the completion of any shift during which a portion of a weekly examination is conducted, a record of the results of each weekly examination, including a record of hazardous condi- tions found during each examination and their locations, the corrective action taken, and the results and location of air and methane measurements, shall be made. The results of methane tests shall be recorded as the percentage of methane measured by the examiner. The record shall be made by the person making the examination or a person designated by the operator. If made by a person other than the examiner, the examiner shall verify the record by the initials and date by or at the end of the shift for which the exami- nation was made. The record shall be countersigned by the mine foreman or equivalent mine official by the end of the mine foreman's or equivalent mine official's next regularly scheduled working shift. The records required by this section shall be made in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration or electronically in a computer system so as to be secure and not susceptible to alteration.
(i) Retention period. Records shall be retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and shall be made available for inspection by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and the representative of miners.
75.370 Mine ventilation plan; contents.
(a)(1) The operator shall develop and follow a ventilation plan approved by the district manager.
The plan shall be designed to control methane and respirable dust and shall be suitable to the conditions and mining system at the mine. The ventilation plan shall consist of two parts, the plan content as pre- scribed in 75.371 and the ventilation map with information as prescribed in 75.372. Only that portion of the map which contains information required under 75.371 will be subject to approval by the district manager.
(2) The proposed ventilation plan and any revision to the plan shall be submitted in writing to the district manager and the State Mine Inspector. When revisions to a ventilation plan are proposed, only the revised pages, maps, or sketches of the plan need to be submitted. When required in writing by the district manager, the operator shall submit a fully revised plan by consolidating the plan and all revisions in an orderly manner and by deleting all outdated material. A copy of the plan and any changes shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
(3) (i) The mine operator shall notify the representative of miners at least 5 days prior to submission of mine ventilation plan and any revision to a mine ventilation plan. If requested, the mine operator shall provide a copy to the representative of miners at the time of notification. In the event of a situation requiring immediate action on a plan revision, notification of the revision shall be given, and if re- quested, a copy of the revision shall be provided, to the representative of miners by the operator at the time of submittal;
(ii) A copy of the proposed ventilation plan, and a copy of any proposed revision, submitted for approval shall be made available for inspection by the representative of miners; and
(iii) A copy of the proposed ventilation plan, and a copy of any proposed revision, submitted for approval shall be posted on the mine bulletin board at the time of submittal. The proposed plan or proposed revision shall remain posted until it is approved, withdrawn or denied.
(b) Following receipt of the proposed plan or proposed revision, the representative of miners may submit timely comments to the district manager, in writing, for consideration during the review process. A copy of these comments shall also be provided to the operator by the district manager upon request.
(c)(1) The district manager will notify the operator in writing of the approval or denial of ap- proval of a proposed ventilation plan or proposed revision. A copy of this notification will be sent to the representative of miners by the district manager.
(2) If the district manager denies approval of a proposed plan or revision, the deficiencies of the plan or revision shall be specified in writing and the operator will be provided an opportunity to discuss the deficiencies with the district manager.
(d) No proposed ventilation plan shall be implemented before it is approved by the district manager. Any intentional change to the ventilation system that alters the main air current or any split of the main air current in a manner that could materially affect the safety and health of the miners, or any change to the information required in 75.371 shall be submitted to and approved by the district manager before implementation.
(e) Before implementing an approved ventilation plan or a revision to a ventilation plan, persons affected by the revision shall be instructed by the operator in its provisions.
(f) The approved ventilation plan and any revisions shall be-
(1) Provided upon request to the representative of miners by the operator following notification of approval;
(2) Made available for inspection by the representative of miners; and
(3) Posted on the mine bulletin board within 1 working day following notification of approval. The approved plan and revisions shall remain posted on the bulletin board for the period that they are in effect.
(g) The ventilation plan for each mine shall be reviewed every 6 months by an authorized repre- sentative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector to assure that it is suitable to current conditions in the mine.
75.371 Mine ventilation plan; contents.
The mine ventilation plan shall contain the information described below and any additional provisions required by the district manager:
(a) The mine name, company name, mine identification number, and the name of the individual submitting the plan information.
(b) Planned main mine fan stoppages, other than those scheduled for testing, maintenance or adjustment, including procedures to be followed during these stoppages and subsequent restarts (see 75.311(a)) and the type of device to be used for monitoring main mine fan pressure, if other than a pressure recording device (see 75.310(a)(4)).
(c) Methods of protecting main mine fans and associated components from the forces of an underground explosion if a 15-foot offset from the nearest side of the mine opening is not provided (see 75.310(a)(6)); and the methods of protecting main mine fans and intake air openings if combustible material will be within 100 feet of the area surrounding the fan or these openings (see 75.311(f)).
(d) Persons that will be permitted to enter the mine, the work these persons will do while in the mine, and electric power circuits that will be energized when a back-up fan system is used that does not provide the ventilating quantity provided by the main mine fan (see 75.311(c)).
(e) The locations and operating conditions of booster fans installed in anthracite mines (see 75.302).
(f) Section and face ventilation systems used, including drawings illustrating how each system is used, and a description of each different dust suppression system used on equipment on working sec- tions.
(g) Locations where the air quantities must be greater than 3,000 cubic feet per minute (see 75.325(a)(1)).
(h) In anthracite mines, locations where the air quantities must be greater than 1,500 cubic feet per minute (see 75.325(e)(1)).
(i) Working places and working faces other than those where coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting or loaded, where a minimum air quantity will be maintained, and the air quantity at those loca- tions (see 75.325(a)(1)).
(j) The operating volume of machine mounted dust collectors or diffuser fans, if used (see 75.325(a)(3)).
(k) The minimum mean entry air velocity in exhausting face ventilation systems where coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting, or loaded, if the velocity will be less than 60 feet per minute. Other working places where coal is not being cut, mined, drilled for blasting or loaded, where at least 60 feet per minute or some other minimum mean entry air velocity will be maintained (see 75.326).
(l) The maximum distance if greater than 10 feet from each working face at which face ventila- tion control devices will be installed (see 75.330(b)(2)). The working places other than those where coal is being cut, mined, drilled for blasting or loaded, where face ventilation control devices will be used (see 75.330(b)(1)(ii).
(m) The volume of air required in the last open crosscut or the quantity of air reaching the pillar line if greater than 9,000 cubic feet per minute (see 75.325(b)).
(n) In anthracite mines, the volume of air required in the last open crosscut or the quantity of air reaching the pillar line if greater than 5,000 cubic feet per minute (see 75.325(e)(2)).
(o) Locations where separations of intake and return air courses will be built and maintained to other than the third connecting crosscut outby each working face (see 75.333(b)(1)).
(p) The volume of air required at the intake to the longwall sections, if different than 30,000 cubic feet per minute (see 75.325(c)).
(q) The velocities of air on a longwall or shortwall face, and the locations where the velocities must be measured (see 75.325(c)(2)).
(r) The minimum quantity of air that will be provided during the installation and removal of mechanized mining equipment, the location where this quantity will be provided, and the ventilation controls that will be used. (see 75.325(d),(g) and(i))
(s) The locations and frequency of the methane tests if required more often by 75.362(d)(1)(iii) (see 75.362 (d)(1)(iii).
(t) The locations where samples for -designated areas- will be collected, including the specific location of each sampling device, and the respirable dust control measures used at the dust generating sources for these locations (see 70.208 of this chapter).
(u) The methane and dust control systems at underground dumps, crushers, transfer points, and haulageways.
(v) Areas in trolley haulage entries where the air velocity will be greater than 250 feet per minute and the velocity in these areas (see 75.327(b)).
(w) Locations where entries will be advanced less than 20 feet from the inby rib without a cross- cut being provided where a line brattice will be required. (see 75.333(g)).
(x) A description of the bleeder system to be used, including its design (see 75.334).
(y) The means for determining the effectiveness of bleeder systems (see 75.334(c)(2)).
(z) The locations where measurements of methane and oxygen concentrations and air quantities and tests to determine whether the air is moving in the proper direction will be made to evaluate the ventilation of nonpillared worked-out areas (see 75.364 (a)(1)) and the effectiveness of bleeder systems (see 75.364 (a)(2)(iii). Alternative methods of evaluation of the effectiveness of bleeder systems (75.364(a)(2)(iv)).
(aa) The means for adequately maintaining bleeder entries free of obstructions such as roof falls and standing water (see 75.334(c)(3)).
(bb) The location of ventilation devices such as regulators, stoppings and bleeder connectors used to control air movement through worked-out areas (see 75.334(c)(4)). The location and sequence of construction of proposed seals for each worked-out area. (see 75.334(e)).
(cc) In mines with a demonstrated history of spontaneous combustion: a description of the measures that will be used to detect methane, carbon monoxide, and oxygen concentration during and after pillar recovery and in worked-out areas where no pillars have been recovered (see 75.334(f)(1); and, the actions which will be taken to protect miners from the hazards associated with spontaneous combustion (see 75.334(f)(2). If a bleeder system will not be used, the methods that will be used to control spontaneous combustion, accumulations of methane-air mixtures, and other gases, dusts, and fumes in the worked-out area (see 75.334(f)(3)).
(dd) The location of all horizontal degasification holes that are longer than 1,000 feet and the location of all vertical degasification holes.
(ee) If methane drainage systems are used, a detailed sketch of each system, including a descrip- tion of safety precautions used with the systems.
(ff) A description of the methods and materials to be used to seal worked-out areas if those methods or materials will be different from those specified by 75.335(a)(1).
(gg) The alternative location for the additional sensing device if the device will not be installed on the longwall shearing machine (see 75.342(a)(2)).
(hh) The ambient level in parts per million of carbon monoxide, and the method for determining the ambient level, in all areas where carbon monoxide sensors are installed.
(ii) The distance that separation between the primary escapeway and the belt or track haulage entries will be maintained if other than to the first connecting crosscut outby the section loading point (see 75.380(g)).
(jj) In anthracite mines, the dimensions of escapeways where the pitch of the coal seam does not permit escapeways to be maintained 4 feet by 5 feet and the locations where these dimensions must be maintained (see 75.381(c)(4)).
(kk) Areas designated by the district manager where measurements of CO and NO2 concentrations will be made (see Sec. 70.1900(a)(4)).
(ii) Location where the air quantity will maintained at the section loading point (see Sec.75.325(f)(2)).
(mm) Any additional location(s) required by the district manager where a minimum air quantity must be maintained for an individual unit of diesel-powered equipment (see Sec. 75.325(f)(5)).
(nn) The minimum air quantities that will be provided where multiple units of diesel-powered equipment are operated (see Sec. 75.325(g)(1)-(3)and (i)).
(oo) The diesel-powered mining equipment excluded from the calculation under Sec. 75.325(g) (see Sec. 75.325(h)).
(pp) Action levels higher than the 50 percent level specified by Sec 70.1900(c) (see Sec 75.325(j).
75.372 Mine ventilation map.
(a) (1) At intervals not exceeding 12 months, the operator shall submit to the district manager 3 copies of an up-to-date map of the mine drawn to a scale of not less than 100 nor more than 500 feet to the inch. A registered engineer or a registered surveyor shall certify that the map is accurate.
(2) In addition to the informational requirements of this section the map may also be used to depict and explain plan contents that are required in 75.371. Information shown on the map to satisfy the requirements of 75.371 shall be subject to approval by the district manager.
(b) The map shall contain the following information:
(1) The mine name, company name, mine identification number, a legend identifying the scale of the map and symbols used, and the name of the individual responsible for the information on the map.
(2) All areas of the mine, including sealed and unsealed worked-out areas.
(3) All known mine workings that are located in the same coal bed within 1,000 feet of existing or projected workings. These workings may be shown on a mine map with a scale other than that re- quired by paragraph (a) of this section, if the scale does not exceed 2,000 feet to the inch and is specified on the map.
(4) The locations of all known mine workings underlying and overlying the mine property and the distance between the mine workings.
(5) The locations of all known oil and gas wells and all known drill holes that penetrate the coal bed being mined.
(6) The locations of all main mine fans, installed backup fans and motors, and each fan's specifi- cations, including size, type, model number, manufacturer, operating pressure, motor horsepower, and revolutions per minute.
(7) The locations of all surface mine openings and the direction and quantity of air at each open- ing.
(8) The elevation at the top and bottom of each shaft and slope, and shaft and slope dimensions, including depth and length.
(9) The direction of air flow in all underground areas of the mine.
(10) The locations of all active working sections and the four- digit identification number for each mechanized mining unit (MMU).
(11) The location of all escapeways.
(12) The locations of all ventilation controls, including permanent stoppings, overcasts, undercasts, regulators, seals, airlock doors, haulageway doors and other doors, except temporary ventila- tion controls on working sections.
(13) The direction and quantity of air-
(i) Entering and leaving each split;
(ii) In the last open crosscut of each set of entries and rooms; and
(iii) At the intake end of each pillar line, including any longwall or shortwall.
(14) Projections for at least 12 months of anticipated mine development, proposed ventilation controls, proposed bleeder systems, and the anticipated location of intake and return air courses, belt entries, and escapeways.
(15) The locations of existing methane drainage systems.
(16) The locations of all atmospheric monitoring system sensors.
(17) Contour lines that pass through whole number elevations of the coal bed being mined. These lines shall be spaced at 10-foot elevation levels unless a wider spacing is permitted by the district man- ager.
(18) The location of proposed seals for each worked-out area.
(19) The entry height, velocity and direction of the air current at or near the midpoint of each belt flight where the height and width of the entry are representative of the belt haulage entry.
(20) The location and designation of air courses that have been redesignated from intake to return for the purpose of ventilation of structures, areas or installations that are required by this subpart D to be ventilated to return air courses, and for ventilation of seals.
(c) The mine map required by 75.1200 may be used to satisfy the requirements for the ventilation map, provided that all the information required by this section is contained on the map.
75.373 Reopening mines.
After a mine is abandoned or declared inactive, and before it is reopened, mining operations shall not begin until MSHA has been notified and has completed an inspection.
75.380 Escapeways; bituminous and lignite mines.
(a) Except in situations addressed in 75.381, 75.385 and 75.386, at least two separate and distinct travelable passageways shall be designated as escapeways and shall meet the requirements of this section.
(b) (1) Escapeways shall be provided from each working section, and each area where mecha- nized mining equipment is being installed or removed, continuous to the surface escape drift opening or continuous to the escape shaft or slope facilities to the surface.
(2) During equipment installation, these escapeways shall begin at the projected location for the section loading point. During equipment removal, they shall begin at the location of the last loading point.
(c) The two separate and distinct escapeways required by this section shall not end at a common shaft, slope, or drift opening, except that multiple compartment shafts or slopes separated by walls constructed of noncombustible material may be used as separate and distinct passageways.
(d) Each escapeway shall be-
(1) Maintained in a safe condition to always assure passage of anyone, including disabled per- sons;
(2) Clearly marked to show the route and direction of travel to the surface;
(3) Maintained to at least a height of 5 feet from the mine floor to the mine roof, excluding the thickness of any roof support, except that the escapeways shall be maintained to at least the height of the coal bed, excluding the thickness of any roof support, where the coal bed is less than 5 feet. In areas of mines where escapeways pass through doors, the height may be less than 5 feet, provided that sufficient height is maintained to enable miners, including disabled persons, to escape quickly in an emergency. In areas of mines developed before November 16, 1992, where escapeways pass over or under overcasts or undercasts, the height may be less than 5 feet provided that sufficient height is maintained to enable miners, including disabled persons, to escape quickly in an emergency. When there is a need to deter- mine whether sufficient height is provided, MSHA may require a stretcher test where 4 persons carry a miner through the area in question on a stretcher;
(4) Maintained at least 6 feet wide except-
(i) Where necessary supplemental roof support is installed, the escapeway shall not be less than 4 feet wide; or
(ii) Where the route of travel passes through doors or other permanent ventilation controls, the escapeway shall be at least 4 feet wide to enable miners to escape quickly in an emergency, or
(iii) Where the alternate escapeway passes through doors or other permanent ventilation controls or where supplemental roof support is required and sufficient width is maintained to enable miners, including disabled persons, to escape quickly in an emergency. When there is a need to determine whether sufficient width is provided, MSHA may require a stretcher test where 4 persons carry a miner through the area in question on a stretcher, or
(iv) Where mobile equipment near working sections, and other equipment essential to the ongo- ing operation of longwall sections, is necessary during normal mining operations, such as material cars containing rock dust or roof control supplies, or is to be used for the evacuation of miners off the section in the event of an emergency. In any instance, escapeways shall be of sufficient width to enable miners, including disabled persons, to escape quickly in an emergency. When there is a need to determine whether sufficient width is provided, MSHA may require a stretcher test where 4 persons carry a miner through the area in question on a stretcher;
(5) Located to follow the most direct, safe and practical route to the nearest mine opening suit- able for the safe evacuation of miners; and
(6) Provided with ladders, stairways, ramps, or similar facilities where the escapeways cross over obstructions.
(e) Surface openings shall be adequately protected to prevent surface fires, fumes, smoke, and flood water from entering the mine.
(f) Primary escapeway.
(1) One escapeway that is ventilated with intake air shall be designated as the primary escapeway.
(2) Paragraphs (f)(3) through (f)(7) of this section apply as follows:
(i) To all areas of a primary escapeway developed on or after November 16, 1992;
(ii) Effective as of June 10, 1997, to all areas of a primary escapeway developed between March 30, 1970 and November 16, 1992; and
(iii) Effective as of June 10, 1997, to all areas of the primary escapeway developed prior to March 30, 1970 where separation of the belt and trolley haulage entries from the primary escapeway existed prior to November 16, 1992.
(3) The following equipment is not permitted in the primary escapeway:
(i) Mobile equipment hauling coal except for hauling coal incidental to cleanup or maintenance of the primary escapeway.
(ii) Compressors, except-
(A) Compressors necessary to maintain the escapeway in safe, travelable condition;
(B) Compressors that are components of equipment such as locomotives and rock dusting ma- chines; and
(C) Compressors of less than five horsepower.
(iii) Underground transformer stations, battery charging stations, substations, and rectifiers except-
(A) Where necessary to maintain the escapeway in safe, travelable condition; and
(B) Battery charging stations and rectifiers and power centers with transformers that are either dry-type or contain nonflammable liquid, provided they are located on or near a working section and are moved as the section advances or retreats.
(iv) Water pumps, except-
(A) Water pumps necessary to maintain the escapeway in safe, travelable condition;
(B) Submersible pumps;
(C) Permissible pumps and associated permissible switchgear;
(D) Pumps located on or near a working section that are moved as the section advances or re- treats;
(E) Pumps installed in anthracite mines; and
(F) Small portable pumps.
(4) Mobile equipment operated in the primary escapeway, except for continuous miners and as provided in paragraphs (f)(5), (f)(6), and (f)(7) of this section, shall be equipped with a fire suppression system installed according to Secs. 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16 that is-
(i) Manually operated and attended continuously by a person trained in the systems function and use, or
(ii) A multipurpose dry chemical type capable of both automatic and manual activation.
(5) Personnel carriers and small mobile equipment designed and used only for carrying people and small hand tools may be operated in primary escapeways if-
(i) The equipment is provided with a multipurpose dry chemical type fire suppression system capable of both automatic and manual activation, and the suppression system is suitable for the intended application and is listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory, or,
(ii) Battery powered and provided with two 10 pound multipurpose dry chemical portable fire extinguishers.
(6) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (f)(3)(i), mobile equipment not provided with fire suppression system may operate in the primary escapeway if no one is inby except those persons directly engaged in using or moving the equipment.
(7) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (f)(3)(i), mobile equipment designated and used only as emergency vehicles or ambulances, may be operated in the primary escapeway without fire suppression systems.
(g) Except where separation of belt and trolley haulage entries from designated escapeways did not exist before November 15, 1992, the primary escapeway shall be separated from belt and trolley haulage entries for its entire length, to and including the first connecting crosscut outby each loading point except when a greater or lesser distance for this separation is specified and approved in the ventila- tion plan and does not pose a hazard to miners.
(h) Alternate escapeway. One escapeway shall be designated as the alternate escapeway. The alternate escapeway shall be separated from the primary escapeway for its entire length, except that the alternate and primary escapeways may be ventilated from a common intake air shaft or slope opening.
(i) Mechanical escape facilities shall be provided and maintained for-
(1) Each shaft that is part of a designated escapeway and is greater than 50 feet in depth; and
(2) Each slope from the coal seam to the surface that is part of a designated escapeway and is inclined more than 9 degrees from the horizontal.
(j) Within 30 minutes after mine personnel on the surface have been notified of an emergency requiring evacuation, mechanical escape facilities provided under paragraph (i) of this section shall be operational at the bottom of shaft and slope openings that are part of escapeways.
(k) Except where automatically activated hoisting equipment is used, the bottom of each shaft or slope opening that is part of a designated escapeway shall be equipped with a means of signaling a surface location where a person is always on duty when anyone is underground. When the signal is activated or the evacuation of persons underground is necessary, the person shall assure that mechanical escape facilities are operational as required by paragraph (j) of this section.
(l) (1) Stairways or mechanical escape facilities shall be installed in shafts that are part of the designated escapeways and that are 50 feet or less in depth, except ladders may be used in shafts that are part of the designated escapeways and that are 5 feet or less in depth.
(2) Stairways shall be constructed of concrete or metal, set on an angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the horizontal, and equipped on the open side with handrails. In addition, landing platforms that are at least 2 feet by 4 feet shall be installed at intervals not to exceed 20 vertical feet on the stairways and equipped on the open side with handrails.
(3) Ladders shall be constructed of metal, anchored securely, and set on an angle not to exceed 60 degrees from the horizontal.
(m) A travelway designed to prevent slippage shall be provided in slope and drift openings that are part of designated escapeways, unless mechanical escape facilities are installed.
75.381 Escapeways; anthracite mines.
(a) Except as provided in Secs. 75.385 and 75.386, at least two separate and distinct travelable passageways shall be designated as escapeways and shall meet the requirements of this section.
(b) Escapeways shall be provided from each working section continuous to the surface.
(c) Each escapeway shall be-
(1) Maintained in a safe condition to always assure passage of anyone, including disabled per- sons;
(2) Clearly marked to show the route of travel to the surface;
(3) Provided with ladders, stairways, ramps, or similar facilities where the escapeways cross over obstructions; and
(4) Maintained at least 4 feet wide by 5 feet high. If the pitch or thickness of the coal seam does not permit these dimensions to be maintained other dimensions may be approved in the ventilation plan.
(d) Surface openings shall be adequately protected to prevent surface fires, fumes, smoke, and flood water from entering the mine.
(e) Primary escapeway. One escapeway that shall be ventilated with intake air shall be designated as the primary escapeway.
(f) Alternate escapeway. One escapeway that shall be designated as the alternate escapeway shall be separated from the primary escapeway for its entire length.
(g) Mechanical escape facilities shall be provided-
(1) For each shaft or slope opening that is part of a primary escapeway; and
(2) For slopes that are part of escapeways, unless ladders are installed.
(h) Within 30 minutes after mine personnel on the surface have been notified of an emergency requiring evacuation, mechanical escape facilities shall be operational at the bottom of each shaft and slope opening that is part of an escapeway.
(i) Except where automatically activated hoisting equipment is used, the bottom of each shaft or slope opening that is part of a primary escapeway shall be equipped with a means of signaling a surface location where a person is always on duty when anyone is underground. When the signal is activated or the evacuation of personnel is necessary, the person on duty shall assure that mechanical escape facilities are operational as required by paragraph (h) of this section.
75.382 Mechanical escape facilities.
(a) Mechanical escape facilities shall be provided with overspeed, overwind, and automatic stop controls.
(b) Every mechanical escape facility with a platform, cage, or other device shall be equipped with brakes that can stop the fully loaded platform, cage, or other device.
(c) Mechanical escape facilities, including automatic elevators, shall be examined weekly. The weekly examination of this equipment may be conducted at the same time as a daily examination re- quired by 75.1400-3.
(1) The weekly examination shall include an examination of the headgear, connections, links and chains, overspeed and overwind controls, automatic stop controls, and other facilities.
(2) At least once each week, the hoist shall be run through one complete cycle of operation to determine that it is operating properly.
(d) A person trained to operate the mechanical escape facility always shall be available while anyone is underground to provide the mechanical escape facilities, if required, to the bottom of each shaft and slope opening that is part of an escapeway within 30 minutes after personnel on the surface have been notified of an emergency requiring evacuation. However, no operator is required for automati- cally operated cages, platforms, or elevators.
(e) Mechanical escape facilities shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads handled.
(f) Manually-operated mechanical escape facilities shall be equipped with indicators that accu- rately and reliably show the position of the facility.
(g) Certification. The person making the examination as required by paragraph (c) of this section shall certify by initials, date, and the time that the examination was made. Certifications shall be made at or near the facility examined.
75.383 Escapeway maps and drills.
(a) A map shall be posted or readily accessible to all miners in each working section, and in each area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed. The map shall show the desig- nated escapeways from the working section to the location where miners must travel to satisfy the escapeway drill specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. A map showing the main escapeways shall be posted at a surface location of the mine where miners congregate, such as at the mine bulletin board, bathhouse, or waiting room. All maps shall be kept up to date, and any changes in route of travel, loca- tions of doors, or directions of airflow shall be shown on the maps by the end of the shift on which the changes are made, and affected miners shall be informed of the changes before entering the underground areas of the mine. Miners underground on a shift when any such change is made shall be immediately notified of the change.
(b) (1) At least once every 90 days, each miner, including miners with working stations located between working sections and main escapeways, shall participate in a practice escapeway drill. During this drill, each miner shall travel the primary or alternate escapeway from the miner's working section or area where mechanized mining equipment is being installed or removed, to the area where the split of air ventilating the working section intersects a main air course, or 2,000 feet outby the section loading point, whichever distance is greater. Other miners shall participate in the escapeway drill by traveling in the primary or alternate escapeway for a distance of 2,000 feet from their working station toward the nearest escape facility or drift opening. An escapeway drill shall not be conducted in the same escapeway as the immediately preceding drill.
(2) At least once every 6 weeks and for each shift, at least two miners on each coal producing working section who work on that section, accompanied by the section supervisor, shall participate in a practice escape drill and shall travel the primary or alternate escapeway from the location specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, to the surface, to mechanical escape facilities, or to an underground entrance to a shaft or slope to the surface. Systematic rotation of section personnel shall be used so that all miners participate in this drill. An escapeway drill shall not be conducted in the same escapeway as the immediately preceding drill.
(3) At least once every 6 weeks, at least two miners on each maintenance shift and a supervisor, shall participate in a practice escape drill and shall travel the primary or alternate escapeway from the location specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, to the surface, to mechanical escape facilities, or to an underground entrance to a shaft or slope to the surface. Systematic rotation of maintenance personnel and working sections shall be used so that all miners participate in this drill and the escapeways from all sections are traveled. An escapeway drill shall not be conducted in the same escapeway as the immedi- ately preceding drill.
(4) Before or during practice escapeway drills, miners shall be informed of the locations of fire doors, check curtains, changes in the routes of travel, and plans for diverting smoke from escapeways.
(c) The practice escapeway drills may be used to satisfy the evacuation specifications of the fire drills required by 75.1101-23.
75.384 Longwall and shortwall travelways.
(a) If longwall or shortwall mining systems are used and the two designated escapeways required by 75.380 are located on the headgate side of the longwall or shortwall, a travelway shall be provided on the tailgate side of that longwall or shortwall. The travelway shall be located to follow the most direct and safe practical route to a designated escapeway.
(b) The route of travel shall be clearly marked.
(c) When a roof fall or other blockage occurs that prevents travel in the travelway-
(1) Work shall cease on the longwall or shortwall face;
(2) Miners shall be withdrawn from face areas to a safe area outby the section loading point; and
(3) MSHA shall be notified.
(d) Work may resume on the longwall or shortwall face after the procedures set out in Secs. 75.215 and 75.222 are implemented.
75.385 Opening new mines.
When new mines are opened, no more than 20 miners at a time shall be allowed in any mine until connection has been made between the mine openings, and these connections shall be made as soon as possible.
75.386 Final mining of pillars.
When only one mine opening is available due to final mining of pillars, no more than 20 miners at a time shall be allowed in the mine, and the distance between the mine opening and working face shall not exceed 500 feet.
75.388 Boreholes in advance of mining.
(a) Boreholes shall be drilled in each advancing working place when the working place ap- proaches-
(1) To within 50 feet of any area located in the mine as shown by surveys that are certified by a registered engineer or registered surveyor unless the area has been preshift examined;
(2) To within 200 feet of any area located in the mine not shown by surveys that are certified by a registered engineer or registered surveyor unless the area has been preshift examined; or
(3) To within 200 feet of any mine workings of an adjacent mine located in the same coal bed unless the mine workings have been preshift examined.
(b) Boreholes shall be drilled as follows:
(1) Into the working face, parallel to the rib, and within 3 feet of each rib.
(2) Into the working face, parallel to the rib, and at intervals across the face not to exceed 8 feet.
(3) At least 20 feet in depth in advance of the working face, and always maintained to a distance of 10 feet in advance of the working face.
(c) Boreholes shall be drilled in both ribs of advancing working places described in paragraph (a) of this section unless an alternative drilling plan is approved by the District Manager in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. These boreholes shall be drilled-
(1) At an angle of 45 degrees to the direction of advance;
(2) At least 20 feet in depth; and
(3) At intervals not to exceed 8 feet.
(d) When a borehole penetrates an area that cannot be examined, and before mining continues, a certified person shall, if possible, determine-
(1) The direction of airflow in the borehole;
(2) The pressure differential between the penetrated area and the mine workings;
(3) The concentrations of methane, oxygen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide; and
(4) Whether water is impounded within the penetrated area.
(e) Unless action is taken to dewater or to ventilate penetrated areas, boreholes shall be plugged with wooden plugs or similar devices when-
(1) Tests conducted at the boreholes show that the atmosphere in the penetrated area contains more than 1.0 percent methane, less than 19.5 percent oxygen, or harmful concentrations of carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide or other explosive, harmful or noxious gases;
(2) Tests for methane, oxygen, carbon monoxide, and carbon dioxide cannot be made because air from mine workings is flowing into the penetrated area; or
(3) Water is discharging through the boreholes from the penetrated area into the mine workings.
(f) If mining is to be conducted within 50 feet above or below an inaccessible area of another mine, boreholes shall be drilled, as necessary, according to a plan approved by the district manager.
(g) Alternative borehole patterns that provide the same protection to miners as the pattern estab- lished by paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section may be used under a plan approved by the district manager.
75.389 Mining into inaccessible areas.
(a)(1) The operator shall develop and follow a plan for mining into areas penetrated by boreholes drilled under 75.388.
(2) Mining shall not resume into any area penetrated by boreholes until conditions in the pen- etrated area can be determined under 75.388 and the plan for mining-through into the area has been approved by the district manager.
(3) A copy of the procedures to be followed shall be posted near the site of the mining-through operations and the operator shall explain these procedures to all miners involved in the operations.
(b) The procedures specified in the plan shall include-
(1) The method of ventilation, ventilation controls, and the air quantities and velocities in the affected working section and working place;
(2) Dewatering procedures to be used if a penetrated area contains a water accumulation; and
(3) The procedures and precautions to be followed during mining- through operations.
(c) Except for routine mining-through operations that are part of a retreat section ventilation system approved in accordance with 75.371(f) and (x), the following provisions shall apply:
(1) Before and during mining-through operations, a certified person shall perform air quality tests at intervals and at locations necessary to protect the safety of the miners.
(2) During mining-through operations, only persons involved in these operations shall be permit- ted in the mine; and
(3) After mining-through, a certified person shall determine that the affected areas are safe before any persons enter the underground areas of the mine.
Subpart E--Combustible Materials and Rock Dusting
S 75.400 Accumulation of combustible materials.
Coal dust, including float coal dust deposited on rock-dusted surfaces, loose coal, and other combustible materials, shall be cleaned up and not be permitted to accumulate in active workings, or on diesel-powered equipment and electric equipment therein.
S 75.400-1 Definitions.
(a) The term "coal dust" means particles of coal that can pass a No. 20 sieve.
(b) The term "float coal dust" means the coal dust consisting of particles of coal that can pass a No. 200 sieve.
(c) The term "loose coal" means coal fragments larger in size than coal dust.
S 75.400-2 Cleanup program.
A program for regular cleanup and removal of accumulations of coal and float coal dusts, loose coal, and other combustibles shall be established and maintained. Such program shall be available to the Secretary or authorized representative and the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.401 Abatement of dust; water or water with a wetting agent.
[Statutory Provision]
Where underground mining operations in active workings create or raise excessive amounts of dust, water or water with a wetting agent added to it, or other no less effective methods approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative, shall be used to abate such dust. In working places, particu- larly in distances less than 40 feet from the face, water, with or without a wetting agent, or other no less effective methods approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative, shall be applied to coal dust on the ribs, roof, and floor to reduce dispersibility and to minimize the explosion hazard.
S 75.401-1 Excessive amounts of dust.
The term "excessive amounts of dust" means coal and float coal dust in the air in such amounts as to create the potential of an explosion hazard.
S 75.402 Rock dusting.
[Statutory Provision]
All underground areas of a coal mine, except those areas in which the dust is too wet or too high in incombustible content to propagate an explosion, shall be rock dusted to within 40 feet of all working faces, unless such areas are inaccessible or unsafe to enter or unless the Secretary or his authorized representative permits an exception upon his finding that such exception will not pose a hazard to the miners. All crosscuts that are less than 40 feet from a working face shall also be rock dusted.
S 75.402-1 Definition.
The term "too wet" means that sufficient natural moisture is retained by the dust that when a ball of finely divided material is squeezed in the hands water is exuded.
S 75.402-2 Exceptions.
Exceptions granted under S 75.402 by the Secretary or his authorized representative shall be reviewed periodically.
S 75.403 Maintenance of incombustible content of rock dust.
[Statutory Provision]
Where rock dust is required to be applied, it shall be distributed upon the top, floor, and sides of all underground areas of a coal mine and maintained in such quantities that the incombustible content of the combined coal dust, rock dust, and other dust shall be not less than 65 per centum, but the incombus- tible content in the return aircourses shall be no less than 80 per centum. Where methane is present in any ventilating current, the per centum of incombustible content of such combined dusts shall be in- creased 1.0 and 0.4 per centum for each 0.1 per centum of methane where 65 and 80 per centum, respec- tively, of incombustibles are required.
S 75.403-1 Incombustible content.
Moisture contained in the combined coal dust, rock dust and other dusts shall be considered as a part of the incombustible content of such mixture.
S 75.404 Exemption of anthracite mines.
[Statutory Provision]
Sections 75.401, 75.402, and 75.403 shall not apply to underground anthracite mines. Subpart F--Electrical Equipment-General
S 75.500 Permissible electric equipment.
[Statutory Provision]
On and after March 30, 1971:
(a) All junction or distribution boxes used for making multiple power connections inby the last open crosscut shall be permissible;
(b) All handheld electric drills, blower and exhaust fans, electric pumps, and such other low horsepower electric face equipment as the Secretary may designate on or before May 30, 1970, which are taken into or used inby the last open crosscut of any coal mine shall be permissible;
(c) All electric face equipment which is taken into or used inby the last open crosscut of any coal mine classified under any provision of law as gassy prior to March 30, 1970, shall be permissible; and
(d) All other electric face equipment which is taken into or used inby the last crosscut of any coal mine, except a coal mine referred to in S 75.501, which has not been classified under any provision of law as a gassy mine prior to March 30, 1970, shall be permissible.
S 75.500-1 Other low horsepower electric face equipment.
Other low horsepower electric face equipment designated pursuant to the provisions of S 75.500(b) is all other electric-driven mine equipment, except low horsepower rock dusting equipment, and employs an electric current supplied by either a power conductor or battery and consumes not more than 2,250 watts of electricity and which is taken into or used inby the last open crosscut.
S 75.501 Permissible electric face equipment; coal seams above water table.
[Statutory Provision]
On and after March 30, 1974, all electric face equipment, other than equipment referred to in paragraph (b) of S 75.500, which is taken into and used inby the last open crosscut of any coal mine which is operated entirely in coal seams located above the water table and which has not been classified under any provision of law as a gassy mine prior to March 30, 1970, and in which one or more openings were made prior to December 30, 1969, shall be permissible.
S 75.501-1 Coal seams above the water table.
As used in S 75.501, the phrase "coal seams above the water table" means coal seams in a mine which are located at an elevation above a river or the tributary of a river into which a local surface water system naturally drains.
S 75.501-2 Permissible electric face equipment.
(a) On and after March 30, 1971, in mines operated entirely in coal seams which are located at elevations above the water table:
(1) All junction or distribution boxes used for making multiple power connections inby the last open crosscut shall be permissible; and
(2) All handheld electric drills, blower and exhaust fans, electric pumps, and all other electric-driven mine equipment, except low horsepower rock dusting equipment, that employs an electric current supplied by either a power conductor or battery and consumes not more than 2,250 watts of electricity, which is taken into or used inby the last open crosscut shall be permissible.
(b) On and after March 30, 1974, in mines operated entirely in coal seams which are located at elevations above the water table, all electric face equipment which is taken into or used inby the last crosscut shall be permissible.
S 75.501-3 New openings; mines above water table and never classed gassy.
(a) Where a new opening(s) is proposed to be developed by shaft, slope, or drift from the surface to, or in, any coalbed and the operator considers such proposed new opening(s) to be a part of a mine coming under section 305(a)(2) of the Act and S75.501 the operator shall so notify the District Manager for the District in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector in writing prior to the date any actual development (in coal) through such opening(s) is undertaken. Such notification shall include the following information:
(1) Name, address, and identification number of the existing mine.
(2) A current map of the existing mine clearly setting out the proposed new opening(s), mining plan and planned interconnection, if any, with existing workings.
(3) A statement as to when the operator obtained the right to mine the coal which the proposed new opening(s) will traverse.
(4) The name of the coalbeds currently being mined and those which the new opening(s) will traverse.
(5) The expected life of the mine.
(6) The reason(s) for the proposed new opening(s) (for example, haulage, ventilation, drainage, to avoid bad roof, escapeway). The District Manager shall require submission of any additional informa- tion he considers pertinent.
(b) The District Manager shall make a determination based on all of the information submitted by the operator as to whether the proposed new opening(s) will be considered as a part of the existing mine or as a new mine. The following guidelines and criteria shall be used by the District Manager in making his determination:
(1) The effect that the proposed new opening(s) will have on the safety of the men working in the existing mine shall be considered of primary importance.
(2) Whether the operator had a right to mine the coal which the proposed new openings will traverse prior to the date of enactment of the Act (December 30, 1969) and whether the original mining plan included mining such coal.
(3) Whether, in accordance with the usual mining practices common to the particular district, the proposed new openings would have been considered a new mine or part of the existing mine. A number of factors will be considered including, but not limited to:
(i) The relationship between the coalbeds currently being mined, and those proposed to be mined;
(ii) The distance between existing openings and the proposed new opening(s);
(iii) The projected time elapsing between the start of the new opening(s) and planned intercon- nection, if any, with the existing mine; and
(iv) The projected tonnage of coal which is expected to be mined prior to interconnection where interconnection is planned. The District Manager shall notify the operator in writing within 30 days of receiving all of the information, required and requested, of his determination. No informal notification shall be given.
(c) All new opening(s) shall be operated as a new mine prior to receiving a written notification from the District Manager that such new opening(s) will be considered part of an existing mine coming under section 305(a)(2) of the Act and S 75.501.
(d) Nothing in this S 75.501-3 shall be construed to relieve the operator from compliance with any of the mandatory standards contained in this part 75.
S 75.502 Permits for noncompliance.
An operator need not comply with paragraph (d) of S 75.500 or with S 75.501 during the period of time specified in a permit issued by the Interim Compliance Panel established by the Act.
S 75.503 Permissible electric face equipment; maintenance.
[Statutory Provisions]
The operator of each coal mine shall maintain in permissible condition all electric face equip- ment required by SS 75.500, 75.501, 75.504 to be permissible which is taken into or used inby the last open crosscut of any such mine.
S 75.503-1 Statement listing all electric face equipment.
Each operator of a coal mine shall complete and file Mine Safety and Health Administration Form No. 6-1496 entitled "Coal Operator's Electrical Survey" and Form 6-1496 Supplemental entitled "Operator's Survey of Electrical Face Equipment." Forms may be obtained from any Coal Mine Safety District Office or Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration. Separate forms shall be filed for each mine. Copies one and two of the completed form shall be filed with the Coal Mine District or Subdistrict Manager for the district in which each mine is located on or before May 30, 1970.
An operator must list all electric face equipment being used at each mine as of the time of filing, all such equipment being repaired, and all standby electric equipment stored at or in the mine which the operator intends to use as face equipment.
S 75.504 Permissibility of new, replacement, used, reconditioned, additional, and rebuilt electric face equipment.
On and after March 30, 1971, all new, replacement, used, reconditioned, and additional electric face equipment used in any mine referred to in SS 75.500, 75.501, and 75.503 shall be permissible and shall be maintained in a permissible condition, and in the event of any major overhaul of any item of electric face equipment in use on or after March 30, 1971, such equipment shall be put in, and thereafter maintained in, a permissible condition, unless in the opinion of the Secretary, such equipment or neces- sary replacement parts are not available.
S 75.505 Mines classed gassy; use and maintenance of permissible electric face equipment.
[Statutory Provision]
Any coal mine which, prior to March 30, 1970, was classed gassy under any provision of law and was required to use permissible electric face equipment and to maintain such equipment in a permissible condition shall continue to use such equipment and to maintain such equipment in such condition.
S 75.506 Electric face equipment; requirements for permissibility.
(a) Electric-driven mine equipment and accessories manufactured on or after March 30, 1973, will be permissible electric face equipment only (1) if they are fabricated, assembled, or built under an approval, or any extension thereof, issued by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Admin- istration in accordance with schedule 2G, or any subsequent Bureau of Mines schedule promulgated by the Secretary after March 30, 1970, which amends, modifies, or supersedes the permissibility require- ments of schedule 2G, and (2) if they are maintained in a permissible condition.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this S 75.506 electric-driven mine equipment and accessories manufactured prior to March 30, 1973, will be permissible electric face equipment (1) if they were fabricated, assembled, or built under an approval, or any extension thereof, issued by the Bureau of Mines in accordance with the schedules set forth below, and (2) if they are maintained in a permissible condition.
Bureau of Mines Schedule 2D, May 23, 1936;
Bureau of Mines Schedule 2E, February 15, 1945;
Bureau of Mines Schedule 2F, August 3, 1955; and
Bureau of Mines Schedule 2G, March 19, 1968.
Copies of these schedules are available at all Coal Mine Safety District and Subdistrict Offices of the Bureau of Mines.
(c) Electric driven mine equipment and accessories bearing the Bureau of Mines approval num- bers listed in Appendix A to this subpart are permissible electric face equipment only if they are main- tained in a permissible condition.
(d) Electric cap lamps, electric mine lamps other than standard cap lamps, flame safety lamps, portable methane detectors, telephones and signaling devices, single- and multiple-shot blasting units, lighting equipment for illuminating underground mines, and methane-monitoring systems will be per- missible electric face equipment only (1) if they are approved under the appropriate Bureau of Mines schedule applicable to such equipment and (2) if they are in permissible condition. The Bureau of Mines schedules referred to, dates issued, and the appropriate parts of this chapter are:
Electric Cap Lamps, Bureau of Mines Schedule 6D, August 26, 1939 (part 19);
Electric Mine Lamps Other than Standard Cap Lamps, Bureau of Mines Schedule 10C, May 17, 1938 (part 20);
Flame Safety Lamps, Bureau of Mines Schedule 7C, August 30, 1935 (part 21);
Portable Methane Detectors, Bureau of Mines Schedule 8C, October 31, 1935 (part 22);
Telephone and Signaling Devices, Bureau of Mines Schedule 9B, October 25, 1938 (part 23);
Single Shot Blasting Units, Bureau of Mines Schedule 12D, November 27, 1945 (part 24);
Multiple Shot Blasting Units, Bureau of Mines Schedule 16E, May 19, 1960 (part 25);
Lighting Equipment for Illuminating Underground Workings, Bureau of Mines Schedule 29A, December 2, 1958 (part 26); and
Methane-Monitoring Systems, Bureau of Mines Schedule 32A, July 27, 1966 (part 27).
S 75.506-1 Electric face equipment; permissible condition; maintenance requirements.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, electric face equipment which meets the requirements for permissibility set forth in S 75.506 will be considered to be in permissible condition only if it is maintained so as to meet the requirements for permissibility set forth in the Bureau of Mines schedule under which such electric face equipment was initially approved, or, if the equipment has been modified, it is maintained so as to meet the requirements of the schedule under which such modification was approved.
(b) Electric face equipment bearing the Bureau of Mines approval number listed in Appendix A of this subpart will be considered to be in permissible condition only if it is maintained so as to meet the requirements for permissibility set forth in Bureau of Mines Schedule 2D or, if such equipment has been modified, it is maintained so as to meet the requirements of the schedule under which the modification was approved.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, where the minimum requirements for permissibility set forth in the appropriate Bureau of Mines schedule under which such equipment or modifications were approved have been superseded by the requirements of this part 75, the latter requirements shall be applicable.
S 75.507 Power connection points.
[Statutory Provisions]
Except where permissible power connection units are used, all power-connection points outby the last open crosscut shall be in intake air.
S 75.507-1 Electric equipment other than power-connection points; outby the last open crosscut; return air; permissibility requirements.
(a) All electric equipment, other than power-connection points, used in return air outby the last open crosscut in any coal mine shall be permissible except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any coal mine where nonpermissible electric face equipment may be taken into or used inby the last open crosscut until March 30, 1974, such nonpermissible electric face equipment may be used in return air outby the last open crosscut.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any coal mine where a permit for noncompliance is in effect, nonpermissible electric face equipment specified in such permit for noncompliance may be used in return air outby the last open crosscut for the duration of such permit.
S 75.508 Map of electrical system.
[Statutory Provisions]
The location and the electrical rating of all stationary electric apparatus in connection with the mine electric system, including permanent cables, switchgear, rectifying substations, transformers, permanent pumps, and trolley wires and trolley feeder wires, and settings of all direct-current circuit breakers protecting underground trolley circuits, shall be shown on a mine map. Any changes made in a location, electric rating, or setting shall be promptly shown on the map when the change is made. Such map shall be available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and to the miners in such mine.
S 75.508-1 Mine tracks.
When mine track is used as a conductor of a trolley system, the location of such track shall be shown on the map required by S 75.508, with a notation of the number of rails and the size of such track expressed in pounds per yard.
S 75.508-2 Changes in electric system map; recording.
Changes made in the location, electrical rating or setting within the mine electrical system shall be recorded on the map of such system no later than the end of the next workday following completion of such changes.
S 75.509 Electric power circuit and electric equipment; deenergization.
[Statutory Provisions]
All power circuits and electric equipment shall be deenergized before work is done on such circuits and equipment, except when necessary for trouble shooting or testing.
S 75.510 Energized trolley wires; repair.
[Statutory Provisions]
Energized trolley wires may be repaired only by a person trained to perform electrical work and to maintain electrical equipment and the operator of a mine shall require that such person wear approved and tested insulated shoes and wireman's gloves.
S 75.510-1 Repair of energized trolley wires; training.
The training referred to in S 75.510 must include training in the repair and maintenance of live trolley wires, and in the hazards involved in making such repairs, and in the limitations of protective clothing used to protect against such hazards.
S 75.511 Low-, medium-, or high-voltage distribution circuits and equipment; repair.
[Statutory Provision]
No electrical work shall be performed on low-, medium-, or high-voltage distribution circuits or equipment, except by a qualified person or by a person trained to perform electrical work and to main- tain electrical equipment under the direct supervision of a qualified person. Disconnecting devices shall be locked out and suitably tagged by the persons who perform such work, except that in cases where locking out is not possible, such devices shall be opened and suitably tagged by such persons. Locks or tags shall be removed only by the persons who installed them or, if such persons are unavailable, by persons authorized by the operator or his agent.
S 75.511-1 Qualified person.
To be a qualified person within the meaning of S 75.511, an individual must meet the require- ments of S 75.153.
S 75.512 Electric equipment; examination, testing and maintenance.
[Statutory Provision]
All electric equipment shall be frequently examined, tested, and properly maintained by a quali- fied person to assure safe operating conditions. When a potentially dangerous condition is found on electric equipment, such equipment shall be removed from service until such condition is corrected. A record of such examinations shall be kept and made available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and to the miners in such mine.
S 75.512-1 Qualified person.
To be a qualified person within the meaning of S 75.512, an individual must meet the require- ments of S 75.153.
S 75.512-2 Frequency of examinations.
The examinations and tests required by S 75.512 shall be made at least weekly. Permissible equipment shall be examined to see that it is in permissible condition.
S 75.513 Electric conductor; capacity and insulation.
[Statutory Provision]
All electric conductors shall be sufficient in size and have adequate current carrying capacity and be of such construction that a rise in temperature resulting from normal operation will not damage the insulating materials.
S 75.513-1 Electric conductor; size.
An electric conductor is not of sufficient size to have adequate carrying capacity if it is smaller than is provided for in the National Electric Code, 1968. In addition, equipment and trailing cables that are required to be permissible must meet the requirements of the appropriate schedules of the Bureau of Mines.
S 75.514 Electrical connections or splices; suitability.
[Statutory Provision]
All electrical connections or splices in conductors shall be mechanically and electrically efficient, and suitable connectors shall be used. All electrical connections or splices in insulated wire shall be reinsulated at least to the same degree of protection as the remainder of the wire.
S 75.515 Cable fittings; suitability.
[Statutory Provision]
Cables shall enter metal frames of motors, splice boxes, and electric compartments only through proper fittings. When insulated wires other than cables pass through metal frames, the holes shall be substantially bushed with insulated bushings.
S 75.516 Power wires; support.
[Statutory Provision]
All power wires (except trailing cables on mobile equipment, specially designed cables conduct- ing high-voltage power to underground rectifying equipment or transformers, or bare or insulated ground and return wires) shall be supported on well-insulated insulators and shall not contact combustible material, roof, or ribs.
S 75.516-1 Installed insulators.
Well-insulated insulators is interpreted to mean well-installed insulators. Insulated J-hooks may be used to suspend insulated power cables for temporary installation not exceeding 6 months and for permanent installation of control cables such as may be used along belt conveyors.
S 75.516-2 Communication wires and cables; installation; insulation; support.
(a) All communication wires shall be supported on insulated hangers or insulated J-hooks.
(b) All communication cables shall be insulated as required by S 75.517-1, and shall either be supported on insulated or uninsulated hangers or J-hooks, or securely attached to messenger wires, or buried, or otherwise protected against mechanical damage in a manner approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative.
(c) All communication wires and cables installed in track entries shall, except when a communi- cation cable is buried in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, be installed on the side of the entry opposite to trolley wires and trolley feeder wires. Additional insulation shall be provided for communication circuits at points where they pass over or under any power conductor.
(d) For purposes of this section, communication cable means two or more insulated conductors covered by an additional abrasion-resistant covering.
S 75.517 Power wires and cables; insulation and protection.
[Statutory Provisions]
Power wires and cables, except trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, and bare signal wires, shall be insulated adequately and fully protected.
S 75.517-1 Power wires and cables; insulation and protection.
Power wires and cables installed on or after March 30, 1970, shall have insulation with a dielec- tric strength at least equal to the voltage of the circuit.
S 75.517-2 Plans for insulation of existing bare power wires and cables.
(a) On or before December 31, 1970, plans for the insulation of existing bare power wires and cables installed prior to March 30, 1970, shall be filed with the District Manager of the Coal Mine Safety District in which the mine is located to permit approval and prompt implementation of such plans.
(b) The appropriate District Manager shall notify the operator in writing of the approval of a proposed insulation plan. If revisions are required for approval, the changes required will be specified.
(c) An insulation plan shall include the following information:
(1) Name and address of the company, the mine and the responsible officials;
(2) Map or diagram indicating location of power wires and cables required to be insulated;
(3) Total length of bare power wires and cables required to be insulated;
(4) Schedule for the replacement or insulation of bare power wires and cables;
(5) Type of insulation to be used and the voltage rating as indicated by the manufacturer.
(d) The District Manager shall be guided by the following criteria in approving insulation plans on a mine-by-mine basis. Insulation not conforming to these criteria may be approved provided the operator can satisfy the Mine Safety and Health Administration that the insulation will provide no less than the same measure of protection.
(1) Insulation shall be adequate for the applied voltage of the circuit.
(2) When tubing is used to insulate existing power wires and cables, it shall have a dielectric strength at least equal to the voltage of the circuit. When the tubing is split for purposes of installation, the joints shall be effectively sealed. The butt ends may be sealed with a moisture resistant insulating tape.
(3) When tape is used to insulate existing power wires and cables, it shall be applied half-lapped and one thickness of the tape shall have a dielectric strength at least equal to the voltage of the circuit. The tape shall be self-adhesive and moisture resistant.
S 75.518 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short circuit protection.
[Statutory Provision]
Automatic circuit-breaking devices or fuses of the correct type and capacity shall be installed so as to protect all electric equipment and circuits against short circuit and overloads. Three-phase motors on all electric equipment shall be provided with overload protection that will deenergize all three phases in the event that any phase is overloaded.
S 75.518-1 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short circuit protection; minimum requirements.
A device to provide either short circuit protection or protection against overload which does not conform to the provisions of the National Electric Code, 1968, does not meet the requirement of S 75.518. In addition, such devices on electric face equipment and trailing cables that are required to be permissible must meet the requirements of the applicable schedules of the Bureau of Mines.
S 75.518-2 Incandescent lamps, overload and short circuit protection.
Incandescent lamps installed along haulageways and at other locations, not contacting combus- tible material, and powered from trolley or direct current feeder circuits, need not be provided with separate short circuit or overload protection, if the lamp is not more than 8 feet in distance from such circuits.
S 75.519 Main power circuits; disconnecting switches.
[Statutory Provision]
In all main power circuits, disconnecting switches shall be installed underground within 500 feet of the bottoms of shafts and boreholes through which main power circuits enter the underground area of the mine and within 500 feet of all other places where main power circuits enter the underground area of the mine.
S 75.519-1 Main power circuits; disconnecting switches; locations.
Section 75.519 requires (a) that a disconnecting switch be installed on the surface at a point within 500 feet of the place where the main power circuit enters the underground area of a mine, and (b) that, in an instance on which a main power circuit enters the underground area through a shaft or bore- hole, a disconnecting switch be installed underground within 500 feet of the bottom of the shaft or borehole.
S 75.520 Electric equipment; switches.
[Statutory Provision]
All electric equipment shall be provided with switches or other controls that are safely designed, constructed, and installed.
S 75.521 Lightning arresters; ungrounded and exposed power conductors and telephone wires.
Each ungrounded, exposed power conductor and each ungrounded, exposed telephone wire that leads underground shall be equipped with suitable lightning arresters of approved type within 100 feet of the point where the circuit enters the mine. Lightning arresters shall be connected to a low resistance grounding medium on the surface which shall be separated from neutral grounds by a distance of not less than 25 feet.
S 75.522 Lighting devices.
[Statutory Provision]
No device for the purpose of lighting any coal mine which has not been approved by the Secre- tary or his authorized representative shall be permitted in such mine.
S 75.522-1 Incandescent and fluorescent lamps.
(a) Except for areas of a coal mine inby the last open crosscut, incandescent lamps may be used to illuminate underground areas. When incandescent lamps are used in a track entry or belt entry or near track entries to illuminate special areas other than structures, the lamps shall be installed in weather-proof sockets located in positions such that the lamps will not come in contact with any com- bustible material. Lamps used in all other places must be of substantial construction and be fitted with a glass enclosure.
(b) Incandescent lamps within glass enclosures or fluorescent lamps may be used inside under- ground structures (except magazines used for the storage of explosives and detonators). In underground structures lighting circuits shall consist of cables installed on insulators or insulated wires installed in metallic conduit or metallic armor.
S 75.523 Electric face equipment; deenergization.
[Statutory Provision]
An authorized representative of the Secretary may require in any mine that electric face equip- ment be provided with devices that will permit the equipment to be deenergized quickly in the event of an emergency.
S 75.523-1 Deenergization of self-propelled electric face equipment installation requirements.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, all self-propelled electric face equipment which is used in the active workings of each underground coal mine on and after March 1, 1973, shall, in accordance with the schedule of time specified in paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section, be provided with a device that will quickly deenergize the tramming motors of the equipment in the event of an emergency. The requirements of this paragraph (a) shall be met as follows:
(1) On and after December 15, 1974, for self-propelled cutting machines, shuttle cars, battery-powered machines, and roof drills and bolters;
(2) On and after February 15, 1975, for all other types of self-propelled electric face equipment.
(b) Self-propelled electric face equipment that is equipped with a substantially constructed cab which meets the requirements of this part, shall not be required to be provided with a device that will quickly deenergize the tramming motors of the equipment in the event of an emergency.
(c) An operator may apply to the Director of Technical Support, Mine Safety and Health Admin- istration, Department of Labor, 4015 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Va. 22203 for approval of the instal- lation of devices to be used in lieu of devices that will quickly deenergize the tramming motors of self-propelled electric face equipment in the event of an emergency. The Director of Technical Support may approve such devices if he determines that the performance thereof will be no less effective than the performance requirements specified in S 75.523-2.
S 75.523-2 Deenergization of self-propelled electric face equipment; performance requirements.
(a) Deenergization of the tramming motors of self-propelled electric face equipment, required by paragraph (a) of S 75.523-1, shall be provided by:
(1) Mechanical actuation of an existing pushbutton emergency stopswitch,
(2) Mechanical actuation of an existing lever emergency stopswitch, or
(3) The addition of a separate electromechanical switch assembly.
(b) The existing emergency stopswitch or additional switch assembly shall be actuated by a bar or lever which shall extend a sufficient distance in each direction to permit quick deenergization of the tramming motors of self-propelled electric face equipment from all locations from which the equipment can be operated.
(c) Movement of not more than 2 inches of the actuating bar or lever resulting from the applica- tion of not more than 15 pounds of force upon contact with any portion of the equipment operator's body at any point along the length of the actuating bar or lever shall cause deenergization of the tramming motors of the self-propelled electric face equipment.
S 75.523-3 Automatic emergency-parking brakes.
(a) Except for personnel carriers, rubber-tired, self-propelled electric haulage equipment used in the active workings of underground coal mines shall be equipped with automatic emergency-parking brakes in accordance with the following schedule.
(1) On and after May 23, 1989--
(i) All new equipment ordered; and
(ii) All equipment originally furnished with or retrofitted with automatic emergency-parking brakes which meet the requirements of this section.
(2) On and after May 23, 1991, all other equipment.
(b) Automatic emergency-parking brakes shall--
(1) Be activated immediately by the emergency deenergization device required by 30 CFR 75.523-1 and 75.523-2;
(2) Engage automatically within 5.0 seconds when the equipment is deenergized;
(3) Safely bring the equipment when fully loaded to a complete stop on the maximum grade on which it is operated;
(4) Hold the equipment stationary despite any contraction of brake parts, exhaustion of any non-mechanical source of energy, or leakage; and
(5) Release only by a manual control that does not operate any other equipment function.
(c) Automatic emergency-parking brakes shall include a means in the equipment operator's compartment to--
(1) Apply the brakes manually without deenergizing the equipment; and
(2) Release and reengage the brakes without energizing the equipment.
(d) On and after November 24, 1989, rubber-tired, self-propelled electric face equipment not covered by paragraph (a) of this section shall be equipped with a means incorporated on the equipment and operable from each tramming station to hold the equipment stationary--
(1) On the maximum grade on which it is operated; and
(2) Despite any contraction of components, exhaustion of any non-mechanical source of energy, or leakage.
(e) The brake systems required by paragraphs (a) or (d) of this section shall be applied when the equipment operator is not at the controls of the equipment, except during movement of disabled equip- ment.
S 75.524 Electric face equipment; electric equipment used in return air outby the last open cross-
cut; maximum level of alternating or direct electric current between frames of equipment.
The maximum level of alternating or direct electric current that exists between the frames of any two units of electric face equipment that come in contact with each other in the working places of a coal mine, or between the frames of any two units of electric equipment that come in contact with each other in return air outby the last open crosscut, shall not exceed one ampere as determined from the voltage measured across a 0.1 ohm resistor connected between the frames of such equipment.
Appendix A--List of Permissible Electric Face Equipment Approved by the Bureau of Mines Prior to May 23, 1936
| Motor-Driven Mine Equipment | | | | --- | --- | --- | | (Approved Under Schedules 2, 2A, 2B, and 2C) | | | | | | | | Approval No. Date | | | | | | | | AIR COMPRESSORS | | | | 128 | | March 21, 1927. | | 128A | | July 16, 1926. | | COAL DRILLS AND DRILLING MACHINES | | | | | Hand Drills | | | 109 | | September 19, 1922. | | 154 | | August 1, 1928. | | 184 | | February 7, 1930. | | 227 | | July 29, 1931. | | 254 | | July 15, 1933. | | | Post Drills | | | 119 | | April 15, 1925. | | 119A | | Do. | | 225 | | July 10, 1931. | | 225A | | Do. | | 228 | | August 12, 1931. | | 228A | | February 17, 1932. | | 230 | | August 20, 1931. | | 230A | | Do. | | 237 | | December 1, 1931. | | 237A | | Do. | | | Drilling Machines | | | 147 | | February 8, 1928. | | 147A | | Do. | | 176 | | September 9, 1929. | | 176A | | Do. | | | LOADING AND CONVEYING EQUIPMENT LOADING MACHINES | | | Unmounted Type | | | | 122 | | January 8, 1926. | | 122A | | Do. | | | Caterpillar-Mounted Type | | | 150 | | May 11, 1928. | | 186 | | March 15, 1930. | | 222 | | May 8, 1931. | | 222A | | July 28, 1931. | | 229 | | August 17, 1931. | | 229A | | Do. | | 235 | | November 27, 1931. | | 235A | | October 29, 1931. | | 278 | | January 17, 1935. | | 278A | | Do. | | 283A | | March 12, 1935. | | 284A | | Do. | | 285A | | Do. | | 294 | | September 18, 1935. | | 300A | | May 6, 1936. | | 127 | | July 16, 1926. | | 127A | | September 23, 1927. | | | Track-Mounted Type | | | 194 | | June 6, 1930. | | 194A | | Do. | | 217 | | February 27, 1931. | | 217A | | Do. | | 276 | | January 11, 1935. | | 277 | | January 17, 1935. | | 282A | | March 12, 1935. | | 291A | | July 3, 1935. | | | Pit-Car Loaders | | | 167 | | March 27, 1929. | | 167A | | Do. | | 175 | | July 26, 1929. | | 175A | | June 24, 1929. | | 250 | | December 10, 1932. | | 250A | | Do. | | 252A | | February 20, 1933. | | | CONVEYORS | | | Belt Type | | | | 236 | | November 19, 1931. | | 287A | | March 12, 1935. | | 296A | | January 6, 1936. | | | Chain Type | | | 151 | | May 19, 1928. | | 209 | | December 2, 1930. | | 240 | | March 12, 1932. | | 240A | | Do. | | 298A | | March 3, 1936. | | | Power Units for Conveyors | | | 265 | | February 12, 1934. | | 265A | | March 19, 1934. | | 390A | | March 23, 1934. | | | Shaker Type | | | 247 | | October 21, 1932. | | 257A | | August 11, 1933. | | 262A | | December 8, 1933. | | 271 | | May 20, 1935. | | 271A | | October 17, 1934. | | 274A | | December 13, 1934. | | 286A | | March 12, 1935. | | 295 | | September 20, 1935. | | 299A | | April 9, 1936. | | | Scraper-type Loaders | | | 138 | | August 5, 1927. | | 138A | | Do. | | 196 | | September 29, 1930. | | 196A | | July 26, 1930. | | 226 | | July 27, 1931. | | 255 | | July 31, 1933. | | 256 | | Do. | | MINING MACHINES, MACHINERY-MOVING EQUIPMENT, MISCELLANEOUS TRUCKS, AND WATER SPRAY SUPPLY UNITS | | | | MINING MACHINES | | | | Shortwall Machines | | | | 103 | | November 2, 1917. | | 103A | | February 9, 1922. | | 105 | | Do. | | 105A | | Do. | | 106 | | Do. | | 106A | | Do. | | 107 | | Do. | | 107A | | Do. | | 108 | | Do. | | 108A | | Do. | | 111 | | October 16, 1922. | | 111A | | Do. | | 113 | | November 4, 1924. | | 113A | | Do. | | 114 | | February 7, 1925. | | 114A | | Do. | | 115 | | Do. | | 115A | | Do. | | 153 | | July 31, 1928. | | 153A | | Do. | | 193 | | June 3, 1930. | | 193A | | Do. | | 197 | | July 31, 1930. | | 197A | | Do. | | 198 | | August 1, 1930. | | 198A | | Do. | | 201 | | September 8, 1930. | | 201A | | Do. | | 204 | | October 13, 1930. | | 204A | | December 13, 1930. | | 223 | | May 13, 1931. | | 223A | | Do. | | 241 | | March 18, 1932. | | 241A | | Do. | | 258 | | August 15, 1933. | | 259A | | August 16, 1933. | | 260A | | August 17, 1933. | | 273 | | November 30, 1934. | | 288 | | March 27, 1935. | | 288A | | Do. | | 292 | | September 11, 1935. | | 292A | | Do. | | 293A | | Do. | | | Longwall Machines | | | 185 | | February 24, 1930. | | 185A | | Do. | | 218 | | March 10, 1931. | | 218A | | Do. | | 246 | | August 19, 1932. | | 246A | | Do. | | 261 | | September 12, 1933. | | | Track or caterpillar mounted | | | 112 | | March 13, 1924. | | 112A | | Do. | | 118 | | March 12, 1925. | | 118A | | Do. | | 125 | | April 26, 1926. | | 125A | | Do. | | 172 | | April 30, 1929. | | 172A | | Do. | | 188 | | April 15, 1930. | | 188A | | Do. | | 207 | | November 14, 1930. | | 207A | | Do. | | 216 | | February 12, 1931. | | 216A | | Do. | | 231 | | August 31, 1931. | | 231A | | Do. | | 242 | | April 7, 1932. | | 244 | | June 18, 1932. | | 244A | | September 20, 1932. | | 253A | | February 25, 1933. | | 267 | | June 27, 1934. | | 268A | | July 25, 1934. | | 269A | | September 24, 1934. | | 280A | | March 4, 1935. | | 297 | | January 27, 1936. | | 297A | | Do. | | | Mine Pumps | | | 140 | | November 1, 1927. | | 140A | | Do. | | 143 | | Do. | | 143A | | Do. | | 144 | | Do. | | 144A | | Do. | | 199 | | August 18, 1930. | | 199A | | Do. | | 208 | | November 29, 1930. | | 210 | | December 15, 1930. | | 210A | | Do. | | 211 | | December 17, 1930. | | 211A | | Do. | | 213 | | December 29, 1930. | | 213A | | Do. | | 214 | | January 2, 1931. | | 214A | | Do. | | 215 | | Do. | | 215A | | Do. | | 248 | | October 31, 1932. | | 248A | | November 23, 1932. | | 264 | | January 31, 1934. | | 264A | | Do. | | 272 | | October 23, 1934. | | 272A | | Do. | | | Rock-Dusting Machines | | | 130 | | November 5, 1926. | | 137 | | July 2, 1927. | | 146 | | January 20, 1928. | | 146A | | April 3, 1928. | | 180 | | October 30, 1929. | | 180A | | January 17, 1930. | | 206 | | November 12, 1930. | | 279 | | February 14, 1935. | | | Room and Car-Spotting Hoists | | | 116 | | February 13, 1925. | | 116A | | Do. | | 164 | | January 21, 1931. | | 164A | | Do. | | 165 | | Do. | | 165A | | Do. | | 169 | | April 5, 1929. | | 169A | | February 26, 1934 | | 190 | | April 20, 1930. | | 251A | | January 16, 1933. | | 263 | | January 11, 1934. | | 266A | | February 27, 1934 | | | STORAGE-BATTERY LOCOMOTIVES AND POWER TRUCKS | | | | (Approved under Schedules 15, 2C, 2D, and 2E) | | | | Gathering Locomotives | | | 1501 | | October 11, 1921 | | 1502 | | November 13, 1922 | | 1503 | | March 24, 1923. | | 1505 | | April 5, 1924. | | 1507 | | August 20, 1925. | | 1508 | | March 21, 1925. | | 1509 | | September 25, 1925 | | 1511 | | November 10, 1925 | | 1512 | | November 11, 1925. | | 1513 | | February 25, 1926. | | 1516 | | December 28, 1926 | | 1517 | | February 10, 1927. | | 1520 | | May 27, 1929. | | 1521 | | June 13, 1930. | | 1522 | | September 12, 1930 | | 1523 | | December 19, 1930. | | 1525 | | July 25, 1934. | | 1526 | | December 20, 1935. | | | Tandem Locomotive | | | 1518 | | November 21, 1927. | | | Power Trucks | | | 1506 | | May 5, 1924. | | 1505A | | June 21, 1926. | | 1510C | | December 31, 1926. | | 1514 | | December 18, 1926. | | 1515 | | December 28, 1926. | | 1512C | | September 13, 1928. | | 1519C | | April 6, 1929. | | 1524C | | June 25, 1934. | | | JUNCTION, DISTRIBUTION, AND SPLICE BOXES (Approved under Schedules 2D and 2E) | | | | Junction Boxes | | | 400 | | June 16, 1928. | | 400A | | August 5, 1925. | | 401 | | May 11, 1927. | | 401A | | Do. | | 402 | | Do. | | 402A | | Do. | | 403 | | April 14, 1931. | | 403A | | Do. | | 405A | | December 4, 1933. |
.
.
Subpart G--Trailing Cables
S 75.600 Trailing cables; flame resistance.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cables used in coal mines shall meet the requirements established by the Secretary for flame-resistant cables.
S 75.600-1 Approved cables; flame resistance.
Cables shall be accepted or approved by MSHA as flame resistant.
S 75.601 Short circuit protection of trailing cables.
[Statutory Provisions]
Short circuit protection for trailing cables shall be provided by an automatic circuit breaker or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary of adequate current-interrupting capacity in each ungrounded conductor. Disconnecting devices used to disconnect power from trailing cables shall be plainly marked and identified and such devices shall be equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the power is disconnected.
S 75.601-1 Short circuit protection; ratings and settings of circuit breakers.
Circuit breakers providing short circuit protection for trailing cables shall be set so as not to exceed the maximum allowable instantaneous settings specified in this section; however, higher settings may be permitted by an authorized representative of the Secretary when he has determined that special applications are justified:
| Conductor size AWG or MGM | Maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting (amperes) | | --- | --- | | 14 | 50 | | 12 | 75 | | 10 | 150 | | 8 | 200 | | 6 | 300 | | 4 | 500 | | 3 | 600 | | 2 | 800 | | 1 | 1,000 | | 1/0 | 1,250 | | 2/0 | 1,500 | | 3/0 | 2,000 | | 4/0 | 2,500 | | 250 | 2,500 | | 300 | 2,500 | | 350 | 2,500 | | 400 | 2,500 | | 450 | 2,500 | | 500 | 2,500 |
S 75.601-2 Short circuit protection; use of fuses; approval by the Secretary.
Fuses shall not be employed to provide short circuit protection for trailing cables unless specifi- cally approved by the Secretary.
S 75.601-3 Short circuit protection; dual element fuses; current ratings; maximum values.
Dual element fuses having adequate current-interrupting capacity shall meet the requirements for short circuit protection of trailing cables as provided in S 75.601, however, the current ratings of such devices shall not exceed the maximum values specified in this section:
| Conductor size (AWG or MGM) | Single conductor cable Ampacity Max. fuse rating | Two conductor cable Ampacity Max. fuse rating | | --- | --- | --- | | 14 | | 15 15 | | 12 | | 20 20 | | 10 | | 25 25 | | 8 | 60 60 | 50 50 | | 6 | 85 90 | 65 70 | | 4 | 110 110 | 90 90 | | 3 | 130 150 | 105 110 | | 2 | 150 150 | 120 125 | | 1 | 170 175 | 140 150 | | 1/0 | 200 200 | 170 175 | | 2/0 | 235 250 | 195 200 | | 3/0 | 275 300 | 225 225 | | 4/0 | 315 350 | 260 300 | | 250 | 350 350 | 285 300 | | 300 | 395 400 | 310 350 | | 350 | 445 450 | 335 350 | | 400 | 480 500 | 360 400 | | 450 | 515 600 | 385 400 | | 500 | 545 600 | 415 450 |
S 75.602 Trailing cable junctions.
[Statutory Provision]
When two or more trailing cables junction to the same distribution center, means shall be pro- vided to assure against connecting a trailing cable to the wrong size circuit breaker.
S 75.603 Temporary splice of trailing cable.
[Statutory Provision]
One temporary splice may be made in any trailing cable. Such trailing cable may only be used for the next 24-hour period. No temporary splice shall be made in a trailing cable within 25 feet of the machine, except cable reel equipment. Temporary splices in trailing cables shall be made in a workman- like manner and shall be mechanically strong and well insulated. Trailing cables or hand cables which have exposed wires or which have splices that heat or spark under load shall not be used. As used in this section, the term "splice" means the mechanical joining of one or more conductors that have been severed.
S 75.604 Permanent splicing of trailing cables.
[Statutory Provisions]
When permanent splices in trailing cables are made, they shall be--
(a) Mechanically strong with adequate electrical conductivity and flexibility;
(b) Effectively insulated and sealed so as to exclude moisture; and
(c) Vulcanized or otherwise treated with suitable materials to provide flame-resistant qualities and good bonding to the outer jacket.
(d) Made using splice kits accepted or approved by MSHA as flame resistant.
S 75.605 Clamping of trailing cables to equipment.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cables shall be clamped to machines in a manner to protect the cables from damage and to prevent strain on the electrical connections.
S 75.606 Protection of trailing cables.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cables shall be adequately protected to prevent damage by mobile equipment.
S 75.607 Breaking trailing cable and power cable connections.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cable and power cable connections to junction boxes shall not be made or broken under load.
Subpart H--Grounding
S 75.700 Grounding metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits enclosing power conductors.
[Statutory Provisions]
All metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits enclosing power conductors shall be electrically continuous throughout and shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 75.700-1 Approved methods of grounding.
Metallic sheaths, armors and conduits in resistance grounded systems where the enclosed con- ductors are a part of the system will be approved if a solid connection is made to the neutral conductor; in all other systems, the following methods of grounding will be approved:
(a) A solid connection to a borehole casing having low resistance to earth;
(b) A solid connection to metal waterlines having low resistance to earth;
(c) A solid connection to a grounding conductor, other than the neutral conductor of a resistance grounded system, extending to a low resistance ground field located on the surface;
(d) Any other method of grounding, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which ensures that there is no difference in potential between such metallic enclosures and the earth.
S 75.701 Grounding metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment.
[Statutory Provisions]
Metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment that can become "alive" through failure of insulation or by contact with energized parts shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 75.701-1 Approved methods of grounding of equipment receiving power from ungrounded alternating current power systems.
For purposes of grounding metallic frames, casings and other enclosures of equipment receiving power from ungrounded alternating current power systems, the following methods of grounding will be approved:
(a) A solid connection between the metallic frame, casing, or other metal enclosure and the grounded metallic sheath, armor, or conduit enclosing the power conductor feeding the electrical equip- ment enclosed;
(b) A solid connection to a borehole casing having low resistance to earth;
(c) A solid connection to metal waterlines having low resistance to earth;
(d) A solid connection to a grounding conductor extending to a low resistance ground field located on the surface;
(e) Any other method of grounding, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which ensures that there is no difference in potential between such metal enclosures and the earth.
S 75.701-2 Approved method of grounding metallic frames, casings and other enclosures receiving power from single-phase 110-220-volt circuit.
In instances where single-phase 110-220-volt circuits are used to feed electrical equipment, the only method of grounding that will be approved is the connection of all metallic frames, casings and other enclosures of such equipment to a separate grounding conductor which establishes a continuous connection to a grounded center tap of the transformer.
S 75.701-3 Approved methods of grounding metallic frames, casings and other enclosures of electric equipment receiving power from direct current power systems with one polarity grounded.
For the purpose of grounding metallic frames, casings and enclosures of any electric equipment or device-receiving power from a direct-current power system with one polarity grounded, the following methods of grounding will be approved:
(a) A solid connection to the mine track;
(b) A solid connection to the grounded power conductor of the system;
(c) Silicon diode grounding; however, this method shall be employed only when such devices are installed in accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d) of S 75.703-3; and
(d) Any other method, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which insures that there is no difference in potential between such metal enclosures and the earth.
S 75.701-4 Grounding wires; capacity of wires.
Where grounding wires are used to ground metallic sheaths, armors, conduits, frames, casings, and other metallic enclosures, such grounding wires will be approved if:
(a) The cross-sectional area (size) of the grounding wire is at least one-half the cross-sectional area (size) of the power conductor where the power conductor used is No. 6 A.W.G., or larger.
(b) Where the power conductor used is less than No. 6 A.W.G., the cross-sectional area (size) of the grounding wire is equal to the cross-sectional area (size) of the power conductor.
S 75.701-5 Use of grounding connectors.
The attachment of grounding wires to a mine track or other grounded power conductor will be approved if separate clamps, suitable for such purpose, are used and installed to provide a solid connec- tion.
S 75.702 Protection other than grounding.
[Statutory Provisions]
Methods other than grounding which provide no less effective protection may be permitted by the Secretary or his authorized representative.
S 75.702-1 Protection other than grounding; approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
Under this subpart no method other than grounding may be used to ensure against a difference in potential between metallic sheaths, armors and conduits, enclosing power conductors and frames, cas- ings and metal enclosures of electric equipment, and the earth, unless approved by an authorized repre- sentative of the Secretary.
S 75.703 Grounding offtrack direct-current machines and the enclosures of related detached components.
[Statutory Provisions]
The frames of all offtrack direct-current machines and the enclosures of related detached compo- nents shall be effectively grounded, or otherwise maintained at no less safe voltages, by methods ap- proved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 75.703-1 Approved method of grounding.
In instances where the metal frames both of an offtrack direct-current machine and of the metal frames of its component parts are grounded to the same grounding medium the requirements of S 75.703 will be met.
S 75.703-2 Approved grounding mediums.
For purposes of grounding offtrack direct-current machines, the following grounding mediums are approved:
(a) The grounded polarity of the direct-current power system feeding such machines; or,
(b) The alternating current grounding medium where such machines are fed by an ungrounded direct-current power system originating in a portable rectifier receiving its power from a section power center. However, when such a medium is used, a separate grounding conductor must be employed.
S 75.703-3 Approved methods of grounding offtrack mobile, portable and stationary direct-current machines.
In grounding offtrack direct-current machines and the enclosures of their component parts, the following methods of grounding will meet the requirements of S 75.703:
(a) The use of a separate grounding conductor located within the trailing cable of mobile and portable equipment and connected between such equipment and the direct-current grounding medium;
(b) The use of a separate ground conductor located within the direct-current power cable feeding stationary equipment and connected between such stationary equipment and the direct-current grounding medium;
(c) The use of a separate external ground conductor connected between stationary equipment and the direct-current grounding medium; or,
(d) The use of silicon diodes; however, the installation of such devices shall meet the following minimum requirements:
(1) Installation of silicon diodes shall be restricted to electric equipment receiving power from a direct-current system with one polarity grounded;
(2) Where such diodes are used on circuits having a nominal voltage rating of 250, they must have a forward current rating of 400 amperes or more, and have a peak inverse voltage rating of 400 or more;
(3) Where such diodes are used on circuits having a nominal voltage rating of 550, they must have a forward current rating of 250 amperes or more, and have a peak inverse voltage rating of 800 or more;
(4) Where fuses approved by the Secretary are used at the outby end of a trailing cable connected to electrical equipment employing silicon diodes, the rating of such fuses must not exceed 150 percent of the nominal current rating of the grounding diodes;
(5) Where circuit breakers are used at the outby end of a trailing cable connected to electrical equipment employing silicon diodes, the instantaneous trip setting shall not exceed 300 percent of the nominal current rating of the grounding diode;
(6) Overcurrent devices must be used and installed in such a manner that the operating coil circuit of the main contactor will open when a fault current with a value of 25 percent or less of the diode rating flows through the diode;
(7) The silicon diode installed must be suitable to the grounded polarity of the power system in which it is used and its threaded base must be solidly connected to the machine frame on which it is installed;
(8) In addition to the grounding diode, a polarizing diode must be installed in the machine con- trol circuit to prevent operation of the machine when the polarity of a trailing cable is reversed;
(9) When installed on permissible equipment, all grounding diodes, overcurrent devices, and polarizing diodes must be placed in explosion proof compartments;
(10) When grounding diodes are installed on a continuous miner, their nominal diode current rating must be at least 750 amperes or more; and,
(11) All grounding diodes shall be tested, examined and maintained as electrical equipment in accordance with the provisions of S 75.512.
S 75.703-4 Other methods of protecting offtrack direct-current equipment; approved by an autho- rized representative of the Secretary.
Other methods of maintaining safe voltage by preventing a difference between the frames of offtrack direct-current machines and the earth must be approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 75.704 Grounding frames of stationary high voltage equipment receiving power from un- grounded delta systems.
[Statutory Provisions]
The frames of all stationary high-voltage equipment receiving power from ungrounded delta systems shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 75.704-1 Approved methods of grounding.
The methods of grounding stated in S 75.701-1 will also be approved with respect to the ground- ing of frames of high-voltage equipment referred to in S 75.704.
S 75.705 Work on high-voltage lines; deenergizing and grounding.
[Statutory Provisions]
High-voltage lines, both on the surface and underground, shall be deenergized and grounded before work is performed on them, except that repairs may be permitted, in the case of energized surface high-voltage lines, if such repairs are made by a qualified person in accordance with procedures and safeguards, including, but not limited to, a requirement that the operator of such mine provide, test, and maintain protective devices in making such repairs, to be prescribed by the Secretary prior to March 30, 1970.
S 75.705-1 Work on high-voltage lines.
(a) Section 75.705 specifically prohibits work on energized high-voltage lines underground;
(b) No high-voltage line, either on the surface or underground, shall be regarded as deenergized for the purpose of performing work on it, until it has been determined by a qualified person (as provided in S 75.153) that such high-voltage line has been deenergized and grounded. Such qualified person shall by visual observation (1) determine that the disconnecting devices on the high-voltage circuit are in open position and (2) ensure that each ungrounded conductor of the high-voltage circuit upon which work is to be done is properly connected to the system-grounding medium. In the case of resistance grounded or solid wye-connected systems, the neutral wire is the system-grounding medium. In the case of an un- grounded power system, either the steel armor or conduit enclosing the system or a surface grounding field is a system grounding medium;
(c) No work shall be performed on any high-voltage line on the surface which is supported by any pole or structure which also supports other high-voltage lines until: (1) All lines supported on the pole or structure are deenergized and grounded in accordance with all of the provisions of this section which apply to the repair of energized surface high-voltage lines; or (2) the provisions of SS 75.705-2 through 75.705-10 have been complied with, with respect to all lines, which are supported on the pole or structure.
(d) Work may be performed on energized surface high-voltage lines only in accordance with the provisions of SS 75.705-2 through 75.705-10, inclusive.
S 75.705-2 Repairs to energized surface high-voltage lines.
An energized high-voltage surface line may be repaired only when--
(a) The operator has determined that--
(1) Such repairs cannot be scheduled during a period when the power circuit could be properly deenergized and grounded;
(2) Such repairs will be performed on power circuits with a phase-to-phase nominal voltage no greater than 15,000 volts;
(3) Such repairs on circuits with a phase-to-phase nominal voltage of 5,000 volts or more will be performed only with the use of live line tools;
(4) Weather conditions will not interfere with such repairs or expose those persons assigned to such work to an imminent danger; and
(b) The operator has designated a person qualified under the provisions of S 75.154 as the person responsible for carrying out such repairs and such person, in order to ensure protection for himself and other qualified persons assigned to perform such repairs from the hazards of such repair, has prepared and filed with the operator:
(1) A general description of the nature and location of the damage or defect to be repaired;
(2) The general plan to be followed in making such repairs;
(3) A statement that a briefing of all qualified persons assigned to make such repairs was con- ducted informing them of the general plan, their individual assignments, and the dangers inherent in such assignments;
(4) A list of the proper protective equipment and clothing that will be provided; and
(5) Such other information as the person designated by the operator feels necessary to describe properly the means or methods to be employed in such repairs.
S 75.705-3 Work on energized high-voltage surface lines; reporting.
Any operator designating and assigning qualified persons to perform repairs on energized high-voltage surface lines under the provisions of S 75.705-2 shall maintain a record of such repairs.
Such record shall contain a notation of the time, date, location, and general nature of the repairs made, together with a copy of the information filed with the operator by the qualified person designated as responsible for performing such repairs.
S 75.705-4 Simultaneous repairs.
When two or more persons are working on an energized high-voltage surface line simulta- neously, and any one of them is within reach of another, such persons shall not be allowed to work on different phases or on equipment with different potentials.
S 75.705-5 Installation of protective equipment.
Before repair work on energized high-voltage surface lines is begun, protective equipment shall be used to cover all bare conductors, ground wires, guys, telephone lines, and other attachments in proximity to the area of planned repairs. Such protective equipment shall be installed from a safe posi- tion below the conductors or other apparatus being covered. Each rubber protective device employed in the making of repairs shall have a dielectric strength of 20,000 volts, or more.
S 75.705-6 Protective clothing; use and inspection.
All persons performing work on energized high-voltage surface lines shall wear protective rubber gloves, sleeves, and climber guards if climbers are worn. Protective rubber gloves shall not be worn wrong side out or without protective leather gloves. Protective devices worn by a person assigned to perform repairs on high-voltage surface lines shall be worn continuously from the time he leaves the ground until he returns to the ground, and, if such devices are employed for extended periods, such person shall visually inspect the equipment assigned him for defects before each use and, in no case, less than twice each day.
S 75.705-7 Protective equipment; inspection.
Each person shall visually inspect protective equipment and clothing provided him in connection with work on high-voltage surface lines before using such equipment and clothing, and any equipment or clothing containing any defect or damage shall be discarded and replaced with proper protective equipment or clothing prior to the performance of any electrical work on such lines.
S 75.705-8 Protective equipment; testing and storage.
(a) All rubber protective equipment used on work on energized high-voltage surface lines shall be electrically tested by the operator in accordance with ASTM standards, part 28, published February 1968, and such testing shall be conducted in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) Rubber gloves, once each month;
(2) Rubber sleeves, once every 3 months;
(3) Rubber blankets, once every 6 months;
(4) Insulator hoods and line hose, once a year; and
(5) Other electric protective equipment, once a year.
(b) Rubber gloves shall not be stored wrong side out. Blankets shall be rolled when not in use, and line hose and insulator hoods shall be stored in their natural position and shape. S 75.705-9 Operat- ing disconnecting or cutout switches.
Disconnecting or cutout switches on energized high-voltage surface lines shall be operated only with insulated sticks, fuse tongs, or pullers which are adequately insulated and maintained to protect the operator from the voltage to which he is exposed. When such switches are operated from the ground, the person operating such devices shall wear protective rubber gloves.
S 75.705-10 Tying into energized high-voltage surface circuits.
If the work of forming an additional circuit by tying into an energized high-voltage surface line is performed from the ground, any person performing such work must wear and employ all of the protec- tive equipment and clothing required under the provisions of SS 75.705-5 and 75.705-6. In addition, the insulated stick used by such person must have been designed for such purpose and must be adequately insulated and be maintained to protect such person from the voltage to which he is exposed.
S 75.705-11 Use of grounded messenger wires; ungrounded systems.
Solely for purposes of grounding ungrounded high-voltage power systems, grounded messenger wires used to suspend the cables of such systems may be used as a grounding medium.
S 75.706 Deenergized underground power circuits; idle days-idle shifts.
[Statutory Provisions]
When not in use, power circuits underground shall be deenergized on idle days and idle shifts, except that rectifiers and transformers may remain energized.
Subpart I--Underground High-Voltage Distribution
S 75.800 High-voltage circuits; circuit breakers.
[Statutory Provisions]
High-voltage circuits entering the underground area of any coal mine shall be protected by suitable circuit breakers of adequate interrupting capacity which are properly tested and maintained as prescribed by the Secretary. Such breakers shall be equipped with devices to provide protection against under-voltage grounded phase, short circuit, and overcurrent.
S 75.800-1 Circuit breakers; location.
Circuit breakers protecting high-voltage circuits entering an underground area of any coal mine shall be located on the surface and in no case installed either underground or within a drift.
S 75.800-2 Approved circuit schemes.
The following circuit schemes will be regarded as providing the necessary protection to the circuits required by S 75.800:
(a) Ground check relays may be used for undervoltage protection if the relay coils are designed to trip the circuit breaker when line voltage decreases to 40 percent to 60 percent of the nominal line voltage;
(b) Ground trip relays on resistance grounded systems will be acceptable as grounded phase protection;
(c) One circuit breaker may be used to protect two or more branch circuits, if the circuit breaker is adjusted to afford overcurrent protection for the smallest conductor.
S 75.800-3 Testing, examination and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
(a) Circuit breakers and their auxiliary devices protecting underground high-voltage circuits shall be tested and examined at least once each month by a person qualified as provided in S75.153;
(b) Tests shall include: (1) Breaking continuity of the ground check conductor, where ground check monitoring is used; and
(2) Actuating at least two of the auxiliary protective relays.
(c) Examination shall include visual observation of all components of the circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices, and such repairs or adjustments as are indicated by such tests and examinations shall be carried out immediately.
S 75.800-4 Testing, examination and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
The operator of any coal mine shall maintain a written record of each test, examination, repair, or adjustment of all circuit breakers protecting high voltage circuits which enter any underground area of the coal mine. Such record shall be kept in a book approved by the Secretary.
S 75.801 Grounding resistors.
[Statutory Provisions]
The grounding resistor, where required, shall be of the proper ohmic value to limit the voltage drop in the grounding circuit external to the resistor to not more than 100 volts under fault conditions.
The grounding resistor shall be rated for maximum fault current continuously and insulated from ground for a voltage equal to the phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, high-voltage circuits extending under- ground and supplying portable, mobile, or, stationary high-voltage equipment shall contain either a direct or derived neutral which shall be grounded through a suitable resistor at the source transformers, and a grounding circuit, originating at the grounded side of the grounding resistor, shall extend along with the power conductors and serve as a grounding conductor for the frames of all high-voltage equipment supplied power from that circuit.
(b) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, the Secretary or his autho- rized representative may permit ungrounded high-voltage circuits to be extended underground to feed stationary electric equipment if--
(1) Such circuits are either steel armored or installed in grounded, rigid steel conduit throughout their entire length; or,
(2) The voltage of such circuits is nominally 2,400 volts or less phase-to-phase and the cables used in such circuits are equipped with metallic shields around each power conductor, and contain one or more ground conductors having a total cross sectional area of not less than one-half the power conduc- tor; and,
(3) Upon a finding by the Secretary or his authorized representative that the use of the circuits described in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section does not pose a hazard to the miners.
(c) Within 100 feet of the point on the surface where high-voltage circuits enter the underground portion of the mine, disconnecting devices shall be installed and so equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the power is disconnected, except that the Secretary or his authorized representative may permit such devices to be installed at a greater distance from such area of the mine if he determines, based on existing physical conditions, that such installation will be more accessible at a greater distance and will not pose any hazard to the miners.
S 75.803 Fail safe ground check circuits on high-voltage resistance grounded systems.
[Statutory Provisions]
On and after September 30, 1970, high-voltage, resistance grounded systems shall include a fail safe ground check circuit to monitor continuously the grounding circuit to assure continuity and the fail safe ground check circuit shall cause the circuit breaker to open when either the ground or pilot check wire is broken, or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary or his authorized representa- tive to assure such continuity, except that an extension of time, not in excess of 12 months, may be permitted by the Secretary on a mine-by-mine basis if he determines that such equipment is not avail- able.
S 75.803-1 Maximum voltage ground check circuits.
The maximum voltage used for ground check circuits under S75.803 shall not exceed 96 volts.
S 75.803-2 Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires; approval by the Secretary.
Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires will be approved only if it is determined that the system includes a fail safe design causing the circuit breaker to open when ground continuity is broken.
S 75.804 Underground high-voltage cables.
(a) Underground high-voltage cables used in resistance grounded systems shall be equipped with metallic shields around each power conductor with one or more ground conductors having a total cross sectional area of not less than one-half the power conductor, and with an insulated external conductor not smaller than No. 8 (A.W.G.) or an insulated internal ground check conductor not smaller than No. 10 (A.W.G.) for the ground continuity check circuit.
(b) All such cables shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage. Splices made in such cables shall provide continuity of all components.
S 75.805 Couplers.
[Statutory Provisions]
Couplers that are used with medium-voltage or high-voltage power circuits shall be of the three-phase type with a full metallic shell, except that the Secretary may permit, under such guidelines as he may prescribe, no less effective couplers constructed of materials other than metal. Couplers shall be adequate for the voltage and current expected. All exposed metal on the metallic couplers shall be grounded to the ground conductor in the cable. The coupler shall be constructed so that the ground check continuity conductor shall be broken first and the ground conductors shall be broken last when the coupler is being uncoupled.
S 75.806 Connection of single-phase loads.
[Statutory Provisions]
Single-phase loads, such as transformer primaries, shall be connected phase-to-phase.
S 75.807 Installation of high-voltage transmission cables.
[Statutory Provisions]
All underground high-voltage transmission cables shall be installed only in regularly inspected air courses and haulageways, and shall be covered, buried, or placed so as to afford protection against damage, guarded where men regularly work or pass under them unless they are 6 1/2 feet or more above the floor or rail, securely anchored, properly insulated, and guarded at ends, and covered, insulated, or placed to prevent contact with trolley wires and other low-voltage circuits.
S 75.808 Disconnecting devices.
[Statutory Provisions]
Disconnecting devices shall be installed at the beginning of branch lines in high-voltage circuits and equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the circuit is deenergized when the switches are open.
S 75.809 Identification of circuit breakers and disconnecting switches.
[Statutory Provisions]
Circuit breakers and disconnecting switches underground shall be marked for identification.
S 75.810 High-voltage trailing cables; splices.
[Statutory Provisions]
In the case of high-voltage cables used as trailing cables, temporary splices shall not be used and all permanent splices shall be made in accordance with S 75.604. Terminations and splices in all other high-voltage cables shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
S 75.811 High-voltage underground equipment; grounding.
[Statutory Provisions]
Frames, supporting structures and enclosures of stationary, portable, or mobile underground high-voltage equipment and all high-voltage equipment supplying power to such equipment receiving power from resistance grounded systems shall be effectively grounded to the high-voltage ground.
S 75.812 Movement of high-voltage power centers and portable transformers; permit.
[Statutory Provisions]
Power centers and portable transformers shall be deenergized before they are moved from one location to another, except that, when equipment powered by sources other than such centers or trans- formers is not available, the Secretary may permit such centers and transformers to be moved while energized, if he determines that another equivalent or greater hazard may otherwise be created, and if they are moved under the supervision of a qualified person, and if such centers and transformers are examined prior to such movement by such person and found to be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary and otherwise protected from hazards to the miner. A record shall be kept of such examinations. High-voltage cables, other than trailing cables, shall not be moved or handled at any time while energized, except that, when such centers and transformers are moved while energized as permitted under this section, energized high-voltage cables attached to such centers and transformers may be moved only by a qualified person and the operator of such mine shall require that such person wear approved and tested insulated wireman's gloves.
S 75.812-1 Qualified person.
A person who meets the requirements of S 75.153 is a qualified person within the meaning of S 75.812.
S 75.812-2 High-voltage power centers and transformers; record of examination.
The operator shall maintain a record of all examinations conducted in accordance with S 75.812.
Such record shall be kept in a book approved by the Secretary.
Subpart J--Underground Low- and Medium-Voltage Alternating Current Circuits
S 75.900 Low- and medium-voltage circuits serving three-phase alternating current equipment; circuit breakers.
[Statutory Provisions]
Low- and medium-voltage power circuits serving three-phase alternating current equipment shall be protected by suitable circuit breakers of adequate interrupting capacity which are properly tested and maintained as prescribed by the Secretary. Such breakers shall be equipped with devices to provide protection against undervoltage, grounded phase, short circuit, and overcurrent.
S 75.900-1 Circuit breakers; location.
Circuit breakers used to protect low-and medium-voltage circuits underground shall be located in areas which are accessible for inspection, examination, and testing, have safe roofs, and are clear of any moving equipment used in haulageways.
S 75.900-2 Approved circuit schemes.
The following circuit schemes will be regarded as providing the necessary protection to the circuit required by S 75.900:
(a) Ground check relays may be used for undervoltage protection if the relay coils are designed to trip the circuit breaker when line voltage decreases to 40 to 60 percent of the nominal line voltage.
(b) One undervoltage device installed in the main secondary circuit at the source transformer may be used to provide undervoltage protection for each circuit that receives power from that transformer.
(c) One circuit breaker may be used to protect two or more branch circuits if the circuit breaker is adjusted to afford overcurrent protection for the smallest conductor.
(d) Circuit breakers with shunt trip, series trip or undervoltage release devices may be used if the tripping elements of such devices are selected or adjusted in accordance with the settings listed in the tables of the National Electric Code, 1968.
S 75.900-3 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
Circuit breakers protecting low- and medium-voltage alternating current circuits serving three-phase alternating current equipment and their auxiliary devices shall be tested and examined at least once each month by a person qualified as provided in S 75.153. In performing such tests, actuating any of the circuit breaker auxiliaries or control circuits in any manner which causes the circuit breaker to open, shall be considered a proper test. All components of the circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices shall be visually examined and such repairs or adjustments as are indicated by such tests and examina- tions shall be carried out immediately.
S 75.900-4 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
The operator of any coal mine shall maintain a written record of each test, examination, repair, or adjustment of all circuit breakers protecting low- and medium-voltage circuits serving three-phase alternating current equipment used in the mine. Such record shall be kept in a book approved by the Secretary.
S 75.901 Protection of low- and medium-voltage three-phase circuits used underground.
[Statutory Provisions]
(a) Low- and medium-voltage three-phase alternating-current circuits used underground shall contain either a direct or derived neutral which shall be grounded through a suitable resistor at the power center, and a grounding circuit, originating at the grounded side of the grounding resistor, shall extend along with the power conductors and serve as a grounding conductor for the frames of all the electrical equipment supplied power from that circuit, except that the Secretary or his authorized representative may permit ungrounded low- and medium-voltage circuits to be used underground to feed such station- ary electrical equipment if such circuits are either steel armored or installed in grounded rigid steel conduit throughout their entire length. The grounding resistor, where required, shall be of the proper ohmic value to limit the ground fault current to 25 amperes. The grounding resistor shall be rated for maximum fault current continuously and insulated from ground for a voltage equal to the phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
S 75.902 Low- and medium-voltage ground check monitor circuits.
[Statutory Provisions]
On or before September 30, 1970, low- and medium-voltage resistance grounded systems shall include a fail-safe ground check circuit to monitor continuously the grounding circuit to assure continu- ity which ground check circuit shall cause the circuit breaker to open when either the ground or pilot check wire is broken, or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative to assure such continuity, except that an extension of time, not in excess of 12 months, may be permitted by the Secretary on a mine-by-mine basis if he determines that such equipment is not available. Cable couplers shall be constructed so that the ground check continuity conductor shall be broken first and the ground conductors shall be broken last when the coupler is being uncoupled.
S 75.902-1 Maximum voltage ground check circuits.
The maximum voltage used for such ground check circuits shall not exceed 40 volts.
S 75.902-2 Approved ground check systems not employing pilot check wires.
Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires will be approved only if it is determined that the system includes a fail safe design causing the circuit breaker to open when ground continuity is broken.
S 75.902-4 Attachment of ground conductors and ground check wires to equipment frames; use of separate connections.
In grounding equipment frames of all stationary, portable or mobile equipment receiving power from resistance grounded systems separate connections shall be used when practicable.
S 75.903 Disconnecting devices.
[Statutory Provisions]
Disconnecting devices shall be installed in conjunction with the circuit breaker to provide visual evidence that the power is disconnected.
S 75.904 Identification of circuit breakers.
[Statutory Provisions]
Circuit breakers shall be marked for identification.
S 75.905 Connection of single-phase loads.
[Statutory Provisions]
Single-phase loads shall be connected phase-to-phase.
S 75.906 Trailing cables for mobile equipment, ground wires, and ground check wires.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cables for mobile equipment shall contain one or more ground conductors having a cross-sectional area of not less than one-half the power conductor, and, on September 30, 1970, an insulated conductor for the ground continuity check circuit or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative to assure such continuity, except that an extension of time, not in excess of 12 months may be permitted by the Secretary on a mine-by-mine basis if he determines that such equipment is not available. Splices made in the cables shall provide continuity of all compo- nents.
S 75.907 Design of trailing cables for medium-voltage circuits.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trailing cables for medium-voltage circuits shall include grounding conductors, a ground check conductor, and grounded metallic shields around each power conductor or a ground metallic shield over the assembly, except that on equipment employing cable reels, cables without shields may be used if the insulation is rated 2,000 volts or more.
Subpart K--Trolley Wires and Trolley Feeder Wires
S 75.1000 Cutout switches.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires, shall be provided with cutout switches at intervals of not more than 2,000 feet and near the beginning of all branch lines.
S 75.1001 Overcurrent protection.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be provided with overcurrent protection.
S 75.1001-1 Devices for overcurrent protection; testing and calibration requirements; records.
(a) Automatic circuit interrupting devices that will deenergize the affected circuit upon occur- rence of a short circuit at any point in the system will meet the requirements of S 75.1001.
(b) Automatic circuit interrupting devices described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be tested and calibrated at intervals not to exceed six months. Testing of such devices shall include passing the necessary amount of electric current through the device to cause activation. Calibration of such devices shall include adjustment of all associated relays to +/-15 percent of the indicated value. An authorized representative of the Secretary may require additional testing or calibration of these devices.
(c) A record of the tests and calibrations required by paragraph (b) of this section shall be kept, and shall be made available, upon request, to an authorized representative of the Secretary or the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1002 Location of trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, high-voltage cables and transformers.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires, high-voltage cables and transformers shall not be located inby the last open crosscut and shall be kept at least 150 feet from pillar workings.
S 75.1002-1 Location of other electric equipment; requirements for permissibility.
(a) Electric equipment other than trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, high-voltage cables, and transformers shall be permissible, and maintained in a permissible condition when such electric equip- ment is located within 150 feet from pillar workings, except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any coal mine where nonpermissible electric face equipment may be taken into or used inby the last open crosscut until March 30, 1974, such nonpermissible electric face equipment may be located within 150 feet from pillar work- ings.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, in any coal mine where a permit for noncompliance is in effect, nonpermissible electric face equipment specified in such permit for noncompliance may be located within 150 feet from pillar workings for the duration of such permit.
S 75.1003 Insulation of trolley wires, trolley feeder wires and bare signal wires; guarding of trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
[Statutory Provisions]
Trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, and bare signal wires shall be insulated adequately where they pass through doors and stoppings, and where they cross other power wires and cables. Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be guarded adequately:
(a) At all points where men are required to work or pass regularly under the wires;
(b) On both sides of all doors and stoppings; and
(c) At man-trip stations.
The Secretary or his authorized representatives shall specify other conditions where trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be adequately protected to prevent contact by any person, or shall require the use of improved methods to prevent such contact. Temporary guards shall be provided where trackmen and other persons work in proximity to trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
S 75.1003-1 Other requirements for guarding of trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
Adequate precaution shall be taken to insure that equipment being moved along haulageways will not come in contact with trolley wires or trolley feeder wires.
S 75.1003-2 Requirements for movement of off-track mining equipment in areas of active workings where energized trolley wires or trolley feeder wires are present; pre-movement
requirements; certified and qualified persons.
(a) Prior to moving or transporting any unit of off-track mining equipment in areas of the active workings where energized trolley wires or trolley feeder wires are present:
(1) The unit of equipment shall be examined by a certified person to ensure that coal dust, float coal dust, loose coal oil, grease, and other combustible materials have been cleaned up and have not been permitted to accumulate on such unit of equipment; and,
(2) A qualified person, as specified in S 75.153 of this part, shall examine the trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, and the associated automatic circuit interrupting devices provided for short circuit protection to ensure that proper short circuit protection exists.
(b) A record shall be kept of the examinations required by paragraph (a) of this section, and shall be made available, upon request, to an authorized representative of the Secretary.
(c) Off-track mining equipment shall be moved or transported in areas of the active workings where energized trolley wires or trolley feeder wires are present only under the direct supervision of a certified person who shall be physically present at all times during moving or transporting operations.
(d) The frames of off-track mining equipment being moved or transported, in accordance with this section, shall be covered on the top and on the trolley wire side with fire-resistant material which has met the applicable requirements of part 18 of Subchapter D of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Sched- ule 2G).
(e) Electrical contact shall be maintained between the mine track and the frames of off-track mining equipment being moved in-track and trolley entries, except that rubber-tired equipment need not be grounded to a transporting vehicle if no metal part of such rubber-tired equipment can come into contact with the transporting vehicle.
(f) A minimum vertical clearance of 12 inches shall be maintained between the farthest projec- tion of the unit of equipment which is being moved and the energized trolley wires or trolley feeder wires at all times during the movement or transportation of such equipment; provided, however, that if the height of the coal seam does not permit 12 inches of vertical clearance to be so maintained, the following additional precautions shall be taken:
(1)(i) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this section electric power shall be supplied to the trolley wires or trolley feeder wires only from outby the unit of equipment being moved or trans- ported.
(ii) Where direct current electric power is used and such electric power can be supplied only from inby the equipment being moved or transported, power may be supplied from inby such equipment provided a miner with the means to cut off the power, and in direct communication with persons actually engaged in the moving or transporting operation, is stationed outby the equipment being moved.
(2) The settings of automatic circuit interrupting devices used to provide short circuit protection for the trolley circuit shall be reduced to not more than one-half of the maximum current that could flow if the equipment being moved or transported were to come into contact with the trolley wire or trolley feeder wire;
(3) At all times the unit of equipment is being moved or transported, a miner shall be stationed at the first automatic circuit breaker outby the equipment being moved and such miner shall be: (i) In direct communication with persons actually engaged in the moving or transporting operation, and (ii) capable of communicating with the responsible person on the surface required to be on duty in accordance with S 75.1600-1 of this part;
(4) Where trolley phones are utilized to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (f)(3) of this sec- tion, telephones or other equivalent two-way communication devices that can readily be connected with the mine communication system shall be carried by the miner stationed at the first automatic circuit breaker outby the equipment being moved and by a miner actually engaged in the moving or transporting operation; and,
(5) No person shall be permitted to be inby the unit of equipment being moved or transported, in the ventilating current of air that is passing over such equipment, except those persons directly engaged in moving such equipment.
(g) The provisions of paragraphs (a) through (f) of this section shall not apply to units of mining equipment that are transported in mine cars, provided that no part of the equipment extends above or over the sides of the mine car.
Subpart L--Fire Protection
S 75.1100 Requirements.
[Statutory Provision]
Each coal mine shall be provided with suitable firefighting equipment adapted for the size and conditions of the mine. The Secretary shall establish minimum requirements of the type, quality, and quantity of such equipment.
S 75.1100-1 Type and quality of firefighting equipment.
Firefighting equipment required under this subpart shall meet the following minimum require- ments:
(a) Waterlines: Waterlines shall be capable of delivering 50 gallons of water a minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
(b) Portable water cars: A portable water car shall be of at least 1,000 gallons capacity (500 gallons capacity for anthracite mines) and shall have at least 300 feet of fire hose with nozzles. A por- table water car shall be capable of providing a flow through the hose of 50 gallons of water per minute at nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch.
(c) A portable chemical car shall carry enough chemicals to provide a fire extinguishing capacity equivalent to that of a portable water car.
(d) Portable foam-generating machines or devices: A portable foam-generating machine or device shall have facilities and equipment for supplying the machine with 30 gallons of water per minute at 30 pounds per square inch for a period of 35 minutes.
(e) Portable fire extinguisher: A portable fire extinguisher shall be either (1) a multipurpose dry chemical type containing a nominal weight of 5 pounds of dry powder and enough expellant to apply the powder or (2) a foam-producing type containing at least 2 1/2 gallons of foam-producing liquids and enough expellant to supply the foam. Only fire extinguishers approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corp., carrying appropriate labels as to type and purpose, shall be used.
After March 30, 1971, all new portable fire extinguishers acquired for use in a coal mine shall have a 2A 10 BC or higher rating.
(f)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the fire hose shall be lined with a material having flame resistant qualities meeting requirements for hose in Bureau of Mines' Schedule 2G. The cover shall be polyester, or other material with flame-spread qualities and mildew resistance equal or superior to polyester. The bursting pressure shall be at least 4 times the water pressure at the valve to the hose inlet with the valve closed; the maximum water pressure in the hose nozzle shall not exceed 100 ps.i.g.
(2) Fire hose installed for use in underground coal mines prior to December 30, 1970, shall be mildew-proof and have a bursting pressure at least 4 times the water pressure at the valve to the hose inlet with the valve closed, and the maximum water pressure in the hose nozzle with water flowing shall not exceed 100 p. s.i.g.
S 75.1100-2 Quantity and location of firefighting equipment.
(a) Working sections. (1) Each working section of coal mines producing 300 tons or more per shift shall be provided with two portable fire extinguishers and 240 pounds of rock dust in bags or other suitable containers; waterlines shall extend to each section loading point and be equipped with enough fire hose to reach each working face unless the section loading point is provided with one of the follow- ing:
(i) Two portable water cars; or
(ii) Two portable chemical cars; or
(iii) One portable water car or one portable chemical car, and either (a) a portable foam-generating machine or (b) a portable high-pressure rock-dusting machine fitted with at least 250 feet of hose and supplied with at least 60 sacks of rock dust.
(2) Each working section of coal mines producing less than 300 tons of coal per shift shall be provided with two portable fire extinguishers, 240 pounds of rock dust in bags or other suitable contain- ers, and at least 500 gallons of water and at least 3 pails of 10 quart capacity. In lieu of the 500 gallon water supply a waterline with sufficient hose to reach the working places, a portable water car (500 gallons capacity) or a portable all-purpose dry powder chemical car of at least 125-pounds capacity may be provided.
(b) Belt conveyors. In all coal mines, waterlines shall be installed parallel to the entire length of belt conveyors and shall be equipped with firehose outlets with valves at 300-foot intervals along each belt conveyor and at tailpieces. At least 500 feet of firehose with fittings suitable for connection with each belt conveyor waterline system shall be stored at strategic locations along the belt conveyor. Water- lines may be installed in entries adjacent to the conveyor entry belt as long as the outlets project into the belt conveyor entry.
(c) Haulage tracks. (1) In mines producing 300 tons of coal or more per shift waterlines shall be installed parallel to all haulage tracks using mechanized equipment in the track or adjacent entry and shall extend to the loading point of each working section. Waterlines shall be equipped with outlet valves at intervals of not more than 500 feet, and 500 feet of firehose with fittings suitable for connec- tion with such waterlines shall be provided at strategic locations. Two portable water cars, readily avail- able, may be used in lieu of waterlines prescribed under this paragraph.
(2) In mines producing less than 300 tons of coal per shift, there shall be provided at 500-foot intervals in all main and secondary haulage roads:
(i) A tank of water of at least 55-gallon capacity with at least 3 pails of not less than 10-quart capacity; or
(ii) Not less than 240 pounds of bagged rock dust.
(d) Transportation. Each track or off-track locomotive, self-propelled man-trip car, or personnel carrier shall be equipped with one portable fire extinguisher.
(e) Electrical installations. (1) Two portable fire extinguishers or one extinguisher having at least twice the minimum capacity specified for a portable fire extinguisher in S 75.1100-1(e) shall be provided at each permanent electrical installation.
(2) One portable fire extinguisher and 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at each tempo- rary electrical installation.
(f) Oil storage stations. Two portable fire extinguishers and 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at each permanent underground oil storage station. One portable fire extinguisher shall be provided at each working section where 25 gallons or more of oil are stored in addition to extinguishers required under paragraph (a) of this section.
(g) Welding, cutting, soldering. One portable fire extinguisher or 240 pounds of rock dust shall be provided at locations where welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame is being done.
(h) Powerlines. At each wooden door through which powerlines pass there shall be one portable fire extinguisher or 240 pounds of rock dust within 25 feet of the door on the intake air side.
(i) Emergency materials. (1) At each mine producing 300 tons of coal or more per shift there shall be readily available the following materials at locations not exceeding 2 miles from each working section:
1,000 board feet of brattice boards
2 rolls of brattice cloth
2 hand saws
25 pounds of 8d nails
25 pounds of 10d nails
25 pounds of 16d nails
3 claw hammers
25 bags of wood fiber plaster or 10 bags of cement (or equivalent material for stoppings)
5 tons of rock dust
(2) At each mine producing less than 300 tons of coal per shift the above materials shall be available at the mine, provided, however, that the emergency materials for one or more mines may be stored at a central warehouse or building supply company and such supply must be the equivalent of that required for all mines involved and within 1-hour's delivery time from each mine. This exception shall not apply where the active working sections are more than 2 miles from the surface.
S 75.1100-3 Condition and examination of firefighting equipment.
All firefighting equipment shall be maintained in a usable and operative condition. Chemical extinguishers shall be examined every 6 months and the date of the examination shall be written on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.
S 75.1101 Deluge-type water sprays, foam generators; main and secondary belt-conveyor drives.
[Statutory Provisions]
Deluge-type water sprays or foam generators automatically actuated by rise in temperature, or other no less effective means approved by the Secretary of controlling fire, shall be installed at main and secondary belt-conveyor drives.
S 75.1101-1 Deluge-type water spray systems.
(a) Deluge-type spray systems shall consist of open nozzles attached to branch lines. The branch lines shall be connected to a waterline through a control valve operated by a fire sensor. Actuation of the control valve shall cause water to flow into the branch lines and discharge from the nozzles.
(b) Nozzles attached to the branch lines shall be full cone, corrosion resistant and provided with blow-off dust covers. The spray application rate shall not be less than 0.25 gallon per minute per square foot of the top surface of the top belt and the discharge shall be directed at both the upper and bottom surfaces of the top belt and to the upper surface of the bottom belt.
S 75.1101-2 Installation of deluge-type sprays.
Deluge-type water spray systems shall provide protection for the belt drive and 50 feet of fire-resistant belt or 150 feet of nonfire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
S 75.1101-3 Water requirements.
Deluge-type water spray systems shall be attached to a water supply. Water so supplied shall be free of excessive sediment and noncorrosive to the system. Water pressure shall be maintained consistent with the pipe, fittings, valves, and nozzles at all times. Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-out connection and a manual shut-off valve. The water supply shall be adequate to provide flow for 10 minutes except that pressure tanks used as a source of water supply shall be of 1,000-gallon capacity for a fire-resistant belt and 3,000 gallons for a nonfire-resistant belt may be provided.
S 75.1101-4 Branch lines.
As a part of the deluge-type water spray system, two or more branch lines of nozzles shall be installed. The maximum distance between nozzles shall not exceed 8 feet.
S 75.1101-5 Installation of foam generator systems.
(a) Foam generator systems shall be located so as to discharge foam to the belt drive, belt takeup, electrical controls, gear reducing unit and the conveyor belt.
(b) Foam generator systems shall be equipped with a fire sensor which actuates the system, and each system shall be capable of producing and delivering the following amounts of foam within 5 min- utes:
(1) At fire-resistant belt installations, an amount which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt takeup, electrical controls, gear reducing unit, and the conveyor belt over a distance of 50 feet; and,
(2) At nonfire-resistant belt installations, an amount which will fully envelop the belt drive, belt takeup electrical controls, gear reducing unit, and the conveyor belt over a distance of 150 feet.
(c) The foam generator shall be equipped with a warning device designed to stop the belt drive when a fire occurs and all such warning devices shall be capable of giving both an audible and visual signal when actuated by fire.
(d) Water, power, and chemicals required shall be adequate to maintain water or foam flow for no less than 25 minutes.
(e) Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-out connection and a manual shut-off valve.
S 75.1101-6 Water sprinkler systems; general.
Water sprinkler systems may be installed to protect main and secondary belt-conveyor drives; however, where such systems are employed, they shall be installed and maintained in accordance with SS 75.1101-7 through 75.1101-11.
S 75.1101-7 Installation of water sprinkler systems; requirements.
(a) The fire-control components of each water sprinkler system shall be installed, as far as practi- cable in accordance with the recommendations set forth in National Fire Protection Association 1968-69 edition, Code No. 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems" and such systems' components shall be of a type approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Factory Mutual Research Corp.
(b) Each sprinkler system shall provide protection for the motor drive belt takeup, electrical controls, gear reducing unit, and the 50 feet of fire-resistant belt, or 150 feet of nonfire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
(c) The components of each water sprinkler system shall be located so as to minimize the possi- bility of damage by roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
S 75.1101-8 Water sprinkler systems; arrangement of sprinklers.
(a) At least one sprinkler shall be installed above each belt drive, belt take-up, electrical control, and gear-reducing unit, and individual sprinklers shall be installed at intervals of no more than 8 feet along all conveyor branch lines.
(b) Two or more branch lines, at least one of which shall be above the top belt and one between the top and bottom belt, shall be installed in each sprinkler system to provide a uniform discharge of water to the belt surface.
(c) The water discharge rate from the sprinkler system shall not be less than 0.25 gallon per minute per square foot of the top surface of the top belt and the discharge shall be directed at both the upper and bottom surfaces of the top belt and to the upper surface of the bottom belt. The supply of water shall be adequate to provide a constant flow of water for 10 minutes with all sprinklers function- ing.
(d) Each individual sprinkler shall be activated at a temperature of not less than 150 oF. and not more than 300 oF.
(e) Water systems shall include strainers with a flush-out connection and a manual shut-off valve.
S 75.1101-9 Back-up water system.
One fire hose outlet together with a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive shall be provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
S 75.1101-10 Water sprinkler systems; fire warning devices at belt drives.
Each water sprinkler system shall be equipped with a device designed to stop the belt drive in the event of a rise in temperature and each such warning device shall be capable of giving both an audible and visual warning when a fire occurs.
S 75.1101-11 Inspection of water sprinkler systems.
Each water sprinkler system shall be examined weekly and a functional test of the complete system shall be conducted at least once each year.
S 75.1101-12 Equivalent dry-pipe system.
Where water sprinkler systems are installed to protect main and secondary belt conveyor drives and freezing temperatures prevail, an equivalent dry-pipe system may be installed.
S 75.1101-13 Dry powder chemical systems; general.
Self-contained dry powder chemical systems may be installed to protect main and secondary belt conveyor drives, however, where such systems are employed, they shall be installed and maintained in accordance with the provisions of SS 75.1101-14 through 75.1101-22.
S 75.1101-14 Installation of dry powder chemical systems.
(a) Self-contained dry powder chemical systems shall be installed to protect each belt-drive, belt takeup, electrical-controls, gear reducing units and 50 feet of fire-resistant belt or 150 feet of non-fire-resistant belt adjacent to the belt drive.
(b) The fire-control components of each dry powder chemical system shall be a type approved by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Factory Mutual Engineering Corp.
(c) The components of each dry powder chemical system shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of damage by roof fall or by the moving belt and its load.
S 75.1101-15 Construction of dry powder chemical systems.
(a) Each self-contained dry powder system shall be equipped with hose or pipe lines which are no longer than necessary.
(b) Metal piping and/or hose between control valves and nozzles shall have a minimum bursting pressure of 500 p.s.i.g.
(c) Hose shall be protected by wire braid or its equivalent.
(d) Nozzles and reservoirs shall be sufficient in number to provide maximum protection to each belt, belt takeup, electrical controls, and gear reducing unit.
(e) Each belt shall be protected on the top surface of both the top and bottom belts and the bot- tom surface of the top belt.
S 75.1101-16 Dry powder chemical systems; sensing and fire-suppression devices.
(a) Each self-contained dry powder chemical system shall be equipped with sensing devices which shall be designed to activate the fire-control system, sound an alarm and stop the conveyor drive motor in the event of a rise in temperature, and provision shall be made to minimize contamination of the lens of any optical sensing device installed in such system.
(b) Where sensors are operated from the same power source as the belt drive, each sensor shall be equipped with a standby power source which shall be capable of remaining operative for at least 4 hours after a power cutoff.
(c) Sensor systems shall include a warning indicator (or test circuit) which shows it is operative.
(d) Each fire-suppression system shall be equipped with a manually operated control valve which shall be independent of the sensor.
S 75.1101-17 Sealing of dry powder chemical systems.
Each dry powder chemical system shall be adequately sealed to protect all components of the system from moisture dust, and dirt.
S 75.1101-18 Dry powder requirements.
Each dry powder chemical system shall contain the following minimum amounts of multipurpose dry powder:
Belt Dry powder, pounds
Fire resistant 125
Non-fire resistant 250
S 75.1101-19 Nozzles; flow rate and direction.
The nozzles of each dry powder chemical system shall be capable of discharging all powder within 1 minute after actuation of the system and such nozzles shall be directed so as to minimize the effect of ventilation upon fire control.
S 75.1101-20 Safeguards for dry powder chemical systems.
Adequate guards shall be provided along all belt conveyors in the vicinity of each dry powder chemical system to protect persons whose vision is restricted by a discharge of powder from the system.
In addition, hand-rails shall be installed in such areas to provide assistance to those passing along the conveyor after a powder discharge.
S 75.1101-21 Back-up water system.
One fire hose outlet together with a length of hose capable of extending to the belt drive shall be provided within 300 feet of each belt drive.
S 75.1101-22 Inspection of dry powder chemical systems.
(a) Each dry powder chemical system shall be examined weekly and a functional test of the complete system shall be conducted at least once each year.
(b) Where the dry powder chemical system has been actuated, all components of the system shall be cleaned immediately by flushing all powder from pipes and hoses and all hose damaged by fire shall be replaced.
S 75.1101-23 Program of instruction; location and use of fire fighting equipment; location of escapeways, exits and routes of travel; evacuation procedures; fire drills.
(a) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall adopt a program for the instruction of all miners in the location and use of fire fighting equipment, location of escapeways, exits, and routes of travel to the surface, and proper evacuation procedures to be followed in the event of an emergency.
Such program shall be submitted for approval to the District Manager of the Coal Mine Health and Safety District in which the mine is located no later than June 30, 1974. A copy of this program and any changes shall be filed with the State mine Inspector.
(1) The approved program of instruction shall include a specific fire fighting and evacuation plan designed to acquaint miners on all shifts with procedures for:
(i) Evacuation of all miners not required for fire fighting activities;
(ii) Rapid assembly and transportation of necessary men, fire suppression equipment, and rescue apparatus to the scene of the fire; and,
(iii) Operation of the fire suppression equipment available in the mine.
(2) The approved program of instruction shall be given to all miners annually, and to newly employed miners within six months after the date of employment.
(b) In addition to the approved program of instruction required by paragraph (a) of this section, each operator of an underground coal mine shall ensure that:
(1) At least two miners in each working section on each production shift are proficient in the use of all fire suppression equipment available on such working section, and know the location of such fire suppression equipment;
(2) Each operator of attended equipment specified in S75.1107-1(c)(1), and each miner assigned to perform job duties at the job site in the direct line of sight of attended equipment as described in S 75.1107-1(c)(2), is proficient in the use of fire suppression devices installed on such attended equipment; and,
(3) The shift foreman and at least one miner for every five miners working underground on a maintenance shift are proficient in the use of fire suppression equipment available in the mine, and know the location of such fire suppression equipment.
(c) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall require all miners to participate in fire drills, which shall be held at periods of time so as to ensure that all miners participate in such a drill no later than January 31, 1974, and at intervals of not more than 90 days thereafter.
(1) The operator shall certify by signature and date that the fire drills were held in accordance with the requirements of this section. Certifications shall be kept at the mine and made available on request to an authorized representative of the Secretary.
(2) For purposes of this paragraph (c), a fire drill shall consist of a simulation of the actions required by the approved fire fighting and evacuation plan described in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
S 75.1102 Slippage and sequence switches.
[Statutory Provisions]
Underground belt conveyors shall be equipped with slippage and sequence switches.
S 75.1103 Automatic fire warning devices.
[Statutory Provisions]
On or before May 29, 1970, devices shall be installed on all such belts which will give a warning automatically when a fire occurs on or near such belt. The Secretary shall prescribe a schedule for installing fire suppression devices on belt haulageways.
S 75.1103-1 Automatic fire sensors.
A fire sensor system shall be installed on each underground belt conveyor. Sensors so installed shall be of a type which will (a) give warning automatically when a fire occurs on or near such belt; (b) provide both audible and visual signals that permit rapid location of the fire.
S 75.1103-2 Automatic fire sensors; approved components; installation requirements.
(a) The components of each automatic fire sensor required to be installed in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1103-1 shall be of a type and installed in a manner approved by the Secretary, or the components shall be of a type listed, approved and installed in accordance with the recommendations of nationally recognized testing laboratory approved by the Secretary.
(b) Where applicable, and not inconsistent with these regulations, automatic fire sensors shall be installed in accordance with the recommendations set forth in National Fire Code No. 72A "Local Protective Signaling Systems" (NFPA No. 72A-1967). National Fire Code No. 72A (1967) is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. National Fire Code No. 72A is available for examina- tion at each Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration, and may be obtained from the National Fire Protection Association, 60 Batterymarch Street, Boston, MA 02110.
S 75.1103-3 Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems; minimum requirements; general.
Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems installed in belt haulageways of underground coal mines shall be assembled from components which meet the minimum requirements set forth in SS 75.1103-4 through 75.1103-7 unless otherwise approved by the Secretary.
S 75.1103-4 Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems; installation; minimum requirements.
(a) Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall provide identification of fire within each belt flight (each belt unit operated by a belt drive).
1) Where used, sensors responding to temperature rise at a point (point-type sensors) shall be located at or above the elevation of the top belt, and installed at the beginning and end of each belt flight, at the belt drive, and in increments along each belt flight so that the maximum distance between sensors does not exceed 125 feet, except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(2) Where used, sensors responding to radiation, smoke, gases, or other indications of fire, shall be spaced at regular intervals to provide protection equivalent to point-type sensors, and installed within the time specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(3) When the distance from the tailpiece at loading points to the first outby sensor reaches 125 feet when point-type sensors are used, such sensors shall be installed and put in operation within 24 production shift hours after the distance of 125 feet is reached. When sensors of the kind described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section are used, such sensor shall be installed and put in operation within 24 production shift hours after the equivalent distance which has been established for the sensor from the tailpiece at loading points to the first outby sensor is first reached.
(b) Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall be installed so as to minimize the possibility of damage from roof falls and the moving belt and its load.
(c) Infrared, ultraviolet, and other sensors whose effectiveness is impaired by contamination shall be protected from dust, dirt, and moisture.
(d) The voltage of automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall not exceed 120 volts.
(e) Except when power must be cut off in the mine under the provisions of S 75.313, automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall be capable of giving warning of fire for a minimum of 4 hours after the source of power to the belt is removed unless the belt haulageway is examined for hot rollers and fire as provided in paragraph (e)(1) or (2) of this section.
(1) When an unplanned removal of power from the belt occurs an examination for hot rollers and fire in the operating belts of a conveyor system shall be completed within 2 hours after the belt has stopped.
(2) When a preplanned removal of power from the belt occurs an examination for hot rollers and fire on the operating belts of a conveyor system may commence not more than 30 minutes before the belts are stopped and shall be completed within 2 hours after the examination is commenced, or the examination shall be commenced when the belts are stopped and completed within 2 hours after the belts are stopped.
S 75.1103-5 Automatic fire warning devices; manual resetting.
(a) Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall upon activation provide an effective warning signal at either of the following locations:
(1) At all work locations where men may be endangered from a fire at the belt flight; or
(2) At a manned location where personnel have an assigned post of duty and have telephone or equivalent communication with all men who may be endangered.
The automatic fire sensor and warning device system shall be monitored for a period of 4 hours after the belt is stopped, unless an examination for hot rollers and fire is made as prescribed in S 75.1103-4(e).
(b) The fire sensor and warning device system shall include a means for rapid evaluation of electrical short and open circuits, ground faults, pneumatic leaks, or other defect detrimental to its proper operational condition.
(c) Automatic fire sensor and warning devices shall include a manual reset feature.
S 75.1103-6 Automatic fire sensors; actuation of fire suppression systems.
Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems may be used to actuate deluge-type water systems, foam generator systems, multipurpose dry-powder systems, or other equivalent automatic fire suppression systems.
S 75.1103-7 Electrical components; permissibility requirements.
The electrical components of each automatic fire sensor and warning device system shall:
(a) Remain functional when the power circuits are deenergized as required by S 75.706; and
(b) Be provided with protection against ignition of methane or coal dust when the electrical power is deenergized as required by S 75.313, but these components shall be permissible or intrinsically safe if installed in a return airway.
S 75.1103-8 Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems; inspection and test requirements.
(a) Automatic fire sensor and warning device systems shall be inspected weekly, and a functional test of the complete system shall be made at least once annually. Inspection and maintenance of such systems shall be by a qualified person.
(b) A record of the annual functional test conducted in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section shall be maintained by the operator. A record card of the weekly inspection shall be kept at each belt drive.
S 75.1103-9 Minimum requirements; fire suppression materials and location; maintenance of entries and crosscuts; access doors; communications; fire crews; high-expansion foam devices.
(a) The following materials shall be stored within 300 feet of each belt drive or at a location where the material can be moved to the belt drive within 5 minutes, except that when the ventilating current in the belt haulageway travels in the direction of the normal movement of coal on the belt, the materials shall be stored within 300 feet of the belt tailpiece or at a location where the materials can be moved to the belt tailpiece within 5 minutes.
(1) 500 feet of fire hose, except that if the belt flight is less than 500 feet in length the fire hose may be equal to the length of the belt flight. A high expansion foam device may be substituted for 300 feet of the 500 feet of the fire hose. Where used, such foam generators shall produce foam sufficient to fill 100 feet of the belt haulageway in not more than 5 minutes. Sufficient power cable and water hose shall be provided so that the foam generator can be installed at any crosscut along the belt by which the generator is located. A 1-hour supply of foam producing chemicals and tools and hardware required for its operation shall be stored at the foam generator.
(2) Tools to open a stopping between the belt entry and the adjacent intake entry; and
(3) 240 pounds of bagged rock dust.
(b) The entry containing the main waterline and the crosscuts containing water outlets between such entry and the belt haulageway (if the main waterline is in an adjacent entry) shall be maintained accessible and in safe condition for travel and firefighting activities. Each stopping in such crosscuts or adjacent crosscuts shall have an access door.
(c) Suitable communication lines extending to the surface shall be provided in the belt haulage- way or adjacent entry.
(d) The fire suppression system required at the belt drive shall include the belt discharge head.
(e) A crew consisting of at least five members for each working shift shall be trained in firefighting operations. Fire drills shall be held at intervals not exceeding 6 months.
S 75.1103-10 Fire suppression systems; additional requirements.
Where the average air velocity along the belt haulage entry exceeds 100 feet per minute, or the belt is not fire resistant, or both, the fire suppression system in the belt haulageway shall conform with the following additional sensor and cache requirements:
(a) The maximum distance between sensors along the belt haulageway shall be 40 percent of those distances specified or established in accordance with S 75.1103-4(a)(1) or (2), as applicable, and shall be installed and put in operation within the period of time specified in S 75.1103-4(a)(3).
(b) For each conveyor belt flight exceeding 2,000 feet in length, an additional cache of the materials specified in S 75.1103-9(a)(1), (2), and (3) shall be provided. The additional cache may be stored at the locations specified in S 75.1103-9(a), or at some other strategic location readily accessible to the conveyor belt flight.
S 75.1103-11 Tests of fire hydrants and fire hose; record of tests.
Each fire hydrant shall be tested by opening to insure that it is in operating condition, and each fire hose shall be tested, at intervals not exceeding 1 year. A record of these tests shall be maintained at an appropriate location.
S 75.1104 Underground storage, lubricating oil and grease.
[Statutory Provisions]
Underground storage places for lubricating oil and grease shall be of fireproof construction.
Except for specially prepared materials approved by the Secretary, lubricating oil and grease kept in all underground areas in a coal mine shall be in fireproof, closed metal containers or other no less effective containers approved by the Secretary.
S 75.1106 Welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame underground.
[Statutory Provisions]
All welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame in all underground areas of a coal mine shall, whenever practicable, be conducted in fireproof enclosures. Welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame in other than a fireproof enclosure shall be done under the supervision of a qualified person who shall make a diligent search for fire during and after such operations and shall, immediately before and during such operations, continuously test for methane with means approved by the Secretary for detect- ing methane. Welding, cutting, or soldering shall not be conducted in air that contains 1.0 volume per centum or more of methane. Rock dust or suitable fire extinguishers shall be immediately available during such welding, cutting or soldering.
S 75.1106-1 Test for methane.
Until December 31, 1970, a permissible flame safety lamp may be used to make tests for meth- ane required by the regulations in this part. On and after December 31, 1970, a methane detector ap- proved by the Secretary shall be used for such tests and a permissible flame safety lamp may be used as a supplemental testing device. A person qualified to test for methane under S 75.151 will be a qualified person for the purpose of this section.
TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING AND STORAGE OF LIQUEFIED AND NONLIQUEFIED COMPRESSED GAS CYLINDERS
S 75.1106-2 Transportation of liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders; requirements.
(a) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders transported into or through an under- ground coal mine shall be:
(1) Placed securely in devices designed to hold the cylinder in place during transit on self-propelled equipment or belt conveyors;
(2) Disconnected from all hoses and gages;
(3) Equipped with a metal cap or "headband" (fence-type metal protector around the valve stem) to protect the cylinder valve during transit; and,
(4) Clearly labeled "empty" or "MT" when the gas in the cylinder has been expended.
(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, when liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders are transported by a trolley wire haulage system into or through an underground coal mine, such cylinders shall be placed in well insulated and substantially constructed containers which are specifically designed for holding such cylinders.
(c) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders shall not be transported on mantrips.
S 75.1106-3 Storage of liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders; requirements.
(a) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders stored in an underground coal mine shall be:
(1) Clearly marked and identified as to their contents in accordance with Department of Trans- portation regulations.
(2) Placed securely in storage areas designated by the operator for such purpose, and where the height of the coalbed permits, in an upright position, preferably in specially designated racks, or other- wise secured against being accidently tipped over.
(3) Protected against damage from falling material, contact with power lines and energized electrical equipment, heat from welding, cutting or soldering, and exposure to flammable liquids.
(b) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders shall not be stored or left unattended in any area inby the last open crosscut of an underground coal mine.
(c) When not in use, the valves of all liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders shall be in the closed position, and all hoses shall be removed from the cylinder.
S 75.1106-4 Use of liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders; general requirements.
(a) Persons assigned by the operator to use and work with liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas shall be trained and designated by the operator as qualified to perform the work to which they are assigned, and such qualified persons shall be specifically instructed with respect to the dangers inherent in the use of such gases in an underground coal mine.
(b) Persons who perform welding, cutting, or burning operations shall wear clothing free from excessive oil or grease.
(c) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas shall be used only in well-ventilated areas.
(d) Not more than one liquefied or nonliquefied compressed gas unit, consisting of one oxygen cylinder and one additional gas cylinder, shall be used to repair any unit of equipment which is inby the loading point of any section.
(e) Where liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas is used regularly in underground shops or other underground structures, such shops or structures shall be on a separate split of air.
(f) Where liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas is used in any area in which oil, grease, or coal dust is present, oil and grease deposits shall, where practicable, be removed and the entire area within 10 feet of the worksite covered with a heavy coating of rock dust.
(g) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders shall be located no less than 10 feet from the worksite, and where the height of the coal seam permits, they shall be placed in an upright position and chained or otherwise secured against falling.
(h) Liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas shall not be used under direct pressure from the cylinder and, where such gases are used under reduced pressure, the pressure level shall not exceed that recommended by the manufacturer.
(i) "Manifolding cylinders" shall only be performed in well-ventilated shops where the necessary equipment is properly installed and operated in accordance with specifications for safety prescribed by the manufacturer.
S 75.1106-5 Maintenance and tests of liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders; acces- sories and equipment; requirements.
(a) Hose lines, gages, and other cylinder accessories shall be maintained in a safe operating condition.
(b) Defective cylinders, cylinder accessories, torches, and other welding, cutting, and burning equipment shall be labeled "defective" and taken out of service.
(c) Each qualified person assigned to perform welding, cutting, or burning with liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas shall be equipped with a wrench specifically designed for use with lique- fied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders and a suitable torchtip cleaner to maintain torches in a safe operating condition.
(d) Tests for leaks on the hose valves or gages of liquefied and nonliquefied compressed gas cylinders shall only be made with a soft brush and soapy water or soap suds, or other device approved by the Secretary.
S 75.1106-6 Exemption of small low pressure gas cylinders containing nonflammable or nonexplo- sive gas mixtures.
Small low pressure gas cylinders containing nonflammable or nonexplosive gas mixtures, which provide for the emission of such gas under a pressure reduced from a pressure which does not exceed 250 p.s.i.g., and which is manufactured and sold in conformance with U.S. Department of Transportation Special Permit No. 6029 as a calibration test kit for methane monitoring systems, shall be exempt from the requirements of SS 75.1106-2(c) and 75.1106-4(d), (f) and (g).
FIRE SUPPRESSION DEVICES AND FIRE-RESISTANT HYDRAULIC FLUIDS ON UNDER- GROUND EQUIPMENT
S 75.1107 Fire suppression devices.
[Statutory Provisions]
On and after March 30, 1971, fire-suppression devices meeting specifications prescribed by the Secretary shall be installed on unattended underground equipment and suitable fire-resistant hydraulic fluids approved by the Secretary shall be used in the hydraulic systems of such equipment. Such fluids shall be used in the hydraulic systems of other underground equipment unless fire suppression devices meeting specifications prescribed by the Secretary are installed on such equipment.
S 75.1107-1 Fire-resistant hydraulic fluids and fire suppression devices on underground equipment.
(a)(1) Unattended electrically powered equipment used underground which uses hydraulic fluid shall use approved fire-resistant hydraulic fluid.
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section, within 24 production shift hours after being installed, unattended electrically powered equipment used underground shall be equipped with a fire suppression device which meets the applicable requirements of SS 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16.
(3) Unattended enclosed motors, controls, transformers, rectifiers, and other similar noncombus- tible electrically powered equipment containing no flammable fluid may be protected:
(i) By an approved fire suppression device, or
(ii) Be located at least 2 feet from coal or other combustible materials, or
(iii) Be separated from the coal or combustible materials by a 4-inch-thick masonry firewall or equivalent; and be mounted on a minimum 4-inch-thick noncombustible surface, platform, or equivalent. The electrical cables at such equipment shall conform with the requirements of part 18 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 2G) or be in metal conduit.
(b) Attended electrically powered equipment used underground which uses hydraulic fluid shall use approved fire-resistant hydraulic fluid unless such equipment is protected by a fire suppression device which meets the applicable requirements of SS 75.1107-3-75.1107-16.
(c) For purpose of SS 75.1107--75.1107-16 the following underground equipment shall be con- sidered attended equipment:
(1) Any machine or device regularly operated by a miner assigned to operate such machine or device;
(2) Any machine or device which is mounted in the direct line of sight of a jobsite which is located within 500 feet of such machine or device and which jobsite is regularly occupied by a miner assigned to perform job duties at such jobsite during each production shift.
(d) Machines and devices described under paragraph (c) of this section must be inspected for fire and the input powerline deenergized when workmen leave the area for more than 30 minutes.
S 75.1107-2 Approved fire-resistant hydraulic fluids; minimum requirements.
Fire-resistant hydraulic fluids and concentrates required to be employed in the hydraulic system of underground equipment in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1107-1 shall be considered suitable only if they have been produced under an approval, or any modification thereof, issued pursuant to part 35 pubchapter I of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 30), or any revision thereof.
S 75.1107-3 Fire suppression devices; approved components; installation requirements.
(a) The components of each fire suppression device required to be installed in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1107-1 shall be approved by the Secretary, or where appropriate be listed as approved by a nationally recognized agency approved by the Secretary.
(b) Where used, pressure vessels shall conform with the requirements of sections 3603, 3606, 3607, 3707, and 3708 of National Fire Code No. 22 "Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection" (NFPA No. 22-1971).
(c) The cover of hose of fire suppression devices, if used on the protected equipment and in- stalled after the effective date of this section, shall meet the flame-resistant requirements of part 18 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 2G).
(d) Fire suppression devices required to be installed in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1107-1 shall where appropriate be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
S 75.1107-4 Automatic fire sensors and manual actuators; installation; minimum requirements.
(a)(1) Where fire suppression devices are installed on unattended underground equipment, one or more point-type sensors or equivalent shall be installed for each 50 square feet of top surface area, or fraction thereof, of such equipment, and each sensor shall be designed to activate the first suppression system and disconnect the electrical power source to the equipment protected, and, except where sprin- klers are used, there shall be in addition, a manual actuator installed to operate the system. Where sprin- klers are used, provision shall be made for manual application of water to the protected equipment in lieu of a manual actuator.
(2) Two or more manual actuators, where practicable, shall be installed, as provided in para- graphs (a)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section, to activate fire suppression devices on attended equipment pur- chased on or after the effective date of this S 75.1107-4. At least one manual actuator shall be used on equipment purchased prior to the effective date of this S 75.1107-4.
(i) Manual actuators installed on attended equipment regularly operated by a miner, as provided in S 75.1107-1(c)(1) shall be located at different locations on the equipment, and at least one manual actuator shall be located within easy reach of the operator's normal operating position.
(ii) Manual actuators to activate fire suppression devices on attended equipment not regularly operated by a miner, as provided in S 75.1107-1(c)(2), shall be installed at different location, and at least one manual actuator shall be installed so as to be easily reached by the miner at the jobsite or by persons approaching the equipment.
(b) Sensors shall, where practicable, be installed in accordance with the recommendations set forth in National Fire Code No. 72A "Local Protective Signaling Systems" (NFPA No. 72A-1967).
(c) On unattended equipment the fire suppression device shall operate independently of the power to the main motor (or equivalent) so it will remain operative if the circuit breakers (or other protective device) actuates. On attended equipment powered through a trailing cable the fire suppression device shall operate independently of the electrical power provided by the cable.
(d) Point-type sensors (such as thermocouple, bimetallic strip, or rate of temperature rise) located in ventilated passageways shall be installed downwind from the equipment to be protected.
(e) Sensor systems shall include a device or method for determining their operative condition.
S 75.1107-5 Electrical components of fire suppression devices; permissibility requirements.
The electrical components of each fire suppression device used on permissible equipment inby the last open crosscut or on equipment in the return airways of any coal mine shall be permissible or intrinsically safe and such components shall be maintained in permissible or intrinsically safe condition.
S 75.1107-6 Capacity of fire suppression devices; location and direction of nozzles.
(a) Each fire suppression device shall be:
(1) Adequate in size and capacity to extinguish potential fires in or on the equipment protected; and
(2) Suitable for the atmospheric conditions surrounding the equipment protected (e.g., air velocity, type, and proximity of adjacent combustible material); and
(3) Rugged enough to withstand rough usage and vibration when installed on mining equipment.
(b) The extinguishant-discharge nozzles of each fire suppression device shall, where practicable, be located so as to take advantage of mine ventilation air currents. The fire suppression device may be of the internal injection, inundating, or combination type. Where fire control is achieved by internal injec- tion, or combination of internal injection and inundation, hazardous locations shall be enclosed to minimize runoff and overshoot of the extinguishing agent and the extinguishing agent shall be directed onto:
(1) Cable reel compartments and electrical cables on the equipment which are subject to flexing or to external damage; and
(2) All hydraulic components on the equipment which are exposed directly to or located in the immediate vicinity of electrical cables which are subject to flexing or to damage.
S 75.1107-7 Water spray devices; capacity; water supply; minimum requirements.
(a) Where water spray devices are used on unattended underground equipment the rate of flow shall be at least 0.25 gallon per minute per square foot over the top surface area of the equipment and the supply of water shall be adequate to provide the required flow of water for 10 minutes.
(b) Where water spray devices are used for inundating attended underground equipment the rate of flow shall be at least 0.18 gallon per minute per square foot over the top surface area of the equipment (excluding conveyors, cutters, and gathering heads), and the supply of water shall be adequate to provide the required flow of water for 10 minutes.
(c) Where water is used for internal injection on attended equipment the total quantity of water shall be at least 4.5 gallons times the number of hazardous locations; however, the total minimum amount of water shall not be less than the following:
Type of equipment Water in gallons
(1) Cutting machines 36
(2) Continuous miners 36
(3) Haulage vehicles 22.5
(4) All other attended equipment 18.0
The rate of flow shall be not less than 7 gallons per minute.
(d) Where water is used in a combination internal injection and inundation system on attended equipment the rate of flow shall be at least 0.12 gallon per minute per square foot over the top surface area of the equipment (excluding conveyors, cutters, and gathering heads), and the supply of water shall be adequate to provide the required flow of water for 10 minutes.
(e) On equipment provided with a cable reel and an internal injection or combination-type sys- tem, the amount of water discharged into the cable reel compartments shall be approximately 25 percent of the amount required to be discharged by the system, however, such quantity need not exceed 10 gallons.
(f) Liquid chemicals may be used, as approved by the Secretary in self-contained fire suppression devices. Such liquid chemicals shall be nontoxic and when applied to a fire shall not produce excessive toxic compounds. The quantity of liquid chemicals required shall be proportionately less than water as based on equivalency ratings established by the Secretary or equivalency ratings made by a nationally recognized agency approved by the Secretary.
S 75.1107-8 Fire suppression devices; extinguishant supply systems.
(a) Fire suppression systems using water or liquid chemical to protect attended equipment shall:
(1) Be maintained at a pressure consistent with the pipe, fittings, valves, and nozzles used in the system.
(2) Be located so as to be protected against damage during operation of the equipment protected.
(3) Employ liquid which is free from excessive sediment and noncorrosive to the system.
(4) Include strainers equipped with flush-out connections or equivalent protective devices and a rising stem or other visual indicator-type shutoff valve.
(b) Water supplies for fire suppression devices installed on underground equipment may be maintained in mounted water tanks or by connection to water mains. Such water supplies shall be con- tinuously connected to the fire suppression device whenever the equipment is connected to a power source, except for a reasonable time for changing hose connections to hydrants while the machine is stopped in a ventilated passageway.
S 75.1107-9 Dry chemical devices; capacity; minimum requirements.
(a) Dry chemical fire extinguishing systems used on underground equipment shall be of the multipurpose powder-type and shall include the following:
(1) The system including all hose and nozzles shall be protected against the entrance of moisture, dust, or dirt;
(2) The system shall be guarded against damage during operation of the equipment protected;
(3) Hose and pipe shall be as short as possible; the distance between the chemical container and furthest nozzle shall not exceed 50 feet;
(4) Hose, piping, and fittings between the actuator and the chemical container shall have a burst- ing pressure of 500 pounds per square inch (gage) or higher; the hose, piping, and fittings between the chemical container and the nozzles shall have a bursting pressure of 300 pounds per square inch (gage) or higher and
(5) The system shall discharge in 1 minute or less, for quantities less than 50 pounds (nominal) (fn.1) and in less than 2 minutes for quantities more than 50 pounds;
(fn. 1) Many dry chemical systems were originally designed for sodium bicarbonate before all-purpose chemical (ammonium phosphate) was shown to be more effective. Sodium bicarbonate is denser than ammonium phosphate; hence, for example, a 50-pound system designed for the sodium bicarbonate will hold slightly more by weight than all-purpose dry chemical (ammonium phosphate) by weight. The word "nominal" is used in S 75.1107-9 to express the approximate weight in pounds of all-purpose dry chemi- cal.
(b) On unattended underground equipment, the number of pounds of dry chemical employed by the system shall be not less than 1 pound per square foot of top surface area of the equipment; however, the minimum amount in any system shall be 20 pounds (nominal). The discharge shall be directed into and on potentially hazardous locations of the equipment.
(c) On attended underground equipment, the number of pounds (nominal) employed by the system shall equal 5 times the total number of hazardous locations; however, the minimum amount in any system shall not be less than the following, except that systems on haulage vehicles installed prior to the effective date of this section may contain 20 pounds (nominal).
Type of equipment Dry chemical pounds (nominal)
(1) Cutting machines 40
(2) Continuous miners 40
(3) Haulage vehicles 30
(4) All other attended equipment 20
(d) The amount of dry chemical discharged into the cable reel compartments of attended under- ground equipment shall be approximately 25 percent of the total amount required to be discharged by the system; however, the quantity discharged into cable reel compartments need not exceed 10 pounds.
S 75.1107-10 High expansion foam devices; minimum capacity.
(a) On unattended underground equipment the amount of water delivered as high expansion foam for a period of approximately 20 minutes shall be not less than 0.06 gallon per minute per square foot of surface area of the equipment protected; however, the minimum total rate for any system shall be not less than 3 gallons per minute.
(b) On attended underground equipment, foam may be delivered by internal injection, inunda- tion, or combination-type systems. Each system shall deliver water as foam for a minimum of 10 min- utes. For internal injection, the rate of water application as high expansion foam shall be not less than 0.5 gallon per minute per hazardous location; however, the minimum total rate shall be not less than 2 gallons per minute. For inundation, the rate of water application as high expansion foam shall be not less than 0.05 gallon per minute per square foot of top surface area of the equipment protected; however, the minimum total rate shall be not less than 5 gallons of water per minute.
(c) In combined internal injection and inundation systems the rate of water applied as foam shall not be less than 0.035 gallon per minute per square foot of top surface area of the equipment protected; however, the minimum total rate shall not be less than 3.5 gallons of water per minute.
(d) Where internal injection is employed, the amount of water discharged as high expansion foam into the cable reel compartments of underground equipment regularly operated by a miner shall be approximately 25 percent of the total amount required to be discharged by the system; however, the quantity of water discharged as foam into the cable reel compartment need not exceed 1.5 gallons.
S 75.1107-11 Extinguishing agents; requirements on mining equipment employed in low coal.
On mining equipment no more than 32 inches high, the quantity of extinguishing agent required under the provisions of SS 75.1107-7, 75.1107-9, and 75.1107-10 may be reduced by one-fourth if space limitations on the equipment require such reduction.
S 75.1107-12 Inerting of mine atmosphere prohibited.
No fire suppression device designed to control fire by total flooding shall be installed to protect unattended underground equipment except in enclosed dead-end entries or enclosed rooms.
S 75.1107-13 Approval of other fire suppression devices.
Notwithstanding the provisions of SS 75.1107-1 through 75.1107-12 the District Manager for the District in which the mine is located may approve any other fire suppression system or device which provides substantially equivalent protection as would be achieved through compliance with those sec- tions: Provided, That no such system or device shall be approved which does not meet the following minimum criteria:
(a) Components shall be approved by the Secretary, or where appropriate be listed as approved by nationally recognized agency approved by the Secretary.
(b) The fire suppression equipment shall be designed to withstand the rigors of the mine environ- ment. Where used, pressure vessels shall conform with the requirements of section 3603, 3606, 3607, 3707, and 3708 of National Fire Code No. 22 "Water Tanks for Private Fire Protection" (NFPA No.22-1971).
(c) The cover of hose of fire suppression devices, if used on the protected equipment, shall meet the flame-resistant requirements of part 18 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 2G).
(d) Extinguishing agents shall not create a serious toxic or other hazard to the miners.
(e) The electrical components of the fire suppression device shall meet the requirements for electrical components of the mining machine.
(f) Where used, manual actuators for initiating the operation of the fire suppression device shall be readily accessible to the machine operator. On unattended equipment, an automatic as well as a manual actuator shall be provided.
(g) On unattended equipment the fire suppression device shall operate independently of the power to the main motor (or equivalent) so it will remain operative if the circuit breakers (or other protective device) actuates. On attended equipment powered through a trailing cable the fire suppression device shall operate independently of the electrical power provided by the cable.
(h) On unattended equipment, the sensor system shall have a means for checking its operative condition.
(i) The fire suppression agent shall be directed at locations where the greatest potential fire hazard exists. Cable reel compartments shall receive approximately twice the quantity of extinguishing agent as each other hazardous location.
(j) The rate of application of the fire suppression agent shall minimize the time for quenching and the total quantity applied shall be sufficient to quench a fire in its incipient stage.
(k) The effectiveness of the quenching agent, together with the total quantity of agent and its rate of application shall provide equivalent protection to the water, dry powder, or foam systems described in SS 75.1107-7, 75.1107-9, and 75.1107-10.
(l) The fire suppression device shall be operable at all times electrical power is connected to the mining machine, except during tramming when the machine is in a ventilated passageway, the water hose if used, may be switched from one hydrant to another in a reasonable time and except in systems meeting the minimum special criteria set forth in paragraph (m) of this section.
(m) Systems for attended equipment which are not continuously connected to a water supply shall not be approved unless they meet the following minimum criteria:
(1) The machine shall be equipped with a firehose at least 50 feet in length which is continuously connected to the machine-mounted portion of the system.
(2) Hydrants in proximity to the area where the machine is to be used shall be equipped with sufficient hose to reach the machine at any time it is connected to a power source.
(3) The machine shall be used only where the operator (or other person) will always be in venti- lated air uncontaminated by smoke and hot gases from the machine fire while extending the machine-mounted hose to connect with the hydrant-mounted hose.
(4) The machine and hydrant hoses shall be readily accessible so that the connection between the machine-mounted hose and the hydrant hose can be made and water flow achieved in not more than 3 minutes under actual mining conditions for any location of the machine while electric power is con- nected.
(5) The rate of water flow at the machine shall provide a minimum of 0.12 gallon of water per minute per square foot of top surface area (excluding conveyors, cutters, and gathering heads). The water shall discharge to all hazardous locations on the machine.
(6) Hose, if used on the machine, in addition to meeting the flame resistant requirements for the cover of a hose provided in SS 75.1107-3(b) and 75.1107-13(c) shall have a minimum burst pressure 4 times that of the static water pressure at the mining machine. Fabric braid hose shall have at least two braids, and wire braid hose shall have at least a single braid.
(7) In addition to the hose located at the hydrant (which is intended to be connected to the hose on the machine) the firefighting equipment required by S 75.1100-2(a) shall be maintained.
(8) A sufficient number of trained miners shall be kept on the section when the machine is in use to connect the machine hose to the hydrant hose and achieve water flow in not more than 3 minutes.
S 75.1107-14 Guards and handrails; requirements where fire suppression devices are employed.
All unattended underground equipment provided with fire suppression devices which are mounted in dead end entries, enclosed rooms or other potentially hazardous locations shall be equipped with adequate guards at moving or rotating components. Handrails or other effective protective devices shall be installed at such locations where necessary to facilitate rapid egress from the area surrounding such equipment.
S 75.1107-15 Fire suppression devices; hazards; training of miners.
Each operator shall instruct all miners normally assigned to the active workings of the mine with respect to any hazards inherent in the operation of all fire suppression devices installed in accordance with S 75.1107-1 and, where appropriate, the safeguards available at each such installation.
S 75.1107-16 Inspection of fire suppression devices.
(a) All fire suppression devices shall be visually inspected at least once each week by a person qualified to make such inspections.
(b) Each fire suppression device shall be tested and maintained in accordance with the require- ments specified in the appropriate National Fire Code listed as follows for the type and kind of device used:
National Fire Code No. 11A "High Expansion Foam Systems" (NFPA No. 11A-1970).
National Fire Code No. 13A "Care and Maintenance of Sprinkler Systems" (NFPA No. 13A-1971).
National Fire Code No. 15 "Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection" (NFPA No. 15-1969).
National Fire Code No. 17 "Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems" (NFPA No. 17-1969).
National Fire Code No. 72A "Local Protective Signaling Systems" (NFPA No. 72A-1967).
National Fire Code No. 198 "Care of Fire Hose" (NFPA No. 198-1969).
(c) A record of the inspections required by this section shall be maintained by the operator. The record of the weekly inspections may be maintained at an appropriate location by each fire suppression device.
S 75.1107-17 Incorporation by reference; availability of publications.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a), the technical publications to which reference is made in SS 75.1107-1 through 75.1107-16, and which have been prepared by organizations other than the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration, are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. The incorporated publications are available for examination at each Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration. National Fire Codes are available from the National Fire Protection Association, 60 Batterymarch Street, Boston, MA 02110.
S 75.1108 Flame-resistant conveyor belts.
[Statutory Provisions]
On and after March 30, 1970, all conveyor belts acquired for use underground shall meet the requirements to be established by the Secretary for flame-resistant conveyor belts.
S 75.1108-1 Approved conveyor belts.
Conveyor belts which have been approved as flame-resistant by the Bureau of Mines under part 18 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 2G) meet the requirements of S 75.1108.
Subpart M--Maps
S 75.1200 Mine map.
[Statutory Provisions]
The operator of a coal mine shall have in a fireproof repository located in an area on the surface of the mine chosen by the mine operator to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazard, an accurate and up-to-date map of such mine drawn on scale. Such map shall show:
(a) The active workings;
(b) All pillared, worked out, and abandoned areas, except as provided in this section;
(c) Entries and aircourses with the direction of airflow indicated by arrows;
(d) Contour lines of all elevations;
(e) Elevations of all main and cross or side entries;
(f) Dip of the coalbed;
(g) Escapeways;
(h) Adjacent mine workings within 1,000 feet;
(i) Mines above or below;
(j) Water pools above; and
(k) Either producing or abandoned oil and gas wells located within 500 feet of such mine and any underground area of such mine; and,
(l) Such other information as the Secretary may require. Such map shall identify those areas of the mine which have been pillared, worked out, or abandoned, which are inaccessible or cannot be entered safely and on which no information is available.
S 75.1200-1 Additional information on mine map.
Additional information required to be shown on mine maps under S 75.1200 shall include the following:
(a) Name and address of the mine;
(b) The scale and orientation of the map;
(c) The property or boundary lines of the mine;
(d) All drill holes that penetrate the coalbed being mined;
(e) All shaft, slope, drift, and tunnel openings and auger and strip mined areas of the coalbed being mined;
(f) The location of all surface mine ventilation fans; the location may be designated on the mine map by symbols;
(g) The location of railroad tracks and public highways leading to the mine, and mine buildings of a permanent nature with identifying names shown;
(h) The location and description of at least two permanent base line points coordinated with the underground and surface mine traverses, and the location and description of at least two permanent elevation bench marks used in connection with establishing or referencing mine elevation surveys;
(i) The location of any body of water dammed in the mine or held back in any portion of the mine; provided, however, such bodies of water may be shown on overlays or tracings attached to the mine maps used to show contour lines as provided under paragraph (m) of this section;
(j) The elevations of tops and bottoms of shafts and slopes, and the floor at the entrance to drift and tunnel openings;
(k) The elevation of the floor at intervals of not more than 200 feet in:
(1) At least one entry of each working section, and main and cross entries;
(2) The last line of open crosscuts of each working section, and main and cross entries before such sections and main and cross entries are abandoned;
(3) Rooms advancing toward or adjacent to property or boundary lines or adjacent mines;
(l) The elevation of any body of water dammed in the mine or held back in any portion of the mine; and,
(m) Contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. The spacing of such lines shall not exceed 10-foot elevation levels, except that a broader spacing of contour lines may be approved by the District Manager for steeply-pitching coalbeds. Contour lines may be placed on overlays or tracings attached to mine maps.
S 75.1200-2 Accuracy and scale of mine maps.
(a) The scale of mine maps submitted to the Secretary shall not be less than 100 or more than 500 feet to the inch.
(b) Mine traverses shall be advanced by closed loop methods of traversing or other equally accurate methods of traversing.
S 75.1201 Certification.
[Statutory Provisions]
Such map shall be made or certified by a registered engineer or a registered surveyor of the State in which the mine is located.
S 75.1202 Temporary notations, revisions, and supplements.
[Statutory Provisions]
Such map shall be kept up-to-date by temporary notations and such map shall be revised and supplemented at intervals prescribed by the Secretary on the basis of a survey made or certified by such engineer or surveyor.
S 75.1202-1 Temporary notations, revisions, and supplements.
(a) Mine maps shall be revised and supplemented at intervals of not more than 6 months.
(b) Temporary notations shall include:
(1) The location of each working face of each working place;
(2) Pillars mined or other such second mining;
(3) Permanent ventilation controls constructed or removed, such as seals, overcasts, undercasts, regulators, and permanent stoppings, and the direction of air currents indicated;
(4) Escapeways designated by means of symbols.
S 75.1203 Availability of mine map.
[Statutory Provisions]
The coal mine map and any revision and supplement thereof shall be available for inspection by the Secretary or his authorized representative, by coal mine inspectors of the State in which the mine is located, by miners in the mine and their representatives and by operators of adjacent coal mines and by persons owning, leasing, or residing on surface areas of such mines or areas adjacent to such mines. The operator shall furnish to the Secretary or his authorized representative, the State Mine Inspector and to the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development, upon request, one or more copies of such maps and any revision and supplement thereof. Such map or revision and supplement thereof shall be kept confidential and its contents shall not be divulged to any other person, except to the extent necessary to carry out the provisions of this Act and in connection with the functions and responsibilities of the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.
S 75.1204 Mine closure; filing of map with Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
[Statutory Provisions]
Whenever an operator permanently closes or abandons a coal mine, or temporarily closes a coal mine for a period of more than 90 days, he shall promptly notify the Secretary and the State Mine In- spector of such closure. Within 60 days of the permanent closure or abandonment of the mine, or, when the mine is temporarily closed, upon the expiration of a period of 90 days from the date of closure, the operator shall file with the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector a copy of the mine map revised and supplemented to the date of the closure. Such copy of the mine map shall be certified by a registered surveyor or registered engineer of the State in which the mine is located and shall be available for public inspection.
S 75.1204-1 Places to give notice and file maps.
Operators shall give notice of mine closures and file copies of maps with the Coal Mine Safety District Office for the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector.
Subpart N--Explosives and Blasting
S 75.1300 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Approval. A document issued by MSHA which states that an explosive or explosive unit has met the requirements of this part and which authorizes an approval marking identifying the explosive or explosive unit as approved as permissible.
Battery starting. The use of unconfined explosives to start the flow of coal down a breast or chute in an anthracite mine.
Blasting off the solid. Blasting the working face without providing a second free face by cutting, shearing or other method before blasting.
Instantaneous detonator. An electric detonator that fires within 6 milliseconds after application of the firing current.
Laminated partition. A partition composed of the following material and minimum nominal dimensions: 1/2-inch thick plywood, 1/2-inch thick gypsum wall board, 1/8-inch thick low carbon steel and 1/4-inch thick plywood, bonded together in that order.
Opener hole. The first hole or holes fired in a round blasted off the solid to create an additional free face.
Permissible blasting unit. A device that has been approved by MSHA and that is used for firing electric detonators.
Permissible explosive. Any substance, compound or mixture which is approved by MSHA and whose primary purpose is to function by explosion.
Round. A group of boreholes fired or intended to be fired in a continuous sequence with one application of the firing current.
Sheathed explosive unit. A device consisting of an approved or permissible explosive covered by sheath encased in a sealed covering and designed to be fired outside the confines of a borehole.
Short-delay electric detonator. An electric detonator with a designated delay period of 25 to 1,000 milliseconds.
S 75.1301 Qualified person.
(a) A qualified person under this subpart is a person who--
(1) Is certified or qualified to use explosives by the State in which the mine is located provided that the State requires a demonstration of ability to safely use permissible explosives as prescribed by this subpart effective January 17, 1989; or
(2) In States that do not certify or qualify persons to use explosives required by this section, has at least 1 year of experience working in an underground coal mine that includes direct involvement with procedures for handling, loading, and preparing explosives for blasting and demonstrates to an autho- rized representative of the Secretary the ability to use permissible explosives safely.
(b) Persons qualified or certified by a State to use permissible explosives in underground coal mines as of May 17, 1989, are considered qualified under this section even though their State program did not contain a demonstration of ability requirement.
S 75.1310 Explosives and blasting equipment.
(a) Only permissible explosives, approved sheathed explosive units, and permissible blasting units shall be taken or used underground.
(b) Black blasting powder, aluminum-cased detonators, aluminum-alloy-cased detonators, deto- nators with aluminum leg wires, and safety fuses shall not be taken or used underground.
(c) Explosives shall be fired only with a permissible blasting unit used in a manner consistent with its approval. Blasting units approved by MSHA that have approval labels specifying use with short-delay detonators with delay periods between 25-500 milliseconds are accepted to fire short-delay detonators up to 1,000 milliseconds, instantaneous detonators and long period delay detonators for anthracite mines.
(d) Permissible explosives and sheathed explosive units shall not be used underground when they are below the minimum product firing temperature specified by the approval. Explosives previously approved which do not specify a minimum firing temperature are permissible for use so long as the present approval is maintained.
(e) Electric detonators shall be compatible with the blasting unit and have sufficient strength to initiate the explosives being used.
S 75.1311 Transporting explosives and detonators.
(a) When explosives and detonators are to be transported underground--
(1) They shall be enclosed in separate, substantially constructed containers made of nonconduc- tive material, with no metal or other conductive materials exposed inside, except as specified in para- graph (d) of this section; and
(2) Each container of explosives and of detonators shall be indelibly marked with a readily visible warning identifying the contents.
(b) When explosives and detonators are transported by any cars or vehicles--
(1) The cars or vehicles shall be marked with warnings to identify the contents as explosive. The warnings shall be readily visible to miners approaching from any direction and in indelible letters;
(2) Explosives and detonators shall be transported either in separate cars or vehicles, or if in the same cars or vehicles as follows:
(i) Class A and Class C detonators in quantities greater than 1,000 shall be kept in the original containers as shipped from the manufacturer and separated from explosives by a hardwood partition at least 4 inches thick, a laminated partition or equivalent; and
(ii) Class A and Class C detonators in quantities of no more than 1,000 shall be separated from explosives by a hardwood partition at least 4 inches thick, a laminated partition or equivalent.
(3) No persons, other than those necessary to operate the equipment or to accompany the explo- sives and detonators, shall be transported with explosives and detonators, and
(4) When explosives and detonators are transported using trolley locomotives--
(i) Trips carrying explosives and detonators shall be separated from all other mantrips by at least 5-minute interval; and
(ii) Cars containing explosives or detonators shall be separated from the locomotives by at least one car that is empty or that contains noncombustible materials.
(c) When explosives and detonators are transported on conveyor belts--
(1) Containers of explosives shall be separated from containers of detonators by at least 50 feet;
(2) At least 6 inches of clearance shall be maintained between the top of any container of explo- sives or container of detonators and the mine roof or other obstruction;
(3) Except when persons are riding the belt to accompany explosives or detonators, a person shall be at each transfer point between belts and at the unloading location; and
(4) Conveyor belts shall be stopped before explosives or detonators are loaded or unloaded.
(d) When explosives and detonators are transported by hand they shall be carried in separate, nonconductive, closed containers.
S 75.1312 Explosives and detonators in underground magazines.
(a) The quantity of explosives kept underground shall not be more than is needed for 48 hours of use.
(b) Except as provided in S 75.1313, explosives and detonators taken underground shall be kept in--
(1) Separate, closed magazines at least 5 feet apart; or
(2) The same closed magazine when--
(i) Separated by a hardwood partition at least 4 inches thick; or
(ii) Separated by a laminated partition; or
(iii) Separated by a device that is equivalent.
(c) Only explosives and detonators shall be kept in underground magazines.
(d) Magazines shall be substantially constructed and all interior surfaces shall be made of non- conductive material, with no metal or other conductive material exposed inside.
(e) All magazines shall be--
(1) Located at least 25 feet from roadways and any source of electric current;
(2) Located out of the direct line of the forces from blasting; and
(3) Kept as dry as practicable.
(f) Magazine locations shall be posted with indelibly marked and readily visible warnings indi- cating the presence of explosives.
(g) Only materials and equipment to be used in blasting shall be stored at magazine locations.
S 75.1313 Explosives and detonators outside of magazines.
(a) The quantity of explosives outside a magazine for use in a working section or other area where blasting is to be performed shall--
(1) Not exceed 100 pounds; or
(2) Not exceed the amount necessary to blast one round when more than 100 pounds of explo- sives is required.
(b) Explosives and detonators outside a magazine that are not being transported or prepared for loading boreholes shall be kept in closed separate containers made of nonconductive material with no metal or other conductive material exposed inside and the containers shall be--
(1) At least 15 feet from any source of electric current;
(2) Out of the direct line of the forces from blasting;
(3) In a location to prevent damage by mobile equipment; and
(4) Kept as dry as practicable.
(c) Explosives and detonators not used during the shift shall be returned to a magazine by the end of the shift.
S 75.1314 Sheathed explosive units.
(a) A separate instantaneous detonator shall be used to fire each sheathed explosive unit.
(b) Sheathed explosive units shall be primed and placed in position for firing only by a qualified person or a person working in the presence of and under the direction of a qualified person. To prime a sheathed explosive unit, the entire detonator shall be inserted into the detonator well of the unit and be held securely in place.
(c) Sheathed explosive units shall not be primed until immediately before the units are placed where they are to be fired. A sheathed explosive unit shall not be primed if it is damaged or deteriorated.
(d) Except in anthracite mines, rock dust shall be applied to the roof, ribs and floor within a 40-foot radius of the location where the sheathed explosive units are to be fired.
(e) No more than three sheathed explosive units shall be fired at one time.
(f) No sheathed explosive unit shall be fired in contact with another sheathed explosive unit.
S 75.1315 Boreholes for explosives.
(a) All explosives fired underground shall be confined in boreholes except--
(1) Sheathed explosives units and other explosive units approved by MSHA for firing outside the confines of a borehole; and
(2) Shots fired in anthracite mines for battery starting or for blasting coal overhangs. No person shall go inside a battery to start the flow of material.
(b) Each borehole in coal for explosives shall be at least 24 inches from any other borehole and from any free face, unless prohibited by the thickness of the coal seam.
(c) Each borehole in rock for explosives shall be at least 18 inches from any other borehole in rock, at least 24 inches from any other borehole in coal, and at least 18 inches from any free face.
(d) No borehole that has contained explosives shall be used for starting any other hole.
(e) When blasting slab rounds off the solid, opener holes shall not be drilled beyond the rib line.
(f) When coal is cut for blasting, the coal shall be supported if necessary to maintain the stability of the column of explosives in each borehole.
S 75.1316 Preparation before blasting.
(a)(1) All nonbattery-powered electric equipment, including cables, located within 50 feet from boreholes to be loaded with explosives or the sites where sheathed explosive units are to be placed and fired shall be deenergized or removed to at least 50 feet from these locations before priming of explo- sives. Battery-powered equipment shall be removed to at least 50 feet from these locations before prim- ing of explosives.
(2) As an alternative to paragraph (a)(1) of this section, electric equipment, including cables, need not be deenergized or removed if located at least 25 feet from these locations provided stray current tests conducted prior to priming the explosives detect stray currents of 0.05 ampere or less through a 1-ohm resistor.
(i) Tests shall be made at floor locations on the perimeter, on energized equipment frames and on repaired areas of energized cables within the area between 25 to 50 feet from the locations where the explosives are to be primed.
(ii) Tests shall be conducted using a blasting multimeter or other instrument specifically designed for such use.
(3) The blasting cable or detonator circuitry shall not come in contact with energized electric equipment, including cables.
(b) Before loading boreholes with explosives, each borehole shall be cleared and its depth and direction determined.
(c) No borehole drilled beyond the depth of cut coal shall be loaded with explosives unless that portion of the borehole deeper than the cut is tamped with noncombustible material.
(d) When two working faces are approaching each other, cutting, drilling and blasting shall be done at only one working face at a time if the two faces are within 25 feet of each other.
S 75.1317 Primer cartridges.
(a) Primer cartridges shall be primed and loaded only by a qualified person or a person working in the presence of and under the direction of a qualified person.
(b) Primer cartridges shall not be primed until immediately before loading boreholes.
(c) Only a nonsparking punch shall be used when priming explosive cartridges.
(d) Detonators shall be completely within and parallel to the length of the cartridge and shall be secured by half-hitching the leg wires around the cartridge or secured by an equally effective method.
S 75.1318 Loading boreholes.
(a) Explosives shall be loaded by a qualified person or a person working in the presence of and under the direction of a qualified person.
(b) When boreholes are being loaded, no other work except that necessary to protect persons shall be done in the working place or other area where blasting is to be performed.
(c) When loading boreholes drilled at an angle of 45 degrees or greater from the horizontal in solid rock or loading long holes drilled upward in anthracite mines-
(1) The first cartridge in each borehole shall be the primer cartridge with the end of the cartridge containing the detonator facing the back of the borehole; and
(2) The explosive cartridges shall be loaded in a manner that provides contact between each cartridge in the borehole.
(d) When loading other boreholes--
(1) The primer cartridge shall be the first cartridge loaded in the borehole;
(2) The end of the cartridge in which the detonator is inserted shall face the back of the borehole; and
(3) The primer cartridge and other explosives shall be pushed to the back of the borehole in a continuous column with no cartridge being deliberately crushed or deformed.
(e) An explosive shall not be loaded into a borehole if it is damaged, deteriorated or if the car- tridge is incompletely filled.
(f) Explosives of different brands, types or cartridge diameters shall not be loaded in the same borehole.
(g) Only nonconductive, nonsparking tamping poles shall be used for loading and tamping boreholes. The use of nonsparking connecting devices for extendable tamping poles is permitted.
S 75.1319 Weight of explosives permitted in boreholes in bituminous and lignite mines.
(a) The total weight of explosives loaded in any borehole in bituminous and lignite mines shall not exceed 3 pounds except when blasting solid rock in its natural deposit.
(b) The total weight of explosives loaded in a borehole less than 6 feet deep in bituminous and lignite mines shall be reduced by 1/2 pound for each foot of borehole less than 6 feet.
S 75.1320 Multiple-shot blasting.
(a) No more than 20 boreholes shall be fired in a round unless permitted in writing by the District Manager under S 75.1321.
(b) Instantaneous detonators shall not be used in the same circuit with delay detonators in any underground coal mine.
(c) In bituminous and lignite mines, only detonators with delay periods of 1,000 milliseconds or less shall be used.
(d) When blasting in anthracite mines, each borehole in a round shall be initiated in sequence from the opener hole or holes.
(e) Arrangement of detonator delay periods for bituminous and lignite mines shall be as follows:
(1) When blasting cut coal--
(i) The first shot or shots fired in a round shall be initiated in the row nearest the kerf or the row or rows nearest the shear; and
(ii) After the first shot or shots, the interval between the designated delay periods of successive shots shall be at least 50 milliseconds but not more than 100 milliseconds.
(2) When blasting coal off the solid--
(i) Each shot in the round shall be initiated in sequence from the opener hole or holes; and
(ii) After the first shot or shots, the interval between the designated delay periods of successive shots shall be at least 50 milliseconds but not more than 100 milliseconds.
S 75.1321 Permits for firing more than 20 boreholes and for use of nonpermissible blasting units.
(a) Applications for permits for firing more than 20 boreholes in a round and for the use of nonpermissible blasting units shall be submitted in writing to the District Manager for the district in which the mine is located and shall contain the following information:
(1) The name and address of the mine;
(2) The active workings in the mine affected by the permit and the approximate number of boreholes to be fired;
(3) The period of time during which the permit will apply;
(4) The nature of the development or construction for which they will be used, e. g., overcasts, undercasts, track grading, roof brushing or boom holes;
(5) A plan, proposed by the operator designed to protect miners in the mine from the hazards of methane and other explosive gases during each multiple shot, e. g., changes in the mine ventilation system, provisions for auxiliary ventilation and any other safeguards necessary to minimize such haz- ards;
(6) A statement of the specific hazards anticipated by the operator in blasting for overcasts, undercasts, track grading, brushing of roof, boom holes or other unusual blasting situations such as coalbeds of abnormal thickness; and
(7) The method to be employed to avoid the dangers anticipated during development or construc- tion which will ensure the protection of life and the prevention of injuries to the miners exposed to such underground blasting.
(b) The District Manager may permit the firing of more than 20 boreholes of permissible explo- sives in a round where he has determined that it is necessary to reduce the overall hazard to which miners are exposed during underground blasting. He may also permit the use of nonpermissible blasting units if he finds that a permissible blasting unit does not have adequate blasting capacity and that the use of such permissible units will create any of the following development or construction hazards:
(1) Exposure to disturbed roof in an adjacent cavity while scaling and supporting the remaining roof prior to wiring a new series of boreholes;
(2) Exposure to underburden boreholes where prior rounds have removed the burden adjacent to remaining borehole;
(3) Exposure to an unsupported roof while redrilling large fragmented roof rock following the loss of predrilled boreholes during earlier blasting operations; or
(4) Any other hazard created by the use of permissible blasting units during underground devel- opment or construction.
(c) Permits shall be issued on a mine-by-mine basis for periods of time to be specified by the District Manager.
(d) Permits issued under this section shall specify and include as a condition of their use, any safeguards, in addition to those proposed by the operator, which the District Manager issuing such permit has determined will be required to ensure the welfare of the miners employed in the mine at the time of the blasting permitted. A copy of this permit and any changes shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1322 Stemming boreholes
(a) Only noncombustible material shall be used for stemming boreholes.
(b) Stemming materials other than water stemming bags shall be tamped to fill the entire cross sectional area of the borehole.
(c) Stemming material shall contact the explosive cartridge nearest the collar of the borehole.
(d) Each borehole 4 or more feet deep shall be stemmed for at least 24 inches.
(e) Each borehole less than 4 feet deep shall be stemmed for at least half the depth of the bore- hole.
(f) When blasting off the solid in bituminous and lignite mines, only pliable clay dummies shall be used for stemming.
(g) The diameter of a water stemming bag shall be within 1/4
of an inch of the diameter of the drill bit used to drill the borehole.
(h) Water stemming bags shall be constructed of tear-resistant and flame-resistant material and be capable of withstanding a 3-foot drop when filled without rupturing or developing leaks.
S 75.1323 Blasting circuits.
(a) Blasting circuits shall be protected from sources of stray electric current.
(b) Detonators made by different manufacturers shall not be combined in the same blasting circuit.
(c) Detonator leg wires shall be shunted until connected into the blasting circuit.
(d) Blasting cables shall be--
(1) Well insulated, copper wire of a diameter not smaller than 18-gauge; and
(2) Long enough to permit the round to be fired from a safe location that is around at least one corner from the blasting area.
(e) Blasting cables shall be shunted until immediately before firing, except when testing for circuit continuity.
(f) Wire used between the blasting cable and detonator circuitry shall--
(1) Be undamaged;
(2) Be well insulated;
(3) Have a resistance no greater than 20-gauge copper wire; and
(4) Be not more than 30 feet long.
(g) Each wire connection in a blasting circuit shall be--
(1) Properly spliced; and
(2) Separated from other connections in the circuit to prevent accidental contact and arcing.
(h) Uninsulated connections in each blasting circuit shall be kept out of water and shall not contact the coal, roof, ribs, or floor.
(i) When 20 or fewer boreholes are fired in a round, the blasting circuit shall be wired in a single series.
(j) Immediately prior to firing, all blasting circuits shall be tested for continuity and resistance using a blasting galvanometer or other instrument specifically designed for testing blasting circuits.
S 75.1324 Methane concentration and tests.
(a) No shot shall be fired in an area that contains 1.0 volume percent or more of methane.
(b) Immediately before shots are fired, the methane concentration in a working place or any other area where blasting is to be performed, shall be determined by a person qualified to test for methane.
S 75.1325 Firing procedures.
(a) Shots shall be fired by a qualified person or a person working in the presence of and under the direction of a qualified person.
(b) Only one face in a working place shall be blasted at a time, except that when blasting cut coal up to three faces may be blasted in a round if each face has a separate kerf and no more than a total of 20 shots connected in a single series are fired in the round. A permit to fire more than 20 boreholes in a round under the provisions of 30 CFR 75.1320 and 75.1321 may not be obtained for use when blasting multiple faces.
(c) Before blasting--
(1) All persons shall leave the blasting area and each immediately adjacent working place where hazard would be created by the blast, to an area that is around at least one corner from the blasting area;
(2) The qualified person shall ascertain that all persons are a safe distance from the blasting area; and
(3) A warning shall be given and adequate time allowed for persons to respond.
(d) All shots shall be fired promptly, after all persons have been removed to a safe location.
S 75.1326 Examination after blasting.
(a) After blasting, the blasting area shall not be entered until it is clear of smoke and dust.
(b) Immediately after the blasting area has cleared, a qualified person or a person working in the presence of and under the direction of a qualified person, shall examine the area for misfires, methane and other hazardous conditions.
(c) If a round has partially detonated, the qualified person shall immediately leave the area and no person shall reenter the affected area for at least 5 minutes.
S 75.1327 Misfires.
(a) When misfires occur, only work by a qualified person to dispose of misfires and other work necessary to protect persons shall be done in the affected area.
(b) When a misfire cannot be disposed of--
(1) A qualified person shall post each accessible entrance to the area affected by the hazard of the misfire with a warning at a conspicuous location to prohibit entry; and
(2) The misfire shall be immediately reported to mine management.
S 75.1328 Damaged or deteriorated explosives and detonators.
(a) Damaged explosives or detonators shall be--
(1) Placed in separate containers constructed of nonconductive and nonsparking materials; and
(2) Removed from the mine or placed in a magazine and removed when the magazine is resup- plied.
(b) Damaged detonators shall be shunted, if practicable, either before being removed from the mine or placed in a magazine.
(c) Deteriorated explosives and detonators shall be handled and disposed of in accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
Subpart O--Hoisting and Mantrips
S 75.1400 Hoisting equipment; general.
(a) Every hoist used to transport persons shall be equipped with overspeed, overwind, and auto- matic stop controls.
(b) Every hoist handling a platform, cage, or other device used to transport persons shall be equipped with brakes capable of stopping the fully loaded platform, cage, or other device.
(c) Cages, platforms, or other devices used to transport persons in shafts and slopes shall be equipped with safety catches or other no less effective devices approved by the Secretary that act quickly and effectively in an emergency. Such catches or devices shall be tested at least once every two months.
(d) Hoisting equipment, including automatic elevators, used to transport persons shall be exam- ined daily.
(e) Where persons are transported into or out of a mine by a hoist, a qualified hoisting engineer shall be on duty while any person is underground. No such engineer, however, shall be required for automatically operated cages, platforms, or elevators.
S 75.1400-1 Hoists; brakes, capability.
Brakes on hoists used to transport persons shall be capable of stopping and holding the fully loaded platform, cage, or other device at any point in the shaft, slope, or incline.
S 75.1400-2 Hoists; tests of safety catches; records.
A record shall be made in a book of the tests, required by S 75.1400, of the safety catches or other devices approved by the Secretary. Each entry shall be signed by the person making the tests and countersigned by a responsible official.
S 75.1400-3 Daily examination of hoisting equipment.
Hoists and elevators shall be examined daily and such examinations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Elevators. A visual examination of the rope for wear, broken wires, and corrosion, especially at excessive strain points such as near the attachments and where the rope rests on sheaves;
(b) Hoists and elevators. (1) An examination of the rope fastenings for defects;
(2) An examination of safety catches;
(3) An examination of the cages, platforms, elevators, or other devices for loose, missing or defective parts;
(4) An examination of the head sheaves to check for broken flanges, defective bearings, rope alignment, and proper lubrication; and
(5) An observation of the lining and all other equipment and appurtenances installed in the shaft.
S 75.1400-4 Certifications and records of daily examinations.
At the completion of each daily examination required by S 75.1400, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any unsafe condition is found during the examinations required by S 75.1400-3, the person conducting the examina- tion shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records shall be retained for one year.
S 75.1401 Hoists; rated capacities; indicators.
Hoists shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads handled. An accurate and reliable indicator of the position of the cage, platform, skip, bucket, or cars shall be provided.
S 75.1401-1 Hoists; indicators.
The indicator required by S 75.1401 of this subpart shall be placed so that it is in clear view of the hoisting engineer and shall be checked daily to determine its accuracy.
S 75.1402 Communication between shaft stations and hoist room.
[Statutory Provisions]
There shall be at least two effective methods approved by the Secretary of signaling between each of the shaft stations and the hoist room, one of which shall be a telephone or speaking tube.
S 75.1402-1 Communication between shaft stations and hoist room.
One of the methods used to communicate between shaft stations and the hoist room shall give signals which can be heard by the hoisting engineer at all times while men are underground.
S 75.1402-2 Tests of signaling systems.
Signaling systems used for communication between shaft stations and the hoist room shall be tested daily.
S 75.1403 Other safeguards.
[Statutory Provisions]
Other safeguards adequate, in the judgment of an authorized representative of the Secretary, to minimize hazards with respect to transportation of men and materials shall be provided.
S 75.1403-1 General criteria.
(a) Sections 75.1403-2 through 75.1403-11 set out the criteria by which an authorized representa- tive of the Secretary will be guided in requiring other safeguards on a mine-by-mine basis under S 75.1403. Other safeguards may be required.
(b) The authorized representative of the Secretary shall in writing advise the operator of a spe- cific safeguard which is required pursuant to S 75.1403 and shall fix a time in which the operator shall provide and thereafter maintain such safeguard. If the safeguard is not provided within the time fixed and if it is not maintained thereafter, a notice shall be issued to the operator pursuant to section 104 of the Act.
(c) Nothing in the sections in the S 75.1403 series in this subpart O precludes the issuance of a withdrawal order because of imminent danger.
S 75.1403-2 Criteria-Hoists transporting materials; brakes.
Hoists and elevators used to transport materials should be equipped with brakes capable of stopping and holding the fully loaded platform, cage, skip, car, or other device at any point in the shaft, slope, or incline.
S 75.1403-3 Criteria-Drum clutch; cage construction.
(a) The clutch of a free-drum on a personnel hoist should be provided with a locking mechanism or interlocked with the brake to prevent accidental withdrawal of the clutch.
(b) Cages used for hoisting persons should be constructed with the sides enclosed to a height of at least six feet and should have gates, safety chains, or bars across the ends of the cage when persons are being hoisted or lowered.
(c) Self-dumping cages, platforms, or other devices used for transportation of persons should have a locking device to prevent tilting when persons are transported.
(d) An attendant should be on duty at the surface when persons are being hoisted or lowered at the beginning and end of each shift.
(e) Precautions should be taken to protect persons working in shaft sumps.
(f) Workers should wear safety belts while doing work in or over shafts.
S 75.1403-4 Criteria-Automatic elevators.
(a) The doors of automatic elevators should be equipped with interlocking switches so arranged that the elevator car will be immovable while any door is opened or unlocked, and arranged so that such door or doors cannot be inadvertently opened when the elevator car is not at a landing.
(b) A "Stop" switch should be provided in the automatic elevator compartment that will permit the elevator to be stopped at any location in the shaft.
(c) A slack cable device should be used where appropriate on automatic elevators which will automatically shut-off the power and apply the brakes in the event the elevator is obstructed while descending.
(d) Each automatic elevator should be provided with a telephone or other effective communica- tion system by which aid or assistance can be obtained promptly.
S 75.1403-5 Criteria-Belt conveyors.
(a) Positive-acting stop controls should be installed along all belt conveyors used to transport men, and such controls should be readily accessible and maintained so that the belt can be stopped or started at any location.
(b) Belt conveyors used for regularly scheduled mantrips should be stopped while men are loading or unloading.
(c) All belt conveyors used for the transportation of persons should have a minimum vertical clearance of 18 inches from the nearest overhead projection when measured from the edge of the belt and there should be at least 36 inches of side clearance where men board or leave such belt conveyors.
(d) When men are being transported on regularly scheduled mantrips on belt conveyors the belt speed should not exceed 300 feet per minute when the vertical clearance is less than 24 inches, and should not exceed 350 feet per minute when the vertical clearance is 24 inches or more.
(e) Adequate illumination including colored lights or reflective signs should be installed at all loading and unloading stations. Such colored lights and reflective signs should be so located as to be observable to all persons riding the belt conveyor.
(f) After supplies have been transported on belt conveyors such belts should be examined for unsafe conditions prior to the transportation of men on regularly scheduled mantrips, and belt conveyors should be clear before men are transported.
(g) A clear travelway at least 24 inches wide should be provided on both sides of all belt convey- ors installed after March 30, 1970. Where roof supports are installed within 24 inches of a belt conveyor, clear travelway at least 24 inches wide should be provided on the side of such support farthest from the conveyor.
(h) On belt conveyors that do not transport men, stop and start controls should be installed at intervals not to exceed 1,000 feet. Such controls should be properly installed and positioned so as to be readily accessible.
(i) Telephone or other suitable communications should be provided at points where men or supplies are regularly loaded on or unloaded from the belt conveyors.
(j) Persons should not cross moving belt conveyors, except where suitable crossing facilities are provided.
S 75.1403-6 Criteria-Self-propelled personnel carriers.
(a) Each self-propelled personnel carrier should:
(1) Be provided with an audible warning device;
(2) Be provided with a sealed-beam headlight, or its equivalent, on each end;
(3) Be provided with reflectors on both ends and sides.
(b) In addition, each track-mounted self-propelled personnel carrier should:
(1) Be provided with a suitable lifting jack and bar, which shall be secured or carried in a tool compartment;
(2) Be equipped with 2 separate and independent braking systems properly installed and well maintained;
(3) Be equipped with properly installed and well-maintained sanding devices, except that person- nel carriers (jitneys), which transport not more than 5 men, need not be equipped with such sanding device;
(4) If an open type, be equipped with guards of sufficient strength and height to prevent person- nel from being thrown from such carriers.
S 75.1403-7 Criteria-Mantrips.
(a) Mantrips should be operated independently of any loaded trip, empty trip, or supply trip and should not be operated within 300 feet of any trip, including another mantrip.
(b) A sufficient number of mantrip cars should be provided to prevent overcrowding of men.
(c) Mantrips should not be pushed.
(d) Where mantrips are operated by locomotives on slopes such mantrips should be coupled to the front and rear by locomotives capable of holding such mantrips. Where ropes are used on slopes for mantrip haulage, such conveyances should be connected by chains, steel ropes, or other effective devices between mantrip cars and the rope.
(e) Safety goggles or eyeshields should be provided for all persons being transported in open-type mantrips.
(f) All trips, including trailers and sleds, should be operated at speeds consistent with conditions and the equipment used, and should be so controlled that they can be stopped within the limits of visibil- ity.
(g) All mantrips should be under the direction of a supervisor and the operator of each mantrip should be familiar with the haulage safety rules and regulations.
(h) Men should proceed in an orderly manner to and from mantrips and no person should be permitted to get on or off a moving mantrip.
(i) [Reserved]
(j) Mantrips should not be permitted to proceed until the operator of the mantrip is assured that he has a clear road.
(k) Supplies or tools, except small hand tools or instruments, should not be transported with men.
(l) At places where men enter or leave mantrip conveyances, ample clearance should be provided and provisions made to prevent persons from coming in contact with energized electric circuits.
(m) The mine car next to a trolley locomotive should not be used to transport men. Such cars may be used to transport small tools and supplies. This is not to be construed as permitting the transpor- tation of large or bulky supplies such as shuttle car wheel units, or similar material.
(n) Drop-bottom cars used to transport men should have the bottoms secured with an additional locking device.
(o) Extraneous materials or supplies should not be transported on top of equipment; however, materials and supplies that are necessary for or related to the operation of such equipment may be trans- ported on top of such equipment if a hazard is not introduced.
S 75.1403-8 Criteria-Track haulage roads.
(a) The speed at which haulage equipment is operated should be determined by the condition of the roadbed, rails, rail joints, switches, frogs, and other elements of the track and the type and condition of the haulage equipment.
(b) Track haulage roads should have a continuous clearance on one side of at least 24 inches from the farthest projection of normal traffic. Where it is necessary to change the side on which clear- ance is provided, 24 inches of clearance should be provided on both sides for a distance of not less than 100 feet and warning signs should be posted at such locations.
(c) Track haulage roads developed after March 30, 1970, should have clearance on the "tight" side of at least 12 inches from the farthest projection of normal traffic. A minimum clearance of 6 inches should be maintained on the "tight" side of all track haulage roads developed prior to March 30, 1970.
(d) The clearance space on all track haulage roads should be kept free of loose rock, supplies, and other loose materials.
(e) Positive stopblocks or derails should be installed on all tracks near the top and at landings of shafts, slopes, and surface inclines.
S 75.1403-9 Criteria-Shelter holes.
(a) Shelter holes should be provided on track haulage roads at intervals of not more than 105 feet unless otherwise approved by the Coal Mine Safety District Manager(s).
(b) Shelter holes should be readily accessible and should be at least 5 feet in depth, not more than feet in width (except crosscuts used as shelter holes) and at least the height of the coal seam where the coal seam is less than 6 feet high and at least 6 feet in height where the coal seam is 6 feet or more in height.
(c) Shelter holes should be kept free of refuse and other obstructions. Crosscuts used as shelter holes should be kept free of refuse or other materials to a depth of at least 15 feet.
(d) Shelter holes should be provided at all manually operated doors and at switch throws except:
(1) At room switches, or (2) at switches where more than 6 feet of side clearance is provided. The Coal Mine Safety District Manager(s) may permit exemption of this requirement if such shelter holes create a hazardous roof condition. A copy of this permit, if issued, shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
(e) At each underground slope landing where men pass and cars are handled, a shelter hole at least 10 feet in depth, 4 feet in width, and 6 feet in height should be provided.
S 75.1403-10 Criteria-Haulage; general.
(a) A permissible trip light or other approved device such as reflectors, approved by the Coal Mine Safety District Manager(s), should be used on the rear of trips pulled, on the front of trips pushed and on trips lowered in slopes. However, trip lights or other approved devices need not be used on cars being shifted to and from loading machines, on cars being handled at loading heads, during gathering operations at working faces, when trailing locomotives are used, or on trips pulled by animals.
(b) Cars on main haulage roads should not be pushed, except where necessary to push cars from side tracks located near the working section to the producing entries and rooms, where necessary to clear switches and sidetracks, and on the approach to cages, slopes, and surface inclines.
(c) Warning lights or reflective signs or tapes should be installed along haulage roads at locations of abrupt or sudden changes in the overhead clearance.
(d) No person, other than the motorman and brakeman, should ride on a locomotive unless authorized by the mine foreman, and then only when safe riding facilities are provided. No person should ride on any loaded car or on the bumper of any car. However, the brakeman may ride on the rear bumper of the last car of a slow moving trip pulled by a locomotive.
(e) Positive-acting stopblocks or derails should be used where necessary to protect persons from danger of runaway haulage equipment.
(f) An audible warning should be given by the operator of all self-propelled equipment including off-track equipment, where persons may be endangered by the movement of the equipment.
(g) Locomotives and personnel carriers should not approach to within 300 feet of preceding haulage equipment, except trailing locomotives that are an integral part of the trip.
(h) A total of at least 36 inches of unobstructed side clearance (both sides combined) should be provided for all rubber-tired haulage equipment where such equipment is used.
(i) Off-track haulage roadways should be maintained as free as practicable from bottom irregu- larities, debris, and wet or muddy conditions that affect the control of the equipment.
(j) Operators of self-propelled equipment should face in the direction of travel.
(k) Mechanical steering and control devices should be maintained so as to provide positive control at all times.
(l) All self-propelled rubber-tired haulage equipment should be equipped with well maintained brakes, lights, and a warning device.
(m) On and after March 30, 1971, all tram control switches on rubber-tired equipment should be designed to provide automatic return to the stop or off position when released.
S 75.1403-11 Criteria-Entrances to shafts and slopes.
All open entrances to shafts should be equipped with safety gates at the top and at each landing. Such gates should be self-closing and should be kept closed except when the cage is at such landing.
S 75.1404 Automatic brakes; speed reduction gear.
[Statutory Provisions]
Each locomotive and haulage car used in an underground coal mine shall be equipped with automatic brakes, where space permits. Where space does not permit automatic brakes, locomotives and haulage cars shall be subject to speed reduction gear, or other similar devices approved by the Secretary, which are designed to stop the locomotives and haulage cars with the proper margin of safety.
S 75.1404-1 Braking system.
A locomotive equipped with a dual braking system will be deemed to satisfy the requirements of 75.1404 for a train comprised of such locomotive and haulage cars, provided the locomotive is oper- ated within the limits of its design capabilities and at speeds consistent with the condition of the haulage road. A trailing locomotive or equivalent devices should be used on trains that are operated on ascending grades.
S 75.1405 Automatic couplers.
[Statutory Provisions]
All haulage equipment acquired by an operator of a coal mine on or after March 30, 1971, shall be equipped with automatic couplers which couple by impact and uncouple without the necessity of persons going between the ends of such equipment. All haulage equipment without automatic couplers in use in a mine on March 30, 1970, shall also be so equipped within 4 years after March 30, 1970.
S 75.1405-1 Automatic couplers, haulage equipment.
The requirement of S 75.1405 with respect to automatic couplers applies only to track haulage cars which are regularly coupled and uncoupled.
Wire Ropes
S 75.1429 Guide ropes.
If guide ropes are used in shafts for personnel hoisting applications other than shaft development, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of the guide rope at installation shall meet the minimum value calculated as follows: Minimum value = Static Load X 5.0.
S 75.1430 Wire ropes; scope.
(a) Sections 75.1430 through 75.1438 apply to wire ropes in service used to hoist--
(1) Persons in shafts or slopes underground; or
(2) Loads in shaft or slope development when persons work below the suspended loads.
(b) These standards do not apply to wire ropes used for elevators.
S 75.1431 Minimum rope strength.
At installation, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of wire ropes used for hoisting shall meet the minimum rope strength values obtained by the following formulas in which "L" equals the maximum suspended rope length in feet:
(a) Winding drum ropes (all constructions, including rotation resistant). For rope lengths less than 3,000 feet: Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.001L) For rope lengths 3,000 feet or greater: Minimum Value = Static Load X 4.0
(b) Friction drum ropes.
For rope lengths less than 4,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.0005L)
For rope lengths 4,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 5.0
(c) Tail ropes (balance ropes).
Minimum Value = Weight of Rope X 7.0
[48 FR 53239, Nov. 25, 1983; 48 FR 54975, Dec. 8, 1983]
S 75.1432 Initial measurement.
After initial rope stretch but before visible wear occurs, the rope diameter of newly installed wire ropes shall be measured at least once in every third interval of active length and the measurements averaged to establish a baseline for subsequent measurements. A record of the measurements and the date shall be made by the person taking the measurements. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
S 75.1433 Examinations.
(a) At least once every fourteen calendar days, each wire rope in service shall be visually exam- ined along its entire active length for visible structural damage, corrosion, and improper lubrication or dressing. In addition, visual examination for wear and broken wires shall be made at stress points, including the area near attachments, where the rope rests on sheaves, where the rope leaves the drum, at drum crossovers, and at change-of-layer regions. When any visible condition that results in a reduction of rope strength is present, the affected portion of the rope shall be examined on a daily basis.
(b) Before any person is hoisted with a newly installed wire rope or any wire rope that has not been examined in the previous fourteen calendar days, the wire rope shall be examined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) At least once every six months, nondestructive tests shall be conducted of the active length of the rope, or rope diameter measurements shall be made--
(1) Wherever wear is evident;
(2) Where the hoist rope rests on sheaves at regular stopping points;
(3) Where the hoist rope leaves the drum at regular stopping points; and
(4) At drum crossover and change-of-layer regions.
(d) At the completion of each examination required by paragraph (a) of this section, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any condition listed in paragraph (a) of this standard is present, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records of examinations shall be retained for one year.
(e) The person making the measurements or nondestructive tests as required by paragraph (c) of this section shall record the measurements or test results and the date. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
S 75.1434 Retirement criteria.
Unless damage or deterioration is removed by cutoff, wire ropes shall be removed from service when any of the following conditions occurs:
(a) The number of broken wires within a rope lay length, excluding filler wires, exceeds either--
(1) Five percent of the total number of wires; or
(2) Fifteen percent of the total number of wires within any strand;
(b) On a regular lay rope, more than one broken wire in the valley between strands in one rope lay length;
(c) A loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outer wires;
(d) Rope deterioration from corrosion;
(e) Distortion of the rope structure;
(f) Heat damage from any source;
(g) Diameter reduction due to wear that exceeds six percent of the baseline diameter measure- ment; or
(h) Loss of more than ten percent of rope strength as determined by nondestructive testing.
S 75.1435 Load end attachments.
(a) Wire rope shall be attached to the load by a method that develops at least 80 percent of the nominal strength of the rope.
(b) Except for terminations where use of other materials is a design feature, zinc (spelter) shall be used for socketing wire ropes. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(c) Load end attachment methods using splices are prohibited.
S 75.1436 Drum end attachment.
(a) For drum end attachment, wire rope shall be attached--
(1) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the drum spoke;
(2) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the shaft, if the drum is fixed to the shaft; or
(3) By properly assembled anchor bolts, clamps, or wedges, provided that the attachment is a design feature of the hoist drum. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(b) A minimum of three full turns of wire rope shall be on the drum when the rope is extended to its maximum working length.
S 75.1437 End attachment retermination.
Damaged or deteriorated wire rope shall be removed by cutoff and the rope reterminated where there is--
(a) More than one broken wire at an attachment;
(b) Improper installation of an attachment;
(c) Slippage at an attachment; or
(d) Evidence of deterioration from corrosion at an attachment.
S 75.1438 End attachment replacement.
Wire rope attachments shall be replaced when cracked, deformed, or excessively worn.
Subpart P--Emergency Shelters
S 75.1500 Emergency shelters.
[Statutory Provisions]
The Secretary or an authorized representative of the Secretary may prescribe in any coal mine that rescue chambers, properly sealed and ventilated, be erected at suitable locations in the mine to which persons may go in case of an emergency for protection against hazards. Such chambers shall be properly equipped with first aid materials, an adequate supply of air and self-contained breathing equip- ment, an independent communication system to the surface, and proper accommodations for the persons while awaiting rescue, and such other equipment as the Secretary may require. A plan for the erection, maintenance, and revisions of such chambers and the training of the miners in their proper use shall be submitted by the operator to the Secretary for his approval. A copy of the approved plan shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
Subpart Q--Communications
S 75.1600 Communications.
[Statutory Provisions]
Telephone service or equivalent two-way communication facilities, approved by the Secretary or his authorized representative, shall be provided between the surface and each landing of main shafts and slopes and between the surface and each working section of any coal mine that is more than 100 feet from a portal.
S 75.1600-1 Communication facilities; main portals; installation requirements.
A telephone or equivalent two-way communication facility shall be located on the surface within 500 feet of all main portals, and shall be installed either in a building or in a box-like structure designed to protect the facilities from damage by inclement weather. At least one of these communication facili- ties shall be at a location where a responsible person who is always on duty when men are underground can hear the facility and respond immediately in the event of an emergency.
S 75.1600-2 Communication facilities; working sections; installation and maintenance require- ments; audible or visual alarms.
(a) Telephones or equivalent two-way communication facilities provided at each working section shall be located not more than 500 feet outby the last open crosscut and not more than 800 feet from the farthest point of penetration of the working places on such section.
(b) The incoming communication signal shall activate an audible alarm, distinguishable from the surrounding noise level, or a visual alarm that can be seen by a miner regularly employed on the working section.
(c) If a communication system other than telephones is used and its operation depends entirely upon power from the mine electric system, means shall be provided to permit continued communication in the event the mine electric power fails or is cut off; provided, however, that where trolley phones and telephones are both used, an alternate source of power for the trolley phone system is not required.
(d) Trolley phones connected to the trolley wire shall be grounded in accordance with subpart H of this part.
(e) Telephones or equivalent two-way communication facilities shall be maintained in good operating condition at all times. In the event of any failure in the system that results in loss of communi- cation, repairs shall be started immediately, and the system restored to operating condition as soon as possible.
Subpart R--Miscellaneous
S 75.1700 Oil and gas wells.
[Statutory Provisions]
Each operator of a coal mine shall take reasonable measures to locate oil and gas wells penetrat- ing coalbeds or any underground area of a coal mine. When located, such operator shall establish and maintain barriers around such oil and gas wells in accordance with State laws and regulations, except that such barriers shall not be less than 300 feet in diameter, unless the Secretary or his authorized representative permits a lesser barrier consistent with the applicable State laws and regulations where such lesser barrier will be adequate to protect against hazards from such wells to the miners in such mine, or unless the Secretary or his authorized representative requires a greater barrier where the depth of the mine, other geologic conditions, or other factors warrant such a greater barrier.
S 75.1702 Smoking; prohibition.
[Statutory Provisions]
No person shall smoke, carry smoking materials, matches, or lighters underground, or smoke in or around oil houses, explosives magazines, or other surface areas where such practice may cause a fire or explosion. The operator shall institute a program, approved by the Secretary, to insure that any person entering the underground area of the mine does not carry smoking materials, matches, or lighters. A copy of this approved plan shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1702-1 Smoking programs.
Programs required under S 75.1702 shall be submitted to the Coal Mine Safety District Manager for approval on or before May 30, 1970.
S 75.1703 Portable electric lamps.
[Statutory Provisions]
Persons underground shall use only permissible electric lamps approved by the Secretary for portable illumination. No open flame shall be permitted in the underground area of any coal mine, except as permitted under S 75.1106.
S 75.1703-1 Permissible lamps.
Lamps approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration under part 19 or part 20 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 6D and Schedule 10C) are approved lamps for the purposes of S 75.1703.
S 75.1707-1 New working section.
The term "new working section" as used in S 75.1707 means any extension of the belt or trolley haulage system in main, cross, and room entries necessary for the development of the mine on and after March 30, 1970. Room entries being developed as of March 30, 1970, with certified stop line limitations as shown on the mine map and retreating panels shall not be considered as new working sections.
S 75.1708 Surface structures, fireproofing.
[Statutory Provisions]
After March 30, 1970, all structures erected on the surface within 100 feet of any mine opening shall be of fireproof construction. Unless structures existing on or prior to such date which are located within 100 feet of any mine opening are of such construction, fire doors shall be erected at effective points in mine openings to prevent smoke or fire from outside sources endangering miners underground.
These doors shall be tested at least monthly to insure effective operation. A record of such tests shall be kept in an area on the surface of the mine chosen by the operator to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazard and shall be available for inspection by interested persons.
S 75.1708-1 Surface structures; fireproof construction.
Structures of fireproof construction is interpreted to mean structures with fireproof exterior surfaces.
S 75.1709 Accumulations of methane and coal dust on surface coal-handling facilities.
[Statutory Provisions]
Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent methane and coal dust from accumulating in exces- sive concentrations in or on surface coal-handling facilities, but in no event shall methane be permitted to accumulate in concentrations in or on surface coal-handling facilities in excess of limits established for methane by the Secretary on and after March 30, 1971. Where coal is dumped at or near air-intake openings, provisions shall be made to avoid dust from entering the mine.
S 75.1710 Canopies or cabs; diesel-powered and electric face equipment.
[Statutory Provisions]
In any coal mine where the height of the coalbed permits, An authorized representative of the Secretary may require that diesel-powered equipment and electric face equipment, including shuttle cars, be provided with substantially constructed canopies, or cabs, to protect the miners operating such equipment from roof falls and from rib and face rolls.
S 75.1710-1 Canopies or cabs; self-propelled diesel-powered and electric face equipment; installa- tion requirements.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, all self-propelled diesel-powered and electric face equipment, including shuttle cars, which is employed in the active workings of each under- ground coal mine on and after January 1, 1973, shall, in accordance with the schedule of time specified in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), and (6) of this section, be equipped with substantially constructed canopies or cabs, located and installed in such a manner that when the operator is at the operating con- trols of such equipment he shall be protected from falls of roof, face, or rib, or from rib and face rolls.
The requirements of this paragraph (a) shall be met as follows:
(1) On and after January 1, 1974, in coal mines having mining heights of 72 inches or more;
(2) On and after July 1, 1974, in coal mines having mining heights of 60 inches or more, but less than 72 inches;
(3) On and after January 1, 1975, in coal mines having mining heights of 48 inches or more, but less than 60 inches;
(4) On and after July 1, 1975, in coal mines having mining heights of 36 inches or more, but less than 48 inches;
(5) (i) On and after January 1, 1976, in coal mines having mining heights of 30 inches or more, but less than 36 inches,
(ii) On and after July 1, 1977, in coal mines having mining heights of 24 inches or more, but less than 30 inches, and
(6) On and after July 1, 1978, in coal mines having mining heights of less than 24 inches.
(b)(1) For purposes of this section, a canopy means a structure which provides overhead protec- tion against falls of roof.
(2) For purposes of this section, a cab means a structure which provides overhead and lateral protection against falls of roof, rib, and face, or rib and face rolls.
(c) In determining whether to install substantially constructed canopies as opposed to substan- tially constructed cabs, the operator shall consider and take into account the following factors:
(1) The mining method used;
(2) Physical limitations, including but not limited to the dip of the coalbed, and roof, rib, and face conditions;
(3) Previous accident experience, if any, caused by falls of roof, rib, and face, or rib and face rolls;
(4) Overhead protection, such as that afforded by a substantially constructed canopy, against falls of roof will always be required; and
(5) Lateral protection, such as that afforded by a substantially constructed cab, may also be necessary where the occurrence of falls of rib and face, or rib and face rolls is likely.
(d) For purposes of this section, a canopy or cab will be considered to be substantially con- structed if a registered engineer certifies that such canopy or cab has the minimum structural capacity to support elastically: (1) A dead weight load of 18,000 pounds, or (2) 15 p.s.i. distributed uniformly over the plan view area of the structure, whichever is lesser.
(e) Evidence of the certification required by paragraph (d) of this section shall be furnished by attaching a plate, label, or other appropriate marking to the canopy or cab for which certification has been made, stating that such canopy or cab meets the minimum requirements for structural capacity set forth in paragraph (d) of this section. Written evidence of such certification shall also be retained by the operator, and shall be made available to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector upon request. Written evidence of certification may consist of the report of the registered engineer who certified the canopy or cab, or of information from the manufacturer of the canopy or cab stating that a registered engineer has certified that the canopy or cab meets the minimum requirements for structural capacity set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
(f) An operator may apply to the Director of Technical Support, Mine Safety and Health Administra- tion, Department of Labor, 4015 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Va. 22203, for approval of the installa- tion of devices to be used in lieu of substantially constructed canopies or cabs on self-propelled diesel- powered and electric face equipment. The Director of Technical Support may approve such devices if he determines that the use thereof will afford the equipment operator no less than the same measure of protection from falls of roof, face, or rib, or from rib and face rolls as would a substantially constructed canopy or cab meeting the requirements of this section.
S 75.1711 Sealing of mines.
[Statutory Provisions]
On or after March 30, 1970, the opening of any coal mine that is declared inactive by the opera- tor, or is permanently closed, or abandoned for more than 90 days, shall be sealed by the operator in a manner prescribed by the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector. Openings of all other mines shall be adequately protected in a manner prescribed by the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector to prevent entrance by unauthorized persons.
S 75.1711-1 Sealing of shaft openings.
Shaft openings required to be sealed under S 75.1711 shall be effectively capped or filled. Filling shall be for the entire depth of the shaft and, for the first 50 feet from the bottom of the coalbed, the fill shall consist of incombustible material. Caps consisting of a 6-inch thick concrete cap or other equiva- lent means may be used for sealing. Caps shall be equipped with a vent pipe at least 2 inches in diameter extending for a distance of at least 15 feet above the surface of the shaft.
S 75.1711-2 Sealing of slope or drift openings.
Slope or drift openings required to be sealed under S 75.1711 shall be sealed with solid, substan- tial, incombustible material, such as concrete blocks, bricks or tile, or shall be completely filled with incombustible material for a distance of at least 25 feet into such openings.
S 75.1711-3 Openings of active mines.
The openings of all mines not declared by the operator, to be inactive, permanently closed, or abandoned for less than 90 days shall be adequately fenced or posted with conspicuous signs prohibiting the entrance of unauthorized persons.
S 75.1712 Bath houses and toilet facilities.
[Statutory Provisions]
The Secretary may require any operator to provide adequate facilities for the miners to change from the clothes worn underground, to provide for the storing of such clothes from shift to shift, and to provide sanitary and bathing facilities. Sanitary toilet facilities shall be provided in the active workings of the mine when such surface facilities are not readily accessible to the active workings.
S 75.1712-1 Availability of surface bathing facilities; change rooms; and sanitary facilities.
Except where a waiver has been granted pursuant to the provisions of S 75.1712-4, each operator of an underground coal mine shall on and after December 30, 1970, provide bathing facilities, clothing change rooms, and sanitary facilities, as hereinafter prescribed, for the use of the miners at the mine.
S 75.1712-2 Location of surface facilities.
Bathhouses, change rooms, and sanitary toilet facilities shall be in a location convenient for the use of the miners. Where such facilities are designed to serve more than one mine, they shall be centrally located so as to be as convenient for the use of the miners in all the mines served by such facilities.
S 75.1712-3 Minimum requirements of surface bathing facilities, change rooms, and sanitary toilet facilities.
(a) All bathing facilities, change rooms, and sanitary toilet facilities shall be provided with adequate light, heat, and ventilation so as to maintain a comfortable air temperature and to minimize the accumulation of moisture and odors, and such facilities shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.
(b) Bathing facilities, change rooms, and sanitary toilet facilities shall be constructed and equipped so as to comply with applicable State and local building codes: Provided, however, That where no State or local building codes apply to such facilities, or where no State or local building codes exist, such facilities shall be constructed and equipped so as to meet the minimum construction requirements of the National Building Code; and the minimum plumbing requirements of the U.S.A. Standard Plumb- ing Code, ASA A40.8-1955.
(c) In addition to the minimum requirements specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this S 75.1712-3, facilities maintained in accordance with S 75.1712-1 shall include the following:
(1) Bathing facilities. (i) Showers shall be provided with both hot and cold water.
(ii) At least one shower head shall be provided where five or less miners use such showers.
(iii) Where five or more miners use such showers, sufficient showers shall be furnished to pro- vide approximately one shower head for each five miners.
(iv) A suitable cleansing agent shall be provided for use at each shower.
(2) Sanitary toilet facilities. (i) At least one sanitary flush toilet shall be provided where 10 or less miners use such facilities.
(ii) Where 10 or more miners use such sanitary toilet facilities, sufficient toilets shall be fur- nished to provide approximately one sanitary flush toilet for each 10 miners.
(iii) Where 30 or more miners use sanitary toilet facilities, one urinal may be substituted for one sanitary flush toilet; however, where such substitutions are made they shall not reduce the number of toilets below a ratio of two toilets to one urinal.
(iv) An adequate supply of toilet paper shall be provided with each toilet.
(v) Adequate handwashing facilities or hand lavatories shall be provided in or adjacent to each toilet facility.
(3) Change rooms. (i) Individual clothes storage containers or lockers shall be provided for storage of miners clothing and other incidental personal belongings during and between shifts.
(ii) Change rooms shall be provided with ample space to permit the use of such facilities by all miners changing clothes prior to and after each shift.
S 75.1712-4 Waiver of surface facilities requirements.
The Coal Mine Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located may, upon written application by the operator, waive any or all of the requirements of SS 75.1712-1 through 75.1712-3 if he determines that the operator of the mine cannot or need not meet any part or all of such requirements, and, upon issuance of such waiver, he shall set forth the facilities which will not be re- quired and the specific reason or reasons for such waiver. A copy of this waiver shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1712-5 Application for waiver of surface facilities.
Applications for waivers of the requirements of SS 75.1712-1 through 75.1712-3 shall be filed with the Coal Mine Safety District Manager and shall contain the following information:
(a) The name and address of the mine operator;
(b) The name and location of the mine;
(c) A statement explaining why, in the opinion of the operator, the installation or maintenance of the facilities is impractical or unnecessary.
S 75.1712-6 Underground sanitary facilities; approved sanitary toilets; installation and maintenance.
(a) Except as provided in S 75.1712-7, each operator of an underground coal mine shall, on and after December 30, 1970, provide and maintain one approved sanitary toilet, together with an adequate supply of toilet tissue, in a dry location under protected roof, within 500 feet of each working place in the mine where miners are regularly employed during the mining cycle. A single approved sanitary toilet may serve two or more working places in the same mine, if it is located within 500 feet of each such working place.
(b) Only sanitary toilets approved by the Health Division, Coal Mine Health and Safety, Mine Safety and Health Administration shall meet the requirements of this section.
(c) Applications for approval of sanitary toilets shall be submitted to: Health Division, Coal Mine Health and Safety, Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor, 4015 Wilson Boule- vard, Arlington, Va. 22203.
S 75.1712-7 Underground sanitary facilities; waiver of requirements.
If it has been determined by the Coal Mine Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located that sanitary toilets cannot be provided and maintained within 500 feet of a working place because of the thickness of the coal seam or because of any other physical restriction in the under- ground workings, he may, upon written application by the operator, waive the location requirements for underground sanitary facilities with respect to such working place. A copy of this waiver shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1712-8 Application for waiver of location requirements for underground sanitary facilities.
Applications for waivers of the location requirements of S 75.1712-6 shall be filed with the Coal Mine Safety District Manager and shall contain the following information:
(a) The name and address of the mine operator;
(b) The name and location of the mine;
(c) The thickness of the coal seam in each working place in the mine for which a waiver is requested; and
(d) Other physical restrictions in the mine (for example, poor roof conditions, excessive water, timbering, etc.). If a sanitary toilet cannot be installed within 500 feet of a working place because of physical conditions other than the thickness of the coal seam, the operator shall also include a short statement specifying areas in the mine which could be considered possible alternative sites for installa- tion of such facilities.
S 75.1712-9 Issuance of waivers.
Following the receipt of an application submitted in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1712-8, the Coal Mine Safety District Manager shall, if he determines that the operator cannot meet the location requirements of S 75.1712-6 with respect to any or all of the working places in the mine because of the coal seam thickness or because of other physical restriction, issue a waiver of the require- ments of this section and designate an alternative site for installation of such facilities. The waiver issued shall specify each working place to which it shall apply, set forth the reasons for such waiver, and the reasons for designation of the alternative site.
S 75.1712-10 Underground sanitary facilities; maintenance.
Sanitary toilets shall be regularly maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. Holding tanks shall be serviced and cleaned when full and in no case less than once each week by draining or pumping or by removing them to the surface for cleaning or recharging. Transfer tanks and transfer equipment used underground shall be equipped with suitable fittings to permit complete drainage of holding tanks without spillage and allow for the sanitary transportation of wastes to the surface. Waste shall be dis- posed of on the surface in accordance with State and local laws and regulations.
S 75.1713 Emergency medical assistance; first-aid.
[Statutory Provisions]
Each operator shall make arrangements in advance for obtaining emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured persons. Emergency communications shall be provided to the nearest point of assistance. Selected agents of the operator shall be trained in first-aid and first-aid training shall be made available to all miners. Each coal mine shall have an adequate supply of first-aid equipment located on the surface, at the bottom of shafts and slopes, and at other strategic locations near the work- ing faces. In fulfilling each of the requirements of this section, the operator shall meet at least minimum requirements prescribed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
S 75.1713-1 Arrangements for emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured per- sons; agreements; reporting requirements; posting requirements.
(a) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall make arrangements with a licensed physi- cian, medical service, medical clinic, or hospital to provide 24-hour emergency medical assistance for any person injured at the mine.
(b) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall make arrangements with an ambulance service, or otherwise provide, for 24-hour emergency transportation for any person injured at the mine.
(c) Each operator shall, on or before December 30, 1970, report to the District Manager for the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector the name , title and address of the physician, medical service, medical clinic, hospital or ambulance service with whom arrangements have been made, or otherwise provided, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this S 75.1713-1.
(d) Each operator shall, within 10 days after any change of the arrangements required to be reported under the provisions of this S 75.1713-1, report such changes to the District Manager and the State Mine Inspector. If such changes involve a substitution of persons, the operator shall provide the name, title, and address of the person substituted together with the name and address of the medical service, medical clinic, hospital, or ambulance service with which such person or persons are associated.
(e) Each operator shall, immediately after making an arrangement required under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this S 75.1713-1, or immediately after any change of such arrangement, post at appropriate places at the mine the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of all persons or services currently available under such arrangements to provide medical assistance and transportation at the mine.
S 75.1713-2 Emergency communications; requirements.
(a) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall establish and maintain a communication system from the mine to the nearest point of medical assistance for use in an emergency.
(b) The emergency communication system required to be maintained under paragraph (a) of this 75.1713-2 may be established by telephone or radio transmission or by any other means of prompt communication to any facility (for example, the local sheriff, the State highway patrol, or local hospital) which has available the means of communication with the person or persons providing emergency medical assistance or transportation in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1713-1.
S 75.1713-3 First-Aid training; supervisory employees.
The mine operator shall conduct first-aid training courses for selected supervisory employees at the mine. Within 60 days after the selection of a new supervisory employee to be so trained, the mine operator shall certify by signature and date the name of the employee and date on which the employee satisfactorily completed the first-aid training course. The certification shall be kept at the mine and made available on request to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1713-4 First-aid training program; availability of instruction to all miners.
On or before June 30, 1971, each operator of an underground coal mine shall make available to all miners employed in the mine a course of instruction in first-aid conducted by the operator or under the auspices of the operator, and such a course of instruction shall be made available to newly employed miners within 6 months after the date of employment.
S 75.1713-5 First-aid training program; retraining of supervisory employees; availability to all miners.
Beginning January 1, 1971, each operator of an underground coal mine shall conduct refresher first-aid training courses each calendar year for all selected supervisory employees, and make available refresher first-aid training courses to all miners employed in the mine.
S 75.1713-6 First-aid training program; minimum requirements.
(a) All first-aid training programs required under the provisions of SS 75.1713-3 and 75.1713-4 shall include 10 class hours of training in a course of instruction similar to that outlined in "First Aid, A Bureau of Mines Instruction Manual."
(b) Refresher first-aid training programs required under the provisions of S 75.1713-5 shall include five class hours of refresher training in a course of instruction similar to that outlined in "First Aid, A Bureau of Mines Instruction Manual."
S 75.1713-7 First-aid equipment; location; minimum requirements.
(a) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall maintain a supply of the first-aid equipment set forth in paragraph (b) of this S 75.1713-7 at each of the following locations:
(1) At the mine dispatcher's office or other appropriate work area on the surface in close proxim- ity to the mine entry;
(2) At the bottom of each regularly traveled slope or shaft; however, where the bottom of such slope or shaft is not more than 1,000 feet from the surface, such first-aid supplies may be maintained on the surface at the entrance to the mine; and
(3) At a point in each working section not more than 500 feet outby the active working face or faces.
(b) The first-aid equipment required to be maintained under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this S 75.1713-7 shall include at least the following:
(1) One stretcher;
(2) One broken-back board. (If a splint stretcher combination is used it will satisfy the require- ments of both (1) and (2)).
(3) 24 triangular bandages (15 if a splint-stretcher combination is used).
(4) Eight 4-inch bandage compresses;
(5) Eight 2-inch bandage compresses.
(6) Twelve 1-inch adhesive compresses;
(7) One foille;
(8) Two cloth blankets:
(9) One rubber blanket or equivalent substitute.
(10) Two tourniquets;
(11) One 1-ounce bottle of aromatic spirits of ammonia or 1 dozen ammonia ampules.
(12) The necessary complements of arm and leg splints or two each inflatable plastic arm and leg splints.
(c) All first-aid supplies required to be maintained under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this S 75.1713-7 shall be stored in suitable, sanitary, dust tight, moisture proof containers and such supplies shall be accessible to the miners.
S 75.1714 Availability of approved self-rescue devices; instruction in use and location.
(a) Each operator shall make available to each miner employed by the operator who goes under- ground and to visitors authorized to enter the mine by the operator a self-rescue device or devices ap- proved by the Secretary which is adequate to protect such person for one hour or longer.
(b) Before any miner employed by the operator or visitor authorized by the operator goes under- ground the operator shall instruct and train such person in the use and location of the self-rescue device or devices made available at the mine. Instruction and training of miners and visitors shall be in accor- dance with provisions set forth in 30 CFR part 48.
S 75.1714-1 Approved self-rescue devices.
The requirements of S 75.1714 shall be met by making available to each person referred to in that section a self-rescue device or devices as follows:
(a) Until June 21, 1981 a self-rescue device or devices which have been approved under:
(1) Bureau of Mines Schedule 14F, Gas Masks, April 23, 1955, as amended (Part 13, 30 CFR, 1972 ed.); or
(2) Subpart I of part 11 of this chapter; or
(3) Subpart H of part 11 of this chapter, as follows:
(i) A 1-hour self-contained self-rescue device; or
(ii) A self-contained self-rescue device of not less than 10 minutes and a 1-hour canister; or
(iii) Any other self-contained breathing apparatus approved under subpart H of part 11 of this chapter which provides protection for a period of 1 hour or longer and which is approved for use by MSHA for the purpose of a self-rescue device or devices when used and maintained as prescribed by MSHA.
(b) After June 21, 1981 a self-rescue device or devices which have been approved under subpart of part 11 of this chapter, as follows:
(1) A 1-hour self-contained self-rescue device; or
(2) A self-contained self-rescue device of not less than 10 minutes and a 1-hour canister; or
(3) Any other self-contained breathing apparatus approved under subpart H of part 11 of this chapter which provides protection for a period of 1 hour or longer and which is approved for use by MSHA for the purpose of a self-rescue device or devices when used and maintained as prescribed by MSHA.
S 75.1714-2 Self-rescue devices; use and location requirements.
(a) Self-rescue devices shall be used and located as prescribed in paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this section, self-rescue devices shall be worn or carried at all times by each person when underground.
(c) Where the wearing or carrying of the self-rescue device is hazardous to the person, it shall be placed in a readily accessible location no greater than 25 feet from such person.
(d) Where a person works on or around equipment, the self-rescue device may be placed in a readily accessible location on such equipment.
(e) A mine operator may apply to the District Manager under 30 CFR 75.1101-23 for permission to place the self-contained self-rescue device more than 25 feet away.
(1) The District Manager shall consider the following factors in deciding whether to permit an operator to place a self-contained self-rescue device more than 25 feet from a miner:
(i) Distance from affected sections to surface,
(ii) Pitch of seam in affected sections,
(iii) Height of coal seam in affected sections,
(iv) Location of escapeways,
(v) Proposed location of self-contained self-rescuers,
(vi) Type of work performed by affected miners,
(vii) Degree of risk to which affected miners are exposed,
(viii) Potential for breaking into oxygen deficient atmospheres,
(ix) Type of risk to which affected miners are exposed,
(x) Accident history of mine, and
(xi) Other matters bearing upon the safety of miners.
(2) Such application shall not be approved by the District manager unless it provides that all miners whose self-contained self-rescuer is more than 25 feet away shall have, in accordance with paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section, at all times while underground, a self-rescue device approved under subpart I of part 11 of this chapter or Bureau of Mines Schedule 14F, Gas Masks, April 23, 1955, as amended (Part 13, 30 CFR, 1972 ed.) sufficient to enable each miner to get to a self-contained self-rescuer. A copy of this variance shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
(3) An operator may not obtain permission under paragraph (e) of this section to place self-contained self-rescuers more than 25 feet away from miners on mantrips into and out of the mine.
(f) If a self-contained self-rescue device is not carried out of the mine at the end of a miner's shift, the place of storage must be approved by the District Manager, a sign with the word "SELF-RESCUER" or "SELF-RESCUERS" shall be conspicuously posted at each storage place, and direction signs shall be posted leading to each storage place.
(g) Where devices of not less than 10 minutes and 1 hour are made available in accordance with 75.1714-1(a)(3)(ii) or S 75.1714-1(b)(2), such devices shall be used and located as follows:
(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, the device of not less than 10 minutes shall be worn or carried at all times by each person when underground, and
(2) The 1-hour canister shall be available at all times to all persons when underground in accor- dance with a plan submitted by the operator of the mine and approved by the District Manager.
A copy of this plan and any changes shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector. When the 1-hour canister is placed in a cache or caches, a sign with the word "SELF-RESCUERS" shall be conspicuously posted at each cache, and direction signs shall be posted leading to each cache.
S 75.1714-3 Self-rescue devices; inspection, testing, maintenance, repair, and recordkeeping.
(a) Each operator shall provide for proper inspection, testing, maintenance, and repair of self-rescue devices by a person trained to perform such functions.
(b) After each time a self-rescue device is worn or carried by a person, the device shall be in- spected for damage and for the integrity of its seal by a person trained to perform this function.
Self-rescue devices with broken seals or which are damaged so that the device will not function properly shall be removed from service.
(c) All self-rescue devices approved under subpart I of part 11 of this chapter or Bureau of Mines Schedule 14F, April 23, 1955, as amended (Part 13, 30 CFR, 1972 ed.) except devices using vacuum containers as the only method of sealing, shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 90 days by weighing each device on a scale or balance accurate to within +/-1 gram. A device that weighs more than 10 grams over its original weight shall be removed from service.
(d) All self-contained self-rescue devices approved under subpart H of part 11 of this chapter shall be tested in accordance with instructions approved by MSHA. Any device which does not meet the speci- fied test requirements shall be removed from service.
(e) At the completion of each test required by paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section the person making the tests shall certify by signature and date that the tests were done. This person shall make a record of all corrective action taken. Certifications and records shall be kept at the mine and made available on request to an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector.
(f) Self-rescue devices removed from service shall be repaired for return to service only by a person trained to perform such work and only in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
S 75.1715 Identification check system.
[Statutory Provisions]
Each operator of a coal mine shall establish a check-in and check-out system which will provide positive identification of every person underground, and will provide an accurate record of the persons in the mine kept on the surface in a place chosen to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazard. Such record shall bear a number identical to an identification check that is securely fastened to the lamp belt worn by the person underground. The identification check shall be made of a rust resistant metal of not less than 16 gauge.
S 75.1716 Operations under water.
[Statutory Provisions]
Whenever an operator mines coal from a coal mine opened after March 30, 1970, or from any new working section of a mine opened prior to such date, in a manner that requires the construction, operation, and maintenance of tunnels under any river, stream, lake, or other body of water, that is, in the judgment of the Secretary, sufficiently large to constitute a hazard to miners, such operator shall obtain a permit from the Secretary which shall include such terms and conditions as he deems appropriate to protect the safety of miners working or passing through such tunnels from caveins and other hazards.
Such permits shall require, in accordance with a plan to be approved by the Secretary, that a safety zone be established beneath and adjacent to such body of water. No plan shall be approved unless there is a minimum of cover to be determined by the Secretary, based on test holes drilled by the operator in a manner to be prescribed by the Secretary. A copy of this plan and any changes shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector. No such permit shall be required in the case of any new working section of a mine which is located under any water resource reservoir being constructed by a Federal agency on December 30, 1969, the operator of which is required by such agency to operate in a manner that protects the safety of miners working in such section from cave-ins and other hazards.
S 75.1716-1 Operations under water; notification by operator.
An operator planning to mine coal from coal mines opened after March 30, 1970, or from work- ing sections in mines opened prior to such date, and in such manner that mining operations will be conducted, or tunnels constructed, under any river, stream, lake, or other body of water, shall give notice to the Coal Mine Safety District Manager in the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector prior to the commencement of such mining operations.
S 75.1716-2 Permit required.
If in the judgment of the Coal Mine Safety District Manager the proposed mining operations referred to in S 75.1716-1 constitute a hazard to miners, he shall promptly so notify the operator that a permit is required.
S 75.1716-3 Applications for permits.
An application for a permit required under this section shall be filed with the Coal Mine Safety District Manager and shall contain the following general information:
(a) Name and address of the company.
(b) Name and address of the mine.
(c) Projected mining and ground support plans.
(d) A mine map showing the locations of the river, stream, lake, or other body of water and its relation to the location of all working places.
(e) A profile map showing the type of strata and the distance in elevation between the coal bed and the river, stream, lake or other body of water involved. The type of strata shall be determined by core test drill holes as prescribed by the Coal Mine Safety District Manager.
S 75.1716-4 Issuance of permits.
If the Coal Mine Safety District Manager determines that the proposed mining operations under water can be safely conducted, he shall issue a permit for the conduct of such operations under such conditions as he deems necessary to protect the safety of miners engaged in those operations. A copy of this permit and any changes shall be filed with the State Mine Inspector.
S 75.1717 Exemptions.
[Statutory Provisions]
No notice under S 75.1716-1 and no permit under S 75.1716-2 shall be required in the case of any new working section of a mine which is located under any water resource reservoir being con- structed by a Federal agency as of December 30, 1969, and where the operator is required by such agency to operate in a manner that adequately protects the safety of miners.
S 75.1718 Drinking water.
[Statutory Provisions]
An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided for drinking purposes in the active work- ings of the mine, and such water shall be carried, stored, and otherwise protected in sanitary containers.
S 75.1718-1 Drinking water; quality.
(a) Potable water provided in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1718 shall meet the appli- cable minimum health requirements for drinking water established by the State or community in which the mine is located.
(b) Where no state or local health requirements apply to drinking water or where no state or local minimum health requirements exist, drinking water provided in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1718 shall contain a minimum of 0.2 milligrams of free chlorine per liter of water.
S 75.1719 Illumination; purpose and scope of SS 75.1719 through 75.1719-4; time for compliance.
(a) Section 317(e) of the Act (30 U.S.C. 877(e)) directs and authorizes the Secretary to propose and promulgate standards under which all working places in a mine shall be illuminated by permissible lighting while persons are working in such places SS 75.1719 through 75.1719-4 prescribe the require- ments for illumination of working places in underground coal mines while persons are working in such places and while self-propelled mining equipment is operated in the working place.
(b) Mine operators shall comply with SS 75.1719 through 75.1719-4 not later than July 1, 1978.
S 75.1719-1 Illumination in working places.
(a) Each operator of an underground coal mine shall provide each working place in the mine with lighting as prescribed in SS 75.1719-1 and 75.1719-2 while self-propelled mining equipment is operated in the working place.
(b) Self-propelled mining equipment; definition. For the purposes of SS 75.1719 through 75.1719-4, "self-propelled mining equipment" means equipment which possesses the capability of moving itself or its associated components from one location to another by electric, hydraulic, pneu- matic, or mechanical power supplied by a source located on the machine or transmitted to the machine by cables, ropes, or chains.
(c) The lighting prescribed in this section shall be in addition to that provided by personal cap lamps.
(d) The luminous intensity (surface brightness) of surfaces that are in a miner's normal field of vision of areas in working places that are required to be lighted shall be not less than 0.06 footlamberts when measured in accordance with S 75.1719-3.
(e) When self-propelled mining equipment specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section is operated in a working place, the areas within a miner's normal field of vision which shall be illuminated in the working place shall be as prescribed in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(6) of this section.
(1) Continuous miners and coal-loading equipment. In working places in which continuous miners and coal-loading equipment are operated, the areas which shall be illuminated shall be as fol- lows:
(i) The face, and
(ii) The ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surface of mining equipment, which are between the face and the inby end of the shuttle car or other conveying equipment while in position to receive material.
(2) Self-loading haulage equipment used as a loading machine. In working places in which self-loading haulage equipment is operated to load material, the areas which shall be illuminated shall be as follows:
(i) The face, and
(ii) The ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, which are between the face and a point 5 feet outby the machine.
(3) Cutting and drilling equipment. In working places in which cutting or drilling equipment is operated, the areas which shall be illuminated shall be as follows:
(i) The ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, which are between the face and a point 5 feet outby the machine.
(4) Shortwall and longwall mining equipment. In working places in which shortwall or longwall mining equipment is operated, the areas which shall be illuminated shall be as follows:
(i) The area for the length of the self-advancing roof support system and which is between the gob-side of the travelway and the side of the block of coal from which coal is being extracted, and
(ii) The control station, and the head piece and tail piece of the face conveyor, and
(iii) The roof and floor for a distance of 5 feet horizontally from the control station, head piece and tail piece.
(5) Roof bolting equipment. In working places in which roof bolting equipment is operated, the areas which shall be illuminated shall be as follows:
(i) Where the distance from the floor, to the roof is 5 feet, or less: the face, ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, which are within an area the perimeter of which is a distance of feet from the machine, when measured parallel to the floor.
(ii) Where the distance from the floor to the roof is more than 5 feet: the face, ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, which are within an area the perimeter of which from the front and sides of the machine is a distance equal to the distance from the floor to the roof and from the rear of the machine a distance of 5 feet, when measured parallel to the floor.
(6) Other self-propelled equipment. Unless the entire working place is illuminated by stationary lighting equipment, in working places in which self-propelled equipment is operated, other than equip- ment specified in paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(5) of this section, illumination shall be provided as follows:
(i) Luminaires shall be installed on each machine operated in the working place which shall illuminate a face or rib coal surface which is within 10 feet of the front and the rear of the machine to a luminous intensity of not less than 0.06 footlamberts, and
(ii) The height and width of the area of the coal surface which shall be illuminated shall equal the height and width, respectively, of the machine on which the luminaires are installed, and
(iii) The luminaires in the direction of travel shall be operated at all times the equipment is being trammed in the working place.
(f) The Administrator, Coal Mine Health and Safety, MSHA, may specify other areas in a work- ing place to be illuminated for the protection of miners while self-propelled mining equipment is being operated in the working place.
(g) Surface brightness of floor, roof, coal and machine surfaces in the normal visual field of a miner shall not vary more than 50 percent between adjacent fields of similar surface reflectance, and the maximum surface brightness of such surface shall not exceed 120 footlamberts when measured in accordance with S 75.1719-3.
S 75.1719-2 Lighting fixtures; requirements.
(a) Lighting fixtures shall be permissible.
(b) Lighting fixtures may be installed on self-propelled machines or may be stationary lighting fixtures.
(c)(1) Electrically operated lighting fixtures shall be energized by direct current, or by sinusoidal full wave alternating current not less than 50 cycles per second (100 pulses per second), or by an equiva- lent power source that causes no greater flicker.
(2) Alternating current circuits supplying power to stationary lighting fixtures shall contain conductors energized at voltages not greater than 70 volts to ground. Alternating current circuits, ener- gized at 100 volts or more and used to supply power to stationary lighting fixtures, shall originate at a transformer having a center or neutral tap grounded to earth through a proper resistor, which shall be designed to limit fault current to not more than 5 amperes. A grounding circuit in accordance with S 75.701-4 shall originate at the grounded terminal of the grounding resistor and extend along with the power conductors and serve as a grounding conductor for the frames of all equipment receiving power from the circuit. The ground fault current rating of grounding resistors shall meet the "extended time rating" set forth in the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. Standard No. 32 (IEEE Std.32-1972) which is hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. The incorporated publica- tion is available for examination at each Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office of MSHA, and may be obtained from the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., 345 East 47th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017.
(3) Machine-mounted lighting fixtures shall be electrically grounded to the machine by a separate grounding conductor in compliance with S 75.701-4.
(d) Direct current circuits in excess of a nominal voltage of 300 volts shall not be used to supply power to stationary light fixtures.
(e) Cables conducting power to stationary lighting fixtures from both alternating and direct current power sources, other than intrinsically safe devices, shall be considered trailing cables, and shall meet the requirements of subpart G of this part. In addition, such cables shall be protected against over- loads and short circuits by a suitable circuit breaker or other device approved by the Secretary. Circuit breakers or other device approved by the Secretary protecting trailing cables receiving power from resistance grounded circuits shall be equipped with a ground trip arrangement which shall be designed to deenergize the circuit at not more than 50% of the available fault current.
(f) Before shunts are removed from blasting caps, lighting fixtures and associated cables located in the same working place shall be deenergized. Furthermore, lighting fixtures shall be removed out of the line of blast and not less than 50 feet from the blasting operation unless otherwise protected against flying debris.
(g) Lighting fixtures shall be designed and installed to minimize discomfort glare.
S 75.1719-3 Methods of measurement; light measuring instruments.
(a) Compliance with S 75.1719-1(d) shall be determined by MSHA by measuring luminous intensity (surface brightness).
(b) In measuring luminous intensity the following procedures shall be used:
(1) In areas of working places specified in SS 75.1719.1(e)(1) through 75.1719-1(e)(3) luminous intensity measurements of the face, ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, shall be made with the machine idle and located in the approximate center of the working place with the cutting, loading, or drilling head toward the face and not more than 3 feet from the face.
(2) In areas of working places specified in S 75.1719-1(e)(4) luminous intensity measurements may be made at any time longwall or shortwall mining equipment is operated except that when measure- ments are made in the vicinity of shearers, plows, or continuous miners, the equipment shall be idle while measurements are being made.
(3) In areas of working places specified in S 75.1719-1(e)(5) luminous intensity measurements of the face, ribs, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment, shall be made with the machine idle and located in the approximate center of the working place with the drilling head toward the face and a distance from the face of 5 feet, or the distance from the floor to the roof, whichever is applicable.
When the machine is located in the center of the working place and the surfaces of the ribs to be illumi- nated are not within the perimeter of the area determined in accordance with S 75.1719-1(e)(5), the machine shall be positioned the applicable distance from the face and each rib and luminous intensity measurements made for each rib, provided, however, that luminous intensity measurements may be made of the face, roof, floor, and exposed surfaces of mining equipment with the machine so located without locating the machine in the center of the working place.
(4) In areas of working places specified in S 75.1719-1(e)(6), luminous intensity measurements of a coal surface shall be made with the machine idle and located in the approximate center of the work- ing place with the appropriate end toward the face and not less than 9 feet nor more than 10 feet from the face.
(5) The area of surfaces to be measured shall be divided into round or square fields having an area of not less than 3 nor more than 5 square feet as illustrated by the following figure: [SEE P75F1.PCX]
(6) Measurements shall be taken with the photometer held approximately perpendicular to the surface being measured and a sufficient distance from the surface to allow the light sensing element in the instrument to receive reflected light from a field of not less than 3 nor more than 5 square feet. The luminous intensity of each such field shall be not less than 0.06 footlambert.
(7) In areas of working places where clearances are restricted to the extent that the photometer cannot be held a sufficient distance from the surface to allow the light sensing element in the instrument to receive reflected light from a field having an area of at least 3 square feet, luminous intensity shall be considered as the average of four uniformly spaced readings taken at the corners and within a square field having an area of approximately 4 square feet. In such instances, the area of each of the individual readings shall not exceed 100 square inches. The average of the four readings shall be not less than 0.06 footlambert. The method of measurement is illustrated by the following figure: [SEE P75F2.PCX]
(8) Measurements shall not be made where shadows are cast by roof control posts, ventilation equipment, or other obstructions necessary to insure safe mining conditions.
(9) Where machine-mounted light fixtures are used on equipment, except self advancing roof support systems, measurements shall not be made of surfaces on or within 1 foot of a self-propelled machine.
(c) For the purpose of making illumination measurements, an authorized representative of the Secretary may require the installation of temporary roof supports or the removal of the equipment to a similar working place in which permanent roof supports have been installed.
(d) Light measuring instruments shall be properly calibrated and maintained. Instruments shall be calibrated against standards traceable to the National Bureau of Standards and color corrected to the Commission Internationale de l'Eclairage (CIE) Spectral Luminous Curve. The CIE Spectral Luminous Curve is as follows: [SEE P75F3.PCX] 75.1719-4 Mining machines, cap lamps; requirements.
(a) Paint used on exterior surfaces of mining machines shall have a minimum reflectance of 30 percent, except cab interiors and other surfaces which might adversely affect visibility.
(b) When stationary light fixtures are used, red reflectors mounted in protective frames or reflect- ing tape shall be installed on each end of mining machines, except that continuous mining machines, loaders, and cutters need only have such reflectors or tape on the outby end. Reflectors or reflecting tape shall have an area of not less than 10 square inches.
(c) Each person who goes underground shall be required to wear an approved personal cap lamp or an equivalent portable light.
(d) Each person who goes underground shall be required to wear a hard hat or hard cap which shall have a minimum of 6 square inches of reflecting tape or equivalent paint or material on each side and back.
S 75.1720 Protective clothing; requirements.
On and after the effective date of this S 75.1720 each miner regularly employed in the active workings of an underground coal mine shall be required to wear the following protective clothing and devices:
(a) Protective clothing or equipment and face-shields or goggles when welding, cutting, or working with molten metal or when other hazards to the eyes exist from flying particles.
(b) Suitable protective clothing to cover those parts of the body exposed to injury when handling corrosive or toxic substances or other materials which might cause injury to the skin.
(c) Protective gloves when handling materials or performing work which might cause injury to the hands; however, gloves shall not be worn where they would create a greater hazard by becoming entangled in the moving parts of equipment.
(d) A suitable hard hat or hard cap. If a hard hat or hard cap is painted, nonmetallic based paint shall be used.
(e) Suitable protective footwear.
S 75.1720-1 Distinctively colored hard hats, or hard caps; identification for newly employed, inexperienced miners.
Hard hats or hard caps distinctively different in color from those worn by experienced miners shall be worn by each newly employed, inexperienced miner for at least one year from the date of his initial employment as a miner or until he has been qualified or certified as a miner by the State in which he is employed.
S 75.1721 Opening of new underground coal mines, or reopening and reactivating of abandoned or deactivated coal mines, notification by the operator; requirements.
(a) Each operator of a new underground coal mine, and a mine which has been abandoned or deactivated and is to be reopened or reactivated, shall prior to opening, reopening or reactivating the mine notify the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located of the approximate date of the proposed or actual opening of such mine. Thereafter, and as soon as practicable, the operator of such mine shall submit all preliminary plans in accordance with para- graphs (b) and (c) of this section to the District Manager and the operator shall not develop any part of the coalbed in such mine unless and until all preliminary plans have been approved.
(b) The preliminary plans required to be submitted by the operator to the District Manager shall be in writing and shall contain the following:
(1) The name and location of the proposed mine and the Mine Safety and Health Administration mine identification number, if known;
(2) The name and address of the mine operator(s);
(3) The name and address of the principal official designated by the operator as the person who is in charge of health and safety at the mine;
(4) The identification and approximate height of the coalbed to be developed;
(5) The system of mining to be employed;
(6) A proposed roof control plan containing the information specified in S 75.220;
(7) A proposed mine ventilation plan containing the information specified in SS 75.371 and 75.372;
(8) A proposed plan for sealing abandoned areas containing the information specified in SS 75.371 and 75.372;
(9) A proposed program for searching miners for smoking materials in accordance with the provisions of S 75.1702; and,
(10) A proposed plan for emergency medical assistance and emergency communication in accor- dance with the provisions of SS 75.1713-1 and 75.1713-2.
(c) The preliminary plans required to be submitted by the operator to the District Manager shall be in writing and shall contain the following:
(1) The proposed training plan containing the information specified in SS 48.3 and 48.23 of this chapter, and
(2) A proposed plan for training and retraining certified and qualified persons containing the information specified in S 75.160-1.
S 75.1722 Mechanical equipment guards.
(a) Gears; sprockets; chains; drive, head, tail, and takeup pulleys; flywheels; couplings, shafts; sawblades; fan inlets; and similar exposed moving machine parts which may be contacted by persons, and which may cause injury to persons shall be guarded.
(b) Guards at conveyor-drive, conveyor-head, and conveyor-tail pulleys shall extend a distance sufficient to prevent a person from reaching behind the guard and becoming caught between the belt and the pulley.
(c) Except when testing the machinery, guards shall be securely in place while machinery is being operated.
S 75.1723 Stationary grinding machines; protective devices.
(a) Stationary grinding machines other than special bit grinders shall be equipped with:
(1) Peripheral hoods (less than 90o throat openings) capable of withstanding the force of a bursting wheel.
(2) Adjustable tool rests set as close as practical to the wheel.
(3) Safety washers.
(b) Grinding wheels shall be operated within the specifications of the manufacturer of the wheel.
(c) Face shields or goggles, in good condition, shall be worn when operating a grinding wheel.
S 75.1724 Hand-held power tools; safety devices.
Hand-held power tools shall be equipped with controls requiring constant hand or finger pressure to operate the tools or shall be equipped with friction or other equivalent safety devices.
S 75.1725 Machinery and equipment; operation and maintenance.
(a) Mobile and stationary machinery and equipment shall be maintained in safe operating condi- tion and machinery or equipment in unsafe condition shall be removed from service immediately.
(b) Machinery and equipment shall be operated only by persons authorized to operate such machinery or equipment.
(c) Repairs or maintenance shall not be performed on machinery until the power is off and the machinery is blocked against motion, except where machinery motion is necessary to make adjustments.
(d) Machinery shall not be lubricated manually while in motion, unless equipped with extended fittings or cups.
S 75.1726 Performing work from a raised position; safeguards.
(a) Men shall not work on or from a piece of mobile equipment in a raised position until it has been blocked in place securely. This does not preclude the use of equipment specifically designed as elevated mobile work platforms.
(b) No work shall be performed under machinery or equipment that has been raised until such machinery or equipment has been securely blocked in position.
S 75.1727 Drive belts.
(a) Drive belts shall not be shifted while in motion unless the machines are provided with me- chanical shifters.
(b) Belt dressing shall not be applied while belts are in motion except where it can be applied without endangering a person.
S 75.1728 Power-driven pulleys.
(a) Belts, chains, and ropes shall not be guided onto power-driven moving pulleys, sprockets, or drums with the hands except on slow-moving equipment especially designed for hand feeding.
(b) Pulleys of conveyors shall not be cleaned manually while the conveyor is in motion.
(c) Coal spilled beneath belt conveyor drives or tail pieces shall not be removed while the con- veyor is in motion, except where such coal can be removed without endangering persons.
S 75.1729 Welding operations.
Welding operations shall be shielded and the area shall be well ventilated.
S 75.1730 Compressed air; general; compressed air systems.
(a) All pressure vessels shall be constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with the standards and specifications of Section VIII "Unfired Pressure Vessels," of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (1971), which is hereby incorporated by refer- ence and made a part hereof. This document may be purchased for $25 from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017; and it is available for examination in every Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office.
(b) Compressors and compressed-air receivers shall be equipped with automatic pressure-relief valves, pressure gages, and drain valves.
(c) Repairs involving the pressure system of compressors, receivers, or compressed-air-powered equipment shall not be attempted until the pressure has been relieved from that part of the system to be repaired.
(d) At no time shall compressed air be directed toward a person. When compressed air is used, all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect persons from injury.
(e) Safety chains, suitable locking devices, or automatic cut-off valves shall be used at connec- tions to machines of high-pressure hose lines of three-fourths of an inch inside diameter or larger, and between high-pressure hose lines of three-fourths of an inch inside diameter or larger, where a connec- tion failure would create a hazard. For purposes of this paragraph, high-pressure means pressure of 100 p.s.i. or more.
Subpart S--Approved Books and Records
S 75.1800 Scope.
(a) The provisions of this subpart S set forth the requirements for recording the results of certain tests and examinations conducted in underground coal mines. In addition, it specifies the approved books in which such results are to be recorded and the manner in which they shall be maintained.
(b) The approved books required to be maintained in accordance with the provisions of SS 75.1801 through 75.1808 shall be secured by each operator from commercial sources. Facsimile copies of Mine Safety and Health Administration Forms 6-1331, 6-1489, 6-1490, 6-1491, 6-1492, 6-1493, and 6-1494, have been filed with the Office of the Federal Register, General Services Administration, Wash- ington, D.C. 20408, and sample copies of each of these forms are available for the use of commercial printers or operators at each District or Subdistrict Coal Mine Health and Safety Office of the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
(c) When the District Manager has determined that record books kept in satisfaction of State requirements provide the information specified in any record book required by this subpart S, and so advises the operators of mines located in that State, such approved State record books will be accepted in lieu of the record books specified in this subpart S.
S 75.1806 Monthly examination of surface high voltage circuit breakers; recording requirements; approved books.
The results of monthly examinations of high voltage circuit breakers on the surface required to be conducted under the provisions of SS 75.800, 75.800-3, and 75.800-4, shall be recorded in a book entitled "Monthly Examination of Surface High Voltage Circuit Breakers" (Mine Safety and Health Administration Form 6-1493, Budget Bureau No. 42-R1589, March 1970).
S 75.1808 Maintenance of approved books and records; requirements.
All approved books and records maintained under the provisions of SS 75.1801 through 75.1807 shall be stored in a fireproof repository on the surface of the mine chosen by the mine operator to mini- mize their destruction by fire or other hazard and such records shall be made available to interested persons.
Subpart T-Diesel-Powered Equipment
75.1900 Definitions.
The following definitions apply in this subpart.
Diesel fuel tank. A closed metal vessel specifically designed for the storage or transport of diesel fuel.
Diesel fuel transportation unit. A self-propelled or portable wheeled vehicle used to transport a diesel fuel tank.
Noncombustible material. A material that will continue to serve its intended function for 1 hour when subjected to a fire test incorporating an ASTM E119-88 time/temperature heat input, or equivalent. The publication ASTM E119-88-Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials-is incorporated by reference and may be inspected at any Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office; at MSHA's Office of Standards, Regulations, and Variances, 4105 Wilson Boule- vard, Arlington, VA 22203; or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Washington, DC. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. In addition, copies of the document may be purchased from the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM), 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
Permanent underground diesel fuel storage facility. A facility designed and constructed to remain at one location for the storage or dispensing of diesel fuel, which does not move as mining progresses. Safety can. A metal container intended for storage, transport or dispensing of diesel fuel, with a nominal capacity of 5 gallons, listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing labora- tory.
Temporary underground diesel fuel storage area. An area of the mine provided for the short-term storage of diesel fuel in a fuel transportation unit, which moves as mining progresses.
75.1901 Diesel fuel requirements.
(a) Diesel-powered equipment shall be used underground only with a diesel fuel having a sulfur content no greater than 0.05 percent and a flash point of 100 deg. F (38 deg. C) or greater. Upon request, the mine operator shall provide to an authorized representative of the Secretary evidence that the diesel fuel purchased for use in diesel-powered equipment underground meets these requirements.
(b) Flammable liquids shall not be added to diesel fuel used in diesel-powered equipment under- ground.
(c) Only diesel fuel additives that have been registered by the Environmental Protection Agency may be used in diesel-powered equipment underground.
75.1902 Underground diesel fuel storage-general requirements.
(a) All diesel fuel must be stored in:
(1) Diesel fuel tanks in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities;
(2) Diesel fuel tanks on diesel fuel transportation units in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities or in temporary underground fuel storage areas; or
(3) Safety cans.
(b) The total capacity of stationary diesel fuel tanks in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities must not exceed 1000 gallons.
(c) (1) Only one temporary underground diesel fuel storage area is permitted for each working section or in each area of the mine where equipment is being installed or removed.
(2) The temporary underground diesel fuel storage area must be located-
(i) Within 500 feet of the loading point;
(ii) Within 500 feet of the projected loading point where equipment is being installed; or
(iii) Within 500 feet of the last loading point where equipment is being removed.
(3) No more than one diesel fuel transportation unit at a time shall be parked in the temporary underground diesel fuel storage area.
(d) Permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities and temporary underground diesel fuel storage areas must be-
(1) At least 100 feet from shafts, slopes, shops, or explosives magazines;
(2) At least 25 feet from trolley wires or power cables, or electric equipment not necessary for the operation of the storage facilities or areas; and
(3) In a location that is protected from damage by other mobile equipment.
(e) Permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities must not be located within the primary escapeway.
75.1903 Underground diesel fuel storage facilities and areas; construction and safety precautions.
(a) Permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities must be-
(1) Constructed of noncombustible materials, including floors, roofs, roof supports, doors, and door frames. Exposed coal within fuel storage areas must be covered with noncombustible materials. If bulkheads are used they must be tightly sealed and must be built of or covered with noncombustible materials;
(2) Provided with either self-closing doors or a means for automatic enclosure;
(3) Provided with a means for personnel to enter and exit the facility after closure;
(4) Ventilated with intake air that is coursed into a return air course or to the surface and that is not used to ventilate working places, using ventilation controls meeting the requirements of Sec.
75.333(e);
(5) Equipped with an automatic fire suppression system that meets the requirements of Sec.75.1912. Actuation of the automatic fire suppression system shall initiate the means for automatic enclosure;
(6) Provided with a means of containment capable of holding 150 percent of the maximum capacity of the fuel storage system; and
(7) Provided with a competent concrete floor or equivalent to prevent fuel spills from saturating the mine floor.
(b) Permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities and temporary underground diesel fuel storage areas must be-
(1) Equipped with at least 240 pounds of rock dust and provided with two portable multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire extinguishers that are listed or approved by a nationally recognized inde- pendent testing laboratory and have a 10A:60B:C or higher rating. Both fire extinguishers must be easily accessible to personnel, and at least one fire extinguisher must be located outside of the storage facility or area upwind of the facility, in intake air; or
(2) Provided with three portable multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire extinguishers that are listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and have a 10A:60B:C or higher rating. All fire extinguishers must be easily accessible to personnel, and at least one fire extin- guisher must be located outside of the storage facility or area upwind of the facility, in intake air.
(3) Identified with conspicuous markings designating diesel fuel storage; and
(4) Maintained to prevent the accumulation of water.
(c) Welding or cutting other than that performed in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section shall not be performed within 50 feet of a permanent underground diesel fuel storage facility or a tempo- rary underground diesel fuel storage area.
(d) When it is necessary to weld, cut, or solder pipelines, tanks, or other containers that may have contained diesel fuel, these practices shall be followed:
(1) Cutting or welding shall not be performed on or within pipelines, tanks, or other containers that have contained diesel fuel until they have been thoroughly purged and cleaned or inerted and a vent or opening is provided to allow for sufficient release of any buildup pressure before heat is applied.
(2) Diesel fuel shall not be allowed to enter pipelines, tanks, or containers that have been welded, soldered, brazed, or cut until the metal has cooled to ambient temperature.
75.1904 Underground diesel fuel tanks and safety cans.
(a) Diesel fuel tanks used underground shall-
(1) Have steel walls of a minimum 3/16-inch thickness, or walls made of other metal of a thick- ness that provides equivalent strength;
(2) Be protected from corrosion;
(3) Be of seamless construction or have liquid tight welded seams;
(4) Not leak; and
(5) For stationary tanks in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities, be placed on supports constructed of noncombustible material so that the tanks are at least 12 inches above the floor.
(b) Underground diesel fuel tanks must be provided with-
(1) Devices for emergency venting designed to open at a pressure not to exceed 2.5 psi according to the following-
(i) Tanks with a capacity greater than 500 gallons must have an emergency venting device whose area is equivalent to a pipe with a nominal inside diameter of 5 inches or greater; and
(ii) Tanks with a capacity of 500 gallons or less must have an emergency venting device whose area is equivalent to a pipe with a nominal inside diameter of 4 inches or greater.
(2) Tethered or self-closing caps for stationary tanks in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities and self-closing caps for diesel fuel tanks on diesel fuel transportation units;
(3) Vents to permit the free discharge of liquid, at least as large as the fill or withdrawal connec- tion, whichever is larger, but not less than 1-1/4-inch nominal inside diameter;
(4) Liquid tight connections for all tank openings that are-
(i) Identified by conspicuous markings that specify the function; and
(ii) Closed when not in use.
(5) Vent pipes that drain toward the tank without sagging and are higher than the fill pipe opening;
(6) Shutoff valves located as close as practicable to the tank shell on each connection through which liquid can normally flow; and
(7) An automatic closing, heat-actuated valve on each withdrawal connection below the liquid level.
(c) When tanks are provided with openings for manual gauging, liquid tight, tethered or self- closing caps or covers must be provided and must be kept closed when not open for gauging.
(d) Surfaces of the tank and its associated components must be protected against damage by collision.
(e) Before being placed in service, tanks and their associated components must be tested for leakage at a pressure equal to the working pressure, except tanks and components connected directly to piping systems, which must be properly designed for the application.
(f) Safety cans must be:
(1) Limited to a nominal capacity of 5 gallons or less;
(2) Equipped with a flexible or rigid tubular nozzle attached to a valved spout;
(3) Provided with a vent valve designed to open and close simultaneously and automatically with the opening and closing of the pouring valve; and
(4) Designed so that they will safely relieve internal pressure when exposed to fire.
75.1905 Dispensing of diesel fuel.
(a) Diesel-powered equipment in underground coal mines may be refueled only from safety cans, from tanks on diesel fuel transportation units, or from stationary tanks.
(b) Fuel that is dispensed from other than safety cans must be dispensed by means of-
(1) Gravity feed with a hose equipped with a nozzle with a self-closing valve and no latch-open device;
(2) A manual pump with a hose equipped with a nozzle containing a self-closing valve; or
(3) A powered pump with:
(i) An accessible emergency shutoff switch for each nozzle;
(ii) A hose equipped with a self-closing valve and no latch-open device; and
(iii) An anti-siphoning device.
(c) Diesel fuel must not be dispensed using compressed gas.
(d) Diesel fuel must not be dispensed to the fuel tank of diesel-powered equipment while the equipment engine is running.
(e) Powered pumps shall be shut off when fuel is not being dispensed.
75.1905-1 Diesel fuel piping systems.
(a) Diesel fuel piping systems from the surface must be designed and operated as dry systems, unless an automatic shutdown is incorporated that prevents accidental loss or spillage of fuel and that activates an alarm system.
(b) All piping, valves and fittings must be-
(1) Capable of withstanding working pressures and stresses;
(2) Capable of withstanding four times the static pressures;
(3) Compatible with diesel fuel; and
(4) Maintained in a manner that prevents leakage.
(c) Pipelines must have manual shutoff valves installed at the surface filling point, and at the underground discharge point.
(d) If diesel fuel lines are not buried in the ground sufficiently to protect them from damage, shutoff valves must be located every 300 feet.
(e) Shutoff valves must be installed at each branch line where the branch line joins the main line.
(f) An automatic means must be provided to prevent unintentional transfer of diesel fuel from the surface into the permanent underground diesel fuel storage facility.
(g) Diesel fuel piping systems from the surface shall only be used to transport diesel fuel directly to stationary tanks or diesel fuel transportation units in a permanent underground diesel fuel storage facility.
(h) The diesel fuel piping system must not be located in a borehole with electric power cables.
(i) Diesel fuel piping systems located in entries must not be located on the same side of the entry as electric cables or power lines. Where it is necessary for piping systems to cross electric cables or power lines, guarding must be provided to prevent severed electrical cables or power lines near broken fuel lines.
(j) Diesel fuel piping systems must be protected and located to prevent physical damage.
75.1906 Transport of diesel fuel.
(a) Diesel fuel shall be transported only by diesel fuel transportation units or in safety cans.
(b) No more than one safety can shall be transported on a vehicle at any time. The can must be protected from damage during transport. All other safety cans must be stored in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities.
(c) Safety cans that leak must be promptly removed from the mine.
(d) Diesel fuel transportation unit tanks and safety cans must be conspicuously marked as con- taining diesel fuel.
(e) Diesel fuel transportation units must transport no more than 500 gallons of diesel fuel at a time.
(f) Tanks on diesel fuel transportation units must be permanently fixed to the unit and have a total capacity of no greater than 500 gallons of diesel fuel.
(g) Non-self-propelled diesel fuel transportation units with electrical components for dispensing fuel that are connected to a source of electrical power must be protected by a fire suppression device that meets the requirements of Secs. 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-6 and Secs. 75.1107-8 and 75.1107-16.
(h) Diesel fuel transportation units and vehicles transporting safety cans containing diesel fuel must have at least two multipurpose, dry chemical type (ABC) fire extinguishers, listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and having a 10A:60B:C or higher rating, with one fire extinguisher provided on each side of the vehicle.
(i) Diesel fuel transportation units shall be parked only in permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities or temporary underground diesel fuel storage areas when not in use.
(j) When the distance between a diesel fuel transportation unit and an energized trolley wire at any location is less than 12 inches, the requirements of Sec. 75.1003-2 must be followed.
(k) Diesel fuel shall not be transported on or with mantrips or on conveyor belts.
(l) Diesel fuel shall be stored and handled in accordance with the requirements of Secs. 75.1902 through 75.1906 of this part as of November 25, 1997.
75.1907 Diesel-powered equipment intended for use in underground coal mines.
(a) As of November 25, 1996 all diesel-powered equipment used where permissible electrical equipment is required must be approved under part 36 of this chapter.
(b) Diesel-powered equipment approved under part 36 of this chapter must be provided with additional safety features in accordance with the following time schedule:
(1) As of April 25, 1997 the equipment must have a safety component system that limits surface temperatures to those specified in subpart F of part 7 of this title;
(2) As of November 25, 1999 the equipment must have an automatic or manual fire suppression system that meets the requirements of Sec. 75.1911 of this part, and at least one portable multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire extinguisher, listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and having a 10A:60B:C or higher rating. The fire extinguisher must be located within easy reach of the equipment operator and be protected from damage by collision.
(3) As of November 25, 1999 the equipment must have a brake system that meets the require- ments of Sec. 75.1909 (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(8), (c), (d), and (e);
(4) As of November 25, 1997 a particulate index and dilution air quantity shall be determined for the equipment in accordance with subpart E of part 7 of this chapter; and
(5) Permissible diesel-powered equipment manufactured on or after November 25, 1999 and that is used in an underground coal mine shall incorporate a power package approved in accordance with part 7, subpart F of this chapter.
(c) As of November 25, 1999 nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment, except the special category of equipment under Sec. 75.1908(d), shall meet the requirements of Secs. 75.1909 and 75.1910 of this part.
75.1908 Nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment-categories.
(a) Heavy-duty diesel-powered equipment includes-
(1) Equipment that cuts or moves rock or coal;
(2) Equipment that performs drilling or bolting functions;
(3) Equipment that moves longwall components;
(4) Self-propelled diesel fuel transportation units and self-propelled lube units; or
(5) Machines used to transport portable diesel fuel transportation units or portable lube units.
(b) Light-duty diesel-powered equipment is any diesel-powered equipment that does not meet the criteria of paragraph (a).
(c) For the purposes of this subpart, the following equipment is considered attended:
(1) Any machine or device operated by a miner; or
(2) Any machine or device that is mounted in the direct line of sight of a job site located within 500 feet of such machine or device, which job site is occupied by a miner.
(d) Diesel-powered ambulances and fire fighting equipment are a special category of equipment that may be used underground only in accordance with the mine fire fighting and evacuation plan under Sec. 75.1101-23.
75.1909 Nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment; design and performance requirements.
(a) Nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment, except for the special category of equipment under Sec. 75.1908(d), must be equipped with the following features:
(1) An engine approved under subpart E of part 7 of this title equipped with an air filter sized in accordance with the engine manufacturer's recommendations, and an air filter service indicator set in accordance with the engine manufacturer's recommendations;
(2) At least one portable multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire extinguisher listed or approved by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory with a 10A:60B:C or higher rating. The fire extinguisher must be located within easy reach of the equipment operator and protected from dam- age;
(3) A fuel system specifically designed for diesel fuel meeting the following requirements:
(i) A fuel tank and fuel lines that do not leak;
(ii) A fuel tank that is substantially constructed and protected against damage by collision;
(iii) A vent opening that maintains atmospheric pressure in the fuel tank, and that is designed to prevent fuel from splashing out of the vent opening;
(iv) A self-closing filler cap on the fuel tank;
(v) The fuel tank, filler and vent must be located so that leaks or spillage during refueling will not contact hot surfaces;
(vi) Fuel line piping must be either steel-wire reinforced; synthetic elastomer-covered hose suitable for use with diesel fuel that has been tested and has been determined to be fire-resistant by the manufacturer; or metal;
(vii) Fuel line piping must be clamped;
(viii) Primary fuel lines must be located so that fuel line leaks do not contact hot surfaces;
(ix) The fuel lines must be separated from electrical wiring and protected from damage in ordi- nary use;
(x) A manual shutoff valve must be installed in the fuel system as close as practicable to the tank; and
(xi) A water separator and fuel filter(s) must be provided.
(4) A sensor to monitor the temperature and provide a visual warning of an overheated cylinder head on air-cooled engines;
(5) Guarding to protect fuel, hydraulic, and electric lines when such lines pass near rotating parts or in the event of shaft failure;
(6) Hydraulic tanks, fillers, vents, and lines located to prevent spillage or leaks from contacting hot surfaces;
(7) Reflectors or warning lights mounted on the equipment which can be readily seen in all directions;
(8) A means to direct exhaust gas away from the equipment operator, persons on board the machine, and combustible machine components;
(9) A means to prevent unintentional free and uncontrolled descent of personnel-elevating work platforms; and
(10) A means to prevent the spray from ruptured hydraulic or lubricating oil lines from being ignited by contact with engine exhaust system component surfaces.
(b) Self-propelled nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment must have the following features in addition to those in paragraph (a):
(1) A means to ensure that no stored hydraulic energy that will cause machine articulation is available after the engine is shut down;
(2) A neutral start feature which ensures that engine cranking torque will not be transmitted through the power train and cause machine movement on vehicles utilizing fluid power transmissions;
(3) For machines with steering wheels, brake pedals, and accelerator pedals, controls which are of automobile orientation;
(4) An audible warning device conveniently located near the equipment operator;
(5) Lights provided and maintained on both ends of the equipment. Equipment normally operated in both directions must be equipped with headlights for both directions;
(6) Service brakes that act on each wheel of the vehicle and that are designed such that failure of any single component, except the brake actuation pedal or other similar actuation device, must not result in a complete loss of service braking capability;
(7) Service brakes that safely bring the fully loaded vehicle to a complete stop on the maximum grade on which it is operated; and
(8) No device that traps a column of fluid to hold the brake in the applied position shall be installed in any brake system, unless the trapped column of fluid is released when the equipment opera- tor is no longer in contact with the brake activation device.
(c) Self-propelled nonpermissible heavy-duty diesel-powered equipment under Sec. 75.1908(a), except rail-mounted equipment, shall be provided with a supplemental braking system that:
(1) Engages automatically within 5 seconds of the shutdown of the engine;
(2) Safely brings the equipment when fully loaded to a complete stop on the maximum grade on which it is operated;
(3) Holds the equipment stationary, despite any contraction of brake parts, exhaustion of any nonmechanical source of energy, or leakage;
(4) Releases only by a manual control that does not operate any other equipment function;
(5) Has a means in the equipment operator's compartment to apply the brakes manually without the engine operating, and a means to release and reengage the brakes without the engine operating; and
(6) Has a means to ensure that the supplemental braking system is released before the equipment can be trammed, and is designed to ensure the brake is fully released at all times while the equipment is trammed.
(d) Self-propelled nonpermissible light-duty diesel-powered equipment under Sec. 75.1908(b), except rail-mounted equipment, must be provided with a parking brake that holds the fully loaded equipment stationary on the maximum grade on which it is operated despite any contraction of the brake parts, exhaustion of any nonmechanical source of energy, or leakage.
(e) The supplemental and park brake systems required by paragraphs (c) and (d) must be applied when the equipment operator is not at the controls of the equipment, except during movement of dis- abled equipment.
(f) Self-propelled personnel-elevating work platforms must be provided with a means to ensure that the parking braking system is released before the equipment can be trammed, and must be designed to ensure the brake is fully released at all times while the equipment is trammed.
(g) Any nonpermissible equipment that discharges its exhaust directly into a return air course must be provided with a power package approved under subpart F of part 7 of this title.
(h) Self-propelled nonpermissible heavy-duty diesel-powered equipment meeting the require- ments of Sec. 75.1908(a) must be provided with an automatic fire suppression system meeting the requirements of Sec. 75.1911.
(i) Self-propelled nonpermissible light-duty diesel-powered equipment meeting the requirements of Sec. 75.1908(b) must be provided with an automatic or manual fire suppression system meeting the requirements of Sec. 75.1911.
(j) Nonpermissible equipment that is not self-propelled must have the following features in addition to those listed in paragraph (a):
(1) A means to prevent inadvertent movement of the equipment when parked;
(2) Safety chains or other suitable secondary connections on equipment that is being towed; and
(3) An automatic fire suppression system meeting the requirements of Sec. 75.1911.
75.1910 Nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment; electrical system design and perfor- mance requirements.
Electrical circuits and components associated with or connected to electrical systems on nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment utilizing storage batteries and integral charging systems, except for the special category of equipment under Sec. 75.1908(d), must conform to the following requirements:
(a) Overload and short circuit protection must be provided for electric circuits and components in accordance with Secs. 75.518 and 75.518-1 of this part;
(b) Each electric conductor from the battery to the starting motor must be protected against short circuit by fuses or other circuit-interrupting devices placed as near as practicable to the battery terminals;
(c) Each branch circuit conductor connected to the main circuit between the battery and charging generator must be protected against short circuit by fuses or other automatic circuit-interrupting devices;
(d) The electrical system shall be equipped with a circuit-interrupting device by means of which all power conductors can be deenergized. The device must be located as close as practicable to the battery terminals and be designed to operate within its electrical rating without damage. The device shall not automatically reset after being actuated. All magnetic circuit-interrupting devices must be mounted in a manner to preclude their closing by force of gravity;
(e) Each motor and charging generator must be protected by an automatic overcurrent device.
One protective device will be acceptable when two motors of the same rating operate simultaneously and perform virtually the same duty;
(f) Each ungrounded conductor must have insulation compatible with the impressed voltage.
Insulation materials must be resistant to deterioration from engine heat and oil. Electric conductors must meet the applicable requirements of Secs. 75.513 and 75.513-1, except electric conductors for starting motors, which must only meet the requirements of Sec. 75.513;
(g) All wiring must have adequate mechanical protection to prevent damage to the cable that might result in short circuits;
(h) Sharp edges and corners must be removed at all points where there is a possibility of damag- ing wires, cables, or conduits by cutting or abrasion. The insulation of the cables within a battery box must be protected against abrasion;
(i) When insulated wires other than cables pass through metal frames, the holes must be substan- tially bushed with insulated bushings. Cables must enter metal frames of motors, splice boxes, and electric components only through proper fittings. All electrical connections and splices must be me- chanically and electrically efficient, and suitable connectors shall be used. All electrical connectors or splices in insulated wire must be reinsulated at least to the same degree of protection as the remainder of the wire;
(j) The battery must be secured to prevent movement, and must be protected from external damage by position. Batteries that are not protected from external damage by position must be enclosed in a battery box. Flame-resistant insulation treated to resist chemical reaction to electrolyte must be provided on battery connections to prevent battery terminals from contacting conducting surfaces;
(k) A battery box, including the cover, must be constructed of steel with a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch, or of a material other than steel that provides equivalent strength;
(l) Battery-box covers must be lined with a flame-resistant insulating material permanently attached to the underside of the cover, unless equivalent protection is provided. Battery-box covers must be provided with a means for securing them in closed position. At least 1/2 inch of air space must be provided between the underside of the cover and the top of the battery, including terminals;
(m) Battery boxes must be provided with ventilation openings to prevent the accumulation of flammable or toxic gases or vapors within the battery box. The size and locations of openings for venti- lation must prevent direct access to battery terminals;
(n) The battery must be insulated from the battery-box walls and supported on insulating materi- als. Insulating materials that may be subject to chemical reaction with electrolyte must be treated to resist such action; and
(o) Drainage holes must be provided in the bottom of each battery box.
75.1911 Fire suppression systems for diesel-powered equipment and fuel transportation units.
(a) The fire suppression system required by Secs. 75.1907 and 75.1909 shall be a multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire suppression system listed or approved by a nationally recognized indepen- dent testing laboratory and appropriate for installation on diesel-powered equipment and fuel transporta- tion units.
(1) The system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the listing or approval.
(2) The system shall be installed in a protected location or guarded to minimize physical damage from routine vehicle operations.
(3) Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping shall be secured and protected against dam- age, including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion, and corrosion.
(4) Discharge nozzles shall be positioned and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness.
Nozzles shall also be protected against the entrance of foreign materials such as mud, coal dust, or rock dust.
(b) The fire suppression system shall provide fire suppression and, if automatic, fire detection for the engine including the starter, transmission, hydraulic pumps and tanks, fuel tanks, exposed brake units, air compressors and battery areas on diesel-powered equipment and electric panels or controls used on fuel transportation units and other areas as necessary.
(c) If automatic, the fire suppression system shall include audible and visual alarms to warn of fires or system faults.
(d) The fire suppression system shall provide for automatic engine shutdown. If the fire suppres- sion system is automatic, engine shutdown and discharge of suppressant agent may be delayed for a maximum of 15 seconds after the fire is detected by the system.
(e) The fire suppression system shall be operable by at least two manual actuators. One actuator shall be located on each side of the equipment. If the equipment is provided with an operator's compart- ment, one of the manual actuators shall be located in the compartment within reach of the operator.
(f) The fire suppression system shall remain operative in the event of engine shutdown, equipment electrical system failure, or failure of any other equipment system.
(g) The electrical components of each fire suppression system installed on equipment used where permissible electric equipment is required shall be permissible or intrinsically safe and such components shall be maintained in permissible or intrinsically safe condition.
(h) Electrically operated detection and actuation circuits shall be monitored and provided with status indicators showing power and circuit continuity. If the system is not electrically operated, a means shall be provided to indicate the functional readiness status of the detection system.
(i) Each fire suppression system shall be tested and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended inspection and maintenance program and as required by the nationally recognized independent testing laboratory listing or approval, and be visually inspected at least once each week by a person trained to make such inspections.
(j) Recordkeeping. Persons performing inspections and tests of fire suppression systems under paragraph (i) shall record when a fire suppression system does not meet the installation or maintenance requirements of this section.
(1) The record shall include the equipment on which the fire suppression system did not meet the installation or maintenance requirements of this section, the defect found, and the corrective action taken.
(2) Records are to be kept manually in a secure manner not susceptible to alteration or recorded electronically in a secured computer system that is not susceptible to alteration.
(3) Records shall be maintained at a surface location at the mine for one year and made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and miners' representatives.
(k) All miners normally assigned to the active workings of the mine shall be instructed about the hazards inherent to the operation of the fire suppression systems and, where appropriate, the safeguards available for each system.
(l) For purposes of Sec. 75.380(f), a fire suppression system installed on diesel-powered equipment and meeting the requirements of this section is equivalent to a fire suppression system meeting the requirements of Secs. 75.1107-3 through 75.1107-16.
75.1912 Fire suppression systems for permanent underground diesel fuel storage facilities.
(a) The fire suppression system required by Sec. 75.1903 shall be an automatic multipurpose dry chemical type (ABC) fire suppression system listed or approved as an engineered dry chemical extin- guishing system by a nationally recognized independent testing laboratory and appropriate for installation at a permanent underground diesel fuel storage facility.
(1) Alternate types of fire suppression systems shall be approved in accordance with Sec.75.1107-13 of this part.
(2) The system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and the limitations of the listing or approval.
(3) The system shall be installed in a protected location or guarded to prevent physical damage from routine operations.
(4) Suppressant agent distribution tubing or piping shall be secured and protected against dam- age, including pinching, crimping, stretching, abrasion, and corrosion.
(5) Discharge nozzles shall be positioned and aimed for maximum fire suppression effectiveness in the protected areas. Nozzles must also be protected against the entrance of foreign materials such as mud, coal dust, and rock dust.
(b) The fire suppression system shall provide automatic fire detection and automatic fire suppression for all areas within the facility.
(c) Audible and visual alarms to warn of fire or system faults shall be provided at the protected area and at a surface location which is continually monitored by a person when personnel are under- ground. In the event of a fire, personnel shall be warned in accordance with the provisions set forth in Sec. 75.1101-23.
(d) The fire suppression system shall deenergize all power to the diesel fuel storage facility when actuated except that required for automatic enclosure and alarms.
(e) Fire suppression systems shall include two manual actuators located as follows:
(1) At least one within the fuel storage facility; and
(2) At least one a safe distance away from the storage facility and located in intake air, upwind of the storage facility.
(f) The fire suppression system shall remain operational in the event of electrical system failure.
(g) Electrically operated detection and actuation circuits shall be monitored and provided with status indicators showing power and circuit continuity. If the system is not electrically operated, a means shall be provided to indicate the functional readiness status of the detection system.
(h) Each fire suppression system shall be tested and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended inspection and maintenance program and as required by the nationally recognized independent testing laboratory listing or approval, and be visually inspected at least once each week by a person trained to make such inspections.
(i) Recordkeeping. Persons performing inspections and tests of fire suppression systems under paragraph (h) shall record when a fire suppression system does not meet the installation or maintenance requirements of this section.
(1) The record shall include the facility whose fire suppression system did not meet the installa- tion or maintenance requirements of this section, the defect found, and the corrective action taken.
(2) Records are to be kept manually in a secure manner not susceptible to alteration or recorded electronically in a secured computer system that is not susceptible to alteration.
(3) Records shall be maintained at a surface location at the mine for one year and made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and miners' representatives.
(j) All miners normally assigned to the active workings of the mine shall be instructed about the hazards inherent to the operation of the fire suppression systems and, where appropriate, the safeguards available for each system.
75.1913 Starting aids.
(a) Volatile fuel starting aids shall be used in accordance with recommendations provided by the starting aid manufacturer, the engine manufacturer, and the machine manufacturer.
(b) Containers of volatile fuel starting aids shall be conspicuously marked to indicate the contents. When not in use, containers of volatile fuel starting aids shall be stored in metal enclosures that are used only for storage of starting aids. Such metal enclosures must be conspicuously marked, secured, and protected from damage.
(c) Volatile fuel starting aids shall not be:
(1) Taken into or used in areas where permissible equipment is required;
(2) Used in the presence of open flames or burning flame safety lamps, or when welding or cutting is taking place; or
(3) Used in any area where 1.0 percent or greater concentration of methane is present.
(d) Compressed oxygen or compressed flammable gases shall not be connected to diesel air-start systems.
75.1914 Maintenance of diesel-powered equipment.
(a) Diesel-powered equipment shall be maintained in approved and safe condition or removed from service.
(b) Maintenance and repairs of approved features and those features required by Secs. 75.1909 and 75.1910 on diesel-powered equipment shall be made only by a person qualified under Sec. 75.1915.
(c) The water scrubber system on diesel-powered equipment shall be drained and flushed, by a person who is trained to perform this task, at least once on each shift in which the equipment is operated.
(d) The intake air filter on diesel-powered equipment shall be replaced or serviced, by a person who is trained to perform this task, when the intake air pressure drop device so indicates or when the engine manufacturer's maximum allowable air pressure drop level is exceeded.
(e) Mobile diesel-powered equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be visually examined by the equipment operator before being placed in operation. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be reported promptly to the mine operator.
(f) All diesel-powered equipment shall be examined and tested weekly by a person qualified under Sec. 75.1915.
(1) Examinations and tests shall be conducted in accordance with approved checklists and manu- facturers' maintenance manuals.
(2) Persons performing weekly examinations and tests of diesel-powered equipment under this paragraph shall make a record when the equipment is not in approved or safe condition. The record shall include the equipment that is not in approved or safe condition, the defect found, and the corrective action taken.
(g) Undiluted exhaust emissions of diesel engines in diesel-powered equipment approved under part 36 and heavy-duty nonpermissible diesel-powered equipment as defined in Sec. 75.1908(a) in use in underground coal mines shall be tested and evaluated weekly by a person who is trained to perform this task. The mine operator shall develop and implement written standard operating procedures for such testing and evaluation that specify the following:
(1) The method of achieving a repeatable loaded engine operating condition for each type of equipment;
(2) Sampling and analytical methods (including calibration of instrumentation) that are capable of accurately detecting carbon monoxide in the expected concentrations;
(3) The method of evaluation and interpretation of the results;
(4) The concentration or changes in concentration of carbon monoxide that will indicate a change in engine performance. Carbon monoxide concentration shall not exceed 2500 parts per million; and
(5) The maintenance of records necessary to track engine performance.
(h) Recordkeeping. Records required by paragraphs (f)(2) and (g)(5) shall be- (1) Recorded in a secure book that is not susceptible to alteration, or recorded electronically in a computer system that is secure and not susceptible to alteration; and
(2) Retained at a surface location at the mine for at least 1 year and made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and by miners' representatives.
(i) Diesel-powered equipment must be maintained in accordance with this part as of November 25, 1997.
75.1915 Training and qualification of persons working on diesel-powered equipment.
(a) To be qualified to perform maintenance, repairs, examinations and tests on diesel-powered equipment, as required by Sec. 75.1914, a person must successfully complete a training and qualification program that meets the requirements of this section. A person qualified to perform these tasks shall be retrained as necessary to maintain the ability to perform all assigned diesel-powered equipment mainte- nance, repairs, examinations and tests.
(b) A training and qualification program under this section must:
(1) Be presented by a competent instructor;
(2) Be sufficient to prepare or update a person's ability to perform all assigned tasks with respect to diesel-powered equipment maintenance, repairs, examinations and tests;
(3) Address, at a minimum, the following:
(i) The requirements of subpart T of this part;
(ii) Use of appropriate power package or machine checklists to conduct tests to ensure that diesel-powered equipment is in approved and safe condition, with acceptable emission levels;
(iii) Proper maintenance of approved features and the correct use of the appropriate maintenance manuals, including machine adjustments, service, and assembly;
(iv) Diesel-powered equipment fire suppression system tests and maintenance;
(v) Fire and ignition sources and their control or elimination, including cleaning of the equip- ment;
(vi) Safe fueling procedures and maintenance of the fuel system of the equipment; and
(vii) Intake air system maintenance and tests.
(4) Include an examination that requires demonstration of the ability to perform all assigned tasks with respect to diesel-powered equipment maintenance, repairs, examinations and tests; and
(5) Be in writing. The written program shall include a description of the course content, materi- als, and teaching methods for initial training and retraining.
(c) Recordkeeping. The operator shall maintain a copy of the training and qualification program required by this section and a record of the names of all persons qualified under the program.
(1) The record of the names of qualified persons shall be made in a manner that is not susceptible to alteration, or recorded electronically in a computer system that is secure and not suscep- tible to alteration.
(2) The training and qualification program and record of qualified persons are to be kept at surface location of the mine and made available for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary, the State Mine Inspector and by miners' representatives.
75.1916 Operation of diesel-powered equipment.
(a) Diesel-powered equipment shall be operated at a speed that is consistent with the type of equipment being operated, roadway conditions, grades, clearances, visibility, and other traffic.
(b) Operators of mobile diesel-powered equipment shall maintain full control of the equipment while it is in motion.
(c) Standardized traffic rules, including speed limits, signals and warning signs, shall be estab- lished at each mine and followed.
(d) Except as required in normal mining operations, mobile diesel-powered equipment shall not be idled.
(e) Diesel-powered equipment shall not be operated unattended.
History
- Effective 1997-11-19
Chapter 5 Surface Coal Mines
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.5.10151996 Surface Coal Mines
CHAPTER FIVE
GENERAL MINE SAFETY RULES FOR SURFACE COAL MINES AND SURFACE WORK AR- EAS OF UNDERGROUND COAL MINES
Subpart A—General
Sec.
77.1 Scope.
77.2 Definitions.
Subpart B—Qualified and Certified Persons
77.100 Certified person.
77.101 Tests for methane and for oxygen deficiency; qualified person.
77.102 Tests for methane; oxygen deficiency; qualified person, additional requirement.
77.103 Electrical work; qualified person.
77.104 Repair of energized surface high voltage lines; qualified person.
77.105 Qualified hoistman; slope or shaft sinking operation; qualifications.
77.106 Records of certified and qualified persons.
77.107 Training programs.
77.107-1 Plans for training programs.
Subpart C—Surface Installations
77.200 Surface installations; general.
77.201 Methane content in surface installations.
77.201-1 Tests for methane; qualified person; use of approved device.
77.201-2 Methane accumulations; change in ventilation.
77.202 Dust accumulations in surface installations.
77.203 Use of material or equipment overhead; safeguards.
77.204 Openings in surface installations; safeguards.
77.205 Travelways at surface installations.
77.206 Ladders; construction; installation and maintenance.
77.207 Illumination.
77.208 Storage of materials.
77.209 Surge and storage piles.
77.210 Hoisting of materials.
77.211 Draw-off tunnels; stockpiling and reclaiming operations; general.
77.211-1 Continuous methane monitoring device; installation and operation; automatic
deenergization of electric equipment.
77.212 Draw-off tunnel ventilation fans; installation.
77.213 Draw-off tunnel escapeways.
77.214 Refuse piles; general.
77.215 Refuse piles, construction requirements.
77.215-1 Refuse piles; identification.
77.215-2 Refuse piles; reporting requirements.
77.215-3 Refuse piles; certification.
77.215-4 Refuse piles; abandonment.
77.216 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; general.
77.216-1 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; identification.
77.216-2 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; minimum plan requirements;
changes or modifications; certification.
77.216-3 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; inspection requirements;
correction of hazards; program requirements.
77.216-4 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; reporting requirements; certification.
77.216-5 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; abandonment.
77.217 Definitions.
Subpart D—Thermal Dryers
77.300 Thermal dryers; general.
77.301 Dryer heating units; operation.
77.302 Bypass stacks.
77.303 Hot gas inlet chamber dropout doors.
77.304 Explosion release vents.
77.305 Access to drying chambers, hot gas inlet chambers and ductwork;
installation and maintenance.
77.306 Fire protection.
77.307 Thermal dryers; location and installation; general.
77.308 Structures housing other facilities; use of partitions.
77.309 Visual check of system equipment.
77.309-1 Control stations; location.
77.310 Control panels.
77.311 Alarm devices.
77.312 Fail safe monitoring systems.
77.313 Wet-coal feedbins; low-level indicators.
77.314 Automatic temperature control instruments.
77.315 Thermal dryers; examination and inspection.
Subpart E—Safeguards for Mechanical Equipment
77.400 Mechanical equipment guards.
77.401 Stationary grinding machines; protective devices.
77.402 Hand-held power tools; safety devices.
77.403 Mobile equipment; falling object protective structures (FOPS).
77.403a Mobile equipment; rollover protective structures (ROPS).
77.403b Incorporation by reference.
77.404 Machinery and equipment; operation and maintenance.
77.405 Performing work from a raised position; safeguards.
77.406 Drive belts.
77.407 Power driven pulleys.
77.408 Welding operations.
77.409 Shovels, draglines, and tractors.
77.410 Mobile equipment; automatic warning devices.
77.411 Compressed air and boilers; general.
77.412 Compressed air systems.
77.413 Boilers.
Subpart F—Electrical Equipment-General
77.500 Electric power circuits and electric equipment deenergization.
77.501 Electric distribution circuits and equipment; repair.
77.501-1 Qualified person.
77.502 Electric equipment; examination, testing, and maintenance.
77.502-1 Qualified person.
77.502-2 Electric equipment; frequency of examination and testing.
77.503 Electric conductors; capacity and insulation.
77.503-1 Electric conductors.
77.504 Electrical connections or splices; suitability.
77.505 Cable fittings; suitability.
77.506 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short-circuit protection.
77.506-1 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short circuit protection;
minimum requirements.
77.508 Lightning arresters; ungrounded and exposed power conductors and telephone wires.
77.508-1 Lightning arresters; wires entering buildings.
77.509 Transformers; installation and guarding.
77.510 Resistors; location and guarding.
77.511 Danger signs at electrical installations.
77.512 Inspection and cover plates.
77.513 Insulating mats at power switches.
77.514 Switchboard; passageways and clearance.
77.515 Bare signal or control wires; voltage.
77.516 Electric wiring and equipment; installation and maintenance.
Subpart G—Trailing Cables
77.600 Trailing cables; short-circuit protection; disconnecting devices.
77.601 Trailing cables or portable cables, temporary splices.
77.602 Permanent splicing of trailing cables.
77.603 Clamping of trailing cables to equipment.
77.604 Protection of trailing cables.
77.605 Breaking trailing cable and power cable connections.
77.606 Energized trailing cables; handling.
77.606-1 Rubber gloves; minimum requirements.
Subpart H—Grounding
77.700 Grounding metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits enclosing power conductors.
77.700-1 Approved methods of grounding.
77.701 Grounding metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment.
77.701-1 Approved methods of grounding of equipment receiving power from ungrounded alternating current power systems.
77.701-2 Approved methods of grounding metallic frames, casings and other enclosures of electric equipment receiving power from a direct-current power system.
77.701-3 Grounding wires; capacity.
77.701-4 Use of grounding connectors.
77.702 Protection other than grounding.
77.703 Grounding frames of stationary high-voltage equipment
receiving power from ungrounded delta systems.
77.703-1 Approved methods of grounding.
77.704 Work on high-voltage lines; deenergizing and grounding.
77.704-1 Work on high-voltage lines.
77.704-2 Repairs to energized high-voltage lines.
77.704-3 Work on energized high-voltage surface lines; reporting.
77.704-4 Simultaneous repairs.
77.704-5 Installation of protective equipment.
77.704-6 Protective clothing; use and inspection.
77.704-7 Protective equipment; inspection.
77.704-8 Protective equipment; testing and storage.
77.704-9 Operating disconnecting or cutout switches.
77.704-10 Tying into energized high-voltage surface circuits.
77.704-11 Use of grounded messenger wires; ungrounded systems.
77.705 Guy wires; grounding.
Subpart I—Surface High-Voltage Distribution
77.800 High-voltage circuits; circuit breakers.
77.800-1 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
77.800-2 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
77.801 Grounding resistors.
77.801-1 Grounding resistors; continuous current rating.
77.802 Protection of high-voltage circuits; neutral grounding resistors; disconnecting devices.
77.803 Fail safe ground check circuits on high-voltage resistance grounded systems.
77.803-1 Fail safe ground check circuits; maximum voltage.
77.803-2 Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires; approval by the Secretary.
77.804 High-voltage trailing cables; minimum design requirements.
77.805 Cable couplers and connection boxes; minimum design requirements.
77.806 Connection of single-phase loads.
77.807 Installation of high-voltage transmission cables.
77.807-1 High-voltage powerlines; clearances above ground.
77.807-2 Booms and masts; minimum distance from high-voltage lines.
77.807-3 Movement of equipment; minimum distance from high-voltage lines.
77.808 Disconnecting devices.
77.809 Identification of circuit breakers and disconnecting switches.
77.810 High-voltage equipment; grounding.
77.811 Movement of portable substations and transformers.
Subpart J—Low- and Medium-Voltage Alternating Current Circuits
77.900 Low- and medium-voltage circuits serving portable or mobile three-phase alternating current equipment; circuit breakers.
77.900-1 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
77.900-2 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
77.901 Protection of low- and medium-voltage three-phase circuits.
77.901-1 Grounding resistor; continuous current rating.
77.902 Low- and medium-voltage ground check monitor circuits.
77.902-1 Fail safe ground check circuits; maximum voltage.
77.902-2 Approved ground check systems not employing pilot check wires.
77.902-3 Attachment of ground conductors and ground check wires to equipment frames; use of separate connections.
77.903 Disconnecting devices.
77.904 Identification of circuit breakers.
77.905 Connection of single-phase loads.
77.906 Trailing cables supplying power to low-voltage mobile equipment; ground wires and ground check wires.
Subpart K—Ground Control
77.1000 Highwalls, pits, and spoil banks; plans.
77.1000-1 Filing of plan.
77.1001 Stripping; loose material.
77.1002 Box cuts; spoil material placement.
77.1003 Benches.
77.1004 Ground control; inspection and maintenance; general.
77.1005 Scaling highwalls; general.
77.1006 Highwalls; men working.
77.1007 Drilling; general.
77.1008 Relocation of drills; safeguards.
77.1009 Drill; operation.
77.1010 Collaring holes.
77.1011 Drill holes; guarding.
77.1012 Jackhammers; operation; safeguards.
77.1013 Air drills; safeguards.
Subpart L—Fire Protection
77.1100 Fire protection; training and organization.
77.1101 Escape and evacuation; plan.
77.1102 Warning signs; smoking and open flame.
77.1103 Flammable liquids; storage.
77.1104 Accumulations of combustible materials.
77.1105 Internal combustion engines; fueling.
77.1106 Battery charging stations; ventilation.
77.1107 Belt conveyors.
77.1108 Firefighting equipment; requirements; general.
77.1108-1 Type and capacity of firefighting equipment.
77.1109 Quantity and location of firefighting equipment.
77.1110 Examination and maintenance of firefighting equipment.
77.1111 Welding, cutting, soldering; use of fire extinguisher.
77.1112 Welding, cutting, soldering with arc or flame; safeguards.
Subpart M—Maps
77.1200 Mine map.
77.1201 Certification of mine maps.
77.1202 Availability of mine map.
Subpart N—Explosives and Blasting
77.1300 Explosives and blasting.
77.1301 Explosives; magazines.
77.1302 Vehicles used to transport explosives.
77.1303 Explosives; handling and use.
77.1304 Blasting agents; special provisions.
Subpart O—Personnel Hoisting
Sec.
77.1400 Personnel hoists and elevators.
77.1401 Automatic controls and brakes.
77.1402 Rated capacity.
77.1402-1 Maximum load; posting.
77.1403 Daily examination of hoisting equipment.
77.1404 Certifications and records of daily examinations.
77.1405 Operation of hoisting equipment after repairs.
Wire Ropes
77.1430 Wire ropes; scope.
77.1431 Minimum rope strength.
77.1432 Initial measurement.
77.1433 Examinations.
77.1434 Retirement criteria.
77.1435 Load end attachments.
77.1436 Drum end attachment.
77.1437 End attachment retermination.
77.1438 End attachment replacement.
Subpart P—Auger Mining
77.1500 Auger mining; planning.
77.1501 Auger mining; inspections.
77.1502 Auger holes; restriction against entering.
77.1503 Augering equipment; overhead protection.
77.1504 Auger equipment; operation.
77.1505 Auger holes; blocking.
Subpart Q—Loading and Haulage
77.1600 Loading and haulage; general.
77.1601 Transportation of persons; restrictions.
77.1602 Use of aerial tramways to transport persons.
77.1603 Trains and locomotives; authorized persons.
77.1604 Transportation of persons; overcrowding.
77.1605 Loading and haulage equipment; installations.
77.1606 Loading and haulage equipment; inspection and maintenance.
77.1607 Loading and haulage equipment; operation.
77.1608 Dumping facilities.
Subpart R—Miscellaneous
77.1700 Communications in work areas.
77.1701 Emergency communications; requirements.
77.1702 Arrangements for emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured persons; reporting requirements; posting requirements.
77.1703 First-Aid training; supervisory employees.
77.1704 First aid training program; availability of instruction to all miners.
77.1705 First aid training program; retraining of supervisory employees; availability to all miners.
77.1706 First aid training program; minimum requirements.
77.1707 First aid equipment; location; minimum requirements.
77.1708 Safety program, instruction of persons employed at the mine.
77.1709 Safety training; inexperienced employees.
77.1710 Protective clothing; requirements.
77.1710-1 Distinctively colored hard hats or hard caps; identification for newly employed, inexperienced miners.
77.1711 Smoking prohibition.
77.1712 Reopening mines; notification; inspection prior to mining.
77.1713 Daily inspection of surface coal mine; certified person; reports of inspection.
Subpart S—Trolley Wires and Trolley Feeder Wires
77.1800 Cutout switches.
77.1801 Overcurrent protection.
77.1801-1 Devices for overcurrent protection.
77.1802 Insulation of trolley wires, trolley feeder wires and bare signal wires; guarding of trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
Subpart T—Slope and Shaft Sinking
77.1900 Slopes and shafts; approval of plans.
77.1900-1 Compliance with approved slope and shaft sinking plans.
77.1901 Preshift and onshift inspections; reports.
77.1901-1 Methane and oxygen deficiency tests; approved devices.
77.1902 Drilling and mucking operations.
77.1902-1 Permissible diesel-powered equipment.
77.1903 Hoists and hoisting; minimum requirements.
77.1904 Communications between slope and shaft bottoms and hoist operators.
77.1905 Hoist safeguards; general.
77.1906 Hoists; daily inspection.
77.1907 Hoist construction; general.
77.1908 Hoist installations; use.
77.1908-1 Hoist operation; qualified hoistman.
77.1909 Explosives and blasting; use of permissible explosives and shot-firing units.
77.1909-1 Use of nonpermissible explosives and nonpermissible shot-firing units; approval by Health and Safety District Manager.
77.1910 Explosives and blasting; general.
77.1911 Ventilation of slopes and shafts.
77.1912 Ladders and stairways.
77.1913 Fire-resistant wood.
77.1914 Electrical equipment.
77.1915 Storage and handling of combustible materials.
77.1916 Welding, cutting, and soldering; fire protection.
Subpart U—Approved Books and Records [Reserved]
Authority: 30 U.S.C. 811, 957, and 961.
Source: 36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A—General
S 77.1 Scope.
This Part 77 sets forth mandatory safety standards for bituminous, anthracite, and lignite surface coal mines, including open pit and auger mines, and to the surface work areas of underground coal mines, pursuant to section 101(i) of the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 43 FR 12320, Mar. 24, 1978]
S 77.2 Definitions.
For the purpose of this Part 77, the term:
(a) Active workings means any place in a coal mine where miners are normally required to work or travel;
(b) American Table of Distances means the current edition of The American Table of Distances for Storage of Explosives published by the Institute of Makers of Explosives;
(c) Barricaded means to obstruct passage of persons, vehicles, or flying materials;
(d) Berm means a pile or mound of material capable of restraining a vehicle;
(e) Blasting agent means any material consisting of a mixture of a fuel and oxidizer which—
(1) Is used or intended for use in blasting;
(2) Is not classed as an explosive by the Department of Transportation;
(3) Contains no ingredient classed as an explosive by the Department of Transportation; and,
(4) Cannot be detonated by a No. 8 blasting cap when tested as recommended in Bureau of Mines Information Circular 8179.
(f) Blasting area means the area near blasting operations in which concussion or flying material can reasonably be expected to cause injury.
(g) Blasting cap means a detonator containing a charge of detonating compound, which is ignited by electric current, or the spark of a fuse. Used for detonating explosives.
(h) Blasting circuit means electric circuits used to fire electric detonators or to ignite an igniter cord by means of an electric starter.
(i) Blasting switch means a switch used to connect a power source to a blasting circuit.
(j) Box-type magazine means a small, portable magazine used to store limited quantities of explosives or detonators for short periods of time in locations at the mine which are convenient to the blasting sites at which they will be used.
(k) Capped fuse means a length of safety fuse to which a detonator has been attached.
(l) Capped primer means a package or cartridge of explosives which is specifically designed to transmit detonation to other explosives and which contains a detonator.
(m) Certified or registered, as applied to any person means a person certified or registered by the State in which the coal mine is located to perform duties prescribed by this Part 77, except that, in a State where no program of certification or registration is provided or where the program does not meet at least minimum Federal standards established by the Secretary, such certification or registration shall be by the Secretary.
(n) Detonating cord or detonating fuse means a flexible cord containing a core of high explosive.
(o) Detonator means a device containing a small detonating charge that is used for detonating an explosive, including, but not limited to blasting caps, exploders, electric detonators, and delay electric blasting caps.
(p) Electrical grounding means to connect with the ground to make the earth part of the circuit.
(q) Explosive means any chemical compound, mixture, or device, the primary or common pur- pose of which is to function by explosion. Explosives include, but are not limited to black powder, dynamite, nitroglycerin, fulminate, ammonium nitrate when mixed with a hydrocarbon, and other blast- ing agents.
(r) Flash point means the minimum temperature at which sufficient vapor is released by a liquid or solid to form a flammable vapor-air mixture at atmospheric pressure.
(s) Low voltage means up to and including 660 volts, medium voltage means voltages from 661 to 1,000 volts, and high voltage means more than 1,000 volts.
(t) Misfire means the complete or partial failure of a blasting charge to explode as planned.
(u) Primer or Booster means a package or cartridge of explosive which is designed specifically to transmit detonation to other explosives and which does not contain a detonator.
(v) Qualified person means, as the context requires,
(1) An individual deemed qualified by the Secretary and designated by the operator to make tests and examinations required by this Part 77; and,
(2) An individual deemed, in accordance with the minimum requirements to be established by the Secretary, qualified by training, education, and experience, to perform electrical work, to maintain electrical equipment, and to conduct examinations and make tests of all electrical equipment.
(w) Roll protection means a framework, safety canopy, or similar protection for the operator when equipment overturns.
(x) Safety can means an approved container, of not over 5 gallons capacity, having a spring- closing lid and spout cover.
(y) Safety fuse means a train of powder enclosed in cotton, jute yarn, and waterproofing com- pounds, which burns at a uniform rate; used for firing a cap containing the detonating compound which in turn sets off the explosive charge.
(z) Safety switch means a sectionalizing switch that also provides shunt protection in blasting circuits between the blasting switch and the shot area.
(aa) Secretary means the Secretary of Labor or his delegate.
(bb) State Mine Inspector means the State Mine Inspector of the State of Wyoming or any Deputy State Mine Inspectors employed by the Inspector.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 43 FR 12320, Mar. 24, 1978]
Subpart B—Qualified and Certified Persons
S 77.100 Certified person.
(a)(1) The provisions of this Part 77 require that certain examinations and tests be made by a certified person. A certified person within the meaning of these provisions is a person who has been certified in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of this S 77.100 to perform the duties, and make the examinations and tests which are required by this Part 77 to be performed by a certified person.
(2) A person who has been so certified shall also be considered to be a qualified person within the meaning of those provisions of this Part 77 which require that certain examinations, tests and duties be performed by a qualified person, except those provisions in Subparts F, G, H, I, and J of this part relating to performance of electrical work.
(b) Pending issuance of Federal standards, a person will be considered, to the extent of the certification, a certified person to make examinations, tests and perform duties which are required by this Part 77 to be performed by a certified person:
(1) If he has been certified for such purpose by the State in which the coal mine is located; or
(2) If this person has been certified for such purpose by the Secretary. A person's initial certifica- tion is valid for as long as the person continues to satisfy the requirements necessary to obtain the certifi- cation and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor. The mine operator or independent contractor shall make an application which satisfactorily shows that each such person has had at least 2 years experience at a coal mine or equivalent experience, and that each such person dem- onstrates to the satisfaction of an authorized representative of the Secretary that such person is able and competent to test for oxygen deficiency with a permissible flame safety lamp, or any other device ap- proved by the Secretary and to test for methane with a portable methane detector approved by the Bureau of Mines, MESA, or MSHA, under Part 22 of this Chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 8C), and to perform such other duties for which application for certification is made. Applications for certification by the Secretary should be submitted in writing to the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Certifica- tion and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colorado 80225.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 43 FR 12320, Mar. 24, 1978; 54 FR 30515, July 20, 1989]
S 77.101 Tests for methane and for oxygen deficiency; qualified person.
(a) The provisions of Subparts C, P, R, and T of this Part 77 require that tests for methane and for oxygen deficiency be made by a qualified person. A person is a qualified person for these purposes if he is a certified person for such purposes under S 77.100.
(b) Pending issuance of Federal standards, a person will be considered a qualified person for testing for methane and oxygen deficiency:
(1) If he has been qualified for this purpose by the State in which the coal mine is located; or
(2) If he has been qualified by the Secretary for these purposes upon a satisfactory showing by the operator of the coal mine that each such person has been trained and designated by the operator to test for methane and oxygen deficiency. Applications for Secretarial qualification should be submitted in writing to the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Certification and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo. 80225
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 43 FR 12320, Mar. 24, 1978]
S 77.102 Tests for methane; oxygen deficiency; qualified person, additional requirement.
Notwithstanding the provisions of S 77.101, on and after December 30, 1971, no person shall be qualified person for testing for methane and oxygen deficiency unless he has demonstrated to the satisfaction of an authorized representative of the Secretary that he is able and competent to make such tests and the Mine Safety and Health Administration has issued him a current card which qualifies him to make such tests.
S 77.103 Electrical work; qualified person.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, an individual is a qualified person within the meaning of Subparts F, G, H, I, and J of this Part 77 to perform electrical work (other than work on energized surface high-voltage lines) if:
(1) He has been qualified as a coal mine electrician by a State that has a coal mine electrical qualification program approved by the Secretary; or,
(2) He has at least 1 year of experience in performing electrical work underground in a coal mine, in the surface work areas of an underground coal mine, in a surface coal mine, in a noncoal mine, in the mine equipment manufacturing industry, or in any other industry using or manufacturing similar equip- ment, and has satisfactorily completed a coal mine electrical training program approved by the Secretary; or,
(3) He has at least 1 year of experience, prior to the date of the application required by paragraph
(c) of this section, in performing electrical work underground in a coal mine, in the surface work areas of an underground coal mine, in a surface coal mine, in a noncoal mine, in the mine equipment manufactur- ing industry, or in any other industry using or manufacturing similar equipment, and he attains a satisfac- tory grade on each of the series of five written tests approved by the Secretary as prescribed in paragraph
(b) of this section.
(b) The series of five written tests approved by the Secretary shall include the following catego- ries:
(1) Direct current theory and application;
(2) Alternating current theory and application;
(3) Electric equipment and circuits;
(4) Permissibility of electric equipment; and,
(5) Requirements of Subparts F through J and S of this Part 77.
(c) In order to take the series of five written tests approved by the Secretary, an individual shall apply to the District Manager and shall certify that he meets the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section. The tests will be administered in the Coal Mine Safety and Health Districts at regular intervals, or as demand requires.
(d) A score of at least 80 percent on each of the five written tests will be deemed to be a satisfac- tory grade. Recognition shall be given to practical experience in that 1 percentage point shall be added to an individual's score in each test for each additional year of experience beyond the 1 year requirement specified in paragraph (a)(3) of this section; however, in no case shall an individual be given more than percentage points for such practical experience.
(e) An individual may, within 30 days from the date on which he received notification from the Administration of his test scores, repeat those on which he received an unsatisfactory score. If further retesting is necessary after his initial repetition, a minimum of 30 days from the date of receipt of notifi- cation of the initial retest scores shall elapse prior to such further retesting.
(f) An individual who has, prior to November 1, 1972, been qualified to perform electrical work specified in Subparts F, G, H, I, and J of this Part 77 (other than work on energized surface high-voltage lines) shall continue to be qualified until June 30, 1973. To remain qualified after June 30, 1973, such individual shall meet the requirements of either paragraph (a) (1), (2), or (3) of this section.
(g) An individual qualified in accordance with this section shall, in order to retain qualification, certify annually to the District Manager, that he has satisfactorily completed a coal mine electrical retraining program approved by the Secretary.
(Sec. 101(a), Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969; 30 U.S.C. 811(a); 83 Stat. 745)
[37 FR 22377, Oct. 19, 1972; 37 FR 28163, Dec. 21, 1972, as amended at 44 FR 9380, Feb. 13, 1979; 47 FR 23641, May 28, 1982]
S 77.104 Repair of energized surface high-voltage lines; qualified person.
An individual is a qualified person within the meaning of S77.704 of this part for the purpose of repairing energized surface high-voltage lines only if he has had at least 2 years experience in electrical maintenance, and at least 2 years experience in the repair of energized high-voltage lines located on poles or structures.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971]
S 77.105 Qualified hoistman; slope or shaft sinking operation; qualifications.
(a) (1) A person is a qualified hoistman within the provisions of Subpart T of this part, for the purpose of operating a hoist at a slope or shaft sinking operation if he has at least 1 year experience operating a hoist plant or maintaining hoist equipment and is qualified by any State as a hoistman or its equivalency, or
(2) If a State has no program for qualifying persons as hoistmen, the Secretary may qualify persons if the operator of the slope or shaft-sinking operation makes an application and a satisfactory showing that the person has had 1 year of experience operating hoists. A person's qualification is valid for as long as the person continues to satisfy the requirements for qualification and is employed at the same coal mine or by the same independent contractor.
(b) Applications for Secretarial qualification should be submitted to the Mine Safety and Health Administration, Certification and Qualification Center, P.O. Box 25367, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo. 80225.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 43 FR 12320, Mar. 24, 1978; 54 FR 30515, July 20, 1989]
S 77.106 Records of certified and qualified persons.
The operator of each coal mine shall maintain a list of all certified and qualified persons desig- nated to perform duties under this Part 77.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0049)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14706, Apr. 6, 1982] 77.107 Training programs.
Every operator of a coal mine shall provide a program, approved by the Secretary, of training and retraining both qualified and certified persons needed to carry out functions prescribed in the Act.
S 77.107-1 Plans for training programs.
On or before September 30, 1971, each operator shall submit to the District Manager of the Coal Mine Safety and Health District in which the mine is located a program or plan setting forth what, when, how, and where he will train and retain persons whose work assignments require that they be certified or qualified. Such program shall provide: (a) For certified persons, annual training courses in the tasks and duties which they perform as certified persons, first aid, principles of mine rescue, and the provisions of this Part 77; and (b) for qualified persons, annual courses in performance of the tasks which they per- form as qualified persons.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971; 44 FR 9380, Feb. 13, 1979; 47 FR 23641, May 28, 1982]
Subpart C—Surface Installations
S 77.200 Surface installations; general.
All mine structures, enclosures, or other facilities (including custom coal preparation) shall be maintained in good repair to prevent accidents and injuries to employees.
S 77.201 Methane content in surface installations.
The methane content in the air of any structure, enclosure or other facility shall be less than 1.0 volume per centum.
S 77.201-1 Tests for methane; qualified person; use of approved device.
Tests for methane in structures, enclosures, or other facilities, in which coal is handled or stored shall be conducted by a qualified person with a device approved by the Secretary at least once during each operating shift, and immediately prior to any repair work in which welding or an open flame is used, or a spark may be produced.
S 77.201-2 Methane accumulations; change in ventilation.
If, at any time, the air in any structure, enclosure or other facility contains 1.0 volume per centum or more of methane changes or adjustments in the ventilation of such installation shall be made at once so that the air shall contain less than 1.0 volume per centum of methane.
S 77.202 Dust accumulations in surface installations.
Coal dust in the air of, or in, or on the surfaces of, structures, enclosures, or other facilities shall not be allowed to exist or accumulate in dangerous amounts.
S 77.203 Use of material or equipment overhead; safeguards.
Where overhead repairs are being made at surface installations and equipment or material is taken into such overhead work areas, adequate protection shall be provided for all persons working or passing below the overhead work areas in which such equipment or material is being used.
S 77.204 Openings in surface installations; safeguards.
Openings in surface installations through which men or material may fall shall be protected by railings, barriers, covers or other protective devices.
S 77.205 Travelways at surface installations.
(a) Safe means of access shall be provided and maintained to all working places.
(b) Travelways and platforms or other means of access to areas where persons are required to travel or work, shall be kept clear of all extraneous material and other stumbling or slipping hazards.
(c) Inclined travelways shall be constructed of nonskid material or equipped with cleats.
(d) Regularly used travelways shall be sanded, salted, or cleared of snow and ice as soon as practicable.
(e) Crossovers, elevated walkways, elevated ramps, and stairways shall be of substantial con- struction, provided with handrails, and maintained in good condition. Where necessary toeboards shall be provided.
(f) Crossovers shall be provided where it is necessary to cross conveyors.
(g) Moving conveyors shall be crossed only at designated crossover points.
S 77.206 Ladders; construction; installation and maintenance.
(a) Ladders shall be of substantial construction and maintained in good condition.
(b) Wooden members of ladders shall not be painted.
(c) Steep or vertical ladders which are used regularly at fixed locations shall be anchored securely and provided with backguards extending from a point not more than 7 feet from the bottom of the ladder to the top of the ladder.
(d) Fixed ladders shall not incline backwards at any point unless provided with backguards.
(e) Fixed ladders shall be anchored securely and installed to provide at least 3 inches of toe clearance.
(f) Fixed ladders shall project at least 3 feet above landings, or substantial handholds shall be provided above the landings.
S 77.207 Illumination.
Illumination sufficient to provide safe working conditions shall be provided in and on all surface structures, paths, walkways, stairways, switch panels, loading and dumping sites, and working areas.
S 77.208 Storage of materials.
(a) Materials shall be stored and stacked in a manner which minimizes stumbling or fall-of- material hazards.
(b) Materials that can create hazards if accidentally liberated from their containers shall be stored in a manner that minimizes the dangers.
(c) Hazardous materials shall be stored in containers of a type approved for such use by recog- nized agencies; such containers shall be labeled appropriately.
(d) Compressed and liquid gas cylinders shall be secured in a safe manner.
(e) Valves on compressed gas cylinders shall be protected by covers when being transported or stored, and by a safe location when the cylinders are in use.
S 77.209 Surge and storage piles.
No person shall be permitted to walk or stand immediately above a reclaiming area or in any other area at or near a surge or storage pile where the reclaiming operation may expose him to a hazard.
S 77.210 Hoisting of materials.
(a) Hitches and slings used to hoist materials shall be suitable for handling the type of materials being hoisted.
(b) Men shall stay clear of hoisted loads.
(c) Taglines shall be attached to hoisted materials that require steadying or guidance.
S 77.211 Draw-off tunnels; stockpiling and reclaiming operations; general.
(a) Tunnels located below stockpiles, surge piles, and coal storage silos shall be ventilated so as to maintain concentrations of methane below 1.0 volume per centum.
(b) In addition to the tests for methane required by S77.201 such tests shall also be made before any electric equipment is energized or repaired, unless equipped with a continuous methane monitoring device installed and operated in accordance with the provisions of S 77.211-1. Electric equipment shall not be energized, operated, or repaired until the air contains less than 1.0 volume per centum of methane.
S 77.211-1 Continuous methane monitoring device; installation and operation; automatic deenergization of electric equipment.
Continuous methane monitoring devices shall be set to deenergize automatically electric equip- ment when such monitor is not operating properly and to give a warning automatically when the concen- tration of methane reaches a maximum percentage determined by an authorized representative of the Secretary which shall not be more than 1.0 volume per centum of methane. An authorized representative of the Secretary shall require such monitor to deenergize automatically electric equipment when the concentration of methane reaches a maximum percentage determined by such representative which shall not be more than 2.0 volume per centum of methane.
S 77.212 Draw-off tunnel ventilation fans; installation.
When fans are used to ventilate draw-off tunnels the fans shall be:
(a) Installed on the surface;
(b) Installed in fireproof housings and connected to the tunnel openings with fireproof air ducts; and,
(c) Offset from the tunnel opening.
S 77.213 Draw-off tunnel escapeways.
When it is necessary for a tunnel to be closed at one end, an escapeway not less than 30 inches in diameter (or of the equivalent, if the escapeway does not have a circular cross section) shall be installed which extends from the closed end of the tunnel to a safe location on the surface; and, if the escapeway is inclined more than 30 degrees from the horizontal it shall be equipped with a ladder which runs the full length of the inclined portion of the escapeway.
S 77.214 Refuse piles; general.
(a) Refuse piles constructed on or after July 1, 1971, shall be located in areas which are a safe distance from all underground mine airshafts, preparation plants, tipples, or other surface installations and such piles shall not be located over abandoned openings or steamlines.
(b) Where new refuse piles are constructed over exposed coal beds the exposed coal shall be covered with clay or other inert material as the piles are constructed.
(c) A fireproof barrier of clay or inert material shall be constructed between old and new refuse piles.
(d) Roadways to refuse piles shall be fenced or otherwise guarded to restrict the entrance of unauthorized persons.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971] 77.215 Refuse piles; construction requirements.
(a) Refuse deposited on a pile shall be spread in layers and compacted in such a manner so as to minimize the flow of air through the pile.
(b) Refuse shall not be deposited on a burning pile except for the purpose of controlling or extinguishing a fire.
(c) Clay or other sealants shall be used to seal the surface of any refuse pile in which a spontane- ous ignition has occurred.
(d) Surface seals shall be kept intact and protected from erosion by drainage facilities.
(e) Refuse piles shall not be constructed so as to impede drainage or impound water.
(f) Refuse piles shall be constructed in such a manner as to prevent accidental sliding and shifting of materials.
(g) No extraneous combustible material shall be deposited on refuse piles.
(h) After October 31, 1975 new refuse piles and additions to existing refuse piles, shall be con- structed in compacted layers not exceeding 2 feet in thickness and shall not have any slope exceeding 2 horizontal to 1 vertical (approximately 27 ) except that the District Manager may approve construction of a refuse pile in compacted layers exceeding 2 feet in thickness and with slopes exceeding 27 where engineering data substantiates that a minimum safety factor of 1.5 for the refuse pile will be attained.
(i) Foundations for new refuse piles and additions to existing refuse piles shall be cleared of all vegetation and undesirable material that according to current, prudent engineering practices would adversely affect the stability of the refuse pile.
(j) All fires in refuse piles shall be extinguished, and the method used shall be in accordance with plan approved by the District Manager. The plan shall contain as a minimum, provisions to ensure that only those persons authorized by the operator, and who have an understanding of the procedure to be used, shall be involved in the extinguishing operation.
(The requirements contained in paragraph (j)were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0074)
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957), Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat.
2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.)) [36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975; 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.215-1 Refuse piles; identification.
A permanent identification marker, at least six feet high and showing the refuse pile identifica- tion number as assigned by the District Manager, the name associated with the refuse pile and the name of the person owning, operating or controlling the refuse pile, shall be located on or immediately adja- cent to each refuse pile within the time specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section as applicable.
(a) For existing refuse piles, markers shall be placed before May 1, 1976.
(b) For new or proposed refuse piles, markers shall be placed within 30 days from acknowledg- ment of the proposed location of a new refuse pile.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975]
S 77.215-2 Refuse piles; reporting requirements.
(a) The proposed location of a new refuse pile shall be reported to and acknowledged in writing by the District Manager prior to the beginning of any work associated with the construction of the refuse pile.
(b) Before May 1, 1976, for existing refuse piles, or within 180 days from the date of acknowl- edgment of the proposed location of a new refuse pile, the person owning, operating or controlling a refuse pile shall submit to the District Manager a report in triplicate which contains the following:
(1) The name and address of the person owning, operating or controlling the refuse pile; the name associated with the refuse pile; the identification number of the refuse pile as assigned by the District Manager; and the identification number of the mine or preparation plant as assigned by MSHA.
(2) The location of the refuse pile indicated on the most recent USGS 7 1/2 minute or 15 minute topographic quadrangle map, or a topographic map of equivalent scale if a USGS map is not available.
(3) A statement of the construction history of the refuse pile, and a statement indicating whether the refuse pile has been abandoned in accordance with a plan approved by the District Manager.
(4) A topographic map showing at a scale not to exceed 1 inch=400 feet, the present and pro- posed maximum extent of the refuse pile and the area 500 feet around the proposed maximum perimeter.
(5) A statement of whether or not the refuse pile is burning.
(6) A description of measures taken to prevent water from being impounded by the refuse pile or contained within the refuse pile.
(7) At a scale not to exceed 1 inch=100 feet, cross sections of the length and width of the refuse pile at sufficient intervals to show the approximate original ground surface, the present configuration and the proposed maximum extent of the refuse pile, and mean sea level elevations at significant points.
(8) Any other information pertaining to the stability of the pile which may be required by the District Manager.
(c) The information required by paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(8) of this section shall be reported every twelfth month from the date of original submission for those refuse piles which the District Man- ager has determined can present a hazard until the District Manager notifies the operator that the hazard has been eliminated.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control numbers 1219-0015 and 1219-0060)
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957), Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat.
2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975, as amended at 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982; 57 FR 7471, Mar. 2, 1992]
S 77.215-3 Refuse piles: certification.
(a) Within 180 days following written notification by the District Manager that a refuse pile can present a hazard, the person owning, operating, or controlling the refuse pile shall submit to the District Manager a certification by a registered engineer that the refuse pile is being constructed or has been modified in accordance with current, prudent engineering practices to minimize the probability of im- pounding water and failure of such magnitude as to endanger the lives of miners.
(b) After the initial certification required by this section and until the District Manager notifies the operator that the hazard has been eliminated, certification shall be submitted every twelfth month from the date of the initial certification.
(c) Certifications required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall include all information considered in making the certification.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975; 57 FR 7471, Mar. 2, 1992]
S 77.215-4 Refuse piles; abandonment.
When a refuse pile is to be abandoned, the District Manager shall be notified in writing, and if he determines it can present a hazard, the refuse pile shall be abandoned in accordance with a plan submit- ted by the operator and approved by the District Manager. The plan shall include a schedule for its implementation and describe provisions to prevent burning and future impoundment of water, and provide for major slope stability.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0074)
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957), Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat.
2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975, as amended at 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.216 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; general.
(a) Plans for the design, construction, and maintenance of structures which impound water, sediment, or slurry shall be required if such an existing or proposed impounding structure can:
(1) Impound water, sediment, or slurry to an elevation of five feet or more above the upstream toe of the structure and can have a storage volume of 20 acre-feet or more; or
(2) Impound water, sediment, or slurry to an elevation of 20 feet or more above the upstream toe of the structure; or
(3) As determined by the District Manager, present a hazard to coal miners.
(b) Plans for the design and construction of all new water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures which meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted in triplicate to and be approved by the District Manager prior to the beginning of any work associated with construction of the impounding structure.
(c) Before May 1, 1976, a plan for the continued use of an existing water, sediment, or slurry impoundment and impounding structure which meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted in triplicate to the District Manager for approval.
(d) The design, construction, and maintenance of all water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures which meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be imple- mented in accordance with the plan approved by the District Manager.
(e) All fires in impounding structures shall be extinguished, and the method used shall be in accordance with a plan approved by the District Manager. The plan shall contain as a minimum, provi- sions to ensure that only those persons authorized by the operator, and who have an understanding of the procedures to be used, shall be involved in the extinguishing operation.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41776, Sept. 9, 1975]
S 77.216-1 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; identification.
A permanent identification marker, at least six feet high and showing the identification number of the impounding structure as assigned by the District Manager, the name associated with the impound- ing structure and name of the person owning, operating, or controlling the structure, shall be located on or immediately adjacent to each water, sediment or slurry impounding structure within the time specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section as applicable.
(a) For existing water, sediment or slurry impounding structures, markers shall be placed before May 1, 1976.
(b) For new or proposed water, sediment, or slurry impounding structures, markers shall be placed within 30 days from the start of construction.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957)) [40 FR 41777, Sept. 9, 1975]
S 77.216-2 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; minimum plan requirements; changes or modifications; certification.
(a) The plan specified in S 77.216, shall contain as a minimum the following information:
(1) The name and address of the persons owning, operating or controlling the impoundment or impounding structure; the name associated with the impoundment or impounding structure; the identifi- cation number of the impounding structure as assigned by the District Manager; and the identification number of the mine or preparation plant as assigned by MSHA.
(2) The location of the structure indicated on the most recent USGS 7 1/2 minute or 15 minute topographic quadrangle map, or a topographic map of equivalent scale if a USGS map is not available.
(3) A statement of the purpose for which the structure is or will be used.
(4) The name and size in acres of the watershed affecting the impoundment.
(5) A description of the physical and engineering properties of the foundation materials on which the structure is or will be constructed.
(6) A statement of the type, size, range, and physical and engineering properties of the materials used, or to be used, in constructing each zone or stage of the impounding structure; the method of site preparation and construction of each zone; the approximate dates of construction of the structure and each successive stage; and for existing structures, such history of construction as may be available, and any record or knowledge of structural instability.
(7) At a scale not to exceed 1 inch=100 feet, detailed dimensional drawings of the impounding structure including a plan view and cross sections of the length and width of the impounding structure, showing all zones, foundation improvements, drainage provisions, spillways, diversion ditches, outlets, instrument locations, and slope protection, in addition to the measurement of the minimum vertical distance between the crest of the impounding structure and the reservoir surface at present and under design storm conditions, sediment or slurry level, water level and other information pertinent to the impoundment itself, including any identifiable natural or manmade features which could affect operation of the impoundment.
(8) A description of the type and purpose of existing or proposed instrumentation.
(9) Graphs showing area-capacity curves.
(10) A statement of the runoff attributable to the probable maximum precipitation of 6-hour duration and the calculations used in determining such runoff.
(11) A statement of the runoff attributable to the storm for which the structure is designed and the calculations used in determining such runoff.
(12) A description of the spillway and diversion design features and capacities and calculations used in their determination.
(13) The computed minimum factor of safety range for the slope stability of the impounding structure including methods and calculations used to determine each factor of safety.
(14) The locations of surface and underground coal mine workings including the depth and extent of such workings within the area 500 feet around the perimeter, shown at a scale not to exceed one inch=500 feet.
(15) Provisions for construction surveillance, maintenance, and repair of the impounding struc- ture.
(16) General provisions for abandonment.
(17) A certification by a registered engineer that the design of the impounding structure is in accordance with current, prudent engineering practices for the maximum volume of water, sediment, or slurry which can be impounded therein and for the passage of runoff from the designed storm which exceeds the capacity of the impoundment; or, in lieu of the certification, a report indicating what addi- tional investigations, analyses, or improvement work are necessary before such a certification can be made, including what provisions have been made to carry out such work in addition to a schedule for completion of such work.
(18) Such other information pertaining to the stability of the impoundment and impounding structure which may be required by the District Manager.
(b) Any changes or modifications to plans for water, sediment, or slurry impoundments or im- pounding structures shall be approved by the District Manager prior to the initiation of such changes or modifications.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41777, Sept. 9, 1975]
S 77.216-3 Water, sediment, or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; inspection requirements; correction of hazards; program requirements.
(a) All water, sediment, or slurry impoundments that meet the requirements of S 77.216(a) shall be examined as follows:
(1) At intervals not exceeding 7 days, or as otherwise approved by the District Manager, for appearances of structural weakness and other hazardous conditions.
(2) All instruments shall be monitored at intervals not exceeding 7 days, or as otherwise approved by the District Manager.
(3) Longer inspection or monitoring intervals approved under this paragraph (a) shall be justified by the operator based on the hazard potential and performance of the impounding structure, and shall include a requirement for inspection immediately after a specified rain event approved by the District Manager.
(4) All inspections required by this paragraph (a) shall be performed by a qualified person designated by the person owning, operating, or controlling the impounding structure.
(b) When a potentially hazardous condition develops, the person owning, operating or controlling the impounding structure shall immediately:
(1) Take action to eliminate the potentially hazardous condition;
(2) Notify the District Manager;
(3) Notify and prepare to evacuate, if necessary, all coal miners from coal mine property which may be affected by the potentially hazardous conditions; and
(4) Direct a qualified person to monitor all instruments and examine the structure at least once every eight hours, or more often as required by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
(c) After each examination and instrumentation monitoring referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, each qualified person who conducted all or any part of the examination or instrumenta- tion monitoring shall promptly record the results of such examination or instrumentation monitoring in a book which shall be available at the mine for inspection by an authorized representative of the Secretary, and such qualified person shall also promptly report the results of the examination or monitoring to one of the persons specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) All examination and instrumentation monitoring reports recorded in accordance with para- graph (c) of this section shall include a report of the action taken to abate hazardous conditions and shall be promptly signed or countersigned by at least one of the following persons:
(1) The mine foreman;
(2) The assistant superintendent of the mine;
(3) The superintendent of the mine;
(4) The person designated by the operator as responsible for health and safety at the mine.
(e) Before May 1, 1976, the person owning, operating, or controlling a water, sediment, or slurry impoundment which meets the requirements of S 77.216(a) shall adopt a program for carrying out the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section. The program shall be submitted for approval to the District Manager. The program shall include as a minimum:
(1) A schedule and procedures for examining the impoundment and impounding structure by a designated qualified person;
(2) A schedule and procedures for monitoring any required or approved instrumentation by a designated qualified person;
(3) Procedures for evaluating hazardous conditions;
(4) Procedures for eliminating hazardous conditions;
(5) Procedures for notifying the District Manager;
(6) Procedures for evacuating coal miners from coal mine property which may be affected by the hazardous condition.
(f) Before making any changes or modifications in the program approved in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section, the person owning, operating, or controlling the impoundment shall obtain approval of such changes or modifications from the District Manager.
(g) The qualified person or persons referred to in paragraphs (a), (b)(4), (c), (e)(1), and (e)(2) of this section shall be trained to recognize specific signs of structural instability and other hazardous conditions by visual observation and, if applicable, to monitor instrumentation.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41777, Sept. 9, 1975; 57 FR 7471, Mar. 2, 1992]
S 77.216-4 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; reporting requirements; certification.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, every twelfth month following the date of the initial plan approval, the person owning, operating, or controlling a water, sediment, or slurry im- poundment and impounding structure that has not been abandoned in accordance with an approved plan shall submit to the District Manager a report containing the following information:
(1) Changes in the geometry of the impounding structure for the reporting period.
(2) Location and type of installed instruments and the maximum and minimum recorded readings of each instrument for the reporting period.
(3) The minimum, maximum, and present depth and elevation of the impounded water, sediment, or slurry for the reporting period.
(4) Storage capacity of the impounding structure.
(5) The volume of the impounded water, sediment, or slurry at the end of the reporting period.
(6) Any other change which may have affected the stability or operation of the impounding structure that has occurred during the reporting period.
(7) A certification by a registered professional engineer that all construction, operation, and maintenance was in accordance with the approved plan.
(b) A report is not required under this section when the operator provides the District Manager with a certification by a registered professional engineer that there have been no changes under para- graphs (a)(1) through (a)(6) of this section to the impoundment or impounding structure. However, a report containing the information set out in paragraph (a) of this section shall be submitted to the District Manager at least every 5 years.
[57 FR 7471, Mar. 2, 1992]
S 77.216-5 Water, sediment or slurry impoundments and impounding structures; abandonment.
(a) Prior to abandonment of any water, sediment, or slurry impoundment and impounding struc- ture which meets the requirements of 30 CFR S 77.216(a), the person owning, operating, or controlling such an impoundment and impounding structure shall submit to and obtain approval from the District Manager, a plan for abandonment based on current, prudent engineering practices. This plan shall provide for major slope stability, include a schedule for the plan's implementation and, except as pro- vided in paragraph (b) of this section, contain provisions to preclude the probability of future impound- ment of water, sediment, or slurry.
(b) An abandonment plan does not have to contain a provision to preclude the future impound- ment of water if the plan is approved by the District Manager and documentation is included in the abandonment plan to ensure that the following requirements are met:
(1) A registered professional engineer, knowledgeable in the principles of dam design and in the design and construction of the structure, shall certify that it substantially conforms to the approved design plan and specifications and that there are no apparent defects.
(2) The current owner or prospective owner shall certify a willingness and ability to assume responsibility for operation and maintenance of the structure.
(3) A permit or approval for the continued existence of the impoundment or impounding struc- ture shall be obtained from the Federal or State agency responsible for dam safety.
[57 FR 7471, Mar. 2, 1992]
77.217 Definitions.
For the purpose of SS 77.214 through 77.216-5, the term:
(a) Abandoned as applied to any refuse pile or impoundment and impounding structure means that work on such pile or structure has been completed in accordance with a plan for abandonment approved by the District Manager.
(b) Area-capacity curves means graphic curves which readily show the reservoir water surface area, in acres, at different elevations from the bottom of the reservoir to the maximum water surface, and the capacity or volume, in acre-feet, of the water contained in the reservoir at various elevations.
(c) Impounding structure means a structure which is used to impound water, sediment, or slurry, or any combination of such materials.
(d) Probable maximum precipitation means the value for a particular area which represents an envelopment of depth-duration-area rainfall relations for all storm types affecting that area adjusted meteorologically to maximum conditions.
(e) Refuse pile means a deposit of coal mine waste which may contain a mixture of coal, shale, claystone, siltstone, sandstone, limestone, and related materials that are excavated during mining opera- tions or separated from mined coal and disposed of on the surface as waste byproducts of either coal mining or preparation operations. Refuse pile does not mean temporary spoil piles of removed overbur- den material associated with surface mining operations.
(f) Safety factor means the ratio of the forces tending to resist the failure of a structure to the forces tending to cause such failure as determined by accepted engineering practice.
(Secs. 101, 508, Pub. L. 91-173, 83 Stat. 745, 803 (30 U.S.C. 811, 957))
[40 FR 41778, Sept. 9, 1975]
Subpart D—Thermal Dryers
S 77.300 Thermal dryers; general.
On and after July 1, 1971 dryer systems used for drying coal at high temperatures, hereinafter referred to as thermal dryers, including rotary dryers, continuous carrier dyes, vertical tray, and cascade dryers, multilouver dryers, suspension or flash dryers, and fluidized bed dryers, shall be maintained and operated in accordance with the provision of S 77.301 to S 77.306.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971]
S 77.301 Dryer heating units; operation.
(a) Dryer heating units shall be operated to provide reasonably complete combustion before heated gases are allowed to enter hot gas inlets.
(b) Dryer heating units which are fired by pulverized coal, shall be operated and maintained in accordance with the recommended standards set forth in the National Fire Protection Association Hand- book, 12th Edition, Section 9, "Installation of Pulverized Fuel Systems," 1962.
S 77.302 Bypass stacks.
Thermal dryer systems shall include a bypass stack, relief stack or individual discharge stack provided with automatic venting which will permit gases from the dryer heating unit to bypass the heating chamber and vent to the outside atmosphere during any shutdown operation.
S 77.303 Hot gas inlet chamber dropout doors.
Thermal dryer systems which employ a hot gas inlet chamber shall be equipped with drop-out doors at the bottom of the inlet chamber or with other effective means which permit coal, fly-ash, or other heated material to fall from the chamber.
S 77.304 Explosion release vents.
Drying chambers, dry-dust collectors, ductwork connecting dryers to dust collectors, and ductwork between dust collectors and discharge stacks shall be protected with explosion release vents which open directly to the outside atmosphere, and all such vents shall be:
(a) Hinged to prevent dislodgment;
(b) Designed and constructed to permit checking and testing by manual operation; and
(c) Equal in size to the cross-sectional area of the collector vortex finder when used to vent dry dust collectors.
S 77.305 Access to drying chambers, hot gas inlet chambers and ductwork; installation and maintenance.
Drying chambers, hot gas inlet chambers and all ductwork in which coal dust may accumulate shall be equipped with tight sealing access doors which shall remain latched during dryer operation to prevent the emission of coal dust and the loss of fluidizing air.
S 77.306 Fire protection.
Based on the need for fire protection measures in connection with the particular design of the thermal dryer, an authorized representative of the Secretary may require any of the following measures to be employed:
(a) Water sprays automatically actuated by rises in temperature to prevent fire, installed inside the thermal dryer systems, and such sprays shall be designed to provide for manual operation in the event of power failure.
(b) Fog nozzles, or other no less effective means, installed inside the thermal dryer systems to provide additional moisture or an artificial drying load within the drying system when the system is being started or shutdown.
(c) The water system of each thermal dryer shall be interconnected to a supply of compressed air which permits constant or frequent purging of all water sprays and fog nozzles or other no less effective means of purging shall be provided.
S 77.307 Thermal dryers; location and installation; general.
(a) Thermal dryer systems erected or installed at any coal mine after June 30, 1971 shall be located at least 100 feet from any underground coal mine opening, and 100 feet from any surface instal- lation where the heat, sparks, flames, or coal dust from the system might cause a fire or explosion.
(b) Thermal dryer systems erected or installed after June 30, 1971 may be covered by roofs, however, such systems shall not be otherwise enclosed unless necessary to protect the health and safety of persons employed at the mine. Where such systems are enclosed, they shall be located in separate fireproof structures of heavy construction with explosion pressure release devices (such as hinged wall panels, window sashes, or louvers); which provide at least 1 square foot of area for each 80 cubic feet of space volume and which are distributed as uniformly as possible throughout the structure.
S 77.308 Structures housing other facilities; use of partitions.
Thermal dryer systems installed after June 30, 1971 in any structure which also houses a tipple, cleaning plant, or other operating facility shall be separated from all other working areas of such struc- ture by a substantial partition capable of providing greater resistance to explosion pressures than the exterior wall or walls of the structure. The partition shall also include substantial, self-closing fire doors at all entrances to the areas adjoining the dryer system.
S 77.309 Visual check of system equipment.
Frequent visual checks shall be made by the operator of the thermal dryer system control station, or by some other competent person, of the bypass dampers, air-tempering louvers, discharge mechanism, and other dryer system equipment.
S 77.309-1 Control stations; location.
Thermal dryer system control stations constructed after June 30, 1971, shall be installed at a location which will give to the operator of the control station the widest field of visibility of the system and equipment.
S 77.310 Control panels.
(a) All thermal dryer system control panels constructed after June 30, 1971 shall be located in an area which is relatively free of moisture and dust and shall be installed in such a manner as to minimize vibration.
(b) A schematic diagram containing legends which show the location of each thermocouple, pressure tap, or other control or gaging instrument in the drying system shall be posted on or near the control panel of each thermal drying system.
(c) Each instrument on the control panel shall be identified by a nameplate or equivalent mark- ing.
(d) A plan to control the operation of each thermal dryer system shall be posted at or near the control panel showing a sequence of startup, normal shutdown, and emergency shutdown procedures.
S 77.311 Alarm devices.
Thermal dryer systems shall be equipped with both audible and visual alarm devices which are set to operate when safe dryer temperatures are exceeded.
S 77.312 Fail safe monitoring systems.
Thermal dryer systems and controls shall be protected by a fail safe monitoring system which will safely shut down the system and any related equipment upon failure of any component in the dryer system.
S 77.313 Wet-coal feedbins; low-level indicators.
Wet-coal bins feeding thermal drying systems shall be equipped with both audible and visual low-coal-level indicators.
S 77.314 Automatic temperature control instruments.
(a) Automatic temperature control instruments for thermal dryer system shall be of the recording type.
(b) Automatic temperature control instruments shall be locked or sealed to prevent tampering or unauthorized adjustment. These instruments shall not be set above the maximum allowable operating temperature.
(c) All dryer control instruments shall be inspected and calibrated at least once every 3 months and a record or certificate of accuracy, signed by a trained employee or by a servicing agent, shall be kept at the plant.
S 77.315 Thermal dryers; examination and inspection.
Thermal dryer systems shall be examined for fires and coal-dust accumulations if the dryers are not restarted promptly after a shutdown.
Subpart E—Safeguards for Mechanical Equipment
S 77.400 Mechanical equipment guards.
(a) Gears; sprockets; chains; drive, head, tail, and takeup pulleys; flywheels; couplings; shafts; sawblades; fan inlets; and similar exposed moving machine parts which may be contacted by persons, and which may cause injury to persons shall be guarded.
(b) Overhead belts shall be guarded if the whipping action from a broken line would be hazard- ous to persons below.
(c) Guards at conveyor-drive, conveyor-head, and conveyor-tail pulleys shall extend a distance sufficient to prevent a person from reaching behind the guard and becoming caught between the belt and the pulley.
(d) Except when testing the machinery, guards shall be securely in place while machinery is being operated.
S 77.401 Stationary grinding machines; protective devices.
(a) Stationary grinding machines other than special bit grinders shall be equipped with:
(1) Peripheral hoods (less than 90 throat openings) capable of withstanding the force of a burst- ing wheel.
(2) Adjustable tool rests set as close as practical to the wheel.
(3) Safety washers.
(b) Grinding wheels shall be operated within the specifications of the manufacturer of the wheel.
(c) Face shields or goggles, in good condition, shall be worn when operating a grinding wheel.
S 77.402 Hand-held power tools; safety devices.
Hand-held power tools shall be equipped with controls requiring constant hand or finger pressure to operate the tools or shall be equipped with friction or other equivalent safety devices.
S 77.403 Mobile equipment; falling object protective structures (FOPS).
(a) When necessary to protect the operator of the equipment, all rubber-tired or crawler-mounted self-propelled scrapers, front-end loaders, dozers, graders, loaders, and tractors, with or without attach- ments, that are used in surface coal mines or the surface work areas of underground coal mines shall be provided with substantial falling object protective structures (FOPS). FOPS which meet the require- ments of the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J 231 shall be considered to be a "sub- stantial" FOPS. An authorized representative of the Secretary may approve a FOPS which provides protection equivalent to SAE J 231.
(b) When necessary to protect the operator of the equipment, forklift or powered industrial trucks shall be provided with substantial FOPS. Such FOPS shall meet the requirements of the State of Califor- nia, Division of Industrial Safety, General Safety Orders, Register 72, Number 6, February 8, 1972, Article 25, Section 3655-"Overhead Guards for High-Lift Rider Trucks."
(Sec. 101(a), Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, as amended (83 Stat. 745; 30 U.S.C.
811(a))
[39 FR 24007, June 28, 1974]
S 77.403a Mobile equipment; rollover protective structures (ROPS).
(a) All rubber-tired or crawler-mounted self-propelled scrapers, front-end loaders, dozers, grad- ers, loaders, and tractors, with or without attachments, that are used in surface coal mines or the surface work areas of underground coal mines shall be provided with rollover protective structures (hereinafter referred to as ROPS) in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, as applicable.
(b) Mobile equipment manufactured on and after September 1, 1974. All mobile equipment described in paragraph (a) of this section manufactured on and after September 1, 1974 shall be equipped with ROPS meeting the requirements of the Department of Labor specified in SS 1926.1001 and 1926.1002 of Part 1926, Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations-Safety and Health Regulations for Construction.
(c) Mobile equipment manufactured prior to September 1, 1974. All mobile equipment described in paragraph (a) of this section manufactured prior to September 1, 1974 shall be equipped with ROPS meeting the requirements of paragraphs (d) through (f) of this section, as appropriate, no later than the dates specified in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this paragraph (c), unless an earlier date is required by an authorized representative of the Secretary under paragraph (c)(4) of this section:
(1) Mobile equipment manufactured between July 1, 1971, and September 1, 1974, shall be equipped with ROPS no later than March 1, 1975.
(2) Mobile equipment manufactured between July 1, 1970, and June 30, 1971, shall be equipped with ROPS no later than July 1, 1975.
(3) Mobile equipment manufactured between July 1, 1969, and June 30, 1970, shall be equipped with ROPS no later than January 1, 1976.
(4) Irrespective of the time periods specified in paragraph (c) (1) through (3) of this section an authorized representative of the Secretary may require such mobile equipment to be equipped with ROPS at an earlier date when necessary to protect the operator of the equipment under the conditions in which the mobile equipment is, or will be operated. The authorized representative of the Secretary shall in writing advise the operator that the equipment shall be equipped with a ROPS and shall fix a time within which the operator shall provide and install the ROPS. If such ROPS is not provided and installed within the time fixed a notice shall be issued to the operator pursuant to section 104 of the Act.
(5) Nothing in this S 77.403a shall preclude the issuance of a withdrawal order because of immi- nent danger.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, mobile equipment described in paragraph (a) of this section, manufactured prior to September 1, 1974, shall be deemed in compliance with this section if the ROPS is installed in accordance with the recommendations of the ROPS manufacturer or designer. The coal mine operator shall exhibit certification from the ROPS manufacturer or designer in the form of a label attached to the equipment, indicating the manufacturer's or fabricator's name and address, the ROPS model number, if any, the machine make, model or series number that the structure is designed to fit, and compliance with the applicable specification listed in paragraph (c)(1) or (2) of this section, or he shall, upon request of the authorized representative of the Secretary, furnish certification from a registered professional engineer that:
(1) The ROPS complies with the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J 397, "Criti- cal Zone-Characteristics and Dimensions for Operators of Construction and Industrial Machinery" or SAE J 397a, "Deflection Limiting Volume for Laboratory Evaluation of Rollover Protective Structures (ROPS) and Falling Object Protective Structures (FOPS) of Construction and Industrial Vehicles" and the following applicable SAE Standards:
(i) J 320a, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structure for Rubber-Tired Self-Propelled Scrapers" or J 320b, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structures for Prime Movers"; or
(ii) J 394, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structure for Rubber-Tired Front-End Loaders and Rubber-Tired Dozers" or J 394a, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structures for Wheeled Front-End Loaders and Wheeled Dozers"; or
(iii) J 395, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structure for Crawler Trac- tors and Crawler-Type Loaders" or J 395a, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structures for Track-Type Tractors and Track-Type Front-End Loaders"; or
(iv) J 396 or J 396a, "Minimum Performance Criteria for Rollover Protective Structures for Motor Graders"; or
(v) J 167, "Protective Frame with Overhead Protection-Test Procedures and Performance Re- quirements"; or
(vi) J 334a, "Protective Frame Test Procedures and Performance Requirements"; or
(2) The ROPS and supporting attachments will:
(i) Show satisfactory performance by actual test of a prototype involving a roll of 720 or more; or
(ii) Support not less than the weight of the vehicle applied as a uniformly distributed horizontal load at the top of the structure and perpendicular to a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the prime mover, and support two times the weight of the vehicle applied as a uniformly distributed vertical load to the top of the structure;1 or Paragraph (d) or S 77.403a is based on the ROPS criteria of the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Safety- General Safety Requirements EM 385-1-1, Change 1, No. 21, Para. 18.A.20 (March 27, 1972), except that subparagraph (2)(ii) of this paragraph (d) is substituted for Para. 18.A.20e(2) of the Corps require- ments.
(iii) Support the following separately applied minimum loads:
(A) 125 percent of the weight of the vehicle applied as a uniformly distributed horizontal load at the top of the ROPS and perpendicular to a critical plane through the longitudinal axis of the prime mover; and
(B) A load of twice the weight of the vehicle applied as a uniformly distributed vertical load to the top of the ROPS after complying with paragraph (d) (1) (iii) (A) of this section. Stresses shall not exceed the ultimate strength. Steel used in the ROPS must have capability to perform at 0 F., or exhibit Charpy V-notch impact strength at 8 ft.-lb. at -20 F. with a standard Charpy V-notch Type A specimen and provide 20 percent elongation over two inches in a standard two inch gauge length on a 0.505 inch diameter tensile specimen. Bolts and nuts shall be SAE grade 8 (reference SAE J 429d, J 429e, J 429f or 429g and J 995, J 995a or J 995b).
(e) Mobile equipment manufactured prior to September 1, 1974 meeting certain existing govern- mental requirements for ROPS. Mobile equipment described in paragraph (a) of this section, manufac- tured prior to September 1, 1974 and already equipped with ROPS, shall be deemed in compliance with this section if it meets the ROPS requirements of the State of California, the U.S. Army Corps of Engi- neers, the Bureau of Reclamation of the U.S. Department of the Interior in effect on April 5, 1972, or the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. The requirements in effect are:
(1) State of California: Construction Safety Orders 1591(i), 1596, and Logging and Sawmill Safety Order 5243, issued by the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Division 5, Labor Code 6312, State of California;
(2) U.S. Army Corps of Engineers: Safety-General Safety Requirements, EM-385-1-1 (March 1967);
(3) Bureau of Reclamation, U.S. Department of the Interior: Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Part II (September 1971); and
(4) Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor: Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, 29 CFR 1926.1001 and 1926.1002.
(f) Field welding on ROPS shall be performed by welders who are certified by the coal mine operator or equipment distributor as being qualified in accordance with the American Welding Society Structural Welding Code AWS D1.1-73, or Military Standard MIL-STD 248, or the equivalent thereof.
(g) Seat belts required by S 77.1710(i) shall be worn by the operator of mobile equipment re- quired to be equipped with ROPS by S 77.403a.(Sec. 101(a), Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, as amended (83 Stat. 745; 30 U.S.C.811(a))
[39 FR 24007, June 28, 1974]
S 77.403b Incorporation by reference.
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a), the publications to which references are made in SS 77.403 and 77.403a and which have been prepared by organizations other than the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part hereof. The incorporated publications are available at each Coal Mine Health and Safety District and Subdistrict Office of MSHA.
The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Safety-General Safety Requirements and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations are also available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. Bureau of Reclamation Safety and Health Regulations for Construction are available from the Bureau of Reclamation, Division of Safety, Engineering and Research Center, Den- ver, Colorado. SAE documents are available from the Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc., Two Pennsylvania Plaza, New York, N.Y. 10001. American Welding Society Structural Welding Code D1.1- 73 is available from the American Welding Society, Inc., 2501 NW 7th Street, Miami, Florida 33125.
Military Standard MIL-STD 248 is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20202.
(Sec. 101(a), the Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, as amended (83 Stat. 745; 30 U.S.C.
811(a))
[39 FR 24008, June 28, 1974]
S 77.404 Machinery and equipment; operation and maintenance.
(a) Mobile and stationary machinery and equipment shall be maintained in safe operating condi- tion and machinery or equipment in unsafe condition shall be removed from service immediately.
(b) Machinery and equipment shall be operated only by persons trained in the use of and autho- rized to operate such machinery or equipment.
(c) Repairs or maintenance shall not be performed on machinery until the power is off and the machinery is blocked against motion, except where machinery motion is necessary to make adjustments.
(d) Machinery shall not be lubricated while in motion where a hazard exists, unless equipped with extended fittings or cups.
S 77.405 Performing work from a raised position; safeguards.
(a) Men shall not work on or from a piece of mobile equipment in a raised position until it has been blocked in place securely. This does not preclude the use of equipment specifically designed as elevated mobile work platforms.
(b) No work shall be performed under machinery or equipment that has been raised until such machinery or equipment has been securely blocked in position.
S 77.406 Drive belts.
(a) Drive belts shall not be shifted while in motion unless the machines are provided with me- chanical shifters.
(b) Belt dressing shall not be applied while belts are in motion except where it can be applied without endangering a person.
S 77.407 Power-driven pulleys.
(a) Belts, chains, and ropes shall not be guided onto power-driven moving pulleys, sprockets, or drums with the hands except on slow moving equipment especially designed for hand feeding.
(b) Pulleys of conveyors shall not be cleaned manually while the conveyor is in motion.
S 77.408 Welding operations.
Welding operations shall be shielded and the area shall be well-ventilated.
S 77.409 Shovels, draglines, and tractors.
(a) Shovels, draglines, and tractors shall not be operated in the presence of any person exposed to hazard from its operation and all such equipment shall be provided with an adequate warning device which shall be sounded by the operator prior to starting operation.
(b) Shovels and draglines shall be equipped with handrails along and around all walkways and platforms.
S 77.410 Mobile equipment; automatic warning devices.
(a) Mobile equipment such as front-end loaders, forklifts, tractors, graders, and trucks, except pickup trucks with an unobstructed rear view, shall be equipped with a warning device that—
(1) Gives an audible alarm when the equipment is put in reverse; or
(2) Uses infrared light, ultrasonic waves, radar, or other effective devices to detect objects or persons at the rear of the equipment, and sounds an audible alarm when a person or object is detected.
This type of discriminating warning device shall—
(i) Have a sensing area of a sufficient size that would allow endangered persons adequate time to get out of the danger zone.
(ii) Give audible and visual alarms inside the operator's compartment and a audible alarm out- side of the operator's compartment when a person or object is detected in the sensing area; and
(iii) When the equipment is put in reverse, activate and give a one-time audible and visual alarm inside the operator's compartment and a one-time audible alarm outside the operator's compartment.
(b) Alarms shall be audible above the surrounding noise levels.
(c) Warning devices shall be maintained in functional condition.
(d) An automatic reverse-activated strobe light may be substituted for an audible alarm when mobile equipment is operated at night.
[54 FR 30517, July 20, 1989]
S 77.411 Compressed air and boilers; general.
All boilers and pressure vessels shall be constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with the standards and specifications of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
S 77.412 Compressed air systems.
(a) Compressors and compressed-air receivers shall be equipped with automatic pressure-relief valves, pressure gages, and drain valves.
(b) Repairs involving the pressure system of compressors, receivers, or compressed-air-powered equipment shall not be attempted until the pressure has been relieved from that part of the system to be repaired.
(c) At no time shall compressed air be directed toward a person. When compressed air is used, all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect persons from injury.
(d) Safety chains or suitable locking devices shall be used at connections to machines of high- pressure hose lines of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, and between high-pressure hose lines of 1-inch inside diameter or larger, where a connection failure would create a hazard.
S 77.413 Boilers.
(a) Boilers shall be equipped with guarded, well-maintained water gages and pressure gages placed so that they can be observed easily. Water gages and pipe passages to the gages shall be kept clean and free of scale and rust.
(b) Boilers shall be equipped with automatic pressure-relief valves; valves shall be opened manually at least once a week to determine that they will function properly.
(c) Blowoff valves shall be piped outside the building and shall have outlets so located or pro- tected that persons passing by, near, or under them will not be scalded.
(d) Boiler installations shall be provided with safety devices, acceptable to the Mine Safety and Health Administration, to protect against hazards of flameouts, fuel interruptions, and low-water level.
(e) Boilers shall be inspected internally at least once a year by a licensed inspector and a certifi- cate of inspection signed by the inspector shall be displayed in the vicinity of the boiler.
Subpart F—Electrical Equipment-General
S 77.500 Electric power circuits and electric equipment; deenergization.
Power circuits and electric equipment shall be deenergized before work is done on such circuits and equipment, except when necessary for troubleshooting or testing.
S 77.501 Electric distribution circuits and equipment; repair.
No electrical work shall be performed on electric distribution circuits or equipment, except by a qualified person or by a person trained to perform electrical work and to maintain electrical equipment under the direct supervision of a qualified person. Disconnecting devices shall be locked out and suitably tagged by the persons who perform such work, except that in cases where locking out is not possible, such devices shall be opened and suitably tagged by such persons. Locks or tags shall be removed only by the persons who installed them or, if such persons are unavailable, by persons authorized by the operator or his agent.
S 77.501-1 Qualified person.
A qualified person within the meaning of S 77.501 is an individual who meets the requirements of S 77.103.
S 77.502 Electric equipment; examination, testing, and maintenance.
Electric equipment shall be frequently examined, tested, and properly maintained by a qualified person to assure safe operating conditions. When a potentially dangerous condition is found on electric equipment, such equipment shall be removed from service until such condition is corrected. A record of such examinations shall be kept.
S 77.502-1 Qualified person.
A qualified person within the meaning of S 77.502 is an individual who meets the requirements of S 77.103.
S 77.502-2 Electric equipment; frequency of examination and testing.
The examinations and tests required under the provision of this S 77.502 shall be conducted at least monthly.
S 77.503 Electric conductors; capacity and insulation.
Electric conductors shall be sufficient in size and have adequate current carrying capacity and be of such construction that a rise in temperature resulting from normal operation will not damage the insulating materials.
S 77.503-1 Electric conductors.
Electric conductors shall be sufficient in size to meet the minimum current carrying capacity provided for in the National Electric Code, 1968. All trailing cables shall meet the minimum require- ments for ampacity provided in the standards of the Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association- National Electric Manufacturers Association in effect when such cables are purchased.
S 77.504 Electrical connections or splices; suitability.
Electrical connections or splices in electric conductors shall be mechanically and electrically efficient, and suitable connectors shall be used. All electrical connections or splices in insulated wire shall be reinsulated at least to the same degree of protection as the remainder of the wire.
S 77.505 Cable fittings; suitability.
Cables shall enter metal frames of motors, splice boxes, and electric compartments only through proper fittings. When insulated wires, other than cables, pass through metal frames, the holes shall be substantially bushed with insulated bushings.
S 77.506 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short-circuit protection.
Automatic circuit-breaking devices or fuses of the correct type and capacity shall be installed so as to protect all electric equipment and circuits against short circuit and overloads.
S 77.506-1 Electric equipment and circuits; overload and short circuit protection; minimum require- ments.
Devices providing either short circuit protection or protection against overload shall conform to the minimum requirements for protection of electric circuits and equipment of the National Electric Code, 1968.
S 77.507 Electric equipment; switches.
All electric equipment shall be provided with switches or other controls that are safely designed, constructed, and installed.
S 77.508 Lightning arresters, ungrounded and exposed power conductors and telephone wires.
All ungrounded, exposed power conductors and telephone wires shall be equipped with suitable lightning arresters which are adequately installed and connected to a low resistance grounding medium.
S 77.508-1 Lightning arresters; wires entering buildings.
Lightning arresters protecting exposed telephone wires entering buildings shall be provided at the point where each such telephone wire enters the building.
S 77.509 Transformers; installation and guarding.
(a) Transformers shall be of the totally enclosed type, or shall be placed at least 8 feet above the ground, or installed in a transformer house, or surrounded by a substantial fence at least 6 feet high and at least 3 feet from any energized parts, casings, or wiring.
(b) Transformer stations shall be enclosed to prevent persons from unintentionally or inadvert- ently contacting energized parts.
(c) Transformer enclosures shall be kept locked against unauthorized entry.
S 77.510 Resistors; location and guarding.
Resistors, heaters, and rheostats shall be located so as to minimize fire hazards and, where necessary, provided with guards to prevent personal contact.
S 77.511 Danger signs at electrical installations.
Suitable danger signs shall be posted at all major electrical installations.
S 77.512 Inspection and cover plates.
Inspection and cover plates on electrical equipment shall be kept in place at all times except during testing or repairs.
S 77.513 Insulating mats at power switches.
Dry wooden platforms, insulating mats, or other electrically nonconductive material shall be kept in place at all switchboards and power-control switches where shock hazards exist. However, metal plates on which a person normally would stand and which are kept at the same potential as the grounded, metal, non-current-carrying parts of the power switches to be operated may be used.
S 77.514 Switchboards; passageways and clearance.
Switchboards shall be installed to provide passageways or lanes of travel which permit access to the back of the switchboard from both ends for inspection, adjustment or repair. Openings permitting access to the rear of any switchboard shall be guarded, except where they are located in buildings which are kept locked.
S 77.515 Bare signal or control wires; voltage.
The voltage on bare signal or control wires accessible to personal contact shall not exceed 40 volts.
S 77.516 Electric wiring and equipment; installation and maintenance.
In addition to the requirements of SS 77.503 and 77.506, all wiring and electrical equipment installed after June 30, 1971, shall meet the requirements of the National Electric Code in effect at the time of installation.
Subpart G—Trailing Cables
S 77.600 Trailing cables; short-circuit protection; disconnecting devices.
Short-circuit protection for trailing cables shall be provided by an automatic circuit breaker or other no less effective device, approved by the Secretary, of adequate current-interrupting capacity in each ungrounded conductor. Disconnecting devices used to disconnect power from trailing cables shall be plainly marked and identified and such devices shall be equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the power is disconnected.
S 77.601 Trailing cables or portable cables; temporary splices.
Temporary splices in trailing cables or portable cables shall be made in a workmanlike manner and shall be mechanically strong and well insulated. Trailing cables or portable cables with exposed wires or splices that heat or spark under load shall not be used.
S 77.602 Permanent splicing of trailing cables.
When permanent splices in trailing cables are made, they shall be:
(a) Mechanically strong with adequate electrical conductivity;
(b) Effectively insulated and sealed so as to exclude moisture; and,
(c) Vulcanized or otherwise made with suitable materials to provide good bonding to the outer jacket.
S 77.603 Clamping of trailing cables to equipment.
Trailing cables shall be clamped to machines in a manner to protect the cables from damage and to prevent strain on the electrical connections.
S 77.604 Protection of trailing cables.
Trailing cables shall be adequately protected to prevent damage by mobile equipment.
S 77.605 Breaking trailing cable and power cable connections.
Trailing cable and power cable connections between cables and to power sources shall not be made or broken under load.
S 77.606 Energized trailing cables; handling.
Energized medium- and high-voltage trailing cables shall be handled only by persons wearing protective rubber gloves (see S77.606-1) and, with such other protective devices as may be necessary and appropriate under the circumstances.
S 77.606-1 Rubber gloves; minimum requirements.
(a) Rubber gloves (lineman's gloves) worn while handling high-voltage trailing cables shall be rated at least 20,000 volts and shall be used and tested in accordance with the provisions of SS 77.704-6 through 77.704-8.
(b) Rubber gloves (wireman's gloves) worn while handling trailing cables energized by 660 to 1,000 volts shall be rated at least 1,000 volts and shall not be worn inside out or without protective leather gloves.
(c) Rubber gloves shall be inspected for defects before use on each shift and at least once thereaf- ter during the shift when such rubber gloves are used for extended periods. All protective rubber gloves which contain defects shall be discarded and replaced prior to handling energized cables.
Subpart H—Grounding
S 77.700 Grounding metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits enclosing power conductors.
Metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits enclosing power conductors shall be electrically continu- ous throughout and shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 77.700-1 Approved methods of grounding.
Metallic sheaths, armors, and conduits in resistance grounded systems, where the enclosed conductors are a part of the system, will be approved if a solid connection is made to the neutral conduc- tor; in all other systems, the following methods of grounding will be approved:
(a) A solid connection to metal waterlines having low resistance to earth;
(b) A solid connection to a grounding conductor, other than the neutral conductor of a resistance grounded system, extending to a low-resistance ground field;
(c) Any other method of grounding, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which ensures that there is no difference in potential between such metallic enclosures and the earth.
S 77.701 Grounding metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment.
Metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment that can become "alive" through failure of insulation or by contact with energized parts shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 77.701-1 Approved methods of grounding of equipment receiving power from ungrounded alternating current power systems.
For purposes of grounding metallic frames, casings and other enclosures of equipment receiving power from ungrounded alternating current power systems, the following methods of grounding will be approved:
(a) A solid connection between the metallic frame; casing, or other metal enclosure and the grounded metallic sheath, armor, or conduit enclosing the power conductor feeding the electric equip- ment enclosed;
(b) A solid connection to metal waterlines having low resistance to earth;
(c) A solid connection to a grounding conductor extending to a low-resistance ground field; and,
(d) Any other method of grounding, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which insures that there is no difference in potential between such metal enclosures and the earth.
S 77.701-2 Approved methods of grounding metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment receiving power from a direct-current power system.
(a) The following methods of grounding metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equipment receiving power from a direct-current power system with one polarity grounded will be approved:
(1) A solid connection to the grounded power conductor of the system; and,
(2) Any other method, approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary, which insures that there is no difference in potential between such metal enclosures and the earth.
(b) A method of grounding of metallic frames, casings, and other enclosures of electric equip- ment receiving power from a direct-current power system other than a system with one polarity grounded, will be approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary if the method insures that there is no difference in potential between such frames, casings, and other enclosures, and the earth.
S 77.701-3 Grounding wires; capacity.
Where grounding wires are used to ground metallic sheaths, armors, conduits, frames, casings, and other metallic enclosures, such grounding wires will be approved if:
(a) Where the power conductor used is No. 6 A.W.G., or larger, the cross-sectional area of the grounding wire is at least one-half the cross-sectional area of the power conductor.
(b) Where the power conductor used is less than No. 6 A.W.G., the cross-sectional area of the grounding wire is equal to the cross-sectional area of the power conductor.
S 77.701-4 Use of grounding connectors.
If ground wires are attached to grounded power conductors, separate clamps, suitable for such purpose, shall be used and installed to provide a solid connection.
S 77.702 Protection other than grounding.
Methods other than grounding which provide no less effective protection may be permitted by the Secretary or his authorized representative. Such methods may not be used unless so approved.
S 77.703 Grounding frames of stationary high-voltage equipment receiving power from ungrounded delta systems.
The frames of all stationary high-voltage equipment receiving power from ungrounded delta systems shall be grounded by methods approved by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
S 77.703-1 Approved methods of grounding.
The methods of grounding stated in S 77.701-1 will be approved with respect to the grounding of frames of high-voltage equipment referred to in S 77.703.
S 77.704 Work on high-voltage lines; deenergizing and grounding.
High-voltage lines shall be deenergized and grounded before work is performed on them, except that repairs may be permitted on energized high-voltage lines if (a) such repairs are made by a qualified person in accordance with procedures and safeguards set forth in SS 77.704-1 through 77.704-11 of this Subpart H as applicable, and (b) the operator has tested and properly maintained the protective devices necessary in making such repairs.
S 77.704-1 Work on high-voltage lines.
(a) No high-voltage line shall be regarded as deenergized for the purpose of performing work on it, until it has been determined by a qualified person (as provided in S 77.103) that such high-voltage line has been deenergized and grounded. Such qualified person shall by visual observation (1) determine that the disconnecting devices on the high-voltage circuit are in open position, and (2) insure that each ungrounded conductor of the high-voltage circuit upon which work is to be done is properly connected to the system grounding medium. In the case of resistance grounded or solid wye-connected systems, the neutral wire is the system grounding medium. In the case of an ungrounded power system, either the steel armor or conduit enclosing the system or a surface grounding field is a system grounding medium;
(b) No work shall be performed on any high-voltage line which is supported by any pole or structure which also supports other high-voltage lines until: (1) All lines supported on the pole or struc- ture are deenergized and grounded in accordance with all of the provisions of this S 77.704-1 which apply to the repair of deenergized surface high-voltage lines; or (2) the provisions of SS 77.704-2 through 77.704-10 have been complied with, with respect to all energized lines, which are supported on the pole or structure.
(c) Work may be performed on energized surface high-voltage lines only in accordance with the provisions of SS 77.704-2 through 77.704-10, inclusive.
S 77.704-2 Repairs to energized high-voltage lines.
An energized high-voltage line may be repaired only when:
(a) The operator has determined that,
(1) Such repairs cannot be scheduled during a period when the power circuit could be properly deenergized and grounded;
(2) Such repairs will be performed on power circuits with a phase-to-phase nominal voltage no greater than 15,000 volts;
(3) Such repairs on circuits with a phase-to-phase nominal voltage of 5,000 volts or more will be performed only with the use of live line tools; and,
(4) Weather conditions will not interfere with such repairs or expose those persons assigned to such work to an imminent danger; and,
(b) The operator has designated a person qualified under the provisions of S 77.104 as the person responsible for carrying out such repairs and such person, in order to ensure protection for himself and other qualified persons assigned to perform such repairs from the hazards of such repair, has prepared and filed with the operator:
(1) A general description of the nature and location of the damage or defect to be repaired;
(2) The general plan to be followed in making such repairs;
(3) A statement that a briefing of all qualified persons assigned to make such repairs was con- ducted informing them of the general plan, their individual assignments, and the dangers inherent in such assignments;
(4) A list of the proper protective equipment and clothing that will be provided; and
(5) Such other information as the person designated by the operator feels necessary to describe properly the means or methods to be employed in such repairs.
S 77.704-3 Work on energized high-voltage surface lines; reporting.
Any operator designating and assigning qualified persons to perform repairs on energized high- voltage surface lines under the provisions of S 77.704-2 shall maintain a record of such repairs. Such record shall contain a notation of the time, date, location, and general nature of the repairs made together with a copy of the information filed with the operator by the qualified person designated as responsible for performing such repairs.
S 77.704-4 Simultaneous repairs.
When two or more persons are working on an energized high-voltage surface line simulta- neously, and any one of them is within reach of another, such persons shall not be allowed to work on different phases or on equipment with different potentials.
S 77.704-5 Installation of protective equipment.
Before repair work on energized high-voltage surface lines is begun, protective equipment shall be used to cover all bare conductors, ground wires, guys, telephone lines, and other attachments in proximity to the area of planned repairs. Such protective equipment shall be installed from a safe posi- tion below the conductors or other apparatus being covered. Each rubber protective device employed in the making of repairs shall have a dielectric strength of 20,000 volts, or more.
S 77.704-6 Protective clothing; use and inspection.
All persons performing work on energized high-voltage surface lines shall wear protective rubber lineman's gloves, sleeves, and climber guards if climbers are worn. Protective rubber gloves shall not be worn wrong side out or without protective leather gloves. Protective devices worn by a person assigned to perform repairs on high-voltage surface lines shall be worn continuously from the time he leaves the ground until he returns to the ground and, if such devices are employed for extended periods, such person shall visually inspect the equipment assigned him for defects before each use and, in no case, less than twice each day.
S 77.704-7 Protective equipment; inspection.
Each person shall visually inspect protective equipment and clothing provided him in connection with work on high-voltage surface lines before using such equipment and clothing, and any equipment or clothing containing any defect or damage shall be discarded and replaced with proper protective equipment or clothing prior to the performance of any electrical work on such lines.
S 77.704-8 Protective equipment; testing and storage.
(a) All rubber protective equipment used on work on energized high-voltage surface lines shall be electrically tested by the operator in accordance with ASTM standards, Part 28, published February 1968, and such testing shall be conducted in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) Rubber gloves, once each month;
(2) Rubber sleeves, once every 3 months;
(3) Rubber blankets, once every 6 months;
(4) Insulator hoods and line hose, once a year; and
(5) Other electric protective equipment, once a year.
(b) Rubber gloves shall not be stored wrong side out. Blankets shall be rolled when not in use, and line hose, and insulator hoods shall be stored in their natural position and shape.
S 77.704-9 Operating disconnecting or cutout switches.
Disconnecting or cutout switches on energized high-voltage surface lines shall be operated only with insulated sticks, fuse tongs, or pullers which are adequately insulated and maintained to protect the operator from the voltage to which he is exposed. When such switches are operated from the ground, the person using such devices shall wear protective rubber lineman's gloves, except where such switches are bonded to a metal mat as provided in S 77.513.
S 77.704-10 Tying into energized high-voltage surface circuits.
If the work of forming an additional circuit by tying into an energized high-voltage surface line is performed from the ground, any person performing such work must wear and employ all of the protec- tive equipment and clothing required under the provisions of SS 77.704-5 and 77.704-6. In addition, the insulated stick used by such person must have been designed for such purpose and must be adequately insulated and be maintained to protect such person from the voltage to which he is exposed.
S 77.704-11 Use of grounded messenger wires; ungrounded systems.
Solely for purposes of grounding ungrounded high-voltage power systems, grounded messenger wires used to suspend the cables of such systems may be used as a grounding medium.
S 77.705 Guy wires; grounding.
Guy wires from poles supporting high-voltage transmission lines shall be securely connected to the system ground or be provided with insulators installed near the pole end.
Subpart I—Surface High-Voltage Distribution
S 77.800 High-voltage circuits; circuit breakers.
High-voltage circuits supplying power to portable or mobile equipment shall be protected by suitable circuit breakers of adequate interrupting capacity which are properly tested and maintained and equipped with devices to provide protection against under voltage, grounded phase, short circuit and overcurrent. High-voltage circuits supplying power to stationary equipment shall be protected against overloads by either a circuit breaker or fuses of the correct type and capacity.
S 77.800-1 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
(a) Circuit breakers and their auxiliary devices protecting high-voltage circuits to portable or mobile equipment shall be tested and examined at least once each month by a person qualified as pro- vided in S 77.103.
(b) Tests shall include:
(1) Breaking continuity of the ground check conductor where ground check monitoring is used; and,
(2) Actuating any of the auxiliary protective relays.
(c) Examination shall include visual observation of all components of the circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices, and such repairs or adjustments as are indicated by such tests and examinations shall be carried out immediately.
S 77.800-2 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
The operator shall maintain a written record of each test, examination, repair, or adjustment of all circuit breakers protecting high-voltage circuits. Such record shall be kept in a book approved by the Secretary.
S 77.801 Grounding resistors.
The grounding resistor, where required, shall be of the proper ohmic value to limit the voltage drop in the grounding circuit external to the resistor to not more than 100 volts under fault conditions.
The grounding resistor shall be rated for maximum fault current continuously and insulated from ground for a voltage equal to the phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
S 77.801-1 Grounding resistors; continuous current rating.
The ground fault current rating of grounding resistors shall meet the "extended time rating" set forth in American Institute of Electrical Engineers, Standard No. 32.
S 77.802 Protection of high-voltage circuits; neutral grounding resistors; disconnecting devices.
High-voltage circuits supplying portable or mobile equipment shall contain either a direct or derived neutral which shall be grounded through a suitable resistor at the source transformers, and a grounding circuit, originating at the grounded side of the grounding resistor, shall extend along with the power conductors and serve as a grounding conductor for the frames of all high-voltage equipment supplied power from that circuit, except that the Secretary or his authorized representative may permit other high-voltage circuits to feed stationary electrical equipment, if he finds that such exception will not pose a hazard to the miners. Disconnecting devices shall be installed and so equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the power is disconnected.
S 77.803 Fail safe ground check circuits on high-voltage resistance grounded systems.
On and after September 30, 1971, all high-voltage, resistance grounded systems shall include a fail safe ground check circuit or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary to monitor continuously the grounding circuit to assure continuity. The fail safe ground check circuit shall cause the circuit breaker to open when either the ground or ground check wire is broken.
S 77.803-1 Fail safe ground check circuits; maximum voltage.
The maximum voltage used for ground check circuits under S77.803 shall not exceed 96 volts.
S 77.803-2 Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires; approval by the Secretary.
Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires shall be approved by the Secretary only if it is determined that the system includes a fail safe design which will cause the circuit interrupter to open when ground continuity is broken.
S 77.804 High-voltage trailing cables; minimum design requirements.
(a) High-voltage trailing cables used in resistance grounded systems shall be equipped with metallic shields around each power conductor with one or more ground conductors having a total cross- sectional area of not less than one-half the power conductor, and with an insulated conductor for the ground continuity check circuit. External ground check conductors may be used if they are not smaller than No. 8 (AWG) and have an insulation rated at least 600 volts.
(b) All such high-voltage trailing cables shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage.
Splices made in such cables shall provide continuity of all components.
S 77.805 Cable couplers and connection boxes; minimum design requirements.
(a) (1) Couplers that are used in medium- or high-voltage power circuits shall be of the three- phase type and enclosed in a full metallic shell, except that the Secretary may permit, under such guide- lines as he may prescribe, no less effective couplers constructed of materials other than metal.
(2) Cable couplers shall be adequate for the intended current and voltage.
(3) Cable couplers with any metal exposed shall be grounded to the ground conductor in the cable.
(4) Couplers shall be constructed to cause the ground check continuity conductor to break first and the ground conductor last when being uncoupled when pilot check circuits are used.
(b) Cable connection boxes shall be of substantial construction and designed to guard all ener- gized parts from personal contact.
S 77.806 Connection of single-phase loads.
Single-phase loads, such as transformer primaries, shall be connected phase to phase in resis- tance grounded systems.
S 77.807 Installation of high-voltage transmission cables.
High-voltage transmission cables shall be installed or placed so as to afford protection against damage. They shall be placed to prevent contact with low-voltage or communication circuits.
S 77.807-1 High-voltage powerlines; clearances above ground.
High-voltage powerlines located above driveways, haulageways, and railroad tracks shall be installed to provide the minimum vertical clearance specified in National Electrical Safety Code: Pro- vided, however, That in no event shall any high-voltage powerline be installed less than 15 feet above ground.
S 77.807-2 Booms and masts; minimum distance from high-voltage lines.
The booms and masts of equipment operated on the surface of any coal mine shall not be oper- ated within 10 feet of an energized overhead powerline. Where the voltage of overhead powerlines is 69,000 volts, or more, the minimum distance from the boom or mast shall be as follows:
Nominal power line voltage Minimum distance (in 1,000 volts) (feet) 69 to 114 12 115 to 229 15 230 to 344 20 345 to 499 25 500 or more 35
S 77.807-3 Movement of equipment; minimum distance from high-voltage lines.
When any part of any equipment operated on the surface of any coal mine is required to pass under or by any energized high-voltage powerline and the clearance between such equipment and powerline is less than that specified in S 77.807-2 for booms and masts, such powerlines shall be deenergized or other precautions shall be taken.
S 77.808 Disconnecting devices.
Disconnecting devices shall be installed at the beginning of each branch line in high-voltage circuits and they shall be equipped or designed in such a manner that it can be determined by visual observation that the circuit is deenergized when such devices are open.
S 77.809 Identification of circuit breakers and disconnecting switches.
Circuit breakers and disconnecting switches shall be labeled to show which units they control, unless identification can be made readily by location.
S 77.810 High-voltage equipment; grounding.
Frames, supporting structures, and enclosures of stationary, portable, or mobile high-voltage equipment shall be effectively grounded.
S 77.811 Movement of portable substations and transformers.
Portable substations and transformers shall be deenergized before they are moved from one location to another.
Subpart J—Low- and Medium-Voltage Alternating Current Circuits
S 77.900 Low- and medium-voltage circuits serving portable or mobile three-phase alternating current equipment; circuit breakers.
Low- and medium-voltage circuits supplying power to portable or mobile three-phase alternating current equipment shall be protected by suitable circuit breakers of adequate interrupting capacity which are properly tested and maintained and equipped with devices to provide protection against undervoltage, grounded phase, short circuit, and over-current.
S 77.900-1 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; procedures.
Circuit breakers protecting low- and medium-voltage circuits serving portable or mobile three- phase alternating current equipment and their auxiliary devices shall be tested and examined at least once each month by a person qualified as provided in S 77.103. In performing such tests, the circuit breaker auxiliaries or control circuits shall be actuated in any manner which causes the circuit breaker to open. All components of the circuit breaker and its auxiliary devices shall be visually examined and such repairs or adjustments as are indicated by such tests and examinations shall be carried out immediately.
S 77.900-2 Testing, examination, and maintenance of circuit breakers; record.
The operator shall maintain a written record of each test, examination, repair or adjustment of all circuit breakers protecting low- and medium-voltage circuits serving three-phase alternating current equipment and such record shall be kept in a book approved by the Secretary.
S 77.901 Protection of low- and medium-voltage three-phase circuits.
(a) Low- and medium-voltage circuits supplying power to portable or mobile three-phase alter- nating equipment shall contain:
(1) Either a direct or derived neutral grounded through a suitable resistor at the power source;
(2) A grounding circuit originating at the grounded side of the grounding resistor which extends along with the power conductors and serves as a grounding conductor for the frames of all the electric equipment supplied power from the circuit.
(b) Grounding resistors, where required, shall be of an ohmic value which limits the ground fault current to no more than 25 amperes. Such grounding resistors shall be rated for maximum fault current continuously and provide insulation from ground for a voltage equal to the phase-to-phase voltage of the system.
(c) Low- and medium-voltage circuits supplying power to three-phase alternating current station- ary electric equipment shall comply with the National Electric Code.
S 77.901-1 Grounding resistor; continuous current rating.
The ground fault current rating of grounding resistors shall meet the "extended time rating" set forth in American Institute of Electrical Engineers Standard No. 32.
S 77.902 Low- and medium-voltage ground check monitor circuits.
On and after September 30, 1971, three-phase low- and medium-voltage resistance grounded systems to portable and mobile equipment shall include a fail safe ground check circuit or other no less effective device approved by the Secretary to monitor continuously the grounding circuit to assure continuity. The fail safe ground check circuit shall cause the circuit breaker to open when either the ground or pilot check wire is broken. Cable couplers shall be constructed to cause the ground check continuity conductor to break first and the ground conductor last when being uncoupled when pilot check circuits are used.
S 77.902-1 Fail safe ground check circuits; maximum voltage.
The maximum voltage used for ground check circuits under S77.902 shall not exceed 40 volts.
S 77.902-2 Approved ground check systems not employing pilot check wires.
Ground check systems not employing pilot check wires shall be approved by the Secretary only after it has been determined that the system includes a fail safe design causing the circuit breaker to open when ground continuity is broken.
S 77.902-3 Attachment of ground conductors and ground check wires to equipment frames; use of separate connections.
In grounding the frames of stationary, portable, or mobile equipment receiving power from resistance grounded systems, separate connections shall be used.
S 77.903 Disconnecting devices.
Disconnecting devices shall be installed in circuits supplying power to portable or mobile equip- ment and shall provide visual evidence that the power is disconnected.
S 77.904 Identification of circuit breakers.
Circuit breakers shall be labeled to show which circuits they control unless identification can be made readily by location.
S 77.905 Connection of single-phase loads.
Single-phase loads shall be connected phase-to-phase in resistance grounded systems.
S 77.906 Trailing cables supplying power to low-voltage mobile equipment; ground wires and ground check wires.
On and after September 30, 1971, all trailing cables supplying power to portable or mobile equipment from low-voltage three-phase resistance grounded power systems shall contain one or more ground conductors having a cross-sectional area of not less than one-half the power conductor. Such trailing cables shall include an insulated conductor for the ground continuity check circuit except where no less effective device has been approved by the Secretary to assure continuity. Splices made in low- voltage trailing cables shall provide continuity of all components.
Subpart K—Ground Control
S 77.1000 Highwalls, pits and spoil banks; plans.
Each operator shall establish and follow a ground control plan for the safe control of all highwalls, pits and spoil banks to be developed after June 30, 1971, which shall be consistent with prudent engineering design and will insure safe working conditions. The mining methods employed by the operator shall be selected to insure highwall and spoil bank stability.
S 77.1000-1 Filing of plan.
The operator shall file a copy of such plan, and revisions thereof, with the Coal Mine Health and Safety District of Subdistrict office for the District or Subdistrict in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector, and shall identify the name and location of the mine; the Mine Safety and Health Administration identification number if known; and the name and address of the mine operator.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0026)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.1001 Stripping; loose material.
Loose hazardous material shall be stripped for a safe distance from the top of pit or highwalls, and the loose unconsolidated material shall be sloped to the angle of repose, or barriers, baffle boards, screens, or other devices be provided that afford equivalent protection.
S 77.1002 Box cuts; spoil material placement.
When box cuts are made, necessary precautions shall be taken to minimize the possibility of spoil material rolling into the pit.
S 77.1003 Benches.
To insure safe operation, the width and height of benches shall be governed by the type of equip- ment to be used and the operation to be performed.
S 77.1004 Ground control; inspection and maintenance; general.
(a) Highwalls, banks, benches, and terrain sloping into the working areas shall be examined after every rain, freeze, or thaw before men work in such areas, and such examination shall be made and recorded in accordance with S 77.1713.
(b) Overhanging highwalls and banks shall be taken down and other unsafe ground conditions shall be corrected promptly, or the area shall be posted.
S 77.1005 Scaling highwalls; general.
(a) Hazardous areas shall be scaled before any other work is performed in the hazardous area.
When scaling of highwalls is necessary to correct conditions that are hazardous to persons in the area, a safe means shall be provided for performing such work.
(b) Whenever it becomes necessary for safety to remove hazardous material from highwalls by hand, the hazardous material shall be approached from a safe direction and the material removed from a safe location.
S 77.1006 Highwalls; men working.
(a) Men, other than those necessary to correct unsafe conditions, shall not work near or under dangerous highwalls or banks.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, men shall not work between equipment and the highwall or spoil bank where the equipment may hinder escape from falls or slides.
(c) Special safety precautions shall be taken when men are required to perform repair work between immobilized equipment and the highwall or spoil bank and such equipment may hinder escape from falls or slides.
S 77.1007 Drilling; general.
(a) Equipment that is to be used during a shift shall be inspected each shift by a competent person. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be reported.
(b) Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 77.1008 Relocation of drills; safeguards.
(a) When a drill is being moved from one drilling area to another, drill steel, tools, and other equipment shall be secured and the mast placed in a safe position.
(b) When a drill helper is used his location shall be made known to the operator at all times when the drill is being moved.
S 77.1009 Drill; operation.
(a) While in operation drills shall be attended at all times.
(b) Men shall not drill from positions that hinder their access to the control levers, or from insecure footing or staging, or from atop equipment not designed for this purpose.
(c) Men shall not be on a mast while the drill bit is in operation unless a safe platform is provided and safety belts are used.
(d) Drill crews and others shall stay clear of augers or drill stems that are in motion. Persons shall not pass under or step over a moving stem or auger.
(e) In the event of power failure, drill controls shall be placed in the neutral position until power is restored.
(f) When churn drills or vertical rotary drills are used, drillers shall not be permitted to work under suspended tools, and when collaring holes, inspecting, or during any operation in which tools are removed from the hole, all tools shall be lowered to the ground or platform.
S 77.1010 Collaring holes.
(a) Starter steels shall be used when collaring holes with hand-held drills.
(b) Men shall not hold the drill steel while collaring holes, or rest their hands on the chuck or centralizer while drilling.
S 77.1011 Drill holes; guarding.
Drill holes large enough to constitute a hazard shall be covered or guarded.
S 77.1012 Jackhammers; operation; safeguards.
Men operating or working near jackhammers or jackleg drills, or other drilling machines shall position themselves so that they will not be struck or lose their balance if the drill steel breaks or sticks.
S 77.1013 Air drills; safeguards.
Air shall be turned off and bled from the air hoses before hand-held air drills are moved from one working area to another.
Subpart L—Fire Protection
S 77.1100 Fire protection; training and organization.
Firefighting facilities and equipment shall be provided commensurate with the potential fire hazards at each structure, enclosure and other facility (including custom coal preparation) at the mine and the employees at such facilities shall be instructed and trained annually in the use of such firefighting facilities and equipment.
S 77.1101 Escape and evacuation; plan.
(a) Before September 30, 1971, each operator of a mine shall establish and keep current a spe- cific escape and evacuation plan to be followed in the event of a fire.
(b) All employees shall be instructed on current escape and evacuation plans, fire alarm signals, and applicable procedures to be followed in case of fire.
(c) Plans for escape and evacuation shall include the designation and proper maintenance of adequate means for exit from all areas where persons are required to work or travel including buildings and equipment and in areas where persons normally congregate during the work shift.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0051)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971; 47 FR 14706, Apr. 6, 1982] 77.1102 Warning signs; smoking and open flame.
Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted so they can be readily seen in areas or places where fire or explosion hazards exist.
S 77.1103 Flammable liquids; storage.
(a) Flammable liquids shall be stored in accordance with standards of the National Fire Protec- tion Association. Small quantities of flammable liquids drawn from storage shall be kept in properly identified safety cans.
(b) Unburied flammable-liquid storage tanks shall be mounted securely on firm foundations. Outlet piping shall be provided with flexible connections or other special fittings to prevent adverse effects from tank settling.
(c) Fuel lines shall be equipped with valves to cut off fuel at the source and shall be located and maintained to minimize fire hazards.
(d) Areas surrounding flammable-liquid storage tanks and electric substations and transformers shall be kept free from grass (dry), weeds, underbrush, and other combustible materials such as trash, rubbish, leaves and paper, for at least 25 feet in all directions.
S 77.1104 Accumulations of combustible materials.
Combustible materials, grease, lubricants, paints, or flammable liquids shall not be allowed to accumulate where they can create a fire hazard.
S 77.1105 Internal combustion engines; fueling.
Internal combustion engines, except diesels, shall be shut off and stopped before being fueled.
S 77.1106 Battery-charging stations; ventilation.
Battery-charging stations shall be located in well-ventilated areas. Battery-charging stations shall be equipped with reverse current protection where such stations are connected directly to direct current power systems.
S 77.1107 Belt conveyors.
Belt conveyors in locations where fire would create a hazard to personnel shall be provided with switches to stop the drive pulley automatically in the event of excessive slippage.
S 77.1108 Firefighting equipment; requirements; general.
On and after September 30, 1971, each operator of a coal mine shall provide an adequate supply of firefighting equipment which is adapted to the size and suitable for use under the conditions present on the surface at the mine.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971]
S 77.1108-1 Type and capacity of firefighting equipment.
Firefighting equipment required under this S 77.1108 shall meet the following minimum require- ments:
(a) Waterlines. Waterlines shall be capable of delivering 50 gallons of water a minute at a nozzle pressure of 50 pounds per square inch. Where storage tanks are used as a source of water supply, the tanks shall be of 1,000-gallon capacity for each 1,000 tons of coal processed (average) per shift.
(b) Fire extinguishers. Fire extinguishers shall be:
(1) Of the appropriate type for the particular fire hazard involved;
(2) Adequate in number and size for the particular fire hazard involved;
(3) Replaced immediately with fully charged extinguishers after any discharge is made from an extinguisher; and
(4) Approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., or the Factory Mutual Research Corp., or other competent testing agency acceptable to the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
(c) Fire hose. Fire hose and couplings shall meet the requirements of the Underwriter's Laborato- ries, Inc., or Factory Mutual Research Corp.'s specifications. Cotton or cotton-polyester jacketed hose shall be treated in accordance with the U.S. Department of Agriculture Forest Service Specification 182 for mildew resistance. The water pressure at the hose nozzle shall not be excessively high so as to present a hazard to the nozzle operator.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 28096, June 29, 1982]
S 77.1109 Quantity and location of firefighting equipment.
Preparation plants, dryer plants, tipples, drawoff tunnels, shops, and other surface installations shall be equipped with the following firefighting equipment.
(a) Each structure presenting a fire hazard shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers commensurate with the potential fire hazard at the structure in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association.
(b) Preparation plants shall be equipped with waterlines, with outlet valves on each floor, and with sufficient fire hose to project a water stream to any point in the plant. However, where freezing conditions exist or water is not available, a 125-pound multipurpose dry powder extinguisher may be substituted for the purposes of this paragraph (b) for each 2,500 square feet of floor space in a wooden or other flammable structure, or for each 5,000 square feet of floor space in a metal, concrete-block, or other type of non-flammable construction.
(c) (1) Mobile equipment, including trucks, front-end loaders, bulldozers, portable welding units, and augers, shall be equipped with at least one portable fire extinguisher.
(2) Power shovels, draglines, and other large equipment shall be equipped with at least one portable fire extinguisher; however, additional fire extinguishers may be required by an authorized representative of the Secretary.
(3) Auxiliary equipment such as portable drills, sweepers, and scrapers, when operated more than 600 feet from equipment required to have portable fire extinguishers, shall be equipped with at least one fire extinguisher.
(d) Fire extinguishers shall be provided at permanent electrical installations commensurate with the potential fire hazard at such installation in accordance with the recommendations of the National Fire Protection Association.
(e) Two portable fire extinguishers, or the equivalent, shall be provided at each of the following combustible liquid storage installations:
(1) Near each above ground or unburied combustible liquid storage station; and,
(2) Near the transfer pump of each buried combustible liquid storage tank.
(f) Vehicles transporting explosives and blasting agents shall be equipped with fire protection as recommended in Code 495, section 20, National Fire Protection Association Handbook, 12th Edition, 1962.
S 77.1110 Examination and maintenance of firefighting equipment.
Firefighting equipment shall be continuously maintained in a usable and operative condition. Fire extinguishers shall be examined at least once every 6 months and the date of such examination shall be recorded on a permanent tag attached to the extinguisher.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0050)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14706, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.1111 Welding, cutting, soldering; use of fire extinguisher.
One portable fire extinguisher shall be provided at each location where welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame is performed.
S 77.1112 Welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame; safeguards.
(a) When welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame near combustible materials, suitable precautions shall be taken to insure that smoldering metal or sparks do not result in a fire.
(b) Before welding, cutting, or soldering is performed in areas likely to contain methane, an examination for methane shall be made by a qualified person with a device approved by the Secretary for detecting methane. Examinations for methane shall be made immediately before and periodically during welding, cutting, or soldering and such work shall not be permitted to commence or continue in air which contains 1.0 volume per centum or more of methane.
Subpart M—Maps
S 77.1200 Mine map.
The operator shall maintain an accurate and up-to-date map of the mine, on a scale of not less than 100 nor more than 500 feet to the inch, at or near the mine, in an area chosen by the mine operator, with a duplicate copy on file at a separate and distinct location, to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazard. The map shall show:
(a) Name and address of the mine;
(b) The property or boundary lines of the active areas of the mine;
(c) Contour lines passing through whole number elevations of the coalbed being mined. The spacing of such lines shall not exceed 25-foot elevation levels, except that a broader spacing of contour lines may be approved by the District Manager for steeply pitching coalbeds. Contour lines may be placed on overlays or tracings attached to mine maps.
(d) The general elevation of the coalbed or coalbeds being mined, and the general elevation of the surface;
(e) Either producing or abandoned oil and gas wells located on the mine property;
(f) The location and elevation of any body of water dammed or held back in any portion of the mine: Provided, however, Such bodies of water may be shown on overlays or tracings attached to the mine maps;
(g) All prospect drill holes that penetrate the coalbed or coalbeds being mined on the mine property;
(h) All auger and strip mined areas of the coalbed or coalbeds being mined on the mine property together with the line of maximum depth of holes drilled during auger mining operations.
(i) All worked out and abandoned areas;
(j) The location of railroad tracks and public highways leading to the mine, and mine buildings of permanent nature with identifying names shown;
(k) Underground mine workings underlying and within 1,000 feet of the active areas of the mine;
(l) The location and description of at least two permanent base line points, and the location and description of at least two permanent elevation bench marks used in connection with establishing or referencing mine elevation surveys; and,
(m) The scale of the map.
S 77.1201 Certification of mine maps.
Mine maps shall be made or certified by an engineer or surveyor registered by the State in which the mine is located.
S 77.1202 Availability of mine map.
The mine map maintained in accordance with the provisions of S 77.1200 shall be available for inspection by the Secretary or his authorized representative.
Subpart N—Explosives and Blasting
S 77.1300 Explosives and blasting.
(a) No explosives, blasting agent, detonator, or any other related blasting device or material shall be stored, transported, carried, handled, charged, fired, destroyed, or otherwise used, employed or dis- posed of by any person at a coal mine except in accordance with the provisions of SS 77.1301 through 77.1304, inclusive.
(b) The term "explosives" as used in this Subpart N includes blasting agents. The standards in this Subpart N in which the term "explosives" appears are applicable to blasting agents (as well as to other explosives) unless blasting agents are expressly excluded.
S 77.1301 Explosives; magazines.
(a) Detonators and explosives other than blasting agents shall be stored in magazines.
(b) Detonators shall not be stored in the same magazine with explosives.
(c) Magazines other than box type shall be—
(1) Located in accordance with the current American Table of Distances for storage of explo- sives.
(2) Detached structures located away from powerlines, fuel storage areas, and other possible sources of fire.
(3) Constructed substantially of noncombustible material or covered with fire-resistant material.
(4) Reasonably bullet resistant.
(5) Electrically bonded and grounded if constructed of metal.
(6) Made of nonsparking materials on the inside, including floors.
(7) Provided with adequate and effectively screened ventilation openings near the floor and ceiling.
(8) Kept locked securely when unattended.
(9) Posted with suitable danger signs so located that a bullet passing through the face of a sign will not strike the magazine.
(10) Used exclusively for storage of explosives or detonators and kept free of all extraneous materials.
(11) Kept clean and dry in the interior, and in good repair.
(12) Unheated, unless heated in a manner that does not create a fire or explosion hazard.
(d) Box-type magazines used to store explosives or detonators in work areas shall be constructed with only nonsparking material inside and equipped with covers or doors and shall be located out of the line of blasts.
(e) Secondary and box-type magazines shall be suitably labeled.
(f) Detonator-storage magazines shall be separated by at least 25 feet from explosive-storage magazines.
(g) Cases or boxes containing explosives shall not be stored in magazines on their ends or sides nor stacked more than 6 feet high.
(h) Ammonium nitrate-fuel oil blasting agents shall be physically separated from other explo- sives, safety fuse, or detonating cord stored in the same magazine and in such a manner that oil does not contaminate the other explosives, safety fuse or detonating cord.
S 77.1302 Vehicles used to transport explosives.
(a) Vehicles used to transport explosives, other than blasting agents, shall have substantially constructed bodies, no sparking metal exposed in the cargo space, and shall be equipped with suitable sides and tail gates; explosives shall not be piled higher than the side or end.
(b) Vehicles containing explosives or detonators shall be maintained in good condition and shall be operated at a safe speed and in accordance with all safe operating practices.
(c) Vehicles containing explosives or detonators shall be posted with proper warning signs.
(d) Other materials or supplies shall not be placed on or in the cargo space of a conveyance containing explosives, detonating cord or detonators, except for safety fuse and except for properly secured nonsparking equipment used expressly in the handling of such explosives, detonating cord or detonators.
(e) Explosives and detonators shall be transported in separate vehicles unless separated by 4 inches of hardwood or the equivalent.
(f) Explosives or detonators shall be transported promptly without undue delays in transit.
(g) Explosives or detonators shall be transported at times and over routes that expose a minimum number of persons.
(h) Only the necessary attendants shall ride on or in vehicles containing explosives or detonators.
(i) Vehicles shall be attended, whenever practical and possible, while loaded with explosives or detonators.
(j) When vehicles containing explosives or detonators are parked, the brakes shall be set, the motive power shut off, and the vehicles shall be blocked securely against rolling.
(k) Vehicles containing explosives or detonators shall not be taken to a repair garage or shop for any purpose.
S 77.1303 Explosives, handling and use.
(a) Persons who use or handle explosives or detonators shall be experienced men who understand the hazards involved; trainees shall do such work only under the supervision of and in the immediate presence of experienced men.
(b) Blasting operations shall be under the direct control of authorized persons.
(c) Substantial nonconductive closed containers shall be used to carry explosives, other than blasting agents to the blasting site.
(d) Damaged or deteriorated explosives or detonators shall be destroyed in a safe manner.
(e) Where electric blasting is to be performed, electric circuits to equipment in the immediate area to be blasted shall be deenergized before explosives or detonators are brought into the area; the power shall not be turned on again until after the shots are fired.
(f) Explosives shall be kept separated from detonators until charging is started.
(g) Areas in which charged holes are awaiting firing shall be guarded, or barricaded and posted, or flagged against unauthorized entry.
(h) Ample warning shall be given before blasts are fired. All persons shall be cleared and re- moved from the blasting area unless suitable blasting shelters are provided to protect men endangered by concussion or flyrock from blasting.
(i) Lead wires and blasting lines shall not be strung across power conductors, pipelines, railroad tracks, or within 20 feet of bare powerlines. They shall be protected from sources of static or other electrical contact.
(j) For the protection of underground workers, special precautions shall be taken when blasting in close proximity to underground operations, and no blasting shall be done that would be hazardous to persons working underground.
(k) Holes shall not be drilled where there is danger of intersecting a charged or misfired hole.
(l) Only wooden or other nonsparking implements shall be used to punch holes in an explosive cartridge.
(m) Tamping poles shall be blunt and squared at one end and made of wood, nonsparking mate- rial, or of special plastic acceptable to the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
(n) Delay connectors for firing detonating cord shall be treated and handled with the same safety precautions as blasting caps and electric detonators.
(o) Capped primers shall be made up at the time of charging and as close to the blasting site as conditions allow.
(p) A capped primer shall be prepared so that the detonator is contained securely and is com- pletely embedded within the explosive cartridge.
(q) No tamping shall be done directly on a capped primer.
(r) Detonating cord shall not be used if it has been kinked, bent, or otherwise handled in such a manner that the train of detonation may be interrupted.
(s) Fuse shall not be used if it has been kinked, bent sharply, or handled roughly in such a manner that the train of deflagration may be interrupted.
(t) Blasting caps shall be crimped to fuses only with implements designed for that specific pur- pose.
(u) When firing from 1 to 15 blast-holes with safety fuse ignited individually using hand-held lighters, the fuses shall be of such lengths to provide the minimum burning time specified in the follow- ing table for a particular size round:
Number of holes Minimum burning time,
in a round minutes
1 2
2 to 5 2 2/3
6 to 10 3 1/3
11 to 15 5
In no case shall any 40-second-per-foot safety fuse less than 36 inches long or any 30-second-per-foot safety fuse less than 48 inches long be used.
(v) The burning rate of the safety fuse in use at any time shall be measured, posted in conspicu- ous locations, and brought to the attention of all men concerned with blasting.
(w) Electric detonators of different brands shall not be used in the same round.
(x) Adequate priming shall be employed to guard against misfires, increased toxic fumes, and poor performance.
(y) Except when being tested with a blasting galvanometer:
(1) Electric detonators shall be kept shunted until they are being connected to the blasting line or wired into a blasting round.
(2) Wired rounds shall be kept shunted until they are being connected to the blasting line.
(3) Blasting lines shall be kept shunted until immediately before blasting.
(z) Completely wired rounds shall be tested with a blasting galvanometer before connections are made to the blasting line.
(aa) Permanent blasting lines shall be properly supported, insulated, and kept in good repair.
(bb) At least a 5-foot airgap shall be provided between the blasting circuit and the power circuit.
(cc) When instantaneous blasting is performed, the double-trunkline or loop system shall be used in detonating-cord blasting.
(dd) When instantaneous blasting is performed, trunklines, in multiple-row blasts, shall make one or more complete loops, with crossties between loops at intervals of not over 200 feet.
(ee) All detonating cord knots shall be tight and all connections shall be kept at right angles to the trunklines.
(ff) Power sources shall be suitable for the number of electrical detonators to be fired and for the type of circuits used.
(gg) Electric circuits from the blasting switches to the blast area shall not be grounded.
(hh) Safety switches and blasting switches shall be labeled, encased in boxes, and arranged so that the covers of the boxes cannot be closed with the switches in the through-circuit or firing position.
(ii) Blasting switches shall be locked in the open position, except when closed to fire the blast. Lead wires shall not be connected to the blasting switch until the shot is ready to be fired.
(jj) The key or other control to an electrical firing device shall be entrusted only to the person designated to fire the round or rounds.
(kk) If branch circuits are used when blasts are fired from power circuits, safety switches located at safe distances from the blast areas shall be provided in addition to the main blasting switch.
(ll) Misfires shall be reported to the proper supervisor and shall be disposed of safely before any other work is performed in that blasting area.
(mm) When safety fuse has been used, men shall not return to misfired holes for at least 30 minutes.
(nn) When electric blasting caps have been used, men shall not return to misfired holes for at least 15 minutes.
(oo) If explosives are suspected of burning in a hole, all persons in the endangered area shall move to a safe location and no one should return to the hole until the danger has passed, but in no case within 1 hour.
(pp) Blasted areas shall be examined for undetonated explosives after each blast and undetonated explosives found shall be disposed of safely.
(qq) Blasted areas shall not be reentered by any person after firing until such time as concentra- tions of smoke, dust, or fumes have been reduced to safe limits.
(rr) In secondary blasting, if more than one shot is to be fired at one time, blasting shall be done electrically or with detonating cord.
(ss) Unused explosives and detonators shall be moved to a safe location as soon as charging operations are completed.
(tt) When electric detonators are used, charging shall be stopped immediately when the presence of static electricity or stray currents is detected; the condition shall be remedied before charging is resumed.
(uu) When electric detonators are used, charging shall be suspended and men withdrawn to a safe location upon the approach of an electrical storm.
S 77.1304 Blasting agents; special provisions.
(a) Sensitized ammonium nitrate blasting agents, and the components thereof prior to mixing, shall be mixed and stored in accordance with the recommendations in Bureau of Mines Information Circular 8179, "Safety Recommendations for Sensitized Ammonium Nitrate Blasting Agents," or subse- quent revisions.
(b) Where pneumatic loading is employed, before any type of blasting operation using blasting agents is put into effect, an evaluation of the potential hazard of static electricity shall be made. Ad- equate steps, including the grounding and bonding of the conductive parts of pneumatic loading equip- ment, shall be taken to eliminate the hazard of static electricity before blasting agent use is commenced.
(c) Pneumatic loading equipment shall not be grounded to waterlines, airlines, rails, or the permanent electrical grounding systems.
(d) Hoses used in connection with pneumatic loading machines shall be of the semiconductive type, having a total resistance low enough to permit the dissipation of static electricity and high enough to limit the flow of stray electric currents to a safe level. Wire-countered hose shall not be used because of the potential hazard from stray electric currents.
Subpart O—Personnel Hoisting
S 77.1400 Personnel hoists and elevators.
Except as provided in S 77.1430, the sections in this Subpart O apply only to hoists and eleva- tors, together with their appurtenances, that are used for hoisting persons.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1401 Automatic controls and brakes.
Hoists and elevators shall be equipped with overspeed, overwind, and automatic stop controls and with brakes capable of stopping the elevator when fully loaded.
S 77.1402 Rated capacity.
Hoists and elevators shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads handled.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1402-1 Maximum load; posting.
The operator shall designate the maximum number of men permitted to ride on each hoist or elevator at one time; this limit shall be posted on each elevator and on each landing.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971. Redesignated at 48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1403 Daily examination of hoisting equipment.
Hoists and elevators shall be examined daily and such examinations shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) Elevators. (1) A visual examination of the ropes for wear, broken wires, and corrosion, especially at excessive strain points such as near the attachments and where the rope rests on the sheaves;
(2) An examination of the elevator for loose, missing or defective parts;
(b) Hoists and elevators. (1) An examination of the rope fastenings for defects;
(2) An examination of sheaves for broken flanges, defective bearings, rope alignment, and proper lubrication; and
(3) An examination of the automatic controls and brakes required under S 77.1401.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811)
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1404 Certifications and records of daily examinations.
At the completion of each daily examination required by S77.1403, the person making the ex- amination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any unsafe condi- tion is found during the examinations required by S77.1403, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records shall be retained for one year.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1405 Operation of hoisting equipment after repairs.
Empty conveyances shall be operated at least one round trip before hoisting persons after any repairs.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983]
Wire Ropes Authority: Sections 77.1430 through 77.1438 issued under sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811).
Source: Sections 77.1430 through 77.1438 appear at 48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983, unless other- wise noted.
S 77.1430 Wire ropes; scope.
(a) Sections 77.1431 through 77.1438 apply to wire ropes in service used to hoist—
(1) Persons in shafts and slopes underground;
(2) Persons with an incline hoist on the surface; or
(3) Loads in shaft or slope development when persons work below suspended loads.
(b) These standards do not apply to wire ropes used for elevators.
S 77.1431 Minimum rope strength.
At installation, the nominal strength (manufacturer's published catalog strength) of wire ropes used for hoisting shall meet the minimum rope strength values obtained by the following formulas in which "L" equals the maximum suspended rope length in feet:
(a) Winding drum ropes (all constructions, including rotation resistant). For rope lengths less than 3,000 feet: Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.001L) For rope lengths 3,000 feet or greater: Minimum Value = Static Load X 4.0
(b) Friction drum ropes.
For rope lengths less than 4,000 feet:
Minimum Value = Static Load X (7.0-0.0005L)
For rope lengths 4,000 feet or greater:
Minimum Value = Static Load X 5.0
(c) Tail ropes (balance ropes).
Minimum Value = Weight of Rope X 7.0
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983; 48 FR 54975, Dec. 8, 1983]
S 77.1432 Initial measurement.
After initial rope stretch but before visible wear occurs, the rope diameter of newly installed wire ropes shall be measured at least once in every third interval of active length and the measurements averaged to establish a baseline for subsequent measurements. A record of the measurements and the date shall be made by the person taking the measurements. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
S 77.1433 Examinations.
(a) At least once every fourteen calendar days, each wire rope in service shall be visually exam- ined along its entire active length for visible structural damage, corrosion, and improper lubrication or dressing. In addition, visual examination for wear and broken wires shall be made at stress points, including the area near attachments, where the rope rests on sheaves, where the rope leaves the drum, at drum crossovers, and at change-of-layer regions. When any visible condition that results in a reduction of rope strength is present, the affected portion of the rope shall be examined on a daily basis.
(b) Before any person is hoisted with a newly installed wire rope or any wire rope that has not been examined in the previous fourteen calendar days, the wire rope shall be examined in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) At least once every six months, nondestructive tests shall be conducted of the active length of the rope, or rope diameter measurements shall be made—
(1) Wherever wear is evident;
(2) Where the hoist rope rests on sheaves at regular stopping points;
(3) Where the hoist rope leaves the drum at regular stopping points; and
(4) At drum crossover and change-of-layer regions.
(d) At the completion of each examination required by paragraph (a) of this section, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made. If any condition listed in paragraph (a) of this standard is present, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records of examinations shall be retained for one year.
(e) The person making the measurements or nondestructive tests as required by paragraph (c) of this section shall record the measurements or test results and the date. This record shall be retained until the rope is retired from service.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
[48 FR 53241, Nov. 25, 1983; 48 FR 54975, Dec. 8, 1983]
S 77.1434 Retirement criteria.
Unless damage or deterioration is removed by cutoff, wire ropes shall be removed from service when any of the following conditions occurs:
(a) The number of broken wires within a rope lay length, excluding filler wires, exceeds either—
(1) Five percent of the total number of wires; or
(2) Fifteen percent of the total number of wires within any strand;
(b) On a regular lay rope, more than one broken wire in the valley between strands in one rope lay length;
(c) A loss of more than one-third of the original diameter of the outer wires;
(d) Rope deterioration from corrosion;
(e) Distortion of the rope structure;
(f) Heat damage from any source;
(g) Diameter reduction due to wear that exceeds six percent of the baseline diameter measure- ment; or
(h) Loss of more than ten percent of rope strength as determined by nondestructive testing.
S 77.1435 Load end attachments.
(a) Wire rope shall be attached to the load by a method that develops at least 80 percent of the nominal strength of the rope.
(b) Except for terminations where use of other materials is a design feature, zinc (spelter) shall be used for socketing wire ropes. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(c) Load end attachment methods using splices are prohibited.
S 77.1436 Drum end attachment.
(a) For drum end attachment, wire rope shall be attached—
(1) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the drum spoke;
(2) Securely by clips after making one full turn around the shaft, if the drum is fixed to the shaft; or
(3) By properly assembled anchor bolts, clamps, or wedges, provided that the attachment is a design feature of the hoist drum. Design feature means either the manufacturer's original design or a design approved by a registered professional engineer.
(b) A minimum of three full turns of wire rope shall be on the drum when the rope is extended to its maximum working length.
S 77.1437 End attachment retermination.
Damaged or deteriorated wire rope shall be removed by cutoff and the rope reterminated where there is—
(a) More than one broken wire at an attachment;
(b) Improper installation of an attachment;
(c) Slippage at an attachment; or
(d) Evidence of deterioration from corrosion at an attachment.
S 77.1438 End attachment replacement.
Wire rope attachments shall be replaced when cracked, deformed, or excessively worn.
Subpart P—Auger Mining
S 77.1500 Auger mining; planning.
Auger mining shall be planned and conducted by the operator to insure against any hazard to underground workings located at or near such auger operations and all auger holes shall be located so as to prevent:
(a) The disruption of the ventilation system of any active underground mine;
(b) Inundation hazards from surface water entering any active underground mine;
(c) Damage to the roof and ribs of active underground workings; and
(d) Intersection of auger holes with underground mine workings known to contain dangerous quantities of impounded water.
S 77.1501 Auger mining; inspections.
(a) The face of all highwalls, to a distance of 25 feet on both sides of each drilling site, shall be inspected by a certified person before any augering operation is begun, and at least once during each coal producing shift and all loose material shall be removed from the drilling site before persons are permit- ted to enter the drilling area. The results of all such inspections shall be recorded daily in a book ap- proved by the Secretary.
(b) In addition, the face of all highwalls, to a distance of 25 feet on both sides of each drilling site, shall be inspected frequently by a certified person during any auger operation conducted either during or after a heavy rainfall or during any period of intermittent freezing and thawing and the results of such inspections shall be recorded as provided in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) When an auger hole penetrates an abandoned or mined out area of an underground mine, tests for methane and oxygen deficiency shall be made at the collar of the hole by a qualified person using devices approved by the Secretary to determine if dangerous quantities of methane or oxygen-deficient air are present or being emitted. If such is found no further work shall be performed until the atmosphere has been made safe.
(d) Tests for oxygen deficiency shall be conducted with a permissible flame safety lamp or other means approved by the Secretary and all tests for methane shall be conducted with a methane detector approved by the Secretary.
(e) Internal combustion engines shall not be operated in the vicinity of any auger hole in which tests for methane or oxygen deficiency are being made.
S 77.1502 Auger holes; restriction against entering.
No person shall be permitted to enter an auger hole except with the approval of the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager or Subdistrict Manager of the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector ,and under such conditions as may be prescribed by such managers.
S 77.1503 Augering equipment; overhead protection.
(a) Auger machines which are exposed to highwall hazards, together with all those parts of any coal elevating conveyors where persons are required to work during augering operations, shall be cov- ered with heavy gage screen which does not obstruct the view of the highwall and is strong enough to prevent injuries to workmen from falling material.
(b) No work shall be done under any overhang and, when a crew is engaged in connecting or disconnecting auger sections under a highwall, at least one person shall be assigned to observe the highwall for possible movement.
S 77.1504 Auger equipment; operation.
(a) Persons shall be kept clear of the auger train while it is in motion and shall not be permitted to pass under or over an auger train, except where adequate crossing facilities are provided.
(b) Persons shall be kept clear of auger sections being swung into position.
(c) No person, including the auger machine operator, shall, where practicable, be stationed in direct line with a borehole during augering operations.
(d) Operator of auger equipment shall not leave the controls of such equipment while the auger is in operation.
(e) Adequate illumination shall be provided for work areas after dark.
S 77.1505 Auger holes; blocking.
Auger holes shall be blocked with highwall spoil or other suitable material before they are abandoned.
Subpart Q—Loading and Haulage
S 77.1600 Loading and haulage; general.
(a) Only authorized persons shall be permitted on haulage roads and at loading or dumping locations.
(b) Traffic rules, signals, and warning signs shall be standardized at each mine and posted.
(c) Where side or overhead clearances on any haulage road or at any loading or dumping location at the mine are hazardous to mine workers, such areas shall be conspicuously marked and warning devices shall be installed when necessary to insure the safety of the workers.
S 77.1601 Transportation of persons; restrictions.
No person shall be permitted to ride or be otherwise transported on or in the following equipment whether loaded or empty:
(a) Dippers, shovels, buckets, forks, and clamshells;
(b) The cargo space of dump trucks or haulage equipment used to transport coal or other mate- rial;
(c) Outside the cabs and beds of mobile equipment;
(d) Chain, belt, or bucket conveyors, except where such conveyors are specifically designed to transport persons; and
(e) Loaded buckets on aerial tramways.
S 77.1602 Use of aerial tramways to transport persons.
Persons other than maintenance men shall not ride empty buckets on aerial tramways unless the following features are provided:
(a) Two independent brakes, each capable of holding the maximum load.
(b) Direct communication between terminals.
(c) Power drives with emergency power available in case of primary power failure.
(d) Buckets equipped with positive locks to prevent accidental tripping or dumping.
S 77.1603 Trains and locomotives; authorized persons.
(a) Only authorized persons shall be permitted to ride on trains or locomotives and they shall ride in a safe position.
(b) Men shall not get on or off moving equipment, except that trainmen may get on or off of slowly moving trains.
S 77.1604 Transportation of persons; overcrowding.
(a) No man-trip vehicle or other conveyance used to transport persons to and from work areas at surface coal mines shall be overcrowded and all persons shall ride in a safe position.
(b) Supplies, materials, and tools other than small handtools shall not be transported with men in man-trip vehicles unless such vehicles are specifically designed to make such transportation safe.
S 77.1605 Loading and haulage equipment; installations.
(a) Cab windows shall be of safety glass or equivalent, in good condition and shall be kept clean.
(b) Mobile equipment shall be equipped with adequate brakes, and all trucks and front-end loaders shall also be equipped with parking brakes.
(c) Positive-action type brakes shall be provided on aerial tramways.
(d) Mobile equipment shall be provided with audible warning devices. Lights shall be provided on both ends when required.
(e) Guard nets or other suitable protection shall be provided where tramways pass over roadways, walkways, or buildings.
(f) Guards shall be installed to prevent swaying buckets from hitting towers.
(g) Aerial tramway cable connections shall be designed to offer minimum obstruction to the passage of wheels.
(h) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump cars shall be equipped with positive locking devices, or other suitable devices.
(i) Ramps and dumps shall be of solid construction, of ample width, have ample clearance and headroom, and be kept reasonably free of spillage.
(j) Chute-loading installations shall be designed so that the men pulling chutes are not required to be in a hazardous position during loading operations.
(k) Berms or guards shall be provided on the outer bank of elevated roadways.
(l) Berms, bumper blocks, safety hooks, or similar means shall be provided to prevent overtravel and overturning at dumping locations.
(m) Roadbeds, rails, joints, switches, frogs, and other elements on railroads shall be designed, installed, and maintained in a safe manner consistent with the speed and type of haulage.
(n) Where practicable, a minimum of 30 inches continuous clearance from the farthest projection of moving railroad equipment shall be provided on at least one side of the tracks; all places where it is not possible to provide 30-inch clearance shall be marked conspicuously.
(o) Track guardrails, lead rails, and frogs shall be protected or blocked so as to prevent a person's foot from becoming wedged.
(p) Positive-acting stop-blocks, derail devices, track skates, or other adequate means shall be installed wherever necessary to protect persons from runaway or moving railroad equipment.
(q) Switch throws shall be installed so as to provide adequate clearance for switchmen.
(r) Where necessary, bumper blocks or the equivalent shall be provided at all track dead ends.
S 77.1606 Loading and haulage equipment; inspection and maintenance.
(a) Mobile loading and haulage equipment shall be inspected by a competent person before such equipment is placed in operation. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be recorded and reported to the mine operator.
(b) Carriers on aerial tramways, including loading and unloading mechanisms, shall be inspected each shift; brakes shall be inspected daily; ropes and supports shall be inspected as recommended by the manufacturer or as physical conditions warrant. Equipment defects affecting safety shall be reported to the mine operator.
(c) Equipment defects affecting safety shall be corrected before the equipment is used.
S 77.1607 Loading and haulage equipment; operation.
(a) Vehicles shall follow at a safe distance; passing shall be limited to areas of adequate clear- ance and visibility.
(b) Mobile equipment operators shall have full control of the equipment while it is in motion.
(c) Equipment operating speeds shall be prudent and consistent with conditions of roadway, grades, clearance, visibility, traffic, and the type of equipment used.
(d) Cabs of mobile equipment shall be kept free of extraneous materials.
(e) Operators shall sit facing the direction of travel while operating equipment with dual controls.
(f) When an equipment operator is present, men shall notify him before getting on or off equip- ment.
(g) Equipment operators shall be certain, by signal or other means, that all persons are clear before starting or moving equipment.
(h) Where possible, aerial tramways shall not be started until the tramway operator has ascer- tained that everyone is in the clear.
(i) Dust control measures shall be taken where dust significantly reduces visibility of equipment operators.
(j) Dippers, buckets, loading booms, or heavy suspended loads shall not be swung over the cabs of haulage vehicles until the drivers are out of the cabs and in safe locations, unless the trucks are de- signed specifically to protect the drivers from falling material.
(k) Men shall not work or pass under the buckets or booms of loaders in operation.
(l) Tires shall be deflated before repairs on them are started and adequate means shall be pro- vided to prevent wheel locking rims from creating a hazard during tire inflation.
(m) Electrically powered mobile equipment shall not be left unattended unless the master switch is in the off position, all operating controls are in the neutral position, and the brakes are set or other equivalent precautions are taken against rolling.
(n) Mobile equipment shall not be left unattended unless the brakes are set. The wheels shall be turned into a bank or berm, or shall be blocked, when such equipment is parked on a grade.
(o) Lights, flares, or other warning devices shall be posted when parked equipment creates a hazard to vehicular traffic.
(p) Dippers, buckets, scraper blades, and similar movable parts shall be secured or lowered to the ground when not in use.
(q) Shovel trailing cables shall not be moved with the shovel dipper unless cable slings or sleds are used.
(r) Equipment which is to be hauled shall be loaded and protected so as to prevent sliding or spillage.
(s) When moving between work areas, the equipment shall be secured in the travel position.
(t) Any load extending more than 4 feet beyond the rear of the vehicle body should be marked clearly with a red flag by day and a red light at night.
(u) Tow bars shall be used to tow heavy equipment and a safety chain shall be used in conjunc- tion with each tow bar.
(v) Railroad cars shall be kept under control at all times by the car dropper. Cars shall be dropped at a safe rate and in a manner that will insure that the car dropper maintains a safe position while work- ing and traveling around the cars.
(w) Railroad cars shall not be coupled or uncoupled manually from the inside of curves unless the railroad and cars are so designed to eliminate any hazard from coupling or uncoupling cars from inside of curves.
(x) Persons shall wear safety belts when dropping railroad cars.
(y) Railcars shall not be left on sidetracks unless ample clearance is provided for traffic on adjacent tracks.
(z) Parked railcars, unless held effectively by brakes, shall be blocked securely.
(aa) Railroad cars and all trucks shall be trimmed properly when they have been loaded higher than the confines of their cargo space.
(bb) When the entire length of a conveyor is visible from the starting switch, the operator shall visually check to make certain that all persons are in the clear before starting the conveyor. When the entire length of the conveyor is not visible from the starting switch, a positive audible or visible warning system shall be installed and operated to warn persons that the conveyor will be started.
(cc) Unguarded conveyors with walkways shall be equipped with emergency stop devices or cords along their full length.
(dd) Adequate backstops or brakes shall be installed on inclined-conveyor drive units to prevent conveyors from running in reverse if a hazard to personnel would be caused.
(ee) Aerial tram conveyor buckets shall not be overloaded, and feed shall be regulated to prevent spillage.
S 77.1608 Dumping facilities.
(a) Dumping locations and haulage roads shall be kept reasonably free of water, debris, and spillage.
(b) Where the ground at a dumping place may fail to support the weight of a loaded dump truck, trucks shall be dumped a safe distance back from the edge of the bank.
(c) Adequate protection shall be provided at dumping locations where persons may be endan- gered by falling material.
(d) Grizzlies, grates, and other sizing devices at dump and transfer points shall be anchored securely in place.
(e) If truck spotters are used, they shall be well in the clear while trucks are backing into dump- ing position and dumping; lights shall be used at night to direct trucks.
Subpart R—Miscellaneous
S 77.1700 Communications in work areas.
No employee shall be assigned, or allowed, or be required to perform work alone in any area where hazardous conditions exist that would endanger his safety unless he can communicate with others, can be heard, or can be seen.
S 77.1701 Emergency communications; requirements.
(a) Each operator of a surface coal mine shall establish and maintain a communication system from the mine to the nearest point of medical assistance for use in an emergency.
(b) The emergency communication system required to be maintained under paragraph (a) of this section may be established by telephone or radio transmission or by any other means of prompt commu- nication to any facility (for example, the local sheriff, the State highway patrol, or local hospital) which has available the means of communication with the person or persons providing emergency medical assistance or transportation in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
S 77.1702 Arrangements for emergency medical assistance and transportation for injured persons; reporting requirements; posting requirements.
(a) Each operator of a surface coal mine shall make arrangements with a licensed physician, medical service, medical clinic, or hospital to provide 24-hour emergency medical assistance for any person injured at the mine.
(b) Each operator shall make arrangements with an ambulance service, or otherwise provide for 24-hour emergency transportation for any person injured at the mine.
(c) Each operator shall, on or before September 30, 1971, report to the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located the name, title and address of the physician, medical service, medical clinic, hospital, or ambulance service with whom arrangements have been made, or otherwise provided, in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
(d) Each operator shall, within 10 days after any change of the arrangements required to be reported under the provisions of this section, report such changes to the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager. If such changes involve a substitution of persons, the operator shall provide the name, title, and address of the person substituted together with the name and address of the medical service, medical clinic, hospital, or ambulance service with which such person or persons are associated.
(e) Each operator shall, immediately after making an arrangement required under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, or immediately after any change, of such agreement, post at appropriate places at the mine the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of all persons or services currently available under such arrangements to provide medical assistance and transportation at the mine.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0036)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971; 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.1703 First-Aid training; supervisory employees.
The mine operator shall conduct first-aid training courses for selected supervisory employees at the mine. Within 60 days after the selection of a new supervisory employee to be so trained, the mine operator shall certify by signature and date the name of the employee and date on which the employee satisfactorily completed the first-aid training course. The certification shall be kept at the mine and made available on request to an authorized representative of the Secretary.
[56 FR 1478, Jan. 14, 1991]
S 77.1704 First aid training program; availability of instruction to all miners.
On or before December 30, 1971, each operator of a surface coal mine shall make available to all miners employed in the mine a course of instruction in first aid conducted by the operator or under the auspices of the operator, and such a course of instruction shall be made available to newly employed miners within 6 months after the date of employment.
S 77.1705 First aid training program; retraining of supervisory employees; availability to all miners.
Beginning January 1, 1972, each operator of a surface coal mine shall conduct refresher first aid training programs each calendar year for all selected supervisory employees and make available refresher first aid training courses to all miners employed in the mine.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971]
S 77.1706 First aid training program; minimum requirements.
(a) All first aid training programs required under the provisions of SS 77.1703 and 77.1704 shall include 10 class hours of training in a course of instruction similar to that outlined in "First Aid, A Bureau of Mines Instruction Manual."
(b) Refresher first aid training programs required under the provisions of S 77.1705 shall include class hours of refresher training in a course of instruction similar to that outlined in "First Aid, A Bureau of Mines Instruction Manual."
S 77.1707 First aid equipment; location; minimum requirements.
(a) Each operator of a surface coal mine shall maintain a supply of the first aid equipment set forth in paragraph (b) of this section at or near each working place where coal is being mined, at each preparation plant and at shops and other surface installation where ten or more persons are regularly employed.
(b) The first aid equipment required to be maintained under the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall include at least the following:
(1) One stretcher;
(2) One broken-back board (if a splint-stretcher combination is used it will satisfy the require- ments of both paragraph (b) (1) of this section and this paragraph (b) (2));
(3) Twenty-four triangular bandages (15 if a splint-stretcher combination is used);
(4) Eight 4-inch bandage compresses;
(5) Eight 2-inch bandage compresses;
(6) Twelve 1-inch adhesive compresses;
(7) An approved burn remedy;
(8) Two cloth blankets;
(9) One rubber blanket or equivalent substitute;
(10) Two tourniquets;
(11) One 1-ounce bottle of aromatic spirits of ammonia or 1 dozen ammonia ampules; and,
(12) The necessary complements of arm and leg splints or two each inflatable plastic arm and leg splints.
(c) All first aid supplies required to be maintained under the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be stored in suitable, sanitary, dust tight, moisture proof containers and such supplies shall be accessible to the miners.
S 77.1708 Safety program; instruction of persons employed at the mine.
On or before September 30, 1971, each operator of a surface coal mine shall establish and main- tain a program of instruction with respect to the safety regulations and procedures to be followed at the mine and shall publish and distribute to each employee, and post in conspicuous places throughout the mine, all such safety regulations and procedures established in accordance with the provisions of this section.
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971]
S 77.1709 Safety training; inexperienced employees.
New employees shall be indoctrinated in safety rules and safe work procedures and inexperi- enced employees shall not be assigned to work duties until they have been trained thoroughly in safe work procedures related to the assigned work duties.
S 77.1710 Protective clothing; requirements.
Each employee working in a surface coal mine or in the surface work areas of an underground coal mine shall be required to wear protective clothing and devices as indicated below:
(a) Protective clothing or equipment and face-shields or goggles shall be worn when welding, cutting, or working with molten metal or when other hazards to the eyes exist.
(b) Suitable protective clothing to cover the entire body when handling corrosive or toxic sub- stances or other materials which might cause injury to the skin.
(c) Protective gloves when handling materials or performing work which might cause injury to the hands; however, gloves shall not be worn where they would create a greater hazard by becoming entangled in the moving parts of equipment.
(d) A suitable hard hat or hard cap when in or around a mine or plant where falling objects may create a hazard. If a hard hat or hard cap is painted, nonmetallic based paint shall be used.
(e) Suitable protective footwear.
(f) Snug-fitting clothing when working around moving machinery or equipment.
(g) Safety belts and lines where there is danger of falling; a second person shall tend the lifeline when bins, tanks, or other dangerous areas are entered.
(h) Lifejackets or belts where there is danger from falling into water.
(i) Seatbelts in a vehicle where there is a danger of overturning and where roll protection is provided.
(Sec. 101(a), Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, as amended (83 Stat. 745; 30 U.S.C.
811(a))
[36 FR 9382, May 22, 1971, as amended at 36 FR 13143, July 15, 1971; 39 FR 7176, Feb. 25, 1974]
S 77.1710-1 Distinctively colored hard hats or hard caps; identification for newly employed, inexperi- enced miners.
Hard hats or hard caps distinctively different in color from those worn by experienced miners shall be worn at all times by each newly employed, inexperienced miner when working in or around a mine or plant for at least one year from the date of his initial employment as a miner or until he has been qualified or certified as a miner by the State in which he is employed.
(Sec. 101(a), Federal Coal Mine Health and Safety Act of 1969, as amended (83 Stat. 745; 30 U.S.C.
811(a))
[39 FR 7176, Feb. 25, 1974]
S 77.1711 Smoking prohibition.
No person shall smoke or use an open flame where such practice may cause a fire or explosion.
S 77.1712 Reopening mines; notification; inspection prior to mining.
Prior to reopening any surface coal mine after it has been abandoned or declared inactive by the operator, the operator shall notify the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector, and an inspection of the entire mine shall be completed by an authorized representative of the Secretary and the State Mine Inspector before any mining operations in such mine are instituted.
S 77.1713 Daily inspection of surface coal mine; certified person; reports of inspection.
(a) At least once during each working shift, or more often if necessary for safety, each active working area and each active surface installation shall be examined by a certified person designated by the operator to conduct such examinations for hazardous conditions and any hazardous conditions noted during such examinations shall be reported to the operator and shall be corrected by the operator.
(b) If any hazardous condition noted during an examination conducted in accordance with para- graph (a) of this section creates an imminent danger, the person conducting such examination shall notify the operator and the operator shall withdraw all persons from the area affected, except those persons referred to in section 104(d) of the Act, until the danger is abated.
(c) After each examination conducted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, each certified person who conducted all or any part of the examination required shall enter with ink or indelible pencil in a book approved by the Secretary the date and a report of the condition of the mine or any area of the mine which he has inspected together with a report of the nature and location of any hazardous condition found to be present at the mine. The book in which such entries are made shall be kept in an area at the mine designated by the operator to minimize the danger of destruction by fire or other hazard.
(d) All examination reports recorded in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section shall include a report of the action taken to abate hazardous conditions and shall be signed or countersigned each day by at least one of the following persons:
(1) The surface mine foreman;
(2) The assistant superintendent of the mine;
(3) The superintendent of the mine; or,
(4) The person designated by the operator as responsible for health and safety at the mine.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0028)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14706, Apr. 6, 1982]
Subpart S—Trolley Wires and Trolley Feeder Wires
S 77.1800 Cutout switches.
Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be provided with cutout switches at intervals of not more than 2,000 feet and near the beginning of all branch lines.
S 77.1801 Overcurrent protection.
Trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be provided with overcurrent protection.
S 77.1801-1 Devices for overcurrent protection.
Automatic circuit interrupting devices that will deenergize the affected circuit upon occurrence of a short circuit at any point in the system will meet the requirements of S 77.1801.
S 77.1802 Insulation of trolley wires, trolley feeder wires and bare signal wires; guarding of trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
Trolley wires, trolley feeder wires, and bare signal wires shall be adequately guarded:
(a) At all points where men are required to work or pass regularly under the wires; and
(b) At man-trip stations.
The Secretary , his authorized representative or the State Mine Inspector shall specify other conditions where trolley wires and trolley feeder wires shall be adequately protected to prevent contact by any person, or shall require the use of improved methods to prevent such contact. Temporary guards shall be provided where trackmen and other persons are required to work in proximity to trolley wires and trolley feeder wires.
Subpart T—Slope and Shaft Sinking 77.1900 Slopes and shafts; approval of plans.
(a) Each operator of a coal mine shall prepare and submit for approval by the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager for the district in which the mine is located and the State Mine Inspector, a plan providing for the safety of workmen in each slope or shaft that is commenced or extended after June 30, 1971. The plan shall be consistent with prudent engineering design. The methods employed by the operator shall be selected to minimize the hazards to those employed in the initial or subsequent development of any such slope or shaft, and the plan shall include the following:
(1) The name and location of the mine, and the Mine Safety and Health Administration mine identification number, if known;
(2) The name and address of the mine operator;
(3) A description of the construction work and methods to be used in the construction of the slope or shaft, and whether part or all of the work will be performed by a contractor and a description of that part of the work to be performed by a contractor;
(4) The elevation, depth and dimensions of the slope or shaft;
(5) The location and elevation of the coalbed;
(6) The general characteristics of the strata through which the slope or shaft will be developed;
(7) The type of equipment which the operator proposes to use when the work is to be performed by the operator. When work is to be performed by a contractor the operator shall, as soon as known to him, supplement the plan with a description of the type of equipment to be used by the contractor;
(8) The system of ventilation to be used; and
(9) Safeguards for the prevention of caving during excavation.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0019)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982; 47 FR 28096, June 29, 1982]
S 77.1900-1 Compliance with approved slope and shaft sinking plans.
Upon approval by the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager and the State Mine Inspec- tor of a slope or shaft sinking plan, the operator shall adopt and comply with such plan.
S 77.1901 Preshift and onshift inspections; reports.
(a) Examinations of slope and shaft areas shall be made by a certified person for hazardous conditions, including tests for methane and oxygen deficiency:
(1) Within 90 minutes before each shift;
(2) At least once on any shift during which men are employed inside any slope or shaft during development; and
(3) Both before and after blasting.
(b) The surface area surrounding each slope and shaft shall be inspected by a certified person and all hazards in the vicinity shall be corrected before men are permitted to enter the excavation.
(c) All hazards found during any preshift or onshift inspection shall be corrected before men are allowed to enter, or continue to work in such slope or shaft. If hazardous conditions cannot be corrected, or excessive methane concentrations cannot be diluted, the excavation shall be vacated and no person shall be permitted to reenter the slope or shaft to continue excavation operations until the hazardous condition has been abated.
(d) No work shall be performed in any slope or shaft, no drilling equipment shall be started, and no electrical equipment shall be energized if the methane content in such slope or shaft is 1.0 volume per centum, or more.
(e) Nothing in this S 77.1901 shall prevent the specific assignment of men in the slope or shaft for purposes of abating excessive methane concentrations or any other hazardous condition.
(f) The results of all inspections conducted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section shall be recorded in a book approved by the Secretary.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0033)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14706, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.1901-1 Methane and oxygen deficiency tests; approved devices.
Tests for oxygen deficiency shall be made with a permissible flame safety lamp or other means approved by the Secretary, and tests for methane shall be made with a methane detector approved by the Secretary.
S 77.1902 Drilling and mucking operations.
Diesel-powered equipment used in the drilling, mucking, or other excavation of any slope or shaft shall be permissible, and such equipment shall be operated in a permissible manner and shall be maintained in a permissible condition.
S 77.1902-1 Permissible diesel-powered equipment.
Diesel-powered equipment which has been approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration under Part 36 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedule 31) is permissible under the provisions of this section.
S 77.1903 Hoists and hoisting; minimum requirements.
(a) Hoists used in transporting persons and material during drilling, mucking, or other excavating operations in any slope or shaft shall have rated capacities consistent with the loads to be handled.
(b) Each hoist used in drilling, mucking, or other excavating operations shall be equipped with an accurate and reliable indicator of the position of the cage, platform, or bucket. The indicator shall be installed in clear view of the hoist operator.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53242, Nov. 25, 1983; 48 FR 54975, Dec. 8, 1983]
S 77.1904 Communications between slope and shaft bottoms and hoist operators.
(a) Two independent means of signaling shall be provided between the hoistman and all points in slope or shaft where men are required to work. At least one of these means shall be audible to the hoistman. Signal codes used in any communication system shall be posted conspicuously at each slope and shaft.
(b) Signaling systems used for communication between slopes and shafts and the hoistman shall be tested daily.
S 77.1905 Hoist safeguards; general.
(a) Hoists used to transport persons shall be equipped with brakes capable of stopping and holding the cage, bucket, platform, or other device when fully loaded.
(b) When persons are transported by a hoist, a second person familiar with and qualified to stop the hoist shall be in attendance, except where the hoist is fully equipped with overspeed, overwind, and automatic stop devices.
S 77.1906 Hoists; daily inspection.
(a) Hoists used to transport persons shall be inspected daily. The inspection shall include exami- nation of the headgear (headframe, sheave wheels, etc.), connections, links and chains, and other facili- ties.
(b) Prior to each working shift, and before a hoist is returned to service after it has been out of normal service for any reason, the hoist shall be run by the hoist operator through one complete cycle of operation before any person is permitted to be transported.
(c) At the completion of each daily examination required by paragraph (a) of this section, the person making the examination shall certify, by signature and date, that the examination has been made.
If any unsafe condition in the hoisting equipment is present, the person conducting the examination shall make a record of the condition and the date. Certifications and records shall be retained for one year.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0034)
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53242, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1907 Hoist construction; general.
If hooks are used to attach cages or buckets to the socket or thimble of a hoisting rope, the hooks shall be self-closing.
(Sec. 101, Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977, Pub. L. 91-173 as amended by Pub. L. 95-164, 91 Stat. 1291 (30 U.S.C. 811))
[48 FR 53242, Nov. 25, 1983]
S 77.1908 Hoist installations; use.
(a) Where men are transported by means of a hoist and the depth of the shaft exceeds 50 feet, the hoist rope shall be suspended from a substantial hoisting installation which shall be high enough to provide working clearance between the bottom of the sheave and the top of the cage or bucket.
(b) Where men are transported by means of a hoist and the depth of the shaft exceeds 100 feet, temporary shaft guides and guide attachments, or other no less effective means, shall be installed to prevent the cage, platform, or bucket from swinging.
(c) All guides and guide attachments, or other no less effective means, installed in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section shall be maintained to a depth of not less than 75 feet from the bottom of the shaft.
(d) Where crossheads are used, the cage, platform, or bucket shall not be hung more than 10 feet below the crosshead.
(e) Where men are required to embark or disembark from a cage, platform or bucket suspended over or within a shaft, a loading platform shall be installed to insure safe footing.
(f) During the development of each slope or shaft, either a ladder or independently powered auxiliary hoist shall be provided to permit men to escape quickly in the event of an emergency.
(g) No person shall be permitted to ride the rim of any bucket or on the top of a loaded bucket.
(h) The number of persons permitted to ride in cages, skips, or buckets shall be limited so as to prevent overcrowding.
(i) Persons shall not be permitted to ride on a cage, skip, or bucket with tools or materials, except when necessary to handle equipment while in transit. Materials shall be secured to prevent shifting while being hoisted.
(j) The speed of buckets transporting persons shall not exceed 500 feet per minute and not more than 200 feet per minute when within 100 feet of any stop.
(k) A notice of established speeds shall be posted in clear view of the hoistman.
(l) Conveyances being lowered in a shaft in which men are working shall be stopped at least 15 feet above such men and shall be lowered further only after the hoistman has received a signal that all men who may be endangered by the conveyance are in the clear.
(m) No skip or bucket shall be raised or lowered in a slope or shaft until it has been trimmed to prevent material from falling back down the slope or shaft.
(n) Measures shall be taken to prevent material from falling back into the shaft while buckets or other conveyances are being unloaded.
(o) Properly attached safety belts shall be worn by all persons required to work in or over any shaft where there is a drop of 10 or more feet, unless other acceptable means are provided to prevent such persons from falling into the shaft.
S 77.1908-1 Hoist operation; qualified hoistman.
Hoists shall be under the control of and operated by a qualified hoistman when men are in a slope or shaft.
S 77.1909 Explosives and blasting; use of permissible explosives and shot-firing units.
Except as provided in S 77.1909-1, only permissible explosives and permissible shot-firing units shall be used in sinking shafts and slopes.
S 77.1909-1 Use of nonpermissible explosives and nonpermissible shot-firing units; approval by Health and Safety District Manager.
Where the Coal Mine Health and Safety District Manager has determined that the use of nonpermissible explosives and nonpermissible shot-firing units will not pose a hazard to any person during the development of a slope or shaft, he may, after written application by the operator, approve the use of such explosives and shot-firing units and issue a permit for the use of such explosives and devices setting forth the safeguards to be employed by the operator to protect the health and safety of any person exposed to such blasting.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1219-0025)
(Pub. L. No. 96-511, 94 Stat. 2812 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.))
[36 FR 9364, May 22, 1971, as amended at 47 FR 14696, Apr. 6, 1982]
S 77.1910 Explosives and blasting; general.
(a) Light and power circuits shall be disconnected or removed from the blasting area before charging and blasting.
(b) All explosive materials, detonators, and any other related blasting material employed in the development of any slope or shaft shall be stored, transported, carried, charged, and fired in accordance with the provision of Subpart N, "Explosives and Blasting," of this Part 77. Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, all shots shall be fired from the surface.
(c) Where tests for methane have been conducted and methane has not been found and only permissible blasting units are being employed, shots may be fired from an upper level of the slope or shaft.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, all men shall be removed from the slope or shaft prior to blasting.
(e) Blasting areas in slopes or shafts shall be covered with mats or other suitable material when the excavation is too shallow to retain blasted material.
(f) Where it is impracticable to prepare primers in the blasting area, primers may be prepared on the surface and carried into the shaft in specially constructed, insulated, covered containers.
(g) No other development operation shall be conducted in a shaft or at the face of a slope while drill holes are being charged and until after all shots have been fired.
(h) The sides of the slope or shaft between the overhead platform and the bottom where men are working shall be examined after each blast and loose material removed.
(i) Loose rock and other material shall be removed from timbers and platforms after each blast before men are lowered to the shaft bottom.
S 77.1911 Ventilation of slopes and shafts.
(a) All slopes and shafts shall be ventilated by mechanical ventilation equipment during develop- ment. Such equipment shall be examined before each shift and the quantity of air in the slope or shaft measured daily by a certified person and the results of such examinations and tests recorded in a book approved by the Secretary.
(b) Ventilation fans shall be:
(1) Installed on the surface;
(2) Installed in fireproof housing and connected to the slope or shaft opening with fireproof air ducts;
(3) Designed to permit the reversal of the air current, and located in an area which will prevent a recirculation of air from the slope or shaft or air contamination from any other source;
(4) Equipped with an automatic signal device designed to give an alarm in the event the fan slows or stops which can be seen or heard by any person on duty in the vicinity of the fan, except where fans are constantly attended.
(5) Offset not less than 15 feet from the shaft; and
(6) Equipped with air ducts which are fire resistant and maintained so as to prevent excessive leakage of air;
(i) Flexible ducts shall be constructed to permit ventilation by either exhausting or blowing methods and when metal air ducts are used, they shall be grounded effectively to remove static and other electrical charges;
(ii) Ducts shall extend as close to the bottom as necessary to ventilate properly.
(c) A qualified person, designated by the operator, shall be assigned to maintain each ventilating system.
(d) The fan shall be operated continuously when men are below the surface. Any accidental stoppage or reduction in airflow shall be corrected promptly; however, where repairs cannot be made immediately, development work below the surface shall be stopped and all the men not needed to make necessary repairs shall be removed to the surface.
S 77.1912 Ladders and stairways.
(a) Substantial stairways or ladders shall be used during the construction of all shafts where no mechanical means are provided for men to travel.
(b) Landings at intervals of not more than 30 feet shall be installed.
(c) Shaft ladders shall project 3 feet above the collar of the shaft, and shall be placed at least 3 inches from the side of the shaft.
S 77.1913 Fire-resistant wood.
Except for crossties, timbers, and other wood products which are permanently installed in slopes and shafts, shall be fire resistant.
S 77.1914 Electrical equipment.
(a) Electric equipment employed below the collar of a slope or shaft during excavation shall be permissible and shall be maintained in a permissible condition.
(b) The insulation of all electric conductors employed below the collar of any slope or shaft during excavation shall be of the flame resistant type.
(c) Only lamps and portable flood lights approved by the Bureau of Mines or the Mine Safety and Health Administration under Part 19 and Part 20 of this chapter (Bureau of Mines Schedules 6D and 10C) shall be employed below the collar of any slope or shaft.
S 77.1915 Storage and handling of combustible materials.
(a) Compressed and liquefied gas, oil, gasoline, and other petroleum products shall not be stored within 100 feet of any slope or shaft opening.
(b) Other combustible material and supplies shall not be stored within 25 feet of any slope or shaft opening.
(c) Pyritic slates, bony coal, culm or other material capable of spontaneous combustion shall not be used for fill or as surfacing material within 100 feet of any slope or shaft opening.
(d) Areas surrounding the opening of each slope or shaft shall be constructed to insure the drain- age of flammable liquids away from the slope or shaft in the event of spillage.
(e) Oily rags, waste, waste paper, and other combustible waste material disposed of in the vicin- ity of any slope or shaft opening shall be stored in closed containers until removed from the area.
S 77.1916 Welding, cutting, and soldering; fire protection.
(a) One portable fire extinguisher shall be provided where welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame is performed.
(b) Welding, cutting, or soldering with arc or flame within or in the vicinity of any slope or shaft, except where such operations are performed in fireproof enclosures, shall be done under the supervision of a qualified person who shall make a diligent search within or in the vicinity of the slope or shaft for fire during and after such operations.
(c) Before welding, cutting, or soldering is performed in any slope or shaft designed to penetrate into any coalbed below the surface, an examination for methane shall be made by a qualified person with device approved by the Secretary for detecting methane. Examination for methane shall be made immediately before and periodically during welding, cutting, or soldering and such work shall not be permitted to commence or continue in air which contains 1.0 volume per centum or more of methane.
(d) Noncombustible barriers shall be installed below welding, cutting, or soldering operations in or over a shaft.
History
- Effective 1996-10-15
Chapter 6 Qualified Person Certification Rules
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.6.04081999 Qualified Person Certification Rules
CHAPTER VI
QUALIFIED PERSON CERTIFICATION RULES
Section 1. Authority:
The State Mine Inspector, pursuant to W.S. § 30-2-205 (a), is authorized to promulgate rules and regulations governing the certification of those persons testing for flammable gas in underground gassy mines in Wyoming.
Section 2. Definitions
(a) Hands-on Experience: Shall mean practical work experience involving the mining of the mineral in an underground gassy mine.
(b) Metal/Non Metal Mine: Shall mean any mine other than a coal mine and shall exclude the surface area of a metal/non metal mine.
(c) Underground Coal Mine: Shall mean an actual underground coal mine and shall exclude the surface area of an underground coal mine.
(d) Gassy Underground Mine: Shall mean any underground mine that has been designated as a gassy mine by the State Mine Inspector or the Mine Health and Safety Administration.
(e) Qualified Person: Shall mean a person qualified by means of the proper certification issued by the council or by means of training and practical demonstration of ability to the inspector or the Mine Health and Safety Administration (MSHA).
Section 3. Certification Required
(a) No individual shall perform the act of testing for flammable gas, as required by W.S. § 30-3-304 (c), at or beyond the last open crosscut, in any gassy underground mine, unless certified as a qualified person by the Mining Council, the State Mine Inspector or the Mine Health and Safety Administration (MSHA).
Section 4. Training Requirement
(a) An applicant for qualified person certification, as required by W.S. § 30-3-304
(c) , must show proof of having successfully completed training in the following subject areas. For proof of training the applicant must have MSHA Form 5000-23 which documents the training and is signed by the trainer who gave the training.
(1) The properties of methane including, the explosive limits, specific gravity and physical properties.
(2) The procedures for properly testing for methane.
(3) Working limits in a methane atmosphere, action requirements and statutory requirements for elevated levels of methane.
(4) The proper use and care of the methane detector.
(5) The minimum ventilation requirements at and beyond the last open crosscut and at the face areas of a gassy mine as defined by Wyoming Mining Laws, W.S. § 30-3-501 through W.S. § 30-3-503, and the General Mine Safety Rules, Chapter Three, Subpart T.
(b) The training, performed by mining companies, shall be approved by the State Mine Inspector and evaluated periodically by the State Mine Inspector or his deputies.
Section 5. Experience Requirement
(a) To take the qualified person certification examination, an applicant is required to be employed at and work underground in the underground gassy mine.
Section 6. Examination Requirements
(a) An applicant for a qualified person certification must successfully complete a practical demonstration of ability examination administered by the State Mine Inspector.
Section 7. Application Requirement
(a) An applicant for a qualified person certificate must file an application with the State Mine Inspector. The applicant shall furnish all information called for by the application form and any other supplemental information as shall be requested by the State Mine Inspector.
(b) An applicant may submit an application for a certification at anytime that he or she meets the training and experience requirements.
(c) Each application, when filed, shall be accompanied by a MSHA Form 5000-23 which documents the training and is signed by the instructor who gave the training.
(d) An applicant may withdraw his/her application for certification by written request to the State Mine Inspector. In such cases the applicant may reapply anytime in the future by submitting the proper application.
Section 8. Certification Examination
(a) An applicant must meet all of the requirements set forth in these rules before applying to take the qualified person certification examination.
(b) The certification examination shall be administered at the convenience of the State Mine Inspector. Each applicant shall provide their own approved gas detection instrument, to be used by the applicant, during the practical demonstration.
(c) The certification examination shall consist of a practical demonstration of ability. The practicaldemonstration may cover the subjects listed in Section 4 of these rules.
(d) The practical demonstration of ability shall be administered by the State Mine Inspector or his deputies.
(e) The practical demonstration shall be graded using a check list of pertinent points that must be successfully demonstrated.
(f) To pass the practical demonstration the applicant must successfully demonstrate minimum of 75% (seventy-five percent) of the pertinent points on the practical demonstration check list.
Section 9. Notification of Results
(a) An applicant shall be notified, through the U.S. Mail, of the his/her examination results within thirty (30) days of applicant's examination date.
Section 10. Reexamination
(a) An applicant who has failed the qualified person certification examination shall be required to reapply before being permitted to retake the examination.
(b) An applicant, who has failed and applies to retake the examination, shall be required to retake the practical demonstration of ability examination.
Section 11. Examination Review Procedure
(a) An applicant may review his/her examination at the State Mine Inspector's office during regular business hours.
History
- Effective 1999-04-08
Chapter 7 Contractor Certified Person Rule
Wyo. Code R. 053.0004.7.09102008 Contractor Certified Person Rule
State Inspector of Mines
Contractor Certified Person Rule
CHAPTER 7
Section 1. Authority.
(a) The State Mine Inspector, pursuant to W.S. 30-2-205 (a), is authorized to promulgate rules and regulations governing the certification of those persons performing a work place examination at a surface coal mine in the State of Wyoming.
Section 2. Definitions.
(a) "Contractor certified person" means a person who is a contractor employee that is certified by the State Mining Council or the Certified Person Certificate issued by the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
(b) "Contractor employee" means any miner working at a surface coal mine who is not an employee of the mine operator.
(c) "Hands-on experience" means work experience involving the type of work activities that the contractor employee performs at a surface coal mine.
(d) "Surface coal mine" means any surface work areas of a surface coal mine.
Section 3. Certification Required.
(a) No contractor employee shall perform workplace examinations at a surface coal mine and record results unless certified by the State Mining Council, or the Certified Person Certificate issued by the Mine Safety and Health Administration.
Section 4. Training Requirements.
(a) Contractors shall perform training necessary for applicant certification. An applicant must show proof of having successfully completed training in the following subject areas:
(i) general safety rules for surface coal mines;
(ii) fire protection;
(iii) duties of certified person;
(iv) personal protective equipment;
(v) methane and oxygen detection;
(vi) basic first aid.
(b) The training performed by contractors shall be approved by the State Mine Inspector and evaluated periodically by the State Mine Inspector or his deputies.
Section 5. Contractor Certified Person Requirements.
(a) To take the contractor certified person examination, an applicant is required to be employed as a contractor employee. The applicant must have a minimum of two (2) years hands-on experience.
(b) An applicant for a contractor certified person certificate must successfully complete a written and practical demonstration of ability examination administered by the State Mine Inspector or Deputy Inspector.
(c) An applicant for a contractor certified person certificate must file an application with the State Mine Inspector. The applicant shall furnish all information called for by the application form and any other supplemental information as required by the State Mine Inspector.
(d) An applicant may submit an application for certification at anytime that he or she meets the training and experience requirements.
Section 6. Certification Examination.
(a) An applicant must meet all of the requirements set forth in Section 5 of this rule before applying to take the contractor certified person examination.
(b) The certification examination shall be administered by the State Mine Inspector or his deputies.
(c) The certification examination shall be administered at the convenience of the State Mine Inspector.
(d) The certification examination shall consist of a practical demonstration of ability and a written examination. The certification examination will cover the subject areas listed in Section 4 of this rule.
(e) The practical examination shall be graded using a checklist of pertinent points that must be successfully demonstrated.
(f) To pass the certification examination the applicant must achieve a minimum score of seventy five (75%) on both the practical demonstration and the written examination.
Section 7. Notification of Results.
(a) An applicant shall be notified through the U.S. Mail, of his or her certification examination results within thirty (30) days of the applicant's examination date.
Section 8. Re-examination.
(a) An applicant who has failed the contractor certified person examination shall be required to re-apply before being permitted to retake the examination.
Section 9. Certification Examination Review Procedure.
(a) An applicant may review his or her certification examination results at the State Mine Inspector's office or at any of the field offices of the State Mine Inspector during regular business hours.
History
- Effective 2008-09-10
300 OSHA - Agriculture
Chapter 1 General (A)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.1.05162017 General (A)
Microsoft Word - 3190_1.WPD
Chapter 1
General (A)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
Chapter 2 Applicability of Standards (B)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.2.05162017 Applicability of Standards (B)
Microsoft Word - 3191_1.WPD
Chapter 2
Applicability of Standards (B)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
Chapter 3 Roll-over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Tractors Used in Ag Ops(C)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.3.05162017 Roll-over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Tractors Used in Ag Ops(C)
Microsoft Word - 3192_1.WPD
Chapter 3
Roll-over Protective Structures (ROPS) for Tractors Used in Ag Ops (C)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
Chapter 4 Safety for Agricultural Equipment (D)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.4.05162017 Safety for Agricultural Equipment (D)
Microsoft Word - 3193_1.WPD
Chapter 4
Safety for Agricultural Equipment (D)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
Chapter 9 General Environmental Controls (I)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.9.05162017 General Environmental Controls (I)
Microsoft Word - 3194_1.WPD
Chapter 9
General Environmental Controls (I)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
Chapter 13 Occupational Health - Cadmium (M)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0006.13.05162017 Occupational Health - Cadmium (M)
Microsoft Word - 3195_1.WPD
Chapter 13
Occupational Health (M)
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (b) of this section.
(b) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) Department of Labor, Code of Regulations (Standard - 29 CFR), Part 1928, Agriculture adopted by the Department of Workforce Services OSHA Division and effective on September 1, 2015, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owasrch.search_form?p_doc_type=STANDARDS&p_toc_level=1&p_keyvalue=1928
History
- Effective 2017-05-16
302 OSHA - Construction 1926
Chapter 1 General (A)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.1.11192018 General (A)
Chapter 1
General - Subpart A
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1 - 1926.6 (3/7/18) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10594
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 2 General Interpretations (B)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.2.11192018 General Interpretations (B)
Chapter 2
General Interpretations - Subpart B
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.10 - 1926.16 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10599
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 3 General Safety and Health Provisions (C )
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.3.11192018 General Safety and Health Provisions (C )
Chapter 3
General Safety and Health Provisions - Subpart C
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.20 - 1926.35 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10606
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 4 Occupational Health and Environmental Controls (D)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.4.11192018 Occupational Health and Environmental Controls (D)
Chapter 4
Occupational Health and Environmental Controls - Subpart D
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.50 - 1926.66 (1/9/17) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10622
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 5 Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment - Subpart E
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.5.08062025 § 1 Incorporation by Reference
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.95 - 1926.107 (2025) as it was in effect on January 30, 2025 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10658
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Chapter 6 Fire Protection and Prevention (F)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.6.11192018 Fire Protection and Prevention (F)
Chapter 6
Fire Protection and Prevention - Subpart F
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.150 - 1926.159 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10671
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 7 Signs, Signals and Barricades (G)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.7.11192018 Signs, Signals and Barricades (G)
Chapter 7
Signs, Signals, and Barricades - Subpart G
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.200 - 1926.203 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10681
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 8 Materials Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal (H)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.8.11192018 Materials Handling, Storage, Use and Disposal (H)
Chapter 8
Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal - Subpart H
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.250 - 1926.252 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10685
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 9 Tools - Hand and Power (I)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.9.11192018 Tools - Hand and Power (I)
Chapter 9
Tools - Hand and Power - Subpart I
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.300 - 1926.307 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10688
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 10 Welding and Cutting (J)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.10.11192018 Welding and Cutting (J)
Chapter 10
Welding and Cutting - Subpart J
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.350 - 1926.354 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10696
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 11 Electrical (K)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.11.11192018 Electrical (K)
Chapter 11
Electrical - Subpart K
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.400 - 1926.449 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10701
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 12 Scaffolds (L)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.12.11192018 Scaffolds (L)
Chapter 12
Scaffolds - Subpart L
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.450 - 1926.454 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10751
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 13 Fall Protection (M)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.13.11192018 Fall Protection (M)
Chapter 13
Fall Protection - Subpart M
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.500 - 1926.503 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10756
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 14 Helicopters, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors (N)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.14.11192018 Helicopters, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors (N)
Chapter 14
Helicopters, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors - Subpart N
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.550 - 1926.556 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10760
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 15 Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations (O)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.15.11192018 Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations (O)
Chapter 15
Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations - Subpart O
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.600 - 1926.606 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10767
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 16 Excavation (P)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.16.11192018 Excavation (P)
Chapter 16
Excavations - Subpart P
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.650 - 1926.652 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10774
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 17 Concrete and Masonry Construction (Q)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.17.11192018 Concrete and Masonry Construction (Q)
Chapter 17
Concrete and Masonry Construction - Subpart Q
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.700 - 1926.706 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10777
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 18 Steel Erection (R )
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.18.11192018 Steel Erection (R )
Chapter 18
Steel Erection - Subpart R
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.750 - 1926.761 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10786
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 19 Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air (S)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.19.11192018 Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air (S)
Chapter 19
Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams, and Compressed Air - Subpart S
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.800 - 1926.804 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10790
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 20 Demolition (T)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.20.11192018 Demolition (T)
Chapter 20
Demolition - Subpart T
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.850 - 1926.860 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10795
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 21 Blasting and the Use of Explosives (U)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.21.11192018 Blasting and the Use of Explosives (U)
Chapter 21
Blasting and the Use of Explosives - Subpart U
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.900 - 1926.914 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10806
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 22 Electric Power Transmission and Distribution (V)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.22.11192018 Electric Power Transmission and Distribution (V)
Chapter 22
Electric Power Transmission and Distribution - Subpart V
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.950 - 1926.968 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10821
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 23 Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection (W)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.23.11192018 Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection (W)
Chapter 23
Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection - Subpart W
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1000 - 1926.1003 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=13056
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 24 Stairways and Ladders (X)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.24.11192018 Stairways and Ladders (X)
Chapter 24
Stairways and Ladders - Subpart X
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1050 - 1926.1060 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10836
History
- Effective 2018-11-19
Chapter 26 Toxic and Hazardous Substances (Z)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.26.03272025 Toxic and Hazardous Substances (Z)
Chapter 26
Toxic and Hazardous Substances - Subpart Z
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1100 - 1926.1153 (2020) as it was in effect on September 13, 2024 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926.1100
History
- Effective 2025-03-27
Chapter 27 Confined Spaces in Construction (AA)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.27.03272025 Confined Spaces in Construction (AA)
Chapter 27
Confined Spaces in Construction - Subpart AA
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1200 - 1926.1213 (2015) as it was in effect on September 13, 2024 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926.1200
History
- Effective 2025-03-27
Chapter 29 Cranes and Derricks in Construction - Subpart CC
Wyo. Code R. 053.0008.29.10232025 § 1 Incorporation by Reference
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1926.1400 - 1926.1442 (2020) as it was in effect on June 13, 2025 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926.1400.
History
- Effective 2025-10-23
319 OSHA - General Industry 1910
Chapter 1 General (A)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.1.12112018 General (A)
Chapter 1
General - Subpart A
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.1 - 1910.9 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9697
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 2 Adoption & Extension of Established Federal Standards (B)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.2.12112018 Adoption & Extension of Established Federal Standards (B)
Chapter 2
Adoption and Extension of Established Federal Standards - Subpart B
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.11 - 1910.19 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9706
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 3 Adoption & Extension of Established Federal Standards (C)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.3.12112018 Adoption & Extension of Established Federal Standards (C)
Chapter 3
Adoption and Extension of Established Federal Standards - Subpart C
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. § 1910.20 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10111
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 4 Walking & Working Surfaces (D)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.4.12112018 Walking & Working Surfaces (D)
Chapter 4
Walking - Working Surfaces - Subpart D
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.21 - 1910.30 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9713
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 5 Means of Egress (E)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.5.12112018 Means of Egress (E)
Chapter 5
Means of Egress - Subpart E
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.33 - 1910.39 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=12885
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 6 Powered Platforms, Manlifts, and Vehicle-Mounted Work Platforms (F)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.6.12112018 Powered Platforms, Manlifts, and Vehicle-Mounted Work Platforms (F)
Chapter 6
Powered Platforms, Manlifts, and Vehicle-Mounted Work Platforms - Subpart F
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.66 - 1910.68 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9728
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 7 Occupational Health & Environmental Control (G)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.7.12112018 Occupational Health & Environmental Control (G)
Chapter 7
Occupational Health and Environmental Control - Subpart G
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.94 - 1910.98 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9734
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 8 Hazardous Materials (H)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.8.12112018 Hazardous Materials (H)
Chapter 8
Hazardous Materials - Subpart H
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.101 - 1910.126 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9747
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 9 Personal Protective Equipment (I)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.9.12112018 Personal Protective Equipment (I)
Chapter 9
Personal Protective Equipment - Subpart I
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.132 - 1910.140 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9777
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 10 General Environmental Controls (J)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.10.12112018 General Environmental Controls (J)
Chapter 10
General Environmental Controls - Subpart J
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.141 - 1910.147 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9790
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 11 Medical and First Aid (K)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.11.12112018 Medical and First Aid (K)
Chapter 11
Medical and First Aid - Subpart K
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.151 - 1910.152 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9806
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 12 Fire Protection (L)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.12.12112018 Fire Protection (L)
Chapter 12
Fire Protection - Subpart L
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.155 - 1910.165 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9809
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 13 Compressed Gas & Compressed Air Equipment (M)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.13.12112018 Compressed Gas & Compressed Air Equipment (M)
Chapter 13
Compressed Gas and Compressed Air Equipment - Subpart M
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.166 - 1910.169 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9820
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 14 Materials Handling and Storage (N)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.14.12112018 Materials Handling and Storage (N)
Chapter 14
Materials Handling and Storage - Subpart N
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.176 - 1910.184 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9824
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 15 Machinery & Machine Guarding (O)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.15.12112018 Machinery & Machine Guarding (O)
Chapter 15
Machinery and Machine Guarding - Subpart O
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.211 - 1910.219 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9835
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 16 Hand & Portable Powered Tools & Other Hand Held Equipment (P)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.16.12112018 Hand & Portable Powered Tools & Other Hand Held Equipment (P)
Chapter 16
Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment - Subpart P
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.241 - 1910.244 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9848
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 17 Welding, Cutting, and Brazing (Q)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.17.12112018 Welding, Cutting, and Brazing (Q)
Chapter 17
Welding, Cutting, and Brazing - Subpart Q
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.251 - 1910.255 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9852
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 18 Special Industries (R)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.18.12112018 Special Industries (R)
Chapter 18
Special Industries - Subpart R
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.261 - 1910.272 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9857
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 19 Electrical (S)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.19.12112018 Electrical (S)
Chapter 19
Electrical - Subpart S
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.301 - 1910.399 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9878
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 20 Commercial Diving Operations (T)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.20.12112018 Commercial Diving Operations (T)
Chapter 20
Commercial Diving Operations - Subpart T
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.401 - 1910.440 (2016) as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9977
History
- Effective 2018-12-11
Chapter 26 Toxic & Hazardous Substances - Subpart Z
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.26.08122026 Toxic & Hazardous Substances - Subpart Z
Chapter 26
Toxic and Hazardous Substances - Subpart Z
Section 1. Incorporation by Reference.
(a) The Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R. §§ 1910.1000 - 1910.1450 (2026) as it was in effect on March 27, 2026 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.1000
History
- Effective 2026-08-12
Chapter 28 COVID-19 Required Records/Log, Availability of Records, and Reporting COVID-19 Fatality and Hospitalizations to OSHA (U)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0025.28.09282022 § 1 Incorporation by Reference
(a) Wyoming OSHA Commission s has determined the incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of these rules;
(b) The regulations incorporated by reference in this chapter do not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in paragraph (d)(iii) of this section; and
(c) The incorporated regulations are maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and are available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(d) Each regulation incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R §§1910.502 - Healthcare. The following subparts are incorporated by reference:
(A) 29 C.F.R. §§1910.502(q)(2)(ii) through 1910.502(q)(2)(ii)(C)
(B) 29 C.F.R. §§1910.502(q)(3)(ii) through 1910.502(q)(3)(iv); and
(C) 29 C.F.R. §§1910.502(r).
(ii) The Division incorporates these regulations as they were in effect on April 8, 2022, and adopted by the Wyoming OSHA Commission, and are found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910#1910_Subpart_U
History
- Effective 2022-09-28
320 OSHA - Letters of Agreement
Chapter 1 Letters of Agreement
Wyo. Code R. 053.0026.1.08301977 Letters of Agreement
AGREEMENT BETWEEN FMC CORPORATION - KEMMERER COKE PLANT
AND
WYOMING OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMMISSION
(WOHS)
ARTICLE I PREAMBLE
FMC Corporation, Kemmerer, Wyoming plant (FMC) produces formed coke by a
proprietary experimental process. Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Com-
mission (WOHS) agrees that pursuant to Section 27 -282 (f) of the Wyoming Stat-
utes that all information pertaining to FMC's plant shall be maintained as a trade
secret.
The process used by the Kemmerer plant generates coke oven emissions as defined in Chapter VII, Section 1.x. (1)(f) of WOHS Rules & Regulations, General. Employees present in the plant while coke is being produced may be routinely exposed to coke oven emissions.
Chapter VII, Section 1.x. regulating coke oven emissions becomes operative through Section 1.x. (4) defining regulated areas. WOHS recognizes that: - the FMC coke process does not contain any such areas; therefore, the only regulation applicable to the FMC Coke Plant, except as provided herein, is contained in Chapter VII, Table 1, General Rules and Regulations and 27-278- (p)(I) and (q) of the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act which states:
(p)(I) "Each employer shall furnish to his employees, a place of employment and employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or that are likely to cause death or serious physical harm."
(q) "Each employee shall comply with occupational safety and health standards and all rules, regulations and orders issued pursuant to this act which are applicable to his own actions and conduct."
Pursuant to Chapter VII, Section 1. x. , Paragraph (1) (b) , FMC Corporation and the WOHS Commis- sion agree that the Articles of this agreement are the applicable standards for controlling coke oven emissions at the FMC Kemmerer plant and have the same force and effect as any other rules and regula- tions promulgated by the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Commission.
This agreement in no way obviates FMC Corporation's obligation to meet standards provided by the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act or rules and regulations promulgated thereunder that are applicable to protection of Health & Safety of employees from other than coke oven emissions.
This agreement supersedes any effective dates provided for in Chapter VII, Section 1. x. of the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Rules and Regulations, General-.This agreement shall be effective January 1, 1978.
ARTICLE II - PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT
FMC shall assure that no employee is exposed to coke oven emissions at concentra-
tions greater than 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air averaged over an eight hour
period.
ARTICLE III - EXPOSURE, MONITORING AND MEASURING
A. Sampling Method
For purposes of this agreement controlling samples shall be personal samples. Envi-
ronmental samples taken by either FMC or WOHS shall be for informational and
development purposes only.
B. Monitoring Frequency
Employee personal monitoring shall be performed quarterly. :_
C. Number of Samples
FMC shall take three samples (1 per shift), for each of seven operator classifications and three samples
for the Maintenance Department employees.
D. Accuracy of Measurement
FMC shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence
level of 95%) of not less than a plus-or-minus 35% for concentrations of coke oven emissions greater
than or equal to 150 micrograms per cubic meter.
E. Analytical Procedure
As soon as possible representatives of FMC and WOHS shall meet to determine a reliable analytical
procedure. Such procedure shall be agreed to on or before September 1, 1977.
ARTICLE IV - EMPLOYEE NOTIFICATION
FMC shall notify each employee in writing, of the exposure measurements which
represent that employee's exposure within five days after receipt of the results of
measurements.
Whenever such results indicate that the representative employee exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, RIC shall, in such notification, inform each employee of that fact and of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.
ARTICLE V - EXPOSURE CONTROL
A. Engineering Controls
To attempt achievement of permissible exposure limits, FMC shall initiate and/or
complete the implementation of the following engineering controls:
1. Develop, design, engineer, construct and install the dust collection system in the coal handling section;
2. Develop, design, engineer, construct, and install back half (curing and coking stages) dust and mist collection facilities;
3. Develop, design, engineer, and construct a new lunchroom facility which is air conditioned and pressurized;
-
Develop, design, engineer, construct and install necessary modifications to the Control Room so that the Control Room is air conditioned and pressurized; and
-
Design, engineer and install appropriate laundry facilities.
In the event that the above enumerated engineering controls. have not been fully implemented by the effective date of this agreement, FMC shall furnish to WOHS a completion timetable not in excess of six months from the effective date of this agreement. In order to avoid unnecessary disruption to produc- tion, certain phases of the installation must be completed when the plant is scheduled down for the normal semi-annual maintenance outage.
B. Work Practices
FMC will provide in its maintenance policy and procedures requirements for the prompt and
effective repair or replacement of the above engineering controls and any existing engineering
controls as required.
C. Research & Development
If after implementing the engineering and work practice controls of this Article, employee exposures still exceed the permissible exposure limit, FMC shall research, develop, and imple-
ment any other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that such controls
are not feasible. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure
limit, FMC shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection
as provided in Article VI.
ARTICLE VI - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
A. General
Where respirators are required under this agreement, FMC shall select, provide and assure the use of the appropriate respirators or combination of
respirators which shall be NIOSH approved for dust and mist. Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may not be achieved by use of
respirators except:
- during the time period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering and work practice controls, or
2. in work operations such as maintenance and repair activity in which engineering and work practice controls are technologically not feasible, or
3. work situations where engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit, or
4. in emergencies.
B. Respirator Program
FMC shall institute a respiratory protection program in accordance with Chapter IX, Section 3.
of WOHS Rules and Regulations, General.
C. Respirator Usage
FMC shall assure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum face piece leakage and
that the respirator is fitted properly. FMC shall perform quantitative fit tests annually for each employee who
uses a non-powered particulate filter respirator. FMC shall allow each employee who uses a filter respirator to
change the filter element whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an adequate
supply of filter elements for this purpose. FMC shall allow employees who wear respirators to wash their faces and
respirator face pieces to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use.
D. Visible Emissions
RIC shall require the usage of respirators by all employees in the vicinity of visible emissions for the duration of
such visible emissions.
ARTICLE VII - PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
A. Provision and Use. - RIC shall provide and assure the use I of appropriate protective clothing and equipment,
such as but not limited to jackets, coveralls, and specialized gloves as needed.
B. Cleaning and Replacement. - RIC shall provide the above described protective clothing in a clean and
dry condition at least weekly. RIC shall clean, launder or dispose of protective Clothing. FMC shall repair
or replace protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. RIC shall assure that all
protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change rooms as prescribed in Article VIII
of this agreement. RIC shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned, laundered or
disposed of is placed in a closeable container in the change room. RIC shall inform any person who cleans or
launders protective clothing of the potentially harmful effect of exposure to coke oven emissions. The employee shall be responsible
for cleaning his or her personal non-protective clothing at least weekly.
ARTICLE VIII - HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES
A. Change Rooms - RIC shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment whenever employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment.
B. Showers - RIC shall assure that employees assigned to operating areas will shower at the end of the work shift. RIC shall provide shower facilities in accordance with Chapter X, Section l. d. (3) of WOHS General Rules and Regulations.
C. Lunchrooms - RIC shall provide lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply. RIC shall require that employees remove protective clothing and wash their hands and faces prior to their entering the lunchroom.
D. Prohibition of Activities in Operating Areas.. - RIC shall assure that in operating areas food or beverages are not present or consumed-, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except that such activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers, except that the panel board operator and an authorized operator may eat their regular meal, drink and smoke in the Control Room, and other employees may consume beverages and smoke in that area. Drinking water may be consumed anywhere in the plant. Smoking may be permitted in the boiler room and in the coal shack.
ARTICLE IX - MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
A. General Requirements
1. FMC shall institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are assigned to plant operating . areas at least 60 days per year.
- Section 27-287 of the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act permits any employer to require an employee to submit to a physical examination before employment or at any time during employment. FMC will require examinations to be taken by all employees assigned to the plant operating areas in accordance with provisions of this Article IX.
a. Physical examination of an employee may not be required if such employee objects to such examination on religious grounds except where such examination is necessary for the protection of the health or safety of others.
3. FMC shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to the employee.
B. Content of Examinations
FMC shall provide, following the pre-employment examination, a medical examination for employees including the following elements:
1. A work history and medical history which shall include smoking history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms, such as breathlessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing.
2. A 14@' x 17" posterior-anterior chest X-ray and International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;
3. Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) and forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1.0) with recording of type of equipment used;
- Weight;
5. A skin examination;
6. Urinalysis for sugar, albumin, and hematuria;
7. A sputum cytology examination and;
8. A urinary cytology examination.
C. Periodic Examinations
1. FMC shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs B.l.-6. of this Article ai least annually for employees.
2. FMC shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs B.l.-8. of this section at least semi- annually for employees 45 years of age or older or with five (5) or more years employment in the plant production area.
- Whenever an employee has not taken the examinations specified in paragraph C. 1. and 2. of this Article within the six (6) months preceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.
4. Annual and semi-annual examination requirements specified above may be given with a plus-or- minus two month variation.
D. Information Provided to the Physician
FMC shall provide the following information to the examining physician:
- A copy of this Article IX
E. Physician's Written Opinion
1. FMC shall obtain a written opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
a. The results of the medical examinations;
b. The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to coke oven emissions;
c. Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to coke oven emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as respirators; and
d. A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment.
2. FMC shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the I affected employee.
ARTICLE X - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
FMC shall include in its regular personnel training program specific information pertaining to the content of this agreement,
the background of dangers from exposure to coke oven emissions, the use of the respirator program and the medical surveillance
program, and the requirement of complying with the program for hygiene and use of the hygiene facilities.
RIC shall provide upon request all materials relating to the employee information and training program to the WOHS Administrator.
ARTICLE XI - PRECAUTIONARY SIGNS
FMC shall post in appropriate places the following signs;
A. "DANGER - COKE OVEN EMISSIONS ARE A CANCER HAZARD."
This sign may be covered when the plant is not operating.
B . "NO SMOKING OR EATING".
C. "DANGER - RESPIRATOR REQUIRED IN PRESENCE OF VISIBLE EMISSIONS".
D. "DANGER - RESPIRATOR REQUIRED."
ARTICLE XII - RECORD KEEPING
A. Exposure Measurements. FMC shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissions required in Article III.
1. This record shall include:
a. Name,.social security number, and job classification of the employee monitored;
b. The date(s), number, duration and results of each of the samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine representa- tive employee exposure where applicable;
c. The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;
d. A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy; and
e. The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of employee exposure.
2. FMC shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
B. Medical Surveillance. - FMC shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required by Article IX of this subsection.
1. The record shall include:
a. The name, social security number, and description of duties of the employee;
b. A copy of the physician's written opinion;
c. The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical examination; and
d. Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to coke oven emissions.
2. FMC shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps, the following records:
a. A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history;
b. A description of the laboratory procedures used and a copy of any standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results;
c. The initial X-ray;
d. The X-rays for the most recent 5 years;
e. Any X-ray with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent X-rays;
f. The initial cytologic examination slide and written description;
g. The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most recent 10 years; and
h. Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated , atypia, if such atypia persists for 3 years, and allsubsequent slides and written descriptions.
3. RIC shall maintain medical records required under B of this Article for at least 40 years, or for the . duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.
C. Availability
1. RIC shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by Article XII to the Administrator for examination and copying.
2. RIC shall make available upon request records of employee exposure measurements required by paragraph A of this Article for inspection and copying to affected employees, and their designated representatives.
3. RIC shall make available upon request employee medical records required to be maintained by paragraph B of this Article to a physician designated by the affected employee or former em- ployee.
4. RIC shall make available upon request records of employee exposure measurements required by paragraph A of this Article for inspection and copying to former employees and their designated representatives which indicate the former employees' own exposures.
D. Transfer of Records
1. Whenever RIC ceases to do business, the successor to RIC shall receive and retain all records required to be maintained by Article XII.
2. Whenever RIC ceases to do business and there is no successor to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director of NIOSH.
- At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under paragraphs A and B of this Article, RIC shall transmit these records by registered mail to the Director of NIOSH or shall continue to retain such records.
ARTICLE XIII - DURATION OF AGREEMENT
As the Kemmerer plant is an experimental demonstration plant intended to be a model for formed coke production an objective of the plant has been and continues to be to operate below all applicable emission standards. Therefore the effectiveness of the program provided for in this agreement shall be formally revaluated by F14C and WOHS-Administration on or before June 30, 1980 for a determination as to whether the agreement should be terminated, mutually extended or modified effective January 1, 1981.
ARTICLE XIV - INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS
RIC shall endeavor to cause contractors with employees working in production areas for sixty or more operating days for three consecutive years to be covered by the following articles of this agreement:
Article VI Respiratory Protection
Article VII Protective Clothing and Equipment
Article VIII Hygiene facilities and Practices
Article IX - Medical Surveillance
In witness where-of the parties have caused this.agreement to be duly executed as of August 12, 197.7.
RIC CORPORATION by:
OMING OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY COMMISSION by:
APPROVED:
GO ERNOR STATE OF X%IYOMING
History
- Effective 1977-08-30
308 OSHA - Practice & Procedure
Chapter 1 Introduction
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.1.12122017 § 1 Purpose and Scope
(a) It shall be the purpose and scope of these Rules of Practice and Procedure to provide assurance that insofar as possible every working person within this State shall have safe and healthful working conditions free from recognized hazards:
(i) By providing the authority necessary to administer a complete occupational health and safety program.
(ii) By providing for the promulgation of health and safety rules, regulations and standards as necessary to protect businesses and occupations from accident or illness due to unsafe and/or unhealthy industrial environments.
(iii) By providing the means to grant variances to rules, regulations and standards promulgated, except that no variance may be granted to the Act, these Rules of Practice and Procedure and the Federal Recordkeeping Requirements.
(iv) By providing for the administration and enforcement of all rules, regulations and standards promulgated under the provisions of the State of Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act.
(v) By providing the necessary Rules of Practice and Procedure for the Right of Entry and Inspection.
(vi) By enforcing the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Recordkeeping Requirements as well as those of the State.
(vii) By providing technical assistance and research in the field of occupational health and safety for the benefit and protection of employers and employees through voluntary compliance with rules, regulations and standards promulgated by the State.
(viii) By providing for an occupational health program.
(b) It shall also be the purpose and scope of these rules to further provide the assurance that information collected, stored and disseminated about persons is consistent with the Wyoming Public Records Act, W.S. § 16-4-201, while safeguarding the interests of the persons and allowing the State to exercise its proper powers.
History
- Effective 2017-12-12
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.1.12122017 § 2 Authority
The authority for these Rules of Practice and Procedure is provided in the State of Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act, Wyoming Statute §§ 27-11-101 through 27-11-114 and the Wyoming Public Records Act, W.S. § 16-4-201.
History
- Effective 2017-12-12
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.1.12122017 § 3 Definitions
.
(a) "Act" - means the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act, W.S. §§ 27-11-101 through 27-11-114.
(b) "Administrator" - means the Administrator of the Workers' Compensation Division or his representative(s).
(c) "Citation" - Please see "Notice of Violation".
(d) "Commission" - means the Occupational Health and Safety Commission.
(e) "Confidential" - refers to the status of certain personal information as privileged or private, available only to the data subject and/or certain specific subjects.
(f) "Consultant" - means an employee in the Consultation Section of Wyoming OSHA Division who provides consultation.
(g) "Consultation" - means all activities related to the provision of technical assistance, including offsite consultation and onsite consultation.
(h) "Court" - means a court of competent jurisdiction which can order dissemination of information or to hear appeals in contested cases.
(i) "Data Collection" - means the gathering of personal information by any means including but not limited to; surveys, inspections, investigations, forms and oral testimony.
(j) "Department" or "Agency" - means the Department of Workforce Services.
(k) "Department Representative" or "Agency Representative" - means any person authorized by the Department or State of Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Commission to conduct inspections or any other routine activity of the Department.
(l) "Disseminate" - means to release, transfer or otherwise communicate information orally, in writing or by electronic means.
(m) "Employee" - means a person permitted to work by an employer in employment for wages, salary or commission.
(n) "Employee Representative" - means an employee or other person designated or selected by the employees of an establishment to represent said employees in exercising their rights under the Act.
(o) "Employer" - means any individual or organization including the State and all its political subdivisions, which has in its employ one or more individuals performing services for it in employment.
(p) "Employment" - means all services for pay as an employee.
(q) "Establishment" - means any place in or about which an employee shall perform work for the employer.
(r) "File" - means any aggregation of data gathered for a particular purpose and organized or indexed as a unit.
(s) "Financial" - means fiscal, relating to salary, benefits, profits and/or debts of an individual.
(t) "General Duty" - Each employer has the general duty to furnish to each of his employees, a place of employment which is free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious harm to his employees.
(u) "Hearing Officer" - means a member of the Wyoming State Bar, not a member of the Commission, the Department or the Attorney General who, under contract, hears contested cases, prepares findings of fact and conclusions of law, and recommended decisions for the Occupational Health and Safety Commission's consideration.
(v) "Imminent Danger" - Any conditions or practices in any place of employment which could reasonably be expected to cause death or serious physical harm immediately or before the imminence of such danger can be eliminated through the enforcement procedures otherwise provided by the Act.
(w) "Inspection" - means an audit of any property, premises, or place, except private residences, where persons are employed and work is performed by an employee for an employer, and includes any inspection conducted pursuant to a complaint filed, any re-inspection, follow-up inspection, accident investigation or other inspection conducted under W.S. §§ 27-11-108 and 27-11-109.
(x) "Non-serious Violation" - A condition existing in a place of employment where an incident or occupational illness resulting from a violation of a rule, regulation or standard would probably not cause death or serious physical harm but which has a direct or immediate impact on the health and safety of employees.
(y) "Notice" - means the requirement that all individuals who are a part of a data system be informed of the initiation of a file on them or of any changes to an existing file.
(z) "Notice of Violation" - The document issued by the Department and sent to an employer alleging health and/or safety violation(s) of the Act, rule, regulation or order issued under the Act. Also referred to as "Citation".
(aa) "Party" - means each person or agency named in a Citation or Notice.
(bb) "Person" - means an individual, governmental agency, partnership, association, corporation, business, trust, receiver, trustee, legal representative or successor to any of the foregoing.
(cc) "Personal Information" - means all information that describes anything about an individual such as identifying characteristics, measurements, or test scores; evidences things done by or to an individual, such as records of financial transactions, medical treatments, or other services; any information that is or can be retrieved from a recordkeeping system by reference to the name, number, or some other identifying feature associated with the individual to whom the information pertains.
(dd) "Personal Information System" - means any method by which personal information is collected, stored, or disseminated by this agency.
(ee) "Personnel" - means personnel of the State of Wyoming Department of Workforce Services and Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Division.
(ff) "Place of Employment" - means plant, premises, or any other place under control of the employer or about which an employee is permitted to work.
(gg) "Purge" - means the physical destruction of files, records or information.
(hh) "Repeated Violations" - means the subsequent violation of any rule, regulation, standard or order, or general duty where a Citation or Notice has previously been issued for violations.
(ii) "Serious Violation" - a serious violation exists in a place of employment if there is a probability that death or serious physical harm could result from a condition or from one or more practices, means, methods, operations, or processes which have been adopted or are in use, in such place of employment.
(jj) "State" - means the State of Wyoming.
(kk) "Subject" - means the person about whom information is collected and maintained.
(ll) "Trade Secrets" - a plan or process, tool, mechanism, or compound known only to its owner and those employees of the owner to whom it is necessary to confide it; a secret formula or process having commercial value.
(mm) "Working Day" - means Monday through Friday but shall not include Federal or State holidays. In computing 15 working days, the day of receipt of any Notice shall not be included, and the last day of the 15 working days shall be included.
(nn) "Willful Violation" - Willful violation means either an intentional violation of the Act or indifference to its requirements.
History
- Effective 2017-12-12
Chapter 2 Rules and Regulations
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.2.01072004 Rules and Regulations
Chapter 2
Occupational Health and Safety Rules And Regulations
Section 1. Rules and Regulations.
(a) Authority. The Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Commission (hereinafter referred to as the Commission) under the provisions of W.S. 27-11-105 and 27-11-106 of the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act has the power to devise, formulate, adopt, amend, repeal and enforce rules and regulations promulgated in the interest of health and safety.
(b) . General. Development of health and safety rules and regulations shall be through modification and adoption of applicable national occupational safety and health standards which have been adopted or promulgated by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI), the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), the U.S. Department of Labor, Department of Transportation, and all other standards promulgated by other agencies, which are deemed appropriate and necessary. Such standards shall serve as reference and text in the development of the Wyoming Health and Safety Rules, Regulations and Standards. The Department shall research and catalog rules and regulations in preparation for review by the Commission. All rules and regulations shall be promulgated by the Commission in accordance with Section 16-3-103 of the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act, the rules of the Secretary of State and Commission policies.
(i) Pursuant to the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 Section 18(c)(2), the Department must develop safety and health standards that are at least as effective in providing safe and healthful employment and places of employment as federal standards.
(ii) W.S.27-11-105(b)(ii)(C) provides that the rules and regulations shall not be more stringent than corresponding federal rules and regulations. If there are no corresponding federal rules or regulations the commission may adopt applicable state rules and regulations.
(c) Development, review and revision.
(i) The Commission may appoint advisory committees equally composed of employers and employees from the industries involved to assist and advise the Commission.
(ii) State health and safety rules and regulations shall be reviewed as needed and revised as necessary.
(iii) In the development of health and safety rules and regulations, the Commission shall take into consideration recognized and accepted national standards and codes, recognized industrial standards or similar, in whole or in part, but shall not be limited exclusively to these.
(d) The Commission shall adopt, amend or repeal applicable rules, regulations and standards as they are adopted, amended or repealed y the U.S. Department of Labor, unless there is good cause not to adopt, amend or repeal.
(i) The time for adoption, amendment or repeal shall not exceed six months from the effective date of said standard, except for good cause.
Section 2. Emergency Rules and Regulations.
(a) Authority. Emergency rules and regulations may be promulgated by the Commission or Department pursuant to W.S. 16-3-103(b).
(b) Commission Powers. The Commission may promulgate emergency rules and regulations under the following conditions:
(i) When new or unforeseen hazards arise that may be detrimental to the health or safety of the employee;
(ii) When, due to unforeseen circumstances or conditions, an existing rule, regulation or standard is declared ineffective.
Section 3. Applicability of Universal Rules and Regulations (Horizontal) and Specific Industry Rules and Regulations (Vertical).
(a) Universal rules and regulations and all applicable standards issued thereunder shall apply to all employers and employees covered by the Act in all industries and places of employment, without exception, within the State of Wyoming.
(b) Specific industry rules and regulations shall be that rule or regulation which was promulgated specifically for the industry or occupational area involved. Specific industry rules and regulations and all applicable standards issued thereunder shall apply to all employers and employees who are engaged in or employed in the specific industry or occupational area.
History
- Effective 2004-01-07
Chapter 3 Enforcement
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 1 General
(a) The purpose of this Chapter is to prescribe rules and set forth policies for carrying out the abatement, complaint, inspection, inspection priority, written notice or citation, proposed penalty, and trade secret provisions of the Act.
(b) Where this Chapter sets forth broad policies rather than substantive or procedural rules, such policies may be modified in circumstances where the Department determines that an alternative course of action would better carry out the objectives of the Act.
(c) Enforcement shall be used only to obtain compliance with the Act and the rules, regulations and standards established under the Act.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 2 Inspections
(a) Any Department authorized representative may:
(i) Inspect at reasonable times any factory, plant, establishment, construction site, or other area, workplace or environment, except private residences, where work is performed by an employee of an employer;
(ii) Investigate during regular working hours and at other reasonable times, and within reasonable limits and in a reasonable manner, any such place of employment, and all pertinent conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment and materials therein;
(iii) Question privately any employer, owner, operator, agent or employee;
(iv) Review records required by the Act and regulations published in these Rules of Practice and Procedure; and,
(v) Inspect and review any other records which are directly related to the purpose of the inspection.
(b) The right of entry and inspection shall also include the authority to take samples and to take or obtain photographs, videos, etc. related to the purpose of the inspection and employ other reasonable investigative techniques. The term employ "other reasonable investigative techniques" includes, but is not limited to, the use of devices to measure employee exposures and the attachment of sampling equipment such as pumps, dosimeters and other similar devices to employees in order to measure their exposure, and shall provide such entry for the purpose of enforcement, inspection or technical assistance.
(c) Prior to inspecting areas containing information which is classified by an agency of the United States Government in the interest of national security, the Department representative shall have obtained the appropriate security clearance.
(d) Pre-Inspection process:
(i) Initial or pre-inspection conference. The Department representative shall explain the nature and purpose of the inspection; and indicate generally the scope of the inspection and the records which they wish to review. Such designation of records shall not preclude access to additional records necessary for the inspection.
(ii) The Department representative shall notify the employer in writing of their right to refuse the representative entry to investigate health and safety conditions unless a warrant is obtained from a court of competent jurisdiction.
(iii) Inspections shall be such conducted so as to minimize disruption of operations of the employer's establishment.
(iv) A representative or representatives of the employer and a representative or representatives of the employee(s) shall be given an opportunity to accompany the Department representative before or during the physical inspection of any workplace for the purpose of aiding such inspection. Where there is no authorized employee representative, the Department representative shall consult in private with a reasonable number of employees concerning matters of health and safety in the workplace.
(A) Any representative(s) authorized by the employee(s) shall be an employee(s) of the employer. However, if at the discretion of the Department representative, good cause has been shown that a third party, who is not an employee of the employer (such as an industrial hygienist or a safety engineer), is reasonably necessary to conduct an effective and thorough physical inspection of the workplace, such third party may accompany the Department representative during the inspection.
(B) The Department representative is authorized to deny the right of accompaniment to any individual whose conduct interferes with a fair and orderly inspection.
(v) The Department representative may consult in private with employees concerning matters of occupational safety and health to the extent they deem necessary for the conduct of an effective and thorough inspection. During the course of an inspection, any employee shall be afforded an opportunity to bring any violation of the Act which he has reason to believe exists in the workplace to the attention of the Department representative.
(vi) Upon a refusal to permit a Department representative to enter; inspect; review records; question any employer, owner, operator, agent, or employee in private; or to permit a representative of employees to accompany the Department representative during the physical inspection of any workplace the Department representative shall terminate the
inspection or confine the inspection to other non- objectionable areas, conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment, materials, records, or interviews. The Department representative shall endeavor to ascertain the reason for such refusal, and shall immediately report the refusal and the reason to the Compliance Manager. The Compliance Manager shall consult with the OSHA Deputy Administrator and the Attorney General, or his representative, to initiate appropriate action.
(A) A warrant may be sought in advance of an attempted inspection or investigation if, in the judgment of the OSHA Deputy Administrator, circumstances exist which make such action desirable or necessary. Examples of circumstances in which it may be desirable or necessary to seek a warrant in advance of an attempt to inspect or investigate include, but are not limited to:
(I) When the employer's past practice either implicitly or explicitly puts the Department on notice that a warrantless inspection will not be allowed;
(1.) Any permission to enter, inspect, review records, or question privately any individual, shall not imply or be conditioned upon a waiver of any cause of action, citation, or penalty under the Act. Department representatives are not authorized to grant any such waiver.
(vii) Advance notice of inspections may not be given, except in the following
situations:
(A) In cases of apparent imminent danger, to enable the employer to abate the danger as quickly as possible;
(B) In circumstances where the inspection can most effectively be conducted after regular business hours or where special preparations are necessary for an inspection;
(C) Where necessary to assure the presence of representatives of the employer and employees or the appropriate personnel needed to aid in the inspection;
(D) In other circumstances where the OSHA Deputy Administrator determines that the giving of advance notice would enhance the probability of an effective and thorough inspection; and,
(E) Except as specified above, any person who gives advance notice of any inspection, investigation or response to a complaint to be conducted under the authority, and for the purpose of enforcement of the Act, without the consent of the OSHA Deputy Administrator shall, upon conviction, be guilty of a misdemeanor and shall be punished by a fine of not more than $10,000, or by imprisonment for than six (6) months or both.
(viii) Advance notice in any of the situations described in paragraph (vii) of this section shall not be given more than 24 hours before the inspection is scheduled to be conducted, except in apparent imminent danger situations and in other unusual circumstances.
(ix) As described in paragraph (vii) of this section, advance notice of inspections may be given only if authorized by the OSHA Deputy Administrator, except that in cases of apparent imminent danger, advance notice may be given by the Compliance Manager without authorization if the OSHA Deputy Administrator is not immediately available. When advance notice is given, it shall be the employer's responsibility promptly to notify the authorized representative of employees of the inspection, if the identity of such representative is known to the employer.
(A) The Department representative shall have authority to resolve all disputes as to who is to be the representative(s) authorized by the employees for the purpose of this section.
(B) If there is no authorized representative of employees, or if the Department representative is unable to determine with reasonable certainty who is such representative, he shall consult privately with a reasonable number of employees concerning matters of safety and health in the workplace.
(C) An employer who fails to comply with his obligation under this paragraph promptly to inform the authorized representative of employees of the inspection or to furnish such information as is necessary to enable the Department representative promptly to inform such representative of the inspection, may be subject to citation and penalty under W.S.
§ 27-11-107 of the Act.
(x) At the conclusion of an inspection, the Department representative shall confer with the employer or his representative and informally advise him of any safety or health violations disclosed by the inspection. During such conference, the employer shall be afforded an opportunity to bring to the attention of the representative any pertinent information regarding conditions in the workplace.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 3 Complaints By Employees
(a) Any employee or representative of employees who believes that a violation of the Act or rule, regulation or standard promulgated under the Act, exists in any workplace where such employee is employed may request an inspection of such workplace by written notice of complaint to the Department. Any such notice shall be reduced to writing, shall set forth with reasonable particularity the grounds for the notice, and shall be signed by the employee or representative of employees. A copy shall be provided the employer or his agent by the Department representative no later than at the time of the inspection, except that, upon request of the employee or his representative giving such notice, his name and the names of individual employees referred to therein shall not appear in such copy or on any record published, released, or made available by the Department; in cases of alleged violation constituting imminent danger, the Compliance Manager may waive the requirements of written notice.
(b) If upon receipt of such notification the Compliance Manager determines that the complaint meets the requirements set forth in subsection a. of this Section, and that there are reasonable grounds to believe that the alleged violation exists, he shall cause an inspection to be made as soon as practicable, to determine if such alleged violation exists. Inspections under this section may exceed matters referred to in the complaint.
(c) During, or prior to, any inspection of a workplace, any employee or representative of employees employed in such workplace may notify the Department representative of any violation of the Act which they have reason to believe exists in such workplace.
(d) If the Department representative determines that an inspection is not warranted because there are no reasonable grounds to believe that an alleged violation or danger exists with respect to a complaint, he shall notify the complaining party in writing of such determination. The complaining party may obtain review of such determination by submitting a written statement of position to the OSHA Deputy Administrator. Upon request of the complaining party, the OSHA Deputy Administrator may hold an informal conference in which the complaining party may present his views. After considering all written and oral views presented, the OSHA Deputy Administrator shall affirm, modify, or reverse the determination of the Department representative and furnish the complaining party a written notification of his decision and reasons. The decision of the OSHA Deputy Administrator shall be final and not subject to further review.
(e) If the Compliance Manager determines that an inspection is not warranted because the requirements of this section have not been met, he shall notify the complaining party in writing of such determination. Such determination shall be without prejudice to the filing of a new complaint meeting the requirements of this section.
(f) Whenever and as soon as the Department representative concludes that conditions or practices exist in any place of employment which could reasonably be expected to cause death or serious physical harm immediately or before the imminence of such danger can be eliminated through the enforcement procedures otherwise provided by the Act, he shall inform the affected employees and employers of the danger and require the employer to cease operations immediately in order to eliminate such danger. If the employer does not cease operations to eliminate the danger, the Department, with concurrence of the Attorney General, may take action to restrain the employer from continuing operations where an imminent danger condition exists. Appropriate citations and notices of proposed penalties may be issued with respect to an imminent danger even though, after being informed of such danger by the Department representative, the employer immediately eliminates the imminence of the danger and initiates steps to abate such danger.
(g) Complaints from individuals other than current employees or their representatives.
(i) Complaints from individuals who are not current employees or employee representatives, such as complaints by an ex-employee, concerned citizen, etc. do not constitute
formal complaints under the criteria set forth in this section. These complaints will be treated as non-formal, where the employer is notified of allegations and are sent to the employer by facsimile or letter.
(ii) Non-formal imminent danger complaints. If, on the basis of evaluation of a non-formal complaint, it appears an imminent danger situation may be involved, an inspection will be conducted immediately, if resources are available.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 4 Inspection and Investigation Priority
(a) General Requirements.
(i) Inspection and investigation priorities shall be established to effectively and efficiently utilize enforcement personnel. Unprogrammed activities such as fatalities, catastrophes, imminent danger complaints, and safety and health complaints shall have priority over programmed activities like targeted inspections and other industrial, governmental, and agricultural inspections.
(ii) Follow-up inspections will be considered within the basic priority activity which generated the requirement. For example, a follow-up inspection determined necessary as the result of a fatality investigation would be considered before those generated by complaint investigations. However, the seriousness and imminence of the hazard or condition requiring action must be considered.
(iii) All willful, repeat, and serious violations shall require follow-up inspections, unless positive proof of correction has been received. Positive proof consists of photos, videos, evidence of purchase or repair of equipment, invoices, receipts, records of training, etc.
(b) Inspection priorities. Priority of accomplishment and assignment of inspections shall be as follows:
(i) First - Cases of imminent danger, mishaps that result in the death of one or more employees or hospitalization of three or more employees.
(ii) Second - Formal complaints alleging unhealthy or unsafe working places
or conditions.
(iii) Third - Targeted Industries as selected annually within the State.
(iv) Fourth - Other industrial, governmental and agricultural groups and places of employment.
(c) Inspection Category Instructions.
(i) Imminent danger, fatality and multiple hospitalization investigations. The specific incident, situation or area directly involved in the accident shall be investigated in detail. If time and resources permit, a complete inspection of the establishment is made in addition to the investigation. Other areas or operations in the establishment may have similar circumstances to those that caused the accident and should be brought under control immediately.
(ii) Complaints must be acted upon as soon as possible and inspections shall be conducted according to the following priority:
(A) Imminent Danger. Any complaint which alleges an imminent danger shall be investigated the same day received if possible, but no later than 24 hours after receipt of the complaint. If that is impossible, the employer shall be notified of the complaint allegations and instructed to correct them before the Department representative arrives.
(B) All other complaints will be investigated as quickly as possible.
(C) If a complaint is made to a Department representative during the course of an inspection, he shall act on it as part of that inspection.
(D) When acting on complaints the Department representative shall inspect the entire facility or workplace if time and resources permit, unless there has been an inspection of the entire facility within the previous two years.
(iii) Targeted Fixed Industry.
(A) In employment areas with injury rates of high frequency and severity, efforts shall be directed towards companies with the highest workers' compensation experience modification ratings, claims to employee ratio, claims costs to premium ratio, and average claims costs. The companies shall be selected annually based on statistics compiled within the state and shall be the first priority within the fixed industry group.
(B) The second priority in the fixed industry group is activities on the federal OSHA national emphasis list. Examples are: amputations, lead, silica, etc. Where possible, companies engaged in these activities will be identified through workers' compensation data.
(iv) Targeted Mobile Industry.
(A) The first priority is companies in the five highest mobile industry class codes or in the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) selected annually with positive experience modification ratings or high injury and illness rates.
(B) The second priority is those activities on the federal OSHA national emphasis list where hazards are observed.
(C) The third priority is construction sites identified by the federal OSHA construction identification system.
(D) The fourth priority is the remaining mobile sites where hazards are
observed.
(v) Other industrial, governmental, and agricultural employers.
(A) The first priority is companies with positive experience modification ratings (EMR) in the highest fixed industry class codes or NAICS. Lists will be prepared using workers' compensation data showing companies with positive EMRs for inspection purposes.
(B) Beyond the inspection of fatalities, hospitalization cases, complaints, and the target industries, it is desired to establish the Department's presence as widely as possible within the framework of available resources.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 5 Notice of Violation or Citation
(a) After completion of an enforcement inspection, the Compliance Manager shall review the casefile and may consult with the Department representative. If, on the basis of the review, the Compliance Manager believes that the employer has violated the Act; rule, regulation or standard promulgated under the Act; or any rule published in these rules or practice and procedure, he may consult with the office of the Attorney General, and shall issue a Citation and Notification of Penalty to the employer. A citation shall be issued, even though after being informed of a violation by the Department representative the employer immediately abates, or initiates steps to abate, such violation. A citation shall be issued in all cases, whether the violation is determined to be imminent danger, serious, or nonserious. Any citation shall be issued with reasonable promptness after termination of the inspection. No citation may be issued after the expiration of one hundred eighty (180) days following the occurrence of any violation.
(b) Any citation shall describe with particularity the nature of the alleged violation, including a reference to the provision(s) of the Act, rules, regulations, standards or order violated. Any citation shall also fix a time or times for the abatement of the alleged violation, except that in case of imminent danger it shall be abated immediately.
(c) When a citation is issued for a violation alleged in an employee complaint, a copy of the citation pertaining to the specific violation alleged to exist shall be sent to the employee or representative of employees who made such complaint or notification.
(d) After an inspection, if the Compliance Manager determines that a citation is not warranted with respect to a danger or violation alleged to exist in a request for inspection or a notification of alleged violation he shall respond to the complainant.
(e) Every citation shall state that the issuance of a citation does not constitute a judgment that a violation of the Act; rule, regulation or standard promulgated under the Act; or
any rule published in these rules or practice and procedure has occurred; and that the employer shall have the right to contest any violation, penalty or abatement period and the employee shall have the right to contest the abatement period.
(f) Citations shall be prominently posted at or near the site of violation and shall remain posted until all violations cited therein are corrected, or for a period of three (3) working days, whichever is longer.
(i) If due to the nature of the operation it is not possible to post the citation at or near the site of violation, the citation shall be posted in a conspicuous place where notices to employees are normally posted.
(g) The citation shall contain the proposed penalty for each serious, willful, repeated, failure-to abate, and regulatory violation. The proposed penalties need not be posted with the citation at or near the site of violation.
(h) Abatement documentation procedures.
(i) Upon timely abatement of the violation, as stated in the citation, the employer shall notify the Compliance Manager in writing of the abatement of the violation. Information to be included for all violations will be the date and method of abatement and assurance that the employees and their representatives have been informed of the abatement. Documentation such as purchase or repair receipts, photographic or video evidence of abatement, or other written documents will be provided for willful, repeat, serious, and failure to abate violations. Excluded are those conditions that make it impossible to positively document abatement, such as backfilled trenches, equipment removed from service, etc. The employer may not be required to certify abatement when the Department representative observes corrective actions within 24 hours after a violation is identified and documents the abatement action.
(ii) Abatement documents shall be prominently posted at or near the site of violation and shall remain posted for three working days. If due to the nature of the operation it is not possible to post the Citation and Notification of Penalty at or near the site of violation, the abatement documents shall be posted in a conspicuous place where notices to employees are normally posted.
(iii) For willful, repeat, serious, and failure to abate violations involving movable equipment, the employer must attach a warning tag or a copy of the citation to the operating controls or to the cited component of equipment that is moved within the worksite or between worksites. The tag must describe the nature of the violation. The tag must remain attached until the violation is corrected, the equipment is permanently removed from service, or the violation is vacated.
(i) Petition for Modification of Abatement Date.
(i) An employer may file a petition for modification of abatement date when he has made a good faith effort to comply with the abatement requirements of a violation, but abatement has not been completed because of factors beyond his control. A petition shall be filed with the Compliance Manager no later than the close of the next working day following the date on which abatement was originally required. A late filed petition shall be accompanied by the employer's statement of exceptional circumstances explaining the delay.
(ii) A petition for modification of abatement date shall be in writing and shall include the following information:
(A) All steps taken by the employer, and the dates of such action, in an effort to achieve compliance during the prescribed abatement period.
(B) The specific additional abatement time necessary in order to
achieve compliance.
(C) The reasons such additional time is necessary, including the unavailability of professional or technical personnel or of materials and equipment, or because necessary construction or alteration of facilities cannot be completed by the original abatement date.
(D) All available interim steps being taken to safeguard the employees against the cited hazard during the abatement period.
(E) A certification that a copy of the petition has been posted and, if appropriate, given to the authorized employee representative of affected employees and a certification of the date upon which such posting and service were made.
(I) A copy of such petition shall be posted in a conspicuous place where all affected employees will have notice thereof or near the location where the violation occurred. The petition shall remain posted for a period of ten (10) working days. Where affected employees are represented by an authorized representative, the representative shall be given a copy of the petition.
(iii) Affected employees or their representatives may file an objection in writing to a petition with the OSHA Deputy Administrator. Failure to file an objection within ten
(10) working days of the date of posting of the petition or receipt by an authorized representative shall constitute a waiver of any further right to object to a petition.
(iv) The Compliance Manager shall have the authority to approve any petition for modification of abatement date filed when no objection has been filed.
(v) The Compliance Manager shall not approve petitions until the expiration of fifteen (15) working days from the date it was posted or served by the employer.
(vi) Where any petition is objected to by affected employees or the Compliance Manager, the petition, Citation and Notification of Penalty, and any objections shall be forwarded to the OSHA Deputy Administrator.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 6 Penalties
(a) The authority for penalties is provided in Wyoming. Statutes §§ 27-11-107 and 27- 11-108 of the Act.
(b) The Department adopts the penalties, assessed after January 15, 2025, for Wyo. Stat. § 27-11-107(b)-(d), (f) and (g) as found at: https://www.osha.gov/penalties
(i) Willful violation. The penalty per willful violation under Section 17(a) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(a), shall not be less than $11,823 and shall not exceed $165,514.
(ii) Repeated violation. The penalty per repeated violation under Section 17(a) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(a), shall not be less than $11,823 and shall not exceed $165,514.
(iii) Serious violation. The penalty for a serious violation under Section 17(b) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(b), shall not be less than $1,221 and shall not exceed $16,550.
(iv) Other-than-serious violation. The penalty for an other-than- serious violation under Section 17(c) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(c), shall not exceed $16,550.
(v) Failure to correct violation. The penalty for a failure to correct a violation under Section 17(d) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(d), shall not exceed $16,550 per day.
(vi) Posting requirement violation. The penalty for a posting requirement violation under Section 17(i) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(i), shall not exceed $16,550.
(vii) This rule does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter.
(c) When determining the amount of any proposed penalty, consideration shall be given to the appropriateness of the penalty with respect to the size of the business of the employer, the gravity of the violation, the good faith of the employer, and the history of previous violations.
(d) Appropriate penalties may be assessed with respect to an alleged violation even though after being informed of such alleged violation by the Department representative, the employer immediately abates, or initiates steps to abate the alleged violation. Penalties shall not be proposed for de minimis violations which have no direct or immediate relationship to safety or health.
(e) Payment of all fines and penalties imposed under this section shall be made to the county treasurer of the county in which the violation occurs to be credited to the county school fund in accordance with Article 7, Section 5 of the State Constitution.
(f) The Department shall not seek court action for the purpose of obtaining abatement or assessment of penalty against any employer for violation of the Act, or any rule, regulation or standard under the Act, until a fifteen (15) working day period has lapsed after the receipt of the Citation and Notification of Penalty by the employer.
(g) State and local government employers, agencies or departments shall not pay nor be assessed a monetary penalty for a violation of the Act; rules, regulations or standards promulgated under the Act; or any rule published in the rules or practice and procedure, but shall receive a notification of any violations and shall be as accountable as private employers. State and local government employers, agencies or departments shall be subject to all provisions other than monetary penalties the same as the private sector as provided in the State of Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act, Rules of Practice and Procedure, and rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission for Department enforcement; which means that State and local government employers are subject to court action, injunctions and all enforcement proceedings.
(h) The OSHA Commission will review the federal cost index annually to determine any changes to the penalties with a vote.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.3.08062025 § 7 Trade Secrets
(a) All information reported to or otherwise obtained by the Department or its representative in connection with any inspection or proceeding under the Act which contains or which might reveal a trade secret shall be considered confidential for the purpose of this section, except that such information may be disclosed to other officers or employees concerned with carrying out the Act or when relevant in any proceeding under the Act. In any such proceeding the OSHA Deputy Administrator or the court shall issue such orders as may be appropriate to protect the confidentiality of trade secrets.
(b) No Department representative shall publish, divulge, disclose or make known in any manner or to any extent not authorized by law any information coming to him in the course of his employment or official duties or by reason of any examination or investigation made by, or return, report or record made to or filed with such Department representative thereof, which information concerns or relates to the trade secrets, processes, operations, style of work, or apparatus, or to the identity, confidential statistical data, amount or source of any income, profits, losses, or expenditures of any person, firm, partnership, corporation, or association, or permit any income return or copy thereof or any book containing any abstract or particulars thereof to be seen or examined by any individual except as provided by law.
(c) At the commencement of an inspection, the employer may identify areas in the establishment which contain or which might reveal a trade secret. If the Department representative has no clear reason to question such identification, information obtained in such
areas, including all negatives and prints of photographs, and environmental samples, shall be labeled "confidential-trade secret" and shall not be disclosed except as provided by law.
(d) Upon the request of an employer, any authorized representative selected to accompany the Department representative during an inspection in an area containing trade secrets shall be an employee whose normal duty requires that he be in that area or an employee authorized by the employer to enter that area. Where there is no such representative or employee, the Department representative shall consult in private with a reasonable number of employees who work in that area to determine conditions pertaining to health and safety.
History
- Effective 2025-08-06
Chapter 5 Variances
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.5.01072004 Variances
Chapter 5
Variances
Section 1. General.
(a) Authority. The authority for variances is provided in the Act at W.S.27-11-111.
(b) Effect of Variances. All variances granted under this Chapter shall be in effect only from the date, stated in the variance. No variance from a rule, regulation or standard may be issued to an employer for which a Citation and Notification of Penalty is pending, or has been received by that employer until the completion of any and all proceedings concerning the Citation and Notification of Penalty.
(c) Public Notice. Upon granting a variance under this Chapter, the Department shall give notice through the public media which states the final action and specifies the alternative to the rule, regulation or standard permitted by the particular variance.
(d) Variance Application. Any application and other supporting papers shall be legible and each application or other paper filed under this Chapter shall bear the original signature of the person filing it, his attorney, or any other authorized representative.
Section 2. Application for Variance.
(a) Application for variance. Any employer, or class of employers, desiring a variance from a rule, regulation or standard, or portion thereof, authorized by W.S. 27-11-111, may file a written application containing the information specified in paragraph (b) of this section with the Program Manager.
(b) Contents. An application filed for a permanent or temporary variance pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this subsection shall include:
(i) The name and address of the applicant;
(ii) The address of the place or places of employment involved;
(iii) A statement that the applicant has informed his affected employees of th application by giving a copy thereof to their authorized representative, or posting, at the place or places where notices to employees are normally posted; a statement giving a summary of the application, and specifying where a copy may be examined and information concerning the employee's right to petition the Commission or Department for a hearing, and by other appropriate means.
(c) Additional contents - Permanent variance.
(i) A description of the conditions, practices, means, metnods, operations, or processes used or proposed to be used by the applicant;
(ii) A statement showing how the conditions, practices, means, methods, operations, or processes used or proposed to be used would provide employment and places of employment to employees which are as safe and healthful as those required by the standard from which a variance is sought;
(d) Additional contents - Temporary variance.
(i) A specification of the rule, regulation or standard, or portion thereof, from which the applicant seeks a variance;
(ii) A written statement by the applicant, supported by written statements from a qualified individual(s) having first hand knowledge of the facts represented, that he is unable to comply with the rule, regulation or standard, or portion thereof, by its effective date, and a detailed statement of the reasons for being unable to comply;
(iii) A statement of the steps the applicant has taken and will take, with specified dates where appropriate, to protect employees against the hazard covered by the rule,regulation or standard;
(iv) A statement of when the applicant expects to be able to comply with the rule, regulation or standard and of what steps he has taken and will take, with specific dates where appropriate, to come into compliance with the rule, regulation or standard;
(v) A statement of facts to establish that the applicant is unable to comply with the rule, regulation or standard by its effective date, because of unavailability of professional or technical personnel or of materials and equipment needed to come into compliance with the rule, regulation or standard or because of necessary construction or alteration of facilities cannot be completed by the effective date;
(vi) A statement that the applicant is taking all available steps to safeguard his employees against the hazards covered by the rule, regulation or standard and he has an effective program for coming into compliance with the standard as quickly as practicable.
(e) Interim Order.
(i) Application. An application may also be made for an interim order to be effective until decision is rendered on the application for the variance filed previously or concurrently. An application for an interim order shall include statements of fact and arguments as to why the order should be granted.
The Commission or the Program Manager shall rule upon the application for an interim order based on the facts contained within the application.
(ii) Denial of application. If an application filed pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this paragraph is denied, the applicant shall be given prompt notice of the denial, which shall include, a brief statement of the grounds for denial.
(iii) Grant of an interim order. If an interim order is granted, a copy of the order shall be served upon the applicant. It shall be a condition of the order that the affected employer shall give notice thereof to affected employees by the same means to be used to inform them of an application for a variance.
Section 3. Amendment or Repeal of Variances
(a.) Amendment or repeal.
(i) An affected employer or an affected employee may apply in writing to the Commission or the Program Manager for an amendment or repeal of a variance issued under W.S.27-11-111. The application shall contain:
(A) The name and address of the applicant;
(B) A description of the relief sought;
(C) A statement setting forth with particularity the grounds for the relief;
(D) If the applicant is an employer, a certification that the applicant has informed his affected employees of the application by:
(I) Giving a copy thereof to their authorized representative;
(II) Posting at the place or places where notices to employees are normally posted, a statement giving a summary of the application and specifying where a copy of the full application may be examined (or in lieu of the summary, posting the application itself); (III) Notifying employees of the right to petition the Commission or the Department for a hearing;
(E) If the applicant is an affected employee, a certification that a copy of the application has been furnished to the employer; and
(F) Any request for a hearing, as provided in this Chapter.
(ii) The Commission may on its own motion proceed to amend or repeal a variance issued under W.S.27-11-111. In such event, the Program Manager shall inform the affected employer and employees of their right to request a hearing, and shall take any other action as may be appropriate to give actual notice to affected employees. Any request for a hearing shall include a short and plain statement of:
(A) How the proposed amendment or repeal would affect the requesting party; and
(B) What the requesting party would seek to show on the subjects or issues involved.
(b) Renewal. Any temporary variance issued under Section W.S.27-11-111 of the Act may be renewed or extended as permitted by the applicable Section and in the manner prescribed for its issuance.
Section 4. Action on Applications.
(a) Defective applications.
(i) If an application filed pursuant to Section 2. of this Chapter does not conform to this Section, the Commission or the Program Manager shall deny the application.
(ii) Prompt notice of the denial of an application shall be given applicant.
(iii) Notice of denial shall include, or be accompanied by, a brief statement of the grounds for denial.
(iv) A denial of an application pursuant to this Section shall be without prejudice to the filing of another application.
(b) Successful applications.
(i) If an application has not been denied pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section, the Program Manager shall publish through the public media, notice of the filing of an application which shall include:
(A) The terms or an accurate summary of the application;
(B) A reference to the section of the Act under which the application has been filed;
(C) An invitation to interested individuals to submit within a stated period of time written data, views or arguments regarding the application; and
(D) Information to affected employers and employees of any right to request a hearing. All requests for hearing shall be governed by the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
History
- Effective 2004-01-07
Chapter 6 Informal Conferences, Hearings & Contested Cases
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.6.01072004 Informal Conferences, Hearings & Contested Cases
Chapter 6.
Informal Conferences, Hearings, and Contested Cases
Section 1. General.
(a) The purpose of this Chapter is to prescribe rules and set forth policies for informal conferences, hearings, and contested cases.
Section 2. Informal Conferences.
(a) At the request of an affected employer, employee or representative of employees, the Program Manager may hold an informal conference for the purpose of discussing issues raised by an inspection.
(i) If the informal conference is requested by the employer, the issues may include the inspection, violations, proposed penalties, abatement dates or his intent to file a Notice of Contest. An affected employee or his representative may be afforded an opportunity to participate, at the discretion of the Program Manager.
(ii) If the informal conference is requested by an employee or his representative, the issues may include the inspection, violations, the abatement dates or his intent to file a Notice of Contest. The employer may be afforded an opportunity to participate, at the discretion of the Program Manager.
(iii) Any party may be represented by counsel at the informal conference.
(iv) The informal conference or a request for an informal conference shall not operate as stay of the 15 working day period allowed for filing a Notice of Contest.
(v) Disposition of an issue may be effected at or following an informal conference if the specific issue is not under contest at the time of disposition.
(vi) An informal conference may be held at any time prior to a formal hearing.
Section 3. Contested Cases.
(a) Employer and employee contests to the Commission.
(i) Any employer to whom a Citation and Notification of Penalty has been issued may, notify the Program Manager in writing that he intends to contest a violation, abatement period or proposed penalty written in the Citation and Notification of Penalty. A notice of contest shall be postmarked within fifteen (15) working days of receipt of the Citation and Notification of Penalty by the employer. Every notice of contest shall specify whether it concerns the violation, the abatement period or the proposed penalty for a violation or all inclusive.
(ii) Any employee or representative of employees of an employer to whom a Citation and Notification of Penalty has been received may, file a written notice with the Program Manager alleging that the period of time fixed in the Citation and Notification of Penalty for the abatement of the violation is unreasonable. Such notice shall be postmarked within fifteen (15) working days of the receipt by the employer of the Citation and Notification of Penalty. In discrimination cases, the employee shall have the right to contest the terms of the abatement as well as the time allowed for abatement. The employee shall also have the right to appeal a decision of the Commission for judicial review.
(A) The procedures for employee contest or appeal of the above cited cases shall be the same as that provided the employer.
(iii) The Chairman of the Commission shall require that action be taken to provide for an independent hearing officer to hear the contested case.
(b) The Program Manager shall contract with an independent hearing officer to hear all contests of violations, proposed penalty or abatement periods for violations,. The hearing officer shall be a qualified member of the bar of Wyoming and may not be an employee of the office of the attorney general or the Department or a member of the Commission.
(i) The employer shall have the right to contest the alleged violation, abatement period or proposed penalty for violation as written in the Citation and Notification of Penalty.
(ii) The employee or the employee representative shall have the right to contest the abatement period as stated in the notice of violation Citation and Notification of Penalty and to participate in any hearings concerning such abatement period.
(iii) The hearing shall be held as soon after receiving the letter of contest and in a city as near the site of occurrence as practicable.
(iv) All hearings shall be conducted pursuant to the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act. The hearing officers have the powers specified in W.S. 16-3-112(b). The hearing officer shall make written findings of fact and conclusions of law in each contested case.
(v) The hearing officer shall recommend a decision to the Commission. The decision of the Commission is the final administrative decision. A party adversely affected by a decision of the Commission may appeal to the district court in the county where the violation occurred.
(c) The hearing officer shall be governed by the provisions of the Act, the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act and shall have the powers specified in W.S. 16-3-112(b).
(d) Nothing contained in these Rules of Practice and Procedure, the Administrative Procedure Act, or the Act shall be construed as requiring any party (including a corporation) to be represented by an attorney-at-law.
(e) The hearing officer shall hear all contested cases referred by the Program Manager.
(i) The hearing officer shall, within thirty (30) calendar days after closing each contested case, submit written findings of fact, conclusions of law and a recommended decision to the Commission.
(f) At the next regularly scheduled meeting, or any special meeting of the Commission, the Commission shall consider each contested case file as listed on the meeting agenda.
(i) Each contested case file shall contain a record of the hearing and the hearing officer's findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommended decision.
(ii) The Commission shall have the power to accept, amend or overturn the recommended decision of the hearing officer.
(g) After due and proper consideration of the contested case, the Commission shall render its decision. The decision of the Commission shall be the final administrative decision.
(i) Each party shall receive written notice of the decision of the Commission. (ii) A party adversely affected by a decision of the Commission may appeal to the district court in the county where the violation allegedly occurred.
(iii) When the Department's findings are upheld by the Commission or where modification is made by the Commission, the Program Manager shall wait for a period of thirty (30) calendar days, during which time the employer may appeal the decision of the Commission. When at the end of the thirty (30) calendar day period no notice of appeal is received, and when no letter of abatement or notification of settlement of the proposed penalty is received, the Program Manager shall forward the case to the Attorney General or his representative.
(A) In cases where the Citation and Notification of Penalty alleges a criminal violation and proposed penalty, the Attorney General or his representative shall forward the case to the appropriate County Attorney for prosecution.
(B) In cases where the Citation and Notification of Penalty alleges a civil violation and proposed penalty, the Attorney General or his representative shall take appropriate action.
(iv) When the Commission determines that the employer has in fact not violated the Act, these Rules of Practice and Procedure, or any rule, regulation or order of the Commission, the Program Manager may consult with the Attorney General or his representative to determine if the Department should appeal the decision of the Commission to the District Court.
(h) In the event the employer or the Department desires to appeal the decision of the Commission to the district court, the employer or the Department may appeal said Commission decision within thirty (30) calendar days of the receipt of the decision of the Commission.
Section 4. Finality of Enforcement Action.
(a) As provided for in W.S. 27-11-106(c), "In contested cases where no appeal has been taken from the decision of the commission within the time provided for such an appeal, the Commission shall adopt the decision and order the department and employer to act in accordance with the decision. Any state district court may enforce Commission orders issued in that county after a hearing where no appeal has been taken. The United States district court for Wyoming (if it otherwise has jurisdiction) may also enforce any Commission order."
(b) When a violation of the Act, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act, is found to exist, a Citation and Notification of Penalty shall be issued.
(c) When the employer does not contest the violation, the proposed penalty or the abatement period, within the fifteen (15) working days, the employer may abate the violation and enter into a stipulation and consent agreement with the Compliance Supervisor or the Attorney General or his representative for payment of any penalties to the County Treasurer of the county in which the violation occurred.
(d) At the end of the fifteen (15) working day period, when no letter of contest, no letter of abatement or intent to abate, or no notification of settlement of the proposed penalty is received, the Program Manager shall notify the Chairman of the Commission. The Chairman or his designee shall issue motion for final order to the employer advising the employer that the case file will be forwarded to the court for the institution of legal proceedings to enforce the commission orders unless the employer shall appear at the hearing, and show cause.
(i) In these cases, and in cases where no letter of abatement is received, a follow-up inspection shall be scheduled as necessary to assure compliance with the Act.
(e) The Commission shall then docket the case for action at the next regular Commission meeting or at a special meeting if called by the Chairman.
(f) Any response of the employer to the Commission motion for final order shall be limited to showing cause why the Commission should not forward the order to the appropriate court for enforcement action.
(g) Upon good cause shown by the employer at the hearing in response to the Commission motion for final order, the Commission may enter an appropriate amended order.
(h) When, upon response of the employer, at the hearing provided for such response and after hearing arguments of the employer, the Commission finds that good cause has not been shown, the Commission shall so notify the employer and shall cause the order to be forwarded to the appropriate court for enforcement action.
(i) When the employer does not respond to the Commission motion for final order, and takes no action to abate the violation and/or make settlement of the proposed penalty to the appropriate authority, and after the Commission has held the hearing of the case on the date and at the Commission meeting for which the case was docketed, the order shall be forwarded to the Attorney General for appropriate action.
Section 5. Request for Hearing.
(a) Any company, labor organization, association, person or persons who is entitled to a hearing under the Act shall file a request for hearing with the Program Manager.
(b) A request for hearing shall be in writing and contain the following:
(i) Name, address and telephone number of person requesting the hearing.
(ii) Employer's name and address, if any.
(iii) Position with company of person requesting the hearing.
(iv) Type of hearing requested (variance, rule, regulation or standard, or contest of notice of violation, proposed penalty and/or abatement period) and relevant facts to show cause for requesting the hearing.
(c) The letter of request for hearing, and any attachments thereto shall be sent to the Program Manager Workers' Safety and Compensation Division, Cheyenne, Wyoming 82002.
Section 6. Legal Authority to Hold a Hearing.
(a) The authority to hold a hearing in a contested case is found at W.S. 27-11-104(g).
(b) The authority to hold a hearing on rules, regulations and standards is in W.S. 27-11-106(a).
(c) The authority to hold a hearing on variance requests is in W.S. 27-11-111(c).
Section 7. Notice of Hearing.
(a.) Service. Upon request for a hearing the Program Manager shall serve, or cause to be served, notice of hearing.
(b) Contents. The notice of hearing shall include:
(i) The time, place and nature of the hearing.
(ii) The legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held.
(iii) The particular sections of the statutes and rules involved.
(iv) A short statement of the matters asserted.
(c) Referral to the presiding officer. A copy of the notice of hearing shall be sent to the presiding officer designated or contracted with by the Program Manager.
Section 8. Manner of Service.
Service of any document upon any party may be made by personal delivery or by certified mailing copy of the document to the last known address of the party. The individual serving the document shall certify to the manner and the date of service.
Section 9. Hearing Officer; Powers and Duties in Contested Case Hearings.
(a) Powers. The person retained by the Department to preside over a hearing shall have all powers necessary or appropriate to conduct a fair, full and impartial hearing, including the following:
(i) To administer oaths and affirmations;
(ii) To issue subpoenas;
(iii) To rule upon offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
(iv) To provide for discovery and to determine its scope;
(v) To regulate the course of the hearing and the conduct of the parties and their counsel;
(vi) To hold conferences for the settlement or simplification of the issues by consent of the parties;
(vii) To consider and rule upon procedural requests;
(viii) To make, or cause to be made, an inspection of the employment or place of employment involved;
(ix) To take, or cause to be taken, depositions;
(x) To make recommended decisions to the Commission; and
(xi) To take any other appropriate action authorized by the Act, this chapter, or the Administrative Procedure Act (W.S. 16- 3-101 through 16-3-115).
(b) Private consultation. Except to the extent required for the disposition of ex parte matters, the hearing officer may not consult an individual or a party on any fact at issue, unless upon notice and opportunity for all parties to participate.
(c) Disqualification.
(i) When the hearing officer deems himself disqualified to preside over the particular hearing, he shall withdraw therefrom by written notice to all parties and the Chairman of the Commission.
(ii) Any party who deems the hearing officer for any reason to be disqualified to preside or to continue to preside, over a particular hearing may file with the Chairman of the Commission a motion to disqualify and remove the hearing officer. Such motion to be supported by affidavits setting forth the specific grounds for disqualification. The Chairman of the Commission shall rule upon the motion.
(d) Contumacious conduct; failure or refusal to appear or obey the rulings of the hearing officer.
(i) Contumacious conduct at any hearing before the hearing officer shall be grounds for exclusion from the hearing.
Section 10. Prehearing Conferences; Contested Case Hearing.
(a) Convening a prehearing conference. Upon his own motion or the motion of a party, the hearing officer may direct the parties or their counsel to meet to consider:
(i) Simplification of the issues:
(ii) Necessity or desirability of amendments to documents for purposes of clarification, simplification or limitation;
(iii) Stipulations. admissions of fact, and contents and authenticity of documents:
(iv) Limitation of the number of parties and witnesses: and
(v) Such other matters as may tend to expedite the proceeding.
(b) Record of conference. The hearing officer shall make an order which recites the action taken at the conference, the amendments allowed to any documents which have been filed, the agreements made between the parties as to any of the matters considered, and which limits the issues for hearing to those not disposed of by admissions and agreements; and such order when entered controls the subsequent course of the hearing.
Section 11. Consent Findings and Rules or Orders in Contested Case Hearings.
(a) General. At any time before the introduction of evidence in any contested case hearing, or during any such hearing, a reasonable opportunity may be afforded to permit negotiation by the parties of an agreement containing consent findings and a rule or order disposing of the whole or any part of the proceeding. Such opportunity and the duration thereof shall be at the discretion of the hearing officer, after consideration of the nature of the proceeding, the requirements of the public interest, the representations of the parties, and the probability of an agreement which will result in a just disposition of the issues involved.
(b) Contents. Any agreement containing consent findings or orders disposing of a proceeding shall also provide:
(i) That the finding or order shall have the same force and effect as if made after a full hearing;
(ii) That the entire record on which any finding or order may be based shall consist solely of the application and agreement;
(iii) A waiver of any further administrative procedural steps; and
(iv) A waiver of any right to challenge or contest the validity of the findings and of the rule or order made in accordance with the agreement.
(c) Submission. On or before the expiration time granted for negotiations, the parties or their counsel may:
(i) Submit the proposed agreement to the hearing officer for his consideration; or
(ii) Inform the hearing officer that agreement cannot be reached.
(d) Disposition. In the event an agreement containing consent findings and rule or order is submitted within the time allowed therefore, the hearing officer may accept such agreement by issuing his decision based upon the agreed findings.
Section 12. Discovery in Contested Cases.
(a) Discovery rights. Discovery rights under this chapter shall be as provided in W.S. 16.3.107.
Section 13. Order of Procedure in Contested Case Hearing.
(a) The Department shall have the burden of proof in all cases in which Department action is contested. The employer shall have the burden to produce evidence of any affirmative defense it may have to any Department action. Department action includes, but is not limited to, issuance of a Citation and Notification of Penalty and amendments to a Citation and Notification of Penalty.
(b) Evidence.
(i) Admissibility. A party shall be entitled to present his case or defense by oral or documentary evidence, to submit rebuttal evidence, and to conduct cross-examination. Any oral or documentary evidence may be received, but the hearing officer shall exclude evidence which is irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious.
(ii) Objections. If a party objects to the admission or rejection of any evidence, or to the limitation of the scope of any examination or cross-examination, or to the failure to limit such scope, he shall state briefly the grounds for such objection. Rulings on all objections shall appear in the record. Only objections made before the hearing officer may be relied upon subsequently in a proceeding.
(iii) Exceptions. Formal exception to an adverse ruling is not required.
(c) Official notice. The hearing officer may take official notice of judicially cognizable facts including technical or scientific facts within the agency's specialized knowledge or of information, data and material included within the agency's files. The parties shall be given adequate notice, either before, during, or after the hearing, but before the agency decision, of material facts noticed and shall be afforded an opportunity to contest the facts noticed.
(d) Order of procedure at hearing. Hearings should be conducted in the following order or procedure:
(i) The hearing officer shall announce that the bearing is open and call by docket number and title the case to be heard.
(ii) The department will be allowed an opening statement.
(iii) The contestant will be allowed an opening statement.
(iv) Any additional parties will be allowed an opening statement.
(v) The Department's evidence will be heard. Witnesses may be cross-examined by the contestant or his attorney. The Department's exhibits will be marked by letters of the alphabet beginning with "A".
(vi) The evidence of the contestant will be heard, and exhibits of such contestant will be marked with numbers beginning with "1". The Department shall have the right to cross-examine all witnesses presented by the contestant.
(vii) The Department may offer rebuttal evidence.
(viii) The hearing officer, in his discretion, may allow evidence to be offered out of order.
(ix) Closing statements will be made in the following sequence:
(A) Department
(B) Contestant
(C) Department in rebuttal
(D) Time for oral argument may be limited by the hearing officer.
(x) The hearing officer may recess the hearing as required. (xi) After all interested parties have been offered an opportunity to be heard, the hearing officer shall excuse all witnesses and declare the evidence closed. The evidence of the case may be reopened at a later date, for good cause shown, by order of the hearing officer upon motion of any party to the proceeding.
(xii) Parties may tender briefs, or the hearing officer may call for such briefs as may be desirable.
(xiii) The hearing officer may take the matter under advisement with the final decision and order of the Commission to be announced at a later date.
(e) Witnesses to be sworn. All individuals testifying at any contested case hearings before the hearing officer shall stand and be administered the following oath by the hearing officer: "Do you swear (or affirm) to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth, so help you God?" No testimony will be received from a witness except under such oath or affirmation.
(f) Applicable rules of civil procedure. The rules of practice and procedure contained in the Rules of Civil Procedure of the State of Wyoming, as applicable, shall apply in all hearings before the hearing officer.
(g) Attorneys. The filing of a pleading or other appearance by an attorney constitutes his appearance for the party for whom made. The hearing officer must be notified in writing of the attorney's withdrawal from any matter. Only an individual appearing before the hearing officer or Commission in a representative capacity or his attorney, if licensed to practice law in the State of Wyoming, or a non- resident attorney associated with a Wyoming attorney, shall be allowed to examine or cross-examine any witness. The hearing officer shall determine if a representative capacity exists.
(h) Transcript. Hearings shall be electronically recorded or stenographically reported. Copies of the transcript may be obtained by the parties upon written application filed with the Department, and upon payment of fees at the rate provided by the Department, or, where stenographically reported, upon written application filed with the reporter and upon payment of fees at the rate provided in the agreement with the reporter. At the request of either party, a reproduction of the electronic recording may be purchased from the Department in lieu of a transcript of the hearing, upon payment of fees at the rate provided by the Department.
Section 14. Contents of Record in Contested Case Hearings.
The record of the hearing shall contain:
(a) All formal or informal notices, pleadings, motions or , intermediate rulings;
(b) Evidence received or considered including matters officially noticed;
(c) Questions and offers of proof, objections, and rulings thereon;
(d) Any proposed findings and exceptions thereto;
(e) Any report and recommended decision by the officer presiding at the hearing and any opinions, findings, decision or order of the Commission.
Section 15. Decisions in Contested Case Hearings.
(a) Proposed findings of fact. Within ten calendar days after close of the hearing or such other time as the hearing officer may direct, each party may file with the hearing officer proposed findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommended rule or order, together with a supporting brief expressing the reasons for such proposals. Such proposals and brief shall be served on all other parties, and shall refer to all portions of the record and to all authorities relied upon in support of each proposal.
(b) Recommended decision. The hearing officer will submit to the Commission his recommended findings of fact, conclusions of law and order within thirty (30) days of the close of the contested case hearing. The decision shall include:
(i) A statement of findings and conclusions of law, with reasons and basis therefore, upon each material issue of fact, law or discretion presented on the record, and
(ii) The appropriate recommended rule, order, relief, or denial thereof. The recommended decision shall be based upon a consideration of the whole record and shall state all facts and conclusions officially noticed and relied upon. It shall be made on the basis of a preponderance of reliable and probative evidence.
(c) Decision by the Commission. The Commission shall render its final decision and order in contested cases.
Section 16. Appeals from Commission Decision in Contested Cases.
(a) The final decision of the Commission shall be sent to all parties by certified mail.
(b) Time limitation for appeal. The time limitation for appeal of the Commission's final decision shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Wyoming Rules of Appellate Procedure.
Section 17. Effects of Appeals in Contested Cases.
(a) Decision of the Commission. The decision of the Commission appealed to the district court shall be held in abeyance pending a decision by the court.
Section 18. Show Cause Hearings.
(a) Show cause hearing. Any case which is not contested and which has not been closed by virtue of the correction of the alleged violations or by the voluntary payment of proposed penalties within 30 days of the final abatement date, shall be set for a show cause hearing before the Commission.
(b) Time of hearing. The show cause hearing will be held at the next regularly scheduled Commission meeting, or at a special Commission meeting, if called by the Chairman of the Commission.
(c) Scope of hearing. The scope of the show cause hearing shall be limited to a showing of good cause why the Commission should not enter an order of final disposition which may be enforced by any district court. Upon completion of the hearing, the Commission shall prepare an appropriate order to the Department.
History
- Effective 2004-01-07
Chapter 7 Discrimination Complaints
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.7.11262007 Discrimination Complaints
Chapter 7
Discrimination Complaints
Section 1. General Requirements
(a) W.S.27-11-109 (e) provides in general that no person shall discharge or in any manner discriminate against any employee because the employee has:
(i) Filed any complaint under or related to the act;
(ii) Instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding under or related to the act;
(iii) Testified or is about to testify in any proceeding under the act or related to the act; or
(iv) Exercised on his own behalf or on behalf of others any right afforded by the act.
(b) Any employee who believes that he has been discriminated against in violation of W.S. 27-11-109(e) shall, within 30 days after such violation occurs, file a complaint with the Department alleging such violation. The Compliance Supervisor shall then cause an investigation to be made.
(c) If the Compliance Supervisor determines that the provisions of the act have been violated, a Citation and Notification of Penalty shall be issued to the employer for the violation.
Appropriate relief will be sought, including rehiring or reinstatement of the employee to his former position with back pay. Further, the employer shall remove any disability imposed upon the employee by the employer's discriminatory acts. The complainant shall be notified by certified mail of the determination made following the investigation of the complaint.
Section 2. Prohibitions and Protections
(a) Persons Prohibited from Discriminating
(i) W.S. 27-11-109(e) specifically states that "No employer shall discharge or in any manner discriminate against any employee because such employee has filed any notice of complaint or has instituted, or caused to be instituted, any proceeding under or related to this act or has testified or is about to testify in any such proceeding, or because of the exercise by such employee on behalf of himself or others any right afforded by this act." W.S. 27-11-103(a)(iv) defines "employer" as "any individual or organization including the state and all its political subdivisions, which has in its employ one (1) or more individuals performing services for it in
Effective November 26, 2007 employment." The prohibitions of W.S. 27-11-109(e) are not limited to actions taken by employers against their own employees. An employer may be charged with discriminatory action against an employee of another person.
(b) Persons Protected by W.S. 27-11-109(e).
(i) All employees are afforded the full protection of the statute. For purposes of the act, an Aemployee@ is defined as "a person permitted to work by an employer in employment."
(ii) The act defines "employment" as "all services for pay under a contract of hire.
Section 3. Unprotected Activity Distinguished
(a) Actions taken by an employer, or others, which adversely affect an employee may be predicated upon nondiscriminatory grounds. The prohibitions of this section apply when the adverse action occurs because the employee has engaged in protected activities. An employee's engagement in activities protected by the act does not automatically render him immune from discharge or discipline for legitimate reasons, or from adverse action dictated by non-prohibited considerations.
(b) To establish a violation of W.S. 27-11-109(e), the employee's engagement in protected activity need not be the sole consideration behind discharge or other adverse action. If protected activity was a substantial reason for the action, or if the discharge or other adverse action would not have taken place "but for" engagement in protected activity, the act has been violated.
Section 4. Complaints Under or Related to the Act
(a) Discharge of, or discrimination against, an employee because the employee has filed "any notice of complaint ...under or related to this act..." is prohibited by W.S. 27-11-109(e). An example of a complaint made "under" the act would be an employee request for inspection pursuant to Chapter 3, Section 3(a) of these Rules. However, this would not be the only type of complaint protected by the act. The range of complaints "related to" the act is commensurate with the purposes of this legislation and the scope of its application. An example of a complaint made "related to" the act would be an employee reporting a work-related injury or illness on the "equivalent form" of Workers' Safety and Compensation Report of Injury.
(b) Complaints made to other State or local agencies regarding occupational safety and health conditions would be "related to" the act. Such complaints, however, must relate to conditions at the workplace, as distinguished from complaints touching only upon general public safety and health.
(c) Further, the beneficial principles of the act would be seriously undermined if employees were discouraged from lodging complaints about occupational safety and health matters with their employers. Such complaints to employers, if made in good faith, therefore would be related to the act, and an employee would be protected against discharge or discrimination caused by a complaint to the employer.
Section 5. Proceedings Under or Related to the Act
(a) Discharge of, or discrimination against, any employee because the employee "has instituted or caused to be instituted, any proceeding under or related to this act" is also prohibited by W.S. 27-11-109(e). Examples of proceedings which could arise specifically under the act would be inspections of worksites under W.S. 27-11-108, employee contest of abatement date under W.S. 27-11-104(g)(ii), employee initiation of proceedings for promulgation of an occupational safety and health standard, employee application for modification of revocation of a variance under W.S. 27-11-111 and Chapter 5 of these Rules, employee judicial challenge to a standard and employee appeal of an Occupational Health and Safety Commission order under W.S. 27-11-104(g)(v). In determining whether a "proceeding" is "related to" the act, the considerations discussed in Section 3 of this Chapter would also be applicable.
(b) An employee need not himself directly institute the proceedings. It is sufficient if he sets into motion activities of others, which result in proceedings under or related to the act.
Section 6. Testimony
(a) Discharge of, or discrimination against, any employee because the employee has testified or is about to testify in proceedings under or related to the act is prohibited by W.S. 27- 11-109(e). This protection is not limited to testimony in proceedings instituted or caused to be instituted by the employee, but would extend to any statements given in the course of judicial, quasi-judicial, and administrative proceedings, including inspections, investigations, and administrative rule making or adjudicative functions. If the employee is giving or is about to give testimony in any proceeding under or related to the act, he would be protected against discrimination resulting from such testimony.
Section 7. Exercise of any Right Afforded by the Act
(a) In addition to protecting employees who file complaints, institute proceedings, or testify in proceedings under or related to the act, W.S. 27-11-109(e) also protects employees from discrimination occurring because of the exercise "of any right afforded by this act." Certain rights are explicitly provided in the act; for example, there is a right to participate as a party in enforcement proceedings in W.S. 27-11-104. Certain other rights exist by necessary implication. For example, employees may request information from the Department; such requests would constitute the exercise of a right afforded by the act. Likewise, employees interviewed by Department representatives in the course of inspections or investigations could not subsequently be discriminated against because of their cooperation.
(i) There is no right afforded by the act, which would entitle employees to walk off the job because of potential unsafe conditions at the workplace. Hazardous conditions, which may be violative of the act, should be corrected by the employer, once brought to his attention. If corrections are not accomplished, or if there is dispute about the existence of a hazard, the employee will normally have opportunity to request inspection of the workplace pursuant to Chapter 3, Section 3 of these rules, or to seek the assistance of other governmental agencies, which have responsibility in the field of safety and health.
Under such circumstances, an employer would not be in violation of W.S. 27-11-109(e) by taking action to discipline an employee for refusing to perform normal job activities because of alleged safety or health hazards.
(ii) Occasions might arise when an employee is confronted with a choice between not performing assigned tasks or subjecting himself to serious injury or death arising from a hazardous condition at the workplace. If the employee, with no reasonable alternative, refuses in good faith to expose himself to the dangerous condition, he would be protected against subsequent discrimination. The condition causing the employee's apprehension of death or injury must be of such a nature that a reasonable person, under the circumstances then confronting the employee, would conclude that there is a real danger of death or serious injury and that there is insufficient time, due to the urgency of the situation, to eliminate the danger through resort to regular statutory enforcement channels. In addition, in such circumstances, the employee, where possible, must also have sought from his employer, and been unable to obtain, a correction of the dangerous condition.
Section 8. Filing of Complaint for Discrimination
(a) Who may file. A complaint of discrimination may be filed by the employee himself, or by a representative authorized to do so on his behalf.
(b) Nature of filing. The WOSH Form 007d is to be used for the purpose of documenting these complaints.
(c) Place of filing. Complaints must be filed with the Department.
(d) Time for filing.
(i) An employee who believes that he has been discriminated against shall, within 30 days after such violation occurs, file a complaint with the Department.
(ii) The 30-day period is to allow the Compliance Supervisor to deny complaints, which have become stale. Accordingly, complaints not filed within 30 days of an alleged violation will be presumed to be untimely.
(e) Exceptions to 30 day rule. Circumstances which would justify tolling of the 30-day period on equitable principles or because of strongly extenuating circumstances, e.g., where the employer has concealed, or misled the employee regarding the grounds for discharge or other adverse action; or where the discrimination is in the nature of a continuing violation. Pending grievance-arbitration proceedings or filing with another agency, do not justify tolling the 30-day period. In the absence of circumstances justifying a tolling of the 30-day period, untimely complaints will not be processed. The decision to toll the 30-day filing period shall be at the discretion of the Program Manager.
Section 9. Notification of the Compliance Supervisor's Determination
(a) The Compliance Supervisor shall, within 30 days of the completion of his investigation, notify a complainant of his determination whether prohibited discrimination has occurred.
Section 10. Withdrawal of Complaint
(a) An employee's withdrawal of complaint shall be in writing to the Commission or Program Manager. Attempts by an employee to withdraw a previously filed complaint will not necessarily result in termination of the Department's investigation. The Department's jurisdiction cannot be foreclosed by unilateral action of the employee. However, a voluntary and uncoerced request from a complainant to withdraw his complaint will be given careful consideration and substantial weight as a matter of policy and sound enforcement procedure.
Section 11. Employee Refusal to Comply with Safety Rules
(a) Employees who refuse to comply with occupational safety and health standards or valid safety rules implemented by the employer in furtherance of the act are not exercising any rights afforded by the act. Disciplinary measures taken by employers solely in response to employee refusal to comply with appropriate safety rules and regulations will not be regarded as discriminatory action prohibited by W.S. 27-11-109(e). This situation should be distinguished from refusals to work, as discussed in Section 7 of this Chapter.
History
- Effective 2007-11-26
Chapter 8 Consultation Program
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.8.08062008 Consultation Program
Department of Employment
Worker's Safety Division
Consultation Program
CHAPTER 8
Section 1. Purpose and Scope.
(a) Authority and responsibility for Consultation is provided in Section 27-11-102(a)(ii) and (iii) and Section 27-11-105(a)(ii) and (vii) of the Act.
(b) The Department shall provide Consultation services.
(c) Consultation is charged with the responsibility of providing technical assistance to all industries, businesses, employees, employee groups, associations, state and local governments, establishments, agencies and departments, by assisting them in voluntary compliance with the rules, regulations and standards promulgated under the Act, in order to provide all working men and women in Wyoming with a safe and healthful place of employment, free from recognized hazards. The overall goal is to prevent injuries and illnesses resulting from exposure to hazardous workplace conditions and work practices. Consultation will be provided in the following areas.
(i) Providing research to promote accident prevention and occupational disease prevention programs;
(ii) Providing consultative, educational assistance, and safety training;
(iii) Providing courtesy inspections to industries, businesses, state and local government agencies and departments as requested in writing;
(iv) Providing recognition and exemption programs as incentives to employers to develop and improve their workplace safety and health management system.
(d) Safety and health consultation services will be provided to employers at no cost to assist them in establishing effective occupational safety and health programs for providing workplaces which are safe and healthful. The principal assistance will be provided at the employer=s worksite, but off-site assistance may also be provided. Assistance may include education and training of the employer, supervisors, and employees as needed to make the employer self-sufficient in ensuring safe and healthful work and working conditions.
(e) Onsite consultation will be conducted independent of enforcement activity and the discovery of hazards will not mandate citations or penalties, nor initiate enforcement activity. If
the employer fails to eliminate identified hazards within the established time frames, then the matter will be referred for enforcement action. While utilizing consultation service, the employer continues to have a statutory obligation to provide a safe and healthful work environment for employees.
(f) An employer=s correction of hazards identified by the consultant during a comprehensive workplace survey, implementation of certain core elements of an effective safety and health program, and commitment to the completion of other matters may serve as the basis for the employer=s participation in Consultation=s recognition and exemption programs.
(g) Consultation may include services to employers on occupational safety and health issues by telephone, written correspondence, and at locations other than the employer=s worksite, such as the consultation project office. It may include training and education.
(h) Consultation will encourage employers to request consultative assistance and will promote its consultative services through various avenues of publicity available to Consultation.
Section 2. Requests and Scheduling For Onsite Consultation.
(a) An onsite consultative visit will be provided upon the written request of the employer, and shall not result from the enforcement of any right of entry under state law.
(b) When making a request, an employer shall include all working conditions at the worksite and the employer=s entire safety and health program. However, the employer may request a more limited scope by indicating working conditions, hazards, or situations on which the onsite consultation will be focused. When such limited requests are made, the consultant will limit review and provide assistance only with respect to those working conditions, hazards, or situations specified; except that if the consultant observes hazards which are outside the scope of the request, the consultant must treat such hazards as though they were within the scope of the request.
(c) Employers may request onsite consultation to assist in the abatement of hazards cited during an enforcement inspection. However, an onsite consultative visit may not take place after an inspection until the conditions set forth in Section 4(b)(2) of this Chapter have been met.
(d) Scheduling priority. Priority shall be assigned to smaller businesses which are in higher hazard industries or which have the most hazardous conditions at issue in the request.
Section 3. Conduct of a Visit.
(a) Format. An initial onsite consultative visit will consist of an opening conference, an examination of those aspects of the employer=s safety and health program which relate to the scope of the visit, a walk through of the workplace, and a closing conference. It may also include training and education for employers and employees. The visit shall be followed by a written report to the employer. Additional visits may be conducted at the employer=s request to provide needed education and training, assistance with the employer=s safety and health program, technical assistance in the correction of hazards, or as necessary to verify the correction of serious hazards identified during previous visits.
(b) Employee participation.
(i) The consultant shall retain the right to confer with a reasonable number of employees, or employee representative, during the course of the visit in order to identify and judge the nature and extent of particular hazards within the scope of the employer=s request, and to evaluate the employer=s safety and health program. The employer is encouraged to allow employee participation to the fullest extent practicable.
(ii) In addition, an employee or representative may be afforded an opportunity to accompany the consultant and the employer=s representative during the physical inspection of the workplace.
(iii) The consultant is authorized to deny the right to accompany under this section to any person whose conduct interferes with the orderly conduct of the visit.
(c) Onsite activity.
(i) The onsite consultative visit will focus primarily on those areas, conditions, or hazards on which the employer has requested assistance. An employer may expand or reduce the scope of the request at any time during the onsite visit. In all cases, the employer remains obligated to correct those serious hazards which are identified during the visit.
(ii) Within the scope of the employer=s request, consultants shall review the employer=s safety and health program and provide advice to make such programs more effective.
(iii) Consultants shall identify and provide advice on correction of those hazards observed in the workplace during the onsite visit. This advice shall include basic information indicating the approaches, means, techniques, and other appropriate items commonly used to eliminate or control such hazards. The consultants may also advise the employers of additional sources of assistance. The consultant shall conduct sampling and testing, with subsequent analyses, as may be necessary to confirm the existence of safety and health hazards.
(iv) When a hazard is identified in the workplace, the consultant shall indicate to the employer the consultant=s best judgment as to whether the situation would be classified as a serious or other-than-serious hazard.
(v) For serious hazards, the consultant will assist the employer in developing a specific plan to correct the hazard, affording the employer a reasonable period of time to complete the necessary corrective action.
(vi) As a condition for receiving the consultation service, the employer must agree to post the List of Hazards accompanying the consultant=s written report, and to notify affected employees when hazards are corrected. When received, the List of Hazards must be posted, unedited, in a prominent place where it is readily observable by all affected employees for three working days, or until the hazards are corrected, whichever is later. Compliance will not schedule a compliance inspection in response to a complaint based upon a posted List of Hazards unless the employer fails to meet his obligations under paragraph (e) of this Section, or fails to provide interim protection for exposed employees.
(d) At the conclusion of the consultation visit, the consultant will conduct a closing conference with the employer. The consultant will describe hazards identified during the visit and other pertinent issues related to employee safety and health.
(e) Employer obligations.
(i) An employer must take immediate action to eliminate employee exposure to a hazard which, in the judgment of the consultant, presents an imminent danger to employees. If the employer fails to take the necessary action, the consultant must immediately notify the affected employees and Consultation Program Supervisor and provide the relevant information.
(ii) An employer must also take the necessary action to eliminate or control employee exposure to any identified serious hazard, and meet the posting requirements of paragraph 3.(c)(vi) of this section.
(iii) An employer may request an extension of the time frame established for correction of a serious hazard when the employer demonstrates having made a good faith effort to correct the hazard within the established time frame and is taking interim steps to safeguard the employees against the hazard during the correction period.
(iv) If the employer fails to take the action necessary to correct a serious hazard within the established time frame or any extensions, the Consultation Program Supervisor shall immediately notify the Program Manager and provide the relevant information. The Program Manager in conjunction with the Compliance Program Supervisor will make a determination whether enforcement activity is warranted.
(v) After correction of all serious hazards, the employer shall notify Consultation by written confirmation of the correction of the hazards.
(f) A written report shall be prepared for each visit which results in substantive findings or recommendations, and shall be sent to the employer. The report shall, within the scope of the request, evaluate the employer=s program for ensuring safe and healthful employment and provide recommendations for making such programs effective; shall identify specific hazards and describe their nature, including reference to applicable standards or codes; shall identify the seriousness of the hazards; and, to the extent possible, recommend corrective actions including the possible need to procure specific engineering consultation, medical advice and assistance, and other appropriate items. The report shall also include reference to the completion dates for the situations described in 3.(e)(i) and (ii).
(g) Employer Remedies.
(i) Consultation must provide, upon written request from the employer within 15 working days of receipt of the consultant's report, a prompt opportunity for an informal discussion with the consultation supervisor regarding the period of time established for the correction of a hazard or any other substantive finding of the consultant.
(ii) An employer may request, and the consultation supervisor may grant, an extension of the time frame established for correction of a serious hazard when the employer demonstrates having made a good faith effort to correct the hazard within the established time frame; shows evidence that correction has not been completed because of factors beyond the employer's reasonable control; and shows evidence that the employer is taking all available interim steps to safeguard the employees against the hazard during the correction period.
(h) Confidentiality.
(i) Release of the identity of employers who have requested Consultation services would breach the confidentiality of commercial information not customarily disclosed by the employer. Accordingly, the Department shall keep such information confidential.
(ii) The Department shall preserve the confidentiality of information obtained as the result of a consultative visit which contains or might reveal a trade secret of the employer.
(iii) The consultant=s written report will not be disclosed to anyone except to the employer for whom it was prepared and as provided for in 4.(a)(iii). Consultation may also disclose information contained in the consultant=s written report to the extent required by General Rules 1910.1020.
Section 4. Relationship to Enforcement.
(a) Consultation shall function as a separate division with no infringement upon the enforcement capability of the Department. Consultation activity shall be conducted
independently of any Compliance enforcement activity.
(i) Consultation shall have its own identifiable managerial staff separate from compliance inspections and scheduling. Consultation shall not perform compliance functions except in cases of imminent danger and shall not have knowledge of or give advance notice of compliance action or activities.
(ii) Consultation may have access to compliance case files after closure.
(iii) Compliance shall not have access to the identity of employers requesting onsite consultation, Consultation files, records or correspondence of the consultant=s visit, except as provided for failure to eliminate imminent danger or serious hazards, inspection deferral, or recognition and exemption programs.
(b) An onsite consultative visit already in progress will have priority over Compliance inspections except as provided in paragraph 4.(b)(i) of this section. An onsite consultative visit shall be considered in progress from the beginning of the opening conference through the end of the correction due dates and any extensions thereof.
(i) The consultant shall terminate an onsite consultative visit already in progress where one of the following kinds of Compliance inspections is about to take place:
(A) Imminent danger investigations;
(B) Fatality/catastrophe investigations;
(C) Complaint investigations.
(ii) An onsite consultation visit may not take place while a Compliance enforcement inspection is in progress at the establishment. An enforcement inspection shall be deemed in progress from the time a compliance officer initially seeks entry to the workplace to the end of the closing conference. An onsite consultative visit shall not take place subsequent to a Compliance enforcement inspection until a determination has been made that no citation will be issued, or if a citation is issued, onsite consultation shall only take place with regard to those citation items which have become final orders.
(c) Employers who are a member of Consultation=s recognition and exemption programs will be removed from Compliance=s programmed inspection schedule.
(i) Compliance may continue to make inspections in the following categories at sites that achieved recognition/exemption status and have been granted exemption from Compliance=s programmed inspection schedule:
(A) Imminent danger;
(B) Fatality/catastrophe;
(C) Formal complaints.
(d) Effect upon enforcement.
(i) The advice of the consultant and the consultant=s written report will not be binding on a compliance officer in a subsequent enforcement inspection. In a subsequent inspection, a compliance officer is not precluded from finding hazardous conditions, or violations of standards, rules or regulations, for which citations would be issued and penalties proposed.
(ii) The hazard identification and correction assistance given by a consultant, or the failure of a consultant to point out a specific hazard, or other possible errors or omissions by the consultant, shall not be binding upon a compliance officer and need not affect the regular conduct of a compliance inspection or preclude the finding of alleged violations and the issuance of citations, or constitute a defense to any enforcement action.
(iii) In the event of a subsequent inspection, the employer is not required to inform the compliance officer of the prior visit. The employer is not required to provide a copy of the consultant=s written report to the compliance officer, except to the extent that disclosure of information contained in the report is required by General Rules 1910.1020.
(iv) If, however, the employer chooses to provide a copy of the consultant=s report to a compliance officer, it may be used as a factor in determining the extent to which an inspection is required and as a factor in determining proposed penalties. When, during the course of a compliance inspection, a compliance officer identifies the existence of serious hazards previously identified as a result of a consultative visit, Compliance may assess minimum penalties if the employer is in good faith complying with the recommendations of a consultant after such consultative visit.
Section 5. Recognition and Exemption Programs.
(a) The recognition and exemption programs administered by Consultation provide incentives and support to Wyoming employers to work with their employees to develop, implement, and continuously improve the effectiveness of their workplace safety and health management system.
(b) Consultation will administer the following recognition and exemption programs:
(i) Cowboy Voluntary Protection Program (CVPP);
(ii) Safety and Health Achievement Recognition Program (SHARP);
(iii) Employer=s Voluntary Technical Assistance Program (EVTAP).
Note: It is possible that these programs may come to be known by other names.
(c) The CVPP is open to any employer of any size in the state with an established safety and health program. The program will be conducted using Federal OSHA=s VPP Policies and Procedures Manual as a guideline. The review and approval authority of CVPP is the Program Manager.
(d) SHARP is open to any employer of any size in the state with an established safety and health program. The program will be conducted using Federal OSHA=s Consultation Policies and Procedures Manual as a guideline. The review and approval authority of SHARP is the Program Manager.
(e) EVTAP is a cooperative assistance program for those employers with the on-going commitment and willingness to establish a health and safety program, a hazard-free workplace, and by Consultation providing technical assistance and consultation services in assisting employers in their efforts. The goal of EVTAP is for employers to become self sufficient in their health and safety program and becoming eligible for entry into SHARP. Program elements and requirements are:
(i) Employers of any size in the state may participate.
(ii) Be a single fixed worksite. Multiple worksites under common control must be evaluated and approved separately.
(iii) Employers must request a full service, comprehensive visit and correct all hazards (serious and other-than-serious) identified by the consultant.
(iv) Implement and maintain a written health and safety program addressing, at a minimum for initial entry into EVTAP, the core elements of such a program as identified by Consultation. Specific elements include but are not limited to:
(A) Written health and safety policy;
(B) Monthly self inspections of the workplace;
(C) On going training of employees and supervisors;
(D) A means for employees to report hazards with no fear of retribution.
(v) Work to implement all basic attributes of the Safety and Health Program
Assessment Worksheet provided by Consultation, with the goal of scoring at least two in all attributes when evaluated in subsequent renewal visits.
(vi) Agree to notify Consultation when making major changes in working conditions or work processes that might introduce new hazards into the workplace.
(vii) Maintain the Occupational Injury/Illness Log (OSHA 300 Log) in accordance with Chapter 6 of these rules while a member of EVTAP, even though the employer may normally not be required to do so.
(viii) Consultation will schedule and conduct a full service, comprehensive on- site visit of the workplace in accordance with the procedures in this chapter.
(ix) Employers may request a renewal of their EVTAP membership. Consultation must revisit the workplace to evaluate if the employer continues to meet all program requirements, is showing improvement in implementing the Safety and Health Program Assessment Worksheet program attributes, and is improving their Days Away Restricted or Transferred (DART) rate and Total Recordable Case Rate (TRCR). Renewal is not automatic and may be denied or approved on additional qualitative factors such as commitment or good faith efforts for continuing in the program.
History
- Effective 2008-08-06
Chapter 11 Information Dissemination
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.11.10262020 § 1 Classification of Information
(a) Any open case may be subject to an order by the Commission to any district court for enforcement action pursuant to Wyoming Statute §27-11-106 (a). Prior to the time a case is closed, the investigatory file of that case will not be released to any person not connected with the Department and authorized by the Administrator in accordance with Wyoming Statute §16-4- 203 (b)(i), which allows denial of inspection of any record that is an investigatory file compiled for any law enforcement or prosecution purpose.
(b) Once the Notice of Violation is completed and penalties are proposed, if applicable, the original Notice of Violation and Proposed Penalties shall be forwarded to the employer and handled in accordance with the procedures prescribed in Chapter 3, Practice and Procedure: Enforcement.
(i) Statistical data (e.g., number of violations noted, proposed penalty, etc.) broken out by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) shall be available through the Integrated Management Information System. Individuals shall not be identified in these statistics.
(c) A case is considered closed when a consent agreement signed by the Employer has been entered into the investigation file; the case has been referred to a hearing officer for contested case proceedings, all citations have been vacated, the citations have not been contested and a Final Order of the Commission or court has been rendered, or, if no citation will be issued. Following closure of the case, that portion of the file that includes trade secrets, personal identity or statements protected by informant's privilege, intra-agency notes and memorandum, personal notes and opinions of the investigating officer, and other confidential information, may not be released, in accordance with W.S. §16-4-203(b)(v) and W.S. §16-4-203(d)(v), except as provided in Section 1(d) of this Chapter.
(d) All information on individuals maintained by this Department shall remain confidential except in the following disclosures:
(i) To officers or employees who have a clearly established need for the record in order to carry out legal duties of administering or enforcing the laws of the federal government, the State of Wyoming, or any of its political subdivisions.
(ii) To another governmental agency for civil or criminal law enforcement activity, providing the regulating agency has made a prior written request to this Department specifying the particular record and the enforcement activity for which it is sought.
(iii) To other agencies or organizations with the authorization of the Administrator unless the transfer is part of the "routine use" of the record as enumerated or implied in the Department's statutes or regulations.
(iv) To a recipient who has provided the Department with written assurance that the record will be used in a manner solely for statistical research and the record is to be transferred in a form that is not individually identifiable.
(v) To the individual to whom the record pertains or to their designated representative(s) upon written request.
(vi) To a court of competent jurisdiction upon order to this Department.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.11.10262020 § 2 Dissemination
(a) Information is processed by reproduction and is transferred only as accorded by Department policy. Any additional copying may be deemed a breach of confidence of the Department employee and subject them to disciplinary action.
(b) The "need to know" policy does not refer to anyone outside the Department unless stipulated on the document or unless authorized in the processing of such information.
(i) If so authorized in writing by the individual, their legal representative may have copies of pertinent information contained in the file.
(ii) If the case is contested, a Notice of Intent to Contest shall be forwarded to the Chairman of the Commission in accordance with Rules of the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA, Chapter 1 Practice and Procedure, Introduction and Chapter 6, Practice and Procedure: Informal Conferences, Hearings and Contested Cases.
(c) Information collected on an individual for a specific purpose may be used only for that purpose unless approval is given by the individual.
(i) In the event of litigation, the court may subpoena the file.
(d) In the event copies are forwarded to other than the individual, a document indicating to whom the copies were sent shall be maintained in the file.
(i) Copies of the Notice of Violation pertaining to a complaint must be sent to the employee or employee representative if the inspection was generated by a formal employee complaint and the issues of the complaint were found to be violations.
(ii) The original Notice of Violation must be posted at the site of violation in accordance with Rules of the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Chapter 4, Practice and Procedure: Recording, Reporting and Posting Requirements, for the purpose of employee notification. The Proposed Penalty, if applicable, need not be posted.
(iii) The copy of the Notice of Violation maintained on file will be used as a source of statistical data. Such data shall be accessible to the U.S. Department of Labor. Individuals shall not be identified on these reports.
(e) The Department shall respond to requests for access to a record within a reasonable time period, not to exceed thirty (30) calendar days, specifying whether access will be granted and the time, place, and circumstances of access; or, if access cannot be accomplished and the reason why. The person requesting access may be accompanied by another person of their choosing or may be represented by another person with the requestor's written authorization. Access will be provided at the requestor's expense and at the cost provided in Section 3 of these rules.
(f) The Department shall allow an individual to physically handle all of the contents of a file that pertains to them, subject to the supervision of a Department employee and in a manner consistent with these rules. The individual shall not have access to information that would reveal the identity of any informant concerning the investigation or any inter-agency or intra-agency memorandums or letters which would not be available by law to a private party in litigation with the agency.
(g) Individuals have the right to receive copies of such records at their own expense at the rate set by the Department to cover the cost of copying and compiling the requested information. All requests are subject to a minimum of one (1) hour for research.
(h) The Department may request appropriate identification of the inquirer to be presented at the time of access.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.11.10262020 § 3 Procedures, Fees, Costs and Charges for Inspecting, Copying, and Producing Public
Repeal (2020)
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0014.11.10262020 § 4 Administrator
(a) Whenever there is doubt as to whether information should be transferred, opened or disseminated in any way, only the Administrator has the authority of decision.
(b) Any questions regarding the legality of any department function will be referred to the Administrator for course of action.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
381 OSHA - Recording, Reporting and Posting Requirements - 1904
Chapter 1 Recording, Reporting, and Posting Requirements - 1904
Wyo. Code R. 053.0028.1.10232025 § 1 Incorporation by Reference
(a) The Division has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(b) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (d) of this section;
(c) The incorporated code, standard, rule or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location;
(d) Each rule incorporated by reference is further identified as follows:
(i) 29 C.F.R.§§ 1904.0 - 1904.46 (2025) as it was in effect on January 30, 2025 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, available at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1904.
History
- Effective 2025-10-23
1436 OSHA - Wyoming Oil and Gas Well Drilling, Servicing, Special Servicing, Completion and Plugging, and Abandoning of Wells
Chapter 1 General Provisions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.1.11072025 § 1 Authority
(a) The Occupational Health and Safety (OSHA) Commission is established and empowered by Wyoming Statutes §§ 27-11-101 through 27-11-114 and given the authority to devise, formulate, adopt, amend and repeal rules and regulations governing the health and safety of employees and employers covered by the OSHA Act pursuant to Wyoming Statute § 27-11-105(b). The Commission is also empowered by the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §§ 16-3-101 through 16-3-115.
(b) If a particular requirement contained herein is specifically applicable to a condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process, it shall prevail over any different general rule or regulation which might otherwise be applicable to the same condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.1.11072025 § 2 Purpose
The purpose of these rules and regulations is to establish minimum compliance standards for workplaces within the oil and gas industry in order to carry out the policy and purpose of the Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act. This includes operations related to well drilling, well servicing, well special servicing, well completion and well plugging and well abandonment, and also applies to workers involved in fracturing (fracking), workover, completion, recompletion, downhole maintenance, or termination.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.1.11072025 § 3 Scope
These rules and regulations contained herein shall apply to any person, government or governmental subdivision, corporation, organization, partnership, business trust, association, district, or other entity involved in any aspect of the operation of oil and gas well drilling, well servicing, well special servicing, well completion and well plugging, and abandonment of wells' industries.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.1.11072025 § 4 Definitions
As used in these rules and regulations, unless the context clearly states otherwise, the following definitions shall be understood to have the following meanings:
(a) "Act" means the State of Wyoming Occupational Health and Safety Act as defined in Wyoming Statutes §§ 27-11-101 through 27-11-114.
(b) "Anchor(s)" means a device(s) implanted or buried in the ground separate from the rig structure to which a guyline is intended to be attached; this device is often referred to as a "Deadman" or "Ground anchor."
(c) "ANSI" means the American National Standards Institute.
(d) "Approved" means sanctioned, endorsed, accredited, certified or accepted by a duly constituted and recognized authority or agency.
(e) "ASME" means the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
(f) "ASTM" means the American Society for Testing and Materials.
(g) "Authorized Person(s)" refers to a person(s) approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the job site.
(h) "Back Off" refers to the intentional unscrewing or separation of a section of drill pipe, casing, tubing, or other downhole components at a specific connection point.
(i) "Best Practice" refers to a working method(s) that is officially accepted as being the best to use in a particular business or industry, usually described formally and in detail.
(j) "Bleed Valve" means a manual valve used to release trapped pressure or fluid.
(k) "Blender" refers to equipment used in fracturing (fracking) operations which blends fluids with a solid material.
(l) "Blowout Preventers" refers to high pressure wellhead valves, designed to shut off the uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbons.
(m) "Breakout" refers to the following processes:
(i) The loosening or unscrewing drill pipe, tubing, casing, or other threaded connections using equipment such as breakout tongs, hydraulic wrenches, or power tongs to apply torque and separate the connections.
(ii) To separate a gas from a liquid or water from an emulsion. (See definition of "back off.")
(n) "Bureau of Explosives" refers to the division of the American Association of Railroads which is utilized by the U. S. Department of Transportation for explosive safety rules.
(o) "CBMNG" means Coal Bed Methane Natural Gas.
(p) "Christmas Tree" is an assembly of valves, fittings, chokes, and gauges used in monitoring and controlling producing, injection, and inactive well. It is assembled at the top of the well starting with the uppermost flange of the tubing head.
(q) "Combustible Liquid" refers to any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 100°F. (37.8°C.). (See definition of "Flashpoint.") Combustible liquids shall be divided into two classes as follows:
(i) Class II Liquids shall include those with flashpoints at or above 100° (37.8°C) and below 140°F (60°C) except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200°F (93.3°C) or higher, the volume of which make up ninety-nine percent (99%) or more of the total volume of the mixture. Example: Stoddard Solvent; No.2 Fuel Oil.
(ii) Class III Liquids shall include those with flashpoints at or above 140°F (60°C). Class III liquids are subdivided into two sub-classes:
(iii) Class IIIA Liquids shall include those with flashpoints at or above 140°F (60°C) and below 200°F (93.3°C), except any mixture having components with flashpoints of 200°F (93.3°C), or higher, the total volume of which make up ninety-nine percent (99%) or more of the total volume of the mixture. Example: Fuel Oil No. 6.
(iv) Class IIIB Liquids shall include those with flashpoints at or above 200°F (93.3°C). Example: Ethylene Glycol.
(A) When a combustible liquid is heated for use to within 30°F (16.7°C) of its flashpoint, it shall be handled in accordance with the safety requirements for the next lower class of liquids.
(r) "Commission" refers to the State of Wyoming Occupational Safety and Health Commission.
(s) "Competent Person" is an individual who by the way of training and/or experience is knowledgeable of applicable standards, is capable of identifying workplace hazards relating to the specific operation, and has the authority to correct them.
(t) "Condensate" refers to a light hydrocarbon liquid obtained by condensation of hydrocarbon vapors. It consists of varying proportions of butane, propane, pentane, and heavier fractions, with little or no methane or ethane.
(u) "Conductor Wireline" is a hoisting line containing one or more electrical conductors.
(v) "Confined Space" refers to a space that has limited or restricted means of entry or exit, is large enough for an employee to enter and perform assigned work, and is not designed for continuous occupancy by the employee. These spaces may include, but are not limited to, underground vaults, tanks, storage bins, pits and diked areas, vessels and silos.
(w) "Container" refers to a drum or other portable or stationary vessel, tank, or receptacle used for storing, transporting, or handling fluids, gases, chemicals, or other materials with a capacity not exceeding sixty (60) gallons.
(x) "Contractor" refers to any person and/or employer who contracts all or any part of oil and gas well drilling, servicing, and special servicing industries
(y) "Construction Work" refers to work for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating. Includes the rigging up and rigging down.
(z) "dBA" stands for decibels A, a measurement of how loud a sound is as perceived by the human ear and is considered the standard way to measure noise pollution and hearing damage.
(aa) "Defect" refers to any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object or structure of which it is a part, beyond the recognized operating limitations of the tool, object or structure.
(bb) "Department" refers to the Department of Workforce Services.
(cc) "Derrick" refers to a fixed lower component of a well drilling or well servicing unit that supports the crown block, traveling block, and hoisting lines typically used in permanent or long-term drilling operations
(dd) "Discharge Line" is the output line from equipment to a safe area or another piece of equipment.
(ee) "Drill Stem Test" refers to the method of evaluating the pressure, permeability, and productivity of a formation while it is still in its natural state within the wellbore. The test is conducted by lowering a specialized tool assembly into the well on the drill pipe (drill stem) to isolate and temporarily flow a specific zone of interest.
(ff) "Drilling (Drilling Operations)" refers to any and all physical and mechanical aspects, including assembly and disassembly, of all equipment customarily used in piercing or boring a well.
(gg) "Employee" means a person permitted to work by an employer in employment for wages, salary or commission.
(hh) "Employer" means any individual or organization, including the State and all its political subdivisions, which has in its employ one or more individuals performing services for it in employment.
(ii) "Employment" is a condition of having paid work.
(jj) "Established Federal Standard" refers to any operative standard established by Public Law 91-596, the Williams-Steiger Act, which applies to all businesses, including the Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Special Services industries.
(kk) "Finger" means a metal bar or structural steel shape which serves as a restraining support for pipe or other equipment racked in a derrick or mast. (See definitions "Derrick" and "Mast.")
(ll) "Fingerboard" is a rack-like structure that provides support for the finger and is mounted inside the derrick or mast of a drilling rig designed to secure and organize the upper ends of drill pipe, tubing, or other tubulars.
(mm) "First Aid Provider(s)" refers to an individual(s) trained in the delivery of initial medical emergency procedures, using a limited amount of equipment to perform a primary assessment and intervention while awaiting arrival of emergency medical service (EMS) personnel.
(nn) "Flammable Liquid (Flammable Fluid)" refers to any liquid having a vapor pressure not exceeding forty pounds per square inch [40 PSI] (absolute) at 100 ºF (37.8 ºC) and having a flashpoint at or below 199.4 ºF (93 ºC). Flammable liquids are divided into four [4] categories as follows:
(i) Category 1 shall include liquids having flashpoints below 73.4°F (23°C) and having a boiling point below 95°F (35°C).
(ii) Category 2 shall include liquids having flashpoints below 73.4°F (23°C) and having a boiling point above 95°F (35°C).
(iii) Category 3 shall include liquids having flashpoints at or above 73.4°F (23°C) and at or below 140°F (60°C).
(iv) Category 4 shall include liquids having flashpoints above 140 ºF (60 ºC) and at or below 199.4 ºF (93 ºC).
(oo) "Flashpoint" refers to the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor within a test vessel in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid and shall be determined as follows:
(i) The flashpoint of liquids having a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal Second(s) at 100 ºF (37.8 ºC) and a flashpoint below 175 ºF (79.4 ºC) shall be determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Tester, ASTM D-56.
(ii) The flashpoints of liquids having a viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Second(s) or more at 175 ºF (79.4 ºC) or higher shall be determined in accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pensky Martens Closed Tester, ASTM D-93.
(iii) For a liquid that is a mixture of compounds that have different volatilities and flashpoints, its flashpoint shall be determined by using the procedure specified in the paragraphs above.
(iv) Organic peroxides, which undergo auto-accelerating thermal decomposition, are excluded from any of the flashpoint determination methods specified in this subparagraph.
(pp) "Formation Pressure" means the force exerted by fluids or gas in a formation, recorded in the hole at the level of the formation with the well shut in. Also called reservoir pressure or shut-in bottomhole pressure.
(qq) "Fracturing (Fracking)" refers to the method of stimulating well production by forcing a liquid under pressure into underground formations.
(rr) "Good Engineering Practice" refers to the use of mathematics, scientific formulae, manufacturer's data and/or experience by a qualified person to determine the elements of safety, such as stress values, strength of materials, overturning moments and factors of safety, of equipment and component parts.
(ss) "Guarded" means covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or otherwise protected by means of suitable covers or casings, barrier rails, safety bars or screens, to eliminate the possibility of accidental contact with, or dangerous approach by persons or objects.
(tt) "Guyline" means a tensioned cable or wire rope that is anchored to the ground or secure structure to prevent movement, swaying, or collapse to tall rig components, such as masts and derricks.
(uu) "Hazard" means any source of potential harm, danger, or adverse effect that could impact people, equipment, the environment, or operations that are physical, chemical, biological, ergonomic, or operational in nature.
(vv) "Hazardous Atmosphere" refers to atmosphere that has the potential to expose employees to the risk of death, incapacitation, and impaired ability to self-rescue (e.g., escape unaided), injury or acute illness from one or more of the following causes:
(i) Atmospheric oxygen concentrations below 19.5% and above 23.5%.
(ii) Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10% lower explosive limit (LEL).
(iii) Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its LEL.
(iv) Atmospheric concentration of a substance for which a permissible exposure limit (PEL) is published in applicable government regulations, safety data sheets (SDS), standards, or other published or internal documents and could result in responder exposure in excess of its PEL.
(v) Other immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) atmospheric conditions.
(ww) "Hot Oil Operations" refers to the act of heating oil (or other fluids) and pumping it into the piping, tubing, casing, or formation to remove paraffin and asphaltenes.
(xx) "Hot Work" refers to work involving electric or gas welding, cutting, brazing, grinding or similar flame or spark producing operations.
(yy) "Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S)" means colorless, flammable, extremely hazardous gas with a rotten egg odor that occurs naturally in crude petroleum and natural gas. Common names for the gas include sewer gas, stink damp, swamp gas and manure gas.
(zz) "Lower Explosive Limit (LEL)" refers to the lower limit of flammability of gas or vapor at ordinary ambient temperatures expressed by a percentage of gas or vapor in air by volume. This limit is assumed constant for temperatures up to 250°F (120°C). Above this, it should be decreased by a factor of 0.7, because explosiveness increases with higher temperatures.
(aaa) "Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) Monitor" refers to the instrument that measures the LEL of flammable gases.
(bbb) "Lubricator" refers to the assembly of tubular goods, wire line valve, stuffing box, or other similarly effective equipment designed to confine pressure or prevent release of fluids under pressure while permitting tools to be removed from or put into the well.
(ccc) "Manifold" refers to an accessory system of piping to a main piping system (or another conductor) that serves to divide a flow into several parts, to combine several flows into one, or to reroute a flow to any one of several possible destinations.
(ddd) "Masts" refers to a portable derrick that is capable of being raised as a unit, as distinguished from a standard derrick, which cannot be raised to a working position as a unit. For transporting by land, the mast can be divided into two or more sections to avoid excessive length extending from truck beds on the highway.
(eee) "Monkey Board" refers to a platform on which the derrickman works during the time a trip is made and serves the same purpose as a stabbing board but is permanent instead of temporary. (See definition for "Stabbing Board.")
(fff) "Mud Logging" refers to the recording of information derived from examination and analysis of formation cuttings made by the bit and of mud circulated out of the wellbore. A portion of the mud is diverted through a gas-detecting device. Cuttings brought up by the mud are examined under ultraviolet light to detect the presence of oil or gas. Mud logging is often carried out in a portable laboratory set up at the well site.
(ggg) "National Consensus Standard" is a standard which has been adopted and promulgated by any nationally recognized standards producing organization whereby persons interested and affected by the scope or provisions of the standard have reached substantial agreement on its adoption, which was formulated in a manner which afforded an opportunity for diverse views to be considered, and which has been designated as such a standard by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Labor.
(hhh) "Natural Gas Liquids" refers to liquids obtained during natural gas production, including ethane, propane, butanes and condensates.
(iii) "NFPA" means the National Fire Protection Association.
(jjj) "Operator" is a person or company, either proprietor or lessee, actually operating a well or lease, generally the oil or gas company that engages the drilling, service, and workover contractors.
(kkk) "Permit-Required Confined Space" means a location that meets the definition of a confined space and has one or more of these characteristics: (1) contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere, (2) contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant, (3) has an internal configuration that might cause an entrant to be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor that slopes do to a smaller cross section, and/or (4) contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazards.
(lll) "Person" refers to an individual, governmental agency, partnership, association, corporation, business, trust, receiver, trustee, legal representative or successor to any of the foregoing.
(mmm) "Pressure Relief Valve (Safety Valve; Pop Off Valve)" means a valve that opens at a preset pressure to relieve excessive pressure within a vessel or line.
(nnn) "Pressure-Vessel" means a storage tank or vessel which has been designed to operate at pressures above fifteen pounds per square inch (15 psi).
(ooo) "Pump House" means a building containing pumping equipment.
(ppp) "Qualified Person(s)" means a person(s) who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training and experience, has successfully demonstrated ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project
(qqq) "Safety Factor" ratio of the ultimate breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equipment to the actual working stress.
(rrr) "Shall" means mandatory or required.
(sss) "Simultaneous Operations" means two or more independent operations (such as drilling, workover, wireline, facilities construction, and so forth) conducted under common operational control in which the activities of an operation may impact the safety of personnel, equipment or the environment of the other(s), or a combination thereof.
(ttt) "Spade" (commonly referred to as a "Back Up Leg") is a structural support component that is designed to provide stability and reinforcement to a rig structure to prevent backward movement of a vehicle by helping distribute loads and resist movement caused by operational forces such as wind, drilling torque, or pipe handling.
(uuu) "Special Services" means operations utilizing specialized equipment and personnel to perform work processes to support well drilling and servicing operations.
(vvv) "Stabbing Board" means a temporary platform erected in the derrick or mast above the derrick floor that an employee works from while casing is being run into a wellbore. The board may be wooden or fabricated of steel girders floored with anti-skid material and powered electrically to be raised or lowered to the desired level. It serves the same purpose as a monkey board but is temporary instead of permanent.
(www) "Standard (or Regulation)" as defined by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration means a regulatory requirement established and published by the agency to serve as criteria for measuring whether employers are in compliance with Wyoming OSHA requirements.
(xxx) "Sub-Contractor" means any person and/or employer (see definition of "person" and/or "employer") who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a contract from a contractor.
(yyy) "Suitable" means that which fits, and has the qualities or qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condition, function or circumstance.
(zzz) "Supervisor" means a person who has been given the control to direct and/or supervise the work performed by one or more employees.
(aaaa) "Treating" refers to the process of injecting or adding material to an oil tank or well to stimulate the flow of material from the tank or well.
(bbbb) "Well (Wellbore)" means a hole in the ground that is:
(i) Made, or being made, by drilling, boring, or in any other manner, and from which oil or gas is obtained, or is obtainable; or is for the purpose of attempting to obtain oil or gas;
(ii) Made, or being made, by drilling or boring for the purpose of injecting fluid materials to an underground formation;
(iii) Used, drilled or being drilled for the purpose of injecting gas, air, water or other substance to an underground formation;
(iv) A test-hole, excluding seismic drilling; or,
(v) Drilled or being drilled, for any other purpose than listed above using equipment and machinery normally used for oil and gas well drilling.
(cccc) "Well Control" means prevention of formation fluid flow by maintaining a hydrostatic pressure equal to or greater than formation pressure.
(dddd) "Well Operator" means a person as herein defined who has the responsibility, management and general control of an oil or gas well, or lessee, sub-lessee, owner or assignee of the same.
(eeee) "Well Servicing" means any action or work other than the original drilling of the well, related, but not limited to, the completion, recompletion, down hole maintenance or termination of the well.
(ffff) "Wireline (Slickline)" means a slender, rod-like or thread-like piece of metal usually small in diameter, that is used for lowering special tools (such as logging sondes, perforating guns, and so forth) into the well.
(gggg) "Wireline Unit" means a vehicle or skid mounted unit used for well logging or other wireline work; usually includes wireline, drum, controls and instrument cab.
(hhhh) "Working Pressure" refers to the maximum pressure a piece of equipment may be exposed to under normal operating conditions.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.1.11072025 § 5 Incorporation by Reference
(a) For any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference in the OSHA - Wyoming Oil and Gas Well Drilling, Servicing, Special Servicing, Completion and Plugging, and Abandoning of Wells program rules' chapters:
(i) The Wyoming Department of Workforce Services has determined that incorporation of the full text of these rules would be cumbersome and inefficient given the length or nature of the standards referenced;
(ii) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (iv) of this section; and
(iii) The incorporated code, standard, rule, or regulation is maintained at the Wyoming Department of Workforce Services, OSHA Division's office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection at the same location.
(iv) The following rules are adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission and are incorporated herein by reference as they were in effect on March 14, 2025:
(A) ANSI Z308.1 (2021) Minimum Requirements for Workplace First-aid Kit found at: https://blog.ansi.org/workplace-first-aid-kits-ansi-isea-z308-2021/.
(B) ANSI Z358.1 (2014) American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment found at: https://blog.ansi.org/2018/07/emergency-eyewash-station-shower-ansi-z358-1/.
(C) API RP 2009 (2012) Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards/important-standards-announcements/rp2009.
(D) API SPEC 4F (2023) Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures, Fifth Edition found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards/important-standards-announcements/spec4f.
(E) API RP 4G (2019) Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures found at: https://standards.globalspec.com/std/14332082/api-rp-4g.
(F) API RP 49 (2013) Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(G) API RP 54 (2019) Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety and Health for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(H) API RP 59 (2023) Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(I) API RP 99 (2014) Flash Fire Risk Assessment for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(J) API RP 510 (2023) Pressure Vessel Inspection Code (BPVC): In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration found at: https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(K) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (2023), Section I through VIII found at: https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/bpvc-standards/bpvc-2023.
(L) ATF 27 CFR 555 Commerce in Explosives found at: https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-27/chapter-II/subchapter-C/part-555?toc=1.
(M) NFPA 2112 (2023) Standard on Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire found at: https://www.nfpa.org/for-professionals/codes-and-standards/list-of-codes-and-standards/free-access.
(N) NFPA 2113 (2025) Standard on Selection, Care, Use, and Maintenance of Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire found at: https://www.nfpa.org/for-professionals/codes-and-standards/list-of-codes-and-standards/free-access.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 2 Safety and Health Management
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 1 General
(a) Each well operator, employer, contractor and subcontractor shall be charged with the responsibilities and duties as required by the Act, the rules and regulations for 29 CFR § 1910 (General Industry) and the rules and regulations for 29 CFR § 1926 (Construction Industry) as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission.
(b) No employer shall allow well drilling, servicing, or special servicing work to commence without first ensuring that all equipment and employees are prepared to proceed with work safely.
(c) No employer shall modify or install equipment that conflicts with these rules and regulations or manufacturer's recommendations, specifications or requirements.
(d) Any personnel performing work on a contract basis shall abide by all safety and health rules and regulations pertaining to oil and gas well drilling, servicing, and special servicing operations.
(e) The employer shall develop and implement a written safety and health management system to include, at a minimum, the following:
(i) Instructions on job safety and health analysis and risk assessments Instructions for and monitoring criteria for new personnel;
(ii) Instructions for personnel on work procedures, job responsibilities, and managing changes;
(iii) Regularly scheduled safety meetings in which the job tasks, probable hazards and related safe practices are emphasized and discussed;
(iv) A plan to facilitate and organize actions during workplace emergencies;
(v) Safety education through safety meetings, company publications, training and other media;
(vi) A shift or personnel changeover process to communicate ongoing operations and potential hazards; and
(vii) Good housekeeping practices.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 2 Safety and Health Risk Assessment
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1926.20(a) through 1926.20(f)(2) of Subpart C, General Safety and Health provisions as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10606 as it relates to accident prevention responsibilities and compliance duties owed to each employee.
(b) The employer shall evaluate the workplace hazards and risks and develop and implement measures to mitigate identified risks.
(c) The employer shall ensure job tasks, including potential simultaneous operations, are assessed for risks before operations commence.
(d) The employer shall determine the method to conduct risk assessments for the task which may include, but are not limited to, a documented process, a visual or verbal process or other company specific process to recognize risk.
(e) The employer shall communicate the risk assessment during a pre-job meeting with the crew and other involved personnel.
(f) The employer shall permit only authorized persons, or employees being trained under the supervision of a qualified person(s), to operate equipment or machinery.
(g) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.145(a)(2) through 1910.145(f)(9), Subpart J General Environmental Controls as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9790.
(h) The employer shall investigate any injury or illness and take steps to prevent a recurrence of the injury or illness.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 3 Hazard Communication
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.1200(a)(1) through 1910.1200(j)(3), Subpart Z Toxic and Hazardous Substances as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.1000.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 4 Exit Routes
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.36(a) through 1910.36(h)(4) of Subpart E, Means of Egress as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=12885.
(b) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.37(a) through 1910.37(e) of Subpart E, Means of Egress as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=12885.
(c) The employer shall ensure required exits are provided on the derrick floor. A minimum of two (2) escape routes shall be available to provide alternate exits from the derrick floor to ground level when the derrick floor height is six (6) feet or more.
(d) The employer shall ensure that during rig-up and rig-down operations there is at least one (1) exit from the derrick floor.
(e) The employer shall ensure that any pump house has two (2) doors leading in different directions to the outside.
(f) The employer shall ensure access to exits and exit doors are not locked, blocked or obscured.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 5 Illumination and Workplace Lighting
(a) The employer shall ensure adequate lighting, to include a minimum of five (5) lumens in all work areas governed by these rules and regulations when employees are present.
(b) In hazardous locations, the lighting shall be intrinsically safe, approved for the hazardous location class and division based on the type of flammable materials present and their potential concentration. Location classifications can be found in 29 CFR 1910.399 Subpart S, Electrical, Definitions as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.39.
(c) The employer shall ensure the light from light fixtures is directed toward the objects to be illuminated and away from the eyes of the worker.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 6 Sanitation
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.141(a) through 1910.141(h) of Subpart J, General Environmental Controls, as adopted in rule by the OSHA as it relates to Sanitation found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9790.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 7 General Operation
(a) The employer shall require all vehicles over ten-thousand pounds (10,000 lbs) gross vehicle weight (GVW) parked on location to be immobilized. Immobilization devices other than the vehicle's transmission, emergency brakes or parking brakes shall be used.
(b) The employer shall perform a documented risk assessment to determine the appropriate safe location and distance from the wellbore for land operations. It shall include vehicles, housing, or areas where personnel gather who are not involved with the current operation being performed, or a combination thereof.
(c) The employer shall perform a documented risk assessment to determine the appropriate safe location and distance from the center of a derrick or mast for vehicles, housing, and areas where personnel gather who are not involved with the current operation to minimize the potential of the derrick or mast striking personnel or equipment in the fall zone.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 8 Ionizing Radiation
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.1096(a) through 1910.1096(p)(3)(ii) of Subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances, as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission as it relates to Ionizing radiation, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.1000.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 9 Respirable Crystalline Silica
(a) The employer shall comply with the following based on the scope of work when occupational exposure to respirable crystalline silica exists:
(i) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.1053 (a) through 1910.1053(l)(4) of Subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.1000.
(ii) During construction tasks, the employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1926.1153(a) through 1926.1153(k)(3) of Subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous Substances as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926.1100.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 10 Working Alone
(a) Whenever an employee is working alone, the employer shall account for each employee either visually or through verbal communication at regular intervals appropriate to the job assignment, whichever occurs first.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.2.11072025 § 11 Occupational Noise Exposure
(a) Employers shall be in compliance with Table 1. Permissible Noise Exposures shown below and with 29 CFR §§ 1910.94 - 1910.98 (2016) of Subpart G, Occupational Noise Exposure as adopted in rule by the OSHA Commission found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9734.
(b) Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when sound levels exceed those shown in Table 1. Permissible Noise Exposures.
(c) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in Table 1. Permissible Noise Exposures, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels to within the levels of the table, hearing protection shall be provided and used to achieve compliance with the table's limits.
(d) If the variations in the noise level involve maxima at intervals of 1 second or less, it is to be considered continuous.
(e) In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be administered.
Table 1. Permissible Noise Exposures
Duration per day, hours
Sound level dBA slow response
8
90
6
92
4
95
3
97
2
100
1.5
102
1
105
0.5
110
0.25 or less
115
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 3 Well Operators
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.3.11072025 § 1 Responsibilities
(a) The well operator shall provide the overall and specific well prognosis, drilling plans, and contingency plan(s) or well control plan(s) to the relevant drilling, servicing, and special servicing employer(s) that are necessary for them to be adequately prepared to perform work safely on the well along with the following:
(i) Observed normal and abnormal pressure conditions, hazardous fluids, and well conditions which may be encountered.
(ii) Areas which have or may contain insufficient oxygen or have been or may be contaminated by flammable or toxic gases, vapors or dust; and any other known potential hazard(s).
(b) The well operator shall meet the requirements outlined in OSHA's Oil and Gas Well Drilling, Servicing, Special Servicing, Completion and Plugging, & and Abandoning of Wells program rules - Chapter 15, Guylines and Anchors.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 4 Health and Safety Training
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.4.11072025 § 1 Employee Safety Training and Education
Employee training must be in compliance with recommended standards and manufacturers' requirements for all programs, procedures, and safety hazards.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 5 First Aid and Emergency Actions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.5.11072025 § 1 First Aid & Medical Attention
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1926.50(a) through 1926.50(g) of Subpart D, Medical Services and First Aid as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=10622.
(b) The employer shall have a sufficient number of employees who are trained as first aid providers available on-site during every work shift. The employer shall determine the number of first aid providers based on the size and location of the site, the number of employees, the potential injuries and the site's proximity to hospitals, clinics and rescue personnel.
(c) First aid providers shall be trained to render first aid, including cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR).
(d) The employer shall ensure that each first aid provider maintains current first aid and CPR certifications, such as those issued by the Red Cross, American Heart Association or other equivalent organization.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.5.11072025 § 2 First Aid Equipment
(a) The employer shall provide, maintain and make readily available adequate first aid supplies for complex and/or high-risk work environments as prescribed in the most current ANSI Z308.1 (2021) Minimum Requirements for Workplace First-aid Kits, on location. The kit(s) shall contain appropriate materials as required by the ANSI standard for the maximum number of employees expected to be on location at any time and the following:
(i) Two (2) adjustable medical splints: one (1) arm, one (1) leg;
(ii) Two (2) all wool blankets or blankets equal in strength and fire resistance; and
(iii) One (1) stretcher.
(b) The employer shall provide suitable facilities for the quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body when employees may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials. The employer shall follow ANSI Z358.1 (2014) American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment (R2020) regarding the installation and operation of emergency eyewash and shower equipment.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.5.11072025 § 3 Hazardous Atmosphere
(a) When any work location is suspected of having or has the potential to have a hazardous atmosphere not covered elsewhere in these regulations, such as Permit Required Confined Space or Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), it shall be treated as Immediately Dangerous to Life and Health (IDLH). The employer shall assess the area to determine the best way to mitigate the hazard through feasible engineering controls. When engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, the employer shall provide appropriate respiratory protection pursuant to 29 CFR § 1910.134(a) through 1910.134(o) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment, as it relates to respiratory protection as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9777.
(b) Atmosphere monitoring/testing equipment shall be available as needed, and used/maintained by a qualified person per the manufactures' recommendations/specifications.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.5.11072025 § 4 Fire Protection
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.157 (c) through 1910.157(g)(4) of Subpart L, Fire Protection as it applies to portable fire extinguishers as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9809.
(b) The employer shall develop a fire protection program to follow throughout all operation phases and provide firefighting equipment, including fire extinguishers of appropriate types, in sufficient quantities to address all potential fires. Firefighting equipment shall be located in all areas where fire hazards are or may be present.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.5.11072025 § 5 Emergencies
(a) Emergency Action Plan
(i) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1926.35(a) through 1926.35(e)(3) of Subpart C, General Safety and Health Provisions as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926.35 as it applies to Employee emergency action plans.
(b) Auxiliary Escape
(i) Prior to personnel working on elevated fixed platforms in or on the derrick or mast, an auxiliary means of escape shall be installed. The auxiliary escape route shall use a securely anchored and specially rigged escape line attached to the derrick or mast that provides a convenient and readily available means of escape from elevated fixed platforms in case of emergency.
(ii) All equipment intended for use in escape shall be engineered for that purpose.
(iii) The emergency control descent device shall be installed and used per the manufacturer's specifications.
(iv) Escape equipment shall only be used during an emergency, maintenance or training purposes and not for other purposes.
(v) Auxiliary escape equipment shall be designed to carry the employee away from the derrick and permit a safe landing.
(vi) Escape equipment shall be inspected by a qualified person before use and periodically throughout the lifetime of the product as per the manufacturer's specifications.
(vii) Each employee assigned to work from the derrick board shall be provided with an escape line and trained on its use.
(viii) The emergency escape route shall be kept clear of obstructions.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 6 Personal Protective Equipment
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.6.11072025 § 1 Personal Protective Equipment General Requirements
(a) Where it is not feasible to eliminate or control a safety or health hazard in the workplace within safe limits at a work location, and the use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) may prevent or reduce injury from the hazard, every person granted access to the location who is exposed to that hazard shall use the PPE prescribed by this Part.
(b) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.132(a) through 1910.132(h)(7) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owadisp.show_document?p_table=STANDARDS&p_id=9777.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.6.11072025 § 2 Wearing of Apparel, Jewelry, and Hair
(a) Loose or poorly-fitting clothing, dangling accessories, jewelry or other similar items that may be snagged, caught in or become entangled with equipment and or machinery that has a possibility of causing an injury to an employee shall not be worn.
(b) Any clothing that is saturated with any flammable, hazardous, or irritating substance shall be immediately removed and replaced with suitable clothing after the affected skin area has been thoroughly washed and treated, if necessary.
(c) Personnel with hair of such length to create an entanglement hazard or interfere with the person's vision shall be secured by tying back or using other means.
(d) Head and facial hair shall not interfere with the correct use of PPE when such equipment is required.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.6.11072025 § 3 Specific Personal Protective Equipment Requirements
(a) Eye and Face Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.133(a) through 1910.133(b)(2) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment, as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.133 as it relates to Eye and face protection.
(b) Respiratory Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.134(a) through 1910.134(o) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment, as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.134 as it relates to Respiratory protection.
(c) Head Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.135(a) through 1910.135(b)(2) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment, as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.135 as it relates to head protection.
(d) Foot Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.136(a) through 1910.136(b)(2) of Subpart I, as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.136 as it relates to foot protection.
(e) Flame Resistant Clothing
(i) Once the well has been drilled below the surface casing and until the well is shut in for demobilization, all employees on location shall wear flame resistant clothing (FRC) whenever they are within the radius of the rig anchors or seventy-five (75) feet of the wellbore, whichever is greater.
(ii) Employees shall follow, 7 General FRC Guidelines, as outlined in API RP 99 (2014) Flash Fire Risk Assessment for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry. This requires the employer to complete a risk assessment.
(iii) FRC shall comply with NFPA 2112 (2023) Standard on Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire, and NFPA 2113 (2025) Standard on Selection, Care, Use, and Maintenance of Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire.
(iv) A sign shall be conspicuously mounted at all entrances of the location that state: "Flame Resistant Clothing required in designated areas".
(f) Electrical Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.137(a) through 1910.137(c)(2)(xii) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.137 as it relates to Electrical protection equipment.
(g) Hand Protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.138(a) through 1910.138(b) of Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.138 as it relates to hand protection.
(h) Fall Protection. When employees use personal fall arrest systems for fall protection, the employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.140(a) through 1910.140(e)(2)(xii)(D) of Subpart I Personal Protective Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.140 as it relates to Personal fall protection systems.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 7 Safeguards
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 1 General
(Reserved)
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 2 Accident Prevention Signs and Tags
The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.145(a) through 1910.145(f)(9) of Subpart J, General Environment Controls as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.145 as it is relates to specifications for accident prevention signs and tags.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 3 Hand and Portable Powered Tools, and Other Hand-Held Equipment
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.242(a) through 1910.242(b) of Subpart P Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.242 as it relates to hand and portable powered tools and equipment, general.
(b) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR §1910.243(a) through 1910.243(e)(4)(vi) Subpart P, Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.243.
(c) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR §1910.244(a) through 1910.244(b) Subpart P, Hand and Portable Powered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.244 as it relates to Other portable tools and equipment.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 4 Guarding
All rotating and reciprocating parts shall be guarded unless they are guarded by location, or positioned to prevent any person from coming in contact in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and/or industry best practices.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 5 Lockout/Tagout
(a) When servicing and maintaining machines and equipment where unexpected energization, start-up or release of stored energy could cause injury to employees, the employer shall develop and implement a lock-out/tag-out program. For reference, refer to 29 CFR 1910.147 as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.147.
(b) Safety locks shall not be removed from main power breakers, disconnect switches or valves until all personnel are in the clear.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 6 Compressed Gas Cylinders
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.101(a) through 1910.101(c) of Subpart H, Hazardous Materials as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.101 as it relates to Compressed gases general requirements.
(b) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.102(a) through 1910.102(b) of Subpart H, Hazardous Materials, as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.102 as it relates to Acetylene.
(c) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.103(a) through 1910.102(c)(5) of Subpart H, Hazardous Materials as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.103 as it relates to Hydrogen.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.7.11072025 § 7 Confined Spaces
When performing work in spaces that meet the definition of permit-required confined spaces, the employer shall develop and implement a permit-required confined space program. For reference, refer to 29 CFR § 1910.146 of Subpart J, General Environmental Controls, as it was in effect on June 19, 2018 and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.146.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 8 Well Control Operations and Blowout Protection Equipment
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.8.11072025 § 1 Well Control
Well control shall be maintained as needed for the type of operation pursuant to the American Petroleum Institute (API) RP 49 (2013) for Well Control Operations as it applies to their operation.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.8.11072025 § 2 Blowout Protection Equipment
(a) While a well is being drilled, tested, completed, reconditioned, or is otherwise being worked on, blowout prevention equipment shall be installed and used in accordance with recognized standards and shall be reasonably adequate
(b) CBMNG drilling shall require the use of well pressure control equipment specifically designed and manufactured for such use.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 9 Walking-Working Surfaces
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.9.11072025 § 1 General
The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.22(a) through 1910.22(d)(3) of Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.22 as it relates to General requirements.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.9.11072025 § 2 Ladders
(a) Each derrick/mast shall be equipped with a fixed ladder(s) providing access from the rig floor to the crown block platform and access to each intermediate platform.
(b) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.23(a) through 1910.23(e)(3)(iv) of Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.23 as it relates to Ladders not designed into or is an integral part of machines or equipment.
(c) Permanent or fixed ladders fastened to a derrick or mast shall remain securely held in place in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
(d) Tools or other materials shall not be carried up or down a ladder unless properly secured to the body, leaving both hands free for climbing.
(e) On all derricks, ladder platforms shall be installed adjacent to, and provide unimpeded access to, the monkey board.
(f) Ladder platforms shall be located at the crown of all derricks.
(g) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.24(a) through 1910.24(b)(3) of Subpart D, Walking -Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.24 as it relates to step bolts and manhole steps.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.9.11072025 § 3 Stairways
The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.25(a) through 1910.25(f)(5) of Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.25 as it relates to Stairways.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.9.11072025 § 4 Platforms
(a) When employees cannot perform necessary duties from the ground, well servicing rigs shall use a working platform around the wellhead. The platform shall be of sufficient size and construction to support the maximum working load plus the number of personnel.
(b) Construction, erection and the use of all scaffolds shall be in compliance with 29 CFR 1926 Subpart L, Scaffolds as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1926/1926SubpartL as they relate to general requirements, specific types of scaffolds and training requirements.
(c) A monkey board shall be provided in the derrick tower at each elevation where an employee is normally required to handle pipe, sucker rods or other equipment racked in the derrick's tower with sufficient clearance for safe passage of the traveling block and to permit the employee, if working from the platform, to reach the elevator.
(i) A minimum clearance of at least six and one-half feet (6.5') shall be maintained above the decking.
(ii) The hoisting line shall not come into contact with the platform unless measures are taken to protect workers and prevent equipment and material damage.
(iii) The monkey board shall not obstruct the driller or hoist operator's view of the crown block or the traveling block at any point of travel.
(iv) A finger or finger brace shall not be used as a monkey board.
(v) Employees shall not be allowed to ride the traveling blocks.
(d) A stabbing board shall be provided for and used by personnel when working above the derrick floor where a platform is necessary for regular operating duties and the work cannot be safely performed from a fixed platform
(e) The stabbing board shall be at least twelve inches (12") wide and strong enough to safely withstand the total weight of persons, equipment and material that may be placed on it.
(f) The ends of the stabbing board shall be fastened in a manner that shall prevent the board from shifting off its supports or falling.
(g) A safety line shall be attached to each end of the stabbing board and secured to the derrick structure to prevent pieces from falling in the event of accidental breakage.
(h) With the exception of the stabbing board, every platform erected on the inside of a derrick shall completely cover the space from the working edge of the platform back to the legs and girts of the derrick.
(i) A safety cable shall be secured to the full length of the underside of each working platform in the derrick.
(j) Each mast or derrick platform shall be constructed, maintained and secured to the mast or derrick to support all expected working loads.
(k) The stabbing board and each finger shall be bolted, welded, hinged and pinned or attached by other equivalent means to its support beam. A secondary retention means shall be utilized to secure each of the fingers and the stabbing board.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.9.11072025 § 5 Falling objects and fall protection
(a) Fall Protection and Falling Objects. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.28(a) through 1910.28(c)(3) of Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.28 as it relates to Duty to have fall protection and falling object protection.
(i) Unattached tools or material of any kind shall not be placed in the mast or derrick above the floor unless there is occasion for their immediate use.
(b) Fall protection systems and Falling object protection. The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.29(a) through 1910.29(l)(3) of Subpart D, Walking-Working Surfaces as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.29 as it relates to Fall protection systems and falling object protection-criteria and practices.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 10 Equipment
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.10.11072025 § 1 Derricks and Masts
(a) Derricks, masts and their auxiliary parts shall be constructed to conform to good engineering practices and maintained in a safe condition per manufacturer's specifications and industry best practices. Please see API Spec 4F (2023) and API RP 4G (2019) Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures.
(i) API Spec 4F (2023) Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures provides requirements and recommendations for suitable steel structures for drill and well servicing operations in the petroleum industry with a uniform method of rating the structures, and provides two Product Specification Levels.
(ii) API RP 4G (2019) Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures (upstream segment) provides guidelines and establishes recommended practices for inspection, maintenance, and repair of items for drilling and well servicing structures in order to maintain the serviceability of this equipment. However, it is not a substitute for the manufacturer's instructions and the recommendations covered in API RP 54 (2019).
(b) Derricks and masts shall have a permanent name plate attached to the structure indicating:
(i) Name of manufacturer;
(ii) Model and serial number;
(iii) Rating, including static hook load capacity with number of lines; and
(iv) Whether guying is applicable and, if so, the recommended guying pattern.
(c) No person shall allow or require equipment modifications to be made or cause auxiliary equipment to be installed which are in conflict with these rules and regulations.
(d) Each derrick or mast requiring anchoring or guying, shall follow the manufacturer's recommendations. If manufacturer's recommendations are not available, an appropriate survey by a qualified engineer shall be made. A copy of the manufacturer's recommendations or a signed copy of the engineer's survey shall be made available for inspection.
(e) The mast or derrick shall be raised, lowered and/or moved following manufacturer's recommendations and industry best practices.
(f) The raising and lowering of a derrick or mast shall be performed under the direct supervision of a qualified person.
(g) Derricks and masts shall be equipped with guards which shall prevent the hoisting lines from being displaced from the sheaves during operations or when being raised or lowered from the operating position.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.10.11072025 § 2 Drawworks
(a) A visual inspection of the drawworks and its working parts shall be made each day or tour before operations begin.
(b) If lubrication fittings are not outside of guards, machinery shall be completely stopped for oiling and greasing.
(c) The safety pressure relief valve on the main air tank shall be tested periodically and kept in proper working order.
(d) All valves or other working devices on hydrostatic lines shall never be set higher than the design rating of the hydraulic system or the manufacturer's listed rating of the lines, whichever is less.
(e) Safety pressure relief valves on hydrostatic lines shall never be set higher than the design rating of the hydraulic system or the manufacturer's listed rating of the lines, whichever is less.
(f) The brakes, linkage and brake flanges on the drawworks shall be tested and visually inspected each day.
(g) The equipment operator shall not leave the drawworks brake without tying the brake down or securing it with a catch lock, unless the drawworks is equipped with an automated control system.
(h) The equipment operator shall not leave the brake while the hoisting drum is in motion.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.10.11072025 § 3 Electrical
The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910.301 through 1910.399 of Subpart S, Electrical as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at: https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910.301.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.10.11072025 § 4 Drilling fluid (Mud) Pits and Tanks
(a) Tanks for flammable materials shall be set so that if the tanks leak or rupture, the flammable materials shall drain away from the well and equipment by the use of ditches, dikes or their equivalent.
(b) All fixed mud guns used for jetting shall be pinned or hobbled at all times when not in use.
(c) All discharge lines shall be safely secured.
(d) Portable tanks shall be located where it is not possible for personnel or equipment to come into contact with overhead power lines
(e) No employee shall jump from one tank top to another.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.10.11072025 § 5 Pumping Units
The employer shall follow manufacturer's recommendations for the pumping unit, along with any precautions for the hazards identified during the risk assessment process.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 11 Safety Procedures for Boilers, Air Compressors and Pressure Vessels
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.11.11072025 § 1 Boiler and Pressure Vessels
(a) Boiler and pressure vessels shall be constructed in accordance with industry best practices and good engineering practices. For reference, please refer to the engineering standards of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels (2023).
(b) The installation, operation, maintenance and repairs of boiler and pressure vessels shall follow manufacturer's recommendations.
(c) Inspection of pressure vessels shall be conducted in accordance with industry standards as specified in API RP 510 (2023) Pressure Vessel Inspection Code: In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair and Alteration.
(d) Boilers provided by the employer shall be in compliance with the requirements of this rule when evidence of current and valid certification by an insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to the safe installation, inspection and testing is presented.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.11.11072025 § 2 Safety Procedures for Air Compressors
(a) Air compressors shall be constructed in accordance with industry best practices and good engineering practices relevant to their type.
(b) The installation, operation, maintenance and repairs of air compressors shall follow manufacturer's recommendations.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 12 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Gas
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.12.11072025 § 1 Oil and gas well drilling and servicing operations involving H2S
Drilling and servicing of wells that are suspected or known to contain H2S shall be as prescribed in the American Petroleum Institute (API) RP 49 (2013) Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 13 Acidizing, Fracturing, Hot Oil and Cementing Operations
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.13.11072025 § 1 General
(a) During acidizing, fracturing, cementing and hot oil operations, all lines connected from the pumping equipment to the Christmas tree or wellhead shall have a check valve installed as near the well as practicable. In addition, when a multi-pump manifold is used, a check valve shall be placed in each discharge line as near as possible to the other manifold(s).
(b) When used, pressure-recording equipment shall be located as far as practical from the wellhead and discharge line.
(c) Electrical continuity between items of equipment shall be maintained and the entire system shall be properly grounded.
(d) Equipment dumping sand into the hopper shall be properly bonded and grounded.
(e) When pumping flammable fluids:
(i) Lines containing flammable fluid shall not be laid under any vehicle.
(ii) Electrical equipment and internal combustion equipment not used in the job shall be shut down or off and any open flames extinguished.
(f) A pre-treatment pressure test on the pump and discharge lines shall be made at a pressure of at least the maximum expected treating pressure specified by the operator but not above the manufacturer's maximum pressure rating of the piping, pumps, valves, fittings or wellheads.
(g) A qualified employee shall:
(i) Check that all valves in discharge lines are open before pumping; and
(ii) If applicable, ensure flammable fluid spilled on location is cleaned up or contained so it is not a hazard before initiating pumping operations.
(h) The pump operator shall remain at the designated position while the pump is in operation, unless relieved by another authorized pump operator.
(i) All flow lines and relief lines shall be restrained to prevent whipping of these lines or a designated buffer zone established.
(j) Unauthorized persons shall remain at least seventy-five feet (75') from all pumping and pressure testing operations.
(k) Personnel shall not step over, walk on, straddle or drive equipment over pressurized lines.
(l) Flammable fluids shall not be bled back into open measuring tanks on equipment designed for pumping.
(m) Control measures shall be in place to prevent spills or accidental releases.
(n) Hammering, tightening or fitting a union on a pressurized discharge line shall be prohibited.
(o) All spilled oil or acid shall be contained and controlled, until it can be properly disposed of after breakout with precautions taken for personnel to prevent contact with such material.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.13.11072025 § 2 Acidizing, Fracturing, Hot Oil Pumping Operations
(a) All acidizing, fracturing (fracking)and hot oil trucks and tanks shall be located at the appropriate safe location and distance from the wellbore as determined by the risk assessment.
(b) The vent line used in hot oiling operations shall discharge a minimum of thirty-three feet (33') from sources of ignition.
(c) All blending equipment used in fracturing (fracking) operations with flammable and/or combustible fluids shall be properly grounded to a conductive rod driven into the ground. All sand hauling equipment unloading sand into the blender hopper(s) shall be electrically bonded to the blender(s).
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.13.11072025 § 3 Carbon Dioxide (CO2) and Nitrogen Pumping Operations
(a) Vaporizing units shall be located upwind or crosswind of the well.
(b) The employer shall ensure valve controls and workers are positioned on the side of the piping unit opposite to the side of the pipe supplying the well.
(c) A bleed-off valve shall be installed between the check valve and the wellhead.
(d) A shut-off (plug) valve and two (2) check valves shall be installed on the nitrogen or CO2 line upstream of a manifold.
(e) A shut-off (plug) and a check valve shall be installed on a liquid line upstream of a commingling tee or manifold.
(f) Two (2) shut-off (plug) valves and a choke valve shall be installed on the release line with the shut-off valves located upstream of the choke valve.
(g) Hoses shall be inspected prior to use for damage to the external cover or braid. Defective hoses shall be removed from service.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.13.11072025 § 4 Cementing Operations
(a) When cementing at shallow depths, the tubulars shall be secured to prevent pumping the tubulars from the hole.
(b) Overhead cementing lines shall be secured by a chain or wire rope to a location independent of the cementing system. Such chain or wire rope shall be of sufficient strength to support the anticipated load.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 14 Hot Work, Welding and Flame Cutting Operations
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.14.11072025 § 1 General
(a) The employer shall comply with 29 CFR § 1910 Subpart Q, Welding, Cutting and Brazing as adopted in rule by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming OSHA Commission, found at https://www.osha.gov/laws-regs/regulations/standardnumber/1910/1910SubpartQ.
(b) Dependent on the employer's risk assessment, a written procedure covering hot work operations shall be utilized that shall cover the work being performed, the hazards associated with or created by the task and the steps that shall be taken to eliminate or minimize the hazards. For reference material, please see American Petroleum Institute (API) RP 54 (2019) Occupational Safety and Health for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations and API RP 2009 (2012) Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 15 Guylines and Anchors
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.15.11072025 § 1 General
(a) All guylines and anchors shall be installed, used and maintained per the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
(b) Industry best practices, as described in API RP 4G (2019), Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures, should be used for further reference.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 16 Mud Logging
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.16.11072025 § 1 Mud logging
Employers carrying out mud logging operations shall comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for equipment, instruments and tools, including installation, location hazard area classification, use, and maintenance.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 17 Drill Stem Testing
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.17.11072025 § 1 General Requirements
(a) All employers involved in drill stem testing shall establish clear responsibilities for the test and ensure all involved personnel understand their duties. In addition, all contractors shall be present to ensure that workers are trained to carry out their responsibilities and that the equipment supplied is in good repair and functioning as designed.
(b) Gas detection systems and safety equipment, including emergency shutdown, firefighting, alarms and communication systems, shall be verified as fully operational before drill stem testing operations.
(c) The wellbore shall be kept full of drilling fluids at all times.
(d) Drilling fluids shall be conditioned prior to running the test to minimize the possibility of blowout.
(e) Volumes of kill weight mud fluid necessary to kill the well shall be on location prior to flowing the well.
(f) A fill-up line shall be installed exclusively to keep the casing full of drilling fluid and shall be used only for this purpose. A kill line shall be installed exclusively to provide complete well control and shall be separate from the fill-up line.
(g) A mud box shall be provided and ready to convey fluids away from the derrick floor while pulling the drill stem or breaking wet joints.
(h) Fluid recovered from the mud box shall flow to circulating tanks or to a reserve pit.
(i) The rig floor shall not be left unattended during the drill stem test.
(j) Measures shall be taken to exclude unauthorized employees from the area before and during drill stem testing operations.
(k) Lights and electrical equipment shall be turned off, whenever possible, during a drill stem test and while coming out of the hole with strings containing flammable and/or combustible liquids or gas.
(l) Drill stem tests shall not be conducted during electrical storms.
(m) The kelly hose shall not be used as a part of the test line.
(n) Drill stem test flowing of the well shall be confined to daylight hours only.
(o) All spark producing equipment shall be disconnected until the test is concluded.
(p) Motors and engines that are not required in the testing operation shall be shut off.
(q) Test line and valves shall be checked, and the test line shall be securely anchored at each end and at each thirty-foot (30') interval.
(r) Every test plug used above the derrick floor shall be attached to the elevator links by double safety cables or chains.
(s) A reversing valve shall be included in the test tool assembly in order to be able to reverse.
(t) When taking a drill stem test, and hydrocarbons appear at the surface, it shall be mandatory that such hydrocarbons are reversed out before coming out of the hole.
(u) The pulling of drill stem test strings containing any flammable or combustible liquids or gas shall be performed in daylight hours only.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.17.11072025 § 2 Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S) Environments
(a) Drill stem tests in known or expected zones containing H2S shall be performed with pipe, equipment and materials suitable for the environment and conditions under which they are used.
(b) Limit drill stem testing in sour environments to as brief a period as possible, using operating procedures that shall minimize exposure to sulfide stress cracking conditions.
(c) All drill stem tests in known or expected zones containing H2S shall be reversed out (in daylight hours only) before coming out of the hole.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 18 Conductor Wireline Services
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.18.11072025 § 1 Wireline Unit
(a) Vehicle-mounted wireline units shall be chocked and/or spaded to prevent unintended movement of the unit toward the wellbore. If chocks are used, there shall be a minimum of two (2).
(b) Skid-mounted wireline units shall be secured to prevent unintended movement.
(c) Wireline units shall be so located such that there is no interference with entrance or exit of employees from those units or other units on location.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.18.11072025 § 2 Well Pressure Control Equipment
(a) On wells where flow is reasonably expected, a lubricator shall be used that allows removal of the wireline tools without turning the well loose to the atmosphere, or some other means of controlling the well pressure shall be used without requiring removal of the tools.
(b) Lubricator equipment shall be pressure tested, used and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications.
(c) A visual examination and pressure test of all wireline pressure control equipment used on wells where flow is reasonably expected shall be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications.
(d) Each section of a lubricator shall be marked for identification purposes with a permanent serial number and its maximum rated working pressure.
(e) In known or expected zones containing H2S, the work shall be performed with pipe, equipment and materials suitable for the environment and conditions under which they are used.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.18.11072025 § 3 Perforating, Pipe Recovery and Other Operations Using Explosives
(a) The employer shall permit only authorized and qualified persons to use, handle or transport explosives.
(b) Transportation of explosives shall meet the provisions of the Department of Transportation regulations.
(c) Explosives and related materials shall be stored in approved facilities required under Bureaus of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives, and the Department of Justice as outlined in (ATF) 27 CFR 555 Commerce in Explosives found at https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-27/chapter-II/subchapter-C/part-555.
(d) A blaster shall be qualified in the field of transporting, storing, handling and use of explosives and shall have a working knowledge of Federal, State, and Local Laws pertaining to explosives.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Chapter 19 Acquisition of Referenced Standards
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.19.11072025 § 1 Standards Producing Organizations
The National Consensus Standards defined in Chapter 1 of these rules and regulations may be obtained from the organizations listed below:
(a) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 11 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036.
(b) American Petroleum Institute (API), 200 Massachusetts Ave NW, Suite 1100, Washington, DC 20001-5571.
(c) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), United Engineering Center, 345 E. 47th St., New York, NY 10017.
(d) Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives (ATF), 99 New York Avenue NE, Washington, D.C. 20226
(e) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
(f) Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0031.19.11072025 § 2 Sources of Rules and Regulations
These rules and regulations have been compiled utilizing excerpts from and references to the following sources:
(a) ANSI Z308.1 (2021) Minimum Requirements for Workplace First-aid Kit found at https://blog.ansi.org/workplace-first-aid-kits-ansi-isea-z308-2021/.
(b) ANSI Z358.1 (2014) American National Standard for Emergency Eyewash and Shower Equipment found at https://blog.ansi.org/2018/07/emergency-eyewash-station-shower-ansi-z358-1/.
(c) API RP 2009 (2012) Safe Welding, Cutting, and Hot Work Practices in the Petroleum and Petrochemical Industries found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(d) API SPEC 4F (2023) Specification for Drilling and Well Servicing Structures, Fifth Edition found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(e) API RP 4G (2019) Operation, Inspection, Maintenance, and Repair of Drilling and Well Servicing Structures found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(f) API RP 49 (2013) Recommended Practice for Drilling and Well Servicing Operations Involving Hydrogen Sulfide found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(g) API RP 54 (2019) Recommended Practice for Occupational Safety and Health for Oil and Gas Well Drilling and Servicing Operations found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(h) API RP 59 (2023) Recommended Practice for Well Control Operations found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(i) API RP 99 (2014) Flash Fire Risk Assessment for the Upstream Oil and Gas Industry found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(j) API RP 510 (2023) Pressure Vessel Inspection Code (BPVC): In-Service Inspection, Rating, Repair, and Alteration found at https://www.api.org/products-and-services/standards.
(k) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (2023), Section I through VIII found at https://www.asme.org/codes-standards/bpvc-standards/bpvc-2023.
(l) ATF 27 CFR 555 (2003) Commerce in Explosives found at https://www.ecfr.gov/current/title-27/chapter-II/subchapter-C/part-555?toc=1.
(m) NFPA 2112 (2023) Standard on Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire found at https://www.nfpa.org/for-professionals/codes-and-standards/list-of-codes-and-standards/free-access.
(n) NFPA 2113 (2025) Standard on Selection, Care, Use, and Maintenance of Flame-Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire found at https://www.nfpa.org/for-professionals/codes-and-standards/list-of-codes-and-standards/free-access.
History
- Effective 2025-11-07
316 Quality Child Care
Chapter 1 Definitions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.1.09262025 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9-2-2601(c), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), W.S. § 14-4-204, and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. § 16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the DWS in the discharge of its functions.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.1.09262025 § 2 Purpose
The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program provides funding for training of owners and staff of child care facilities. W. S. § 14-4-204 refers to these services as Educational Development Scholarships and Continuing Education Grants.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.1.09262025 § 3 Definitions
The following definitions shall apply in the interpretation and enforcement of these rules:
(a) "Child Care Facility" means any person who operates a business to keep or care for any minor at the request of the parents, legal guardians or an agency which is responsible for the child and includes group day care agencies and day or hourly nurseries, nursery schools, kindergartens or any other preschool establishment not accredited by the state board of education. [See W. S. § 14-4-101(a)(vi)(D) or (K)].
(b) "Child Development Associate" is a standardized, nationally-recognized credential administered by the Council for Professional Recognition that provides evidence of a basic level of competence for individuals working in the child care industry.
(c) "Continuing Education Grant" is a financial award provided to upgrade the skills of child care workers to enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
(d) "Continuous Enrollment" means enrollment in at least one (1) credit hour in each of two (2) semesters of a fall, spring, or summer semester within the course of a year based on enrollment date.
(e) "Educational Development Scholarship" is a financial award provided to individuals working in the child care industry who enroll in and complete formal education that will enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
(f) "Good Standing" means satisfactory adherence to and completion of all program requirements in rules.
(g) "Immediate family" refers to a person's closest relatives by blood or marriage, including parents, siblings, spouse, and children.
(h) "Major Medical Occurrence" shall be determined by a written statement from a licensed medical practitioner that verifies a participant is no longer capable of participating in the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(i) "Participant" is an individual who has applied and been approved for services under these rules.
(j) "Remedial Education" refers to Math or English classes (below 1000 level) required by the applicable Wyoming educational institution to enter into an approved degree program.
(k) "Satisfactory Completion" means to meet all terms and requirements for a degree, certification or training program.
(l) "Satisfactory Performance" means fulfillment of and adherence to all terms and requirements of a program.
(m) "Workforce Development Training Fund (WDTF)" is a state-managed fund established to support workforce development programs, including training, retraining, and upgrading skills for existing workers through programs administered by the Department of Workforce Services.
(n) "WY Quality Counts" is the DWS name for the Quality Child Care program found in W.S. 14-4-201 through 14-4-207.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.1.09262025 § 4 Severability
If any provision or provisions of this rule shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the law of any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Chapter 2 WY Quality Counts College Degree Scholarships
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9-2-2601(c), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), W.S. § 14-4-204, and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the DWS in the discharge of its functions.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 2 Purpose
The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program provides funding for training of owners and staff of child care facilities through the use of College Degree Scholarships to encourage individuals working in the child care industry to enroll in and complete formal education that will enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 3 Eligible Coursework
(a) The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program's College Degree Scholarships shall only be used for the following coursework related to remedial education, early childhood certificates, associate degrees, bachelor degrees and post-graduate endorsements, to include:
(i) Associates of Arts/Sciences/Applied Sciences in Early Childhood Education from a Wyoming community college;
(ii) Bachelor of Arts in Elementary Education with Birth-to-Eight Early Childhood Endorsement from the University of Wyoming;
(iii) Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Family Science/Child Development Concentration from the University of Wyoming;
(iv) Degree/endorsements from other states comparable in educational requirements to the above from an accredited institution as defined by the Wyoming Department of Education;
(v) Early Childhood Special Education (Birth to Five) Certificate Program from the University of Wyoming;
(vi) Post-Graduate Birth-to-Eight Early Childhood Endorsement from the University of Wyoming;
(vii) Remedial education; or
(viii) Other education that has received written pre-approval by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 4 Allowable Costs and Payment Process
(a) Scholarship funds shall only be used for costs associated with the following:
(i) Books;
(ii) Required fees; or
(iii) Tuition.
(b) Scholarship funds shall be paid directly to the educational institution.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 5 Applicant Eligibility
(a) An eligible applicant shall be:
(i) An owner or staff member working for a minimum of fifteen (15) hours per week in a child care facility as defined in W.S. § 14-4-101(a)(vi)(D) or (K); and
(ii) In good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 6 Application Process
(a) Applicants shall complete and submit the official DWS College Degree Scholarship form for each semester in which the applicant is requesting funding.
(b) Applications shall be submitted at least forty-five (45) days prior and not more than one hundred and ten (110) days prior to the scheduled start date of the semester.
(c) Applicants shall include proof of approval of the coursework by the scholarship applicant's academic advisor.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 7 Ongoing Participant Requirements
(a) Once an application has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager, the applicant shall adhere to the following requirements of the scholarship:
(i) Enter into a written agreement as set forth by DWS for each semester funds are being requested for the duration of the program;
(ii) Provide proof of enrollment no later than forty-five (45) days after the start date of each semester;
(iii) Sign an agreement to the repayment and mandatory employment requirements in accordance with Section 8. Repayment and Mandatory Employment Requirements;
(iv) Maintain continuous enrollment during the duration of the program;
(v) Maintain a "2.0" or higher-grade point average;
(vi) Provide proof of grades and good standing with the educational institution no later than forty-five (45) days from the time the information is available at the end of each semester;
(vii) Complete and submit a DWS-recognized training survey form no later than forty-five (45) days after completion of each semester's coursework; and
(viii) Remain in good standing with both the formal educational institution and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 8 Mandatory Employment Requirements
(a) The participant shall agree to work for or contract with a child care facility for a mandatory employment period after receiving the certificate, endorsement or degree from the approved formal education program. The requirements are as follows for each type of program:
(i) For an Early Childhood Certificate, the participant shall complete seven hundred-fifty (750) hours of employment within twelve (12) months after receiving the certificate from the approved formal education program.
(ii) For an Associate Degree, the participant shall complete one thousand (1,000) hours of employment within eighteen (18) months after receiving the degree from the approved formal education program;
(iii) For a Bachelor's Degree, the participant shall complete two thousand (2,000) hours of employment within twenty-four (24) months after receiving the degree from the approved formal education program; or
(iv) For a Post-Graduate Endorsement, the participant shall complete seven hundred-fifty (750) hours of employment within twelve (12) months after receiving the degree from the approved formal education program.
(b) The mandatory employment period shall begin:
(i) The month immediately after receiving the certificate, degree or endorsement from the approved formal education program; or
(ii) If the child care facility is closed during the summer, the first day the child care facility reopens in the fall.
(c) If the participant is laid off due to lack of work, the scholarship participant shall obtain employment with another child care facility and complete any remaining mandatory employment period hours.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 9 Termination from the Scholarship Program and Repayment Requirements
(a) The scholarship participant shall be terminated from the scholarship program if the participant fails to adhere to the following requirements:
(i) Maintain continuous enrollment;
(ii) Remain in good standing with the formal educational institution and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program;
(iii) Meet the grade level requirements;
(iv) Provide verification documents on time; or
(v) Meet the mandatory employment requirements.
(b) Any scholarship participant who is terminated from the scholarship program is required to repay the portion of funds that were paid to the educational institution on their behalf to the DWS, to include costs incurred in the collection, unless a Waiver of Repayment has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(i) A Waiver of Repayment may be approved if the scholarship participant submits a request, in writing, to the WY Quality Counts program manager that outlines one of the following reasons the scholarship participant was unable to adhere to the requirements:
(A) Experienced a major medical occurrence;
(B) Activated for military service or has a spouse activated for or relocated in military service;
(C) Deceased, in which case a representative for the scholarship participant may submit the written request; or
(D) Encounters an emergency or hardship, involving themselves or an immediate family member that reasonably precludes the ability to complete the approved coursework.
(c) Repayments due to DWS shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the scholarship participant.
(i) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the participant's email address on file, if available, and via physical copy to the participant's mailing address provided on the application.
(d) Failure to repay scholarship funds or sign a repayment agreement within the thirty (30) days of the notice of termination, the WY Quality Counts program manager shall refer the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and place the individual on the list for individuals that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.2.09262025 § 10 Scholarship Program Limitations
(a) The scholarship participant is eligible for up to one thousand five hundred dollars ($1,500) per semester.
(b) The participant shall only receive assistance for a maximum of one hundred fifty (150) credit hours in a lifetime.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Chapter 3 WY Quality Counts Child Development Associate Scholarships
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9-2-2601(c), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), W.S. § 14-4-204, and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the DWS in the discharge of its functions.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 2 Purpose
The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program provides funding for training of owners and staff of child care facilities through the use of Child Development Associate (CDA) Scholarships to encourage individuals working in the child care industry to enroll in and complete formal education that will enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 3 Eligible Coursework
The Child Development Associate (CDA) scholarship shall only be used for the Child Development Associate (CDA) credential administered by the Council for Professional Recognition and coursework is approved by the Wyoming Statewide Training and Resource System.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 4 Allowable Costs and Payment Process
(a) CDA scholarship funds shall only be used for costs associated with the following:
(i) Advisor fees;
(ii) Books;
(iii) CDA assessment fee;
(iv) CDA credential coursework;
(v) CDA credential renewal fee;
(vi) Additional CDA credential fees, if required by the child care facility; or
(vii) Other required fees as approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(b) CDA scholarship funds shall be paid directly to the approved CDA training provider.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 5 Applicant Eligibility
(a) An eligible applicant shall be:
(i) An owner or staff member working for a minimum of fifteen (15) hours per week in a child care facility as defined in W.S. § 14-4-101(a)(vi)(D) or (K); and
(ii) In good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 6 Application Process
(a) Applicants shall complete and submit an official DWS Child Development Associate (CDA) Scholarship application form for the program in which the applicant is requesting funding.
(b) Applications shall be submitted at least forty-five (45) days prior and not more than one hundred and ten (110) days prior to the scheduled start date of the program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 7 Ongoing Participant Requirements
Once an application has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager, the applicant shall adhere to the following requirements of the scholarship:
(i) Enter into a written agreement as set forth by DWS for the duration of the program;
(ii) Sign an agreement to the repayment and mandatory employment requirements in accordance with Section 8. Mandatory Employment Requirements and Section 9. Termination from the CDA Scholarship Program and Repayment Requirement.
(iii) Maintain continuous enrollment during the duration of the program;
(iv) Complete and submit a DWS-recognized training survey form no later than forty-five (45) days after completion of the coursework;
(v) Achieve satisfactory performance;
(vi) Provide proof of completion and a copy of the CDA credential no later than forty-five (45) days from the time the information is available; and
(vii) Remain in good standing with both the approved CDA program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 8 Mandatory Employment Requirements
(a) The participant shall agree to work for or contract with a child care facility for a mandatory employment period of five hundred (500) hours for each CDA credential, CDA credential renewal, or second credential, within a twelve (12) month period.
(i) The mandatory employment period shall begin:
(A) The month immediately after the completion of the CDA coursework; or
(B) If the child care facility is closed during the summer, the first day the child care facility reopens in the fall.
(b) If the participant is laid off due to lack of work, the scholarship participant shall obtain employment with another child care facility and complete any remaining mandatory employment period hours.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 9 Termination from the CDA Scholarship Program and Repayment Requirements
(a) The scholarship participant shall be terminated from the CDA scholarship program if the participant fails to adhere to the following requirements:
(i) Maintain enrollment;
(ii) Remain in good standing with the CDA program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program;
(iii) Meet performance requirements;
(iv) Provide verification documents on time;
(v) Successfully obtain the CDA credential; or
(vi) Meet the mandatory employment requirements.
(b) Any CDA scholarship participant who is terminated from the scholarship program is required to repay the portion of funds that were paid for the CDA on their behalf to DWS, to include costs incurred in the collection, unless a Waiver of Repayment has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(i) A Waiver of Repayment may be approved if the scholarship participant submits a request, in writing, to the WY Quality Counts program manager that outlines one of the following reasons the scholarship participant was unable to adhere to the requirements:
(A) Experienced a major medical occurrence;
(B) Activated for military service or has a spouse activated for or relocated in military service;
(C) Deceased, in which case a representative for the scholarship participant may submit the written request; or
(D) Encounters an emergency or hardship, involving themselves or an immediate family member that reasonably precludes the ability to complete the approved coursework.
(c) Repayments due to DWS shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the scholarship recipient.
(i) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the participant's email address on file, if available, and via physical copy to the participant's mailing address provided on the application.
(d) Failure to repay scholarship funds or sign a repayment agreement within the thirty (30) days of the notice of termination, the WY Quality Counts program manager shall refer the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and place the individual on the list for individuals that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.3.09262025 § 10 Scholarship Program Limitations
The CDA participant shall be eligible for up to two thousand three hundred dollars ($2,300) for allowable costs per CDA program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Chapter 4 WY Quality Counts Child Development Contractor Program
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9-2-2601(c), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), W.S. § 14-4-204, and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the DWS in the discharge of its functions.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 2 Purpose
The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program provides funding for training of owners and staff of child care facilities through the use of Child Development Associate (CDA) Contractor Program to encourage staff working in the child care industry to provide formal education that will enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 3 General Requirements
(a) The CDA contractor shall provide the appropriate CDA credential instruction in compliance with the standards of the Council for Professional Recognition and as approved by the Wyoming Statewide Training and Resource System (STARS).
(b) An approved CDA program shall consist of one of the following:
(i) Advisor services and the coursework provided on a community basis; or
(ii) Advisor services provided to individuals taking coursework through a Wyoming Community College.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 4 Allowable Costs and Payment Process
(a) CDA scholarship funds shall only be used for costs associated with the following:
(i) Advisor fees;
(ii) Books;
(iii) CDA assessment fees;
(iv) CDA instructor fees;
(v) CDA credential renewal fees;
(vi) Up to five percent (5%) of the total training costs related to a child care facility's administrative expenses, which include bookkeeping, reporting and record keeping; or
(vii) Other required fees as pre-approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(b) Scholarship funds shall be paid directly to the CDA contractor.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 5 Application Process
(a) CDA contractors shall complete and submit the official DWS Child Development Associate Contractor Scholarship form.
(b) Applications shall be submitted at least forty-five (45) days prior and not more than one hundred and ten (110) days prior to the scheduled start date of the program.
(c) CDA contractors shall include proof of approval by the Wyoming Statewide Training and Resource System (STARS).
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 6 Ongoing Requirements
(a) Once an application has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager, the CDA contractor shall enter into a written agreement as set forth by DWS (in conjunction with participants) for each scholarship request.
(b) Participants receiving training through the CDA contractor shall adhere to the following requirements of the scholarship application:
(i) Sign a written agreement to the repayment and mandatory employment requirements in accordance with Section 8. Participant Termination, Repayment and Mandatory Employment Requirements provided in the CDA contractor program application;
(ii) Maintain continuous enrollment during the duration of the program;
(iii) Complete and submit a DWS-recognized training evaluation survey no later than forty-five (45) days after completion of the coursework;
(iv) Achieve satisfactory performance;
(v) Provide proof of completion and a copy of the CDA credential no later than forty-five (45) days from the time the information is available; and
(vi) Remain in good standing with both the approved CDA program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(c) The CDA Contractor shall submit final report documentation within ninety (90) days after completion of the CDA program that provides documentation of the following for each participant:
(i) Satisfactory completion of training;
(ii) Completion of a DWS-recognized training evaluation survey; and
(iii) Completion and receipt of the CDA credential.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 7 CDA Contractor Repayment Requirements
(a) Failure of a CDA contractor to submit final report documentation in accordance with Section 6. Ongoing Requirements, shall result in the requirement to repay to DWS all funds that were paid to the contractor, to include costs incurred in the collection of fees.
(i) The repayment shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of repayment was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the CDA contractor.
(ii) Failure to repay CDA scholarship funds as requested shall result in the referral of the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and placement on the list of CDA program contractors that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(A) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the CDA contractor's email address on file and via physical copy to the CDA contractor's mailing address provided on the application.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 8 Participant Termination, Repayment and Mandatory Employment Requirements
(a) The scholarship participant shall be terminated from the scholarship program if the participant fails to adhere to the following requirements:
(i) Maintain enrollment;
(ii) Remain in good standing with the CDA program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program;
(iii) Meet performance requirements;
(iv) Provide verification documents on time to the CDA Contractor;
(v) Successfully obtain the CDA credential; or
(vi) Meet the mandatory employment requirements.
(b) Any participant who is terminated from the CDA scholarship program is required to repay the portion of funds that were paid to the CDA contractor on their behalf to the DWS, to include costs incurred in the collection, unless a Waiver of Repayment has been approved of the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(i) A Waiver of Repayment may be approved if the scholarship participant submits a request, in writing, to the WY Quality Counts program manager that outlines one of the following reasons the scholarship participant was unable to adhere to the requirements:
(A) Experienced a major medical occurrence;
(B) Activated for military service or has a spouse activated for or relocated in military service;
(C) Deceased, in which case a representative for the scholarship participant may submit the written request; or
(D) Encounters an emergency or hardship, involving themselves or an immediate family member that reasonably precludes the ability to complete the approved coursework.
(c) Repayments due to DWS shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the participant.
(i) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the participant's email address on file, if available, and via physical copy to the participant's mailing address provided on the application.
(d) Failure to repay CDA scholarship funds or sign a repayment agreement within the thirty (30) days of the notification, the WY Quality Counts program manager shall refer the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and place the individual on the list for individuals that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(e) The participant shall agree to work for or contract with a child care facility for a mandatory employment period of five hundred (500) hours for each CDA credential, CDA credential renewal, or second credential, within a twelve (12) month period.
(i) The mandatory employment period shall begin:
(A) The month immediately after completion of the CDA coursework; or
(B) If the child care facility is closed during the summer, the first day the child care facility reopens in the fall.
(f) If the participant is laid off due to lack of work, the scholarship participant shall obtain employment with another child care facility and complete any remaining mandatory employment period hours.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.4.09262025 § 9 Program Limitations
The CDA contractor shall be eligible to receive funding for up to two thousand and three hundred dollars ($2,300) per participant for allowable expenses not to exceed a total of three thousand two hundred dollars ($3,200) for instructor fees per CDA program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Chapter 5 WY Quality Counts Continuing Education Grants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9-2-2601(c), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), W.S. § 14-4-204, and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by the DWS in the discharge of its functions.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 2 Purpose
The WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program provides funding for training of owners and staff of child care facilities through the use of Continuing Education Grants to upgrade the skills of child care workers to enhance the quality of child care provided by the industry.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 3 Eligible Training
(a) Eligible training for Continuing Education Grants must adhere to the following requirements:
(i) Be training that is not normally provided by the child care facility;
(ii) Upgrade a participant's current skill level;
(iii) Have a direct relationship to the participant's occupation;
(iv) Provide a skill upgrade that enables the child care facility to remain competitive in the industry;
(v) Be completed in a maximum of three (3) months; and
(vi) Enhance the quality of the child care provided by the child care facility in at least one of the following program competencies:
(A) Child Development and Learning in Context;
(B) Family-Teacher Partnerships and Community Connections;
(C) Child Observation, Documentation, and Assessment;
(D) Developmentally, Culturally, and Linguistically Appropriate Teaching Practices;
(E) Knowledge, Application, and Integration of Academic Content in the Early Childhood Curriculum; or
(F) Professionalism as an Early Childhood Educator.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 4 Allowable Costs and Payment Process
(a) Grant funds shall only be used for costs associated with the following:
(i) Direct training costs include, but are not limited to:
(A) Tuition;
(B) Registration;
(C) Class fees; or
(D) Class materials directly related to the training.
(ii) Travel costs include transportation, lodging and meals directly related to the training, which shall not exceed the rates provided for state employees in rules and regulations of the State Auditor;
(iii) Instructor's fees and travel costs where the instructor is brought in for the training by the child care facility and is not an employee of the child care facility; and
(iv) Fees for continuing education units and certifications that may be obtained during training.
(b) Grant funds shall not be used for the following:
(i) Participant wages and fringe benefits;
(ii) The child care facility's administration costs which include, but are not limited to, bookkeeping, reporting and record keeping;
(iii) The child care facility's cost of preparing a Continuing Education Grant application;
(iv) Purchased, rented or leased equipment;
(v) Instructor's fees and travel costs where the instructor is an employee of the child care facility;
(vi) Assessments, testing and certification exams that are not included in the training;
(vii) Capital construction of any kind; or
(viii) Membership fees.
(c) The child care facility approved for a Continuing Education Grant shall be required to pay ten percent (10%) of approved allowable training costs. The remaining ninety percent (90%) of approved allowable training costs shall be the total grant award.
(d) Grant funds shall be paid directly to the child care facility.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 5 Applicant Eligibility
(a) An eligible applicant shall be:
(i) An owner or staff member working for a minimum of fifteen (15) hours per week in a child care facility as defined in W.S. § 14-4-101(a)(vi)(D) or (K);
(ii) In good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program; and
(iii) The child care facility is in good standing with the WDTF program.
(A) A child care facility who is enrolled in the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program shall not be concurrently enrolled in a DWS WDTF training program for the same training.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 6 Application Process
(a) Applicants shall complete and submit an official DWS Training Grant Application form.
(i) Applications shall be submitted at least forty-five (45) days prior and not more than one hundred and ten (110) days prior to the scheduled start date of the scheduled training.
(ii) Applicants shall include proof of the training's compliance with Section 3. Eligible Training.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 7 Ongoing Child Care Facility Requirements
(a) Once an application has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager, the child care facility shall enter into a written agreement as set forth by DWS for each grant request.
(b) The child care provider shall submit final report documentation within forty-five (45) days after completion of the mandatory employment period that provides documentation of the following for each participant:
(i) Satisfactory completion of training;
(ii) Completion of a DWS-recognized training evaluation survey; and
(iii) Completion of the mandatory employment period reporting, and receipt for payment of training expenses, including travel.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 8 Ongoing Participant Requirements
(a) Once an application has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager, the participant shall adhere to the following requirements of the grant:
(i) Enter into a written agreement as set forth by DWS;
(ii) Sign an agreement to the repayment and mandatory employment requirements in accordance with Section 10. Participant Termination, Repayment and Mandatory Employment Requirements; and
(iii) Remain in good standing with both the approved training program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 9 Child Care Facility Repayment Requirements
(a) Failure of a child care facility to submit final report documentation in accordance with Section 7. Ongoing Child Care Facility Requirements, shall result in the requirement to repay to DWS all funds that were paid to the child care facility, to include costs incurred in the collection of fees.
(b) The repayment shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the child care facility.
(i) Failure to repay Training Grant funds as requested shall result in the referral of the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and placement on the list of child care facilities that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(A) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the child care facility's email address on file and via physical copy to its mailing address provided on the application.
(c) When the grant funds have been paid to the child care facility by DWS and the child care facility has not made payment to the training provider, or the child care facility has
made payment to the training provider but the payment is refundable, the child care
facility shall:
(i) Notify DWS, in writing, as soon as possible of a participant's withdrawal or absence from the training event; and
(ii) Repay to DWS the grant funds associated with the participant(s) who did not attend the training event.
(d) When the grant funds have been paid to the child care facility by DWS and the child care facility has made a nonrefundable payment to the training provider, the child care
facility shall:
(i) Notify DWS in writing, along with the verification that the non-refundable
payment was made;
(ii) Notify DWS as soon as possible of the participant's withdrawal or absence
from the training event; and
(iii) Repay to DWS the grant funds associated with the participant(s) who did not attend the training event except for the nonrefundable training payment.
(e) When the grant funds have been paid to the child care facility by DWS and the child care facility, for any reason, withdraws or cannot participant in the approved training
event, or fails to perform the duties of the child care facility as described in the written agreement with DWS, the child care facility shall:
(i) Notify DWS in writing, as soon as possible of the cancelation from the training event; and
(ii) Repay all of the grant funds for the training event to DWS. In the case where the child care facility has paid the training provider and payment is nonrefundable, repayment to DWS shall be made for all grant funds that were paid, to include any costs or fees incurred in collection.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 10 Participant Termination, Repayment and Mandatory Employment Requirements
(a) The participant shall be terminated from the training program if the participant fails to:
(i) Complete the approved training;
(ii) Remain in good standing with the training program and the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program;
(iii) Submit a training survey;
(iv) Provide verification documents on time to the child care facility; or
(v) Meet the mandatory employment requirements.
(b) Any participant who is terminated from the training program is required to repay the portion of funds that were paid to the child care facility on their behalf to the DWS, to include costs incurred in the collection, unless a Waiver of Repayment has been approved by the WY Quality Counts program manager.
(i) A Waiver of Repayment may be approved if the participant submits a request, in writing, to the WY Quality Counts program manager that outlines one of the following reasons the participant was unable to adhere to the requirements:
(A) Experienced a major medical occurrence;
(B) Activated for military service or has a spouse activated for or relocated in military service;
(C) Deceased, in which case a representative for the scholarship participant may submit the written request; or
(D) Encounters an emergency or hardship, involving themselves or an immediate family member that reasonably precludes the ability to complete the approved coursework.
(c) Repayments due to DWS shall be made, or a repayment agreement shall be signed, within thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent from the WY Quality Counts program manager to the participant.
(i) The WY Quality Counts program manager shall send the notice of termination via electronic copy to the participant's email address on file, if available, and via physical copy to the participant's mailing address provided on the application.
(d) If the participant fails to repay training funds or sign a repayment agreement within the thirty (30) days of the date the notice of termination was sent, the WY Quality Counts program manager shall refer the case to a collection agency for appropriate legal action and place the individual on the list for individuals that are not in good standing with the WY Quality Counts Educational Development Program.
(e) The participant shall agree to work for or contract with a child care facility for a mandatory employment period of one hundred (100) hours if the cost of the training is five hundred dollars ($500) or less and shall be completed within a six (6) month period.
(f) The participant shall agree to work for or contract with a child care facility for a mandatory employment period of two hundred fifty (250) hours if the cost of the training is more than five hundred dollars ($500) and shall be completed within a nine (9) month period.
(i) The mandatory employment period shall begin:
(A) The month immediately after the training has ended; or
(B) If the child care facility is closed during the summer, the first day the child care facility reopens in the fall.
(g) If the participant is laid off due to lack of work, the grant participant shall obtain employment with another child care facility and complete any remaining mandatory employment period hours.
(h) In the event that the child care facility closes, the participant shall obtain employment with another child care facility and complete any remaining mandatory employment period hours.
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0022.5.09262025 § 11 Grant Program Limitations
(a) The child care facility shall not substitute funds normally provided for training or funds obtained from another source with Continuing Education Grant Funds.
(b) The grant funding limit per participant shall be one thousand three hundred dollars ($1,300.00) per state fiscal year (July 1 - June 30).
History
- Effective 2025-09-26
312 Unemployment Insurance
Chapter 1 Authority for Adoption and Amendment of rules, title of rules, and construction of rules
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.1.11282023 § 1 Statutory Authority
W.S. 27-3-602(b) authorizes the commission to adopt, amend, or rescind rules and regulations in accordance with the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.1.11282023 § 2 Title
. These rules (Chapter 1 through Chapter 37) are the Rules of the Wyoming Department of Workforce Services, Unemployment Compensation Program as adopted by the Unemployment Insurance Commission of Wyoming and may be cited as the "Rules of the Wyoming Unemployment Compensation Program."
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.1.11282023 § 3 Construction of Rules
The construction of the Rules of the Wyoming Unemployment Compensation Program shall be governed by the following:
(a) Reference to a numbered section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or other subdivision of the statutes and the abbreviation "W.S." when used in conjunction with a statute section number or its designation or identification means the Wyoming Statutes in their most recently published form including amendments to original enactments;
(b) Words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 2 General Provisions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.2.11282023 § 1 Definitions
Unless the context otherwise requires, terms used in the Wyoming Employment Security Law, these rules, interpretations, forms, or other official pronouncements issued by the department or commission shall have the following meanings:
(a) "Address of record" means the address given when the claimant files a new or additional claim or clearly and unequivocally provides the Division with a change in writing, a change using the internet website approved by the Division, or a change obtained on the record in an appeals examiner's hearing. The employer's address of record shall be the address given when the employer registers as an employer with the Division or clearly and unequivocally provides the Division with a change in writing or a change using the internet website approved by the Division. This does not prohibit the Division from sending correspondence or notices to another address for the claimant or employer if it has reason to believe the claimant or employer may have moved without notifying the Division, but it does not impose a duty on the Division to do so.
(b) "Backpay" is the payment of wages or compensation for lost wages to an employee or ex-employee for a period of time during which the employer improperly prevented the individual from performing services. Backpay is considered wages for purposes of W.S. 27-3-102(a)(xviii).
(c) "Calendar quarter" means a period of three consecutive months ending on March 31, June 30, September 30, or December 31.
(d) "Calendar week" means the calendar week of seven consecutive calendar days, beginning 12:01 a.m. Sunday, and ending 12:00 midnight the following Saturday.
(e) "Claims"
(i) "Additional claim" means a notice of new unemployment filed at the beginning of a second or subsequent series of claims within a benefit year or within a period of eligibility when a break of one week or more occurs in the claim series with intervening employment.
(ii) "Continued claim" means a request for unemployment compensation for a week of unemployment, during a benefit year. The Sunday of the week claimed shall be considered the effective date of the continued claim.
(iii) "Initial claim" means both new and additional claims.
(iv) "New claim" means the first claim filed to request a determination of entitlement to and eligibility for compensation. This results in a Division generated document of an appealable monetary determination provided to the claimant.
(f) "Claimant" means an individual who files any claim for unemployment insurance benefits.
(g) "Claim center" means the central location where all initial unemployment claims and continued claims are processed, by telephone, Internet, mail, or fax.
(h) "Commuter" means a person who travels regularly across a State line from home to work.
(i) "Deputy" means any person so designated by the appropriate Division administrator who is employed by the State as a permanent or probationary appointee pursuant to the Personnel Rules of the Executive Branch of Wyoming State Government.
(j) "Division "means the principal operating unit or units, within Wyoming state government, that administer(s) the Unemployment Compensation Program.
(k) "Documented," as used in W.S. 27-3-311(a)(i)(C), means verifiable third-party evidence provided by the claimant that (s)he is a victim of domestic violence. Such evidence could include court documents (such as order of protection, restraining orders, stalking orders), hospital or medical records, police reports, or domestic violence center reports.
(l) "Earnings," for the purposes of W.S. 27-3-303(c), means payment from an employee-employer relationship for services performed regardless of when actually paid. Services under this paragraph must be performed in an employer-employee relationship but are not required to qualify as employment under W.S. 27-3-104 through 27-3-108.
(m) "Employment center" means locations where claimants may register for work, receive other employment services and receive information on filing for unemployment compensation.
(n) "Full-time work" means thirty-five or more hours worked in a particular week.
(o) "Immediate family," as used in W.S. 27-3-507, means a person who is related and is a spouse, parent, stepparent, parent-in-law, child, stepchild, child-in-law, sibling, half-sibling, step-sibling, sibling-in-law, grandparent, or grandchild.
(p) "Job attached" means a claimant meets the requirements of W.S. 27-3-306(a)(i)(A) and (B) for not being registered for work and actively seeking work.
(q) "Liable state" means any state against which an individual files, through another state, a claim for benefits.
(r) "Most recent work" means:
(i) In the case of an employee who was employed in only one job and in a bona fide employer-employee relationship, those services performed closest and prior to the filing date of the initial claim for which the individual performed three or more consecutive weeks of full-time work or earned gross wages equaling or exceeding two times the current maximum weekly benefit amount. For the purpose of this definition, all base period and subsequent wages earned from an employer shall be used to calculate gross wages regardless of interruption in the claimant's work for that employer.
(ii) In the case of an employee who was employed in two or more bona fide jobs at the same time in any part of the eight (8) weeks preceding the effective date of a new or additional claim, the work from which the separation caused the individual to be unemployed as defined in W.S. 27-3-102(a)(xv).
(s) "Net earnings," for the purposes of W.S. 27-3-313(a)(iv), means all income generated from services performed in self-employment in a week minus all expenses incurred in self-employment for that week.
(t) "Normal course of business," as used in W.S. 27-3-102(a)(xxi), includes any service related to the employer's principal business and any ancillary business(es) and facility(ies) including maintenance of building(s), grounds and equipment used by the employer.
(u) "Offset" means the withholding of the overpaid amount against benefits which would otherwise be payable for a compensable week of employment.
(v) "Overpayment" means an improper payment of benefits, from a state or federal unemployment compensation fund, that has been determined recoverable under the requesting state's law, and includes amounts deducted pursuant to law, such as child support and federal taxes.
(w) "Participating state" means a state which has subscribed to the Interstate Reciprocal Overpayment Recovery Arrangement.
(x) "Paying state" means the state under whose law a claim for unemployment benefits has been established on the basis of combining wages and unemployment covered in more than one state.
(y) "Pay period" means that period of time during which the wages due on any pay day were earned.
(z) "Pay period week" means that period of time during which wages due on any weekly pay period were earned.
(aa) "Quarterly contribution reports and quarterly reports," for the purposes of Wyoming Employment Security Law, mean quarterly contribution summary reports and employee wage listing reports on forms provided by the Division or filed electronically in a format approved by the Division.
(bb) "Recovering state" means the state that has received a request for assistance from the "requesting state."
(cc) "Repeated documented failure," as employed by W.S. 27-3-102(a)(xxiii), in defining a pattern of failing, means:
(i) In the case of an employer who has been sent 50 or more requests for separation information in the preceding 12 months, repeated documented failure means more than ten occurrences of the employer, or its agent, failing to respond or responding inadequately, within the preceding twelve 12 months.
(ii) In the case of an employer who has been sent fewer than fifty 50 requests for separation information in the preceding twelve 12 months, repeated documented failure means more than six occurrences of the employer, or its agent, failing to respond or responding inadequately, within the preceding 12 months.
(dd) "Requesting state" means the state that has issued a final determination of overpayment and is requesting another state to assist it in recovering the outstanding balance from the overpaid individual.
(ee) "Salaried examiner" shall mean an examiner, appeals examiner, hearing officer or other qualified person who is employed by the State as a permanent or probationary appointee pursuant to the Personnel Rules of the Executive Branch of Wyoming State Government.
(ff) "Transferring state" means a state in which a combined wage claimant had covered employment and wages in the base period of a paying state, and which transfers such employment and wages to the paying state for its use in determining the benefit rights of such claimant under its law.
(gg) "Wages payable" include wages earned and paid as well as wages earned and unpaid, for services in employment. Wages payable for employment during any "calendar quarter" or "quarter" shall be deemed to consist of wages payable for employment occurring in all pay periods ending during that quarter, except as provided by Chapter 9, Section 2 of these rules.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 3 Withdrawals From Unemployment Trust Fund In The United States Treasury
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.3.03202007 Withdrawals From Unemployment Trust Fund In The United States Treasury
CHAPTER 3
WITHDRAWALS FROM UNEMPLOYMENT TRUST FUND
IN THE UNITED STATES TREASURY
Section 1. Procedure for Requisition. The division shall requisition from the Unemployment Trust Fund in the United States Treasury the money necessary for the payment of unemployment benefits. Such requests shall be made in accordance with the Wyoming Employment Security Law.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 4 Information Practices
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.4.03202007 Information Practices
CHAPTER 4
INFORMATION PRACTICES
Section 1. When Disclosed. Information maintained by the division may be released as provided in the Wyoming Employment Security Law, elsewhere in these rules, and under the following circumstances:
(a) The employer who provided the requested information gives written authorization for its release.
(b) The claimant or individual who provided the requested information gives written authorization for its release.
(c) Decisions or determinations as to benefits rights may be provided to the claimant or any employer entitled to notice of said decision or determination.
(d) An employer may authorize the release of any or all of the information contained in a quarterly wage report filed by said employer. A claimant may authorize the release of the information in an employer's quarterly wage report that pertains to the claimant's wages.
(e) When a prime or general contractor requests information to determine a potential or actual subcontractor's registration and compliance, as provided for in W.S.27-3-502 (f), the division may provide such information to the prime or general contractor.
(f) When the state or a county, municipality, political subdivision, or other project owner requests information to determine a potential or actual prime or general contractor's registration and compliance as provided for in W.S. 27-3-502(f), the division may provide such information to the state, county, municipality, political subdivision, or other project owner.
(g) Recordings of examiner hearings may be released when both party claimant(s) and party employer(s) who provided the information authorize the release. If information is provided in the hearing by only one party, that party may authorize the release of the recording.
(h) When the Employment Security Act imposes a duty on the division to pursue civil or criminal action or to collect money in the form of contributions, payments in lieu of contributions, benefit overpayments, interest, or to secure employer reports or registrations, the division, its employees, and contractors may release information from the division files to the extent necessary to perform that duty.
Section 2. Copies. When a person provides information to the division, the division may give him a copy of that information or otherwise provide him with the information he provided.
Section 3. Written Request. In the discretion of the division, it may require a request for information from its records to be submitted in writing and require the requester to state to whom the division is to give or send the information.
Section 4. Request for Disclosure by Representative. When a person's representative requests information on that person's behalf, the division may require the person to furnish the division with written authorization to provide the information to the representative.
Section 5. Prohibited Information Practices. This division shall:
(a) Not maintain any record on how an individual exercises his rights under the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution.
(b) Not maintain any system of records whose existence is a secret from the public.
Section 6. Release of Statistics on an Industry. If a single employing unit has eighty percent or less of the employees in that type of industry in a particular city or county, a disclosure of statistics relating to that industry shall not be considered a disclosure of information revealing the identity of any employer, employing unit, or individual as prohibited by W.S. 27-3-603.
Section 7. Destruction of Old Records. Division records shall be purged or destroyed in accordance with State and Federal Law.
Section 8. No Remedies Created. Nothing herein is considered to create a civil remedy or penalty to any person for destruction of files in a manner other than herein provided or for failure to comply with the information practices herein provided.
4-2
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 5 Severability
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.5.03202007 Severability
CHAPTER 5
SEVERABILITY
Section 1. Effect of Rule Being Held Invalid. Should any provision of these rules be invalid, the remainder of the rules shall remain valid.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 6 Computing Time Limits and determining when documents are filed or payments made
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.6.06292018 Computing Time Limits and determining when documents are filed or payments made
CHAPTER 6
COMPUTING TIME LIMITS AND DETERMINING WHEN DOCUMENTS ARE FILED OR PAYMENTS MADE
Section 1. Applicability. When the Wyoming Employment Security Law provides a deadline for filing appeals, paying contributions, making reports, or for any other purpose, the following rules apply:
(a) In Person. When a person makes a payment or files an appeal, report, or other document in person with a representative of the Division that payment or filing is deemed to occur the day the person physically delivers the document or payment into the hands of the Division representative authorized to receive it.
(b) By Mail. When a person makes a payment or files an appeal, report or other document with the Division by mail, that payment is deemed to be made or document is deemed to have been filed as of the postmark date on the envelope by which the payment or document is mailed. If the envelope containing the document or payment is no longer available or if the postmark is not legible, the document shall be presumed filed or payment made according to the following:
(i) If it was mailed in Wyoming, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that it was mailed three working days prior to the date it was stamped received by the Division.
(ii) If it was mailed outside of Wyoming, there shall be a rebuttable presumption that it was mailed five working days prior to the date it was stamped received by the Division.
(c) By Fax. When a person files a protest, appeal, report or other document with the Division by fax, a rebuttable presumption shall exist that the document was filed as of the date it is stamped received by the Division. The fax must contain sufficient information to identify the party providing the information and the purpose for which it is intended. The party sending the fax assumes the risk of transmission errors or illegibility.
(d) By Internet Transmission. When a person files a claim, protest, appeal, report or other document using the internet website approved by the Division, documentation is deemed to have been filed on the date the Division's website application records the completed transmission.
(e) Hearing. Upon timely request or appeal, the person filing or paying in an apparently untimely manner shall be given a hearing on the question of the timeliness of his filing or paying.
(f) By Phone. When a person files a claim by phone with a representative of this Division, that claim is deemed to have been filed on the date the phone call occurred.
Section 2. Deadline on Saturday, Sunday, or Legal Holiday. When a deadline for making a payment of filing an appeal, report, or other document with the Division falls on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday, the deadline is extended to the next working day. However, such days shall otherwise be counted in computing time limits.
History
- Effective 2018-06-29
Chapter 7 Effect of Presence or Absence of Document in Division Records
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.7.03202007 Effect of Presence or Absence of Document in Division Records
CHAPTER 7
EFFECT OF PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF
DOCUMENT IN DIVISION RECORDS
Section 1. Presence or Absence of Document and Date. If the division's records reflect that an act was done or a document sent and the date of same, such records are evidence that the act was done or document sent and that it occurred the date shown in the records. The absence of an entry in the division's records showing that an act was done or a document sent is evidence that it did not occur.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 8 Cash Value of Payment in Kind
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.8.03202007 Cash Value of Payment in Kind
CHAPTER 8
CASH VALUE OF PAYMENT IN KIND
Section 1. Remunerations. Except as provided in W.S. 27-3-102(a)(xviii), if board, lodging or any other payment in kind, considered as payment for services performed by a worker, is in addition to or in lieu of a (rather than a deduction from) money wage, the division shall determine or approve the cash value of such payment in kind, and the employer shall use these cash values in computing the employee's wages and contributions due under the law, until and unless in a given case, a rate for board and lodging is determined by the division, board and lodging furnished in addition to money wages shall be deemed to have the value as stated in the employer/employee contract.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 9 Contributions by Employers
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.9.04252014 Contributions by Employers
EMPLOYERS
CHAPTER 9
CONTRIBUTIONS BY EMPLOYERS
Section 1. Contributions Payment on Termination. Payment of contributions shall be made as hereinafter prescribed, but the Division, by special order, may require the contributions due from any employer who leases, sells, or otherwise terminates his business to be paid ten days after such termination; provided, however, that in such event, interest shall be due and payable upon such contributions only from the last of the month following the close of the calendar quarter in which the business was terminated.
Section 2. Contributions Payable Quarterly.
(a) Contributions shall be payable for each quarter with respect to wages payable for employment in all pay periods ending within such calendar quarter period.
(b) An employer may maintain its accounts so that wages are reported in the calendar quarter in which they were paid, rather than when they were earned. If such reporting adversely affects a claimant's benefit rights, the employer may be required to furnish a revised report giving quarterly wages on a payable basis, as provided by Section 2(a) of this rule.
Section 3. When Contributions and Reports Due. Contributions and completed report forms are due on, and shall be paid on or before the last day of the month following the close of the applicable quarter. The Division may require any employer to pay taxes on a monthly basis for good cause. Such payments shall be due on the 15th day of the following month.
Section 4. Initial Contributions Payment Due Date. The first contributions payment of any employing unit which becomes an employer at any time during a calendar year is due on, and shall be paid on or before, the last day of the month next following the close of the quarter in which such employing unit satisfies the conditions for becoming an employer, and shall include contributions which have accrued for the entire period beginning January 1, up to and including the calendar quarter in which the employing unit satisfies the conditions for becoming an employer; except that:
The first contribution payment of any employing unit which elects, with the written approval of such election by the Division, to become an employer, shall become due on, and shall be paid on or before the last day of the month next following the close of the calendar quarter in which the conditions of becoming an employer by election are satisfied, and shall include contributions with respect to all wages payable for employment occurring on or after the date stated in such approval (as of which such employing unit becomes an employer), up to and including the calendar quarter in which the conditions of becoming an employer by election are satisfied.
Section 5. Bonuses. Bonuses shall, for contribution and benefit paying purposes, be deemed wages on the date on which they are paid.
Section 6. Extension of Time. Upon written request of any employer filed with the Division, the Division, for good cause shown, may grant, in writing, an extension of time for the payment of contributions. If an employer who has been granted an extension fails to pay their contribution on or before the termination of the period of such extension, interest shall be payable from the original due date as if no extension had been granted.
Section 7. Reports When No Contributions Have Accrued. Every employer subject to the Wyoming Employment Security Law is required to submit the regular quarterly contribution reports even though no contributions have accrued with respect to a particular quarter. Employers shall file reports for such period and shall continue to file such reports until the Division has approved an application to discontinue filing reports.
Section 8. Incremental Bonding Payments. Pursuant to W.S. 27-3-516, incremental bond payments may be required of any employing unit engaged in employment under a project meeting the criteria of coverage specified in that statute.
(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing criteria, the Division may elect not to require incremental bond payments from non-delinquent and properly qualified Wyoming-based employers who are eligible for a computed rate under W.S. 27-3-503(c), who have less than eight employees, or whose work force will not increase by more than ten percent (10%) as a result of participating in the project.
(b) Any incremental bond or tax payments due the Division under W.S. 27-3- 516 shall be paid by the general or prime contractor. Any refund of payments so collected shall be paid to the general or prime contractor. However, all employing units par- ticipating in a project specified under W.S. 27-3-516 shall file all reports otherwise required of them.
(c) Payments on the amount due from the general or prime contractor shall be remitted to the Division within one year from the project start date. Payments shall be made in no more than four quarterly installments of equal amounts.
Section 9. Delinquent Employer's Bond. When the Division requires a habitually delinquent employer to post a bond pursuant to W.S. 27-3-510(d), the amount of the bond shall be equal to the greatest amount of taxes owed by that employer in any one of the last three years. This bond is the property of the Division, and cannot be used for any purpose except the payment of debts due to the Division.
Section 10. Applying Payments.
(a) When an employer makes a payment, in conjunction with the quarterly joint Unemployment and Workers' Compensation reporting form, it shall be distributed as follows:
(i) If the full amount of taxes is remitted, the Unemployment Compensation Program and Workers' Compensation Program shall each be allocated the appropriate amount;
(ii) If less than the full amount of taxes is remitted, the payment shall be allocated as indicated on the report summary form;
(iii) If less than the full amount of taxes is remitted and distribution is not indicated on the report summary form, the payment shall be allocated between the Unemployment Compensation Program and Workers' Compensation Program, pro rata, based on the amount owed.
(b) The Division shall apply payments to taxes, starting with the most recent taxes due, then to fees and costs, then to interest owed by the employer unless:
(i) The employer orders in writing at the time of the payment that the payment be applied to a particular portion of the debt, or
(ii) The Division staff has agreed in writing to apply the payment to a particular portion of the employer's debt, or
(iii) The bankruptcy laws and/or reorganization plans require the payment to be applied to a particular portion of the debt.
Section 11. Fees. When the Division files a lien on the assets of a delinquent employer, the attendant filing fee shall be charged to the employer when the lien is filed.
When the Division must subpoena employer records to obtain information to determine liability or contributions due the Division, the cost of the subpoena will be charged to the employer. When an employer's check, draft or other form of payment is returned by the bank, a $10 surcharge shall be charged to the employer. Upon collection, these charges and/or fees shall be deposited in the Division's administrative account.
History
- Effective 2014-04-25
Chapter 10 Interest on Past Due Contributions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.10.11012001 Interest on Past Due Contributions
CHAPTER 10
INTEREST ON PAST DUE CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 1. Interest Rate. Interest shall be computed at the rate established by Law for each month, and at a proportionate rate for each fraction thereof.
History
- Effective 2001-11-01
Chapter 11 Records, Inspections and Reports
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.11.11282023 § 1 Records
Each employing unit shall establish records with respect to employment performed for it as hereinafter indicated and shall preserve such records, including those now existing, for a period of not less than four years after the calendar year in which the remuneration with respect to such employment was payable. Such records shall show the following:
(a) For each worker.
(i) Name.
(ii) Social security account number as shown on the worker's social security card.
(iii) Place in which the worker's services are performed, or if there is no one such place, then the worker's base of operations.
(iv) Date on which the worker was hired, rehired, or returned to work after temporary layoff and date separated from work.
(v) The worker's remuneration payable for employment, and period for which payable, shown separately.
(A) Money wages, excluding special payments.
(B) Reasonable cash value of remuneration paid by the employing unit in any medium other than cash, excluding special payments in a medium other than cash.
(C) The portion of tips or gratuities reportable under 26 U.S.C.3306(s).
(D) Special payments which are not due on any payday including annual bonuses, gifts, prizes, etc., showing separately.
(I) Money payments,
(II) Reasonable cash value of other remuneration,
(III) The nature of such payments,
(IV) The period during which the services were performed for which the special payments were made.
(vi) Amounts payable to the worker as allowances or reimbursement for traveling or other business expenses, and period for which payable.
(vii) Severance payments.
(viii) Retirement payments.
(b) Beginning and ending dates of each pay period.
(c) Total amount of remuneration payable in any pay period for employment.
(d) Each calendar week in which there were one or more workers in employment.
(e) Daily time records for all employees showing hours worked per day.
(f) Applicable hour, weekly, or monthly pay rates.
In addition to the above, each employing unit shall maintain records as required in Chapter 13.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.11.11282023 § 2 Inspections
(a) To verify an employing unit's compliance with the Wyoming Employment Security Law, the division shall perform inspections of an employing unit's employment records, books, papers or other records by conducting random and referred audits.
(b) Any unreported payments made to any individual, as found in an audit of an employing unit's records, shall be presumed to be unreported "wages" unless documentation is provided by the employing unit that the individual meets the statutory requirements of W.S. 27-3-104(b) as an independent contractor/self employed individual. The burden is upon the employing unit to provide such documentation.
(c) In the event contributions and/or interest are found to be owed as a result of an audit or review period and the total amount of the contributions and interest due are less than One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), the appropriate division administrator, or duly authorized designee, shall waive the contributions and interest due from the audit or review period.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.11.11282023 § 3 Reports
(a) Employing Unit Quarterly Contribution Reports. Each employing unit shall make such quarterly contribution reports containing such information as is prescribed by the division on forms issued and required to be returned to the division or in an electronic format approved by the division. Such forms and instructions accompanying them shall have the force and effect of rules issued pursuant to W.S. 27-3- 602(b). However, quarterly employee wage reports shall not be filed with respect to an employee of a federal or state agency, performing intelligence or counterintelligence functions, if the head of such department or agency has determined that filing such a report could endanger the safety of the employee or compromise an ongoing investigation or intelligence mission, as long as the employer provides the information necessary to determine eligibility for benefits when the employee files a benefits claim.
(b) Service supplier quarterly reports. The separate quarterly reports for each client, required to be submitted by the service supplier pursuant to W.S. 27-3-502(g)(v), shall be made on forms issued by the division or in an alternate format approved in writing by the division.
(i) Each service supplier shall submit a single consolidated quarterly contribution summary report containing summarizing report information for all clients.
(ii) Each service supplier shall submit a list of all clients each quarter. The list shall include each client's name, client's contact person with telephone number, mailing address and physical address in Wyoming.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.11.11282023 § 4 Employer Reimbursements or Allowances for Employee Business Expenses
(a) Employer reimbursements or allowances of employee business expenses are not considered wages if the employer has appropriate records to substantiate that an accountable plan has been established and implemented as follows:
(i) There must be a business connection for expenses incurred while performing services as an employee, officer or member of the employer.
(ii) The expense must be reasonable.
(iii) There must be actual accounting for the expense, by the employer and the employee, officer or member.
(A) For travel expenses reimbursed at established federal per diem rates, documentation of the trip will be considered actual accounting.
(B) For business entities with federally recognized expense allowances, the U. S. Treasury allowance will be considered actual accounting.
(iv) All excess reimbursement or allowance must be repaid by the employee, officer or member to the employer within 120 days after the expense was paid or incurred.
(b) Payments that do not include all of the above or exceed federal per diem or federal allowances will be deemed to be wages.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.11.11282023 § 5 Determinations When Information Is Not Furnished
. If the employer fails to furnish the information as provided by this rule, in whole or part, the deputy may make a determination of the claimant's benefit rights based on what information is available to the deputy including that furnished by the claimant.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 12 Termination of Accounts
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.12.03202007 Termination of Accounts
CHAPTER 12
TERMINATION OF ACCOUNTS
Section 1. Employer Procedure for Termination.
(a) No employer shall cease to be covered or shall be considered as having terminated his accounts with the division unless and until the employer has forwarded to the division, upon such forms as shall be prescribed by the division, all pertinent information required on such forms.
Section 2. Closure of Employer Accounts After Eight Quarters of Zero Wage Reports. The accounts of employers reporting zero wages for eight consecutive calendar quarters shall be closed.
Section 3. Closure of Employer Accounts by the Division. The division may close an employer's account and terminate coverage when the division deems it appropriate based upon available information; however, the division is not required to do so.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 13 Employer Elections to Cover Multi-state Workers
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.13.03202007 Employer Elections to Cover Multi-state Workers
CHAPTER 13
EMPLOYER ELECTIONS TO COVER MULTI-STATE WORKERS
Section 1. Definitions. As used in this rule, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
(a) "Agency" means any officer, board, commission, or other authority charged with the administration of the unemployment compensation law of a participating jurisdiction.
(b) "Interested jurisdiction" means any participating jurisdiction to which an election submitted under this rule is sent for its approval; and "interested agency" means the agency of such jurisdiction.
(c) "Jurisdiction" means any State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, and Canada, or, with respect to the Federal government, the coverage of any Federal unemployment compensation law.
(d) "Participating jurisdiction" means a jurisdiction whose administrative agency has subscribed to this arrangement and whose adherence thereto has not terminated.
(e) "Services customarily performed by an individual in more than one jurisdiction" means services performed in more than one jurisdiction during a reasonable period, if the nature of the service gives reasonable assurance that they will continue to be performed in more than one jurisdiction, or if such services are required or expected to be performed in more than one jurisdiction under the election.
Section 2. Submission and Approval of Coverage Elections Under the Interstate Reciprocal Coverage Arrangement.
(a) Any employing unit may file an election to cover, under the law of a single participating jurisdiction, all of the services performed for the employer by any individual who customarily works for the employer in more than one participating juris- diction. Such election may be filed with respect to an individual, with any participating jurisdiction in which (1) any part of the individual's services are performed; (2) the individual has his residence; or (3) the employing unit maintains a place of business to which the individual's services bear a reasonable relation.
(b) The agency of the elected jurisdiction (thus selected and determined) shall initially approve or disapprove the election. If such agency approves the election, it shall forward a copy thereof to the agency of each other participating jurisdiction specified thereon, under whose unemployment compensation law the individual or individuals in question might in the absence of such election, be covered. Each such interested agency shall approve or disapprove the election as promptly as practical; and shall notify the agency of the elected jurisdiction accordingly.
(c) In case its law so requires, any such interested agency may, before taking such action, require from the electing employment unit satisfactory evidence that the affected employees have been notified of, and have acquiesced in, the election.
(d) If the agency of the elected jurisdiction, or the agency of any interested jurisdiction, disapproves the election, the disapproving agency shall notify the elected jurisdiction and the electing employing unit of its action and of its reasons therefor.
(e) Such an election shall take effect as to the elected jurisdiction only if approved by its agency and by one or more interested agencies. An election thus approved shall take effect, as to any interested agency, only if it is approved by such agency.
(f) In case any such election is approved only in part, or is disapproved by some of such agencies, the electing employing unit may withdraw its election within ten days after being notified of such action.
(g) Employing units otherwise eligible to elect coverage by a state other than Wyoming pursuant to W.S. 27-3-608, and this rule, shall not be allowed to elect coverage by another state if the employing unit is working on a project that meets the criteria for coverage under W.S. 27-3-516, and said project began after January 2, 1986.
Section 3. Effective Period of Elections.
(a) Commencement.
(i) An election duly approved under this rule shall become effective at the beginning of the calendar quarter in which the election was submitted, unless the election as approved specifies the beginning of a different calendar quarter.
(ii) If the electing unit requests an earlier effective date than the beginning of the calendar quarter in which the election is submitted, such earlier date may be approved solely as to those interested jurisdictions in which the employer had no liability to pay contributions for the earlier period in question.
(b) Termination.
(i) The application of an election to an individual under this rule shall terminate, if the agency of the elected jurisdiction finds that the nature of the services customarily performed by the individual for the electing unit has changed, so that they are no longer customarily performed in more than one participating jurisdiction. Such termination shall be effective as of the close of the calendar quarter in which notice of such finding is mailed to all parties affected.
(ii) Except as provided herein, each election approved hereunder shall remain in effect through the close of the calendar year in which it is submitted, and thereafter until the close of the calendar quarter in which the electing unit gives written notice of its termination to all affected agencies.
(iii) Whenever an election under this rule ceases to apply to any individual under this section, the electing unit shall notify the affected individual accordingly.
Section 4. Reports and Notices by the Electing Unit.
(a) The electing unit shall promptly notify each individual affected by its approved election, on a form supplied by the elected jurisdiction, and shall furnish the elected agency a copy of such notice.
(b) Whenever an individual covered by an election under this rule is separated from his employment, the electing unit shall again notify him forthwith, as to the jurisdiction under whose unemployment compensation law his services have been covered. If at the time of termination the individual is not located in the elected jurisdiction, the electing unit shall notify him as to the procedure for filing interstate benefit claims.
(c) The electing unit shall immediately report to the elected jurisdiction any change which occurs in the conditions of employment pertinent to its election, such as cases where an individual's services for the employer cease to be customarily performed in more than one participating jurisdiction or where a change in the work assigned to an individual requires him to perform services in a new participating jurisdiction.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 14 Reimbursing Employers
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.14.03202007 Reimbursing Employers
CHAPTER 14
REIMBURSING EMPLOYERS
Section 1. Effect of Election to be Tax Based.
(a) When an employer who has elected to reimburse the division for benefits charged to the employer's account elects to become a tax based employer pursuant to W.S. 27-3-509, a standard industry rate will be assigned in accordance with W.S. 27-3- 503(f).
(b) A reimbursing employer who has so elected to be a tax based employer shall remain liable to reimburse the division for that portion of benefits paid based on wage credits earned from that employer when he was a reimbursable employer.
Section 2. Bond Requirement. If an employer who has elected the reimbursing option of W.S. 27-3-509 is not affiliated with an organization that will assume financial liability for benefit claims or fails to pay contributions when due, or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Wyoming Employment Security Law or the commission's rules, the division may require that employer to file a bond on a form to be approved by the division. Said bond shall be in an amount equal to the current maximum benefit amount multiplied by the number of employees (annual average for established accounts) or $15,000, whichever is higher. This bond will be retained for two years after the entity stops doing business and used to repay benefit charges as applicable.
The condition of the bond shall be in compliance with the Wyoming Employment Security Law and rules issued under it, including reimbursing the division for benefits charged to the employer and filing reports by the due date.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 15 Contribution Rates
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.15.04252014 Contribution Rates
CHAPTER 15
CONTRIBUTION RATES
Section 1. Cut-Off Date. All actions that occur prior to July 1 involving benefit charges or relief of charges that affect an employer's tax rate, shall be used in the computation of the employer's rate for the ensuing calendar year. At the Division's discretion, actions involving benefit charges or relief of charges that affect an employer's tax rate, of which the Division is notified prior to October 1, may be used in the computation of the employer's tax rate for the ensuing calendar year.
Section 2. Acquisitions and Transfers. An employer acquiring the trade, organization, business, substantially all the assets, or who transfers some or all of the workforce of an employer in accordance with W.S. 27-3-507 (a) or (b) shall notify the Division of the acquisition or transfer in writing and shall submit a completed registration form reflecting the entity that exists after the acquisition or transfer.
Section 3. Fund Balance Adjustment Factor Allocation.
(a) Definitions. As used in this section:
(i) "Group 1" means employers with a greater than zero benefit ratio plus employers having no established experience period.
(ii) "Group 2" means employers with a zero benefit ratio.
(b) Allocation Formula. When a positive fund balance adjustment factor has been determined applicable, and upon completion of the computation of the positive fund balance adjustment factor, the following formulas will be used to allocate the positive fund balance adjustment factor between Group 1 and Group 2:
Group 1 allocated fund balance adjustment factor = ((Prior calendar year Group 1 percent of total taxes paid) times (statistically projected fund balance factor revenue)) divided by ((prior calendar year Group 1 percent of total taxable wages) times (statistically projected taxable wages for the applicable tax year))
Group 2 allocated fund balance adjustment factor = ((Prior calendar year Group 2 percent of total taxes paid) times (statistically projected fund balance factor revenue)) divided by ((prior calendar year Group 2 percent of total taxable wages) times (statistically projected taxable wages for the applicable tax year))
Section 4. Calculation of Taxable Wages. When the Division calculates the benefit ratios for employer's accounts involving benefit charges and taxable wages pursuant to W.S. 27-3-503(e), the Division will use standard rounding principles whereby the fifth decimal point shall be rounded up if calculated to be a numerical value of five or more.
History
- Effective 2014-04-25
Chapter 16 Enjoining & Assessing Employers Pursuant to W.S. 27-3-502(f)
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.16.03202007 Enjoining & Assessing Employers Pursuant to W.S. 27-3-502(f)
CHAPTER 16
ENJOINING AND ASSESSING EMPLOYERS PURSUANT TO
W.S. 27-3-502(f)
Section 1. When to Utilize Procedure. When the division staff has a reasonable suspicion that an employer has failed to comply with W.S. 27-3-502(f), 27-3-510(c) or (d), it may issue a notice to that effect and schedule a hearing for the purpose of determining whether the employing unit should be enjoined from engaging in business subject to the Wyoming Employment Security Law and assessed up to three times the delinquent contributions as provided by W.S. 27-3-502(f).
Section 2. Notice of Hearing. Such notice shall state the time, place, and purpose of the hearing. It may be mailed to the alleged non-complying employer by ordinary, certified, or registered mail, served on him in the manner provided by law for service of a summons and complaint in a civil action in court, or delivered to the employer or his agent by an authorized representative of the division.
Section 3. Conduct of Hearing. The hearing on enjoining an employer shall be held under the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act, W.S. 16-3-101, et seq., and shall be conducted by the division's appeals examiner or other appropriate personnel designated by the division.
Section 4. Decision. After the hearing, the appeals examiner will issue a decision enjoining the employer and assessing delinquent contributions, or declining to do so. If the alleged employer or employing unit fails to appear at the hearing after notice as provided in Section 2, or cooperate in the discovery process, that may be considered as a default by the examiner and he may issue a decision enjoining the employer and assessing delinquent contributions. The examiner shall send the decision by certified mail to the address of record of the alleged employer.
Section 5. Appeal. An employer who is dissatisfied with the examiner's decision or action, may file an appeal from same within twenty days after the examiner's decision is mailed; otherwise, the examiner's decision is final. If an appeal is filed, the commission will review the record and evidence taken at the examiner hearing. The alleged employer will be notified by ordinary mail and given the opportunity to appear at the hearing conducted by the commission to review the examiner's decision. The commission will issue a decision which will affirm, reverse, or modify the examiner's decision, or, if necessary in the commission's option, may remand the case to the examiner for the taking of additional evidence. Such decision shall be sent to the address of record of the alleged employer by certified mail. The employer may seek further review in the district court or Wyoming Supreme Court pursuant to the Administrative Procedure Act and the Wyoming Rules of Appellate Procedure.
Section 6. Subsequent Compliance. If, after being so enjoined, the employer subsequently complies with W.S. 27-3-502(f) and 27-3-510(c) and (d), the division may dissolve the injunction. If the staff and the employer do not agree on whether he has so complied, the employer shall be given an opportunity for a hearing with rights of appeal as provided in this chapter; provided, however, that such hearing shall involve only the issue of subsequent compliance, not whether the original injunction or assessment should have been issued.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 17 Establishment, Administration, and Dissolution of Group Accounts
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.17.04252014 Establishment, Administration, and Dissolution of Group Accounts
CHAPTER 17
ESTABLISHMENT, ADMINISTRATION AND DISSOLUTION
OF GROUP ACCOUNTS
Section 1. Authority. Pursuant to the provisions of 27-3-502 of the Wyoming Employment Security Law, either (A) two or more employing units (single or multiple), having elected the reimbursable method of financing benefit costs and who, as a result of a status determination, have been declared subject to the State unemployment insurance law and have not been subsequently inactivated or declared no longer subject as a result of a termination, or (B) two or more employers having elected the reimbursable method of financing benefit costs and who, as a result of a status determination, have been declared subject to the State unemployment insurance law and have not been subsequently inactivated or declared no longer subject as a result of a termination, shall hereinafter be referred to as an "Employer Group" and may enter into an agreement with the Division to establish a "Group Account".
Section 2. Duration of Employer Group. An Employer Group may not be established for a period of less than two (2) calendar years.
Section 3. Employer Representative. Each employer within an Employer Group will designate a responsible individual and, in his absence, a delegate to submit quarterly informational reports and such other reports as may be required by the Division.
Section 4. Written Authorization. An employer electing to join an Employer Group must designate a person who will be given written authorization to represent the group and all members individually in matters relating to the Division and file the Written Authorization with the Division.
Section 5. Employer Account. Separate employer accounts will be assigned by the Division for each employer in an Employer Group for identification purposes.
Section 6. Employee. An individual performing services for an employer as defined in the Law, regardless of the nature of the services offered or the source of the funds for the payment of such services, federal or otherwise, is considered to be an employee of such employer.
Section 7. Successor of an Employer in an Employer Group. The successor who acquires the business of a member of an Employer Group and is an employer as defined in Section 1 of this rule, and by virtue of this definition would have been eligible for admission into the Employer Group without having become a successor, shall continue to be a member of the Employer Group until withdrawal is permitted or until such Employer Group is dissolved.
Section 8. New Employer Joining an Employer Group. A new employer may be added to a group account only at the beginning of a calendar year and only by making written application not later than thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of the calendar year for which the application is to be effective.
Section 9. Withdrawal from an Employer Group. A member may withdraw from a group account only at the end of a calendar year and only by making written application to do so not later than ninety (90) days prior to the effective date of the withdrawal, provided the group account will have been in existence for at least two calendar years as of the effective date of withdrawal.
Section 10. Dissolution of an Employer Group. The dissolution of an Employer Group can only be effected by such an Employer Group up making written application for the dissolution of the group on or prior to October 1 for the dissolution to be effective on December 31 of that same calendar year, provided that the Employer Group has been in existence at least two calendar years before the effective date of the dissolution of the Employer Group.
Section 11. Conversion of an Employer Following His Withdrawal From or the Dissolution of the Employer Group.
(a) A member of an Employer Group who has been authorized to withdraw from such an Employer Group, or upon notification that the Employer Group has been authorized to be dissolved, may continue on a reimbursable election or may elect to become a tax based employer beginning January 1 of the year succeeding the effective date of withdrawal or dissolution provided that the employer makes written application with the Division at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of the employer's withdrawal or the dissolution of the Employer Group, whichever may be the case. The election to become a tax based employer as of January 1 of the calendar year succeeding the withdrawal from or the dissolution of the Employer Group on December 31 of the prior year, must remain in effect for at least two (2) calendar years.
(b) Such an employer who, by election, changes from the reimbursable method to a tax base method of financing benefit costs, must reimburse the Wyoming Unemployment Compensation Fund for his proportionate share of benefits paid to his former employees who are in a claim status and the base period earnings of such claimants which were earned during the period that the employer was reporting under the reimbursable method of financing benefit costs as a member of an Employer Group. Such an employer, in addition to making payment of any reimbursable amount which might be due to the Division, is required to file contribution reports quarterly as a tax base employer.
Section 12. Liability.
(a) Each member of an Employer Group formed by employers as defined under (A) in Section 1 of this rule shall be liable individually or collectively for past due payments owing to the Division by any member of the group.
(b) A governmental entity which apportions and allocates funds for budgetary purposes to one or more members of an Employer Group as defined under (B) in Section 1 of this rule, upon notification of past due payment or payments owing to the Division by such member or members, shall be ultimately responsible for such payments should the individual member or members fail to make payments as due.
Section 13. Authority Over the Operation of Another Member. No provision in this rule shall be construed as giving any member of an Employer Group any authority over the operation of another member with respect to the administration of the Employer Group account.
History
- Effective 2014-04-25
Chapter 18 Major Industrial Classifications
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.18.12272010 Major Industrial Classifications
CHAPTER 18
MAJOR INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATIONS
Section 1. Classification for Contribution Rate . Pursuant to W.S. 27-3-503(f), division hereby establishes the following major industrial classifications using North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes for purposes of setting contribution rates:
(a) Raw materials and energy production.
(b) Construction.
(c) Manufacturing
(d) Distribution and transportation of goods.
(e) Information.
(f) Finance, insurance, real estate, and rental and leasing.
(g) Professional and business services.
(h) Education, health and social assistance.
(i) Leisure, accommodation and food services.
(j) Other services (except public administration).
(k) Public administration.
(l) Not otherwise classified above.
Section 2. Classification Assignment . The department shall make the industrial classification assignment for each employing unit.
Section 3. Appeal Rights. An employer not satisfied with the North American Industrial Classification System code assigned to the employer must file an appeal of it within thirty (30) days after mailing of the notice thereof. Said appeal must state the account number and the reason for disagreement with the assigned classification. If the employer files such an appeal, he shall be given a hearing and rights of review in accordance with W.S. 27-3-402 through 408.
History
- Effective 2010-12-27
Chapter 19 Waiving Interest on Contributions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.19.06292018 Waiving Interest on Contributions
CHAPTER 19
WAIVING INTEREST ON CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 1. By Whom. Requests to waive interest due on contributions shall be ruled on by the appropriate division administrator, or a duly authorized designee, if the amount of interest in question is $1,000.00 or less. If the amount of interest due on contributions is $1,000.01 or more, a request for waiving the interest shall be ruled on by the commission.
History
- Effective 2018-06-29
Chapter 20 Claims for Benefits
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 1 Filing a New or Additional Claim for Benefits
Any individual claiming benefits for unemployment under the Wyoming Employment Security Law shall proceed as follows:
(a) An individual may file an initial claim for unemployment benefits by telephone to the division's claim center or by Internet using the division's approved web site claim application. An individual may also file an initial claim at an employment center, in person, either by using the center's telephone to contact the division's claim center or by Internet using the division's approved web site claim application. The effective date of an initial claim shall be the Sunday of the calendar week in which the individual first completed an Internet claim, or completed a telephone claim through the claim center for the purpose of initiating an initial unemployment insurance claim, unless the claimant requests that the claim be effective the following Sunday or unless the claimant has excessive earnings during that week and is separated from employment. The effective date of the claim may be changed by the division for good cause.
(b) In order to meet the requirement of W.S. 27-3-401(a), a claimant shall provide all information required to establish or process a claim, including the claimant's social security number and information to establish the claimant's identity. If the claimant fails, without good cause, to provide information required under this section, the claimant shall not be eligible for benefits until the week in which the requested information is provided.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 2 Filing Continued Claims for Benefits
(a) In order to maintain continuing eligibility for benefits with respect to any weeks of unemployment during any continuous period of unemployment, a claimant shall continue to file claims in the manner and on the dates as directed by the division. No continued claim shall be complete until the claimant files the claim by telephone to the division's voice response system or by Internet using the division's approved web site for continued claim. A claimant who does not have access to file by telephone or the division's approved web site, may receive division approval to receive paper continued claim forms to file by either fax or mail. A continued claim must be filed no later than Saturday, two weeks following the ending date covered by the claim. Failure to file continued claims within the time prescribed may be excused if good cause for the delay is established to the satisfaction of the division. On a continued claim the claimant shall set forth the following:
(i) That he continues his claim for benefits.
(ii) That during the period for which benefits are claimed he performed no work and earned no wages, except as reported thereon.
(iii) That he was able to work, available for work, and actively seeking work, except as reported thereon.
(iv) Such other information as is required by the telephone voice response system, the division's approved web site for continued claims, or a division approved form.
(b) Where a continuous period of unemployment is terminated or interrupted by re-employment or any other event which prevents continuing eligibility for benefits, a claimant, in order to receive benefits for any week of unemployment for which he was in all respects eligible before such termination or interruption, may file for benefits for such weeks. The claim must be filed with the division by telephone to the division's voice response system, Internet using the division's approved web site for continued claims, in person at a local employment center, or on a division approved form within fourteen (14) days after the end of the week for which benefits are claimed. Failure to file within the time prescribed may be excused if good cause for such delay is established to the satisfaction of the division.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 3 Continuing of Claims When Claimant Moves to Another Locality
An individual moving to another locality after filing an initial claim for benefits may be permitted to continue his claim for unemployment by reporting to a local office in his new community, to an itinerant representative, by mail, or by telephone to the claim center or as directed by the division.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 4 Withdrawal of Initial Claim
Initial claims may be withdrawn:
(a) By the claimant, only on written request, if that request is filed within seven (7) days after the mailing of the first notice that the claimant is monetarily eligible, except as provided under the Interstate Agreement for Monetary Eligibility.
(b) By the division:
(i) If the claimant is not unemployed during the first week after the effective date of the initial claim; or
(ii) If, as of the effective date of the claim, the claimant has not met the requirements of W.S. 27-3-306(d), or W.S. 27-3-311(a) and (f) after disqualification under that section.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 5 Continued Eligibility of Benefits
In order to maintain continuing eligibility for benefits with respect to any weeks of unemployment during any continuous period of unemployment the claimant shall report in the manner and on the dates and times as directed by the division for the Eligibility Review Program, Benefit Accuracy Measurement review, Profiling interviews, Re-employment interviews or other interviews requested by the division. Failure to report at the scheduled time may be excused if good cause for such delay is established to the satisfaction of the division.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 6 Requested Information
When a claimant fails to provide requested information that is necessary for making a determination he may not be eligible for benefits until the week in which the requested information is provided. The claimant may be considered eligible for all affected weeks if he provides the information in the protest period pursuant to W.S. 27-3-402(e).
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.20.11282023 § 7 Benefit Payment
(a) All benefits shall be paid through the authorized method(s) selected by the division.
(b) When confirmation of an electronic payment is received by the division, benefits are considered to have been paid to the claimant.
(c) When the division pays electronically, the claimant's personal information shall remain confidential according to applicable statutes and commission rules.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 21 Mass Separations
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.21.06292018 Mass Separations
CHAPTER 21
MASS SEPARATIONS
Section 1. Definition of Mass Separation and Notice.
(a) The term "Mass Separation" means a separations (permanently or for an indefinite period of time or for an expected duration of seven or more days), at or about the same time and for the same reason, of 20 or more workers employed in a single establishment.
(b) An employer shall file with the division in writing or by using the internet website approved by the Division, a mass separation notice which must include the layoff date and the period and amount of termination, severance, sick, or earned vacation payments, where applicable, for each employee. Such notice should be filed as soon as the employer has reason to believe a mass separation will take place, but shall be filed not later than five calendar days after such separation.
Section 2. Labor Dispute. Upon request by the division, such employer shall furnish to the division the names of the workers ordinarily attached to the department or establishment where unemployment is cause by a strike, lockout, or other labor dispute.
History
- Effective 2018-06-29
Chapter 22 Payment of Benefits to Interstate Claimants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.22.03202007 Payment of Benefits to Interstate Claimants
CHAPTER 22
PAYMENT OF BENEFITS TO INTERSTATE CLAIMANTS
Section 1. How Filed and Paid. Claims shall be filed and benefits shall be paid to interstate claimants in accordance with the Interstate Benefit Payment Plan established by the United States Department of Labor.
Section 2. Appellate Procedure.
(a) The agent state shall afford all reasonable cooperation in the taking of evidence and the holding of hearings in connection with appealed interstate benefit claims.
(b) With respect to the time limits imposed by the law of a liable state upon the filing of an appeal in connection with a disputed benefit claim, an appeal made by an interstate claimant shall be deemed to have been made and communicated to the liable state on the date when it is received by any qualified officer of the agent state.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 23 Effect of Payments Received
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.23.03202007 Effect of Payments Received
CHAPTER 23
EFFECT OF PAYMENTS RECEIVED
Section 1. Retirement Annuities, Pensions and Other Payments.
(a) If received in a lump sum single payment that payment shall be allocated to a particular week or weeks for purposes of W.S. 27-3-313(a)(v) disqualification by dividing the lump sum payment by the average weekly rate of pay (excluding overtime over forty hours) earned by the claimant during the most recent four weeks of full-time or part-time work for that employer. If the payment is made on a weekly, monthly, or other periodic basis, it shall be so allocated. A monthly payment shall be allocated to weeks in the month by dividing it by 4.333. The allocation shall begin with the week in which the payment is received.
Section 2. Severance Payment, Termination Allowance, Sick Pay or Earned Vacation.
(a) If the claimant receives more than one type of payment pursuant to W.S. 27-3-313(c) during a week and none of those payments equal or exceed the claimant's weekly benefit amount, each payment shall be combined into one sum for allocation to that week.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 24 Registration for Work, Able, Available and Actively Seeking Work
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 1 In General
Any individual who files for Wyoming unemployment insurance benefits shall register for work with a state employment agency serving their local labor market. The claimant must register for work within 14 days from the day a claim is filed. Claimants who qualify under the conditions contained in Sections 2, 3, and 4 of this Chapter must register for work within seven (7) days of the expiration of that qualifying condition.
(a) For individuals living in Wyoming, "register for work" is defined as creating an account using the internet website approved by the Division.
(b) For individuals living outside of Wyoming, "register for work" is defined as:
(i) follow the registration requirements of the state the individual lives in; and
(ii) supply proof of the registration to the Wyoming Division of Unemployment Insurance; or
(iii) supply proof of why the individual is exempt from registering to the Wyoming Division of Unemployment Insurance.
(c) For individuals whom the Wyoming Division of Unemployment Insurance determines to be a commuter, "register for work" is defined as:
(i) register for work in the state in which the individual is seeking employment; or
(ii) refer to Section 1(a) if the individual is registering for work in Wyoming; or
(iii) refer to Section 1(b) if the individual is registering for work outside of Wyoming.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 2 Union Membership
During the first twelve weeks of unemployment following the effective date of a claimant's new or additional claim for benefits, an individual is considered to have met the requirements of W.S. 27-3-306(a)(i) if he is a member of a labor union with dues paid in full and is registered for work with his union local. After this twelve-week period, the individual must register for work as provided in Section 1, supra.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 3 Job Attached
As used in W.S. 27-3-306(a)(i), within twelve weeks means within twelve weeks of the effective date of the new or additional claim for benefits. If the claimant normally worked less than thirty-five hours per week while earning qualifying wage credits, the claimant shall be considered returning to full-time work if returning to the same number of hours normally worked for the employer during the base period. The division shall notify the employer the claimant has stated he is job attached. The claimant is not job attached if the employer notifies the division, in writing, that the claimant will not be recalled within twelve (12) weeks or will no longer be recalled within twelve (12) weeks. Claimants who are deemed not to be job attached, under this section, have seven (7) days from the date of notice to register for and actively seek work.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 4 Approved Training
An individual enrolled in approved training under W.S. 27-3-307 is considered registered for work. Upon completion of the training, the individual must register for work as provided in Section 1, supra.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 5 Students
When a claimant is attending school or participating in other types of course work during his normal working hours and is not enrolled in Approved Training, he is not available for work unless:
(a) He has earned base period wages while attending school and is seeking work and attending school on a similar basis; or
(b) He attends no more than eight (8) class time hours per week and verifies in writing he will drop the class(es) or change the class hours if the class schedule conflicts with an offer of suitable work; or
(c) He participates in no more than eight (8) hours in other types of course work, including but not limited to Internet and self-study courses, during his normal working hours.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 6 Work Search
To be eligible for benefits for any week, a claimant must contact two (2) or more employers per week. A claimant filing for benefits will actively seek full-time employment. The claimant may seek part-time employment if the majority of his base period wages were earned on the basis of part-time work, or he has a documented bona fide medical reason preventing him from working full-time. If the claimant does not provide work search information to the division upon request, the division may presume he did not actively seek work.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.24.11282023 § 7 Apprenticeship Training
If a claimant applies for apprenticeship training, notice will be mailed to the most recent employer. The most recent employer is presumed to have approved the training, unless the employer notifies the division, in writing, within twenty-eight (28) days of the mailing of the division's notice that the employer does not approve the training.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 25 Disqualification for Invalid Claim
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.25.03202007 Disqualification for Invalid Claim
CHAPTER 25
DISQUALIFICATION FOR INVALID CLAIM
Section 1. Continued Claim. In the case of a continued claim where a claimant makes a non-fraudulent misrepresentation, he shall be disqualified only to the extent the misrepresentation increased the amount of benefits to which he would otherwise be entitled. When a claimant makes a fraudulent misrepresentation with intent to increase the amount of benefits to which he would otherwise be entitled on a continued claim, his claim shall be denied as invalid for that week or weeks.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 26 Impementation of Criteria for Waiver of Overpayment
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.26.04252014 Impementation of Criteria for Waiver of Overpayment
CHAPTER 26
IMPLEMENTATION OF CRITERIA FOR WAIVER OF OVERPAYMENT
Section 1. Fault Criteria. In determining whether a claimant is without fault for purposes of deciding whether to waive recovery of overpaid benefits under W.S. 27-3-409, the Division shall consider the following criteria:
(a) Whether the claimant made an incorrect statement of material fact in order to collect benefits, and if so, whether the claimant knew or should have known that the statement he gave the Division was incorrect; or
(b) Whether the claimant failed to disclose or caused another person to fail to disclose a material fact in connection with a claim for benefits, and if so, whether the claimant knew or should have known the fact not disclosed was material; or
(c) Whether the claimant knew or should have known he was not entitled to benefits; or
(d) Whether the overpayment resulted directly or indirectly, in whole or part, from some other erroneous act or omission of the claimant, which he knew or should have known was wrong; or
(e) Whether the claimant authorized or allowed another person to use his personal identification number (PIN) to file unemployment insurance claims; or
(f) Any other relevant factors.
Section 2. Defeats the Purpose of the Act. In determining whether recovery of an overpayment of benefits would defeat the purpose of the act, the Division shall consider the extent to which recovery of the overpayment would create a financial hardship on the claimant, such that he would be unable to provide himself or his immediate family with minimal necessities of food, clothing, medicine, and housing as a result of the Division recovering the overpayment.
Section 3. Equity and Good Conscience. In determining whether it would be against equity and good conscience for the Division to recover an overpayment, the Division shall consider the extent to which an error of an agent of the Division contributed to causing the overpayment of benefits. However, the term error as used herein does not include making a decision to pay benefits which was reversed through the appeals process or the changing of a decision to pay benefits based on the discovery by the Division of additional information or events that occur subsequent to the decision to pay benefits.
Section 4. Interpretation. For the Division to waive recovery, of all or part of the overpayment of benefits, the claimant has the burden of proving that he meets the criteria of Section 1, plus the criteria of either Section 2 or Section 3 of this rule.
History
- Effective 2014-04-25
Chapter 27 Penalty on Fraud Overpayments
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.27.06292018 Penalty on Fraud Overpayments
CHAPTER 27
PENALTY ON FRAUD OVERPAYMENTS
Section 1. In General. In order to meet the requirements of W.S. 27-3-409(d), a five percent (5%) penalty is first assessed from the date of the Overpayment Notice. On the last day of the month of every six (6) month period following the first penalty, an additional five percent (5%) shall be assessed on any remaining unpaid balance. The remaining unpaid balance only includes the unpaid balance of the overpayment.
History
- Effective 2018-06-29
Chapter 28 Procedure for Determining Waiver of Overpayment
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.28.11282023 § 1 Non-Fraud
In making a decision on whether benefits overpaid to a claimant where fraud is not involved should be waived or recovered, the Division shall consider the criteria of Chapter 26 of these rules and shall proceed as follows:
(a) After the decision creating an overpayment has become final, the Division shall send a notice of overpayment to the claimant's address of record. The notice shall advise the claimant that an overpayment has occurred and the amount of the overpayment; that the Division has discretion to waive recovery of the overpayment or offset same against future benefits; and that, if the claimant wishes the Division to waive recovery of the overpayment, he must respond in writing with his reasons for doing so within fifteen (15) days of the mailing of the notice. If the claimant does not respond within the fifteen (15) days, that shall be an admission by the claimant that the overpayment will be recovered.
(b) If the claimant responds within fifteen (15) days, his response shall be considered by the Division. When the Division needs detailed financial information from the claimant, blank financial information forms and a dated cover letter will be mailed to the claimant. The claimant will have fifteen (15) days to return all the information requested. If all requested information is not returned within fifteen (15) days, the waiver request shall be denied. The Division shall decide whether the overpayment should be waived or recovered, and mail its decision to the claimant. Recovery of all or part of the overpayment may be waived. If the claimant disagrees with that decision and appeals same within twenty-eight (28) days of the mailing of the decision to him, the claimant may have an evidentiary hearing under the Administrative Procedure Act on the question of whether the overpayment should be waived or recovered.
(c) If the claimant appeals the Division's decision in writing, the matter shall be referred to the Division's appeals examiner for a hearing. The appeals examiner shall schedule and conduct a hearing in accordance with Chapter 31 of these rules. After the hearing, the examiner shall issue a decision with findings of fact and conclusions of law and mail same to the claimant's address of record.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.28.11282023 § 2 Fraud
If the Division alleges the overpayment was caused in whole or part by fraud, the issues of whether the claimant should be disqualified and whether recovery of the overpayment should be waived may be combined in one proceeding. Regular provisions of law and rules for notice, appeals, hearing, time limits, and procedure for resolving the disqualification shall apply.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 29 Appeals Examiners
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.29.03202007 Appeals Examiners
CHAPTER 29
APPEALS EXAMINERS
Section 1. Appointment. The division may use a salaried appeals examiner instead of and for the purposes of an appeals tribunal. The term of "hearing officer" may be used synonymously with the terms "examiner" and "appeals examiner."
Section 2. Hearing Conducted by Persons Other Than Appeals Examiner. The division in its discretion may designate some qualified person other than an appeals examiner to conduct such appeal hearing. The division for good cause shown may appoint an appeal tribunal consisting of the examiner, as chairman, one member representing employers, and one member representing employees.
Section 3. Objection to Appeals Examiner. If a party to an examiner hearing has any objection to the particular appeals examiner assigned to his case, he shall make that objection in writing, stating in full and specific terms the grounds of the objection, at the earliest opportunity, and if possible before or on the record at the examiner hearing. Otherwise, the objection is waived.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 30 Hearing on Employer Liability
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.30.06292018 Hearing on Employer Liability
CHAPTER 30
HEARING ON EMPLOYER LIABILITY
Section 1. Request for Hearing.
(a) Any employer not satisfied with the determination of his liability for contributions, subjectivity to provisions of W.S. 27-3-516, or liability resulting from an audit must file, within twenty-eight (28) days after mailing, or personal delivery of the final audit determination, a request for a hearing and reconsideration of his the employer's contribution liability. Such request must be made in writing or by using the internet website approved by the Division and state the grounds for the request.
(b) Such hearing shall be conducted by an appeals examiner.
(c) If an employer fails to object to a determination of liability in the manner herein provided, that determination is final.
(d) Successor. An employer not satisfied with the determination of successor under W.S. 27-3-507 must file a request for a hearing within thirty (30) days after mailing of such notice thereof. Otherwise, the decision is binding on the employer.
Section 2. Examiner's Decision. After the close of the hearing, the examiner will issue a decision with findings of fact and conclusions of law. That decision shall be mailed to the alleged employer's address of record. The division staff and the alleged employer will have twenty-eight (28) days from the day the decision is sent to the employer to file an appeal. If an appeal is not filed within that time period, the examiner's decision is final.
Section 3. Commission Decision. If an appeal of the examiner's decision is filed within the twenty-eight day time period provided in Section 2, the commission will consider the case at one of its monthly meetings. The commission will review the record and the evidence and may affirm, reverse, or modify the examiner's decision, remand the case to the examiner, or take such other action as it deems appropriate. The commission will send a copy of its decision to the alleged employer by certified mail. A petition for judicial review then may be filed pursuant to the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
History
- Effective 2018-06-29
Chapter 31 Appeal Hearings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.31.04252014 Appeal Hearings
CHAPTER 31
APPEAL HEARINGS
Section 1. Hearings by Telephone. Evidentiary hearings before an appeals examiner or appeal tribunal may be conducted by telephone in whole or part in the discretion of the appeal tribunal or examiner. All or part of the witnesses or parties may appear and testify, and the parties may cross-examine, present arguments and otherwise participate in the hearing by telephone. If a party to the examiner hearing objects to a telephone hearing within five days of the mailing of the notice, the examiner will schedule an in-person hearing at a time and place to be determined at the discretion of the examiner. The examiner, in his discretion, may allow a witness to appear by telephone in an in-person hearing if:
(a) the party objecting to the telephone hearing agrees or,
(b) the witness resides outside the State of Wyoming at the time of the hearing or,
(c) the witness is incarcerated or institutionalized at the time of the hearing or,
(d) the witnesses' in-person appearance would violate a restraining order or otherwise endanger the witness or any participant in the hearing.
Section 2. Recording of Hearings. Evidentiary hearings before an appeal tribunal or examiner shall be recorded on tape or recorded by other appropriate means in the discretion of the examiner or appeal tribunal. If necessary to pursue an appeal, the division may provide a party a copy of the tape of such hearing within a reasonable time after the party requests it. Recordings of examiner hearings are subject to being erased or purged three months after the final time limit to appeal the decision has passed and no further appeal has been filed.
Section 3. Scheduling and Notice of Hearings. Upon the scheduling of a hearing on an appeal at a time and place reasonably convenient for the parties, notices of hearing shall be mailed to the claimant and other parties interested in the decision of the deputy which is being appealed. Said notices shall specify the place and time of hearing, and shall also be mailed, to the claimant and other parties interested in the decision being appealed, at least ten (10) days before the date of hearing, unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties. Bifurcated (two part) hearings may be held at the discretion of the examiner.
Section 4. Hearing Procedure. All hearings shall be conducted informally by the examiner in charge and in such manner as to ascertain the substantial rights of the parties. All issues relevant to the appeal shall be considered and passed upon. Any party to an appeal before an appeals examiner may present such evidence as may be pertinent. The members of an appeal tribunal or examiner may examine and cross-examine any party and his witness.
Section 5. Stipulations to Facts. The parties to an appeal, with the consent of the person conducting the hearing, may stipulate the facts involved in writing. The examiner or appeal tribunal may decide the appeal on the basis of such stipulation or, in its discretion, may set the appeal for hearing and take such further evidence as it deems necessary to enable it to determine the appeal.
Section 6. Failure to Appear at Examiner or Appeal Tribunal Hearing. If any party fails to appear at the hearing, the examiner or chairman of the appeal tribunal shall proceed to make his decision on the appeal, unless it appears to the satisfaction of the examiner or chairman of the appeal tribunal that there is good cause for a continuance. If an appellant fails to appear at a hearing or respond to a notice of a telephone hearing, that shall be grounds for affirming the prior decision without taking evidence, and shall be considered a default.
Section 7. Appeals to the Commission.
(a) An appeal of a commission action or decision must be in writing. Such appeal should convey the idea that the person wants to appeal, the action or decision he wants to appeal, and the grounds for the appeal. The commission may disregard any purported "appeal" not complying with this subsection.
(b) Upon receipt of such a written appeal, the commission may affirm, modify, or reverse the decision of the appeal tribunal on the basis of the evidence previously submitted or may direct that additional evidence be taken.
(c) Commission hearings on the appeal shall be at the time and place designated by the commission.
(d) Any decision of an appeals examiner or appeals tribunal may be appealed to the commission by the administrator. Such an appeal must be filed in the same manner and within the same time limits as applies to any other party to a hearing before an appeals examiner or appeals tribunal.
Section 8. Subpoenas and Orders for Production of Information or Objects.
(a) Any member of the commission, the chairman of an appeal tribunal, an appeals examiner, or a division administrator and any duly authorized representative of any of them shall have power to administer oaths and affirmations, take depositions, certify to official accounts, and issue subpoenas to compel the attendance of witnesses and the production of book, papers, correspondence, memoranda, and other records deemed necessary as evidence in connection with a disputed claim or investigation into employer coverage or liability.
(b) Subpoenas and other orders for the production of documents issued by the division or its agents may be served by certified mail or delivery by the county sheriff or the division's agents. Such subpoena or order for production of documents is considered served when delivered to or received by the person named therein, his attorney, his agent, a member of his household of the age of fourteen years or older residing therein, or the person in charge of any of his places of business at the time of delivery.
(c) A person who objects to obeying such a subpoena shall file an objection in writing with the division agent who issued the subpoena and send a copy to the parties prior to the compliance date. Such objection shall state the grounds for objecting. Any grounds not stated may be deemed waived. The division agent may rule on the objection based on the facts stated therein, may hold a hearing and rule on the objection, or may informally try to get the persons involved to resolve the matter. The ruling may direct that the subpoena be obeyed in whole or part, or may quash the subpoena. The hearing on the issue that created the appeal may be held in abeyance pending resolution of the objection to the subpoena, or may proceed.
(d) Witnesses subpoenaed for any hearing before an appeal tribunal or the division shall, upon written request within 30 days of the hearing, be paid witness and mileage fees by the commission in accordance with the following schedule: For attending, twenty percent of the maximum weekly benefit amount rounded to the nearest dollar per 8 hours and ten percent of the weekly benefit amount rounded to the nearest dollar per 4 or fewer hours, including driving time; for each mile actually and necessarily traveled in going to and returning from place of hearing, the mileage rate paid to State employees when they travel on official business. Any additional compensation for a witness is not the responsibility of the division.
(e) Orders for supplying information from the records of the division to a claimant or employer or his representative, to the extent necessary for the proper litigation of a benefit claim, shall issue upon written application therefore, setting forth the information required thereby. All applications for information from records of the division shall state, as nearly as possible, the nature of the information desired.
(f) In all cases where an application to supply a claimant or his representative with information from the records of the division is granted, the party shall be furnished with a copy of such information.
(g) Representation Before Appeal Tribunals and the Commission.
(i) Any individual may appear for himself in any proceeding before any appeal tribunal and the commission. Any partnership may be represented by any of its members or a duly authorized representative. Any corporation or association may be represented by an officer or a duly authorized representative.
(ii) Any party may appear by an attorney at law admitted to practice before any appeal tribunal or the commission, or by any other person who is qualified to represent others.
(iii) Attorneys at law who are admitted to practice before the highest court of this State, or the highest court of any state or territory of the United States, may practice before any appeal tribunal and the commission.
(iv) The division and the commission, in its discretion, may refuse to allow any person to represent others in any proceeding before it who it finds is guilty of unethical conduct or who intentionally and repeatedly fails to observe the provisions of the Wyoming Employment Security Law or the rules and instructions of the commission.
History
- Effective 2014-04-25
Chapter 32 Regular Commission Meetings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.32.03202007 Regular Commission Meetings
CHAPTER 32
REGULAR COMMISSION MEETINGS
Section 1. How Scheduled. The Unemployment Insurance Commission shall meet once a month or as often as necessary to review decisions of hearing examiners and employer coverage determinations that have been appealed, and to take care of other necessary business. At each meeting, the Unemployment Insurance Commission will select a date for the next meeting.
Section 2. Recording. Commission hearings shall be recorded on tape or other appropriate means at the request of the claimant or employer or when the commission deems appropriate. Otherwise, they do not have to be recorded. If recorded, the recording is subject to being erased or purged three months after the time limit to appeal the commission decision has passed and no appeal has been filed.
History
- Effective 2007-03-20
Chapter 33 Rehearings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.33.11282023 § 1 Proceedings Covered
A party to a contested case and the division staff may apply to the examiner for rehearing of a case before the appeals examiner or to the commission for rehearing of a case before the commission in accordance with the following rules.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.33.11282023 § 2 Appeals Examiner Hearing
(a) A party desiring rehearing or reopening of a case before the appeals examiner must file a written application or use the internet website approved by the Division with the examiner no later than twenty-eight (28) days after the mailing of the examiner decision to the party's address of record. If good cause is shown for failing to appear at the examiner hearing, the examiner may rehear or reopen the matter. The rehearing may be held solely for the purpose of taking the absent party's evidence without granting him the right to cross-examine opposing witnesses who testified at the first hearing.
(b) If the examiner denies the request to reopen or rehear, he shall issue a written decision to that effect. The aggrieved party shall have twenty-eight (28) days from the date that decision was mailed to his address of record to file an appeal to the commission pursuant to W.S. 27-3-404.
(c) The examiner may also reopen a case before him on his own motion any time before the decision becomes final under W.S. 27-3-403.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.33.11282023 § 3 Commission Decisions
If the division staff or another party to a case decided by the commission desires to have the commission redetermine any matter it decided, the party must file a petition for rehearing within twenty-eight (28) days of the mailing of the commission decision with the Appeals Division and must send a copy to the last known address of all other parties. The petition shall be in writing and state the legal and factual grounds for redetermination. The filing of a petition for rehearing shall stay the order or decision of the commission, as well as the time within which to file a petition for review with a district court, until the commission denies the petition for rehearing or enters an order following rehearing. If in the commission's judgment the party seeking redetermination provides sufficient reason(s), the commission shall grant the petition and hold a rehearing. The rehearing shall be subject to the commission's rules. If the commission denies the petition for rehearing, the stay set forth herein is immediately terminated, the original order or decision shall be in full force and effect, and the time period for any appeal will begin to run again. The party who sought the redetermination may not file another petition for rehearing following an order or decision made after the rehearing which vacates, amends or modifies the original order or decision.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
Chapter 37 Employer Notice
Wyo. Code R. 053.0018.37.11282023 § 1 Employer Notice of Potential Availability of Benefits
(a) At the time of an employee's separation from employment for any reason, employing units shall provide individual notice of the potential availability of unemployment compensation benefits to any employee who separates from employment.
(b) In addition to the records required by Chapter 11, Section 1 of these Rules, a record of the notice required by this Section shall be maintained by each employing unit.
(c) The record of notice required by this Section is a record prescribed by the Commission pursuant to W.S. § 27-3-502(e), and is required for compliance with the Wyoming Unemployment Security Act.
(d) The record of notice required by this Section is a record subject to inspection pursuant to Chapter 11, Section 2 of these rules and W.S. § 27-3-502(e).
(e) The notice required by this subsection may be provided to the separating employee in person, by email, or by mailing a copy of the notice to the separating employee's last known address.
History
- Effective 2023-11-28
317 Vocational Rehabilitation - General
Chapter 1 General
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.1.08102010 General
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL
Section 1. Appeals Procedures
(a) All applicants and clients shall be informed of the procedures for informal as well as formal resolution of disagreements, including the name and address of the Administrator of the designated state unit (DSU) with whom appeals for an Administrative Review, Mediation and Formal Hearings are to be directed in writing. (Department of Workforce Services, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, 1100 Herschler Building, Cheyenne, Wyoming 82002) .
(b) Applicants and clients shall be given the name and address of the Client Assistance Program (C.A.P.) (638-7668 or 1-800-821-3091) and the description of services available from this source. Applicants and clients will be notified in writing of individual's rights and availability of assistance from C.A.P. at application, when the IPE is developed and when rehabilitation services are reduced or suspended.
(c) Any applicant for or recipient of vocational rehabilitation services who is dissatisfied with a determination made by personnel of the DSU that effect the provision of vocational rehabilitation services concerning the furnishing or denial of services may request a timely review of those determinations. Applicants who are found ineligible for services and previously eligible individuals who are determined to be no longer eligible for services are permitted to challenge the determination of ineligibility. The individual has the right to be represented by a person of their choice at all levels of appeals and they have the right to submit evidence. If informal resolution fails, a formal hearing will be conducted within 60 days of the written request. The CAP is available to assist the applicant or eligible individual during all levels of the appeals process.
(d) The appeal procedures may begin at any level. The DVR appeals process consists of four levels:
(i) Level 1: Informal Review: If the client is dissatisfied with a decision made by his/her counselor and it can't be resolved by discussing the issue with the counselor, he/she can request that the area manager review the decision. The counselor will help schedule the managerial review.
(ii) Level 2: Administrative Review: Administrative review of the decision will be completed by a previously uninvolved Vocational Rehabilitation administrative staff person. The applicant or client is encouraged to participate in the informal review and in the administrative review. The decision will be provided to the client in written form along with a description of how client can access the next level in the appeals process.
(iii) Level 3: Mediation: The mediation process is voluntary on the part of all parties, is not used to deny or delay the right of the individual to a formal hearing or to deny any other right afforded to the individual under Title I of the Act, and is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in effective mediation techniques. A list of qualified mediators will be maintained by the state. The state will pay the cost of mediation and formal hearing. Mediation will be scheduled in a timely manner and in a convenient location for all the parties of the dispute. All discussions that occur during mediation will be kept confidential. If an agreement is reached, that agreement must be put in writing.
(iv) Level 4: Formal Review (Fair Hearing): Formal review (fair hearing) will be conducted by an Impartial Hearing Officer (IHO) from the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH). Applicants and eligible individuals have the right to be represented during the mediation and formal review. The Fair Hearing will be held within 60 days of receipt of the client's request for review unless the parties jointly agree to a specific extension of the time. Selection of the IHO will be in accordance with the requirements of Section 102 (c)(5) of the Rehabilitation Act, as amended.
(e) The second, third and fourth levels of review must be requested in writing. Client will have 10 (ten) days to request each review. This request will be addressed to the DSU Administrator.
(f) The IHO will provide a full written report of the findings and the grounds for decision within 30 days of the completion of the hearing to the applicant or eligible individual or the individual's representative and the DSU.
(g) Either party may request a review of the decision of the IHO within 20 days of the decision. The chief official of the designated state agency (Department of Workforce Services) shall provide an opportunity to submit additional evidence and information relevant to the appeal.
(h) The chief official shall not overturn or modify a decision of the IHO that supports the individual with a disability, unless it has been determined, based on clear and convincing evidence, that the decision of the IHO is clearly erroneous on the basis of being contrary to Federal or State law, the approved State Plan, Federal regulations, or any State regulation or policy that is consistent with Federal requirements.
(i) The chief official shall make a final decision in writing, including a full report of the findings and grounds for the decision, within 30 days of providing notice of intent to review. A copy of the decision shall be provided to the individual or his/her designated representative.
(j) The chief official shall not delegate responsibility for making the final decision to any officer or employee of the Designated State Unit.
(k) During the appeals process, DVR shall not suspend, reduce or terminate vocational rehabilitation services, including evaluation and assessment services, being provided to the individual, unless the individual or the individual representative requests it, or unless such services have been obtained through misrepresentation, fraud, collusion, criminal conduct on the part of the individual or the individual's representative.
(l) The chief official shall use the following standards when determining whether to review a hearing officer's decision.
(i) Is the initial decision supported by substantial evidence?
(ii) In reaching the initial decision, has the Impartial Hearing Officer given appropriate and adequate interpretation to such factors as:
(A) The Federal statute and regulations as they apply to the specific issue;
(B) The State Plan as it applies to the specific issue in question;
(C) Approved Federal and State policy as it applies to the issue in question;
(D) State agency options in the delivery of services if such options are permissible by Federal statute or regulation;
(E) Restrictions in the Federal statutes or regulations with regard to such supportive services as maintenance and transportation;
(F) Key portions of conflicting testimony.
(m) At the request of one or both parties, reasonable time extensions for good cause are allowable, except for the 20-day limit for either party to request an impartial review of the IHO's decision. The IHO's decision will be sent to the RSA Regional Commissioner.
(n) Either party may file a civil action for review of the final decision issued by the IHO or the reviewing official.
Section 2. State Plan Requirements.
(a) The State Plan, required and approved by the Federal Government, provides for financial participation by the State of Wyoming and the Federal Government, and is in effect in all political subdivisions of the State. The State Plan provides a description of Wyoming's Vocational Rehabilitation program and is amended or reaffirmed every year after public participation and input is obtained. The Department of Workforce Services is the sole State Agency in Wyoming designated to supervise administration of the State Plan. The Division of Vocational Rehabilitation is responsible to administer the State Agency's Vocational Rehabilitation program which includes the determination of eligibility and the determination of the nature, scope, and provision of vocational rehabilitation services under the State plan. This responsibility may not be delegated to another agency or individual.
Section 3. General Policies.
(a) Eligibility for rehabilitation services is determined without regard to sex, race, creed, age, color, national origin, type of disability or duration of residence in Wyoming.
(b) A case file shall be kept for each applicant or client containing all required documentation. The rationale for any decision to provide, alter or deny services shall be documented in the case record.
(c) All services consistent with the individual's capacities and abilities, necessary to achievement of the Client's vocational goal, shall be provided at the least possible cost to DVR.
(d) The Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation shall process referrals and applications, determine eligibility or ineligibility for services, and provide services in a timely and equitable manner.
(e) The Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation staff shall network actively with consumers, service providers, and organizations, and shall comply with the provisions of agreements and contracts between DVR and other agencies, facilities and organizations.
(f) Individuals with disabilities who are unable to communicate in English or who must rely on special modes of communication shall be provided reasonable accommodations such as interpreter services or technological aides and shall be informed of this availability at application.
(g) Division staff shall be responsible for the provision of client and financial data necessary for the operation of the DVR's Management Information System.
Section 4. Affirmative Action.
(a) The Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation actively seeks qualified individuals in hiring and promoting staff. DVR does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, religion, political affiliation, sex, age or disability in its hiring practices or its programs. DVR will insure and take affirmative action with regard to the recruitment, employment, and promotion of qualified people with disabilities to conduct and administer its programs.
Section 8. Financial Policies.
(a) Applicable State of Wyoming purchasing statutes and procedures shall be followed when purchasing goods or services for clients.
(b) All services purchased for clients must have written authorization prior to or at the same time as the purchase of services. The purchase of service will be authorized only by a counselor or designated administrator.
(c) The counselor shall consider the client's financial participation for all services except:
(i) evaluation of rehabilitation potential;
(ii) counseling, guidance, and referral services;
(iii) placement services;
(iv) rehabilitation technology.
(d) The financial needs test includes these components:
(i) The Division's financial application must be completed, signed and dated by the client or legal guardian, and must be witnessed.
(ii) The Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation uses usual and customary fees in determining rates of payment. The providers of services may not charge or accept fees from the client for payment of authorized services unless approved and agreed to in advance by the counselor and client.
(iii) Out-of-state goods and services are not provided at a cost that exceeds the cost of similar services available in-state.
(iv) If training is available in-state, payment for all out-of-state tuition and other educational expenses will be calculated at the same rate available at public in-state institutions.
Section 5. Definitions.
(a) As used in these rules the terms or phrase:
(i) "An Hour of Service" is defined as an hour of staff time spent on behalf of
a supported employment client providing job placement, situational assessment, and/or job coaching services as defined. If a staff hour is simultaneously provided to more than one client (i.e.: a work crew), this hour will be prorated based upon each client's proportionate use (i.e.: Staff spends one hour in a work crew with 4 clients. Each client receives 15 minutes of this staff hour).
(ii) "American Indian" means an individual that is a member of an Indian tribe.
(iii) "Applicant" means an individual who submits a signed application for vocational rehabilitation services but has not yet been certified as eligible for DVR services.
(iv) "Appraisal of Current Health Status" refers to information that covers the client's medical history and a complete systems review, if one is needed.
(v) "Appropriate Modes of Communication" means specialized aids and supports that enable an individual with a disability to comprehend and respond to information that is being communicated.
(vi) "Assistive Technology device" means any item, piece of equipment, or product system, whether acquired commercially off the shelf, modified, or customized, that is used to increase, maintain, or improve the functional capabilities of an individual with a disability
(vii) "Assistive Technology Service" means any service that directly assists an individual with a disability in the selection, acquisition, or use of an assistive technology device. This could include an evaluation of the individual with a disability.
(viii) "Automobile Dealership" means any organization selling vehicles that can be found in the yellow pages and/or that have a tax ID number and dealer plates.
(ix) "Community Rehabilitation Program" means a program that provides directly or facilitates the provision of vocational rehabilitation services to individuals with disabilities; and that provides services for an individual with a disability to enable the person to maximize opportunities for employment, including career advancement.
(x) "Client Assistance Program (CAP)" is a federal program initiated under the Rehabilitation of 1973 available to clients, applicants and former clients of the Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation to identify, explain and resolve any problems a client may be having with their rehabilitation program, or an applicant may be having with the application process.
(xi) "Comparable Services and Benefits" means services and benefits that are provided or paid for in whole or part, by other Federal, State, or local public agencies, by health insurance, or by employee benefits, and are available to the individual at the time needed to ensure the progress of the individual toward achieving the employment outcome continues, and commensurate to the services that individual would otherwise receive from the DSU.
(xii) "Competitive Employment" means work in the competitive labor market that performed on a full time or part time basis in an integrated setting and is compensated at or above the minimum wage, but not less than the customary wage and level of benefits paid by the employer for the same or similar work performed by individuals who are not disabled.
(xiii) "Designated State Agency" (DSA) means the Department of Workforce Services
(xiv) "Designated State Unit" (DSU) means the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
(xv) "Disability" means, for purposes of Title I services - physical or mental impairment that constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment.
(xvi) "Division" means the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation, Wyoming Department of Workforce Services
(xvii) "DVR" means the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation.
(xviii) "Eligible Individual" means an applicant for vocational rehabilitation services who meets the eligibility requirements.
(xix) "Employment Outcome" means entering or retaining full-time or, an appropriate, part-time competitive employment in the integrated labor market; supported employment; or any other type of employment, including self-employment, telecommuting, or business ownership that is consistent with an individual's strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests and informed choice.
(xx) "Extreme medical risk" means a determination by a licensed medical doctor/psychologist that a probability of substantially increasing functional impairment or death if medical services, including mental health services, are not provided expeditiously.
(xxi) "Extended Employment" means work in a non-integrated or sheltered setting for a public or private nonprofit agency or organization that provides compensation in accordance with the Fair Labor Standards Act. This represents an interim step in the rehabilitation process rather than an end point of that process.
(xxii) "Extended Services" means ongoing support services and other appropriate services that are needed to support and maintain an individual with a most significant disability in supported employment and that are provided by a State agency, a private nonprofit organization, employer, or any other appropriate resource.
(xxiii) "Family Member" for the purpose of receiving vocational rehabilitation services, means an individual who is a relative or guardian, lives in the same household, who has a substantial interest in the well being of eligible individual and whose receipt of vocational rehabilitation services is necessary to enable the individual to achieve an employment outcome.
(xxiv) "Impartial Hearing Officer" means an individual:
(A) who is not an employee of a public agency (other than an administrative law judge, hearing examiner, or employee of an institution of higher education);
(B) who is not a member of the State Rehabilitation Council;
(C) who has not been involved in previous decisions regarding the vocational rehabilitation of the applicant or client;
(D) who has knowledge of the delivery of vocational rehabilitation services, the State Plan under Section 101, and the federal and state rules governing the provision of such services and training with respect to the performance of official duties;
(E) who has no personal or financial interest that would be in conflict with the objectivity of the individual; and
(F) an individual shall not be considered to be an employee of a public agency solely because the individual is paid by the agency to serve as a hearing officer.
(xxv) "Independent Living Core Services" means:
(A) information and referral services;
(B) independent living skills training;
(C) peer counseling (including cross-disability peer counseling); and
(D) individual and systems advocacy.
(xxvi) "Individual with a disability" means an individual:
(A) who has a physical or mental impairment;
(B) whose impairment constitutes or results in a substantial impediment to employment; and
(C) who can benefit in terms of an employment outcome from the provision of vocational rehabilitation services.
(xxvii) "Individual with a Significant Disability" means an individual:
(A) who has a significant physical or mental impairment which seriously limits one or more functional capacities (such as mobility, communication, self- care, self-direction, interpersonal skills, work tolerance, or work skills) in terms of an employment outcome;
(B) whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require multiple vocational rehabilitation services over an extended period of time; and
(C) who has one or more physical or mental disabilities resulting from amputation, arthritis, autism, blindness, burn injury, cancer, cerebral palsy, cystic fibrosis, deafness, head injury, heart disease, hemiplegia, hemophilia, respiratory or pulmonary dysfunction, mental retardation, mental illness, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, musculo-skeletal disorder, neurological disorders (including stroke and epilepsy), paraplegia, quadriplegia and other spinal cord conditions, sickle-cell anemia, specific learning disabilities, end-stage renal disease, or another disability or combination of disabilities determined on the basis of an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs to cause comparable substantial functional limitation.
(D) Additional and Substantial Functional Limitations Include:
(I) Inability to make use of public transportation unassisted or inability to travel independently in unfamiliar area;
(II) Inability to perform sustained work activity for six hours or more;
(III) Disfigurement or deformity so pronounced as to cause social rejection;
(IV) Speech or communication skills that are unintelligible to non-family members, or inability to understand normal speech with or without a hearing aid, or inability to interpret printed material as used in normal correspondence without use of adaptive aids;
(V) Inability to climb one flight of stairs or walk 100 yards on the level without pause;
(VI) Loss of manual dexterity or eye/hand coordination sufficient that he/she is unable to fasten buttons, wind a watch, or write intelligibly;
(VII) Emotionally incapable of tolerating the stress of normal competitive employment;
(VIII) Intellectually or physically limited to closely supervised, highly structured employment; and
(IX) Demonstrated marked restriction of daily activities, constriction of interests, deterioration in personal habits, and impaired ability to relate to other people.
(xxvii) "Individual with the Most Significant Disability" means an individual:
(A) The individual must have an impairment or impairments which, singly or in combination, are significant;
(B) The individual must be seriously limited from achieving an employment outcome due to significant functional loss in two or more of the functional capacities;
(C) The individual must need at least two core vocational rehabilitation services* to address the functional losses imposed by the significant impairment(s) in order to attain an employment outcome; and
(D) Whose vocational rehabilitation can be expected to require at least 18 months to complete.
*Core vocational rehabilitation services includes all vocational rehabilitation services other than supportive services (maintenance, transportation, services to family members, and personal assistance services); services secondary to core vocational rehabilitation services, such as training materials and supplies when training is being provided as a core vocational rehabilitation service; or, generalized counseling, guidance, and placement which are provided during the vocational rehabilitation process in connection with the provision of vocational rehabilitation services but are not identified as a needed vocational rehabilitation services on the IPE. All clients that have an active Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE) will be served until that IPE is completed.
(xxviii) "Individual with a Significant Disability" as used in the Independent Living Program means an individual with a significant physical or mental impairment whose ability to function independently in the family or community, or whose ability to obtain, maintain or advance in employment is substantially limited, and for whom the delivery of independent living services will improve the ability to function, continue functioning, or move towards functioning independently in the family or community, or to continue in employment.
(xxix) "Individual's Representative" means any representative chosen by an applicant or eligible individual, as appropriate, including a parent, guardian, other family member, or advocate, unless a representative has been appointed by a court to represent the individual.
(xxx) "Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE)" or "Rehabilitation Plan" means a program mutually developed by a qualified Rehabilitation Counselor and an eligible client, or as appropriate, the eligible client's parent, guardian, or other representative, which defines the client's vocational goal and outlines the vocational rehabilitation objectives and services necessary to achieve that goal.
(xxxi) "Informed Choice" means the counselor, through vocational guidance and counseling, will provide pertinent information to the client so he/she can make appropriate decisions affecting his/her rehabilitation program.
(xxxii) "Integrated Work Setting:"
(A) With respect to the provision of services, means a setting typically found in the community in which applicants or eligible individuals interact with non-disabled individuals other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those eligible individuals;
(B) With respect to an employment outcome, means a setting typically found in the community in which the individual interacts with non-disabled individuals other than non-disabled individuals who are providing services to those eligible individuals, to the same extent that non-disabled individuals in comparable positions interact with other persons.
(xxxiii) "Job coaching" means services that are needed to support and maintain an individual on the job after employment is obtained, such as:
(A) intensive on-the-job skills training and other training provided by skilled job trainers, co-workers, and other qualified individuals;
(B) provision of follow-up services, including regular contact with employers, trainees with the most severe disabilities, parents, guardians or other representatives of trainees, and other suitable professional and informed advisors in order to reinforce and stabilize the job placement;
(C) regular observations or support of individuals with the most severe disabilities at the work site;
(D) contact with co-workers to develop on-the-job natural supports; or
(E) other on-going support services as defined which are necessary to achieve job stabilization.
(F) These services are based on an assessment by the DVR counselor of the individual's needs.
(xxxiv) "Job Development/Placement" are services that are needed to identify the most suitable employment outcome for significantly and most significantly disabled individuals, and to help determine necessary on the job supports, such as:
(A) meeting with the client, parent, and significant others to discuss issues such as job preferences, job aptitudes, past work experiences, and to develop a plan for job development;
(B) contact with employers regarding job possibilities for a specific client, completion of job site surveys, or job analysis regarding the appropriateness of employment sites;
(C) accompanying a client on an employer visit for the purpose of job exploration or a job interview;
(D) staffing regarding an individual client in the job development process;
(E) providing services such as job clubs, job shadowing, or career counseling which support the development of an appropriate vocational goal; and
(F) other on-going support services as defined which are necessary to achieve job placement.
(G) These services are based upon an assessment by the DVR counselor of the individual's needs.
(xxxv) "Maintenance" means monetary support to an eligible individual for expenses, such as food, shelter and clothing, that are in excess of the normal expenses of the individual and are necessitated by the individuals participation in an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs or the individuals receipt of services under an individualized plan for employment.
(xxxvi) "Ongoing Support Services" means services:
(A) needed to support and maintain individuals with the most significant disabilities in supported employment;
(B) provided at least twice monthly:
(I) to make an assessment, regarding the employment situation, at the worksite of each individual in supported employment, or, under special circumstances, especially at the request of the client, off site; and
(II) based on the assessment, to provide for the coordination or provision of specific intensive services, at or away from the worksite, that are needed to maintain employment stability; and
(C) consisting of:
(I) particular assessment supplementary to the comprehensive assessment;
(II) the provision of skilled job trainers who accompany the individual for intensive job skill training at the worksite;
(III) job development and placement;
(IV) social skills training;
(V) regular observation or supervision of the individual;
(VII) follow-up services such as regular contact with the employers, the individuals, the parents, family members, guardians, advocates: or
(VIII) representatives of the individuals, and other suitable authorized professional and informed advisors, in order to reinforce and stabilize the job placement; and
(IX) facilitation of natural supports at the worksite.
(xxxvii) "Other agency or organization" means any individual, group of individuals, private or public entity that provides information to Vocational Rehabilitation requiring a release of information.
(xxxviii) "Personal Assistance Services" means a range of services provided by one or more persons designed to assist an individual with a disability to perform daily living activities on or off the job that the individual would typically perform if the individual did not have a disability. Such services shall be designed to increase the individual's control of their life and ability to perform everyday activities on or off the job.
(xxxix) "Physical and Mental Restoration" means corrective surgery or therapeutic treatment that is likely, within a reasonable period of time, to correct or modify substantially a stable or slowly progressive physical or mental impairment that constitutes a substantial impediment to employment.
(xl) "Qualified Counselor" means an individual who meets the criteria to be able to sit for the Certified Rehabilitation Counselor (CRC) examination.
(xli) "Rehabilitated" means a client has been:
(A) determined to be eligible;
(B) provided an assessment for determining eligibility and vocational rehabilitation needs and counseling and guidance as essential vocational rehabilitation services;
(C) provided appropriate and substantial vocational rehabilitation in accordance with the individualized plan for employment (IPE); and
(D) determined to have achieved and maintained suitable employment for at least 90 days.
(xlii) "Rehabilitation Technology" means the systematic application of technologies, engineering methodologies, or scientific principles to meet the needs of and address the barriers confronted by individuals with disabilities in areas that include education, rehabilitation, employment, transportation, independent living, and recreation.
This term includes rehabilitation engineering, assistive technology devices, and assistive technology services.
(xliii) "Significant Contact" with clients occurs when information pertinent to the vocational rehabilitation process is shared between the client and the VR representative in face to face, written or verbal form.
(xliv) "Substantial Impediment to Employment" means that a physical or mental impairment (in light of attendant medical, psychological, vocational, educational, and other related factors) that hinders an individual's occupational performance, by preventing his preparing for, obtaining or retaining employment consistent with the individual's capacities and abilities.
(xlv) "Supported Employment" means competitive work in integrated work settings or employment in integrated work settings in which individuals are working toward competitive work consistent with the strengths, resources, priorities, concerns, abilities, capabilities, interests, and informed choice of the individuals with the most significant disabilities:
(A) for whom competitive employment has not traditionally occurred; or
(B) who, because of the nature and severity of their disability, need intensive supported employment services.
(xlvi) "Supported Employment Services" means on-going support services and other appropriate services needed to support and maintain an individual with most significant disability in supported employment that are:
(A) For a period of time not to exceed 18 months unless under special circumstances the eligible individual and the VR counselor agree to extend the time to achieve an employment outcome and; if wages are paid to the client the wages must be paid through another party so DVR isn't the employer. Paid work experiences should be short term at a low wage.
(B) Following transition, as post employment services that are unavailable from an extended services provider and are necessary to maintain or regain the job placement or advancement in employment.
(xlvii) "Trial Work Experiences" means work experiences including supported employment, on the job training and other experiences using realistic work settings. Work experience arrangements do not have an expectation of employment like an OJT.
(xlviii) "Transition Services" means a coordinated set of activities for a student, designed within an outcome-oriented process that promotes movement from school to post school activities, including post secondary education, vocational training, integrated employment (including supported employment), continuing and adult education, adult services, independent living, or community participation. The coordinated set of activities shall be based upon the individual student's needs, taking into account the student's preferences and interests, and shall include instruction, community experiences, the development of employment and other post school adult living objectives, and, when appropriate, acquisition of daily living skills and functional vocational evaluation.
(xlix) "Transitional Employment" as used in the Supported Employment Program, means a series of temporary job placements in competitive work in an integrated work setting with on-going support services for individuals with the most significant disabilities due to mental illness. In transitional employment, the provision of on-going support services must include continuing sequential job placements until job permanency is achieved.
(l) "Transportation" means travel and related expenses that are necessary to enable an applicant or eligible individual to participate in a vocational rehabilitation service.
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
Chapter 2 Application and Eligibility
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.2.08102010 Application and Eligibility
CHAPTER 2
APPLICATION AND ELIGIBILITY
Section 1. Application.
(a) All applicants, that is, any persons who have completed and signed DVR's application form, shall be evaluated to determine eligibility using existing information.
(b) Additional information will be obtained in order to determine eligibility, if necessary.
(c) After necessary medical/psychological information is obtained, the counselor shall certify in writing that he or she has determined that:
(i) the applicant is eligible for vocational rehabilitation services, or
(ii) the applicant is ineligible for vocational rehabilitation services, or
(iii) trial work experiences are necessary to determine vocational rehabilitation eligibility.
(d) Evaluation of an applicant shall be made without regard to sex, race, age, creed, color, or national origin of the individual applying for services.
(e) All applicants shall be informed of their rights, orally and in writing at the time of application. This explanation shall include, but not necessarily be limited to the following:
(i) the client's records are confidential;
(ii) an explanation of the methods of obtaining and releasing client information, including the necessity of client consent;
(iii) the availability of and methods of requesting administrative review and a fair hearing;
(iv) the availability of assistance through the Client Assistance Program.
Section 2. Evaluation.
(a) A comprehensive assessment of rehabilitation needs (CARN) shall be completed for each applicant, including any reports of specialists or consultants in cases where such reports are appropriate to include:
(i) physical/mental impairments;
(ii) physical/mental factors;
(iii) strengths and resources;
(iv) career interests;
(v) rationale for selection of vocational goal.
Section 3. Eligibility.
(a) Before an individual with a disability is accepted for vocational rehabilitation services, DVR must certify that the individual has met the basic eligibility requirements.
Section 4. Eligibility for Independent Living Services.
(a) An evaluation shall be conducted of each person with a significant disability who applies for independent living services. This evaluation is limited to that information necessary to determine eligibility and to determine what independent living services are needed. The evaluation shall use relevant case record materials available from other agencies. A special diagnostic study is conducted only if already available information is not complete, relevant, or current.
(b) The evaluation must be sufficient in scope to determine which services will best meet the current and future needs of the individual for functioning more independently in family or community, or engaging or continuing in employment.
(c) To determine an individual eligible for independent living services:
(i) the individual must have a significant physical or mental disability;
(ii) the disability must present limitations to the individual's ability to function independently or to engage or continue in employment; and
(iii) there must be reasonable expectations that independent living rehabilitation services will significantly assist the individual to improve his or her ability to function independently in family or community or to engage or continue in employment. For the purpose of determining an individual's eligibility for independent living services, improvement in ability to function independently in family or community refers to a demonstration in functional and behavioral terms of an individual's greater independence or maintenance of independence in such areas as self-care, activities of daily living, driving using public transportation, shopping, housekeeping, communicating, or living more independently.
Section 5. Eligibility for Supported Employment.
(a) Eligibility for supported employment is limited to individuals with the most significant disabilities who are certified to be eligible for vocational rehabilitation services. The certificate of eligibility must be signed and dated by the counselor.
(b) Eligibility for supported employment services also requires that an assessment of rehabilitation needs of the individual, including an evaluation of rehabilitation, career and job needs, identifies supported employment as the appropriate rehabilitation objective for the individual.
Section 6. Extended Service Providers.
(a) An entity other than DVR must be the provider of extended services for supported employment that are necessary to sustain the individual in employment after rehabilitation and closure of service by DVR.
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
Chapter 3 Provision of Services
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.3.08102010 Provision of Services
CHAPTER 3
PROVISION OF SERVICES
Section 1. Order of Selection.
(a) The Administrator of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation will implement an order of selection when funding or case load size is insufficient to meet the needs of all eligible individuals who apply. The order of selection shall be:
(i) Eligible individuals on the cas loads when order of selection was implemented.
(ii) Individuals with the most significant disabilities:
(A) public safety officers whose impairment was sustained in the line of duty;
(B) all other individuals with most significant disabilities.
(iii) Individuals with significant disabilities:
(A) public safety officers whose impairment was sustained in the line of duty;
(B) all other individuals with significant disabilities.
(iv) Non-significantly disabled public safety officers whose impairment was sustained in the line of duty.
(v) All other non-significantly disabled individuals.
Section 2. Services.
(a) Vocational rehabilitation services will be provided as appropriate to meet the vocational needs of each individual as part of the diagnostic process or in accordance with the Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE). As appropriate to the vocational rehabilitation needs of each individual, the following services are available:
Evaluation of Rehabilitation Needs;
Counseling and Guidance;
Referral Services;
Physical and Mental Restoration;
Training; Maintenance;
Transportation;
Services to Family Members;
Interpreter, Note-taker and Reader Services;
Telecommunications and Sensory Aids and Devices;
Recruitment and Training Services;
Work Related Placement Services;
Occupational Licenses;
Tools and Equipment;
Personal Assistance Services;
Post-employment Services;
Rehabilitation Technology Services;
Supported Employment Services;
Attendant Services;
Other Goods and Services.
Section 3. Supported Employment Services.
(a) The following is a list of supported employment services that may be available to eligible individuals.
(i) Any evaluation necessary to determine rehabilitation needs for supported employment which is supplemental to the comprehensive assessment of rehabilitation needs used to determine eligibility for vocational rehabilitation services.
(ii) Job development and placement in an integrated setting.
(iii) Provision of job coach services that are needed to support the trainee in employment such as:
(A) Intensive on-the-job training and other training provided by skilled job trainers;
(B) Provision of follow-up services, including regular contact with employers, trainees, parents, guardians or other representatives of trainees, and other suitable professional and informed advisors in order to reinforce and stabilize the job placement; and
(C) Regular observation or supervision of individuals with most severe disabilities at the work site.
Section 4. Rehabilitation Technology Services.
(a) These services may be provided to meet the needs of and address the barriers confronted by individuals with disabilities in areas that include education, employment, transportation, independent living, and recreation.
Section 5. Cost of Services.
(a) Evaluation of rehabilitation needs, counseling, guidance and referral services, rehabilitation technology, and placement services shall be provided by the Division, without regard to the client's financial need or ability to pay. The client will be asked to apply for available health insurance coverage toward the cost(s) of health evaluation services.
(b) Income guidelines, according to a uniform schedule of financial need, have been established by the Division. These are based on a percentage of Federal poverty guidelines and family size.
(c) If a client's income is above the applicable guidelines, the client must participate in the cost of rehabilitation services to the extent he is above that guideline. If the client's income is below the applicable guidelines, the Division may provide rehabilitation services at no cost.
Section 6. Limitation on Services.
(a) DVR will provide only those services determined by DVR to be reasonably related to the vocational rehabilitation of the client, as explained and stipulated in the client's IPE.
(b) Maintenance or transportation shall never be the sole benefit conferred on a client.
Section 7. Professional Requirements.
(a) DVR requires that providers meet relevant standards of competency:
(i) Professional service providers must meet applicable state licensure or professional certification requirements;
(ii) Educational and training institutions must be accredited by the State's authorized accrediting body;
(iii) Hearing evaluations will be provided only by such physicians or audiologists licensed or certified in accordance with State law or requirements;
(iv) Community Rehabilitation Programs shall be accredited by the Commission of Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities (CARF) unless these circumstances exist:
(A) the organization has been in existence for less than twelve months, or
(B) the organization has been in existence for more than twelve months, but has been providing services to clients for less than twelve months.
(v) Mental Health Centers must be certified by the Division of Behavioral Health.
Section 8. Case Closure.
(a) The counselor shall close an individual's case at any time in the vocational rehabilitation process when it has been determined that:
(i) the individual is not eligible, or
(ii) the individual is no longer eligible, or
(iii) the individual is no longer available for evaluation or service provision, or
(iv) there is clear and convincing evidence the individual cannot benefit from vocational rehabilitation services, or
(v) the client has failed to cooperate, or
(vi) the client has failed to maintain satisfactory progress toward the mutually agreed upon rehabilitation plan goals, or
(vii) appropriately planned services, expenditures and reports have been completed, and additional vocational rehabilitation services are either unnecessary or inappropriate, except as may be provided under post-employment services.
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
Chapter 4 Case Management and Records
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.4.08102010 Case Management and Records
CHAPTER 4
CASE MANAGEMENT AND RECORDS
Section 1. Case Record.
(a) DVR shall maintain for each applicant for, and recipient of, vocational rehabilitation services a case record which includes, to the extent pertinent, documentation that is stipulated in regulations of the Rehabilitation Act and its amendments. Case records will be destroyed three years after closure. If any litigation, claim, negotiation, audit or other action involving the records has been started before the expiration of the 3 year period, the records shall be retained until completion of the action and resolution of all issues which arise from it, or until the end of the regular 3-year period, whichever is later.
Section 2. Confidentiality.
(a) All clients, applicants or client representatives shall be informed of the Division's need to collect certain personal information and its policies governing its use and confidentiality.
(b) The VR counselor shall explain to each client or applicant whether the provision of personal information is mandatory or voluntary and the effects of not providing requested information to DVR.
Section 3. Disclosure of Client Data.
(a) All client or applicant information acquired as a part of the rehabilitation process shall remain the property of the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and is strictly confidential.
(b) Client information shall only be used for purposes directly related to the administration of the individual's vocational rehabilitation program. This information cannot be shared with anyone except Wyoming Division of Vocational Rehabilitation staff, without the informed written consent of the client. Exceptions to this are when:
(i) Federal or State laws require it;
(ii) In response to investigations in connection with law enforcement, fraud, or abuse except where expressly prohibited;
(iii) It is in response to a judicial order; or
(iv) It is to be used as protection for the individual or others when the individual poses a threat to his or her safety or to the safety of others.
Section 4. Client Access to Information.
(a) Clients or applicants or, as appropriate, their representatives have the right to see and obtain copies of any information that DVR maintains on them except:
(i) medical, psychological, or other information which the counselor believes may be potentially harmful to the individual shall be provided to a third party chosen by the applicant or eligible individual.
(ii) authorized applicants or eligible individuals can request that misleading or inaccurate information in the individual's file be amended and have the request documented in the individuals file. If the information is not amended, the request for an amendment must be documented in the record of services (client file).
(iii) case service files must be available for inspection by the applicant or eligible individual.
(b) Secondary Release of Information
(i) If personal information, including psychological information, has been obtained from another agency or organization and includes a statement requesting that the information not be released, it can only be released by that other agency or organization.
Information bearing this request will not be released directly to clients or their designated representatives.
(c) Informed Written Consent:
(i) Information, which pertains to a client or applicant, shall not be released unless the counselor has documented that there is informed written consent of client or applicant to do so. This requires that the client or applicant has signed and dated a Release of Information form which:
(A) designates the agency or person authorized to release the information;
(B) specifically designates the parties to whom the information may be released;
(C) specifies the purpose for which the related information may be used;
(D) designates the specific information to be released; and
(E) identifies the expiration date of the informed consent, not to exceed one year's duration.
Section 6. Informed Choice:
(a) The qualified rehabilitation counselor will inform each applicant and eligible individual, including students with disabilities who are making the transition from programs under the responsibility of an educational agency to programs under the responsibility of the designated State unit, through appropriate modes of communication, about the availability of and opportunities to exercise informed choice, including the availability of support services for individuals with cognitive or other disabilities who require assistance in exercising informed choice throughout the vocational rehabilitation process;
(b) Counselor will assist applicants and eligible individuals in exercising informed
choice in decisions related to the provision of assessment services;
(c) Counselor will facilitate the provision of vocational rehabilitation services and
afford eligible individuals meaningful choices among the methods used to procure vocational rehabilitation services;
(d) Counselor will assist eligible individuals or, as appropriate, the individuals' representatives in acquiring information that enables them to exercise informed choice in the development of their Individualized Plan for Employment (IPE's) with respect to the selection of the:
(i) Employment outcome;
(ii) Specific vocational rehabilitation services needed to achieve the employment outcome.
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
Chapter 5 Business Enterprise Program
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.5.08102010 Business Enterprise Program
CHAPTER 5
BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
Section 1. Introduction.
(a) The Business Enterprise Program (BEP) is a program established by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation (DVR) to create employment opportunities for eligible DVR clients by establishing small businesses on state owned public property. The BEP is also responsible for the administration of Wyoming Statutes 9- 2111(a)(iv)(vii) and (viii), regarding the creation, bidding out and contracting of all vending machine sites on State owned public property.
Section 2. Vending Machines Services .
(a) Identifying Vending Machine Locations. BEP, in cooperation with the administrator or governing body of a vending machine site shall identify locations on the vending machine site where vending machines may be installed and operated.
(b) Types of Vending Services. BEP, in cooperation with the administrator or governing body of a vending machine site, shall determine the type of vending service to be installed and operated at each vending machine's location.
(c) Utility Services for Vending Machines. Neither DVR, nor BEP shall be responsible for providing floor space, remodeling costs or utility services for vending machines.
(d) Request for Bid Proposals. BEP shall solicit bid proposals for the installation and servicing of vending machines at vending machine sites, through the Department of Administration and Information, Procurement Services Division.
(e) Awarding Vending Contracts. BEP shall review and score all submitted bid proposals and award the vending contract to the bidder receiving the highest bid proposal score.
(f) Tie Bid Proposals. In the event two or more bid proposals tie for the vending contract, tie proposers shall submit a second written bid proposal. The vending contract shall be awarded to the bidder who offers the highest commission rate.
(g) Vending Machine Commissions. Commissions from vending machines on State owned public property shall be paid to BEP on at least a quarterly basis.
(h) Use of Commissions from Vending Machines not in Direct Competition. Commissions from vending machines on State owned public properties which are not in direct competition with a BEP small business shall be used for:
(i) BEP administrative expenses;
(ii) purchasing of initial equipment, stocks, and supplies for starting new
(iii) BEP small businesses;
(iv) maintenance of equipment; and
(v) purchasing replacement equipment.
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
Chapter 6 Workers' Compensation Program
Wyo. Code R. 053.0023.6.08102010 Workers' Compensation Program
CHAPTER 6
WORKERS' COMPENSATION PROGRAM
Section 1. Authority.
(a) This chapter of the Rules is promulgated pursuant to Wyoming State Statute 27-14-408, in cooperation with the Worker Safety and Compensation Division, Department of Employment.
Section 2. Purpose.
(a) This chapter of the Rules is adopted to promote the employment of eligible workers compensation recipients, who do not meet the eligibility requirements of the Federally funded vocational rehabilitation program.
Section 3. Application and Eligibility.
(a) Eligibility for this program shall be determined by the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation, Department of Employment.
(b) Upon receipt of the determination of eligibility, the DVR Counselor will provide the applicant with a written explanation of the services available, and the procedures for developing and supervising an Individualized plan for employment (IPE).
(c) The DVR Counselor will determine if the injured worker is eligible for the Federally funded vocational rehabilitation program. If not eligible for that program, the injured worker is eligible for the State funded program.
(d) All DVR Rules and Regulations apply to the State funded program, except as noted in this chapter.
Section 4. Financial Policies.
(a) Provision of services shall not exceed four five years or a total cost of $30,000 unless extended or increased for extenuating circumstances agreed upon by the client, the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation.
(b) The least costly feasible plan for services will be developed, consistent with the client's rehabilitation goals.
Section 5. Cost of Services.
(a) Under the State funded Workers' Compensation/Vocational Rehabilitation program, vocational rehabilitation services will be provided without reference to the financial needs of the individual.
Section 6. Limitation of Services.
(a) Maintenance (living expenses) may be provided as a part of the IPE if the client is not receiving payments for living expenses from any other government benefit program including Workers' Compensation, and any other sources of household income are insufficient to pay minimally necessary living expenses, provided the vocational rehabilitation program is pursued as rapidly as possible.
Section 7. Case Closure.
(a) The client's counselor with approval of the DVR Area Manager, shall recommend to the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation that an individual's case be closed when it has been determined that:
(i) The client has failed to cooperate, or
(ii) The client has failed to maintain satisfactory progress toward the mutually agreed upon rehabilitation plan goals, or
(iii) Planned services have been completed, and additional vocational rehabilitation services are either unnecessary or inappropriate.
Section 8. Rehabilitation Expenses--Funds Transfer.
(a) Expenses incurred for administrative and program costs under W.S. 27-14-408 shall be paid by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation. The funds for these expenses shall be advanced by the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation on not more than a quarterly basis. The amount to be advanced shall be determined by the established caseload average expenses. If the client is eligible under State criteria the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation will advance the total expenses incurred within the limits allowed under W.S. 27-14-408(e)(ii). If the client meets federal criteria, the Division of Worker Safety and Compensation will advance the nonfederal share of expenses up to the required state matching rate under the Federal Rehabilitation Act within the limits allowed under 27-14-408(e)(ii).
History
- Effective 2010-08-10
313 Workers' Compensation - Medical Commission
Chapter 1 General Provisions and Definitions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.1.02142003 General Provisions and Definitions
RULES AND REGULATIONS
MEDICAL COMMISSION
WORKERS' COMPENSATION DIVISION
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS AND DEFINITIONS
Section 1. AUTHORITY. These rules of practice and procedure are promulgated by the Medical Commission under the authority of W. S. §27-14-616 (LexisNexis 2001) and W. S. § 16-3-102 (LexisNexis 2001). The commission was created as a separate and independent impartial hearing body funded under the workers' compensation account.
Section 2. DEFINITIONS.
(a) "Access point" means a designated site where the party must go for purposes of attending the medically contested case hearing through the videoconference format;
(b) "Commission" means the Wyoming Medical Commission as set forth in W.S. §27-1 4-616;
(c) "Division" means the Workers' Compensation Division of the Department of Workforce Services;
(d) "Executive secretary" means the employee designated by the division to assist the commission in the conduct of its activities; including acting as Hearing Officer for all contested cases, ruling on all discovery, pretrial and procedural motions, conducting all preliminary hearings, and other procedural matters to facilitate the expeditious resolution of all contested cases.
Section 3. PURPOSE OF RULES. These rules are intended to set forth clear and comprehensive procedures for the conduct of contested cases by the Medical Commission pursuant to the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act W.S. §16-3-101 through §16-3-115 (1977 and Cum. Supp. 1993).
Section 4. APPLICATION OF RULES. These rules shall apply to the conduct of contested cases before the Medical Commission as authorized by W.S. §27-14-616. Cases shall be determined by the Medical Commission in accordance with the contested case procedure of the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act and the Wyoming Rules of Civil Procedure, as applicable under these rules and regulations.
Section 5. CONSTRUCTION. These rules are to be liberally construed to assure the unbiased, fair, expeditious and impartial conduct of contested case proceedings before the Medical Commission.
(e) "Medically contested case" means a case in which the primary issue is:
(i) a worker/claimant's percentage of physical impairment;
(ii) whether a worker/claimant is permanently totally disabled;
(iii) whether a worker/claimant who has been receiving temporary total disability benefits remains eligible for those benefits under W.S. § 27-14-404 (c).
(iv) any other issue, the resolution of which is primarily dependent upon the evaluation of conflicting evidence as to medical diagnosis, medical prognosis, the reasonableness and appropriateness of fees charged by a health care provider.
(f) "Medical hearing panel" means three members of the medical commission selected by the executive secretary, under the supervision and guidance of the chairman of the medical commission, to conduct and decide a medically contested case hearing;
(g) "Parties" means the employee, employer, health care provider or division.
A party may choose to not participate in a matter by failure to make an appearance at the initial pre-hearing conference after notice.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 2 Commission Membership
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.2.02142003 Commission Membership
CHAPTER 2
COMMISSION MEMBERSHIP
Section 1. MEMBERS. The commission shall consist of 22 health care providers, eleven (11) members and no more than eleven (11) associate members as appointed by the Governor and as set forth in W.S. § 27-14-616 (a).
Section 2. ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. Associate members may participate in all aspects of commission activities, including the development of rules and regulations for the operation of the commission. Associate members do not hold voting privileges, except in their capacity as members of individual hearing panels reaching final administrative decisions in medically contested cases.
Section 3. OFFICERS. Members shall annually elect a chairperson and a vice- chairperson. The chairperson shall preside over all meetings of the commission membership and the vice-chairperson shall do so in the chairperson's absence.
Section 4. VACANCIES. Commission vacancies shall be filled by the Governor.
The Executive Secretary, in conjunction with the director of the Wyoming Workers' Safety and Compensation Division and the Director of the Department of Labor shall submit written recommendations for the Governor's consideration. When vacancies arise on the commission, names will be forwarded from this roster to the Governor for appointment consideration. Members who have completed a term on the commission may also be reappointed to serve additional terms.
Section 5. ANNUAL MEETING. Medical commission members and associate members shall attend an annual business meeting to discuss the concerns of the medical commission.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 3 Referral of Medically Contested Cases
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.3.02132003 Referral of Medically Contested Cases
CHAPTER 3
REFERRAL OF MEDICALLY CONTESTED CASES
Section 1. FROM THE DIVISION.
(a) The commission shall accept for hearing those cases determined by the division to be medically contested cases, and which have been submitted in writing to the commission.
(b) Following proper referral by the division, the medical hearing panel shall have jurisdiction to hear and decide all issues related to the written determinations of the division filed pursuant to W.S. §27- 14-601 (k).
Section 2. FROM THE OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATIVE HEARINGS. Pursuant to W.S.§27-14-616(e), upon agreement of all parties to a case, the hearing examiner in a contested case which has been referred to the Office of Administrative Hearings may:
(i) transfer a medically contested case to the commission for hearing and decision by a medical hearing panel; or
(ii) seek the advice of the commission on specified medical issues pursuant to written request of the administrative hearing officer. The advice will be in writing and transmitted to the hearing examiner for distribution to the parties and incorporation into the contested case record.
History
- Effective 2003-02-13
Chapter 4 Commencement of Contested Case Proceedings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.4.02142003 Commencement of Contested Case Proceedings
CHAPTER 4
COMMENCEMENT OF CONTESTED CASE PROCEEDINGS
Section 1. FILING AND SERVICE OF PAPERS.
(a) The case number of the medically contested case shall be the same number as previously assigned by the division. All documents, motions, pleadings and orders filed thereafter shall be signed and shall contain:
(i) conspicuous reference to the case number and a clear delineation that the matter is before the office of the medical commission;
(ii) a caption setting forth the title of the contested case proceeding;
(iii) a brief designation describing the document filed;
(iv) the name, address and telephone number of the person who prepared the document; and
(v) certificate of service indicating that a true and complete copy of the document has been properly served on all parties.
(b) In all medically contested cases, the parties shall file all original documents, pleadings and motions with the Wyoming Workers' Safety and Compensation Division, CBC Building, 1510 E. Pershing Blvd., 1st Floor, Cheyenne, WY 82001, with true and complete copies of the particular document, pleading or motion properly served on all other parties or their attorneys and the Office of the Medical Commission, P.O. Box 20247, Cheyenne, WY 82003. If a party is represented, service of the medically contested case documents, pleadings and motions shall be made upon that party's attorney or other representative of record.
Section 2. INITIAL SCHEDULING CONFERENCE.
(a) After referral, the executive secretary may set the matter for an initial scheduling conference, which shall be conducted by telephone initiated by the medical commission.
(i) Presence of the employee/claimant is not required if the employee/claimant is represented by counsel.
(ii) Failure of an employer to participate in an initial scheduling conference shall preclude the employer from further involvement in the proceedings, unless leave to participate is otherwise granted by the hearing officer.
(b) The medical commission and parties will continue to provide copies of all material and pleadings to any non-participating employer.
(c) The purpose of the initial scheduling conference is to provide a preliminary procedure in which to identify the primary issues, identify potential conflicts with the medical commission panel members, and to set forth a timetable in which to conduct and set the formal evidentiary hearing. The initial scheduling conference shall be conducted in an informal fashion and a taped record of the initial scheduling conference shall be maintained by the medical commission.
Section 3. PRETRIAL CONFERENCE.
(a) At a mutually convenient date there shall be a pretrial conference in all cases unless deemed unnecessary by the executive secretary. The pretrial conference shall be held prior to the date of the filing of disclosure statements. The parties shall be prepared to discuss:
(i) the names of witnesses,
(ii) exhibits to be submitted,
(iii) status of discovery,
(iv) settlement discussions,
(v) anticipated length of trial, and
(vi) any other issues relevant to these proceedings .
Section 4. DISCLOSURE STATEMENT.
(a) After completion of the initial scheduling conference, the commission shall issue an order setting the hearing and notice to the parties of the deadline to file disclosure statements. The disclosure statements shall contain:
(i) a brief statement of the contentions of the party, including identifying all final determinations in dispute and the benefits sought or denied;
(ii) significant uncontroverted facts;
(iii) contested medical issues to be determined at the hearing;
(iv) name, address and a brief description of the testimony of each witness the party intends to present at the hearing;
(v) copies of all exhibits to be introduced (this does not foreclose the introduction of other exhibits which become available or are discovered later);
(b) At the discretion of the commission, the case may be dismissed for failure to timely file a disclosure statement.
(c) The disclosure statements referred to above shall be due fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the contested case hearing. Four complete copies shall be submitted to the medical commission in order to provide each medical panel member with the disclosure statement and attachments.
(d) At the discretion of the Hearing Officer, a joint disclosure statement prepared by counsel for the Employee/Claimant and signed and approved by counsel for the division may be submitted in lieu of separate disclosure statements.
Section 5. DOCUMENTS IN THE OFFICIAL CASE FILE. The medical commission will not take administrative notice in medically contested cases of the official case file maintained by the division. Individual documents in the official case file must be marked as exhibits, included in the party's disclosure statement and offered into evidence at the contested case hearing.
Section 6. EX PARTE. Except to the extent authorized by law, a party or party's attorney shall not communicate, directly or indirectly, in connection with any issue of fact or law with the presiding officer concerning any pending case, except upon notice and opportunity for all parties to participate. Should ex parte communication occur, the presiding officer shall advise all parties of the communication as soon as possible thereafter, and if requested, allow any party an opportunity to respond.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 5 Motions and Orders
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.5.02142003 Motions and Orders
CHAPTER 5
MOTIONS AND ORDERS
Section 1. MOTIONS.
(a) An application to the commission for an order shall be by written motion and shall state with particularity the grounds and relief sought.
(b) Any hearing on any subject raised by motion shall be heard at the discretion of the hearing examiner. The hearing examiner may require the filing of briefs or other authority as may be deemed necessary.
(c) The hearing examiner may require the express written approval of the Employee/Claimant to any continuance of the proceedings.
Section 2. REQUESTS FOR CONTINUANCE AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME.
(a) Generally, motions requesting continuances or extensions of time are disfavored, yet they may be granted sparingly and only upon a showing of good cause or when necessary to assure fairness and otherwise avoid manifest injustice. Continuances will not ordinarily be granted ex parte.
(b) Unless time does not permit, motions for a continuance of any scheduled hearing or conference shall be in writing, shall state the reasons therefore and shall be filed and served on all parties.
(c) Motions for an extension of time for the doing of any act required or allowed by these rules or by order of the commission shall be filed and served on all parties prior to the expiration of the applicable time period.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 6 Selection of Hearing Panels
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.6.02142003 Selection of Hearing Panels
CHAPTER 6
SELECTION OF HEARING PANELS
Section 1. SELECTION OF HEARING PANELS.
(a) The selection of commission members to serve on specific hearing panels for medically contested cases shall be made by the executive secretary under the supervision and guidance of the commission chairperson. Three commission members shall serve as a medical hearing panel and one panel member shall be designated by the executive secretary as the chairperson of that panel. W.S. §27-14-616(b)(iv).
(b) To the extent possible, the commission members' expertise relevant to the circumstances of the contested case shall guide selection of the panel. No panel appointment will be made of a commission member:
(i) whose practice has previously received compensation for care or opinion rendered to a party specific to the issue presented in the medically contested case;
(ii) who currently or previously has had a personal or professional relationship with the treating health care provider with respect to the case or issues before the panel; or
(iii) who has any other possible conflict of interest.
(c) Any party opposing the selection of any medical panel member shall file the objection to the panel member in writing, setting forth with specificity the basis of the objection. The written motion must be filed within ten (10) days of receipt of the order setting hearing.
(d) Upon receipt of the motion challenging a panelist, the executive secretary shall immediately set the matter for hearing on the motion.
(e) At any time while a case is pending, any member of the medical hearing panel or the presiding officer may recuse himself or herself from consideration of the case and must do so once he or she is aware that a conflict exists as described in Chapter 6, Section 1 (b)(i) or (ii). A notice of recusal shall be filed with the commission for service on all parties.
Section 2. DESIGNATION AND AUTHORITY OF PRESIDING OFFICER.
(a) The presiding officer of all hearings shall be the executive secretary of the medical commission or his designee. The functions of the presiding officer shall be conducted in an impartial manner.
(b) Pursuant to Section W.S. §16-3-112(b), a presiding officer shall have all powers necessary to conduct a fair and impartial hearing, including but not limited to the following:
(i) administer oaths and affirmations;
(ii) issue subpoenas;
(iii) rule upon offers of proof and receive relevant evidence;
(iv) provide for discovery and determine its' scope;
(v) preside over and regulate the course of the hearing;
(vi) hold conferences for settlement, review, or simplification of the issues;
(vii) dispose of procedural requests or similar matters;
(viii) make a recommended decision for the hearing panel's consideration;
(ix) sign all orders on the commission's behalf, except final decisions in medically contested cases; and
(x) take any other action authorized by the commission's rules and consistent with law.
Section 3. APPOINTED ATTORNEY.
(a) Upon request, the presiding officer may appoint an attorney to represent an employee under W.S. §27-14-602(d) and allow a reasonable fee upon entry of a final order. All requests for attorney fees shall be in detail showing time spent and work performed. Pursuant to Painter v. State ex rel., Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division, 931 P.2d 953 (Wyo. 1997), attorneys' fees and costs are payable from the date of the Final Determination letter from the division. Fees allowed by the presiding officer shall be at an hourly rate set by the director of the Office of Administrative Hearings pursuant to 27-14-602(d). Appointed attorneys shall be reimbursed for costs necessarily and reasonably incurred as set forth by the Office of Administrative Hearings.
(b) No fee shall be awarded in any case in which the presiding officer determines the claim to be frivolous and without legal or factual justification.
(c) Applications for attorneys' fees shall be submitted within ninety (90) days of the entry of a final order.
(d) Objections to attorneys' fees by any party shall be filed as a motion for reconsideration of attorneys' fees and must be in writing and filed within ten (10) days of the executive secretary's order awarding attorney's fees.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 7 Discovery
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.7.02142003 Discovery
CHAPTER 7
DISCOVERY
Section 1. GENERALLY.
(a) Discovery documents or notices shall not be filed with the commission except when relief is sought pursuant to W.S. §16-3-107(c).
(b) Unless otherwise prohibited by law or limited by these rules or commission order, the taking of discovery shall be available to the parties in accordance with the provisions of §16-3107(g) and Rules 26, 28 through 37 (excepting 37(b)(1) and 37(b)(2)(D) therefrom) of the Revised Wyoming Rules of Civil Procedure.
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 8 Evidence
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.8.02142003 Evidence
CHAPTER 8
EVIDENCE
Section 1. EVIDENCE AND TESTIMONY.
(a) Generally, the taking of evidence at the medically contested case hearing shall be governed by W.S. §16-3-108 and case law thereunder.
(b) All testimony shall be given under oath or affirmation.
(c) Irrelevant, immaterial or unduly repetitious evidence shall be excluded, without regard to whether such evidence is in verbal or written form.
(d) The law of privileged communication between health care provider and patient shall not apply. Health care providers may be required to testify under the provisions of W.S. §27-14-610.
Section 2. SUBPOENAS.
(a) Subpoenas for appearance and to produce books, papers, documents or exhibits may be issued by the commission, upon written motion of any party, or on the commission's own motion, pursuant to W.S. §16-3-107(c).
(b) Subpoenas may be enforced pursuant to W.S. §16-3-107(c).
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 9 Evidentiary Hearing Practice & Procedure
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.9.02142003 Evidentiary Hearing Practice & Procedure
CHAPTER 9
EVIDENTIARY HEARING PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE
Section 1. NOTICE OF HEARING.
(a) A medically contested case evidentiary hearing shall be set by Order Setting Hearing and Requiring Disclosure which shall provide the time, place and nature of the evidentiary hearing, the division's number assigned to the case, the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the evidentiary hearing is to be held, the particular sections of the statutes and the rules involved, the panel members who will hear the case, the access points if the case is to be heard via video conferencing, and a short and plain statement of the matters asserted. The order setting hearing shall be sent by mail or personally to all parties at least thirty (30) days before the date set for the evidentiary hearing.
Section 2. ORDER OF PROCEDURE AT HEARING.
(a) The evidentiary hearing shall be presided over by the executive secretary or his designee.
As nearly as possible, evidentiary hearings shall be conducted in accordance with the following order of procedure:
(b) The executive secretary shall conduct the hearing, shall announce that the hearing is convened, shall indicate the docket number and title of the case to be heard, and shall identify all parties present.
(c) The executive secretary shall then take up any motions or preliminary matters to be heard.
(d) Opening statements to briefly explain the party's position may be made or waived by the parties. Opening statements may be limited at the discretion of the executive secretary.
(e) The party with the burden of proof will be the first to present evidence, all other parties being allowed to cross-examine in an orderly fashion. When the party with the burden of proof rests, other parties will then be allowed to present their evidence, again allowing for cross-examination. The members of the medical hearing panel may ask questions of any witness for the purpose of clarifying their understanding of the case. Rebuttal and surrebuttal evidence will be allowed only at the discretion of the executive secretary.
(f) Closing statements may be made at the conclusion of the presentation of evidence by both parties. These statements may include summaries of the evidence and legal arguments. Closing statements may be limited in time at the discretion of the executive secretary. In appropriate circumstances, written closing statements may be ordered in lieu of oral arguments.
(g) The executive secretary may ask for proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law from both parties, at a date established by the executive secretary.
(h) After all proceedings have been concluded, the chairperson shall dismiss and excuse all parties and declare the hearing closed. The medical hearing panel may request parties to submit supplemental briefs or other evidentiary items after the hearing is closed and during consideration of the case. The executive secretary shall advise the parties that the final decision shall be announced within due and proper time following consideration of all matters presented at the hearing.
Section 4. TELEPHONE CONFERENCES. At the discretion of the executive secretary, telephone conference calls may be used to conduct any hearing or other proceeding. At the discretion of the executive secretary, parties or their witnesses may be allowed to participate in hearings by telephone.
Section 5. VIDEO CONFERENCES.
(a) At the discretion of the executive secretary, video conferencing may be used to conduct any hearings or other proceeding. The access points for the video conferencing shall be appropriately designated in the order setting hearing.
Section 6. RECORDING AND REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS. The presiding officer shall assure that a record of the proceedings is kept pursuant to W.S. §16-3-107(p). The proceedings, including all testimony shall be reported verbatim by any appropriate means, including audio or video or written record. A copy of such proceedings will be furnished to any party upon written request.
Section 7. SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS.
(a) Small Claims. Small claims hearings shall be conducted under the provisions of W.S. §27- 14-602(b)(i). For the purpose of considering an objection of a party that a matter be conducted as a small claims hearing, the executive secretary of the medical commission shall act as ‘hearing officer' or appoint presiding officer to act as ‘hearing officer.'
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 10 Case Disposition
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.10.02142003 Case Disposition
CHAPTER 10
CASE DISPOSITION
Section 1. INFORMAL DISPOSITION.
(a) Informal disposition may be made of any case or any issue by stipulation or settlement.
(b) If the parties reach a settlement, the settlement shall be in writing and the executive secretary shall be presented with the terms thereof. The executive secretary may disapprove a settlement only if it clearly violates provisions of law or public policy. The executive secretary shall enter a final order dismissing the case upon such approved settlement or upon notice by the petitioner or division that the disputed claim is withdrawn.
(c) The executive secretary may require the signature of the Employee/Claimant on settlement documents.
Section 2. DEFAULT ORDER.
(a) If a party fails to attend or participate in an initial scheduling conference, hearing, or other stage of a contested case proceeding, the executive secretary may serve upon all parties written notice of a proposed default order, including a statement of the grounds.
(b) Within ten (10) days after service of a proposed default order, the party against whom it was issued may file a written motion requesting the proposed order be vacated and stating the grounds therefore.
(c) The executive secretary shall issue or vacate the default order promptly after expiration of the time within which the Party may file a written motion under subsection (b).
(d) Upon issuance of a default order, the executive secretary shall conduct, without the participation of the party in default, any further proceedings necessary to complete the contested case and determine all issues in the proceeding, including those affecting the defaulted party.
Section 3. FINAL DECISION.
(a) The medical hearing panel shall make and enter a written decision and order containing findings of fact and conclusions of law, separately stated. The findings of fact shall be derived from the evidence of record in the proceeding, matters officially noticed in that proceeding, and matters within the medical hearing panel's knowledge as acquired through performing its functions and duties. Such findings shall be based on the kind of evidence on which reasonably prudent persons are accustomed to rely upon the
10-1 conduct of their serious affairs, even if such evidence would be inadmissible in a civil trial. The medical hearing panel's experience, technical competence and specialized knowledge may be utilized in evaluating the evidence.
(b) When the medical hearing panel requests that counsel draft a proposed final order, counsel shall forward the original to the division, concurrently serving copies of the proposed order on all other parties along with notice that any objections to the form of the proposed order must be made within ten (10) days.
(c) All written decisions of the medical hearing panel shall be kept on file in the office of the medical commission and the original will be provided to the division for filing, and will, without further action, become the final decision and order as a result of the hearing. Upon filing, a copy of the decision shall be sent to all parties in the contested case.
Section 4. MOTION FOR RECONSIDERATION.
(a) Within ten (10) days of the date of the decision, any party may petition the commission for reconsideration of the decision and order by filing a motion with the commission for any of the following grounds:
(i) irregularity in the proceedings;
(ii) fraud, misrepresentation, or other misconduct of the prevailing party;
(iii) error in the assessment of the amount of recovery;
(iv) newly discovered evidence regarding material or evidence which the party could not, with reasonable diligence, have discovered and produced at the hearing; or
(v) error of law contained within the decision.
(b) The executive secretary shall issue a written order in response to the motion for reconsideration.
A motion for reconsideration does not affect the finality of the decision and order and is not a prerequisite for judicial review.
(c) Clerical mistakes in final decisions or other parts of the record may be corrected by the commission at any time, of its own initiative, or on the motion of any party and upon notice to all parties. During the pendency of judicial review, such mistakes may be corrected only with leave of the court having jurisdiction.
Section 5. MEDIATION. After referral to the Medical Commission, and prior to the contested case hearing, the executive secretary with consent of the parties may refer the case to the Office of Administrative Hearings for mediation. The executive secretary shall enter a written order assigning the matter for mediation and the Office of Administrative Hearings shall provide a mediator's report to the Medical Commission upon conclusion of the mediation. Thereafter, a final order shall be issued incorporating the terms and conditions of the mediation, if successful, or otherwise scheduling the matter for contested case proceedings before the Medical Commission.
Section 6. JUDICIAL REVIEW. Any party aggrieved or adversely affected by a final decision in a contested case or the Division Director as provided by W.S. §27-14-614, is entitled to judicial review in the appropriate district court pursuant to W.S. §16-3-1 14, §27-14-602, and Rule 12, Wyoming Rules of Appellate Procedure. §27-14-602(c).
History
- Effective 2003-02-14
Chapter 11 Special Proceedings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0019.11.09251996 Special Proceedings
CHAPTER XI
SPECIAL PROCEEDINGS
Section 1. Expedited Medically Contested Cases.
(a) Upon request of a party or on the commission's own motion, a medically contested case may be expedited if the case is:
(i) a matter in which there are no disputed issues of material fact; or
(ii) a matter in which the parties agree to an expedited proceeding.
(b) If the matter is scheduled on the commission's own motion, any party shall have ten (10) days from the date of the commission order scheduling a matter as an expedited case to request reconsideration.
(c) An expedited medically contested case shall consist of review of any written argument and evidence. Limited oral argument after submission of all written material shall be permitted upon written request of a party.
(d) The commission retains the authority to convert, at any time, an expedited proceeding to a regular medically contested case when it appears that oral testimony is essential to permit adequate presentation of evidence and disposition of the case.
Section 2. Small Claims Hearings
(a) Small claims hearings shall be conducted under the provisions of W.S. §27-14-602 (b) (i).
(b) For the purpose of considering an objection of a party that a matter be conducted as a small claims hearing, the Chairperson of the Medical Commission shall act as "hearing officer" or appoint a presiding officer to act as "hearing officer".
History
- Effective 1996-09-25
315 Workers' Compensation Division
Chapter 1 General Provisions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 1 Authority
These rules, regulations and fee schedules are adopted by the Administrator pursuant to the requirements and authority of the Wyoming Workers' Compensation Act (the "Act"). Specific authority and direction is found in Wyoming Statute §§ 27-14-102(a)(i), 102(a)(xii), 201(o), 201(q), 202(e), 205(b), 306(d), 401(e), 402, 404(a),
408(e)(ii), 501(a), 502(a), 506(a) and (b), 601(e), 616(b)(i) and (ii), 616(d), 802(a) and (c) and in the requirements of the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act, W. S. §§ 16-3-101 through 115.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 2 Effective Date
These rules, regulations and fee schedules become effective on the date filed with the Wyoming Secretary of State, and replace all prior rules and regulations of the Employment Tax Division and Workers' Compensation Division within the Wyoming Department of Workforce Services. However, to the extent these rules affect a worker's substantive right to benefits; the rules in effect at the time of injury apply. Pursuant to
W. S. § 27-14-602, eligibility for and amount of benefits are determined pursuant to the law in effect on the date of injury.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 3 Definitions
(a) 49 CFR Part 40 means Title 49, Part 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) as revised January 1, 2018.
(b) AB Rated. Drug products made by different distributors and/or repackagers that are considered therapeutically equivalent based on demonstrated bioequivalence.
(c) Actively Seeking Work. For purposes of benefit eligibility, a claimant is actively seeking work if the claimant provides tangible evidence of the work search to the Division. Completion of the work search form will be considered tangible evidence. The work search must contain a minimum of five contacts per week over the course of a six week period. The six
(6) week period must be immediately preceding the date the application is filed with the Division or immediately following the date the application is filed with the Division. The contacts listed on the work search must be made for work the claimant is reasonably qualified to perform and is willing to accept. Actions that would be considered an active search for employment include completing job applications, faxing or mailing resumes (include proof), and/or visiting the employers in person. Claimant must contact the employer he was working for at the time of injury to inquire if the employer has work available within their medically documented restrictions.
(d) Actual Monthly Earnings.
(i) Income the employee was receiving from all employment at the time of injury and which is lost due to the injury, including:
1-1
(A) Actual value of board, lodging, rent, or housing and per diem expenses to be included within the actual wage as remuneration, if such board, lodging, rent or housing and per diem is lost as a result of the injury;
(B) Commissions and bonuses;
(C) The average amount of overtime pay received in the six (6) months before the injury or guaranteed by written agreement between the employer and employee entered into before the injury;
(D) Gratuities received in the course of employment, from others than the employer, only when such gratuities are received with the knowledge of the employer and reported to the United States Internal Revenue Service by the employee or the employer;
(E) Wages earned from employment at more than one occupation or employer other than the employer at the time of injury, if those wages are lost due to a compensable injury; and
(F) Unemployment insurance benefits paid to the injured employee during the twelve (12) months preceding the month of injury will be taken into account when computing the actual monthly earnings in cases where there are special circumstances under which the actual monthly earnings cannot be determined.
(ii) The term "actual monthly earnings" does not include:
(A) Severance pay;
(B) The cash value of health, medical, life or other insurance benefits
or retirement benefits;
(C) Social security benefits;
(D) Passive investment income such as income from stocks, bonds, trust accounts, or individual retirement accounts;
(E) Any adjustments to the employee's income, as defined in paragraph (i) of this subsection, made subsequent to the date of accident or incident causing the original injury; and
(F) The amount reimbursed to an employee for any special expense incurred by the employee by the nature of the employment.
(e) Alcohol. Ethyl alcohol or other low molecular weight alcohols, including methyl or isopropyl, from whatever source or by whatever process produced.
(f) Alcohol Test means an analysis of breath or saliva or any other analysis, which determines the presence and level or absence of alcohol, as authorized by the United States Department of Transportation in its rules and guidelines concerning alcohol testing and drug testing.
(g) Certified Laboratory. Any United States laboratory certified by the United States Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) under the National Laboratory Certification Program as meeting the minimum standards of Subpart C of the HHS Mandatory Guidelines for Federal Workplace Drug Testing Programs.
(h) Chain of Custody. The methodology of tracking specified materials or substances for the purpose of maintaining control and accountability from initial collection to final disposition for all such materials or substances, and providing for accountability at each stage in handling testing, storing specimens, and reporting test results.
(i) Claim. An application for benefits under the Act using the forms provided by the Division.
(j) Clerical Office Occupations. Employees whose duties are confined to
keeping the books and records of the business or who are engaged wholly in office work. Employees shall have a physical separation from exposure to the hazards associated with the business' normal activities. Employees shall not have direct contact with, supervision of, or be involved in physical labor of, the employer's operation, except, if incidental. Employees who qualify may include employees who work with financial or employee records, correspondence, or telephone duties. Employees qualifying for the clerical office occupation classification who perform any duties outside of the clerical office area or who perform duties which are not directly related to the performance duties inside the clerical office, become disqualified for the clerical office occupation classification for the reporting period when the non-clerical work is performed. The limited exceptions allowed are solely for the direct travel to and from a local post office, bank, office supply store or the primary business location if travel is being compensated by the employer.
(i) Employers must request the clerical coverage classification in writing on a form prescribed by the Division showing the number of clerical positions needed and a detailed description of job duties and responsibilities for the clerical coverage being requested. An election under this subsection shall become effective the first day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the election is made.
(ii) The Division may revoke the clerical office occupation classification when sufficient cause is found such as miscategorization of wages.
(k) Chiropractic Utilization Guidelines means the Chiropractic Utilization Guidelines for the Care and Treatment of Injured Workers (3/1/18), as policy for the determination of compensability of appropriate and reasonable chiropractic treatment in the provision of care for injured workers. This does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter. These guidelines are available upon request through the Division and may be obtained on-line at: http://www.wyomingworkforce.org/_docs/providers/Chiropractic-Guidelines.pdf
(l) Collective Group of County Governments or County Government Entities. County government employer means any employer operating with a primary classification of "county government". Only one county collective system may exist for workers' compensation reporting purposes under W. S. § 27-14-109.
(m) Computation of Time.
(i) In computing any period of time prescribed by the Act or these rules, except the seventy-two (72) hour period prescribed in W. S. § 27-14-502 and Wyoming Uniform Rules for Contested Case Practice and Procedure, Chapter 2, Section 12, the day of the act, event, or default from which the designated period of time begins to run shall not be included. The last day of the period so computed shall be included, unless it is a Saturday, a Sunday, or legal holiday, or, when the act to be done is the filing of a paper, a day on which weather or other conditions have made agency offices inaccessible, in which event the period runs until the end of the following day which is not one of the aforementioned days. When the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than eleven (11) days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be excluded in the computation. When the period of time prescribed or allowed is eleven (11) or more days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be included in the computation. As used in this rule, "legal holiday" includes any day officially recognized as a legal holiday in this state by designation of the legislature or appointment as a holiday by the governor.
(ii) Whenever a party has the right or is required to do some act within a prescribed period after service of a notice or other paper upon the party, and the notice or paper is served upon the party by mail or by delivery to the agency for service, three (3) days shall be added to the prescribed period.
(n) Concurrent Review. Concurrent review is performed while the injured worker is still an inpatient and services are being rendered. The review can occur if there is a need to extend a current hospitalization, during an emergency admission, or when a provider/facility notifies the Division of an admission for a non-emergent procedure and a preauthorization was not performed.
(o) Confirmation Test. A second analytical procedure used to identify the presence of a specific drug, alcohol or metabolite in a specimen. The confirmation test shall be different in scientific principle from that of the initial test procedure. The confirmation method shall be capable of providing requisite specificity, sensitivity, and quantitative accuracy.
(p) Corporate Officers, Members of Limited Liability Companies, Partners, and Sole Proprietors.
(i) Elective coverage for officers of a corporation, members of a limited liability company, partners or sole proprietors under W. S. § 27-14-108(k) must be requested in writing on a form provided by the Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division ("Division").
(ii) Corporations which elect to obtain coverage under the act must notify the Division within 30 days of a change in corporate officers. The election of corporate officers will transfer from the prior individual to the newly elected officer in the same position.
(iii) Corporate officers shall be clearly identified as such on all reports to the
Division.
(iv) Coverage will be discontinued at the end of the month in which the position no longer exists or the position becomes vacant. The Division must be notified in writing within 30 days of such changes.
(q) County government or county government entities means any employer operating with a primary classification of county government.
(r) Drug. Marijuana, Cocaine, Amphetamine, Opiate, Phencyclidine (PCP), a metabolite of any of the substances, or any other controlled substance subject to testing pursuant to drug testing regulations adopted by the United States Department of Transportation.
(s) Drug Test means any chemical, biological, or physical instrumental analysis administered by a certified laboratory for the purpose of determining the presence, or absence of a drug or its metabolites pursuant to regulations governing drug or alcohol testing adopted by the United States Department of Transportation.
(t) Elective Surgery. Elective Surgery is surgery, which may be required in the process of recovery from an injury or illness but need not be done as an emergency to preserve life, function or health.
(u) Emergency Health Care Services. Emergency health care services means health care services for a medical condition manifesting itself by acute symptoms of sufficient severity such that the absence of immediate medical attention could reasonably be expected to place the injured worker's health in serious jeopardy.
(v) Expert Reviewer. Expert reviewer means a physician competent to evaluate the specific clinical issues involved in the medical treatment services and where these services are within the scope of the physician's practice.
(w) Filing. Except as otherwise provided in the Act or these rules and regulations, a document shall be deemed to have been filed with the Division on the date it is received by the Division in the manner prescribed by the Act or these rules and regulations.
(x) Fiscal Year. A 12-month period of time used for State budgetary purposes which commences on July 1 of each year and ends on June 30 in the following year.
(y) Fixed Base of Operations. See definition for "Principal Place of Business" in subsection (nn) of this section.
(z) Gainful Employment. The individual having returned to work at a wage of no less than minimum wage, for at least 20 hours per week for a period of two consecutive months. W. S. §§ 27-14-404(b) and 27-14-408(a)(ii).
(aa) Hearing Examiner or Officer. See Wyoming Uniform Rules for Contested Case Practice and Procedure, Chapter 2, Section (e) or refer to: http://psc.state.wy.us/pscdocs/dwnload/OAH/All%20Chapters%20-%20Clean%20Copy.pdf
(bb) Inside Sales. (Automotive Vehicle Sales) A position predominantly engaged in automotive vehicle sales at the premises of the business. Positions with duties involving servicing equipment do not qualify for coverage under the sales classification.
(i) Employers must request the inside sales (automotive vehicle sales) classification in writing on a form provided by the Division. An election under this subsection shall become effective the first day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the election is made.
(ii) The Division may revoke the inside sales occupation classification when sufficient cause is found such as miscategorization of wages.
(cc) Intoxicated means pursuant to W. S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi)(B)(I) a positive alcohol test result at or above .08 alcohol concentration level.
(dd) Maximum Medical Improvement (MMI). A medical condition or state that is well stabilized and unlikely to change substantially in the next year, with or without medical treatment. Over time, there may be some change; however, further recovery or deterioration is not anticipated. This term may be used interchangeably with the term "ascertainable loss", defined in W. S. § 27-14-102(a)(ii).
(ee) Medical and Hospital Care. For purposes of W. S. § 27-14-102(a)(xii), "personal items" are defined as:
(i) Clothing;
(ii) Footwear, unless such items are professionally altered to accommodate the compensable injury;
(iii) Hot tubs, spas or any other devices wherein water is heated and/or
circulated;
(iv) Programs, aids, medications or dietary supplements primarily intended to help the worker stop smoking or lose weight;
(v) Exercise equipment;
(vi) Beds, mattresses or mattress toppers; and
(vii) Recliners or lift chairs.
(ff) Medical Service. Means any medical, surgical, diagnostic, chiropractic, hospital, nursing care, ambulances, prescription medicine, prosthetic appliances, and physical restorative services.
(gg) Medically Necessary. "Medically necessary treatment" means those health services for a compensable injury that are reasonable and necessary for the diagnosis and cure or significant relief of a condition consistent with any applicable treatment parameter.
(hh) Mentally Incompetent. For purposes of W. S. § 27-14-505, an individual is mentally incompetent if, due to a medically diagnosed mental disorder, the individual lacks the ability to comprehend that an injury is compensable and lacks the ability to comprehend that certain statutory guidelines must be complied with in order to receive benefits.
(ii) Normal Activities of Day-to-Day Living (ADL). Routine activities that people tend to do every day without needing assistance. There are six (6) basic ADLs: eating, bathing, dressing, toileting, transferring (walking) and continence as used in W. S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi)(G).
(jj) Other Related Expenses. As used in W.S. § 27-14-403(e)(ii), "other related expenses" means expenses related to a funeral, burial or cremation, including a wake or reception, headstone or marker, transportation, and lodging for the immediate family in those situations where a work-related injury culminated in death.
(i) The surviving family member or guardian, eligible to receive reimbursement for other related expenses must submit a request for reimbursement on a form provided by the Division and follow the procedure outlined in Chapter 7, Section 3(a)(iii) of these Rules.
(A) The term "immediate family" is defined as the spouse, child(ren), step-child(ren), grandchild(ren), parent(s), step-parent(s), parent in-laws, grandparent(s), step grandparent(s), grandparent in-law(s), sibling(s), step-sibling(s), half sibling(s), and sibling in-law(s) of the deceased.
(kk) Outside Sales. A position with duties predominantly engaged in sales or collections away from the premises of the business. The position may include duties performed at the business premises that are necessary to the position's outside sales duties. Positions with duties involving servicing equipment or delivery of the employer's product do not qualify for coverage under the outside sales classification.
(i) Employers must request the outside sales classification in writing on a form provided by the Division. Duties for each outside sales classification position must be clearly identified.
(ii) An election under this subsection shall become effective the first day of
the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the election is made.
(iii) The Division may revoke the outside sales occupation classification when sufficient cause is found such as miscategorization of wages.
(ll) Prescription Medication. A drug or medication lawfully prescribed by a physician for an individual and taken in accordance with the prescription.
(mm) Primary Treating Health Care Provider. The health care provider selected by the employee to administer and direct medical treatment for his/her compensable injury W. S. § 27- 14-401(f).
(nn) Principal Place of Business. For purposes of W. S. § 27-14-301(b) and W. S. § 27-14-107(j), a "principal place of business within the state established for legitimate business- related purposes" must have the following characteristics:
(i) Exclusive use of fixed premises with a recognizable physical address;
(ii) A business sharing building or trailer space must have a clearly defined location used exclusively for its business.
(iii) At least one employee who regularly performs most of his services for the business in or based out of the fixed premises;
(iv) Is accessible by mail or other recognized delivery service; and
(v) Regularly conducts its primary business or necessary ancillary services at the fixed premises.
(oo) Rating System:
(i) Base Rate. As used in these rules and regulations, the term "base rate" means that percentage of total payroll necessary to maintain an actuarially sound workers' compensation insurance program. Each major industry classification shall have a separate base rate based upon that industry's primary nature of business regardless of individual occupations within that industry.
(ii) Experience Rating. As used in these rules and regulations, the term "experience rating" means that percentage increase or decrease which is applied to the base rate of an employer account. The experience rating is based upon frequency and severity of injuries reported to the Division.
(iii) Consolidated Accounts. Employers electing a consolidated account as provided in W. S. § 27-14-202(d) shall report each worker within the classification for which the worker performs the largest percentage of services.
(iv) Presumed Pay of Specified Workers. Deemed income for those categories of workers identified in W. S. § 27-14-205(b) shall be calculated by determining the amount of premium income necessary to pay actuarially anticipated losses in each category during the rating period, and considering the anticipated number of covered workers and the appropriate premium rate for each category.
(v) Pursuant to W. S. § 27-14-102(K), a collective group of
county governments is defined as all county government employers consolidating into one workers' compensation account in order to operate as defined under W. S. § 27-14-109.
(pp) Reasonable Period of Recuperation. As used in W. S. § 27-14-404(b), a "reasonable period of recuperation" includes the day of surgery and the period of recuperation for the surgery performed.
(qq) Rehabilitation Therapy Utilization Guidelines. Means the May 2015 edition of the of the Rehabilitation Therapy Utilization Guidelines for the Care and Treatment of Injured Workers, as policy for the determination of compensability of appropriate and reasonable physical, occupational and speech therapy treatment in the provision of care for injured workers. These guidelines are available upon request through the Division and may be obtained on-line at: http://www.wyomingworkforce.org/providers/
(rr) Remuneration. Except as provided in W. S. § 27-14-102 (a)(ix), if board, lodging or any other payment in kind, considered as payment for services performed by a worker, is in addition to or in lieu of a monetary wage, the Division shall determine or approve the cash value of such payment in kind, and the employer shall use these cash values in computing the employee's wages and contributions due under the law. Remuneration shall not include per diem payments, if the employer maintains an "Accountable Plan" as required in Chapter 2, Section 14 of these rules.
(ss) Specimen means tissue, fluid, or a product of the human body capable of revealing the presence of alcohol, drugs or their metabolites.
(tt) Suitable Employment. Employment for which the worker has the necessary physical capacities, knowledge, transferable skills and abilities. W. S. § 27-14405(h)(iii).
(uu) Under the Influence of a Controlled Substance means pursuant to W. S. § 27-14- 102(a)(xi)(B)(I) a positive drug test conducted in accordance with the U.S. DOT drug and alcohol testing regulations from an HHS-certified laboratory.
(vv) United States Territories. United States territories include: American Samoa, Bajo Nuevo Bank, Baker Island, Howland Island, Guam, Jarvis Island, Johnston Atoll, Kingman Reef, Midway Islands, Navassa Island, Northern Mariana Islands, Puerto Rico, Serranilla Bank,
U.S. Virgin Islands and Wake Island, W. S. § 27-14-301(a)(ii). (ww) University of Wyoming:
(i) UW Professionals with Lab. Professional faculty, administrators, and support personnel of institutions of learning whose duties include performing in a scientific laboratory environment.
(ii) UW Professional without Lab. Professional faculty, administrators, and support personnel of institutions of learning whose duties do not include performance in a scientific laboratory environment.
(iii) UW Clerical. Support staff of institutions of learning who typically work in an office environment, whose duties do not include performing in a scientific laboratory environment.
(iv) UW Non-Professional. Positions not defined in (i), (ii) or (iii) of this
subsection.
(xx) Usual and Customary. The provider's charge to the general public for the same or similar service.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 4 Rules of Procedure for Hearings before the Workers' Compensation Division
Hearings before the Workers' Compensation Division.
(a) Applicability. These rules and procedures shall apply to all contested cases, as defined by the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act (W. S. §§ 16-3-101 through 115), which are not required to be referred to the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH) or Workers' Compensation Medical Commission. For example, this section shall govern contested cases over such matters as rate classification and the Division's annual premium rate filing.
(b) Definitions.
(i) Department. The Department of Workforce Services.
(ii) Director. The Director of the Department of Workforce Services or the Director's deputy, examiner or assistant appointed by the Director in writing.
(iii) Petitioner. The person(s) or organization(s) requesting a hearing as provided in the Wyoming Workers' Compensation Act and the Administrative Procedure Act.
(iv) Hearing. The evidentiary proceeding in any "contested case" as defined in the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act which is not required to be referred to the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH) or Workers' Compensation Medical Commission.
(v) Hearing Officer. The Administrator of the Division or such person or persons as the Administrator designates in writing to preside over the contested case and conduct the hearing. No person shall serve as hearing officer who directly participated in making the determination which is the subject of the contested case.
(vi) Commencement of Case. All contested case proceedings shall be commenced by filing a written petition/request for hearing with the Division. The petition shall include:
(A) The name, address and telephone number of each petitioner.
(B) A statement of the facts upon which the petition is based, including, whenever applicable, particular reference to the determination, statutes, rules, regulations and orders that the applicant believes are relevant to the case.
(C) The determination or other relief requested by the petitioner.
(c) Notice upon filing of a petition. The Division shall issue a notice as required by the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act, stating:
(i) The time, place and nature of the hearing;
(ii) The legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is to be held;
(iii) The particular sections of the statutes and rules involved; and
(iv) A short and plain statement of the matters asserted.
(d) Service of Notice. Notice may be served personally, by mail or by publication, as provided by the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act. Service by mail shall be deemed complete at the date of mailing. The hearing officer may require additional notice to be given in such manner, as the hearing officer shall direct.
(e) Docket. When a petition/request for hearing is filed, it shall be assigned a docket number in accord with a system established by the Division. The Division shall establish a separate file for each hearing in which shall be systematically placed all related papers, pleadings, documents, transcripts, evidence and exhibits. All documents filed in the case shall note the docket number assigned and the date of filing.
(f) Subpoenas. As authorized by the Administrative Procedure Act and Workers' Compensation Act, subpoenas for appearance and to produce books, papers, documents or exhibits will be issued by the hearing officer upon written request of any party.
(g) Hearing. At the date, time and place of hearing, the hearing officer shall hear all matters presented in accord with the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act. Parties shall appear in person or by telephone and may be represented by counsel, provided that such counsel be duly authorized to practice law in the State of Wyoming or is otherwise associated at the hearing with one or more attorneys authorized to practice law in this State.
(h) Order of Procedure at Hearing. Hearings shall generally be conducted informally, in accordance with the following procedure:
(i) The hearing officer shall announce that the hearing is convened, the title of the matter and case to be heard and shall note for the record all subpoenas issued and all appearances. The hearing officer shall state that the hearing is informal, that strict rules of evidence will not apply, and shall briefly describe the method in which the hearing will be conducted.
officer.
(ii) Short opening statements may be permitted at the discretion of the hearing
(iii) Presentation of evidence by petitioner(s). Witnesses may be cross-
examined by the Division or other parties. All exhibits shall be marked for identification.
(iv) Presentation of evidence by the Division. Witnesses may be cross- examined by the other parties. All exhibits shall be marked for identification.
(v) Closing statements or arguments may be made at the discretion of the hearing officer.
(vi) After all proceedings have been concluded, the hearing officer shall excuse all witnesses and declare the hearing closed. The record may be supplemented with additional evidence or written briefs at the discretion of the hearing officer and within such time as directed by the hearing officer.
(i) Witnesses to be Sworn. All persons testifying at any hearing shall stand and be administered the following by the hearing officer: "Do you swear (or affirm) to tell the truth, the whole truth and nothing but the truth in this hearing now before the hearing officer?"
(j) Applicable Rules of Civil Procedure to Apply. The Wyoming Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply and be followed in hearings before the Division to the extent not inconsistent with these rules.
(k) Presence of Attorney General. In all hearings before the Division, the Division may request the Attorney General of the State of Wyoming, or a representative of his staff, to be present to assist and advise the Division.
(l) Record of Proceedings-Reporter. Hearings shall be electronically recorded unless a party provides for a court reporter at its own expense. The hearing officer may direct the party or parties requesting a transcript to assume the cost of the transcript.
(m) Depositions. In all contested cases the taking of depositions and discovery shall be available to the parties as provided in the Wyoming Rules of Civil Procedure and the Administrative Procedure Act.
(n) Decision, Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law, and Order. The hearing officer shall make a written decision and order containing Findings of Fact, Conclusions of Law and Recommended Decision. Such decision and order shall be filed with the Division within fifteen (15) days of the close of the hearing. The Division shall send a copy by prepaid mail to
each party or their attorneys of record. The Administrator shall act on the recommendation of the hearing officer within thirty (30) days of receiving the hearing officer's report.
(o) Appeals to District Court. Appeals to the district court from decisions of the hearing officer are governed by the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act and Rule 12 of the Wyoming Rules of Appellate Procedure.
(p) Transcript in Case of Appeal. In case of an appeal to the district court, the party appealing shall secure and file a transcript of the testimony and all other evidence offered at the hearing, which transcript must be verified by the oath of the person who transcribed the testimony as a true and correct transcript of the testimony and other evidence in the case. The compensation of the person making the transcript and all other costs involved in the appeal shall be borne by the party prosecuting the appeal unless otherwise ordered by the district court at the conclusion of the appeal.
(q) Pre-Hearing Conference. At any time on or before the day of any hearing, the hearing officer may direct the parties to appear before the hearing officer for a pre-hearing conference. Such conferences shall be conducted informally. The hearing officer shall prepare an order reciting or shall read into the record the results of the conference. The pre-hearing order will control the course of the hearing unless modified by the presiding officer to prevent manifest injustice. A party who believes a pre-hearing order does not fully cover the issues presented, or is unclear, may petition for a further ruling within ten (10) days after receipt of the order. The pre- hearing conference shall be convened to consider:
(i) The simplification of the issues;
(ii) The necessity or desirability of amending the pleadings;
(iii) The possibility of obtaining admissions of fact and of documents to avoid unnecessary proof;
(iv) Formulating additional procedures to govern the hearing; and
(v) Other matters as may aid in the disposition of the case.
(r) Additional Rules for Contested Ratemaking Proceedings. The following additional rules shall apply to contested cases involving the Division's annual rate filing pursuant to W. S. § 27-14-201(c) et seq.
(i) Any employer wishing to contest the rate filing shall file a written request for hearing with the Division, received by the Division no later than thirty (30) days after the mailing of the proposed rates by the Division. Counsel for any employer shall enter a written appearance within the same time period.
(ii) The contested rate hearing shall be held no later than seventy-five (75) days after the mailing of the proposed rates by the Division. Only those employers who filed a
timely written request for hearing directly or through counsel will be permitted to participate in the hearing.
(iii) Written interrogatories shall be filed no later than thirty (30) days before the scheduled hearing date. Responses to interrogatories shall be served on the requesting party ten (10) days after receipt of the interrogatories. Depositions shall be completed at least ten (10) days before the hearing.
(iv) Pre-hearing conferences may be conducted informally by the hearing officer, without prior written notice if such notice is impractical, but the hearing officer shall keep a detailed log of the date, time and subject matter of all contacts by parties to the contested case. Such log shall be made a part of the formal record in the case.
(v) At the hearing, those employers wishing to make an unsworn statement may do so in writing or shall be heard before the taking of any sworn testimony or evidence. Unsworn statements shall not be subject to cross-examination. The Division shall proceed next, presenting evidence in support of the rate filing, followed by those employers desiring to present sworn testimonial and documentary evidence against the proposed rate filing.
(vi) All parties shall have an opportunity to present proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law within ten (10) days after the close of the evidence.
(vii) The hearing officer shall render findings of fact, conclusions of law and recommended orders within thirty (30) days after the close of the evidence, and shall serve such findings, conclusions and orders upon the Administrator, Director, and all employers and counsel of record. The Director shall act on the recommendations of the hearing officer by written decision within thirty (30) days of receiving the hearing officer's report.
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 5 Hearing Requests Regarding Timeliness. Requests Regarding Timeliness
(a) Hearing. Upon timely request or appeal, the party filing or paying in an apparently untimely manner shall be given a hearing on the question of the timeliness of the filing or paying.
Section
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.1.10262020 § 6 Rules Governing Public Records Requests
Repeal (2020).
History
- Effective 2020-10-26
Chapter 2 Employer Coverage, Compliance, and Discount Programs
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 1 General
(a) Application for Determination of Coverage. No employer subject to the Wyoming Workers' Compensation Act, Wyoming Statute § 27-14-101, et seq., shall commence business or engage in any work in Wyoming without applying for coverage and receiving a statement of coverage from the Division. The application shall supply such information as the Division requests regarding the nature, location, extent and duration of the intended work. Employers determined by the Division to be non-resident employers must comply with the bond or security requirements of W.S. §§ 27-1-106 and 27-14-302; a non-resident employer is defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xiii).
(b) Proof of Coverage (POC) Certificate.
(i) For the purposes of W.S. § 27-14-306 a POC certificate shall further include all of the following:
(A) The applicable time-frame of the certificate; and
(B) A statement as to the applicability of insurance coverage for employees of the nonresident employer, to specifically address employees that are Wyoming residents; and
(C) A list of all employees who are insured under the proof of coverage
certificate.
(c) Employer Number; Corporations. Every employer participating under the Act shall be assigned an employer number by the Division. Employers who are incorporated must provide a copy of the certificate of authority issued by the Secretary of State of Wyoming authorizing the employer to do business in the state of Wyoming. A copy of the corporate minutes that identifies the corporate officers of the corporation must also be filed with the Division.
(d) Reports When No Premiums Have Accrued. Every employer subject to the Act is required to send in the regular reports even though no premiums have accrued with respect to a particular reporting period. Employers shall file reports for such period and shall continue to file such reports until the Division has received and approved a notification to discontinue filing reports.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 2 Successor Employer
(a) For purposes of W.S. § 27-14-207(b), "account" includes: premium rate, experience modification rating, premium credit program, safety discount program, drug and alcohol testing discount program, health and safety consultation discount program, and outstanding accounts receivable including past due or delinquent premium, interest, penalties,
small employer group credit, and claims reimbursement, until recalculated for the subsequent rate year.
(b) For purposes of W.S. § 27-14-207(c), "account" includes: premium rate, experience modification rating, premium credit program, safety discount program, drug and alcohol testing discount program, health and safety consultation discount program, and small employer group credit, until recalculated for the subsequent rate year.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 3 Experience Rating
.
(a) One (1) experience modification rating (EMR) shall be assigned to each employer number for those eligible employers under the Act. An employer who elects to establish a separate employer number for each separate legal entity of the employer's businesses shall be assigned an experience rating for each employer number.
(b) An employer's EMR is computed by using three (3) years claims experience [or maximum available portions of three (3) years] for each eligible employer.
(i) Private sector employers will receive an EMR based on three (3) years claims experience effective January 1 of their fifth (5th) calendar year.
(ii) Public sector employers will receive an EMR based on three (3) years claims experience effective July 1 of their sixth (6th) fiscal year.
(c) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-207(j), the non-resident employer must direct their insurance company to submit their EMR history directly to the Division.
(i) If a non-resident employer expanding or moving their operations to Wyoming has previously been self-insured, and does not have any experience history available from a third party workers' insurance company, they will be assigned an EMR of one (1) and will be charged at the industry base rate for their classification.
(ii) The Division will use the employers experience history to calculate the EMR according to the current EMR split-plan calculation.
(d) For an employer having less than one (1) full year (private employers follow a fiscal year; public employers follow a calendar year) of premium obligation during the EMR period, the employer's EMR will be equal to a modification of one (1).
(e) For an employer having greater than one (1) full year of premium obligation during the EMR period, but less than three (3) full years of premium obligation, the actual premium obligation will be based on the employer's actual experience as recorded by the Division in the quarterly or monthly reports in the premium year.
(f) The Division, through the qualified actuary, as defined by W.S. § 27-14-201(b), shall annually determine key parameters of the EMR plan to meet the requirements of W.S. § 27- 14-201(d). The Division will notify each employer who qualifies for an EMR of the key
parameters, (i, ii, iii) of this sub-section, on the yearly EMR notice. The key parameters will also be published on the Division website for any employer to inspect.
(i) Split Point. The claim cost amount at which an employer's EMR moves from the measure of frequency to the measure of severity.
(ii) Group Premium Rate. There will be five (5) groups for premium bands. Each Group Premium Rate will have a credit/debit maximum percent amount to affect the employer's EMR. At no time shall this exceed +/- eighty-five percent (85%). Individual employer groups are based on the amount of premium over a three (3) year period and the actuarial process.
Group 1 not to exceed +/- 20% Group 2 not to exceed +/- 25% Group 3 not to exceed +/- 45% Group 4 not to exceed +/- 65% Group 5 not to exceed +/- 85%
(iii) Chargeable Minimum and Maximum - There will be a claim cost minimum on medical only cases, which are not ratable to the employer and will not affect the EMR. There will also be a claim cost maximum at which point claim cost above the maximum single loss are not ratable and will not affect the EMR.
(g) For employers in Group I, the experience adjustment for claims occurring within the three (3) year EMR period shall be as follows:
(i) Zero percent (0%) if the employer's account has been charged with one (1) claim which exceeds the annual minimum claim cost amount.
(ii) Twenty percent (20%) penalty if the employer's account has been charged with two (2) or more claims which exceed the annual minimum claims cost amount.
(iii) Twenty percent (20%) credit if the employer's account has not been charged with a claim exceeding the annual minimum claims cost amount.
(h) The formula for computing the split plan EMR is defined below.
Where: Zp = Credibility Primary Value
Ap = Actual Primary Losses Ep = Expected Primary Losses Ze = Credibility Excess Value Ae = Actual Excess Losses
Ee = Expected Excess Losses E = Expected Losses
(See Glossary of Terminology in Section 15.)
(i) Contesting EMR. Any employer may contest the annual EMR or case reserve amounts assigned by the Division. Contest shall be made by filing a written objection with the Division within thirty (30) days after notification by the Division as provided in W.S. § 27-14- 201(h). The Division shall resolve the matter administratively within forty-five (45) days after the filing of the objection. If the matter is not resolved within forty-five (45) days then the Division shall refer the objection to an independent hearing officer appointed for such purpose, pursuant to these rules and the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
(j) Contesting Chargeability of Claims Costs. An employer may apply for non- chargeability of claims costs pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-201(d).
(i) An employer who is current on premium payments required by the Act may contest the chargeability of claims costs by filing a written application with the Division on a form supplied by the Division.
(ii) The application to determine chargeability must be filed no later than one
(1) year after the determination of compensability for an injury occurring on or after July 1, 2015.
(iii) Upon receipt of said application, the Division shall schedule a time and date for a hearing. The employer shall be notified of the time and date of the hearing.
(iv) The hearing shall be conducted pursuant to the Division's Rules, Chapter 1, Section 4 or https://rules.wyo.gov/Search.aspx?mode=1
(v) The hearing shall be conducted by a panel from the Division, including the Administrator of the Workers' Compensation Division, the Program Manager of Employer Services, the Program Manager of Claims, the District Manager from the appropriate district, the claims analyst assigned to the underlying claim, a representative from OSHA, and a representative from the Attorney General's Office.
(vi) The employer will present its case to the panel after which the panel shall take the issue under advisement and issue a written, final determination.
(vii) If an employer fails to appear for the hearing, the initial determination on chargeability will become the final agency action.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 4 Classifications
The employer shall provide a true and accurate description of its business operations prior to commencing operations, which require coverage under the Act for eligible workers in the State of Wyoming. The employer is required to notify the Division in writing of any change in business operations, which affect the industrial classification of the business for purposes of workers' compensation. The employer shall grant reasonable access to the Division's representative to verify information provided by the employer with respect to the business operations.
(a) Classification Procedures. The Division will assign an industrial classification or classifications pursuant to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes provided by the Federal Bureau of Labor Statistics via the Internet or in a printed manual dated 2002 or later. The industrial classification(s) assigned will be that which best describes the primary business of the employer. Businesses conducted at one or more locations which normally prevail in the primary industrial classification will not be assigned separate classifications for supporting operations, with certain specific standard exceptions for clerical office occupations, inside sales occupations, outside sales occupations, or temporary help occupations.
(b) Classification Revisions. The Division shall correct industrial classifications which it determines to be incorrect. The Division shall give the employer written notification of any change in industrial classification and such changes shall become effective on the first day of the reporting period following the reporting period in which the Division gives written notification.
(c) Contesting Classification. Any employer may contest the industrial classification assigned by the Division. Contest shall be made by written objection to the Division within thirty
(30) days of the employer's notification of the classification assigned by the Division. The Division shall resolve the matter administratively within forty-five (45) days or refer the objection to an independent hearing officer appointed for such purpose, pursuant to the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 5 Audits
Investigation and examination of an employer's records may be conducted in accordance with W.S. § 27-14-803. The Division may examine books, accounts, payrolls or the business operation of any employer to determine if the employer has engaged in activity in violation of the Act, to verify information provided to the Division by the employer, and for the administration of this Act. The employer shall grant reasonable access to the Division's representative to examine information pertinent to the employers' business operations.
(a) Audit Procedures. The Division's representative will conduct an audit and review the preliminary findings with the employer. These audit findings will then undergo final review by the Division with correction of any findings, which it determines to be incorrect. The Division will then issue a Final Audit Determination Notice to the employer upon completion of the audit.
(i) Any unreported payments made to any individual, as found in an audit of an employer's records, shall be presumed to be unreported gross earnings unless documentation is provided by the employer that the individual meets the statutory requirements of W.S. § 27-14- 102(a)(xxiii) as an independent contractor. The burden is upon the employer to provide such documentation.
(b) Contesting Audit. Any employer may contest the audit conducted by the Division. Contest shall be made by filing a written objection with the Division within thirty (30) days after notification by the Division as provided by the Final Audit Determination Notice. The Division shall resolve the matter administratively within forty-five (45) days or refer the objection to an independent hearing officer appointed for such purpose, pursuant to the Wyoming Administrative Procedure Act.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 6 Non-Resident Employers' Surety Bond
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-1-106, all firms, corporations or employers of any kind who are non-resident employers as defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xiii) and expect to pay wages above the set statutory threshold in the state of Wyoming, are required to file a surety bond or other security with the Division.
(b) Non-resident employer definitions for: Individual, Sole Proprietor, Limited Liability Company (LLC), Limited Liability Partnership (LLP), Limited Partnership (LP), and/or Corporations:
(i) Employer and/or Individual or Sole Proprietor is not domiciled in Wyoming for at least twelve (12) months; or
(ii) If any partner or LLC, LLP or LP member is not domiciled in Wyoming for at least twelve (12) months; or
(iii) If more than three fourths (3/4) of the capital stock of the business is owned by individuals not domiciled in Wyoming for at least twelve (12) months (Corporations).
(c) Employers are exempt from security if:
(i) Expected wages paid to Wyoming employees are below the set threshold per W.S. § 27-1-106; or
(ii) Employer is a charitable or religious organization as defined in W.S. § 27-
1-106(g).
(d) Acceptable Forms of Security. A surety bond or security can be filed with the Division in the form of:
(i) Cash bond;
(ii) Surety bond;
(iii) Letter of credit; or
(iv) Real property. Real property may be pledged in lieu of a bond if the non- resident employer delivers the following documentation on real property located in Wyoming to the Division.
(A) An appraisal on the subject property conducted by a licensed Wyoming appraiser that is ninety (90) days old or less which shows the value of the subject property is greater than the amount of the required bond;
(B) A title policy or other certification issued by a Wyoming title company showing that the subject property is owned by employer and is free from any other liens or encumbrances; and
(C) A recordable instrument signed by a duly authorized representative of the employer noting the Department's lien interest in the subject property.
(e) Duration. Surety bond or security is required for a minimum of two (2) years. This may be extended if the employer does not comply for the two (2) year period.
(f) Penalties. The penalties for willful failure of any covered non-resident employer to give bond or other security are contained in W.S. § 27-14-307.
(g) Forfeiture. Prior to proceedings for forfeiture of a bond by a non-resident employer, the Division shall notify the employer in writing of the events triggering a possible forfeiture, the amount of the bond to be forfeited, and the employer's right to avoid forfeiture by paying an equivalent amount to the Division within thirty (30) days. The amount to be forfeited shall be the sum of the following:
(i) The remaining reserved amounts for compensable injuries to the employer's workers less the cumulative premiums paid by the employer;
(ii) All unpaid premiums, penalties and interest accruing as a result of late payment or non-payment of said premiums, and reasonable auditing expenses; and,
(iii) Any and all amounts due to the Department of Workforce Services and, any other section under W.S. Title 27 - Labor and Employment.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 7 Deductible Program
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-201(t)(i), an employer may apply to participate in a deductible program. Employers must apply for the deductible program in writing on a form prescribed by the Division. Terms of the deductible program shall be defined by contract entered into between the employer and Division.
(b) The Division may require applying employers to undergo a financial audit to ensure financial stability. The audit may include a credit check and review of company financial reports. The Division shall analyze each applicant based on risk analysis and sound business practices. The Division may refuse any applicant into the deductible program if it determines that the proposed contract does not represent a sound business practice or decision.
(c) For any employer enrolled in the deductible program, the Division will process and pay claims in accordance with the Act. The employer shall reimburse the Division for all costs paid by the Division on individual claims up to the amount of the contractually agreed deductible.
(d) The deductible levels available are: $1,000.00, $5,000.00, $10,000.00,
$25,000.00, $50,000.00, $75,000.00, or $100,000.00. The maximum deductible level offered to an employer by the Division shall not be more than fifty percent (50%) of the employer's standard premium.
(e) The amount of the contractually agreed upon deductible will be applied to the employer's industry base rate before any discounts under, Sections 8-10, of this chapter are calculated and applied.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 8 Safety Program; Employer Discount
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-201(o) employers may receive a premium base rate discount, as determined through the Division's premium rate setting process for its employment classification, by participating in a safety program.
(b) Employers must have at least one (1) employee to participate in the program, establish and maintain certificates of good standing with Wyoming Workers' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, and the Secretary of State. Certificates of good standing shall be reviewed on an annual basis to ensure compliance. If certificates of good standing cannot be established and maintained by the employer, that employer shall be disqualified from the program until such time as the employer reapplies for the program and all program requirements have been met.
(c) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-803 and in accordance with Section 5 of this chapter, the Division may investigate and examine the employer's documentation as pertains to compliance with its approved health and safety program(s). If the Division finds the employer to be in noncompliance after reviewing the relevant documentation, participation in the employer base rate discount program may be revoked or reduced.
(d) This program shall comply with some or all of the following provisions dependent on the level of discount participation:
(i) A formal, written declaration by the company's safety coordinator explaining the company-wide loss prevention policy;
(ii) A formal creation of a safety committee with at least one member;
(iii) Employees have undergone appropriate hazard and injury prevention training as necessary for their job;
(iv) Written policies/procedures on claims management; and
(v) A substance abuse training plan along with written policies and procedures establishing a drug-free workplace, which may include an employee assistance program to assist employees with alcohol or other drug problems. These policies shall be posted in a conspicuous place where they may be regularly viewed by employees:
(A) The policy shall:
(I) Establish that the unlawful use, possession, transfer or sale of illegal drugs or controlled substances and the misuse of alcohol by employees during work hours are prohibited;
(II) Provide an explanation of the consequences of violation of the employer's drug-free policy, which may include a referral for therapeutic help, discipline and/or discharge; and
(III) Encourage the designation of totally or partially smoke-free
workplace.
(B) Employers shall post a list of community resources that provide substance abuse treatment and prevention services in a conspicuous place where they may be regularly viewed by employees. The Wyoming Department of Health shall provide the list on the website of the Substance Abuse Division or in hard copy to employers requesting the list.
(C) Employers are not required to pay the costs of treatment or any other intervention to qualify for the safety discount program.
(D) Employers enrolling on or after the effective date of these rules shall comply with the drug-free workplace requirements upon enrollment.
(e) Applications to participate in this program may be submitted to the Division at any time, and upon approval, premium base rate discounts shall be implemented in the subsequent calendar quarter.
(i) To receive a three and one-third percent (3.33%) discount to its premium base rate, an employer must have a documented health and safety program;
(ii) To receive a six and two-third percent (6.66%) discount to its premium base rate, an employer must have a documented health and safety program and have an established Health and Safety committee with documented monthly safety meetings; and
(iii) To receive a ten percent (10%) discount, an employer must meet the above requirements and achieve and maintain a loss ratio of equal to or less than ten percent (10%).
(f) Upon receipt of a complete application, the Division shall review the application for compliance with these rules and either approve or deny the application. The Division shall deny an application if an applicant fails to meet all of the requirements of these rules. The Division shall also refuse to renew an application if the employer no longer meets or has violated any provision of these rules.
(g) Premium base rate discount renewals shall be in effect each year only in the event that a renewal application has been submitted along with any updates to the employer's Health and Safety policy. If an audit is conducted and the employer is found to be out of compliance with any of the previous requirements the employer shall be removed from the program until such time as the employer reapplies for the program and all program requirements have been met.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 9 Drug and Alcohol Testing Program; Employer Discount
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-201(o), employers may receive a premium base rate discount, as determined through the Division's premium rate setting process for their employment classification, by participating in a drug and alcohol testing program approved by the Division.
(b) Employers must have at least one (1) employee to participate in the program, establish and maintain certificates of good standing with Wyoming Workers' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, and the Secretary of State. Certificates of good standing shall be reviewed on an annual basis to ensure compliance. If certificates of good standing cannot be established and maintained by the employer, that employer shall be removed from the program until such time as the employer reapplies for the program and all program requirements have been met.
(c) Applications to participate in the drug and alcohol testing program may be submitted to the Division at any time and, upon approval, premium base rate discounts shall be implemented in the subsequent calendar quarter.
(d) Upon receipt of a completed application, the Division shall review the application for compliance with these rules and either approve or deny the application. The Division shall deny an application if an applicant fails to meet all of the requirements of these rules. The Division shall also refuse to renew an application if the employer no longer meets or has violated any provision of these rules.
(e) After approval or renewal, the applicable premium base rate discount shall be applied to the following four (4) calendar quarters unless revoked pursuant to these rules.
(f) Applications shall be submitted annually.
(g) Applications shall include the employer's name, employee's printed name and title of the officer/owner, signature of the officer/owner, and date attesting the information contained in the application is a true and factual representation of the drug-free workplace program. A drug- free workplace program shall contain all of the following:
(i) The written policy, which shall include all of the following:
(A) A statement providing for inclusion of all Workers' Compensation covered employees in the substance abuse testing program.
(B) A statement of required types of substance abuse testing.
(C) A statement of actions the employer may take against an employee or job applicant on the basis of a positive confirmed test result.
(D) A statement of consequences of an employee's or job applicant's refusal to submit to a drug test.
(E) A general confidentiality statement.
(F) A statement advising employees with a positive confirmed test result that he or she may contest or explain within five (5) working days after written notification of the test result.
(G) A statement affording provision of a sixty (60) day notice prior to implementation of substance abuse testing, if a new policy is implemented in order to enter into this discount program.
(H) A statement that substance abuse testing is required to be on vacancy announcements, when applicable.
(I) A statement informing employees where substance abuse testing information is posted on the employer's premises.
(J) A statement informing employees and job applicants that copies of the substance abuse policy are available in a suitable location on the employer's premises.
(ii) Substance abuse testing, to the extent permitted by federal codes, Wyoming state statutes, and local ordinances, shall include all of the following:
(A) Pre-employment, random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident
testing.
(B) Drug and alcohol testing protocols as specified in Chapter 10, Section 2 shall apply to all random, reasonable suspicion and post-accident testing.
(I) Pre-employment substance abuse testing is exempt from the protocol as specified in Chapter 10, Section 2, with strong recommendation that one hundred
(100%) percent of new employees be tested prior to his/her hire date. Alcohol testing is not required for job applicants.
(II) For random and reasonable suspicion testing, a commercially available urine or hair follicle test consisting of synthetic amphetamines; amphetamines; synthetic marijuana "spice"; marijuana; cocaine; opiates and PCP with specific gravity incorporating Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) cutoff levels shall be utilized by a Third Party Administrator. A negative test shall require no further testing unless use of another drug not included on the on-site test is suspected, in such case the sample would be processed as if it were a positive on-site test. A positive drug or low specific gravity onsite urine test shall be immediately processed pursuant to Chapter 10, Section
- Protocol shall require transfer of the specimen in front of the employee to a container supplied by a certified laboratory, and sealed per instruction with the employee initialing the evidence seal.
(III) Post-accident testing shall be exclusively processed per Chapter 10, Section 2 with strong recommendation that the specimen be a blood sample.
(C) To the extent permitted by federal codes, Wyoming state statutes, and local ordinances, random testing shall be conducted, at a minimum, on twenty percent (20%) of the average staff on an annual basis.
(iii) Resources must be made available for employee's needing assistance. Such assistance must include either a statement advising employee of an Employee Assistance Program (EAP) or a statement advising employee of employer's resource file of assistance programs and other persons, entities, or organizations designed to assist employees with personal or behavioral problems.
(iv) Employee Education. The employer shall provide at least one (1) hour of employee substance abuse education training per year. Employers shall retain records, to include attendees' signatures, dates and training topics, to document employee participation in education.
(v) Supervisor Training. The employer shall provide at least two (2) hours of substance abuse education training per year to all supervisors. Supervisors shall receive training to encompass at least sixty (60) minutes on alcohol misuse and at least sixty (60) minutes on drug use. Training shall incorporate physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of drugs. Employers shall retain records, including attendees' signatures, dates and training topics, to document supervisory participation in training.
(h) Drug-free workplace program compliance and revocation.
(i) An employer shall maintain compliance with their drug-free workplace program during the time period for the discount program.
(ii) An employer shall be responsible for document retention to substantiate compliance with the substance abuse testing provisions in the employer's approved annual drug-free workplace program. An employer shall preserve such records for a period of two (2) years after the calendar year in which the respective program was approved by the Division.
(iii) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-803 and in accordance with Section 5 of this chapter, the Division may investigate and examine the employer's documentation as pertains to compliance with their approved drug-free workplace program(s). If the Division finds the employer to be in noncompliance after reviewing the relevant documentation, participation in the employer base rate discount program for alcohol and drug testing will be revoked. Employers shall have their premium rates adjusted to the industry classification base rate as adjusted by the experience rating.
(iv) The Drug and Alcohol Testing Program; Employer Discount shall be in effect each year unless an audit is conducted and the employer is found to be out of compliance with any of the program requirements. If the preceding occurs, the employer shall be removed from the program until such time as the employer reapplies for the program and all program requirements have been met.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 10 Health and Safety Consultation Employer Discount Program
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-201(o), employers may receive a premium base rate discount, as determined through the Division's premium rate setting process for its employment classification, by participating in a health and safety consultation program.
(b) Applications to participate in this program may be submitted to the Division at any time and upon approval premium base rate discounts shall be implemented in the subsequent calendar quarter.
(c) Employers must have at least one (1) employee to participate in this program, establish and maintain certificates of good standing with Wyoming Workers' Compensation, Unemployment Insurance, and the Secretary of State. Certificates of good standing shall be reviewed on an annual basis to ensure compliance. If certificates of good standing cannot be established and maintained by the employer, that employer shall be disqualified from this program until such time as the employer reapplies for the program and all program requirements have been met.
(d) Pursuant to W. S. § 27-14-803 and in accordance with Section 5 of this chapter the Division may investigate and examine the employer's documentation as pertains to compliance with its approved health and consultation safety program(s). If the Division finds the employer to be in noncompliance after reviewing the relevant documentation, participation in the health and safety consultation employer discount program may be revoked or reduced to a lower tier.
(i) If an audit is conducted and the employer is found to be out of compliance, and/or an employer has a workplace related fatality, and/or an employer has an
inspection where they are issued a repeat serious or willful citation during any time while receiving this discount they shall be immediately removed from the program until such time that they have abated all hazards and they have completed any other required obligations with state agencies. Upon completion of abatement and obligations the employer can reapply for the discount and all program requirements have been met.
(e) Health and Safety Consultation Employer Discount Program premium base rate discounts shall be applied on a quarterly basis and be in effect for up to three (3) years.
(f) Discounts shall be calculated as follows:
(i) To participate in the Tier 1 premium base rate discount of three percent (3%), an employer must complete:
(A) a full service, onsite survey; and,
(B) abates all serious hazards.
(ii) To participate in the Tier 2 premium base rate discount of five percent (5%), an employer must complete:
(A) a full service, onsite survey;
(B) abates all serious hazards; and,
(C) the Safety & Health Assessment Form. The employer must score 2's on the twenty (20) pre-selected items on the Safety & Health Program Assessment Form.
(iii) To participate in the Tier 3 premium base rate discount of seven percent (7%), an employer must complete:
(A) a full service, onsite survey;
(B) abates all serious hazards;
(C) the Safety & Health Program Assessment Form and score 2's on the twenty (20) pre-selected items on the Safety & Health Program Assessment Form; and,
(D) obtain injury and illness rates known as the Total Recordable Cases (TRC) and Days Away Restricted Time (DART) below the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) current rates for their company per North American Industry Classification (NAIC's) code.
(iv) To participate in the Tier 4 premium base rate discount of ten percent (10%), an employer must complete:
(A) a full service, onsite survey;
(B) abates all serious hazards;
(C) the Safety & Health Assessment Form and score 3's on 10% and 2's on the remaining items to complete all 58 items on the Safety & Health Assessment Form; and
(D) obtain injury and illness rates known as the Total Recordable Cases (TRC) and Days Away Restricted Time (DART) below the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) current rates for their company per North American Industry Classification (NAIC's) code.
(v) The Safety & Health Program Assessment Form shall be conducted by Wyoming OSHA Consultation or Compliance Assistance, a State Mine Inspector, Workers' Compensation Safety Specialist or a qualified third-party health and safety professional approved by the Department.
(g) A third-party health and safety professional shall meet the following requirements to conduct audits and recommend discounts for this program:
(i) complete and submit the Health & Safety Consultation Employer Discount
application;
(ii) submit copies of any health or safety certificates/certifications,
(iii) submits copy of health or safety degree or any other health and safety paperwork for approval consideration; and,
(iv) include a copy of the letter from the State of Wyoming Office of the Attorney General, Division of Criminal Investigation's Western Identification Network or equivalent showing no criminal record.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 11 Specifically Enumerated Volunteers; Elected, County or Local Officials; School-to-Careers Program
(a) A governing body's election of coverage as defined in W.S. § 27-14-108(e)(ix), shall be on forms provided by the Division containing information as requested by the Division.
(b) The school-to-careers program applies to those employers and participants who are not eligible for coverage under a qualifying employer-employee relationship. Participants under this program are not eligible for temporary total wage benefits under the Act.
(c) If the school district or community college district chooses to make the reports and payments for the employer, the wage calculation will be based on the presumed pay of the participant. The premium rate used to calculate the payment will be that of the specific school
district or community college district making the report. All claims will be reported and processed against the reporting school district or community college district.
(d) If an employer-employee relationship exists, the participant will be treated as any other employee under the Act.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 12 Student Learner Agreements
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-110, a Wyoming school district, community college or technical school and an employer may enter into a student learner agreement. Student learner agreements are for students ages sixteen (16) to eighteen (18) years of age, who will be engaged in learning an extra-hazardous occupation. A copy of the agreement shall be submitted by the employer to the division prior to the first day of employment/learning. Employers must apply for the student learner agreement on a form prescribed by the division.
(i) The division requires that employers who employ a student learner follow the requirements laid out by the Child Labor Provision for Nonagricultural Occupations under the Fair Labor Standards Act.
(A) Eligible Hazardous Occupations for youth student learners aged 16-17 are limited to those occupations outlined by the U.S. Department of Labor, Wage & Hour Division's website: https://www.dol.gov/agencies/whd/fact-sheets/43-child-labor-non-agriculture
(ii) W.S. § 27-14-108 lists all extra-hazardous industries and occupations by the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) recognized by the division. Agricultural occupations are excluded.
(iii) Agreements may be submitted to the division at any time, but must be submitted prior to the student engaging in any extra-hazardous labor. Employers must notify the division of any changes to the agreement.
(b) Eligibility. Program eligibility requires the employer to be registered and in good standing with the division, the Wyoming Unemployment Insurance division, and the Wyoming Secretary of State at the time of the agreement submission and throughout the agreement time period.
(i) Eligibility for student learner agreements are limited to employers who are registered in an extra-hazardous classification per NAICS and W.S. § 27-14-108.
(c) Premium Rates. Employers registered in the student learner agreement program will pay the premium charged for each approved student learner as required by W.S.§ 27-14- 110(f). Premium rates will be determined by the student learner's actual or presumed wage.
(i) Actual wages used will include total gross wages earned while working.
(ii) If no actual wages are earned, and only school credit is earned for the work, the employer should report the student learner with volunteer presumed wages utilizing the assigned NAICS code.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 13 Exclusions
(a) Private Schools. Any private entity classified under NAICS 519 and 611 Education Services, is excluded from coverage under the Act, unless an election of coverage is made as provided in W.S. § 27-14-108(j).
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 14 Concurrent Coverage
(a) Employers covered under the Act having employees working in a state that requires workers' compensation coverage in addition to the employer's Wyoming coverage, must submit written proof of coverage from the other state. The employer may then submit its payroll report, which lists only the wages paid for hours worked in Wyoming. The proof of coverage shall be submitted on forms required by the Division. When the Division receives proof of coverage, it
will not require premium payments and coverage in Wyoming during the time the employee is working and being covered in another state.
(b) The employer and employee must notify the Division of any claim for benefits filed in another state for any injury reported in Wyoming. An employer's experience rating to be computed by using three (3) years (or maximum available portions thereof) of claims experience for each eligible employer.
(c) Three (3) years claims experience shall begin July 1 of the fifth (5th) calendar year prior to the rating year and end June 30 of the second (2nd) calendar year prior to the rating year.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 15 Employer Reimbursements or Allowances for Employee Business Expenses
(a) Employer reimbursements or allowances of employee business expenses are not considered gross earnings if the employer has appropriate records to substantiate that an "accountable plan" has been established and implemented as follows:
(i) There must be a business connection for expenses incurred while performing services as an employee, officer or member of the employer.
(ii) The expense must be reasonable.
(iii) There must be actual accounting for the expense, by the employer and the employee, officer or member.
(A) For travel expenses reimbursed at established federal per diem rates, documentation of the trip will be considered actual accounting.
(B) For business entities with federally recognized expense allowances, the U. S. Treasury allowance will be considered actual accounting.
(iv) All excess reimbursement or allowance must be repaid by the employee, officer or member to the employer within one-hundred and twenty (120) days after the expense was paid or incurred.
(b) Payments that do not include all of the above or exceed federal per diem or federal allowances will be deemed to be gross earnings.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.2.08102022 § 16 Glossary of Terminology
(a) Actual (A) Losses. The incurred loss amounts for workers' compensation claims submitted by the employer, which have event dates in the three (3) year window of time used for experience rating. The losses will include the case reserves as of the evaluation date set by the plan, and will have applicable plan minimums and caps applied for use in the experience rating formula.
(b) Actual Excess (Ae) Losses. The Actual Excess Losses for each claim represents the more random and less controllable portion of the claim. For each claim, the Actual Excess Loss is computed as the difference between the Total Actual Loss for the claim and Actual Primary Loss for the claim.
(c) Actual Primary (Ap) Losses. The experience rating plan segregates the Total Actual Loss on each claim into two components - primary and excess. The Actual Primary Loss for each claim represents the more predictive and controllable portion of the claim. The Actual Primary Loss value for each claim is obtained by the formula: Actual Primary Loss = Total Actual Loss if Total Loss is less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00); = ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00) if Total Loss is equal to or greater than ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00).
(d) Credibility (Z) Value. A measure of the predictive value in a given application that the actuary attaches to a particular set of data, such as the claims experience used for determining EMRs.
(e) Credibility Excess (Ze) Value. The Credibility Excess, or Ze Value, is the weight given to the risk's Actual Excess Losses relative to the average Expected Excess Losses for a similarly-sized risk in the same standard classification(s). It is intended to reflect the actuarial predictability of a risk's excess loss experience. The larger the risk is, the greater the weight is given to the excess loss experience and the greater the Ze. The excess experience of very small experience rated risks has essentially no predictive value and, as a result, the Ze for these risks may be zero (0). The complement of the Ze, (1 - Ze), is the weight given to the risk's Expected Excess Losses. The Ze Value varies with a risk's Expected Losses.
(f) Credibility Primary (Zp) Value. The Credibility Primary (Zp) Value, is the weight given to the risk's Actual Primary Losses relative to the average Expected Primary Losses for a similarly-sized risk in the same standard classification(s). It is intended to reflect the actuarial predictability of a risk's primary loss experience. The larger the risk is, the greater the weight is given to the primary loss experience and the greater the Zp. The complement of the Zp value (1
- Zp), is the weight given to the risk's Expected Primary Losses. The Zp Value varies with a risk's Expected Losses.
(g) Expected (E) Losses (also referred to as Total Expected Loss). The Expected Losses are the basis to which actual losses are compared in the experience rating formula. They are derived for each classification as the product of the payroll for the classification and the expected loss rate applicable to the classification. They are also computed as the sum of the Expected Primary Losses and the Expected Excess Losses. For other than per capita classifications, this product is then divided by one hundred (100). The Expected Loss Rate for a classification is the average rate of losses per one hundred dollars ($100.00) of payroll that is expected for the classification during an experience rating period.Expected Excess (Ee) Losses. The Expected Excess Losses are the portion of the Expected Losses that is considered excess, and are used in the experience rating formula in combination with the Actual Excess Losses. The Expected Excess Losses for a classification are determined by multiplying the Excess Expected Loss Rate for the classification per $100 of employer payroll for the classification. The total Expected Excess Losses are the sum of the Expected Excess Losses over all classifications.
(h) Expected Primary (Ep) Losses. The Expected Primary Losses are the portion of the Expected Losses that is considered primary, and are used in the experience rating formula in combination with the Actual Primary Losses. The Expected Primary Losses for a classification are determined by multiplying the Primary Expected Loss Rate for the classification by the employer payroll for the classification. The total Expected Primary Losses are the sum of the Expected Primary Losses over all classifications.
(i) Multiple Claim Occurrence (MCO). Claims with multiple claimants or catastrophe claims combines claims together which then have a $500,000.00 limit (2 X the Maximum Single Loss Amount of $250,000.00).
(j) Multiple Single Loss Amount. Maximum Single Loss is the maximum limit of incurred loss, not to exceed the state accident limit of $250,000.00.
(k) Split Plan. A method for calculating EMRs that balances the effect of more frequent losses that fall below a "split point" with more severe losses that occur above the split point.
(l) Split Point. A loss amount determined by the state based on actuarial recommendations. Losses falling below the split point are considered Primary Losses. Any remaining losses above the Primary Losses and below the Maximum Single Loss Amount are considered the Excess Losses.
(m) Maximum Loss Cap. The Maximum Loss Cap is the state's accident limit per a single claim or two (2) times the state's accident limit for multiple claimants or catastrophe.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Chapter 3 Failure of Employer to Comply
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 1 Delinquency - Case Liability
(a) Employers will be charged for all injury case costs if the employers' account is in non-compliance in the following circumstances:
(i) Delinquent During the Reporting Period the Injury Occurred. Employers whose accounts are in a delinquent status for the reporting period during which an injury occurred will be charged case costs for the life of any such injury.
(ii) Injured Worker not Reported. Employers who omit the name of any injured worker on the Division's report form corresponding to the month of injury and fail to pay premium on that injured worker's earnings will be charged case costs for the life of any such injury.
(iii) No Account on Date of Injury. Employers who fail to establish an account, or fail to reactivate an inactive account on any date of injury will be charged case costs for the life of any such injury.
(b) Employers shall be deemed delinquent if premiums remain unpaid more than 30 days following the due date.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 2 Civil Liability
(a) When a payroll report or payment of premium is past due, pursuant to Wyoming Statutes § 27-14-202(a), the Division shall send to the employer a notice that the report and/or premium is past due and that the employer's account will become delinquent if the required report and payment are not postmarked within 30 days of the date due. When an employer's account becomes delinquent, the Division shall send to the employer a notice of delinquency.
(b) For purposes of all penalties and rights of action under the Act, an employer shall be considered delinquent if a payroll report or any payment required by the Act is not postmarked within 30 days of the due date.
(c) Applying Payments. When an employer makes a payment to the Division, the Division shall apply it to the oldest premium or interest owed by the employer unless the employer has specified in writing that the payment should be applied to a particular portion of the employer's debt. However, bankruptcy laws or reorganization plans take priority over the employer's written specification.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 3 Cancellation of Optional Coverage
Coverage for an employer with optional coverage will be terminated if the account remains delinquent 30 days following notification by certified mail to the employer that the employer has been delinquent in reporting of payment of premium for one calendar quarter. The employer remains liable for the unpaid premium and case cost reimbursement, as applicable, through the date of termination. Following termination under this section, the employer shall not be eligible for reinstatement of optional coverage for a period of six months.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 4 Notice to Administrator
Employees of the Division who identify a possible violation by any party shall immediately notify the Administrator of the Workers' Compensation Division in writing.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 5 Waiver and Settlement - Tax
Upon good and sufficient cause, the Administrator of the Workers' Compensation Division may waive, compromise or otherwise settle any amount owed to the Division by an employer.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.3.08072017 § 6 Out of State Employers - Experience Modification Rating
If an employer who meets the criteria under Wyoming Statutes § 27-14-207(h) refuses or fails to provide the Division with the experience history from their insurance company, that employer will be assigned the maximum experience modification rating (EMR) of 1.85.
History
- Effective 2017-08-07
Chapter 4 Injury Report Procedure
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.4.08102022 Injury Report Procedure
CHAPTER 4
INJURY REPORT PROCEDURE
Section 1. Worker Report of the Injury
The report of the injury is not a claim for benefits. W.S. § 27-14-503(a). The injured worker is required by the statute to report the occurrence and general nature of the injury to the employer as soon as practical within 72 hours after the injury becomes apparent, and to file a signed injury report on the required form with the Division within ten days after the injury becomes apparent. The Report of Injury is timely filed if the employer is notified within seventy-two (72) hours of the injury or the Injury Report is filed within ten (10) days of the injury.
Otherwise, there is a statutory presumption that the claim shall be denied. However, this presumption may be rebutted if the worker can establish by clear and convincing evidence that the delay does not prejudice the employer or Division in investigating the injury and in monitoring medical treatment.
Section 2. Contents of the Worker's Report
The report shall be on a form provided by the Division, available from the Division or employer, and shall contain the following information:
(a) The worker's full name, mailing address, telephone number and Social Security Number;
(b) The worker's birth date, sex, marital status and number of dependents;
(c) The employer's full name, address and telephone number;
(d) The worker's date of hire and job title;
(e) A statement of whether the worker is a regular worker, volunteer, inmate, a governmentally subsidized work experience program participant, or has an interest in the business as owner, partner, or corporate officer;
(f) The worker's current monthly earnings;
(g) The date, time and location of the accident or injury;
(h) A statement of how the injury occurred, including what the worker was doing at the time and what objects or substances caused the injury;
(j) A statement identifying the parts of the worker's body affected by the injury;
(k) The name(s) of any witness(es) to the events causing the injury;
(l) The names and addresses of all health care providers who have treated or provided medical services to the worker for the injury being reported;
(m) If the report is prepared by a person other than the worker, the full name, address
and telephone number of the person preparing the report, and that person's relationship to the worker;
(n) Such additional information as the Division deems appropriate; and
(o) The report form shall be signed and dated by the worker, or his personal representative if the worker is incapacitated.
(i) Acceptance of legal recognition of electronic records; electronic signatures and electronic contracts (W.S. § 40-21-107) includes:
(A) A record or signature may not be denied legal effect or enforceability solely because it is in electronic form.
(B) A contract may not be denied legal effect or enforceability solely because an electronic record was used in its formation.
(C) If a law requires a record to be in writing, an electronic record satisfies the law.
(D) If a law requires a signature, an electronic signature satisfies the law.
Section 3. Employer Report of the Injury
The employer must file a report of injury within ten (10) days after the date on which the employer is notified of the injury. Failure by an employer to report may result in a fine or jail. W.S. § 27-14-506(c). The Report of Injury is timely filed if the employer is notified within seventy-two (72) hours of the injury or the Injury Report is filed within ten (10) days of the injury.
The report must be filed with the Division; it shall be on the required form, dated, signed by the employer or employer's authorized representative and shall contain the following information:
(a) The worker's date of hire and job title;
(b) A statement of whether the worker is a regular employee, volunteer, inmate, governmentally subsidized work experience program participant, or has an interest in the business as owner, partner or corporate officer;
(c) The worker's current monthly earnings;
(d) The opinion of the employer as to whether the worker suffered a work-related injury that is compensable under the Act; and
(e) If the employer's opinion is that the injury is not compensable under the Act, the employer shall specify its reason for that opinion. Those matters will be addressed by the Division as part of the determination process.
Section 4. Injury Report Forms
Injury report forms are available, without charge, from the Division or its district offices. W.S. § 27-14-502(a) and (c). The limitation of time for filing does not apply if the worker is mentally incompetent or a minor and has no guardian. W.S. § 27-14-505. The report form shall contain a statement in boldface type that the report is not a claim for benefits.
Section 5. Notification of Injury
Any affected party may give notice, by electronic means to the Division, of an occurrence of injury to a worker in covered employment. Upon receipt of notice of injury, the Division will mail the appropriate forms to the injured worker and the employer for completion and signatures.
(a) If notification was electronically submitted within the deadline prescribed in W.S.
§ 27-14-502(a) and the Division receives the signed report within ten days of its mailing by the Division, the report shall be deemed to have been timely filed. In such a case, the Division's allotted time to respond will begin when it receives the signed report.
(b) If the Division receives the signed report more than ten days after its mailing by the Division, the report shall be deemed filed on the date the signed report is received by the Division.
(c) The Division will not approve any award nor pay any claim prior to its receipt of a signed waiver from the injured employee, on a form provided by the Division, authorizing the Division to release benefit, employment or medical information to those parties designated recipients in W.S. § 27-14-805(d).
(d) Nothing in this section shall relieve any party of the duty to submit documents bearing original signatures, when required by the Act or these Rules.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Chapter 5 Determinations by Division - Coverage & Compensability & Claims
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.5.08142006 Determinations by Division - Coverage & Compensability & Claims
Rules, Regulations and Fee Schedules of the
Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division
CHAPTER 5 - DETERMINATIONS BY THE DIVISION:
COVERAGE, COMPENSABILITY AND CLAIMS
Section 1. Coverage.
(a) Upon receipt of the injury report, the Division will investigate and review the matter and will address questions of jurisdiction and compensability. The Division may gather additional facts prior to the determination. W.S. §§ 27-14-601(k) and 27-14-801(d). The procedures for review, determination, redetermination and request for hearing shall be as provided in Sections 2 and 3 of this chapter.
Section 2. Determination Procedure. The following procedures apply to all determinations by the Division, including coverage/compensability determinations, all benefits claim applications, and all medical bill reviews.
(a) The Division will review the matter within 15 days from the date any completed employer or employee injury report or claim is filed and will issue either a final determination or request for additional information.
(b) At the earliest possible date within 45 days following the request for additional information, the Division will make its final determination as to whether the injury, or death resulting from injury, is compensable and within the jurisdiction of the Act or whether and in what amount a claim or bill is allowed.
(c) Upon mutual consent of the worker, the employer, and the Division, the time limit for the determination by the Division may be extended. Otherwise, upon failure of the Division to make a decision within the time allowed by the Act, at the request of any affected party the matter shall be referred by the Division for hearing.
(d) The final determination shall be mailed to all affected parties at their last known addresses, and, when required by law, shall include a statement of reasons, and a notice of right to request a hearing and right to counsel. An affected party shall immediately notify the Division, in writing, of any change of address or physical residence.
(e) Objection. Any affected party may object to the Division's final determination by filing a written request for hearing with the Division within 15 days following the mailing of the determination. W.S. § 27-14-601. A timely written request for hearing is prerequisite to review by the appropriate hearing authority.
Section 3. Redetermination Procedure.
(a) The Division may issue a redetermination within one year following the issuance of a final determination if the Division receives sufficient information to establish the compensability of the case or claim. W.S. § 27-14-601(k)(vi).
(i) The Division will not issue a redetermination, or award benefits to an injured worker, if information substantiating the compensability of a case or claim is submitted more that one year after the Division issued the final determination denying the compensability of the case or claim.
(ii) The redetermination shall be formal written notification sent to the employee, employer, and known treating health care provider(s).
(A) Any affected party may object to the Division's redetermination by filing a written request for hearing within 15 days following the issuance of the redetermination.
(B) A timely request for hearing is prerequisite to review by the appropriate hearing authority.
Section 4. Claims for Benefits . A person seeking an award of benefits under the Act must submit a written application for benefits to the Division, on a form provided by the Division. A report of injury is not a claim for benefits. W.S. § 27-14-503(a). A claim for benefits may be filed by the injured worker, that worker's personal representative, or, in case of an injured worker who is mentally incompetent or a minor, the worker's legal guardian. In order to make an application, a claimant shall submit one of the following:
(a) Claim for Reimbursement. A claim for reimbursement of any expense(s) incurred by an injured worker because of his work-related injury must be submitted on a form provided by the Division according to the procedure outlined in Chapter 7, Section 3(a)(iii) Medical Reimbursement to Injured Worker.
(b) Claim for Temporary Total Disability (TTD) Benefits (Lost Wages).
(i) When Submitted. A claim for TTD must be filed within 60 days after the first day of certified temporary total disability. W.S. § 27-14-404(d).
(ii) Certification. An award of TTD cannot be made without certification from a treating health care provider that the worker is temporarily and totally disabled (that is, incapacitated from performing any gainful employment for which the worker is reasonably suited by experience or training). The certification shall specify the reasons for the total disability and the expected period of disability.
(iii) A physician assistant shall be deemed a health care provider for purposes of examinations and TTD certifications pursuant to W.S. §§ 27-14-404(d)(ii), 404(g) and 501(b), if the TTD certification is accompanied by or the Division has on file, a written statement, signed and dated by the supervising licensed physician, stating "I [insert name of physician] certify that the physician assistant signing this form has authority to do so and that the certification is provided under my supervision." W.S. § 33-26-502(b). Both the supervising physician and the physician assistant shall have a continuing duty to notify the Division immediately if a previously-designated physician assistant is no longer employed by the physician, is no longer licensed as a physician assistant in Wyoming, or is no longer authorized by the physician to certify TTD.
(iv) Where Submitted. A claim for TTD benefits must be filed with the Division. W.S. § 27-14-501(3).
(c) Claim for Temporary Partial (Light Duty) Disability (TPD). An employer may make a written bona fide offer of temporary light duty work to an employee receiving temporary total disability in accordance with W.S. § 27-14-404(j).
(d) Initial Claim for Permanent Partial Impairment (PPI) Benefits.
(i) When Submitted. An application for PPI benefits may be filed when a worker has suffered an ascertainable loss as defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(ii).
(ii) Applications For PPI Award. If a physician determines that the injury has resulted in a permanent impairment according to the American Medical Association's Guide to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment or its successor, the physician shall notify the Division in writing. The Division shall file the written documentation of permanent impairment, copying all parties. Based upon the rating given by the physician, the worker may apply with the Division for the appropriate award, pursuant to W.S. §§ 27-14-405 or 406.
(e) Claim for Vocational Rehabilitation Benefits.
(i) At any time after the injury when medical evidence indicates that an injured worker cannot return to employment as outlined in W.S. § 27-14-408(a)(ii) the worker may submit an application to the Division on a form provided by the Division for vocational rehabilitation benefits.
(ii) The Division may extend or increase a rehabilitation program's limits defined in W.S. § 27-14-408(e)(ii) upon consideration of one of the following extenuating circumstances:
(A) The injured worker's disability is so severe as to limit his ability to complete his vocational rehabilitation plan within specified time frames;
(B) Medical services or complications prevent the injured worker from completing his vocational rehabilitation program on time;
(C) The educational institution's scheduled course offerings prevent the injured worker from completing the vocational rehabilitation program on time; or
(D) Any other circumstance mutually agreed upon by the Division, Division of Vocational Rehabilitation and the injured worker.
(iii) The application for vocational rehabilitation shall include a statement that the applicant elects to accept vocational rehabilitation instead of any PPD award under W.S. § 27-14-405(h) and (j) arising from the same physical injury.
(f) Application for Permanent Partial Disability (PPD) Benefit. An application for PPD may be filed no sooner than three months after the date of ascertainable loss or threemonths before the last scheduled PPI payment, whichever date is later. and must be filed within one year of the later date. W.S. § 27-14-405(h)(ii).
(g) Miscellaneous Benefit Application.
(i) Applications for other benefits, including death benefits, permanent total disability, benefits for dependents or survivors, and extended benefits shall be made to the Division as soon as practical after the applicant becomes aware of entitlement to such benefits and within applicable statutes of limitations.
(ii) Where death results from an injury, the claim for death benefits shall be filed by the surviving spouse, by the guardian of a surviving spouse who is incompetent, by the guardian of dependent minor children, by the worker's dependent parent(s), or by the guardian of the worker's incompetent dependent parent(s).
(iii) Application for extended children's benefits for education beyond the age of 18 and until the age of 21 may be made with the Division. Beneficiaries will receive notification and must complete and submit a Verification of Enrollment Form provided by the Division.
Section 5. Waiver and Settlement - Benefits. Upon good and sufficient cause the Administrator or designee(s) of the Workers' Compensation Division may waive, compromise or otherwise settle any claim for benefits.
History
- Effective 2006-08-14
Chapter 6 Contested Case Proceedings
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.6.03292017 Contested Case Proceedings
Microsoft Word - Workers Compensation Ch. 6 rev clean
CHAPTER 6
CONTESTED CASE PROCEEDINGS
Section 1. Referral for Hearing.
(a) Upon receipt of a request for hearing, the Division shall immediately transmit a copy of the request and a notice of request for hearing to the Office of Administrative Hearings (OAH) or Workers' Compensation Medical Commission as appropriate. For purposes of judicial review of agency inaction under W.S. § 16-3-114(a), the Division is deemed to have denied any timely, written request for a hearing pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-601(k)(iv) when it has failed to transmit a notice of request for hearing within 30 days after receipt of the request.
(i) For purposes of referring contested cases to the Workers' Compensation Medical Commission for hearing, W.S. § 27-14-616(b)(iv), the phrase "medically contested cases" shall include those cases in which the primary issue is:
(A) a claimant's percentage of physical impairment;
(B) whether a claimant is permanently totally disabled;
(C) whether a claimant who has been receiving TTD benefits remains eligible for those benefits under W.S. § 27-14-404(c); or,
(D) any other issue, the resolution of which is primarily dependent upon the evaluation of conflicting evidence as to medical diagnosis, medical prognosis, or the reasonableness and appropriateness of medical care.
Section 2. Establishment of Fees for Members of Medical Commission. Members of the medical commission established pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-616 shall be compensated at the rate of $200 per hour for their professional services on behalf of the commission, including necessary travel time. In addition, members of the commission shall be reimbursed for necessary travel expenses to the same extent and upon the same conditions as Wyoming State employees are reimbursed under the rules and regulations of the State Auditor.
Section 3. Small Claims. If the Division requests that the matter be resolved as a small claims hearing, the Notice of Referral shall include the following notice:
(a) The Division determines that the amount at issue is less than $2,000 and does not involve an issue of the compensability of the injury. The Division therefore requests that the matter be resolved as a small claims hearing as provided in W.S. § 27-14-602(b)(i).
(b) The purpose of a small claims hearing is to provide expedited review by a hearing examiner. In a small claims hearing, the Division will not pay a claimant's attorney, nor will the Office of the Attorney General represent the Division.
(c) If any party objects to a small claims hearing request within 15 days of the notice, the hearing examiner will decide whether a small claims hearing or a contested case hearing is appropriate.
History
- Effective 2017-03-29
Chapter 7 Benefits
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.7.01072021 § 1 Awards of Compensation
(a)Computation of Disability Awards.
(i)Procedure for Determining Temporary Total Disability (TTD).
(A)Temporary wage rate is computed as follows:
(I)Hourly rate multiplied by the total number of hours worked within the employer's established work week = weekly rate;
(II)Weekly rate multiplied by 52 and divided by 12 =
monthly rate.
(B)Overtime will be considered if verification is received from the employer as outlined in the definition of actual monthly earnings Chapter 1, Section 3(d)(i)(C).
(C)If a worker is paid other than hourly, weekly or monthly, the worker shall verify income by documenting at least three months of wage history with the worker's employer(s) at the time of the injury. If the worker cannot obtain three months of information, the Division shall obtain verification of average monthly wages from the employer(s).
(ii)Procedure for Determining Temporary Partial Disability (TPD). TPD benefits will be calculated by taking 80% of the difference between the light duty wage and the employee's actual monthly earnings at the time of injury.
(A)The claimant will receive TPD benefits plus light duty wages. The combination of earnings and benefits is intended to pay the claimant more than TTD alone, and as close to pre-injury wage as possible, but cannot exceed the statewide average monthly wage for the quarterly period in which the injury occurred.
(B)TPD will terminate when any of the following occurs:
(I)The claimant returns to work in a full duty capacity, without limitations or restrictions, with the pre-injury or new employer;
(II)The light duty wages are 95% or more of the claimant's
pre-injury wage;
(III)The claimant is working more than one light duty, modified, or part-time job, and the total wages earned equal or exceed 95% of the pre-injury wage;
(IV)The claimant is unable to work at a gainful occupation for which he is reasonably suited by experience or training, and is certified temporarily totally disabled by his treating physician;
(V)The claimant incurred an ascertainable loss from the work- related injury and was given a PPI rating by his treating physician;
(VI)The claimant voluntarily terminates light duty employment due to non-injury related reasons.
(iii)Procedure for Determining Permanent Partial Disability (PPD). The award shall be calculated using the statutory formula which adds months to the award for each of five labor market factors: The worker's remaining work-life (14 months maximum), experience in other occupations (six months maximum), education (eight and one half months maximum), career plans (two months maximum) and age over 40 (three months maximum). The application for the award shall contain such information as the Division deems necessary to apply the formula. Workers older than 65 at the time of ascertainable loss will be deemed to be 65 years old for purposes of the formula.
(b)Computation of Impairment Award. The calculation of the award pursuant to
W.S. § 27-14-405(g) will be based upon the percentage of whole body impairment as determined by the most recent edition of the American Medical Association Guides to the Evaluation of Physical Impairment or its successor publication.
(i)Permanent Partial Impairment Rating (PPI) Benefits Payment. After the Division receives a PPI rating from a physician, the Division shall compute the amount of benefits due, and offer a PPI award to the injured worker.
(A)If the injured worker disagrees with the PPI rating and requests a second impairment rating, the Division will schedule an appointment with an independent physician.
(I)Upon receipt of the second impairment rating the Division shall consider both ratings and issue a final determination.
History
- Effective 2021-01-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.7.01072021 § 2 Benefit Suspension, Limitations and Discounting
(a)Failure to Appear for Medical Appointment. TTD benefits shall be suspended if the worker fails to appear and cooperate in any examination or testing at an appointment with his health care provider(s), or one scheduled by the Division. Payment shall be suspended until such time as the worker appears at a subsequent rescheduled appointment. Payment will not be
suspended if:
(i)The worker notifies the Division prior to the appointment or within 24 hours after missing the appointment. The worker should call his claims analyst at the claims analyst's direct number and leave a message if the claims analyst is not available;
(ii)The Division determines that the worker made all reasonable efforts to appear at the appointment.
(b)Limitation on Period of Temporary Total Disability (TTD); Extraordinary Circumstance.
(i)The period for receiving a TTD award under W.S. § 27-14-404 resulting from a single incident, accident, or period of cumulative trauma or exposure shall not exceed a cumulative period of 24 months, except that the Division, in its discretion, may award additional TTD benefits if the claimant establishes by clear and convincing evidence that the claimant:
(A)Remains totally disabled, due solely to a work-related injury;
(B)Has not recovered to the extent that he or she can return to gainful
employment;
(C)Reasonably expects to return to gainful employment within 12 months following the date of the first TTD claim occurring after the expiration of the 24- month period;
(D)Does not have an ascertainable loss which would qualify for benefits under W.S. §§ 27-14-405 or 406;
(E)Has taken all reasonable measures to facilitate recovery, including compliance with the recommendations of the treating physician.
(c)Discounting of Lump Sum Payments. Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-403(f), awards to an injured worker or an injured worker's spouse for PPD, Permanent Total Disability (PTD) or death, or any part of such awards, may be discharged by the payment of a lump sum if the Administrator determines that a lump sum payment is justified by exceptional necessity. All lump sum payments shall be discounted using a discount factor determined by the State Treasurer's Office, based upon the average rate of return on the Division's investments for the prior fiscal year.
History
- Effective 2021-01-07
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.7.01072021 § 3 Medical and Hospital Care
(a)Health Care Benefits.
(i)Workers with injuries compensable under the Act shall be provided reasonable and necessary health care benefits as a result of such injuries.
(ii)Change of Health Care Provider. A worker wishing to change treating health care providers while under treatment shall file a written request with the Division, stating all reasons for the change and the name of the intended new treating health-care provider. The Division shall send notice of the change to the employer, the worker, and the current and intended new treating health care providers.
(iii)Medical Reimbursement to Injured Worker. Requests for reimbursement may be submitted to the Division by an injured worker for expense paid out-of-pocket for medical service(s) deemed reasonable, necessary and directly related to his work-related injury on a form provided by the Division.
(A)Requests for reimbursement will be considered only if the original receipt, which must be itemized, displays the transaction date, and substantiates proof of payment, is submitted with the Division's form.
(B)The Division may reimburse an injured worker 100% for the initial expense including taxes, paid out-of-pocket for prescribed medical service, prescribed drug or supply required to treat a compensable injury, when the service, drug or supply had been provided prior to the Division's notifying the injured worker of the case number assigned to his reported injury. The Division will not reimburse an injured worker for insurance co-pays or deductibles.
(C)Expenses incurred by an injured worker for over-the-counter (OTC) medication or medical supplies prescribed or recommended by the treating health care provider will be reimbursed at 100% of the purchase price, including taxes.
(iv)Travel Reimbursement. Reimbursement for travel necessary to obtain the closest available medical or hospital care needed by the employee will be payable at the rates provided for state employees in the rules and regulations of the State Auditor. W.S. § 27 14-401(d)(iii).
(A)Reimbursement for mileage will be based on map mileage from address to address and travel within the community of residence will only be paid if the distance exceeds ten miles one way.
(B)Requests for reimbursement of meal, lodging, bus, air travel, cab, train, parking, and other travel expenses must be accompanied by the original receipt. Reimbursement will not be paid for car rental expenses under any circumstances.
(C)Reimbursement for meals shall be paid as provided for state employees in the rules and regulations of the State Auditor.
(D)Unless medically necessary, there shall be no reimbursement for the travel and associated expenses incurred by other persons or for phone charges incurred during such travel. Necessity for accompanied travel should be reflected in the documentation provided from the health care provider.
(E)Reimbursement for travel will be considered only if filed on the appropriate form provided by the Division.
(F)Claims for reimbursement shall be submitted to the Division within one (1) year from the date travel or other expenses were incurred.
History
- Effective 2021-01-07
Chapter 8 Chiropractic Panel: Rehabilitation Panel
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.8.08142006 Chiropractic Panel: Rehabilitation Panel
Rules, Regulations and Fee Schedules of the
Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division
CHAPTER 8 - CHIROPRACTIC PANEL; REHABILITATION PANEL
Section 1. Chiropractic Panel. The Administrator shall establish a Chiropractic Panel to provide guidance to the Division in making recommendations and establishing utilization guidelines, which shall address the appropriateness and reasonableness for the care and treatment of injured workers, for use in auditing and adjudicating chiropractic claims. Membership on the panel is limited to those chiropractors that have a current license to practice in the state of Wyoming; are in good standing with the applicable state regulatory bodies; and have demonstrated special competence and interest in industrial health. The panel will provide guidance to the Division on utilization matters and standards of care, and will function as peer review for Division issues. The Administrator will solicit expressions of interest in serving on the panel from the membership of the Wyoming Chiropractic Association.
Section 2. Rehabilitation Panel. The Administrator shall establish a Rehabilitation Panel to provide guidance to the Division in making recommendations and establishing utilization guidelines, which shall address the appropriateness and reasonableness for the care and treatment of injured workers, for use in auditing and adjudicating physical, occupational and speech therapy claims. Membership on the panel is limited to those therapists that have a current license to practice in the state of Wyoming; are in good standing with the applicable state regulatory bodies, and have demonstrated special competence and interest in industrial health. Recruitment of the panel members will be by the Administrator who will solicit expressions of interest in serving on the panel from each therapy discipline's state association. This panel may include, but is not limited to members of Wyoming Physical Therapy Association, Wyoming Occupational Therapy Association, and/or Wyoming Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
History
- Effective 2006-08-14
Chapter 9 Fee Schedules
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 1 General Guidelines
Pursuant to Wyoming Statutes § 27-14-401(b), (e), and (g) medical and/or hospital care shall be reviewed for appropriateness and reasonableness and shall be reimbursed according to the adopted schedule(s). The following guidelines are applicable to each section within this chapter.
(a) All claims shall be paid in accordance with the fee schedule in effect at the time of service.
(b) Certain services may be subject to preauthorization pursuant to Chapter 10 of these rules. These guidelines can be found at: https://dws.wyo.gov/dws-division/workers-compensation/medical-providers/preauthorization-process/.
(c) The Division shall use accepted medical resources and publications to aid in adjudicating bills. This shall include, but not be limited to, the most recent edition of the following sources at the time services are rendered:
(i) National Physician Fee Schedule Relative Value file (Resource Based Relative Value Scale - RBRVS), as modified and published by Medicare and FAIR Health Data in January of 2026.
(ii) The Current Procedural Terminology CPT® 2026, Professional Edition, published by the American Medical Association (AMA). All CPT® modifiers are adopted, unless otherwise specified in this Rule.
(iii) Medicare Severity Diagnosis Related Groups (MS-DRGs) Definitions Manual, Version 40.1 using MS-DRGs from CMS-1833-F Table 5.
(iv) Hospital Outpatient Prospective Payment System (OPPS) Addenda A and B, as updated by CMS quarterly, Calendar Year (CY) 2026.
(v) Health Care Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) Level II Professional 2026 published by the AMA.
(vi) Medicare's Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule File, CY 2026 quarterly update release.
(vii) The Current Dental Terminology, CDT® 2026, published by the American Dental Association.
(viii) Medicare's 2026 Anesthesia Base Units by CPT® Code.
(ix) American Medical Association (AMA).
(x) Optum360.
(xi) Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS).
(xii) The Division's medical advisors.
(xiii) FAIR Health Data.
(d) The Division may change billed codes to achieve compliance with the current rules and regulations. The provider payment statement shall advise of code changes and the right to appeal.
(e) Codes where no value is established in the Resource Based Relative Value Scale (RBRVS) methodology will pay using gap fill values as established by FAIR Health Data or By Report (BR); whichever is less. If the value is determined BR, a comparable code value will be assigned; if no value is found, the billed charges will be reduced by 20%.
(f) In no case shall any provider bill for charges greater than those charged the general public for like services.
(g) The Division shall not pay more than the total billed amount.
(h) A health care provider or facility shall provide records to the Division without charge after a claim has been accepted.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 2 Fee Schedules
(a) The Division adopts the 2026 version published prior to the date of service for the following references Resource Based Relative Value Scale (RBRVS), as published by Optum360, LLC, as authored by the American Medical Association (AMA), insofar as it addresses medical matters under the Act unless otherwise defined in this chapter and, the Relative Values for Dentists (RVD), as published and authored by Relative Value Studies, Inc., Thornton, Colorado, insofar as it addresses dental matters under the Act.
(i) The Division has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(ii) The incorporation by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection (a) of this section; and
(iii) The incorporated code, standard, rule or regulation is maintained at 5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002 and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(b) Each code incorporated by reference in these rules is further identified as follows:
(i) RBRVS, including gap fill code values and RVD, as they were in effect on January 1, 2026, and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division.
(ii) National Correct Coding Initiative (NCCI) as they were in effect on the date of service submitted, and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, Wyoming Workers' Compensation Division found at: https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Coding/NationalCorrectCodInitEd.
(c) There are five (5) conversion factors (CF) for the Professional Fee Schedule, Wyoming uses the National RBRVS system and recognizes the below conversion factors:
SPECIALTY GROUP
CONVERSION FACTOR
Anesthesia
$ 55.04
Spine Procedures
$ 79.64
Evaluation and Management
$ 38.97
Physical Med/Radiology/Surgery
Radiology- MRI Services Only
$ 69.47
$ 108.45
(d) Dental reimbursement is based on the 85th percentile of FAIR Health Data benchmarks as published July 1 of 2025.
(e) MD assistants shall be paid 20% of the surgical allowance and shall include one of the following modifiers:
(i) 80 - Assistant Surgeon.
(ii) 81 - Minimum Assistant Surgeon
(iii) 82 - Assistant Surgeon (when qualified resident surgeon not available)
(f) Non-MD assistants shall be paid 15% of the surgical allowance and shall include the following modifier:
(i) AS - Non-physician assisting at surgery.
(g) Anesthesia services are paid at a specific rate and shall include one of the following modifiers:
(i) AA - anesthesia services performed by the Anesthesiologist, are paid at one hundred percent (100%) of the allowable fees.
(ii) AD - medical supervision by a Physician with more than four (4) concurrent anesthesia procedures are paid at fifty percent (50%) of the allowable fees.
(iii) QK - medical direction of two (2), three (3) or four (4) concurrent anesthesia procedures involving qualified individuals are paid at fifty percent (50%) of the allowable fees.
(iv) QX - qualified non-physician anesthetists with medical direction by a Physician are paid at fifty percent (50%) of the allowable fees.
(v) QY - medical direction of one qualified non-physician Anesthetist by an Anesthesiologist are paid at fifty percent (50%) of the allowable fees.
(vi) QZ - CRNA (Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist) without medical direction by a Physician are paid at one hundred percent (100%) of the allowable fees.
(h) Anesthesia services may include one of the additional modifiers:
(i) P-1 Healthy Patient (0 RVUs)
(ii) P-2 Patient with mild systemic disease (0 RVUs)
(iii) P-3 Patient with severe systemic disease (1 RVUs)
(iv) P-4 Patient with severe systemic disease that is a constant threat to life (2 RVUs)
(v) P-5 Moribund patient who is not expected to survive without the operation (3 RVUs)
(vi) P-6 Declared brain-dead patient whose organs are being removed for donor purposes (0 RVUs)
(i) Fees for Independent Medical Evaluations (IME), Permanent Partial Impairment Ratings (PPI), Medical Testimony and Deposition(s). See Chapter 10, and Chapter 9, Section 1 for additional guidelines. Medical bills must indicate total time spent on review of records, actual examination and writing of the report on the written report and/or the CMS-1500 claim form. The medical report must include a breakdown of the total time spent. Medical bills must also include time spent on travel, if applicable.
(i) Independent Medical Evaluations (IME) or Impairment Ratings. The Division shall pay according to the following fee schedule:
(A) If the IME or Impairment Rating is completed by the treating physician, use Code 99455. If the IME or Impairment Rating is completed by a physician, other than the treating healthcare provider, use Code 99456.
Code Time Payment
99455-99456 1st hour $750.00
Each additional 15 minutes $93.75
(B) Fees for No Call/No Show appointments, where a paper file review with report is submitted to the Division will be paid in accordance with the above fee schedule.
(C) Fees for No Call/No Show appointments, where a paper file review with report is not completed or submitted to the Division must be billed to the claimant.
(ii) Medical Testimony and Deposition Charges. The Division shall pay according to the following fee schedule:
Code Time Payment
99075 1st hour $750.00
Each additional 15 minutes $65.00
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 3 Fees for Home Health Nursing
(a) The Division adopts the following fee-based schedule guidelines for home health nursing services being provided by independent Medicare/Medicaid certified agencies. This is a straight fee, no overtime, holiday rate, or shift differential shall be paid and Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) exempt. A visit equals a range of fifteen (15) minutes to a maximum of four (4) hours per day. See Chapter 10, Section 17 and Chapter 9, Section 1 for additional guidelines.
Type of Nursing Per Visit Rate
RN
$146.50
LPN
$146.50
CNA
$66.34
(b) The Division adopts the following fee-based schedule guidelines for Private duty services/attendant care. This fee schedule is for long term daily care at home and is Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) exempt. This is a straight hourly fee, no overtime, holiday rate or shift differential shall be paid. See Chapter 10, and Chapter 9, Section 1 for additional guidelines.
Type of Nursing Hourly Rate
RN $35.00
LPN $35.00
CNA $22.00
*Attendant $15.00
*Attendant care includes personal care for activities of daily living. A physician prescription and time limit is required. Attendant care shall be provided by individuals approved by the primary treating health care provider.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 4 Fees for Supplies, Implants, Durable Medical Equipment (DME), Orthotics and Prosthetics
(a) The Division adopts the Rural Wyoming Medicare rate plus thirty percent (+30%) of the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) as the rates were published quarterly by CMS in 2026, for the payment of supplies, DME, orthotics and prosthetic devices prescribed by a health care provider. See Chapter 9, Section 1 for additional guidelines. The Division shall not pay for any supplies, DME, orthotics, or prosthetics unless prescribed by the treating health care provider.
(i) The Division has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(ii) The incorporation by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection a of this section; and
(iii) The incorporated code, standard, rule or regulation is maintained at 5221
Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002 and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location.
(b) Each code incorporated by reference in these rules is further identified as follows:
(i) Reference to the Rural Wyoming Medicare rate of the Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) is adopted by the Division as updated quarterly by CMS in 2026 found at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payment/fee-schedules/dmepos/dmepos-fee-schedule.
(c) Please refer to Workers' Compensation Division Program rules Chapter 10 Miscellaneous Medical Protocols, Section 8 for the required documentation to be submitted with each supply, DME, orthotic, or prosthetic order. Prior authorization is only completed for items over two thousand five-hundred dollars ($2,500) and is voluntary.
(d) Any related charges for supplies, DME, orthotics and prosthetics not listed in the Rural Wyoming Medicare HCPCS fee schedule shall be paid using the FAIR Health Data gap fill values or at eighty percent (80%) of billed charges; whichever is less. Charges deemed excessive shall require additional documentation for justification.
(i) Any single supply/DME item/orthotic or prosthetic; not listed in the Rural Medicare HCPCS fee schedule and has no FAIR Health Data gap fill value, charged at $1,000.00 or more, shall require a supplier's invoice. Reimbursement shall be at 130% of invoice cost. Shipping and handling charges shall not be reimbursed.
(ii) Any supply/DME item/orthotic or prosthetic submitted without the supplier's invoice shall be paid at 40% of billed charges.
(iii) Reimbursement for HCPCS code E0676-Intermittent Limb Compression Device will be paid at a flat rate of four hundred dollars ($400) for use of this device during the surgical procedure only.
(iv) The Division shall not provide direct payment to suppliers or manufacturers for implantable items.
(e) The preceding fees are not intended to address newly developed items or technologies.
Section 5. Fees for Hearing Aids/Prescription Lenses. See Chapter 10, sections 12 and 26 for additional guidelines.
(a) The Division shall pay 130% of the supplier's/manufacturer's invoice price for hearing aids when the provider submits the invoice to the Division. If an invoice is not submitted, the reimbursement shall be 40% of billed charges.
(b) The Division shall reimburse for frames and lenses as prescribed for compensable vision loss, or replacement due to a work-related accident, per the CMS rates and FAIR Health Data gap fill values as published quarterly by CMS in 2026. The Division may demand additional documentation and justification for any charges deemed excessive by the Division.
(c) The Division shall reimburse an injured worker for the repair or comparable replacement of a hearing aid device or prescription lens damaged or destroyed in a work-related accident.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 6 Fees for Pharmacy Items
Pharmaceuticals must be billed with a National Drug Code (NDC) and the correct units for the NDC. See Chapter 10, sections 18 and 25 for additional guidelines.
(a) Pharmaceuticals shall be reimbursed at the lower of:
(i) Average Wholesale Price (AWP) minus 10% plus a $5.00 dispensing fee; or
(ii) The provider's usual and customary charge. In no case shall any provider bill for charges greater than those charged to the general public for like services. The Division reserves the right to review such charges and reimburse at the usual and customary rate if a discrepancy is found.
(b) Reimbursement shall be decreased by $2.50 per prescription if a paper claim is submitted unless electronic billing is unavailable at the time of service making it unreasonable to submit the claim through the online process.
(c) Over the counter items that do not have a valid NDC number shall be considered supplies and shall not be paid with an added dispensing fee. See Chapter 9, Section 4 for additional guidelines.
(i) Please see the nutritional supplements section in Chapter 10, Section 18 for additional information.
(d) If the pharmaceutical is a repackaged drug, as determined by the NDC for the product dispensed, reimbursement shall be calculated per Section 6(a) using the AWP of the lowest cost therapeutic equivalent product.
(e) If a pharmaceutical intended for outpatient use is dispensed through the office of a medical care provider, reimbursement will be calculated per Section 6(a) - (d), equivalent to the reimbursement provided to a retail pharmacy.
Section 7. Fees for Compounded Medications. - See Chapter 10, Section 7 for additional guidelines.
(a) Physicians billing for compounded drugs must provide the pharmacy invoice. The Division shall pay 130% of the supplier's/manufacturer's invoice price.
(b) Compounding pharmacies billing directly, shall be compensated for the drugs prescribed and related materials in accordance with Chapter 9, Section 6. The Division shall allow a fee for compounding services. Compounding medications shall be reimbursed per line item if each ingredient is determined to be coverable per Chapter 10, Section 7, Compound Prescription Medications.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 8 Fees for Ambulance Services
(a) Ambulance services shall be paid the lesser of the billed charge or the maximum allowable rate for the code appropriate for the documented service. The maximum allowable rates are all-inclusive. Mileage shall be reimbursed per documented loaded statute mile. See Chapter 9, Section 1 for additional guidelines
(b) The Division adopts CMS Rural Wyoming Medicare rates plus 30% as they were in effect on January 1, 2026, these rates can find at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payments/fee-schedules/ambulance/ambulance-fee-schedule-public-use-files.
(c) Please contact the Division's Provider Service Unit for information regarding Air Ambulance reimbursement at: (307) 777-7441.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 9 Facility Fees
(a) Fees for Inpatient Hospital Services.
(i) Inpatient hospital services shall be reimbursed in accordance with the CMS IPPS (Inpatient Prospective Payment System) payment methodology and the MS-DRG (Medicare Severity-Diagnosis Related Group) weight according to the CMS Table 5 (for the corresponding year of service) at 150% of the Medicare Base Rate, as updated in the CMS Medicare Final rule covered in Section 1 of this rule, for the given CMS fiscal year and effective on October 1, 2025 found at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payment/prospective-payment-systems/acute-inpatient-pps/fy-2026-ipps-final-rule-home-page#CMS-1833-F.
(ii) Medical services for which there is no inpatient weight listed shall be reimbursed at eighty percent (80%) of the reasonable charge.
(iii) If the inpatient admission and discharge occurs across different calendar years, the Base Rate and MS-DRG weight of the discharge year shall be used for the entirety of the inpatient stay.
(iv) Required documentation to support billed charges are as follows:
(A) Detailed itemization;
(B) Anesthesia graphic;
(C) Operative report;
(D) History and physical;
(E) Discharge summary;
(F) Implant Log and itemization; and
(G) Supplier's invoice will be required for any supplies and/or implants charged at five thousand dollars ($5,000.00) or more, per episode of care, for device intensive procedures as indicated by Medicare. Such items shall be reimbursed at one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of invoice amount. Shipping and handling charges shall not be reimbursed.
(v) Bills shall be audited for unidentified and unrelated services and/or items.
(vi) The Division shall provide a copy of the audit upon request.
(b) Fees for Outpatient Facility Services.
(i) Outpatient Services shall be reimbursed in accordance with Medicare Ambulatory Payment Classifications (APC) rates at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the allowed amount as updated quarterly by CMS in 2026, found at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payment/prospective-payment-systems/hospital-outpatient-pps/quarterly-addenda-updates.
(ii) Required documentation to support billed charges are as follows:
(A) Treatment notes to support the billed services.
(B) All test results.
(iii) Bills shall be audited for unidentified and unrelated services and/or items.
(iv) The Division shall provide a copy of the audit upon request.
(c) Fees for Ambulatory Surgery Services.
(i) Ambulatory Surgery Services shall be reimbursed in accordance with Medicare Ambulatory Surgery Center (ASC) rates at one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the allowed amount as updated quarterly by CMS in 2026, found at: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payment/prospective-payment-systems/ambulatory-surgical-center-asc/asc-payment-rates-addenda#:~:text=July%202022%20ASC%20Approved%20HCPCS,%2D%20Updated%2006/27/2019.
(ii) Medical services for which there is no ASC weight listed shall be reimbursed at eighty percent (80%) of the reasonable charge.
(iii) All payment status indicators shall be followed as indicated by Medicare.
(iv) Required documentation to support billed charges are as follows:
(A) Operative report;
(B) Implant Log and itemization; and
(C) Supplier's invoice for any supplies and/or implants charged at one thousand dollars ($1,000.00) or more, per episode of care. Such items shall be reimbursed at one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of invoice amount. Shipping and handling charges shall not be reimbursed.
(v) Bills shall be audited for unidentified and unrelated services and/or items.
(vi) The Division shall provide a copy of the audit upon request.
(d) Critical Access Hospitals (CAH) inpatient services will be paid at eighty percent (80%) of billed charges for all inpatient and outpatient services.
(e) Fees for Inpatient Rehabilitation Services.
(i) Inpatient Rehabilitation Services shall be reimbursed at eighty percent (80%) of billed charges.
(ii) Required documents to support billed charges are as follows:
(A) History and physical;
(B) Daily notes including physician visits, therapy notes, nursing notes, etc.; and
(C) Discharge summary, if applicable.
(iii) Bills shall be audited for unidentified and unrelated services and/or items.
(iv) The Division shall provide a copy of the audit upon request.
(f) Fees for Skilled Nursing Services.
(i) Inpatient Skilled Nursing Services shall be reimbursed in accordance with the Annual Skilled Nursing Facility Per Diem Room Rate Survey conducted by the Division.
(A) If the facility has not established a per diem room rate with the Division for the calendar year corresponding to the date of service, the average of the submitted rates will be used.
(ii) The per diem room rates for a semi-private bed shall be the usual and customary rates charged to the general public. Such rates shall be effective automatically on the first day of each calendar year.
(A) The per diem room rates will be all inclusive of the care for the claimant for the day. This includes but is not limited to:
(I) Administration of oxygen and related medication;
(II) Hand feedings;
(III) Incontinence Care;
(IV) Tray Service;
(V) Therapy Services, including physical therapy, occupational therapy, speech and language therapy; and
(VI) Over the counter medications.
(B) Certain items are permitted to be billed outside of the per diem
rate, such as:
(I) Ambulance services when medically necessary;
(II) Some durable medical equipment (DME) items;
(III) Wheelchairs;
(IV) Braces;
(V) Medical services including laboratory, radiology and surgical procedures;
(VI) Physician and other practitioner services, excluding physical therapy, occupational therapy and speech and language therapy; and
(VII) Prosthetics.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.9.02042026 § 10 Fees for Home Infusion Therapy
(a) Home Infusion Therapy (HIT) will be paid in accordance with the CMS Medicare HIT rates as published on January 1, 2026, plus a thirty percent (30%) increase.
(b) The Division shall pay only one of the G-codes per line item date of service when one of the drugs from the applicable category is billed with the same line item date of service or a date of service within thirty (30) days prior to the G-code visit.
(i) Healthcare Common Procedure Coding System (HCPCS) code S9328-Home Infusion Therapy, implanted pump pain management infusion; administrative services, professional pharmacy services, care coordination, and all necessary supplies and equipment (drugs and nursing visits coded separately), per diem will be paid at Workers' Compensation Usual and Customary fee of two hundred dollars ($200.00).
(ii) The fees associated with the G-codes on the HIT fee file will be "a per day rate"; therefore, the units on the line should not be multiplied by the rate.
(iii) The drug remains separately payable from the G-code line item HIT suppliers will report the following HCPCS G-codes associated with the payment categories for the professional services furnished in the individual's home and on an infusion drug administration calendar day.
(iv) For additional information regarding the Medicare rates and coding for these services, please visit: https://www.cms.gov/medicare/payment/fee-for-service-providers/home-infusion-therapy/billing-and-rates#:~:text=CY%202025%20National%20Home%20Infusion,HIT%20payment%20rates%20are%20unchanged.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Chapter 10 Miscellaneous Medical Protocols
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 1 Acupuncture
(a) The Division shall pay for acupuncture procedures only if the services are performed by a healthcare provider as defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(x), who is certified to perform acupuncture. Before the Division will issue any payment for acupuncture services, the health care provider shall submit to the Division proof of certification in acupuncture from an accredited school or a school that is a candidate for accreditation.
(i) The Division shall pay for acupuncture procedures performed by Acupuncturists who have been issued a license to practice acupuncture by the Wyoming Board of Acupuncture. The Division will only consider payment to a fully licensed Acupuncturist upon receipt of written orders from the injured worker's treating health care provider specifying the diagnosis and number of sessions or timeframe. To verify licensure go to: http://acupuncture.wyo.gov
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 2 Alcohol and Drug Testing Protocols
(a) Nothing in this rule is intended to authorize any employer to test any employee for alcohol or drugs in any manner inconsistent with constitutional, federal or statutory requirement.
(b) Nothing in this rule shall be construed to require an employer to test, or create a legal obligation upon the employer to request an employee to undergo drug or alcohol testing. An employer's decision to post-accident test should be consistent with their substance abuse and testing policy.
(c) All drug and alcohol testing, initial and confirmation, conducted in conjunction with the employer's drug-free workplace policy will be at the employer's expense.
(i) All testing for alcohol and controlled substances will be conducted in accordance with the requirements of 49 CFR Part 40, which procedures are designed to protect the employee and the integrity of the testing process, safeguard the validity of the test results, and ensure those results are attributed to the correct employee.
(ii) Pursuant to 49 CFR Part 40, a covered employer may test for any and all metabolites: including synthetic forms of: Amphetamines; Marijuana (cannabinoids); Cocaine (benzoylecgonine); Opiates (codeine, morphine, heroin); PCP (phencyclidine); Alcohol; or any controlled substance subsequently subject to testing pursuant to drug testing regulations adopted by the United States Department of Transportation.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 3 Alternative Medicine
Except as provided in Section 10 of this Chapter, the Division will not authorize or pay for any alternative medicine treatments, defined as any medical practice or intervention that lacks sufficient documentation for safety or effectiveness against any specific conditions, or lacks a valid scientific base.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 4 Biofeedback
Biofeedback services shall be paid according to Chapter 9, Section 2 of these rules. The following conditions apply:
(a) Individual meets the definition of "injury" under W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi); and,
(b) The services must be prescribed by the primary treating health care provider.
(c) Administration of biofeedback treatment is limited to those practitioners who are certified by the Biofeedback Certification Institute of America;
(d) Practitioners must submit a current copy of their biofeedback certification to the Division of Workers' Compensation;
(e) Treatment can be authorized when the following is presented to the Division:
(i) An evaluation report documenting:
(A) The basis for the injured worker's condition;
(B) The condition's relationship to the work injury;
(C) An evaluation of the injured worker's functional measurable modalities (e.g., range of motion, uptime, walking tolerance, medication intake, etc.);
(D) An outline of the proposed treatment program; and,
(E) An outline of the expected restoration goals.
(ii) The injured worker's progress must be documented in the medical records to include continued medical necessity, expected number of sessions, and ability to facilitate any further functional gains.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 5 Biological or Chemical Exposure Injury
The Division shall pay for the laboratory testing of any specimen collected from the body of an injured worker in order to determine his exposure to biological or chemical agents in covered employment, if such tests are ordered by the treating health care provider.
(a) If medical emergency response personnel determine that an injured worker should be treated in a hospital emergency room, the Division will pay for ambulance transportation from the place of exposure to the nearest hospital.
(b) The Division shall pay for hospitalization of the injured worker, subsequent to his receipt of treatment in an emergency room, if it is determined by the treating physician that in-patient confinement is necessary to establish the existence and extent of exposure, and to diagnose the effects of the exposure.
(i) Except to the extent expressly provided, nothing in this section shall relieve a worker of the burden to prove the elements of an "injury" as defined by W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi).
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 6 Blood-borne Pathogen Testing and Prophylactic Care
(a) Benefits for human blood-borne pathogen testing and prophylactic care under W.S. § 27-14-501(a) shall be limited to the cost of reasonable and necessary initial and follow-up testing and reasonable and necessary prophylactic treatment. Benefits under this section shall be available only to workers reasonably believed to have incurred a potentially significant exposure.
(b) Nothing in this section shall limit benefits for testing and prophylactic care to any particular covered occupations included in the definition of "injury" under W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi) and prescribing reasonable prophylactic medical treatment during the disease's latency period.
(c) Except to the extent expressly provided, nothing in this section shall receive a worker of the burden to prove the elements of an "injury" as defined by W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi).
(d) Nothing in this subsection shall limit benefits for an exposure to a disease that has resulted in an "injury" as defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(xi)
(e) The Division will follow current recommendations of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention for post-exposure prophylaxis.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 7 Compound Prescription Medications
The Division shall pay for compound prescription medications per Wyoming Worker' Compensation formulary listed at: https://dws.wyo.gov/dws-division/workers-compensation/resources-information/provider-bulletins/, National Drug Code (NDC) and the fee schedule listed in Chapter 9, Section 7 of these rules.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 8 Durable Medical Equipment (DME)
The limitations in this section are in addition to any other limitation or restrictions that may apply to the Division's rental or purchase of any physical items or apparatus as a benefit under the Act.
(a) The Division will not rent or purchase or provide reimbursement for any physical item or apparatus for use by an injured worker unless there is proof that the item:
(i) Is medically necessary for the documented compensable work injury;
(ii) Is prescribed by a health care provider;
(iii) Is the most cost-effective method of meeting the medical need;
(iv) Is not considered to be experimental or investigational;
(v) Is designed to withstand repeated use in the home;
(vi) Generally is not useful to a person in the absence of an illness or injury;
(vii) Has primary purpose other than enhancing the personal comfort of the injured worker or providing convenience for the injured worker or caregiver;
(viii) Is the type of item that is suitable and commonly provided for home use or mobility under employer provided health insurance coverage, Medicare or Medicaid; and,
(ix) Generally has an expected lifetime of at least three (3) years.
(b) The Division may choose to rent or purchase any physical item or apparatus depending on its assessment as to which option is most reasonable and cost effective.
(c) DME Repair or Replacement. Requests for repair or replacement of equipment purchased by the Division shall be reviewed on an individual case-by-case basis. Approval will be dependent upon evidence the equipment was used in a safe and appropriate manner and, due to normal wear and tear, needs to be repaired or replaced. Evidence of improper use or abuse of equipment may warrant denial of the repair or replacement of the equipment.
(d) An injured worker shall be responsible for reasonable care and maintenance of any physical item or apparatus provided.
(i) The Division may cover needed repairs and maintenance when a professional is required and the services are not covered under warranty within the warranty period.
(ii) Providers shall not bill for equipment, parts, or services covered under manufacturer warranty within the warranty period.
(iii) The Division may require a copy of the warranty from the provider to be submitted upon request.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 9 Emergency or After Office Hours Care
Emergency or necessary after office hours care performed in a non-emergency room setting shall be coded 99050. This code shall be paid in addition to other services provided during the same visit. Emergency department services shall be billed using the appropriate CPT codes.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 10 Experimental Care
Experimental care is defined as any device, drug, procedure or test used in the delivery of medical, pharmaceutical, surgical or therapeutic services that are not customary and considered investigational, unusual, controversial and/or obsolete. The Division will neither authorize nor pay for these services.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 11 Functional Capacity Evaluation
A functional capacity evaluation can be requested by the Division, the health care provider, or the employer to measure general residual functional capacity to perform work or provide other general evaluation information, including musculoskeletal evaluation. The functional capacity evaluation must be performed by a licensed physical therapist or occupational therapist credentialed or experienced in performing functional capacity evaluations. The functional capacity evaluation must have objective components which measure the validity of the test results.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 12 Hearing Aids
If it has been determined through medical examination and testing that an injured worker incurred a hearing impairment as a result of a compensable injury, the Division shall pay for examinations and testing of the ear(s), and the purchase of hearing aid devices(s) approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and respective supplies, in order to restore the injured worker's hearing as close to pre-injury status as possible.
(a) A hearing test must be performed, and the results submitted to the Division, in order to substantiate the existence of a compensable hearing loss and to establish a base line from which to measure any potential increase in hearing impairment in the future.
(b) The Division shall pay for a replacement hearing aid only if the treating physician submits a written report to the Division, specifying that a new hearing aid is required due to an increase in hearing impairment which is directly related to the compensable injury. The report must include the results of a current hearing test, which evidences an increase in hearing impairment over the base line, or the results of the last hearing test on file with the Division.
(c) If the Division verifies that an injured worker's pre-existing hearing aid, not his hearing, was damaged or destroyed as a result of a work-related accident, the Division shall pay for one comparable replacement hearing aid.
(i) The Division will not pay for a cochlear implant, tympanoplasty, or other similar surgery as a replacement for a damaged or destroyed hearing aid device.
(ii) The Division will not pay for a subsequent replacement hearing aid if the first replacement hearing aid was lost, stolen, or broken.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 13 Home and Vehicle Modifications
(a) Workers who have experienced a catastrophic injury may be eligible for home and vehicle modifications. Catastrophic injuries include, but are not limited to paralysis, quadriplegia, severe head trauma, amputation and multiple traumas. Requests for home or vehicle modifications will be reviewed by Division staff to determine if the home or vehicle modification meets the injured worker's needs for safety, mobility, and activities of daily living. Only one residence and one current vehicle of a catastrophically injured worker will be modified. Modifications must be reasonable and appropriate for the injured worker's actual functional disability and level of care.
(i) A home modification is defined as a physical structural change to an injured worker's permanent residence. If the injured worker does not own property of his residence, he must obtain and submit to the Division written permission for structural modification and proof of ownership from the property owner before modifications will be considered.
(A) The Division will not pay for any structural modifications performed prior to the Division giving written consent.
(B) The Division will not pay to restore the modified structure to its original condition when the injured worker ceases to reside on the property.
(ii) Modifications can be done at the time a home is being built, but the Division shall only pay for the cost difference between the standard home structure and the modified structure. The modifications must be in compliance with accessibility standards.
(iii) The Division will not purchase any real estate or new or used motor vehicle for the injured worker.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 14 Impairment Ratings-Requirements
(a) Pursuant to W.S. § 27-14-405(g) any physician determining permanent physical impairment shall:
(i) Have a current, active, and unrestricted license to practice medicine issued by a state medical board; and,
(ii) Use the instructions and complete all required measurements referencing all tables contained in the American Medical Association's Guide to the Evaluation of Permanent Impairment. The Division requires impairment ratings to be submitted in the same format as the forms contained within that publication.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 15 Independent Medical Evaluation
The Division may require an injured worker to submit to an Independent Medical Evaluation by a non-treating health care provider for the purpose of obtaining a second opinion regarding the diagnosis, prognosis or treatment of an injured worker's injury complaints, or to obtain a permanent partial impairment rating of the residual effects attributed to a compensable injury per W.S. § 27-14-401(f). The evaluation may include: review of medical records, diagnostic studies, or other relevant materials; examination of the injured worker; consultations with other health care providers or Division representatives; and, any technical preparation by office staff.
(a) The Division may request a non-treating health care provider to conduct a paper review of an injured worker's medical records for the purpose of obtaining a second opinion regarding the diagnosis, prognosis, or treatment of an injured worker's injury complaints. When conducting a paper review, the health care provider conducting the review will be paid at the same rate as a physician who performed an Independent Medical Evaluation for the Division.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 16 Massage Therapy
Massage therapy treatment will be permitted when given by a massage practitioner upon written orders from the injured worker's treating health care provider. Massage therapy treatment must be under the direct supervision of a healthcare provider as defined in W.S. § 27-14-102(a)(x) and provided in conjunction with other therapy modalities performed on the same day.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 17 Nursing Services
No fee under this section shall be allowed by the Division without first reviewing the fee for appropriateness and reasonableness in accordance with its adopted fee schedules.
(a) Home Health Nursing Services
(i) Home Health Nursing Services shall be intermittent, medically necessary, related to the work injury, documented in a plan of treatment, expected to last six (6) months or less, and ordered by a physician.
(ii) Initial prescriptions/orders for home health nursing services shall include the reason for home health skilled nursing, frequency, and duration.
(iii) Face to face visit. All new home health orders shall be accompanied by documentation of a face to face visit having occurred within ninety (90) days prior to the start of home health services.
(iv) Only independent Medicare/Medicaid certified agencies may provide home health nursing care;
(v) Only Certified Nursing Assistants, Licensed Practical Nurses, Licensed Vocational Nurses or Registered Nurses working for a Medicare/Medicaid certified agency can provide home health nursing care;
(vi) If the injured worker's residence is not within a fifty (50) mile radius of a Medicare/Medicaid certified agency, the Division may approve other alternatives such as Private Duty Nursing Services. Any such arrangement must have prior approval from the Division.
(vii) Home Health Nursing Services beyond six (6) consecutive months shall be reviewed by the Division to determine continued medical necessity.
(viii) Private Duty Services/Attendant Care. Private duty services/attendant care for long term daily care at home not being provided by a Home Health Agency, includes but not limited to; personal care for activities of daily living.
(ix) Initial prescriptions/orders for services shall include the reason for private duty services/attendant care, frequency, and duration.
(x) Private duty services/attendant care shall be provided by individuals who are approved by the primary treating health care provider.
(xi) Private duty services/attendant care shall be paid for a maximum of twelve (12) hours per day per provider.
(xii) Private duty services/attendant care required beyond twelve (12) consecutive months shall be reviewed by the Division; every twelve (12) months thereafter to determine continued medical necessity.
(b) Disclaimer of Employment. Persons performing services in the home of an injured worker are not employees of the State of Wyoming. The provider or the provider's employer shall retain all responsibility for the payment of any and all federal income tax, state or federal unemployment insurance, state or federal social security premiums, and workers' compensation premiums that may be due.
(c) Fees. See Chapter 9, Section 3 for specific information on fees for home health nursing, private duty services and attendant care.
(d) Nursing Facility Care Referral Process
(i) A referral for nursing facility placement shall be made by the treating health care provider. The referral shall be communicated to the Division by the treating health care provider and, when possible, the nursing facility, indicating the injured worker's medical needs require admission to or on the premises of a nursing facility. The request shall be reviewed by the Division for relatedness to the work injury and approved by the Director or designated representative. See Chapter 10, Section 28, Special Agreements for additional information on fee schedules and/or payment rates.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 18 Nutritional Supplements
The Division shall reimburse nutritional supplements, vitamins, and non-prescription drugs recommended by the treating health care provider, only if FDA approved and the supporting medical records document severe clinical dietary problems attributed to the compensable injury.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 19 Off-label use of Medical Services
Medications, treatments,
procedures or other medical services used for other than the approved Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) indications. These services should be medically necessary, i.e., have a
reasonable expectation of cure or significant relief of a condition consistent with any
applicable treatment parameter (Rules and Regulations Chapter 1, Section 3, Subsection (gg)).
The health care provider must document in the medical record the off-label use is medically
necessary, and will submit to the Division a comprehensive review of the medical literature.
This review will include at least two (2) reliable prospective, randomized, placebo-controlled,
double-blind trial. The Division will consider the quality of the evidence and determine
medical necessity.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 20 Payment for Medical Services and Professional Fees
(a) Claims for medical services provided to an injured worker for a compensable injury, and any associated fees charged by professionals, will be denied if: they fail to comply with the following standards for content of medical records:
(i) If handwritten, medical notes must be legible to anyone reading them,
(ii) If handwritten notes are illegible, medical notes must be typewritten,
(iii) Medical notes must include date of patient visit,
(iv) Medical notes must specify the reason for the encounter/visit and be described using the injured worker's own words,
(v) Medical notes must include a history and physical exam focused relative to injured worker's complaint to include a description of the findings of the examine relating to the reason for the complaint,
(vi) Medical notes must specify the diagnosis relative to the injured worker presenting complaint,
(vii) Medical notes must delineate a course of treatment consistent with the diagnosis,
(viii) The studies ordered of the injured worker must pertain to the complaint being addressed,
(ix) Medical notes must delineate the education instruction to the injured worker,
(x) Medical notes must contain an indication of the specifics of the follow-up care plan and include return-to-work expectations.
(xi) Medical notes must include authentication by the treating provider that adhere to the following criteria:
(A) A signature and date by the treating provider shall constitute authentication.
(B) A signature shall include the treating provider's first and last name and appropriate credentials (i.e. "P.A.", "D.O.", or "M.D.").
(C) Electronic signatures may be accepted, provided the signature includes a date, timestamp, and a printed statement such as "electronically signed by" or "verified/reviewed by."
(D) Rubber stamps may be utilized in situations where the treating provider has a physical disability that prevents them from manually or electronically signing the documentation for authentication. By affixing the rubber stamp, the treating provider certifies their review of the document.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 21 Physical Medicine and Restorative Services
(a) Chiropractors, physical therapists, physical therapist assistants, occupational therapists, and occupational therapist assistants may perform treatment modalities in the management of soft tissue injuries for the progressive development of strength and mobility, and to improve functional outcomes. An initial evaluation should document the diagnosis or clinical impression consistent with presenting complaint(s) and the results of the examination and diagnostic procedures conducted. Subsequent visits performed require documentation of measured, objective, significant findings.
(b) The Division shall pay physical therapy and occupational therapy services only if they are provided pursuant to a prescription from the injured worker's primary treating health care provider, as defined in Chapter 1, Section 3(mm) of these Rules.
(c) The Division shall monitor claims for services and may require provider to submit a formal written treatment plan or supplemental report detailing the medical necessity, specific goals, number of sessions and timeframes for review and authorization to continue the service. If the injured worker is not responding within the recommended duration periods, per the assessment of the provider, other treatment interventions, further diagnostics studies or consultation may be considered.
(d) The Administrator adopts the Rehabilitation Therapy Utilization Guidelines for the Care and Treatment of Injured Workers and Chiropractic Utilization Guidelines for the Care and Treatment of Injured Workers, which will be used by the Division in its evaluation and payment of physical therapy and chiropractic claims. These guidelines are available at: https://dws.wyo.gov/dws-division/workers-compensation/resources-information/treatment-guidelines/
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 22 Podiatry Treatment
Fees for services of a podiatrist will be limited to those allowed for minor surgery under the General Surgery section of the Locality Specific Resource Based Value Scale (RBRVS), as adopted in Chapter 9, Section 2 of these Rules.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 23 Preauthorization
The Division pursuant to its rules and regulations may issue a determination of preauthorization for an injured worker's nonemergency hospitalization, surgery or other specific medical care. W.S. § 27-14-601(o) as amended.
(a) Treatment rendered by a health care provider to a Wyoming Workers' Compensation injured worker for injuries, will be professionally reviewed and preauthorized on issues of whether proposed treatment is reasonable, medically necessary and in compliance with the Division's rules, regulations and treatment guidelines. Such treatment guidelines shall be predicated on relevant medical literature consistent with evidence-based medicine, or insurance industry standards or practices, or the guidance of the Medical Commission, and shall be available upon request. Policy establishing treatment guidelines shall be available in written format and also maintained on the Division's internet website located at: https://dws.wyo.gov/dws-division/workers-compensation/resources-information/preauthorization/
(b) The Division will institute procedures of preauthorization and utilization review. Policy outlining the description, medical definitions, and a required list of treatments to be preauthorized shall be developed, implemented and maintained.
(c) The Division will inform health care providers when treatment guidelines are expanded or modified, or there are changes in the Division policy or procedures.
(d) The preauthorization process
(i) Health care provider notification to the Division
(A) The health care provider must complete the request for preauthorization review form in writing, in advance of the injured worker receiving treatment for hospitalizations, surgeries or health care requiring preauthorization and submit it to the Division by fax, mail or email. The Provider Request for Preauthorization form can be obtained from the Division or through the internet at: https://dws.wyo.gov/dws-division/workers-compensation/resources-information/preauthorization/
(B) Concurrent with submission of the Provider Request for Preauthorization, the health care provider must supply relevant clinical information. This will include chart notes that document the injured worker's history, physical examination findings, diagnostic test results, treatment plan, and prognosis.
(ii) The Division will make a determination to authorize or deny treatment as requested per the preauthorization review form, pursuant to the procedures outlined in W.S. § 27-14-601(k).
(e) The Administrator or the Administrator's designee will make medical coverage decisions to ensure quality of care and prompt treatment of injured workers. Medical coverage policies and procedures will include, but are not limited to, decision on health care services, hospitalizations, surgical procedures, medical care, pharmaceuticals, rehabilitative modalities, devices, diagnostic tests, ambulatory services, and supplies rendered for the purpose of diagnosis, treatment or prognosis.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 24 Pregnancy Tests
The Division shall pay for pregnancy test only if it is ordered by an injured worker's treating health care provider to rule out pregnancy prior to performing a procedure or treatment considered potentially harmful to a fetus.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 25 Prescribed Drugs and Pharmacy Services
(a) The Division shall pay for prescription and over-the-counter medications only if a prescription, written by the treating provider is valid at the time of service.
(b) When medications prescribed for a compensable injury are dispensed on an outpatient basis, the Division will cover a brand name drug with an AB rated generic equivalent only if there is a documented medical necessity of the brand name. Prior authorization may be required for a brand name drug with an AB rated generic equivalent with the exception of certain drugs to be determined by the Division, to include specific anticonvulsant medications. The prescribing physician must provide the Division with medical justification for brand name medications, excluding anticonvulsants prescribed specifically for seizure control secondary to work injury.
(c) Healthcare providers directly dispensing prescriptions will be paid based on the original manufacturer's NDC code and the Wyoming Fee Schedule for pharmaceuticals as set forth in the Rules Wyo. Dep't of Workforce Servs., Workers' Com. Div, Ch9, § 6.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 26 Prescription Lenses
If it has been determined through medical examination and testing that an injured worker incurred a visual impairment as a result of a compensable injury, the Division shall pay for examinations and testing of the eye(s), and the purchase of prescription lenses to restore the injured worker's vision as close to pre-injury status as possible.
(a) A vision test must be performed, and the results submitted to the Division, in order to substantiate the existence of a compensable vision loss and to establish a baseline from which to measure any potential increase in visual impairment in the future.
(b) The Division shall pay for the replacement of prescription lenses only if the treating physician, ophthalmologist, or optometrist submits a written report to the Division which specifies that the new lenses are required due to an increase in visual impairment which is directly related to the compensable injury. The report must include the results of the current eye examination, which results in an increase in visual impairment over the baseline, or the results of the last eye examination on file with the Division.
(c) If the Division verifies that an injured worker's prescription lenses and/or frames, not his vision, were damaged or destroyed as a result of a work-related accident, the Division shall only pay for one replacement of prescription lenses and/or frames associated examination costs.
(i) The Division will not pay for cosmetic refractive procedures, or other laser type surgery as a replacement for damaged or destroyed prescription lenses.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 27 Smoking Cessation
(a) Tobacco cessation products, including varenicline (Chantix), nicotine patches, gum and lozenges, and bupropion (generic Zyban), will be covered for appropriate injured workers undergoing a surgical procedure (including spinal fusion surgery), suffering from an orthopedic fracture or break, or with a wound in which healing may be negatively affected by smoking.
(b) A maximum coverage period of six (6) months will be approved for designated therapies.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 28 Special Agreements
The Division may enter into special agreements for services provided by, or under the direction of, licensed providers authorized to treat Wyoming injured workers. Special agreements may be made for services not covered under the fee schedules adopted by the Division, and may include multi-disciplinary or interdisciplinary programs, pain management, work hardening, and physical conditioning, rehabilitation programs, and long-term nursing care. The Division shall establish payment rates for special agreements based on individual cases and may establish outcome criteria, measures of effectiveness, minimum staffing levels, certification requirements, special reporting requirements, and other criteria to ensure injured workers receive good quality and effective services at a reasonable cost. The Division may terminate special agreements and programs upon 30 days written notice to the provider.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 29 Therapeutic Injections
Therapeutic injections such as trigger point injections, facet joint injections, facet nerve blocks, sympathetic nerve blocks, epidurals, nerve root blocks, and peripheral nerve blocks shall be compensable only if administered to anatomical sites where they are reasonably calculated to treat the compensable injury. Prior to the first injection, the health care provider shall document in the injured worker's medical record the medical necessity for the injections, other active modalities, and instructions for the injured worker's home exercise plan. If additional injections are indicated, the prescribing health care provider shall provide subsequent documentation indicating the medical necessity and continued need for service in the injured worker's medical record. Payment for injections shall be based upon the appropriate CPT code. The Division will not pay for injections beyond a period of six (6) consecutive months unless the health care provider certifies the medical necessity and need for additional injections in the injured worker's medical record.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 30 Third Party Payments
No fee shall be paid to a third party unless the place of service or point of sale is identified on each bill.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 31 Vocational Evaluation
The Division may require an injured worker to participate in a vocational evaluation to determine his future employment potential, after he has applied for permanent award, including permanent partial disability, loss of earnings for injuries occurring before July 1, 1994, and permanent total disability.
(a) A vocational evaluation must be performed by a qualified vocational evaluator.
(i) An evaluator is considered qualified if he possesses: a B.A. or B.S. degree and three years of experience in completing vocational evaluations; a Master's degree in Vocational Rehabilitation; or national certification as a Vocational Evaluator (CVE)
(b) The vocational evaluation report must be submitted in the format determined by the Division.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 32 Spinal Cord Stimulators
The Division shall not authorize payment for any neurostimulator procedures, including spinal cord dorsal stimulators and dorsal root ganglion neuroaugmentation, or any medical or surgical costs related to the placement, revision, or removal of any spinal cord stimulator.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 33 Surgical Procedures
Except as otherwise authorized in these Rules, the Division shall not preauthorize payment or reimburse for any surgery, including a minimally invasive surgical procedure, or related costs, unless performed by a board-certified surgeon or a provider eligible for board certification as a surgeon by virtue of education and training. Nothing in this section shall limit the Division's authority to deny payment for investigational or experimental procedures or for procedures not otherwise eligible for payment, including services defined as Experimental Care in these Rules.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.10.01182025 § 34 Firefighter Cancer Detection and Prevention
(a) A healthcare provider shall determine the type, method, and required intervals of necessary testing.
(b) Any cancer detection and prevention test must be approved by the Food and Drug Administration.
(c) Tests and services for cancer detection and prevention shall be billed directly to the Division.
(d) The Division will not pay for or reimburse genetic marker testing or over-the-counter tests.
(e) The employee is required to prove ten (10) years of employment and/or volunteer service in the firefighting industry. Acceptable forms for proof of employment and/or volunteer service may include, but are not limited to:
(i) Pay advice or paystubs noting the employing entity or entities complete with dates.
(ii) Correspondence on letterhead from the employing entity or entities noting dates of employment and/or volunteer service and job title.
(iii) Name and contact information of human resources or hiring officials with the entity or entities.
History
- Effective 2025-01-18
Chapter 11 Workplace Safety Contracts
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services is authorized under the Department of Workforce Services Act W.S. 9-2-2602(b)(vi) and W.S. 9-2-2608(c), and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. 16-3-101 et seq., to promulgate rules and regulations necessary for the discharge of its functions. These rules are adopted pursuant to the authority granted by W.S. 9-2-2601(g)(vii) and W.S. 9-2-2608(a) through (d).
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 2 Purpose
The Workplace Safety Contracts program provides opportunities for public and private sector employers to enhance or implement workplace safety programs, including assistance in purchasing occupational health or safety equipment or providing workplace safety training that exceeds the minimum standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), or both.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 3 Definitions
(a) "Applicant" means any public or private employer that submits an application under the Workplace Safety Contract program.
(b) "Division" means the Department of Workforce Services, Workers' Compensation Division.
(c) "Employee" means any person as defined by W.S. 27-14-102(a)(vii)(A) through (R).
(d) "MSHA" means the Mine Safety and Health Administration, the Wyoming State Mine Inspector's office, or both.
(e) "OSHA" means the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, a Department of Workforce Services' division.
(f) "Panel" means a group of not less than three Department of Workforce Services' staff identified by the Risk Management Unit tasked with reviewing and approving the Workplace Safety Contract program applications.
(g) "Program" means the Workplace Safety Contracts Program - Safety Improvement Fund.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 4 Eligibility Requirements
(a) Any public or private employer may apply for financial assistance through the Program provided the Applicant is registered and in good standing with the following divisions at both the time of application submission and, if approved, at the time of contract execution:
(i) Wyoming Secretary of State's Office, Business Division;
(ii) Wyoming Department of Workforce Services, Workers' Compensation Division; and
(iii) Wyoming Department of Workforce Services, Unemployment Insurance Division, if required.
(b) Applicants must provide all necessary current certificates of good standing at the time of each application submission and at the time of contract execution, if requested by the Risk Management Unit.
(c) Training or equipment requested within the application shall be deemed an allowable expense as defined in Section 5. Allowable and Non-Allowable Expenses of this chapter.
(d) Applicants not currently enrolled in the Safety Discount Program, Drug-Free Workplace Program, Health & Safety Consultation Discount Program, or the Deductible Discount Program shall contribute 20% match, if funds are awarded.
(e) Preference will be granted to Applicants who are currently enrolled in the Safety Discount Program, Drug-Free Workplace Program, Health & Safety Consultation Discount Program, or the Deductible Discount Program. Applicants enrolled in one or more of the aforementioned discount program(s) shall contribute 10% match, if funds are awarded.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 5 Allowable and Non-Allowable Expenses
(a) The following are allowable expenses:
(i) Equipment that exceeds the minimum standards for OSHA, MSHA, or both, and is directly used for the Applicant's employee safety. Equipment must not be altered in any way and must be used according to the manufacturer's specifications.
(ii) Direct training costs, including tuition, registration fees, class fees, class materials, and trainee travel costs that are directly related to the workplace safety training that exceeds the minimum standards for OSHA, MSHA, or both.
(iii) Instructor's fees and instructor travel costs when the instructor is brought to the Applicant's location to provide workplace safety training that exceeds the minimum standards for OSHA, MSHA, or both, and is not an employee of the Applicant.
(b) The following are non-allowable items that may be denied with no review by the Panel:
(i) Capital construction of any kind, including but not limited to new construction, expansion, or renovation;
(ii) Employee wages or benefits of any kind;
(iii) Assessments, testing and certification exams not included in the cost of training;
(iv) Any and all equipment or training intended to meet minimum standards of OSHA, MSHA, or both;
(v) Office interventions or ergonomic equipment, including but not limited to chairs, anti-fatigue mats, or standing desks;
(vi) Any personal protective equipment (PPE) required to meet minimum industry standards;
(vii) Passive devices, including but not limited to alarm systems, security cameras, or automatically locking doors;
(viii) Basic equipment replacements;
(ix) Heavy equipment, including, but not limited to skid steers, front end loaders, bobcats, mules, forklifts, or scissor lifts;
(x) Power tools, including but not limited to standard/industrial construction tools such as drills, saws, drivers, or milling equipment. Exceptions may include pipe saws, specialty tools, or tools specifically manufactured, designed and used to reduce exposure to respirable crystalline silica;
(xi) Equipment enabling the Applicant to gain a competitive industry advantage;
(xii) Rented or leased equipment;
(xiii) Any and all first aid equipment and training, including Automated External Defibrillators (AEDs);
(xiv) Lighting;
(xv) Vehicle lifts;
(xvi) Vehicles: all driven vehicles, including but not limited to cars, trucks, utility vehicles, gators, tractors, ATVs, or personal watercrafts;
(xvii) Subscriptions, memberships, or professional certifications, including but not limited to health and safety subscriptions, magazines, or video libraries;
(xviii) Any equipment or training purchased prior to the application submission and/or prior to contract execution;
(xix) Clothing, including flame-resistant clothing;
(xx) Expected calibration, maintenance or replacement of equipment;
(xxi) Trenching and excavating equipment, including but not limited to trench boxes and all related items; or
(xxii) Trailers, including but not limited to utility, flatbed or house.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 6 Application Requirements and Review Process
(a) Applicants must submit a completed form, as designated by the Program.
(b) Within thirty (30) days of receiving the application, the Department of Workforce Services' Risk Management Unit shall issue an initial written determination to the Applicant indicating whether the application:
(i) Is denied due to failure to meet eligibility requirements;
(ii) Requires additional documentation; or
(iii) Meets eligibility requirements and is referred to the Panel for review.
(c) Approved applications shall be reviewed by the Panel on a monthly basis based on the following criteria provided by the Applicant:
(i) Demonstration of how the purchase of equipment or training alleviates existing or potential hazards in the Applicant's workplace.
(ii) Explanation for how the equipment or training goes above and beyond the minimum standards for OSHA, MSHA, or both, for the Applicant's industry.
(iii) Statement identifying the manner in which funding from the Program will reduce workplace injury frequency and severity; or the Applicant identifies a significant enhancement to safety improvement.
(iv) The Applicant has clearly detailed the type of equipment or training to be purchased, to include product or course information and cost information.
(d) Applications requesting funding for multiple items, including equipment and/or training, may be approved in full or in part at the discretion of the Panel, based on allowable costs and the program scope.
(e) Written notification of approval or denial shall be provided by the Risk Management Unit to the Applicant within thirty (30) days of the Panel's decision.
(f) If the Panel denies an application, in whole or in part, the Applicant may submit a written request for reconsideration within fifteen (15) days from the date the notice of denial is issued. The request shall:
(i) Be submitted in writing to the Risk Management Unit;
(ii) Set forth the specific grounds upon which reconsideration is requested; and
(iii) Indicate whether the Applicant requests a meeting with the Panel to discuss the reconsideration.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 7 Contract Execution
(a) Upon Panel approval of the application, the Division shall enter into a contract with the Applicant. The contract shall be written by the Division and include, at a minimum:
(i) A statement indicating that one hundred percent (100%) of Program funds, excluding the required employer match, shall be remitted to the Applicant after the contract is fully executed.
(ii) Funds must be paid directly to the Applicant.
(iii) Funds expended through the Program must be used within ninety (90) days of contract execution, unless an extension has been granted by the Risk Management Unit prior to the ninety (90) day deadline.
(iv) The Applicant shall complete and sign the invoice provided by the Risk Management Unit for approved equipment or training services within ninety (90) days post-contract execution, unless an extension has been granted by the Risk Management Unit prior to the ninety (90) day deadline.
(v) Reporting requirements as outlined in W.S. 9-2-2608(b).
(vi) Provisions requiring repayment of funds in the event of noncompliance with Program terms or misuse of awarded funds.
(vii) A signature by the Attorney General or representative.
(viii) The total employer match amount required.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 8 Applicant Reporting
An Applicant who has been approved for funding through the Program shall submit a final report in the format provided by the Division as outlined in the Program contract and W.S. 9-2-2608(b).
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 9 Remittance of Unused Program Funds
The Applicant shall repay the Division any portion of funding not used for the approved training and/or equipment, as delineated by the Program Contract.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.11.02042026 § 10 Program Limitations
(a) No more than two applications shall be submitted each year by the same Applicant. Additional applications submitted shall be denied immediately and not provided to the Panel for review.
(b) The total amount awarded to an Applicant shall not exceed $10,000 per state fiscal year.
History
- Effective 2026-02-04
Chapter 12 Fiscal Provisions
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.12.05012018 § 1 Rehabilitation Expenses-Funds Transfer
Expenses incurred for administrative costs under W.S. § 27-14-408 shall be paid by the Division of Vocational Rehabilitation (DVR) of the Department of Workforce Services. The funds for program expenses shall be advanced by the Workers' Compensation Division on not more than a quarterly basis. The amount to be advanced shall be determined by the established caseload average expenses. If the client is eligible under state criteria the Workers' Compensation Division will advance the total expenses incurred within the limits allowed under W.S. § 27-14-408(e)(ii). If the client meets federal criteria, the Workers' Compensation Division will advance the nonfederal share of expenses up to the required state matching rate under the Federal Rehabilitation Act within the limits allowed under W.S. § 27-14-408(e)(ii).
(a) DVR shall develop an Individualized Plan for Employment, which will itemize or identify all costs of the Plan not to exceed $30,000.00. The total cost of each Plan will be charged to the employer's workers' compensation account in the following manner:
(i) 100% of the stipend paid to an injured worker for living expenses; and
(ii) 21.3% of any additional expenses which may include, but are not limited to, tuition, books, supplies, equipment, and program expenditures.
12-1
History
- Effective 2018-05-01
Chapter 13 Presumption of Disability for Certain Diseases
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.13.09132018 § 1 Authority
(a) These rules are promulgated pursuant to authority granted in Wyoming Statute § 27-14-616.
(b) These rules only apply to claims submitted under Wyoming Statutes §§ 27-15-101 - 27-15-103.
History
- Effective 2018-09-13
Wyo. Code R. 053.0021.13.09132018 § 2 Hearing Requirements
(a) All requests for hearings will follow W.S. §27-14-601, W.S. § 27-14-602 and W.S. § 27-14-616.
History
- Effective 2018-09-13
311 Workforce Development Training Fund
Chapter 1 Business Training Grants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under W.S. § 9‐2‐2601(d), W.S. § 9‐2‐2602(b)(vi) and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S.
§16‐3‐101, et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 2 Purpose
Business training grants provide opportunities for Wyoming-based businesses to create new jobs or to upgrade the skills of workers.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 3 Definitions
(a) Emergency Medical Services Provider means any business or governmental entity whose primary role is planning for, providing response to, treatment of, or monitoring emergency medical care for those suffering illness or injury.
(b) Wyoming-based business means a business with a physical location in the state of Wyoming, and which employs Wyoming workers, provides goods or services within the state, or otherwise adds economic value to goods, services or resources within the state.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 4 Business Training Grants
(a) Business Entity Eligibility Requirements
(i) Must be a Wyoming based business or Wyoming non-profit organization.
(A) All business entities are physically located and operating in the state of Wyoming and have employees working in Wyoming;
(B) In business for at least 365 days or provide a Letter of Support from the local, regional or state economic development entity;
(C) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Unemployment Insurance program;
(D) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Workers'
Compensation program;
(E) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Secretary of
State's office, if required;
(F) In good standing with the Workforce Development Training Fund
(WDTF);
(G) Registered with DWS's management information system.
(ii) No governmental entity, as defined in W.S. § 1‐39‐103(a)(i) and (ii), or person employed by a governmental entity, is eligible for training grants except Wyoming county and memorial hospitals as defined in W.S. § 18-8-101(a)(i) and emergency medical services providers.
(b) Training Eligibility. In order for the training to be approved under this section, the business entity must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of DWS, the following:
(i) Training will either correct an employee's skill deficiency or upgrade an employee's current skill level;
(ii) A direct relationship between the training and the trainee's occupation or
craft;
(iii) There is a need for the skill upgrade provided by the training for the
business entity to remain competitive in the industry or economy; and
(iv) The skill upgrade provided by the training will:
(A) Enhance the business entity's productivity, efficiency or
profitability;
(B) Reduce employee turnover; or
(C) Enhance employee wages.
(v) Training fees are required.
(c) Trainee Eligibility. In order for a trainee to be eligible to participate in training under this section, the trainee must be working in Wyoming for the eligible business entity applying for the training grant under this section at the time of training.
(d) Grant Funding Limits. Due to the urgent need for DWS to provide focused re-employment efforts to address pandemic-related skill loss, the WDTF will provide the following increased funding limits so long as funding is available. The grant funding limits per state fiscal year shall be:
(i) A business entity may receive up to four thousand dollars ($4,000.00) for training, per trainee.
(ii) A business entity in specific industries, as dictated by the Wyoming Workforce Development Council, may receive up to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00), for training, per trainee.
(iii) A trainee may only receive up to five thousand dollars ($5,000.00), regardless of the number of business entities the trainee works for.
(iv) A business entity may only apply for and receive up to two-hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) regardless of number of trainees.
(e) Allowable Training Expenses. The following training expenses shall be allowed:
(i) Direct training costs include, but are not limited to, tuition, registration, class fees and class materials directly related to the training;
(ii) Travel expenses to include transportation directly related to the training;
(iii) Instructor's fees, when a participant fee is not charged, and travel expenses where the instructor is brought in for the training by the business entity and is not an employee of the business entity; and
(iv) Where additional monetary contributions are received, the grant would cover the remaining balance, not to exceed the actual expenditures.
(f) Non‐allowable Training Expenses. The following training expenses shall not be allowed:
(i) Trainee's wages and fringe benefits;
(ii) The business entity's administration expenses which include, but are not limited to, bookkeeping, reporting and record keeping;
(iii) The business entity's cost of preparing a Business Training Grant
application;
(iv) Purchased, rented or leased equipment including computer hardware and/or software;
(v) Instructor's fees and travel expenses where the instructor is an employee of the business entity;
(vi) Assessments, testing, fees for license and certification exams unless they are included in the training;
(vii) License renewal and recertification fees;
(viii) Membership and subscription fees;
(ix) Capital construction of any kind; and
(x) Lodging and meals.
(g) Grant Application Process. Business entities applying for training grants under this section shall:
(i) Complete the Business Training Grant application provided by DWS, and
(ii) Submit a completed Business Training Grant application to DWS.
(A) Business Training Grant applications that are submitted more than one hundred ten (110) days before the scheduled first date of travel, if applicable, or the start date of training will not be accepted, and
(B) Business Training Grant applications that are submitted less than thirty (30) days before the scheduled first date of travel, if applicable, or the start date of training will not be accepted.
(h) Contract and Payment
(i) The Director of DWS may approve any training grant application that meets the requirements of Sections 4(a) through (h) of these rules.
(ii) If the training grant is approved and funds are available, DWS shall enter into a contract with the approved business entity.
(iii) Grant funds shall be paid directly to the business entity.
(i) Schedule for Payment of Funds
(i) Subject to Section 4(j)(i) through (iii) below, the amount of the reimbursement associated with each trainee shall be remitted to the business entity if the trainee:
(A) Has completed the training, and
(B) Has been retained in employment with the business entity for a forty-five (45) day period after the date of completion of the training.
(ii) For each trainee who does not complete the training, the reimbursement relating to the trainee shall not be remitted to the business entity.
(iii) For each trainee who has completed the training but was not retained in employment with the business entity for forty-five (45) days after completion of the training, the reimbursement relating to the trainee shall not be remitted to the business entity.
(iv) A business entity may request reimbursement when the employee, during the training through the forty-five (45) days immediately following the training, is:
(A) Terminated for cause;
(B) Activated for military service; or
(C) Deceased.
(j) Final report. The business entity shall submit a final report of the results of the training to DWS.
(i) The final report is due no earlier than forty-five (45) days and no later than one hundred thirty‐five (135) days after the training is completed.
(ii) The final report shall include:
(A) A summary report of the results of the training program;
(B) A copy of the agenda, manual or table of contents from the
training provider that confirms the dates of the requested training period;
(C) A payroll record listing the name(s), last four (4) digits of the employee(s) social security number(s), if applicable, and hourly wages or salary of the employee(s) trained for a pay period forty-five (45) days after the training has completed;
(D) Invoices and receipts or proofs of payment for allowable expenses, including travel and registration; and
(E) Reasonable assurances that the trainee(s) attended the training.
(iii) If a business entity does not submit a completed final report, within one hundred thirty-five (135) days of the final contract date, reimbursement will not be granted.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 5 Prioritization of Grant Funds
(a) The WDTF shall work with the Wyoming Workforce Development Council to develop a model to distribute funds on a prioritized needs basis based on, at a minimum, the following:
(i) Economic growth potential;
(ii) Employment base;
(iii) Wages, benefits and career opportunities;
(iv) Importance of the industry sector or occupation to the state and regional
economy; and
(v) Workforce development needs.
(b) Preference will be given to businesses who are actively involved in one of the following:
(i) Industry Partnership associated with the Wyoming Workforce Development Council; or
(ii) Local, Regional, or State designated workforce initiative associated with the Wyoming Workforce Development Council or Wyoming Governor.
(c) The WDTF shall work with the Wyoming Workforce Development Council to periodically evaluate the model for distributing funds as outlined in this section and determine the need for any modifications.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.1.08102022 § 6 Annual Report
The Director of the DWS shall report annually to the Governor and the Legislature on the expenditures made from the WDTF in the preceding fiscal year and the results of the activities funded by the WDTF.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Chapter 2 Pre-Hire Economic Development Training Grants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.2.08102022 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under W.S. § 9-2- 2601 (c), W.S. § 9-2-2602 (b) (ii), W.S. § 9-2-2602 (b) (vi) and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101 et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.2.08102022 § 2 Purpose
Pre-Hire Economic Development Training Grants are available to develop an industry specific workforce for a business, businesses or industry when there is a shortage of skilled workers.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.2.08102022 § 3 Definitions
(a) Emergency Medical Services Provider means any business or governmental entity whose primary role is planning for, providing response to, treatment of, or monitoring emergency medical care for those suffering illness or injury.
(b) Wyoming-based business means a business with a physical location in the state of Wyoming, and which employs Wyoming workers, provides goods or services with the state, or otherwise adds economic value to goods, services or resources within the state.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.2.08102022 § 4 Pre-Hire Economic Development Grants
(a) Training Entity Eligibility
(i) The following Wyoming-based training entities are eligible to apply for training grants under this section:
(A) Industry associations;
(B) Trade unions;
(C) Private training entities;
(D) Community Colleges; and
(E) University of Wyoming.
(ii) An eligible training entity may subcontract work with an out-of-state training entity.
(b) Training Entity and Business or Businesses Compliance Requirements. Training entities and the business or businesses participating in the application shall meet the following requirements to be eligible to receive training grants under this section. The training entity and the business or businesses shall be:
(i) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Unemployment Insurance program, if required;
(ii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Workers' Compensation program, if required;
(iii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Secretary of State's office, if required;
(iv) In good standing with the Workforce Development Training Fund (WDTF); and
(v) The business(es) partnering with the training entity shall be registered with DWS's management information system.
(c) Training Eligibility. In order for the training to be approved under this section, the training entity shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of DWS, that the training shall:
(i) Provide trained workers for a new or expanding business, businesses or industry in Wyoming; or
(ii) Provide training to replace lost workers;
(d) In addition, the training shall:
(i) Provide trainees, upon completion, with:
(A) A license or certificate, or
(B) Skills required for employment, or
(C) Skills to receive an increase in wages;
(ii) Operate in conjunction with the local or regional economic development needs;
(iii) Be provided in the length of time appropriate to the business, businesses or industry need;
(iv) Assure there is a probability of success for trainees to earn the projected wage for the occupation/industry in the county or state if the training is a statewide program; and
(v) Train no more than the greater of ten percent (10%) or two (2) more
trainees than the number of workers required by the business, businesses or industry.
(e) Trainee Eligibility. In order for a trainee to be eligible to participate in training under this section, the trainee shall:
(i) Meet the eligibility requirements of the:
(A) Business, businesses or industry, and
(B) Training program screening and selection plan.
(ii) Reside in Wyoming or have a "letter of commitment to interview" upon completion of training from a Wyoming-based business at the start of the training.
(f) Business, Businesses or Industry Requirements
(i) No government entity, as defined by W.S. § 1-39-103(a)(i) and (ii), or person employed by a governmental entity is eligible for Pre-Hire Economic Development Grants except Wyoming county hospitals and memorial hospitals as defined in W.S. § 18-8-101(a)(i) and emergency medical service providers.
(ii) The business, businesses or industry shall be involved in the:
(A) Grant application process;
(B) Design of the training program; and
(C) Trainee selection process.
(iii) The business, businesses or industry shall agree to interview and strongly consider hiring trainees of the program.
(g) Allowable Training Expenses. The following training expenses may be allowed:
(i) Direct training costs include, but are not limited to, tuition, registration, class fees and class materials directly related to the training;
(ii) Travel expenses to include transportation, lodging and meals directly related to the training;
(iii) Instructor wages and fringe benefits directly related to the training;
(iv) Fees for licenses and certifications that may be obtained during the training;
(v) Administration not to exceed five percent (5%) of the direct training costs;
(vi) Human resource screening services based on the business, businesses or industry needs, which may include, but not be limited to basic qualification screening;
(vii) Drug and aptitude screening to ensure the trainees will meet the business, businesses or industry basic qualifications;
(viii) Curriculum development if a pre-employment curriculum does not exist that fits the needs of the business, businesses or industry; and
(ix) The costs associated with recruitment and marketing the program.
(x) Where additional monetary contributions are received, the grant would cover the remaining balance not to exceed the actual expenditures.
(h) Non-allowable Training Expenses
(i) Purchased, rented or leased equipment, including computer hardware and/or software, shall not be allowed.
(i) Grant Application Process
(i) Training entities applying for grants under this section shall complete the Pre- Hire Economic Development Grant application provided by DWS, to include detailed information about the following:
(A) The business, businesses or industry need for workers with documentation demonstrating a shortage of a skilled workforce;
(B) The specific skills required by workers and a training plan describing how the training will meet the skill development need;
(C) How the training meets the training eligibility requirements of Section 4 (c) of these rules;
(D) The training entity's ability to provide the training and qualifications of staff involved;
(E) The training entity's ability to provide an appropriate assessment of the outcomes of the training;
(F) Confirmation from the business, businesses or industry that the training plan will meet the specific need;
(G) A recruitment plan that is coordinated between the local DWS Workforce Center and the business, businesses or industry;
(H) The trainee selection process including how the business, businesses or industry will be involved;
(I) A post-training job placement process that coordinates with the business, businesses or industry and DWS;
(J) Any partnerships that support the project or other resource enhancements or contributions to the project;
(K) The number of trainees to be trained and the expected wage of trainees upon completion of training;
(L) A cost proposal and budget sheet; and
(M) The projected economic impact on the community.
(ii) Training entities shall prepare the application jointly with the local DWS
Workforce Center, economic development entity and the business, businesses or industry in need.
(iii) The completed Pre-Hire Economic Development Grant application shall be submitted to DWS.
(iv) Past performance, whether positive or negative, will be considered regarding future grant awards, and negative performance as determined by DWS may result in disapproval of the grant application until such time as the past negative performance can be explained and addressed for any pending application.
(j) Grant Approval Process
(i) DWS will screen Pre-Hire Economic Development Grant applications for compliance with the requirements of Sections 4 (a) through (h).
(A) Applications that do not meet the requirements will be rejected.
(B) Applications that meet the requirements will be submitted to a subcommittee of the Wyoming Workforce Development Council (WWDC) for consideration.
(ii) The WWDC subcommittee may require the training entity, along with the DWS Workforce Center, economic development entity and the business, businesses or industry to make a presentation supporting their application.
(iii) The WWDC subcommittee shall consider the application and make a recommendation to the Director of DWS regarding whether or not to award the grant.
(iv) After the WWDC subcommittee recommendation, the DWS Director shall make the final decision.
(k) Contract and Payment
(i) If the grant is approved, and funds are available, DWS shall enter into a contract with the approved training entity.
(ii) Grant funds shall be paid directly to the training entity.
(iii) Training programs must be operated on a cost reimbursement basis with the training entity billing the WDTF once per month.
(l) Reporting Requirements
(i) The training entity shall submit reports to DWS outlining the:
(A) Number of trainees served;
(B) Trainee identifying information;
(C) Date services began and ended for each trainee; and
(D) Post-training employment information.
(ii) The training entity shall submit a final report of the results of the training to DWS.
(m) Performance Standards. To be considered a successful training grant, eighty percent (80%) of the trainees who complete the training shall enter employment in Wyoming within ninety (90) days after completion of the training program within the industry in which they were trained.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.2.08102022 § 5 Annual Report
The Director of DWS shall report annually to the Governor and the Legislature on the expenditures made from the WDTF in the preceding fiscal year and the results of the activities funded by the WDTF.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Chapter 3 Pre-Obligation of Workforce Development Training Funds
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.3.05292012 Pre-Obligation of Workforce Development Training Funds
DEPARTMENT OF WORKFORCE SERVICES
CHAPTER 3
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT TRAINING FUND
PRE-OBLIGATION OF
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT TRAINING FUNDS
Section 1. Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under the DWS Act W.S. § 9- 2-2602(d) and W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi) and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. § 16-3-101, et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations to be used by DWS in the discharge of its functions.
Section 2. Purpose
The Pre-Obligation program provides a means for Wyoming Economic Development Entities to request obligation of funding on behalf of businesses for Workforce Development Training Fund (WDTF) grants to attract business and industry to Wyoming. DWS may obligate funding under this chapter when the funding shall be used to attract a new business to Wyoming as part of an economic development initiative, or when an existing Wyoming business entity is planning an expansion of its workforce.
Section 3. Eligibility Requirements
(a) The following Wyoming Economic Development Entities are eligible to apply for Pre- Obligation of WDTF program funding under this section:
(i) Local, regional, or state economic development organization;
(ii) City or town council;
(iii) County commission; and
(iv) Tribal council.
(b) Applicants for Business Training Grants or Pre-Hire Training Grants using funding provided through an approved Pre-Obligation application must meet the eligibility requirements of the WDTF program, as outlined in the appropriate sections of the WDTF Grant Programs rules.
Section 4. Application and Approval Process
(a) The application to obligate funding under this section shall be:
(i) Completed by an eligible Wyoming Economic Development Entity listed in Section 3(a) using the official DWS application form.
(ii) Submitted to DWS.
(b) DWS shall review Pre-Obligation applications under this section to determine the level of funding for which a business entity qualifies, approve or deny the application, and obligate the approved amount of funding.
Section 5. Limit on Funding
The total application amount shall not exceed an amount equivalent to two hundred (200) trainees multiplied by the maximum grant amount limit for Business Training Grants for New Positions in effect at the time of application approval.
Section 6. Obligation Period
(a) If funding is available, DWS may obligate the funds through contract for a six (6) month period.
(b) The obligation period may be extended for three (3) months upon the Department of Workforce Services' approval. Extensions shall be applied for by the Wyoming Economic Development Entity that submitted the original application, and shall include:
(i) A favorable recommendation by the Wyoming Economic Development Entity supporting the extension; and
(ii) Documented proof of significant progress of the business' efforts to locate or expand in the state.
(c) The obligation period may be extended twice for a total extension period of six (6) months with proper documentation.
Section 7. Funding Cycle
(a) Applicants for Pre-Obligation must successfully complete an application for either a Business Training Grant for New Positions, a Pre-Hire Training Grant, or a combination of both.
(b) Access to funding under this program shall be used specifically for:
(i) Payment under the terms of an executed contract for Business Training Grants for New Positions; or
(ii) Payment under the terms of an executed contract for a Pre-Hire Training Grant; or
(iii) Payment under the terms of a combination of executed contracts for Business Training Grants for New Positions and Pre-Hire Training Grants.
(c) No other method of payment shall be used to access or disburse funding from this program.
(d) If the period allowed for obligating funds expires or the business decides not to locate in Wyoming or expand, the funds shall be deobligated.
(e) Unused funding resulting from completed grant contracts funded through Pre- Obligation shall be returned to the fund for reallocation and potential use by another applicant.
Section 8. Annual Report
The Director of DWS shall report annually to the Governor and the Legislature on the applications and approvals made under this program in the preceding fiscal year and the results of the activities subsequently funded by the WDTF.
History
- Effective 2012-05-29
Chapter 4 Apprenticeship Grants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.4.08102022 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under W.S. § 9-2-2601(d) and (g)(i), (ii) and (iv), and W.S. § 9-2-2604 to establish Apprenticeship Grants, and W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(ii) and (iv) and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. §16-3-101, et seq., authorizes DWS to promulgate rules and regulations.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.4.08102022 § 2 Purpose
Apprenticeship Grants are available to Registered Apprenticeship Programs, approved by the U.S. Department of Labor (US DOL) Office of Apprenticeship (29 CFR § Parts 29 and 30). The purpose of this funding is to develop an industry specific workforce for a business, businesses or industry and to assist Wyoming Registered Apprenticeship Programs with the costs and expenses of implementing the program and training the apprentices.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.4.08102022 § 3 Definitions
(a) Apprentice means a worker who is at least sixteen (16) years of age, except where a higher minimum age standard is otherwise fixed by law, who is employed by a Wyoming-based business to learn an apprenticeable occupation under the standards of apprenticeship.
(b) Apprenticeship Program means a plan containing all terms and conditions for the qualification, recruitment, selection, employment and training of apprentices.
(c) Davis Bacon Certification means documentary evidence that the Office of Apprenticeship has approved and registered apprentices with the United States Department of Labor (DOL), Office of Apprenticeship.
(d) Registration of an apprenticeship program means the acceptance of recordings of such program by the Office of Apprenticeship as meeting the basic standards and requirements of US DOL for federal purposes.
(e) Related Technical Instruction (RTI) means an organized and systemic form of instruction designed to provide the apprentice with the knowledge of the theoretical and technical subjects related to the apprentice's occupation.
(f) Sponsor means any person, association, committee, organization or business operating an US DOL, Office of Apprenticeship registered apprenticeship program and in whose name the program is registered.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.4.08102022 § 4 Apprenticeship Grants
(a) Applicant Eligibility
(i) The following entities are eligible to apply for grants under this section:
(A) Wyoming-based sponsor(s) with US DOL, Office of Apprenticeship registered apprenticeship programs; and/or
(B) RTI provider associated with a Wyoming-based sponsor.
(b) Applicant Compliance Requirements. The applicant shall be:
(i) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Unemployment Insurance program, if required;
(ii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Workers' Compensation program, if required;
(iii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Secretary of State's office, if required; and
(iv) In good standing with the Workforce Development Training Fund (WDTF).
(c) RTI Eligibility. In order for the related technical instruction to be approved under this section, the applicant shall demonstrate, to the satisfaction of DWS, that the related technical instruction shall:
(i) Provide trained workers for a business, businesses or industry in
Wyoming; and
(ii) Meet the eligibility requirements of the US DOL, Office of Apprenticeship Standards of Apprenticeship.
(A) Incorporation by Reference
(I) DWS has determined that incorporation of the full text in these rules would be cumbersome or inefficient given the length or nature of the rules;
(II) Any code, standard, rule or regulation incorporated by reference does not include any later amendments or editions of the incorporated matter beyond the applicable date identified in subsection IV if this section;
(III) The incorporated code, standard, rule or regulation is maintained at the Department of Workforce Services office (5221 Yellowstone Road, Cheyenne, WY 82002) and is available for public inspection and copying at cost at the same location;
(IV) Each rule incorporated by reference is further
identified as follows:
-
29 CFR § Part 29 (10/29/08) as it was in effect on March 1, 2022, and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, available at: https://www.doleta.gov/OA/regulations.cfm
-
29 CFR § Part 30 (12/19/16) as it was in effect on March 1, 2022, and adopted by the Department of Workforce Services, available at: https://www.doleta.gov/OA/regulations.cfm
(d) Allowable RTI Expenses. The following related technical instruction expenses may be allowed, if supported by the application:
(i) Direct costs include, but are not limited to, tuition, registration, class fees and materials;
(ii) Travel expenses to include transportation, lodging and meals directly related to the RTI;
(iii) Instructor wages and fringe benefits directly related to the RTI;
(iv) Fees for licenses and certifications that may be obtained as part of the RTI;
(v) Administration not to exceed five percent (5%) of the total costs; and/or
(vi) Where additional monetary contributions are received, the grant would cover the remaining balance not to exceed the actual expenditures.
(e) Non-allowable RTI Expenses. The following expenses are not allowed:
(i) Purchased, rented or leased equipment including computer hardware and/or software; and
(ii) Apprentice wages.
(f) Grant Application Process
(i) Applicants shall complete the Apprenticeship Grant application provided by
DWS, to include detailed information about the following:
(A) Provide Davis-Bacon Certificate;
(B) How the related technical instruction meets the eligibility requirements of Section 4 (a) through (e) above;
(C) Confirmation from the sponsor that the related technical instruction plan will meet the specific need;
(D) Any partnerships that support the project or other resource enhancements or contributions to the project;
(E) The number of apprentices to participate in the grant and the wage progression upon completion of the apprenticeship; and
(F) A cost proposal and budget sheet.
(ii) Applicants shall prepare the application jointly with:
(A) The related technical instruction provider when they are a separate entity, such as a community college, and
(B) The US DOL Office of Apprenticeship.
(iii) The completed Apprenticeship Grant application shall be submitted to
DWS.
(iv) Past performance, whether positive or negative, will be considered regarding future grant awards, and negative performance as determined by DWS may result in disapproval of the grant application until such time as the past negative performance can be explained and addressed for any pending application.
(g) Grant Approval Process
(i) DWS will screen Apprenticeship Grant applications for compliance with the requirements of Sections 4 (a) through (f) above.
(A) Applications that do not meet the requirements will be rejected.
(B) Applications that meet the requirements will be submitted to a subcommittee of the Wyoming Workforce Development Council (WWDC) for consideration.
(ii) The WWDC subcommittee may require the related technical instruction provider and/or the sponsor to make a presentation supporting their application.
(iii) The WWDC subcommittee shall consider the application and make a recommendation to the Director of DWS regarding whether or not to award the grant.
(iv) After the WWDC subcommittee recommendation, the DWS Director shall make the final decision.
(h) Contract and Payment
(i) If the grant is approved and funds are available, DWS shall enter into a contract with the applicant.
(ii) Grant funds shall be paid directly to the applicant.
(iii) Grant programs must be operated on a cost reimbursement basis with the applicant submitting invoices in sufficient detail to ensure payments may be made in conformance with their contract and per W.S. § 16-6-602.
(i) Reporting Requirements
(i) The applicant in collaboration with the related technical instruction provider and/or sponsor, in cases where the RTI is provided through a separate entity, shall submit a final report to DWS outlining the results of the RTI:
(A) Number of apprentices completed;
(B) Date services began and ended for each apprentice;
(C) Post-RTI employment information; and
(D) Demonstrate and document how the related technical instruction increased the skill level of the apprentices and improved the efficiency, profitability, or compliance of the sponsor or business, businesses or industry.
(j) Performance Standards. DWS will evaluate each applicant's performance under the following criteria before reimbursement takes place:
(i) Satisfactory progress of related technical instruction is provided when invoices are submitted with supporting documentation; and,
(ii) DWS will evaluate performance based on the applicant's related technical instruction plan, as approved by the Office of Apprenticeship, and the apprentices' completion rate of the RTI.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.4.08102022 § 5 Annual Report
The Director of DWS shall report annually to the Governor and the Legislature on the expenditures made from the WDTF in the preceding fiscal year and the results of the activities funded by the WDTF.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Chapter 5 Internship Grants
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.5.08102022 § 1 Authority
The Department of Workforce Services (DWS) is authorized under W.S. § 9-2-2601(d), W.S. § 9-2-2602(b)(vi), and the Wyoming Administrative Procedures Act, W.S. § 16-3-101, et seq. to promulgate rules and regulations.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.5.08102022 § 2 Purpose
To provide Wyoming-based businesses the opportunity to offer structured work experiences to individuals through internships to enhance an individual's work skills, knowledge and abilities.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.5.08102022 § 3 Definitions
(a) Applicant means any business proprietor or business entity physically located and operating in Wyoming that applies for an Internship Grant through DWS.
(b) Emergency Medical Services Provider means any business or governmental entity whose primary role is planning for, providing response to, treatment of, or monitoring emergency medical care for those suffering illness or injury.
(c) Intern is a student or trainee working in Wyoming, on a limited basis, at a trade or occupation in order to gain work experience. This does not include entrepreneurships, self-employment, or registered apprentices.
(d) Internship is a designated opportunity to provide real-world work experience that enables the intern to gain skills that can be applied to future jobs. Internship terms are twelve (12) months or less.
(e) Preferred Industries are focused workforce areas that have been selected by industry partnerships associated with the Wyoming Workforce Development Council. Specific industries can be found at: http://wyomingworkforce.org/businesses/wdtf/industries/
(f) Structured learning experience (SLE) means experiential, supervised, in- depth learning experiences that are designed to offer interns the opportunity to more fully explore career interests.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.5.08102022 § 4 Business Internship Grants
(a) Applicant Eligibility Requirements
(i) Must be a Wyoming based business or Wyoming non-profit organization;
(ii) No governmental entity as described in W.S. §1-39-103(a)(i) and (ii), or person employed by a governmental entity is eligible for business internship grants except Wyoming county and memorial hospitals as defined by W.S. § 18-8-101(a)(i), and emergency medical service providers; and,
(iii) Internship grants will be limited per state fiscal year by the following:
(A) Up to six (6) internships, based on demonstrated business need, ability to offer quality work experience for each intern, and meeting the satisfaction of DWS review panel; and
(B) Businesses in a Wyoming-based Registered Apprenticeship Program may be eligible for up to ten (10) internships, based on demonstrated business need, ability to offer quality work experience for each intern prior to becoming a registered apprentice, and meeting the satisfaction of DWS review panel. The hours and work experience obtained by the intern can then be applied towards apprenticeship requirements if they become a registered apprentice, after the internship is completed.
(b) Intern Eligibility Requirements
(i) Interns that qualify for Workforce Investment and Opportunities Act (WIOA) services (Public Law §113-128; 128 Stat. 1425) or qualify for vocational rehabilitation services (Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended by Title IV and VI of the WIOA, Public Law §93-112; Title 34, C.F.R. 361.48) through DWS are deemed to be not eligible for the WDTF Internship Grants.
(ii) Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA). The FLSA and the
youth employment regulations as issued in 29 CFR, Part 570, establishing both hours and occupational standards for youth, including the hazardous occupations shall be fully complied with. The FLSA rules can be reviewed at: https://www.dol.gov/whd/regs/compliance/whdfs43.pdf
(c) Applicant Compliance Requirements. For application consideration, the applicant must demonstrate, to the satisfaction of the Department, the following requirements:
(i) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Unemployment Insurance program;
(ii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Workers' Compensation program;
(iii) Registered and in good standing with the Wyoming Secretary of State's
office, if required; and
(iv) In good standing with the Workforce Development Training Fund
(WDTF).
(d) Allowable Wage Reimbursement
(i) Grants will reimburse internship wages up to a maximum of twenty-five dollars ($25) per hour per internship. The proposed wage must be supported by state labor market information for the industry.
(ii) Internship grants will reimburse internship wages up to 1040 hours per internship.
(iii) Internships can be up to forty (40) hours per week.
(e) Non-allowable Reimbursements. The following list is not included in any reimbursement from this program and will be the sole responsibility of the business:
(i) fringe benefits;
(ii) bonuses;
(iii) overtime wages;
(iv) supplies and/or equipment; or
(v) travel expenses.
(f) Grant Application Process. Applications will be reviewed by DWS review panel in order of submission.
(i) Applicants shall complete the Internship Grant application provided by DWS, to include detailed information about the following:
(A) Describe, in detail, the internship opportunity, and include the
following:
(I) Identify specific industry - preference will be given for preferred industries as defined in Section 3(d).
(II) List intern's job title and duties.
(III) List the skills, knowledge and abilities the intern will learn and/or be introduced to.
(IV) Provide the intern's work schedule - to include work hours, start date, end date, etc.
(V) Define the structured learning experience including competencies and how these skills will be documented.
(VI) Indicate any business partnerships with an educational institution, if applicable.
(VII) Wage reimbursement level requested to include supporting state labor market wage information for the industry.
(g) Grant Approval Process. Approval will be based on the following criteria:
(i) DWS will screen Internship Grant Applications for compliance with
the requirements in Section 4(a) through (f) above.
(A) Applications that do not meet the requirements will be rejected.
(h) Contract and Payment
(i) If the grant is approved and funds are available, DWS shall enter into a contract with the applicant.
(ii) Grant funds shall be paid directly to the applicant either on a monthly basis, quarterly, or at the end of the internship/contract. Payment schedules will be individualized per business request on the application with the exception of the final payment. Final payments will be made once the internship is completed and the final report has been received and approved.
(iii) Grant programs must be operated on a cost reimbursement basis with the applicant submitting paystub(s) and contact information to ensure payments may be made in conformance with their contract.
(i) Reporting Requirements. An applicant who receives funds from this program shall submit reports, in formats approved by the Department and include the following:
(i) The applicant, in collaboration with the intern(s), shall submit a final report, within forty-five (45) days of completion, to DWS outlining the results of the internship:
(A) How the internship supported the business and improved efficiency or profitability of the business(es) or industry; and,
(B) Demonstrate and document how the structured learning experience increased the skill level of the intern.
(C) At a minimum, evaluations of pre-internship skills, mid- internship skills and final internship skills will be completed with the intern(s).
(j) Performance Standards
(i) Intern exit interviews will be completed at the end of the scheduled internship to include a review of the initial plan and measuring employment skills.
(ii) DWS will evaluate performance based on applicant's structured learning experience plans and final report.
(iii) Past performance, whether positive or negative, will be considered regarding future grant awards, and negative performance as determined by DWS may result in disapproval of the grant application until such time as the past negative performance can be explained and addressed for any pending application.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Wyo. Code R. 053.0017.5.08102022 § 5 Annual Report
The Director of DWS shall report annually to the Governor and the Legislature on the expenditures made from the WDTF in the preceding fiscal year and the results of the activities funded by the WDTF.
History
- Effective 2022-08-10
Setzen Sie Ihre Recherche in ChatGPT oder Claude fort
Verbinden Sie Omnilex, um den Rechtskorpus über Ihren KI-Assistenten zu durchsuchen.